Megarax 2011 Catalogue

STEEL FABRICATION
Our modern fabrication facility produces a wide range of products in mild steel, aluminium and stainless steel to our customers
specifications. We have over 35 years experience of working closely with clients to provide solutions to requirements from fine
engineered items through to heavy steel structural work and steel constructions.
Our facilities include:

• MIG, TIG and ARC welding facilities • We have an in-house spray booth and can offer epoxy powder coating or specialist finishing
• CNC facility for machining, turning and milling • Our representatives are able to visit you to discuss product designs and technical details
BESPOKE PRODUCTS
We have been working together with our customers to design, manufacture and provide equipment best suited to their applications for
many years. Our experienced sales staff will liaise with buyers, engineers and operatives to provide cost effective solutions.
• Technical representatives available. • Specialist materials and finishing.
• Design and specifying service. • Quantity batch supply.
• Computer aided design (CAD). • Prototypes can be provided.
Storage pallet Heavy duty motorbike pallet Automotive industry trailers

Drum storage units
Shelf tow trucks
Heavy duty storage pallets
1
WAREHOUSE RACKING AND EQUIPMENT
We have over 40 years of experience in helping our customers use their
space more effectively, making storage systems more efficient and
ensuring that goods are handled in the most cost effective way.
• We can create the ideal storage and handling solution for your application.
• Major warehouse projects can easily be specified, costed, supplied and installed.
• Racking, shelving, offices, partitioning, conveying, palletisation and handling systems
can all be integrated by using our knowledge and experience
PLEASE CALL US FOR OUR ASSISTANCE.
SITE WORK PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Our on site capacity is most extensive.
We offer the following services: • A Project team are responsible for any work
carried out on customers premises.
Typically our Project Team will organise the
• Loading docks fabricated fulfilment of contracts for steel structural work,
and installed. on site welding, installations including
• Pipework and mezzanine floors and office partitioning,
ducting installations. refurbishments and storage/handling systems
• Structural alterations and that include racking, shelving, conveyors and
steelwork erecting. automated equipment.
• Erection of
mezzanine floors.
• A Project Manager will be appointed
• Office and factory
to work with our customers to ensure
refurbishments.
complete satisfaction.
• Mechanical and electrical
installations.
• Internal and • Integrated offices • Our team can also arrange and monitor
external stairways. permanent or temporary on site maintenance
contracts that can include full mechanical and
• Internal staircase electrical facilities.
• A project can include the co-ordination of a

multitude of varying requirements so that
our customers can enjoy the benefits of a
‘One Stop Shop’ approach to a large contract.
We are happy to work in tandem with other
contractors or manage the contracts on our
customers behalf.
• Steel structural work incorporating

• Loading dock installation for the Royal Mail a mezzanine floor
2 PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND SERVICING
We operate maintenance and repair teams that are able to attend site throughout most of the UK.
• All makes of materials handling equipment from pallet trucks,

warehouse steps and lifting equipment through to loading bay and
warehouse equipment can be serviced or repaired.
• Short or long term service contracts can be undertaken and
competitively priced.
• Bespoke repairs and return to base repairs are available.
• Contact our sales department for details.
ARE YOU AWARE THAT YOUR COMPANY

HAS A LEGAL REQUIREMENT?
Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations 1998 (LOLER 98)
In force from 05/12/1998 from the Health and Safety Commission LOLER
regulations state that all lifting equipment has to be thoroughly examined:
• At least every six months (If lifting persons, or a lifting attachment).
• At least every 12 months (For all other lifting equipment).
• After installation and before first time of use.
• If the lifting equipment has been involved in exceptional circumstances that could
jeopardise safety of the equipment.
Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1998 (PUWER)

In addition to LOLER 98 and also since 05/12/2008 PUWER regulations require that
equipment provided for use at work is:
• Suitable for intended use.
• Safe for use, serviced and maintained in a safe condition and in certain
circumstances inspected to ensure this remains the case and a record kept.
• Used only by people who have received adequate info, instruction and training.
• People involved in using the equipment should also have suitable safety measures
in place ie: protective clothing, markings and warning signs.
SPILL MANAGEMENT SERVICES

We are now able to offer customers complete environmental
protection with a comprehensive range of environmental services
and products including:
• EMERGENCY SPILL RESPONSE

A non-contract service available to companies throughout the UK for the provision of spill control
products and spill response strategy.
• SPILL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Our team are ideally placed and trained to provide an assessment of the broader environment impacts
of an incident and where necessary recommend, design and implement an effective response.
• POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE PLANNING

We can assist companies to achieve the objectives of pollution prevention guidance and other
environmental legislation compliance issues. We can supply pollution prevention equipment and
formulate a full site specific pollution incident response plan (PIRP).
• BUND INSPECTION, CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

We can offer bund maintenance packages including: inspection, cleaning, decontamination, repairs,
preparation, sealing and coating.
• SPILL TRAINING COURSES

We can provide a range of spill training courses to ensure the understanding of current legislation,
how to respond to and recover from an incident.
• How can you deal with a major spill or pollution

incident? Give our sales office a call.
PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 3

ECONOMY PALLET TRUCK
• Capacity 2000Kg.
• CE approved and marked.
• Maximum lift 202mm. Lowered height 85mm.
• Powder coated high visibility finish.
• Choice of 5 fork sizes:
1000 x 455, 1000 x 540, 1000 x 685, 1150 x 540 or 1150 x 685mm.
• Fitted with tandem nylon rollers except for 1000 x 455mm model
which has single rollers.
• Brake systems are available as an extra.
• Servicing and repairs available.
All sizes
REF PRICE
TX2000 £189.95
2000KG HAND PALLET TRUCK

Tough hard wearing hand hydraulic pallet truck fitted on nylon steer wheels and
nylon single load rollers with entry/exit rollers on forks.
• 2000Kg capacity.
• Choice of fork sizes as detailed.
• CE approved.
• Servicing and repair maintenance available.
• Totally sealed pump unit with overload release valve.
• One piece ‘C’ section folded forks for extra strength.
• Fully adjustable push rods.
• Extra long fork sized model available - see AHE2000/15/20.
REF Fork size options W x L mm PRICE

AHE2000 450x900, 450x1000, 450x1220, 530x1000, £236.60
530x1150, 530x1220, 685x1000 or 685x1220
AHE2000/15 Extra long 540x1500 or 680x1500 £418.60
AHE2000/20 Extra long 540x2000 or 680x2000 £502.60
2500KG HAND PALLET TRUCK

The 2500Kg hand hydraulic pallet truck has all the features as the model above
plus a full 2500Kg capacity and:
• Rubber ‘soft comfort touch’ handle.

• Standard tandem load rollers.
• Standard polyurethane on nylon wheels for smoother running and better wear.
• Entry/exit rollers on forks.
• CE approved.
• Service and repairs available.
REF Fork size options W x L mm PRICE

AHE2500 540x1000, 540x1220, 680x1000 or 680 x 1220 £259.00
OPTIONAL PALLET TRUCK BRAKES Deadmans Handle

brake brake
We can fit three types of brake to both the AHE2000 and AHE2500 models above.
REF Type of brake PRICE

AHE/FB Foot brake (not shown) £68.60
AHE/HB Handle brake £138.60
AHE/DB Deadman brake £194.60

ARE YOU AWARE THAT IT IS NOW LAW!
In accordance with HSE HS (9) all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum. We are pleased to offer you our superb service facility. We operate
three levels of service for hand pallet trucks (gold, silver & bronze service levels) plus annual service contracts for hydraulic scissor lift tables, stackers and electric stackers.
Gold Service Silver Service Bronze OTHER SERVICE CONTRACTS
Service Level
● Hand Scissor Lift Table - One visit per annum.
Level Level PRICE - £56.63 per table, per annum.
ts ts t
Two service visi Two service visi One service visi ● Hand Stacker Truck - One visit per annum.
PRICE - £88.00 per truck, per annum.
plus one free per an nu m , per an num ,
● Electric Lift Manual Stacker - One visit per annum.
call out p.a. no call out. no call out. PRICE - £115.00 per truck, per annum.
PRICE - £84.83 PRICE - £76.95 PRICE - £54.38 ● All Electric Stacker - One visit per annum.
PRICE - £145.00 per truck, per annum.
per truck, per truck, per truck, Excludes battery and motor.
per annum. per annum. per annum. ● Chain Test Cert
PRICE - £35.60 per chain.
Certificate supplied.
Prices include: All other lifting equipment can be serviced
• Service by a fully qualified service engineer. • Labour and travelling. - enquire for prices.
• Minor repairs and adjustments. • Replacement of any badly worn wheels.
• Full nationwide coverage of UK mainland.
HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS • Choice of 2500 or 3000Kg capacity.

• Choice of two fork sizes: 1150 x 540mm or 1150 x 685mm.
• Tandem nylon wheels.
• Alternative wheeling systems and special fork sizes available.
• CE approved.
REF Cap Kg PRICE

BF25 2500 £247.50
BF25 BF30 3000 £312.00
BF30
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

A choice of two heavy duty pallet trucks
with either 3000Kg or 5000Kg capacity.
• Range of fork sizes.

• Totally sealed pump unit.
• CE approved.
• Three brake optional extras.
• Built for the toughest of work and the
heaviest of loads.
5000Kg
3000Kg Deadmans brake
REF Cap Kg Fork size options WxL mm Wheels PRICE

AHE3000 3000 540x1000, 540x1220, 680x1000, 680x1220 Single nylon £390.60
AHE5000 5000 580 x 1150 Tandem nylon £824.60
AHE/FB/EHD - Foot brake (AHE3000 only) - £68.60
AHE/HB/EHD - Handle brake (AHE3000 only) - £138.60
AHE/DB/EHD - Deadmans brake (AHE3000 only) - £194.60
Handle brake

GALVANISED PALLET TRUCK
• Galvanising process gives durable corrosion protection that stands up to the constant
abrasion of pallet entry and exit.
• Fully galvanised mainframe, wheel forks, brackets, push rods and handle.
• Fully sealed hydraulic nickel coated pump.
• Pressure relief valve.
• Three position handle - lift, neutral and lower.
• Tandem nylon load rollers and steering wheels.
REF Capacity Min/Max Fork Height Fork Length Width Over Forks Fork Width PRICE
HPTGALNTN 2000Kg 85/200mm 1150mm 540mm 160mm £387.50
LOW PROFILE HAND PALLET TRUCK

• Many goods are now supplied on low profile pallets so we are able to offer 2 models to deal with this situation.
• Tandem polyurethane rollers & nylon steer wheel.
• Choice of two closed heights: 57mm or 36mm.
• Choice of two fork sizes - 540 x 1000, 685 x 1000, 540 x 1150 or 685 x 1150mm.
• Capacity: 57mm - 2000Kg, 36mm - 1000Kg.
• Raised height: 57mm - 180mm, 36mm - 159mm.
• CE approved.
REF Cap Kg Closed Height PRICE

LP2000 2000 57mm £340.38
SLP2000 1000 36mm £490.95
QUICK LIFT HAND PALLET TRUCK

The Quick Lift is a great tool for warehouses where multiple lightweight pallets need moving. The Quick
Lift pump operates up to a capacity of 150Kg - thereafter the truck reverts to its normal pump speed.
In quick lift mode it will raise a pallet to full height in 5 strokes.
• Normal capacity 2000Kg.

• Quick Lift cap 150Kg.
• Single nylon rollers.
• Fork sizes: 530 x 1000, 530 x 1150, 530 x 1220,
685 x 1000 or 685 x 1220.
REF Fork Sizes LxW mm PRICE
AHE/QLHPT Choose from above £404.55
SPECIAL FORK SIZES AND WHEEL OPTIONS

We are able to supply pallet
trucks with special fork sizes
to suit individual applications
along with a variety of
wheeling systems designed
for all floor surfaces. Rubber,
steel and non-conductive
wheels are available.
Please enquire for details.

STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCK
For use in corrosive environments where acids and saline solutions are used. Also used in
the food industry and hygiene areas. All parts are made of stainless steel including hydraulic
pump, fork frame, handle, push rod, bearings, pins and bolts. Tandem load rollers and
wheels are nylon.
• Minimum lowered fork height - 85mm.
• Choice of two fork sizes.
REF Fork size L x W mm PRICE

HPS20S 1150 x 540 £1188.60
HPS20L 1150 x 680 £1188.60
TRAVERSE PALLET TRUCK

An innovative pallet truck that not only can be used as a standard truck but can also traverse at a
90° angle. This means that it can move from side to side at 90° as well as the normal direction of
travel. This is a superb benefit in confined spaces.
• Load capacity 2000Kg in normal mode and 1000Kg in traverse mode.

• Manufactured and approved to European GS Standards.
• Fork height: 85mm lowered, 205mm raised.
• Black nylon wheels and rollers.
REF Fork size mm PRICE

GN505T 1000 x 520 £467.86
GN506T 1000 x 685 £480.64
ADJUSTABLE FORKS PALLET TRUCK

Hand pallet truck with adjustable width forks allows movement of different sized pallets
by one machine.
• 2500Kg capacity. Narrow setting Wide setting

• Choose between two width ranges: 400-520mm or 530-680mm.
• Choose length of forks: 910, 1060 or 1160mm.
• Optional extras: Foot pedal pump to raise load (useful in tight areas) or tandem rollers.
• Polyurethane wheels fitted as standard.
REF Description PRICE

PTA25 Pallet truck - choose any fork size £298.99
PTA25/FP Foot pedal £352.32
PTA25/TW Tandem load rollers £332.33
FOLDING HAND PALLET TRUCK

• Folded hand pallet truck that can be folded up for storage. • No hydraulic pump means - no maintenance.
• Easy to transport around from point to point. • Choice of two fork sizes.
• Simple pull handle operation raises load. • 300Kg capacity.
• Only 25kg/30Kg weight.
REF MX0608 MX0610

Capacity Kg 300 300
Lowered fork height mm 85 85
Total lift height mm 145 145
Fork length mm 800 1100
Width over the forks mm 420 420
Steering wheel mm 80x40 80x40
Fork wheel mm 80x40 80x40
Weight Kg 25 30
PRICE £134.82 £134.81

FULLY ELECTRICAL ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK
• Electric travel (forward and reverse) and electric lift. • Security brake complying to EC standards
• Easy to use over rough terrain found on building • Key operated for security and safety.
sites, farms, garden centres etc. • Contamination free of noise or fumes.
• Electrics, batteries protected in metal casings, cables • Minimum operators effort required, easy to use and
in tubes to avoid possible damage. time saving.
• Supplied with batteries and charger, overnight charge
for a full days work. Easy maintenance.
REF Specifications PRICE

Load capacity 1200Kg.
H2/E Fork elevation 200mm. Fork length 890mm. £6804.97
Max pallet width 1200mm. O/A width 1640mm.
O/A length 1430mm.
ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK

The Rough Terrain Pallet Truck is ideal for
those outdoor applications where a REF RTT12
conventional industrial truck just won't do! Capacity 1200Kg
Mounted on large pneumatic tyred wheels Overall width 1605mm
all round the truck rides over the undulating Inside straddle width 1277mm
surfaces you find in some applications. With Overall length 1375mm
a capacity of 1200Kg and an inside straddle Overall height 1200mm
width of 1277mm the RTT12 will handle Fork length 860mm
most pallets. Ideal for garden centres, Adjustable forks 212-735mm
building sites, farmyards and all sorts of Fork width 100mm
other rough terrain applications.
PRICE £819.00
WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK

• Capacity: 2000Kg in 1Kg steps.
• Tolerance: ±2Kg.
• Scale functions: zero correction, gross/net weighing, total weight.
• Power supply: 4 x 1.5V AA batteries.
• Low battery warning + auto shut off function after 3 minutes.
• Total fork width 570mm width per fork 180mm, fork height 90mm, fork length 1150mm.
• Polyurethane steering wheels.
• Polyurethane tandem rollers.
• Options: Printer, Memory, Parameter Settings and Parking Brake.
Capacity Min/Max Fork size mm

REF Kg fork height Length Width over forks Fork width PRICE
HPTSCALERTP 2000 85 - 200mm 1150 570mm 182 £1077.25
PALLET DISPENSER
Makes pallet handling more efficient.
• Use for the stacking and unstacking of pallets.

• Decrease the time consumption per pallet.
• Reduce the amount of damaged pallets.
• Increase the productivity.
• Avoid manual handling of pallets.
• Avoid back injuries, stuck fingers and feet.
• Reduce the number of days lost through sickness per employee.
• Standard machines handle 1200 x 800mm or
1200 x 1000mm pallets. Special sizes to order.
REF Operation Capacity Kg/pallets PRICE

102001 Manual 500/14 £7382.70
102401 Manual 1000/25 £9577.10
102101 Automatic 500/14 £9175.40
102501 Automatic 1000/25 £11196.90
Manual

MANUAL HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK
• Operation: Extremely easy to pump and use makes this unit very suitable as combined hand pallet truck and lift table.
• Quick-lift as standard with automatic transfer to normal lifting with loads over 150Kg.
• Automatic descending speed control by a uniquely hydraulic valve, the descending speed always keeps the same
regardless of the truck with or without load. It will prevent cargo damage from fast descending.
• Front support legs and adjustable stabilisers extended to the floor automatically when the forks reach a height of 420mm,
to ensure maximum stability and optimum braking.
• Conforms to EN1757-4.
• Choice of 1000Kg or 1500Kg capacity.
• Choice of fork sizes.
REF JL5210 JL6810 JL5215 JL6815

Rated capacity (Kg) 1000 1000 1500 1500
Max lifting height (mm) 800 800 800 800
Min fork height (mm) 85 85 85 85
Fork overall width (mm) 520 680 520 680
Fork length (mm) 1140 1140 1100 1100
Net weight (Kg) 105 112 118 125
PRICE £543.75 £543.75 £543.75 £543.75
ELECTRIC HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK

• Operation: These electric high lift pallet trucks have further advantages when working with heavy items and constant daily use.
They are ideal as combined hand pallet truck and lift table.
• Adjustable stabilisers extended to the floor automatically when the forks reach a height of 420mm, to ensure maximum stability
and optimum braking.
• Ergonomic warm handle offers you simple and comfortable operation.
• Top quality power unit made in Europe.
• Conforms to EN1757-4 and EN 1175.
REF JE5210 JE6810 JE5215 JE6815

Rated capacity (Kg) 1000 1000 1500 1500
Max lifting height (mm) 800 800 800 800
Min fork height (mm) 85 85 85 85
Fork overall width (mm) 520 680 520 680
Fork length (mm) 1140 1140 1100 1100
Battery 70Ah/12V
Battery charger 10A/12V
Net weight (Kg) 140 147 149 157
PRICE £1295.00 £1295.00 £1295.00 £1295.00
HEAVY DUTY HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Our premium quality range of high-lift pallet trucks features innovative design features. The range is ergonomically designed and built to the highest standards for the
rigours of all day use. This truck is able to work in the same manner as a pallet truck but allows the load to be lifted to 800mm for comfortable loading and unloading of
the pallet without constant bending.
• Lift height 800mm.
• Fork widths 540 & 680mm.
• Fork length 1165mm.
• Alternative lengths and widths made quickly to order.
• Single lift ram.
• Quick lift function for loads over 250Kg.
• Choice of manual or electric lift.
• Nylon steer and load wheels.
• When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with
extended outriggers - stable loading.
• Electric models come complete with a 12 volt/60Ah
integral battery and 12 volt/10Ah external charger.
Type of lift Fork size W x L mm REF PRICE

Manual pump 540 x 1165 HL1000/540 £471.25
Manual pump 680 x 1165 HL1000/680 £471.25
Electric lift 540 x 1165 HLE1000/540 £1242.50
Electric lift 680 x 1165 HLE1000/680 £1242.50

STAINLESS STEEL MANUAL HIGH LIFTER
Optimum hygiene with a stainless steel construction, the risk of bacterial contamination is minimised.
For use in hygiene environments and exposed aggressive environments. Three models to choose from:
HL1000/3RF-S is a galvanised truck with stainless fork chassis and handle.
HL1000/3RF-P has a stainless fork chassis, handle and forks plus yellow chromate pump.
HL1000/3RF-P/EX is an explosion proof version of the above.
• Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Long operating life and low maintenance costs.
• Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Reliable cylinder construction.
• Strong surface. • Strong construction.
• Corrosion resistant. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis.
REF Cap Kg Lift height O/S LxH mm Forks LxW Lowered height Wheel type PRICE
HL1000/3RF-S 1000 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly £2391.20
HL1000/3RF-P 1000 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly £3089.80
HL1000/3RF-P/EX 1000 800mm 1480x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly £3449.60
HL1000/3/ADDW Extra for increased fork width to 680mm £264.60
STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC HIGH LIFTER

Optimum hygiene with a stainless steel construction, the risk of bacterial contamination is minimised.
Particularly designed for use in hygiene environments and exposed aggressive environments. Two models to choose from:
EHL1000/3RF-S is a galvanised truck with stainless fork chassis and handle.
EHL1000/3RF-P has a stainless fork chassis, handle and forks plus a part stainless lifting cylinder.
• Electric lift with built in battery and charger. • Long operating life and low maintenance costs.
• Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Reliable cylinder construction.
• Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Strong construction.
• Strong surface. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis.
• Corrosion resistant.
REF Cap Kg Lift height O/S LxH mm Forks LxW Lowered height Wheel type PRICE
EHL1000/3RF-S 1000 800mm 1580x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly £3626.00
EHL1000/3RF-P 1000 800mm 1580x1195 1140x540 90mm nylon or poly £5919.20
EHL1000/3/ADDW Extra for increased fork width to 680mm £266.00
LIFT AND TILT WORK POSITIONER

The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user - the Logitilt can tilt
boxes and crates up to 90°. The user does not have to bend down or stretch up to reach the
components in the bottom of the crate or box - this applies both to standing and sitting work
positions. The handle can be turned to the side and locked to ease operator access to products.
• Electric lift with built in battery and charger. • Foot protectors.

• Choice of narrow or straddle wheel arms. • Parking brake.
• Fitted on polyurethane wheels. • Safety valve.
• Fork size 800/1150 x 560mm. • Emergency stop.
• Optimum safety for the user:
REF Wheel arms Cap Kg Tilt height O/S HxLxWmm PRICE

LT1000TE narrow 1000 750-950mm 1090x1410x780 £3788.40
LT750TE narrow 750 750-950mm 1090x1410x780 £3788.40
LT1000TES straddle 1000 750-950mm 1090x1410x1016/1472 £4457.60
STAINLESS STEEL LIFT AND TILT WORK POSITIONER

The stainless-semi machine is developed for environments where severe hygiene is needed on the surfaces
that are in direct contact with the goods being handled eg meat, fish or medicine.
The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user - the Logitilt can tilt boxes
and crates up to 90°. The user does not have to bend down or stretch up to reach the components in the
bottom of the crate or box - this applies both to standing and sitting work positions.
• Easy to clean and optimum resistance. • Long operating life and low maintenance costs.
• Acid-resistant, sandblasted and electric polished fork chassis. • Strong construction.
• Strong surface. • AISI316L steel used on the fork chassis.
REF Cap Kg Tilt height Forks LxW O/S HxLxWmm PRICE

LT1000TERF-SEMI 1000 750-950mm 800x560 1090x1410x780 £6258.00

WORK POSITIONERS
These machines are designed to reduce operator
fatigue by positioning a pallet at the correct level to
ergonomically assist loading and unloading.
Repetitive bending and stretching is limited to assist
the operator. The pallet can be lifted up to 920mm in
either a side tilt position or a back tilt position.
SIDE TILTING WORK POSITIONER

The tilt facility allows up to 20° in either direction.
Supplied as standard with parking brake and foot
protectors. Manual pump lift operation.
• Capacity 800Kg.
• Manual lift/tilt.
• Max fork height 920mm.
• Min fork height 88mm.
• Fork dimensions 1150mm x 540mm.
• Net weight 210Kg.
REF PRICE
CTM-T £991.20
BACK TILT WORK POSITIONERS

Forks can be tilted up to 90°. Supplied as standard with
parking brake and foot protectors.
• Choose between manual or electric operation.

• Manual/electric lift/tilt.
• Vertical lifting height 285mm/920mm.
• Min fork height 85mm.
• Fork dimensions 800mm x 560mm.
• Net weight 178Kg (manual) and 185Kg (electric).
REF Type PRICE

CTILT Manual £970.20
CTILT-E Electric £2436.00

SEMI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK FULLY ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS
The semi electric pallet truck gives all the advantages of a full electric truck • Choice of 1500Kg or 2000Kg machines.
but at a far more economical cost due to utilising the same manual pump • Pedestrian operation with the option or rider platform, rider seating
action of a hand hydraulic truck. and order picker.
• Polyurethane wheels.
• Capacity 1500Kg. • Built in charger system.
• Choice of four fork sizes. • Heavy duty 24 volt system provides better travel and lift speeds.
• Low maintenance, low weight and low profile for good visibility. • 3 phase AC drive motor.
• Electro magnetic disc brake mounted on motor shaft. • CE conformity.
• Electro magnetic braking.
REF SE15S SE15L

Capacity Kg 1500 1500
Lowered height mm 85 85
Max fork height mm 205 205
Fork overall width mm 520 680 REF TKLPT15AC TKLPT22AC
Fork length mm 1000 1150 1000 1150
Load centre mm 600 650 600 650 Capacity Kg 1500 2200
Load distance mm 795 945 795 945 Fork height min/max mm 85/120 85/120
Wheel base mm 1240 1390 1240 1390 O/Dim LxWxH mm 1660x700x1235 1885x726x1323
Net weight (no battery) Kg 215 223 225 235 Turning radius mm 1550 1710
Overall length mm 1635 1785 1635 1785 Load distance mm 1054 1033
Overall width mm 660 680 Weight inc battery Kg 286 520
Overall height mm 1310 1310 PRICE £3130.55 £4696.55
PRICE £2154.60 £2154.60
SEMI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK

The semi electric hydraulic pallet truck is a new product designed on the base of a
normal hydraulic pallet truck. The merit of this product is that it has a motor drive
that requires no manpower for pushing or pulling of the truck. This means that the
truck is very easily manoeuvred in tight spaces and especially easy for the operator
to use.
• The controller is a Curtis controller unit and the speed controller is non-polar.
• The capacity is 1500Kg while other similar products only can offer a capacity of
1000Kg and only offer two fixed speed options instead of non-polar speed control.
REF SPR15
Capacity to full height Kg 1500
At load centre mm 600
Wheels type polyurethane
Lift height mm 202
Closed fork height mm 85
Fork length mm 1150
Fork width mm 540
Fork spacing mm 207
Overall length mm 1560
Overall height mm 1310
Driving speed km/h 3.0/3.3
Driving motor power w 400
Battery voltage/capacity v/Ah 2 x 12/40
Wheels - load roller mm 80 x 70 (tandem)
steer wheel mm 220/70
PRICE £2028.60

PANTHER MINI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
Fully powered truck with a really easy and smooth operation. It is designed for light pallet
transport like in-store supermarkets and stock areas. Design features include rounded corners
to limit damage to surroundings, pallets and goods.
The design focuses on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user. As an example,
the ergonomically correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold.
• Optimum space utilisation.

• Length behind the forks of 450mm.
• Tight turning angle of 210°.
• Narrower than the width of a EUR pallet - it can operate in aisles as narrow as a pallet width.
• Lift height 195mm.
• Fork size 1140 x 520 or 680mm. Other sizes available.
• Rubber and vulkollan wheels.
• Battery 2 x 12v 60Ah, other capacities available.
REF Cap Kg O/S L x W x Hmm Drive speed PRICE

PANTHERMINI 1400 1590 x 600 x 1296 5 Km/h £3052.00
PANTHER MAXI ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK

The Maxi truck is designed for heavy pallet transport like vehicle loading and
multiple load operations. It has the same features as the Mini truck and additional
benefits for the user:
• AC technology.
• Easy service and setting of eg driving speed, acceleration and deceleration.
• Long operation time per charge.
• Motor brake - optimum safety.
• No brushes in the wheel motor - reduced maintenance.
• Fork size 1140 x 520 or 680mm. Other sizes available.
• Vulkollan wheels.
• Battery 1 x 24v 120Ah, other capacities available.
• Lift height - 200mm.

PANTHERMAXI 1800 1590 x 680 x 1296 6 Km/h max £5334.00
STAINLESS STEEL MAXI PALLET TRUCK

The stainless steel fully powered model is ideal for wet, aggressive and clean
environments in the food and pharmaceutical industries. The truck is designed
to work in environments with severe hygiene demands and where it is exposed
to thorough cleaning as well as low temperatures (down to -30°). It helps
minimise the risk of bacterial contamination. All electronic parts and motor
have water-tight casings.
• Optimum space utilisation.

• Short length behind the forks.
• Highly manoeuvrable.
• Flexible, practical and compact.
• Tight turning angle 210°
• Ingress protection, IP54.
• Strong and solid construction.
• Steel type EN1.4301.
• Fork size 1170 x 560mm.
• Vulkollan wheels.
• Battery 1 x 24v 156Ah.
• Lift height - 175mm.

LOGIINOXMAXIPLUS 1600 1676 x 685 x 1490 6 Km/h max POA

HYDRAULIC LIFT
The ultimate equipment for alleviating problem on site handling
issues. It allows professional transportation of heavy and
awkward loads likes safes, cabinets, switchgear, vending
machines, machinery weighing up to 1800Kg.
Supplied in pairs (one for each end of load) and when strapped
together around a load (using the 5m securing straps supplied)
can lift the load to a max of 250mm and then be manually
propelled around corridors, into lifts etc.
They can be easily transported around due to their low

individual weight 43Kg. The lifting toe is fitted with a rubber
covering to eliminate slippage. Units are finished in orange
powder coating and zinc chromate. Mounted on non marking
polyurethane swivel castors all round.
REF FM180A
Load capacity 1800Kg per pair
Lifting height 100mm
Lifting plate (width x depth) 600x60mm
Polyurethane wheels 150mm dia
Overall size (LxWxH) 680x420x1070mm
Net weight 80Kg
PRICE £1036.75
MINI STACKER MINI WINCH STACKER

• Lightweight design, very easy to • Robust, lightweight steel construction.
operate by hand winch. • Manoeuvrable, extremely easy to use.
• Suitable for supermarket, office, • Cable winch lifting system with fully
warehouse, narrow area etc. cable housing.
• Adjustable fork. • Adjustable fork from 132mm
• Conforms to EN1757-1. to 520mm, width.
• Platform is a
standard accessory.
REF PM120
Capacity (Kg) 120 REF LS80 LS150
Lifting height (mm) 1050 Capacity (Kg) 80 150
Min fork height (mm) 95 Lifting height (mm) 1100 1100
Fork width (mm) adjustable 345-485 Min fork height (mm) 70 70
Individual fork width (mm) 50 Fork length (mm) 500 500
Fork length (mm) 400 Platform size (mm) 500x530x90 500x530x90
Load wheel (mm) Ø50x20 Fork overall width, adj (mm) 132-520 132-520
Steering wheel (mm) Ø200/50-140 Overall dimensions (mm) 865x550x1470 830x580x1475
Net weight (Kg) 31 Net weight (Kg) 52 52
PRICE £484.50 PRICE £598.50 £748.50

MINI PORTABLE WINCH OPERATED LOADER ELP 200 122
• Wheels 200mm dia. Bright zinc centres with roller bearings, solid rubber.
• Finish fully powder coated throughout. Colours orange and grey.
• All models with load retention frame and anchor points for retention straps.
• Protective hand grips are fitted as standard.
• Easy to operate in confined space.
ELP 125 107 ELP 200 107
RPP6
Cap Height lift Overall dimensions mm Fork dimensions mm

REF Kg mm lowered ht raised ht width width projection lowered ht PRICE Platform
ELP12575 125 750 1130 1155 680 315 450 65 £616.70 ELBS1
ELP12590 125 915 1195 1315 680 315 450 65 £634.20
ELP125107 125 1070 1350 1510 680 315 450 65 £638.19
ELP125122 125 1220 1500 1660 680 315 450 65 £659.89
ELP20090 200 915 1195 1315 680 315 450 65 £647.50
ELP200107 200 1070 1350 1510 680 315 450 65 £653.80
ELP200122 200 1220 1500 1660 680 315 450 65 £686.00
RPP6 Detachable platform 485mm wide x 470mm long £62.58
ELBS1 Foot operated braking system £73.42 Braking System
EURO RANGE WINCH LOADER

• Two wheeled version for confined areas and can double
up as a sack truck. VL125 VL200S
• Four wheeled with rear support version to handle bigger
loads over longer distances.
• Optional braking system as detailed above.
• Standard supplied with a detachable steel platform.
Type Two Wheel Model Rear Support Model

REF VL125 VL200 VL200S
Max load capacity Kg 125 200 200
Max lift height mm 1070 1070 1070
Load centres mm 305 305 305
O/A dim. lowered height mm 1350 1350 1350
Rear Support Open Fully raised height mm 1515 1515 1515
O/A dim. front to rear 730 790 790
Width mm 630 720 720
Platform width mm 485 575 575
Platform projection mm 470 470 470
Platform lowered height mm 70 70 70
Main rubber wheels mm 200 250 250
PRICE £699.72 £735.77 £879.83
Rear Support Closed

LOAD LIFTER
Ideal lightweight lifter for parcels, electrical goods, appliances, cartons and common handling tasks.
• Capacity 91Kg but weighs only 20Kg.

• Legs and platform fold away for storage and transportation.
• Fitted with rear stair glides for handling goods on stairways.
• Choice of 200mm dia rubber non marking or pneumatic wheels.
• Max lift height 1700mm.
• Platform size 410 x 430mm.
• Overall size 730L x 520W x 1140Hmm.
• Loading minimum height 5mm.

LL5.5/R Rubber non mark wheels £910.51
LL5.5/P Pneumatic wheels £929.25
LL5/BRAKE Foot brake £185.40
SUPER HOIST
A portable telescopic pneumatic hoist that can be set up in seconds.
No special tools are required and the legs fold out from the base to
aid stability. Great for lifting, positioning and installing air ducts,
plumbing, sprinklers, ceiling panels, electric appliances etc.
• Detachable platform.
• Pistol grip control handle.
• Operates off CO2 or compressed air - bracket accepts any common
bottle size.
• Easy to transport - weighs 31Kg.
• Choice of two lifting heights.
• Recommended PSI - 5.86 bar.
• Platform size - 480 x 610mm.
• Base width - 1350mm.
REF Lift height mm Cap Kg Height mm Stored dimensions mm PRICE

GH3.8 3800 136 1040 360 x 360 x 1000 £1409.10
GH5.6 5600 113 1370 360 x 360 x 1000 £1541.40
MATERIALS LIFTER
• This new improved design provides many years of reliable service.
• Easy to load into any size pickup vehicle to go wherever needed.
• The lift comes either standard, straddle or counterweight base options.
• Safety brake winch automatically locks load in place.
• Legs, forks, platform boom attachments etc, all remove without tools.
• Reversible forks can be used in two positions for greater versatility.
• Easy to store or transport.
• Durable steel forks.
• Reversible winch handle.
• Winch operates while ladder is stowed or in use.
• Hold down mechanism to secure for transporting.
Options and Accessories

• Load platform.
• Aluminium ladder - standard or straddle base.
• Electric winch - straddle or counterbalanced base.
• Pneumatic rear wheels - standard or straddle base. Counterbalanced model Straddle base model with ladder
• Foot release brake - standard or straddle base.
• Castor options.
• Stair rollers - standard base.
Standard base
REF Type Cap Kg Lift height mm Overall stowed size LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE
GL4 Standard 227 1800 305 x 730 x 1715 51 £943.09
GL8 base 181 3100 305 x 730 x 1715 60 £1089.79
GL4/SB Straddle 227 1800 489 x 730 x 1715 57 £1067.26 Jib attachment option Steel platform - option
GL8/SB wheel 181 3100 489 x 730 x 1715 66 £1255.52
GL10/SB arms 159 3600 489 x 730 x 1969 68 £1296.41 REF Optional extras PRICE
GL12/SB 159 4200 489 x 730 x 2305 70 £1363.27 GL/BA Jib/boom attachment £224.03
GL4/CB Counterbalance 227 1800 724 x 730 x 1715 178 £1580.96 GL/SP Sheet steel platform £224.03
GL8/CB base 181 3100 724 x 730 x 1715 186 £1793.03 GL/RB Rear brakes (on standard only) £200.13
GL10/CB 159 3600 724 x 730 x 1969 188 £1867.77 GL/AL Aluminium ladder £260.75

SUPERLIFT CONTRACTOR
• Ideal tool for contractors and for positioning any high loads.
• Heavy duty design, yet lightweight and portable.
• Quick set-up requires no tools.
• Loads easily into a pickup truck for transporting.
• Rear transport wheel assembly.
Optional extras:
• Fixed front castor option.
• Two speed winch.
• Stabiliser set (standard on SLC-18 and SLC-24).
• Wide range of accessories.
REF Cap Kg Lift height mm Width mm Overall stowed size LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE REF Accessories PRICE
SLC12 82-295 3940 1680 864x800x2184 93 £1381.20 SLC/W2 Two speed winch £142.50
SLC18 73-295 5640 1680 864x800x2184 139 £1833.75 32564 Adjustable forks £252.28
SLC24 73-295 7320 1680 864x800x2184 170 £2115.15 33667 Boom £231.88
32550 Fork extensions £231.88
32568 Load platform £210.12
32569 Pipe cradle £181.56
MANUAL SUPERLIFT
The Superlift is a flexible lifting and positioning
tool for construction and industrial applications.
It is easily stored and transported and can be
moved through narrow doorways.
• Standard or straddle base.

• Choice of 4 lift heights.
• Choice of forks: standard, adjustable and flat.
• Stabilisers for increased stability with heavy
loads are standard on SLA20/25.
• Telescopic mast and fold up legs for
easy storage.
• Interchangeable handling attachments.
Straddle base
The Superlift has a wide range of

attachments like adjustable forks,
drum grabs, flat forks, two speed Standard base
winch plus the other popular ones
priced below.
REF Type Cap Kg Lift height mm Overall stowed size LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE REF Optional extras PRICE
SLA10 454 3000 737 x 800 x 1994 118 £1993.35 SLA/BA Jib/boom attachment £231.88
SLA15 Standard 363 4500 737 x 800 x 1994 144 £2225.40 SLA/PC Pipe cradle £210.12
SLA20 base 363 5900 737 x 800 x 1994 184 £2412.30 SLA/FE Fork extensions £231.88
SLA25 295 7400 737 x 800 x 1994 204 £2798.70 SA/LP Load platform £210.12
SLA10/SB Straddle 454 3000 737 x 800 x 1994 137 £2130.90
SLA15/SB base 363 4500 737 x 800 x 1994 163 £2362.95

MINI FORK STACKERS ELECTRIC MINI FORK STACKERS
• Low profile forks for lifting small loads. • Low profile forks can lift the pallet easily.
• Easy foot pump hydraulic operation. • Easier and faster lifting operation.
• Optional detachable platform. • High quality hydraulic motor.
• Conforms to EN1757-1. • Service free battery.
• Option platform available.
• Conforms to 1757-1 and EN1757-1.
Fixed Fork REF PF4120A PF4150A Fixed Fork REF EF4120A EF4150A
PRICE £742.50 £787.50 PRICE £1498.50 £1648.50
Adjustable Fork REF PJ4120A PJ4150A Adjustable Fork REF EJ4120A EJ4150A
PRICE £778.50 £823.50 PRICE £1543.50 £1693.50
Capacity (Kg) 400 400 Capacity (Kg) 400 400
Min fork height (mm) 80 80 Min fork height (mm)
Max fork height (mm) 1200 1500 Max fork height (mm) 1200 1500
Load roller dia (mm) Ø75 Ø75 Power unit (Kw)
Steering wheel (mm) Ø125 Ø125 Battery (Ah/V) 12V/80Ah 12V/80Ah
Net weight (Kg) 81 85 Net weight (Kg) 122 127
Optional platform REF LP20 PRICE £102.00 Optional platform REF LP20 PRICE £102.00
WORK POSITIONERS
• Ideal for use in narrow aisles and confined spaces. Perfect for
all applications from pharmaceutical to catering, from
packaging line to food processing, from warehouse to office,
kitchens, laboratories, retail outlets etc.
• Manual model: operated via a manual hand winch. Auto brake
system prevents uncontrolled lowering.
• Electric model: automatic electronic overload protection
system ensures safety. Maintenance free and sealed batteries,
automatic charger.
• Quick change attachment options available - please enquire.
• Conforms to EN1757-1 and EN1175-1.
E100A E150A
M200A
REF M200A/NW E100A E150A

Type Manual Electric Electric Option attachments:
Capacity Kg 200 100 150
Load centre mm 235 235 235
Max height mm 1500 1700 1500
Min height mm 130 130 130
Platform size mm 470x600 470x600 470x600
Load wheel mm Ø75 Ø75 Ø75
Steering wheel mm Ø125 Ø125 Ø125
Battery, service free Ah/V - 24V/12Ah 24V/12Ah
Net weight Kg 60 66 63
PRICE £742.50 £1342.50 £1485.00
Spindle Reel Rotator V Block

INDUSTRIAL WINCH STACKERS
• Winch operation - no electrics or hydraulics.
• Choice of 300/500Kg capacity.
• Fully welded channel and tube construction.
• Fixed weld mesh guarding fitted as standard.
• Steel straddle rollers 75mm dia with roller bearing.
• Total stop brakes and foot protectors fitted as standard.
• 300Kg capacity stackers fitted with 150mm dia nylon wheels
with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals.
• 500Kg capacity stackers fitted with 200mm dia nylon wheels
with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals.
• Finish: powder coated orange frame with grey forks.
Hand winch
REF MS300 MSWB500 Removable platform

Max load capacity Kg 300 500
Max lift height mm 1500 1725
Load centres mm 300 300
Overall dimensions
Fully raised height mm 1930 2130
Width mm 630 750
Front to rear mm 1125 1210
Fabricated forks
Width mm 555 675
Projection mm 600 600
Actual fork width mm 93 93 Forged forks with back frame
Height of straddle legs mm 85 85 REF Add on accessories PRICE
Ground clearance mm 35 35
RP/MS3 Platform for MS300 £67.62
Approx vertical lift per 33/35 33/35
RP/MS5 Platform for MSWB500 £71.75
one handle revolution mm
FF/MS1 Forged forks for MS300 £110.81
PRICE £1143.24 £1290.80 FF/MS2 Forged forks for MSWB500 £115.43
HAND HYDRAULIC STACKER

This range of stackers comes in two capacities - 500Kg or 1000Kg. Both models
have a very good turning circle making them ideal for use in tight areas. Pump up
lift operation is easy to use.
• C shaped steel profile for strength and rigidity.

• Braked castors for locking.
• Conforms to CE Safety Standard and EN1757-1.
REF 0516G 1016G

Load centre mm 550 575
Lowered fork height mm 85 85
Fork width mm 550 550
Overall length mm 1520 1660
Overall height mm 2010 2010
Overall width mm 820 740
Front wheel dia mm 74 74
Rear wheel dia mm 150 180
Ground clearance mm 28 25
Weight Kg 156 172
PRICE £852.50 £930.00

HAND HYDRAULIC STACKER
• Heavy duty design.
• Unique technology with quick lift system.
• Compact design and strong, accurate steel construction.
• Top quality hydraulic pump and cylinder.
• Heavy duty one piece ‘C’ section forks for added strength.
• Top of stroke bypass valve built in.
• Conforms to EN1757-1:2001.
REF MT1015 MT1029

Capacity (Kg) 1000 1000
Load centre (mm) 550 550
Max fork height (mm) 1500 2850
Min fork height (mm) 90 90
Fork length (mm) 1150 1150
Single fork width (mm) 160 160
Overall fork width (mm) 540 540
Load roller (mm) Ø78x80 Ø78x80
Steering wheel (mm) Ø150x38 Ø150x38
Overall length (mm) 1595 1595
Overall width (mm) 680 680
Overall height (mm) 1960 2000
Net weight (Kg) 230 370
PRICE £1387.50 £1387.50
MT1015
HAND HYDRAULIC STACKERS

ST104Y
Great medium duty range of hand hydraulic stackers.
Choice of three lift heights and two lift capacities.
• Steel profile construction.

• Sturdy and compact enough to fit through standard
doors and to operate in congested areas.
• Lift function operated by pump handle operation with
adjustable lowering speed.
• Fitted with push/pull handles.
ST103Y
REF ST104Y ST105Y ST103Y

Capacity (Kg) 1000 1000 1500
Lifting height (mm) 1000 2500 1600
Load centre (mm) 600 600 400
Min fork height (mm) 90 90 90
Fork length (mm) 1100 1100 1100
Width over the forks (mm) 550 550 550
Lifting speed (mm/time) 25 25 22
Lowering speed Adjustable
Overall length (mm) 1640 1640 1650
Overall width (mm) 740 740 755
Overall height (mm) 1490 1800 2080
Net weight (Kg) 185 276 245
PRICE £878.31 £1357.92 £1298.30

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STACKER

• An economical lift to handle tasks from transporting
dies and molds skids and pallets.
• Sturdy and compact enough to fit through standard
doors and to operate in congested areas.
• Precision engineered for smooth performance and
exceptional durability.
• Lifting function operated by foot and hand controls.
• Allow the operator to work without having to perform
extreme body movements.
• ST101Y has adjustable width forks, ST102Y has fixed
width wrapover forks.
REF ST101Y ST102Y

Capacity (Q) Kg 1000 1000
Lifting height (H) mm 1600 1600
Load centre (C) mm 400 400
Lowered fork height (h) mm 90 90
Fork length (L) mm 800 1150
Width over the forks (E) mm 950 540
Lifting speed mm/time 20 20
Lowering speed adjustable adjustable
Overall length (A) mm 1340 1640
Overall width (B) mm 1000 740
Overall height (F) mm 2095 2050
Net weight Kg 251 230
PRICE £1031.67 £1031.67
MANUAL HYDRAULIC STRADDLE STACKER

An economical hand hydraulically operated stacker suitable to handle pallets
that need to be straddled when moving and lifting them (the blue 'Chep' pallets
are typical). There are two height sizes to choose from.
• Capacity - 1000Kg.
• Pump handle operation.
• Polyurethane steer wheels for hardwearing use and ease of movement.
• Very manoeuvrable and easy to operate in tight areas.
REF GT1015 GT1029

Type Straddle leg Straddle leg
Min fork height mm 60 60
Forks width mm 540 540
Net weight Kg 280 400
PRICE £1507.80 £1647.80

MANUAL HYDRAULIC STACKER
High flexibility and efficiency - with only one truck, goods can be transported,
lifted and handled in many different ways.
• Choice of 2 lift heights from 920mm and 1600mm.
The design puts focus on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the
user and can be adjusted to the individual user and the ergonomic correct
handle ensures the user a relaxed hold.
Optimum safety for the user through:

• Central location of all control buttons on the handle.
• Transparent and impact resistant safety screen on the mast.
• Location of parking brake.
REF LF/920 LF/1600

Lifting height 920 1600
Fork length 1150 other lengths to order
Overall height 1330 1930
Overall width 680
Fork span 480,560,680 560, 680
Length without forks 415
Overall length with
1625
1150 forks
Overall height without telescopic mast
Lowered height 85 90
Load centre 1/2
Fork width 163
PRICE £1372.00 £1582.00
MANUAL HYDRAULIC STRADDLE STACKER

High flexibility and efficiency fitted with straddle legs that transports, lifts and handles goods on all types of pallets - also closed pallets. Large range of optional extras
ensures optimum flexibility.
No damage to surroundings, pallets and goods. Logiflex has an elegant design with rounded corners. Straddle legs make it possible to handle many different pallet types.
Optimum safety through:

• Choice of 2 lift heights from 890mm and 1570mm.
REF LFS/890 LFS/1570

Lifting height with
890 1570
wrap-over forks
Fork length 1150 other lengths to order
Overall height 1330 1930
Overall width 1016 - 1472
Fork span min/max wrap-over: 350/800 chisel and bar:230/680
Length without forks 415
Overall length with
1500 forks 1680
Overall height without telescopic mast
Lowered height, forks chisel: 45 bar: 65 wrap-over: 65
Load centre 1/2
Width between legs 850-942 942-1124 1124-1306
Fork widthchisel: 100 bar: 100 wrap-over: 163
PRICE £2265.20 £2525.60

ELECTRO HYDRAULIC STACKER
• Fully welded channel and tube construction.
• Fixed weld mesh guarding fitted as standard.
• Steel straddle rollers 75mm dia with roller bearing.
• Total stop brakes and foot protectors fitted as standard.
• Fitted with 200mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals.
• Finish: powder coated orange frame with grey forks.
• All parts enclosed with easily removable cover for quick access.
• Single lever raise and lower operation.
• External plug socket allows charging without removing cover.
• Automatic overload valve and flow control on return travel.
• Battery (supplied with machine): 1 x 12v 75APH. Recharge via the fitted charging
socket coupled to a standard car or similar battery charger.
REF MSEH500
Max load capacity Kg 500
Max lift height mm 1725
Load centres mm 300
Overall dimensions
Lowered height mm 2130
Fully raised height mm 2130
Width mm 750
Front to rear mm 1210
Fabricated forks
Width mm 675
Projection mm 600
Actual fork width mm 93
Lowered height mm 100
Height of straddle legs mm 85
Ground clearance mm 35
PRICE £1936.90
REF Add on accessories PRICE

RP/MS5A Removable platform £71.75
SEMI ELECTRIC STACKER

A very adaptable and sturdy straddle stacker that has light and easy manual steering and
an electric lift. Suitable for pallets that can not be lifted with standard narrow forks.
• Five lift heights to choose from.
• Forks are adjustable in width to suit varying size pallets.
• Supplied complete with a separate charger and 12v batteries.
REF MW1016 MW1024 MW1029 MW1033

Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000 1000
Load centre mm 500 500 500 500
Max fork height mm 1600 2450 2900 3300
Min fork height mm 60 60 60 60
Fork length mm 1000 1000 1000 1000
Fork width - adjustable mm 230-790 230-790 230-790 230-790
Leg width (inside) mm 1270 1270 1270 1270
Lifting speed with load 95mm/sec 95mm/sec 95mm/sec 95mm/sec
without load 120mm/sec 120mm/sec 120mm/sec 120mm/sec
Power unit 800w 800w 800w 800w
Battery 135Ah/12v 135Ah/12v 135Ah/12v 135Ah/12v
Steering wheel mm ø180x50 ø180x50 ø180x50 ø180x50
Load roller mm ø80x70 ø80x70 ø80x70 ø80x70
Overall dimensions mm 1710x1505x2090 1710x1505x1800 1710x1505x2000 1710x1505x2225
Net weight Kg 400 490 520 580
PRICE £3092.60 £3358.60 £3485.16 £3582.60

SEMI ELECTRIC LIFT STACKER
The MS Range has a compact design and small turning radius with the largest
battery as standard. This gives many working hours per charging and high
lifting/lowering speeds. Easy and smooth steering makes the stackers safe and
easy to operate. Therefore the MS Range is the perfect choice for high
productivity requirements in confined spaces. Three lifting heights 1600, 2400
and 3300mm. Nylon wheels only. Capacity is 1000Kg.
The two high lift models have a welded and reinforced chassis, duplex 2 stage
lifting mast with C section profiles, dual chains and single lift cylinder,
maintenance free bushings and sealed bearings (RS) in lift mast, fork carriage
and wheels. Separate hydraulic system with protected motor, pump, valves and
Service friendly assembly of tank. This gives a long and trouble free lifetime.
hydraulics, electrics and batteries.
Large battery on 135Ah/12v, for many
working hours per charging.
REF MS1016 MS1024 MS1033

Lifting Mast Simplex 1-stage Duplex 2-stage Duplex 2-stage
Capacity Kg 1000 1000 1000
Load centre mm 600 600 600
Lift height, min-max mm 85-1600 (free lift) 85-2450 85-3300
Fork width, outer-inner mm 540-160 540-160 540-160
Fork length mm 1150 1150 1150
Lifting speed, no load-load mm/s 120-95 120-95 120-95
Lifting motor W 800 800 800
Battery Ah/v 135/12 135/12 135/12
Charger Ah/v 15/12 15/12 15/12
Steer wheels mm ø180x50 ø180x50 ø180x50
Load wheels mm ø80x70 (single) ø180x70 (single) ø180x70 (single)
Turning radius (outside) mm 1600 1600 1600
Dimension (LxWxH) mm 1820x800x2130 1820x800x1800 1820x1090x2225
Weight Kg 420 460 550
PRICE £2428.50 £2593.50 £2698.50
MS1024
SEMI ELECTRIC STACKER

High flexibility and efficiency - with only one truck, goods can be transported, lifted and handled in many different ways.
The design puts focus on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user and can be adjusted to the individual
user and the ergonomic correct handle ensures the user a relaxed hold.
Optimum safety for the user through:

• 1000Kg capacity and 1200Kg on models up to 1600mm lift height.
• Choice of 9 lift heights from 920 - 3300mm.
Cap Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Overall Overall Lowered Load Fork
REF Kg height length height width span length height height centre width PRICE
ELF/1001/920 1000 920 1330 85 £2685.20
ELF/1201/920 1200 £2937.20
ELF/1001/1200 1000 1200 1530 without £2937.20
ELF/1201/1200 1200 1800 telescopic £3227.00
ELF/1001/1400 1000 1400 1150 1730 680 mast £2937.20
ELF/1201/1400 1200 other 560, 1/2 163 £3227.00
ELF/1001/1600 1000 1600 lengths 1930 680 £2937.20
ELF/1201/1600 1200 to 90 £3227.00
ELF/1001/1910 1000 1910 order 2240 £2937.20
ELF/1001/2050 1000 2050 1530 2490 £3381.00
ELF/1001/2450 1000 2450 1730 1810 2890 £3381.00
ELF/1001/2850 1000 2850 1930 932 3290 £3381.00
ELF/1001/3300 1000 3300 2240 3740 £3381.00

SEMI ELECTRIC STRADDLE STACKER
High flexibility and effiency with straddle legs. Transports, lifts and
handles goods on all types of pallets - also closed pallets. Large range
of optional extras ensures optimum flexibility.
Straddle legs make it possible to handle many different pallet types.
Optimum safety for user through:

• Lowered height, forks -
chisel: 45
bar: 65
wrap-over: 65.
• Length w/o forks: 590.
• Load centre: 1/2.
Capacity Lifting ht with Fork Overall Overall Fork span Overall length Overall Width
REF Kg wrap-over forks length height width min/max with 1150 forks height between legs PRICE
ELFS/1001/870 1000 870 1330 £3649.80
ELFS/1001/1170 1000 1170 1530 without £3738.00
ELFS/1001/1370 1000 1370 800 1730 1150 wrap-over: 1855 telescopic £3738.00
ELFS/1001/1570 1000 1570 1067 1930 other 350/800 mast 850-942 £3738.00
ELFS/1001/1880 1000 1880 1150 2240 lengths chisel and bar: 942-1124 £3738.00
ELFS/1001/2020 1000 2020 1530 to 230/680 2490 1124-1306 £4179.00
ELFS/1001/2420 1000 2420 1730 order 1865 2890 £4179.00
ELFS/1001/2820 1000 2820 1930 3290 £4179.00
ELFS/1001/3270 1000 3270 2240 3740 £4179.00
FULLY ELECTRIC STACKER

The FE Range has electric travel and electric lift. There is a choice of
1200Kg or 1500Kg capacity and lift heights from 1600mm - 3300mm.
• CE conformity and EN1757-1:2001.

• Curtis Electronic Control System.
• Power pack and drive wheel system manufactured in Europe.
• Ergonomic controls and tiller system.
• Polyurethane wheels and load rollers.
REF FE1216 FE1529 FE1531 FE1533

Capacity Kg 1200 1500 1500 1500
Lifting height mm 1600 2900 3100 3300
Min fork height mm 90
Load centre mm 600
Fork length mm 1150
Fork width mm 540
Travelling speed Km/h Without load 5.5. With full load 4.8.
Lifting speed mm/s Without load 144. With load 95.
Lowering speed mm/s Without load 150. With full load 65.
Overall length LxW mm 2710 x 1080
Closed/open H mm 2090/2244 2025/3544 2125/3744 2225/3944
Battery (service free) 200/24 AH/V
Battery charger 20/24 A/V
Front roller mm 78 x 700
Rear roller mm 150 x 75
Drive wheel mm 250 x 80
Net weight Kg 614 692 705 714
PRICE £6238.50 £7327.50 £7695.00 £8038.50

FULLY POWERED STACKERS
A range of all electric stackers that are flexible, efficient and
ergonomic. They can be adjusted to suit the individual
operator and have a large range of optional extras on offer.
The truck is available as a narrow wheel arm model (self) or
as a straddle version (SELFS) to handle all types of pallet
including close boarded ones.
• Available in 1000Kg and 1200Kg load capacities.

• Lift heights from 870mm up to 3300mm.
Full electronic controller ensures:

• Infinitely variable speed control.
• Soft acceleration.
• Long operating time per charge.
Strong construction ensures a long operating life and low

maintenance costs.
Straddle stacker
Narrow wheel arms stacker
Narrow Wheel Arm Stackers

Capacity Lifting ht with Fork Overall Overall Fork Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load Fork
REF Kg wrap-over forks length height width span w/o forks with 1150 forks height height, forks centre width PRICE
SELF/1001/920 1000 920 1330 £6388.20
SELF/1201/920 1200 £6566.00
SELF/1001/1200 1000 1200 1530 £6564.60
SELF/1201/1200 1200 without £6829.20
SELF/1001/1400 1000 1400 1150 1730 1755 telescopic £6564.60
SELF/1201/1400 1200 other 560 mast £6829.20
SELF/1001/1600 1000 1600 lengths 1930 635 680 545 90 1/2 163 £6564.60
SELF/1201/1600 1200 to £6829.20
SELF/1001/1910 1000 1910 order 2240 £6564.60
SELF/1001/2050 1000 2050 1530 2490 £6918.80
SELF/1001/2450 1000* 2450 1730 1765 2890 £6918.80
SELF/1001/2450A 1000 2450 1730 2890 £6918.80
SELF/1001/2850 1000* 2850 1930 890 3290 £6918.80
SELF/1001/3300 1000* 3300 2240 3740 £6918.80
* Note - Load reduction at lifting heights - please check full specification of machine/forks etc.
Straddle Wheel Arm Stackers

Width
Cap Lifting ht with Fork Overall Overall Fork span Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load between Fork
REF Kg wrap-over forks length height width min/max w/o forks with 1150 forks height height, forks centre legs width PRICE
SELFS/1001/890 1000 890/870 1330 wrap-over: 850-942 £7420.00
SELFS/1201/870 1200 350/800 942-1124 £7476.00
SELFS/1001/1170 1000 1170/1150 1530 bar and 1124-1306 £7506.80
SELFS/1201/1150 1200 chisel: without 1240-1422 chisel: £8059.80
SELFS/1001/1370 1000 1370/1350 1150 1730 166 + 230/680 1855 telescopic 850-942 100 £7506.80
SELFS/1201/1350 1200 other width (1200Kg mast chisel: 45 942-1124 bar: £8059.80
SELFS/1001/1570 1000 1570/1550 lengths 1930 of models are 590 bar: 65 1/2 when 100 £7506.80
SELFS/1001/1550 1200 to straddle only wrap-over: 65 capacity: wrap- £7506.80
SELFS/1001/1800 1000 1880 order 2240 forks available 1000/ over: £7506.80
SELFS/1001/2020 1000 2020 1530 with chisel 2490 1200Kg 163 £7947.80
SELFS/1001/2420 1000 2420 1730 forks) 1865 2890 £7947.80
SELFS/1001/2820 1000 2820 1930 3290 £7947.80
SELFS/1001/3270 1000 3270 2240 3740 £7947.80

HAND HYDRAULIC STAINLESS STEEL STACKER
Optimum hygiene with the stainless steel stacker. The risk of bacterial contamination is minimised.
The stainless steel products are developed for environments where severe hygiene is needed on the
surfaces that are in direct contact with the goods being handled eg meat, fish or medicine.

• Closed forks mean easy cleaning and few hiding places for bacteria.
Cap Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load Fork
REF Kg height length height width span w/o forks by 1150 forks height height centre width PRICE
HS1000/1200 1000 1200 1530 without £6918.80
HS1000/1400 1000 1400 1730 1650 telescopic £6918.80
654 max
HS1000/1600 1000 1600 1150 1930 560 390 mast 90 163 £6918.80
600
HS1000/2050 1000 2050 1530 2490 £8328.60
1660
HS1000/2450 1000 2450 1730 913 2890 £8328.60
SEMI ELECTRIC STAINLESS STEEL STACKER

The semi electric version gives electric lift operation and easy to move push/pull movement control.
Designed for severe hygiene areas where bacterial control needs to be minimised. The design focuses
on the safety and ergonomic working conditions of the user. As an example, the ergonomically correct
handle ensures the user a relaxed hold.

Capacity Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Length Overall length Overall Lowered Load Fork
REF Kg height length height width span w/o forks by 1150 forks height height centre width PRICE
EHS1000/1200 1000 1200 1530 without £7890.40
EHS1000/1400 1000 1400 1730 670 1715 telescopic max £7890.40
EHS1000/1600 1000 1600 1150 1930 560 500 mast 90 600 163 £7890.40
EHS1000/2050 1000 2050 1530 1725 2490 £9828.00
EHS1000/2450 1000 2450 1730 2890 £9828.00
EHS1000/2850 1000 2850 1930 930 3290 £9828.00
FULLY POWERED STAINLESS STEEL STACKER

The fully powered stacker is ideal for wet, aggressive and hygiene areas in the food and pharmaceutical industries.
Goods can be moved in very confined areas with temperatures down to -30°.
• Ingress protection, IP54.

• Strong and solid construction.
• Steel type EN1.4301.
• Highly manoeuvrable.
• Optimum utilisation of the space.
• Operating down to -30°.
• Initial lifting is optional.
• All electronic parts and the motor have watertight casings.
• Straddle wheel arm versions are also available.
Capacity Lifting Fork Overall Overall Fork Length Overall Overall Lowered Load Fork
REF Kg height length height width span w/o forks length height height centre width PRICE
ISELF/1700 1200 1700 1120 - 2000 2000 POA
ISELF/2400 1200 2400 1600 1700 850 560, 680 615 615 + 1 2800 85 1/2 180 POA
ISELF/3200 1200 3200 2100 3600 POA

We can offer a wide range of stacker attachments to suit any application that requires specialist handling. The following
items are some of the popular ones that are regularly requested. Please note the model numbers of the stackers that these
attachments will fit. For any other bespoke requirements, please contact us for assistance.
DRUM TURNER DRUM LIFTER

The drum turner is available in a manual or electric rotation model. The electric drum The drum lifter has a maximum capacity of 250Kg and can lift and carry:
turner has an electronic controller ensuring speed, acceleration and delicate control.
• Steel drums with lid (lid has to be on during handling) and a capacity of
• Capacity 250Kg. 210 litres (EN209).
• Turning angle of 360°. • Steel drums with bung
• Standard steel and plastic drums. and a capacity of 216.5
litres (EN210).
• Fits minimum fork
span of 560mm.
REF Description Suits models PRICE

160330 Manual/steel drums LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £1764.00
160340 Manual/pastic drums LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £1764.00 REF Suits models PRICE
EDT160 Electric/steel & plastic ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £2823.80 160380 LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £336.00
PLATFORM CRANE ARM

The platform can be fitted onto stackers with straddle wheel arms. The crane arm is designed
The platform also lifts and carries non-palletised goods. to handle machine tools,
moulds and components.
• Equipment with wheels.
• Small trolleys. It has a chain with a hook
• Office machinery. and has a quick shift system
• Plant & equipment. and can be quickly and
• Max capacity of 1000Kg when easily fitted on all models
the load is distributed evenly. with adjustable carriage.
• Width 1092mm.
• Length 990mm or 1220mm. • Max capacity 500Kg.
• Hook distance from
carriage is 660mm.
REF Length mm Suits models PRICE

160310 990 LFS, ELFS, SELFS £971.60 REF Suits models PRICE
160311 1220 LFS, ELFS, SELFS £971.60 160011-1 LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £530.60

REEL SPINDLES REEL CLAMPS
The reel spindle is made of The reel clamp is is made of stainless steel and aluminium and is suitable
stainless steel and for food and pharmaceutical processing areas.
aluminium and is suitable
for food and pharmaceutical Built in slip tongue mechanism ensures correct gripping
processing areas. It carries pressure is applied preventing over tightening and damage.
reels in vertical and
horizontal position. Both standing reels as
well as horizontal and
• Fits models LF, LFS, ELF, vertical reels that are
ELFS, SELF, HS and EHS. clear of the floor can
be gripped and
It is available with or rotated 360° by the
without gearbox. It has an reel clamp.
expanding mandrel and is
available with two standard
diameters and with two
lifting capacities.
REF VS2550 VS4506 VS2800 VS4507

Gearing w/o gear with gear w/o gear with gear
Capacity 200Kg 200Kg 250Kg 250Kg
Length of expanding mandrel 330 330 430 430
Min free height above reel 298 390 397 489
(vertical mandrel)
Width of reel spindle 362 531 362 531
Height of reel spindle 514 473 558 572
Gearbox ratio - 70:1 - 70:1
Load centre 638 652 666 680 REF Suits models PRICE
PRICE £2363.20 £3038.00 £2996.00 £3416.00 160624 LF, LFS, ELF, ELFS, SELF, HS, EHS £3411.80
FULLY ELECTRIC HEAVY DUTY STRADDLE STACKER

A range of heavy duty stackers with straddle legs allowing the lifting of all pallet types.
• Capacity 1600 & 2000Kg.

• Duplex mast for visibility.
• Lift heights 2800 - 3600 mm.
• Built-in battery charger.
• Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work.
• Smooth stepless drive control.
• CE marked.
• Optional rider platform.
• Choose from 3 standard straddle widths: 1050, 1150 or 1250mm.
REF CP16.28S CP16.32S CP16.36S CP20.28S CP20.36S

Capacity to 2000mm Kg 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000
Capacity to full height Kg 1200 1000 800 1600 1000
At load centre 600 600 600 600 600
Wheels Polyurethane
Lift height mm 2900 3600 4600 2800 3600
Freelift mm 160 160 160 160 160
Optional freelift mm 1400 1600 1800 1400 1800
Closed mast height mm 1900 2100 2300 1900 2300 Straddle Leg Overall Truck
Open mast height mm 3300 4000 4400 3200 4000 Gap Width
Mast configuration Duplex Duplex Duplex Duplex Duplex 1050 1250
Drive Km/h 4.5 / 6.0 1150 1350
Speeds Lift cm/sec 10 / 17 1250 1450
laden/unladen Lower cm/sec 20 / 13 Other special straddle widths
Max gradient laden/unladen 8 / 13 available on request, just ask...
Battery v/Ah 24 / 240
Charger v/Ah 24 / 30
PRICE £7640.10 £7722.00 £8274.50 POA POA Optional extra
Rider Platform

A superb range of fully electric stackers. The medium duty machines are intended for arduous applications and the heavy duty
models are suitable for the most demanding types of work. All trucks are CE marked and comply with all current legislation.
Comprehensive warranty and after sales service provided.
MEDIUM DUTY STACKERS

• Lift heights 920mm + 1610mm.
• Medium duty battery for 4 hours continuous work.
• Single mast for ease of use.
• Optimum driving qualities and manoeuvrability.
• Straddle legs, adjustable forks, side tilting forks available.
REF CLC10.09 CLC10.16

Wheels Polyurethane
Lift height mm 920 1610
Lowered height forks mm 90
Overall height mm 1970 1970
Mast configuration Single
Battery V/Ah 12/60
PRICE £2208.00 £3793.62
HEAVY DUTY STACKERS

• Capacity 1200Kg. • Lift limit switch operates at maximum lift height to shut off pump motor.
• Lift height 2820mm, special orders: 3600mm • Electromagnetic braking that is spring applied and electronically released.
+ 2900mm full free lift. • The CURTIS electronic controller provides plenty of low end torque while
• High quality hydraulic pump assures very little increasing the motor and battery life.
noise, maximum efficiency and durability. • Polyurethane wheels used throughout.
REF CLC12.29 CLC12.29FFL CLC12.36

Capacity Kg 1200
Wheels Polyurethane
Lift height mm 2820 2820 3520
Freelift mm 158 1490 158
Lowered mast height mm 1946 1946 2296
Extended mast height mm 3276 3276 3976
Mast configuration Duplex
Battery V/Ah 24/210 12/210 12/210
PRICE £4755.48 £6052.68 £5173.62
HEAVY DUTY STACKERS

• Capacity 1600Kg and 2000Kg. • Ergonomic drive controls.
• Lift heights from 1600mm - 3600mm. • Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours
• Duplex and Triplex mast configuration allows continuous work even when negotiating inclines.
good sight through the mast uprights. • Smooth stepless drive controls.
REF CLC15.29 CLC15.36FFL CLC15.46FFL CLC15.50FFL

Capacity to full lift height Kg 1400 850 1100 500
At load centre mm 600 600 600 600
Wheels Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane
Lift height mm 2900 3600 4600 5000
Freelift mm 160 160 160 160
Optional freelift mm 150 1780 1505 1660
Closed mast height mm 1700 2300 2100 2480
Open mast height mm 2800 4070 5115 5520
Mast configuration Duplex Duplex Duplex Duplex
Battery V/Ah 24/280 24/280 24/280 24/280
PRICE £7544.46 £7606.56 £8757.48 £8894.10

Counterbalanced stackers are used when it is not suitable to use either straddle wheel armed stackers or
conventional narrow wheel arms. The pallet may not be suitable for lifting by certain stackers or the area of
operation may be tight on space. Counterbalanced stackers can solve that problem. They can also be used to
load and unload onto mezzanine floors when stackers with wheel arms cannot get close enough to the
load/unload point.
• CE marked and compliant.

• Ergonomic drive controls with smooth stepless facility.
• Optional battery/charger capacities.
• Vast range of attachments and extras available.
• Comprehensive warranty, after sales and maintenance services provided.
COMPACT COUNTERBALANCED STACKER REF CSLC06.25 CSLC06.30

Capacity to 1600mm Kg 600
• Capacity 600Kg (to lift height 2500mm). Capacity to full lift height 500 400
• Lift heights 2500mm or 3000mm. At load centre mm 500
• High visibility Duplex mast. Wheels Polyurethane
• Optional extras: sideshift forks and tilting mast. Lift height mm 2500 3000
Closed mast height mm 1800 2095
Open mast height mm 2920 3580
Battery V/Ah 24/240
PRICE £10877.10 £10936.90
COMPACT COUNTERBALANCED STACKER REF CSPC10.25 CSPC10.30 CSPC10.45

Capacity to 2500mm Kg 1000
• Capacity 1000Kg. Capacity to full lift height Kg 800 800 600
• Lift heights 2500mm, 3000mm and 4500mm. At load centre mm 500
• High visibility Duplex + Triplex mast. Wheels Polyurethane
• Power steering and tilting mast. Lift height mm 2500 3000 4500
• Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work. Closed mast height mm 1800 2100 2100
• Optional extras: sideshift forks. Open mast height mm 2920 3600 5150
Battery V/Ah 24/240 24/240 24/240
PRICE £12365.60 £12608.70 £14725.10
HEAVY DUTY COUNTERBALANCED STACKER REF CSPC15.25 CSPC15.30 CSPC15.45

Capacity Kg 1500
• Capacity 1500Kg. Capacity to full lift height Kg 1200 1100 900
• Lift heights 2500mm, 3000mm and 4500mm. At load centre mm 500
• High visibility Duplex + Triplex mast. Wheels Polyurethane
• Built-in battery charger. Lift height mm 2500 3000 4500
• Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work even Freelift mm 160
when negotiating inclines. Closed mast height (h2) mm 1600 2100 2100
• Optional extras: sideshift forks and tilting mast. Open mast height (h3) mm 2920 3600 5150
Battery V/Ah 24/240 24/240 24/240
PRICE £13794.30 £13995.80 £16190.20

FORK EXTENSIONS
Soundly constructed from mild steel channel section. Fork extensions heel shaped
to fit truck without fouling carriage or mast. No sharp edges. Secured to forks by
lock bolts. Painted Blue. Conform to 86/663/EEC.
When ordering please state lifting capacity required at required centres.
Length of To suit 100x50mm To suit 125x50mm To suit 150x60mm

fork ext thick forks (max.) thick forks (max.) thick forks (max.)
mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1220 IFE448 £170.40 IFE548 £193.12 IFE648 £208.74
1372 IFE454 £188.86 IFE554 £208.74 IFE654 £218.68
1525 IFE460 £208.74 IFE560 £217.26 IFE660 £237.14
1600 IFE463 £211.58 IFE563 £225.78 IFE663 £242.82
1650 IFE465 £215.84 IFE565 £237.14 IFE665 £248.50
1829 IFE472 £218.68 IFE572 £247.08 IFE672 £257.02 NOTE: When ordering please specify overall length of extension shoe, existing fork
1981 IFE478 £228.62 IFE578 £262.70 IFE678 £266.96 length, width & thickness and whether slip on or bolt type.
2134 IFE484 £237.14 IFE584 £272.64 IFE684 £279.74 Triangular or conical shaped extensions can be supplied.
2438 IFE496 £262.70 IFE596 £282.58 IFE696 £305.30
TELESCOPIC FORKS
Hydraulically operated Telescopic Fork Extensions are a fast and economic method of
loading and unloading wagons from one side and cost saving on double pallet racking.
The smooth and simple operation make them a must for high volume pallet movers.
REF Operating range Capacity @500lc Capacity @1500lc PRICE

TF2A10701770 1070-1770 4500 1500 £2983.40
TF2A12202020 1220-2020 4500 1500 £3057.60
TF2A13502350 1350-2350 4500 1500 £3189.20
Standard features:
TF2A16002600 1600-2600 4500 1500 £3234.00
• Unique twin fork construction.
TF3A10701770 1070-1770 4500 1500 £3159.80
• Smooth profiled extension pocket with built in wear plates.
TF3A12002000 1200-2000 4500 1500 £3322.20
• Assembly complete with flow divider and all flexible hydraulic pipes
TF3A13502350 1350-2350 4500 1500 £3424.40
to fork and truck.
TF3A16002600 1600-2600 4500 1500 £3542.00
• Polyester powder coated finish.
FORK ARMS
We stock and distribute a wide range and variety of replacement forks to suit every make and model of
forklift truck. Whether its a C1A-C4B fork, din type, bar type, drilled type of stainless steel/brass cladded.
We are sure to have stock or alternatively they can be manufactured and delivered within 10 working
days from receipt of order.
Please enquire for prices and details in order to quote our best price. Please have the full specification of
your forklift truck available.
FOUR FORK ATTACHMENT

Four Fork Attachments are designed to handle wide unpalletised loads, such as plastic pipes,
timber or sheet steel, safely and helping to reduce the possibility of product damage.
Standard features:
• Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck.
• Polyester powder coated bright orange for safety.
Optional extras:
• Six fork configuration.
• Choice of intermediate width options.
REF Width mm Pocket length mm Capacity Kg Max fork size mm PRICE

IFF-1 1500 1200 1500 150 x 60 £793.80
IFF-2 2000 1200 2000 150 x 60 £925.40
IFF-3 2500 1200 2500 150 x 60 £984.20
IFF-4 3000 1200 3000 150 x 60 £1094.80

COMBI SELF TIPPING SKIPS
Designed to simplify the holding, movement and disposal of material in confined areas with the
unique '4 way entry' base. The skip is supplied as manual operation as standard but automatic tipping
at high level can be achieved by ordering the conversion kit allowing the forklift driver to empty
the skip without leaving the safety of his seat.
Standard features:
• Low loading height. • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids.
• Reinforced leading edge and body sides. • Manual handle override.
• 4 way fork pocket entry. • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck.
• Secondary locking mechanism to • Painted bright orange for safety.
prevent accidental discharge.
Nominal Capacity Max fork Fork Body size mm Overall

REF capacity (m3) Kg mm centres mm length width height PRICE
ICUS-1 0.9 750 150 x 50 675 1600 1060 1035 £614.86
ICUS-2 1.2 960 150 x 50 675 1600 1300 1035 £641.84 Optional features:
ICUS-3 1.5 1100 150 x 50 675 1600 1560 1035 £680.18 • Conversion kit for automatic operation.
ICUS/AUTO Conversion kit for automatic operation £134.90 • 125mm diameter nylon castors.
ICUS/CAS Castor base - 125mm dia nylon castors £151.94 • Colour finish for waste separation/department.
AUTOMATIC LOW LEVEL SKIPS

The skip can be easily positioned at the end of a conveyor, dross shoot or manufacturing line
to collect bi-products that are below waste level. The unique automatic tipping mechanism
enables the forklift driver to tip the skip at high level without leaving the safety of his seat, with
the added benefit of a manual handle for low level tipping.
Standard features:
• Low loading height. • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids.
• Reinforced leading edge and body sides. • Manual handle override.
• 4 way fork pocket entry. • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment
• Secondary locking mechanism to to truck.
prevent accidental discharge. • Painted bright orange for safety.
Nominal Capacity Max fork Fork Body size mm Overall

REF capacity (m3) Kg mm centres mm length width height PRICE
IALS-1 0.7 300 150 x 60 683 1380 910 700 £820.76 Optional features:
IALS-2 1.0 600 150 x 60 683 1380 1300 700 £959.92 • 125mm diameter nylon castors.
IALS/CAS Castor base - 125mm dia nylon castors £151.94 • Colour finish for waste separation/department.
ROLL FORWARD SKIPS

Strategically placed in production or storage areas, roll forward skips keep working areas
clear and allow safe and speedy removal of scrap or rubbish to the appropriate skip or waste
compacter. All skips have unique twin locks and simple to operate release mechanism.
• Regular 3mm body plate construction.

• Safety retaining chain to secure skip onto truck.
• Max fork size 150 x 65mm with 890mm spread.
Optional extras include:

• Standard castors.
• Braked castors.
• Heavy duty castors.
• Heavy duty braked castors.
• Lifting lugs.
• Fork clamps.
• Drain taps.
• Auto retention.
• Colour options.
Volume Load cap Load centre Overall Overall Overall

REF capacity (m3) Kg mm length width height PRICE
RFS25L 0.25 1000 575 1148 794 678 £539.40
RFS40L 0.40 1000 679 1410 794 781 £590.15
RFS80L 0.80 1000 735 1480 1300 834 £651.05
RFS120L 1.20 1250 835 1710 1300 985 £746.03
RFS160L 1.60 1500 835 1710 1700 985 £837.38
RFS200L 2.00 1500 835 1710 2125 985 £1058.50

HEAVY DUTY GALVANISED SKIPS
A heavy duty range of galvanised self tipping skips. Construction from 5mm steel body.
Galvanised finish to withstand external or wet conditions, fitted with safety retaining chain.
Maximum fork section 150mm x 65mm.
REF Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Weight Kg Load centres mm PRICE

RFS25L-HD/G 0.25 1000 198 601 £919.02
RFS40L-HD/G 0.40 1000 212 685 £970.53
RFS80L-HD/G 0.80 1000 252 735 £1120.21
RFS120L-HD/G 1.20 1250 285 835 £1255.41
RFS160L-HD/G 1.60 1500 307 835 £1389.00
RFS200L-HD/G 2.00 1500 335 835 £1474.30
SEMI STAINLESS STEEL SKIPS

Regular range of Roll Forward Skips with steel underframe, but fitted with a body
manufactured from stainless steel. Its corrosion resistance makes it ideal for handling wet
or corrosive products or for use in a harsh environment. Fitted with safety retaining chain.
Body construction - 3mm. Max fork section 150mm x 65mm.
REF Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Weight Kg PRICE

RFS25L-SB 0.25 1000 100 £1199.08
RFS40L-SB 0.40 1000 110 £1232.88
RFS80L-SB 0.80 1000 145 £1385.78
RFS120L-SB 1.20 1250 170 £1828.39
RFS160L-SB 1.60 1500 180 £2222.72
RFS200L-SB 2.00 1500 225 £2673.38
FULLY STAINLESS STEEL SKIPS

This fully stainless steel skip is designed for use primarily in the food and drinks
industry where corrosion resistance and the minimisation of contamination is vital.
Every part is manufactured from stainless steel, making it suitable for pressure washing
or steam cleaning. Construction in 3mm stainless steel. Fitted with safety retaining
chain. Max fork section 150 x 65mm.
REF Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Weight Kg PRICE

RFS25L-SS 0.25 1000 100 £1812.30
RFS40L-SS 0.40 1000 110 £1879.90
RFS80L-SS 0.80 1000 145 £2044.07
RFS120L-SS 1.20 1250 170 £2531.74
RFS160L-SS 1.60 1500 180 £2977.58
RFS200L-SS 2.00 1500 225 £3326.84
SELF TIPPING SKIPS WITH LIDS

Standard range of skips but with a full lid fitted to prevent rubbish blowing about
and reduce odours. Choice of painted or galvanised finish. The front of the lid folds
back over the fixed rear portion. Construction in 3mm steel. Fitted with safety
retaining chain. Max fork section - 150mm x 65mm.
REF PAINTED Capacity M3 Capacity Kg PRICE REF GALV PRICE

RFS25L-L 0.25 1000 £951.21 RFS25L-L/G £1009.16
RFS40L-L 0.40 1000 £840.16 RFS40L-L/G £1065.49
RFS80L-L 0.80 1000 £1004.33 RFS80L-L/G £1211.95
RFS120L-L 1.20 1250 £1163.67 RFS120L-L/G £1400.27
RFS160L-L 1.60 1500 £1310.13 RFS160L-L/G £1569.26

MINI SKIPS
These skips are specifically designed for production areas where space is limited. Very easy to
use and simple to remove unwanted production waste. Optional mesh top cage (200mm high)
is available as a factory fitted extra.
• CE marked and plated.
Mini Skip Only Mesh Top Cage

REF Capacity M2 Size: LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE REF PRICE
SK410Y 0.10 850x450x480 47 £458.77 SK006Z £130.26
SK415Y 0.15 850x600x480 52 £508.64 SK007Z £132.09
SK419Y 0.19 850x750x480 59 £542.77 SK008Z £133.83
ROLL FORWARD PACKAGING SKIPS

Manufactured by adding 500mm mesh height extensions on three sides to give higher volume and
added rigidity without a significant increase in the weight. Ideal for high volume, low weight material,
such as paper, packaging materials etc. Maximum fork size 150mm x 65mm.
REF Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Overall height Weight Kg PRICE

RFS40LP 0.70 1000 1281 140 £801.53
RFS80LP 1.40 1000 1334 180 £907.76
RFS120LP 1.90 1250 1485 221 £1057.44
RFS160LP 2.50 1500 1485 246 £1170.11
ROLL FORWARD FILTER SKIPS

A range of skips manufactured by adding a mesh panel toward the rear of the skip producing a
300mm gap. Supplied with a drain tap and fully welded, this skip is ideal for draining of wet material,
such as potato peelings. The panel can be cleaned in position or removed. Maximum fork size
150mm x 65mm.
REF Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Unfiltered capacity Weight Kg PRICE

RFS25l-FS 0.25 1000 0.16m2 127 £873.96
RFS40l-FS 0.40 1000 0.3m2 142 £923.85
RFS80l-FS 0.80 1000 0.58m2 185 £1009.16
RFS120l-FS 1.20 1250 0.92m2 225 £1141.14
RFS160l-FS 1.60 1500 1.2m2 250 £1242.53
POLY TIPPA SKIPS

A unique design of tipping skip with a food grade polyethylene body. Body demounts
for easy cleaning or replacement and is resistant to most acids, alkalis and chemicals.
Castors are fitted as standard on all models. Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C.
Choose between painted steel or stainless steel frame. Maximum fork size 150mm x 65mm.
Painted Steel Frame Stainless Steel

REF Body size LxWxD Capacity M3 Capacity Kg Fork spread Weight Kg PRICE REF PRICE
PTS38l 1250x650x650 0.38 500 890 140 £1906.14 PTS38l-SS £2588.25
PTS65l 1500x650x850 0.65 500 890 160 £2073.50 PTS65l-SS £2756.81
PTS90l 1650x750x900 0.90 500 890 170 £2205.13 PTS90L-SS £3474.56

BOTTOM EMPTY SKIPS
Bottom empty dumping skips are designed to simplify the movement and disposal of factory waste.
The unit is operated by lowering onto the side of your skip allowing the contents to be dumped
automatically without the driver leaving his seat.
• Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety.

• Supplied with castors ready for use.
• Fully tested with certificate.
Nom cap Body Fork Size

REF cu metre thick spread mm LxWxH mm PRICE
IBE-1 0.80 3mm 848 1050x850x900 £761.12
IBE-2 1.20 3mm 848 1200x1050x900 £867.62
IBE-3 1.45 3mm 848 1500x1050x900 £965.60
UNDER SLUNG SCOOP

The Under Slung Scoop is a perfect choice when space and manoeuvrability is at a premium as
the scoop is positioned below the forks and with the added benefit of a reduced load centre.
Ideally suited to the large non-calibrated volume movement of sand, gravel, top soil etc.
Standard features:
• Secondary locking mechanism.
Optional extras:
• Left and right hand lever discharge.
Nominal Max fork Fork Scoop length Scoop width Scoop height
REF cap (m3) size mm spread mm mm mm mm PRICE
IUSS-1 0.3 150 x 60 848 1000 470 745 £1209.84
IUSS-2 0.7 150 x 60 848 1000 725 1145 £1297.88
MULTIPURPOSE SCOOPS
Multipurpose Scoops are an essential all round mechanically operated attachment, ideal for
handling a variety of loose materials such as sand, coal, grain, potatoes, ash, scrap metals and
swarf etc where accurate measurement of volume is not essential.
Standard features:
• Operating mechanism protection.
• Secondary locking mechanism.
• Removable toothed leading edge wear blade.
Nominal Max fork Fork Length Width Height

REF cap (m3) size mm spread mm mm mm mm PRICE
IMS-1 0.25 150 x 60 848 900 860 400 £759.70
IMS-2 0.50 150 x 60 848 900 1300 500 £819.34
SIDE EMPTYING SKIP

This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either
side. The balanced tipping action is engaged by the use of a foot
operated release mechanism and incorporates a dampening system
for controlled emptying.

• Four way entry fork pockets.
• Load capacity of 400Kg (0.3 cu m).
• Fully welded construction.
Overall dim Internal dim Weight Wheels

REF L x W x H mm L x W x D mm Kg mm PRICE
2 fixed 2 swivel
SK204Y 1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600 78 £768.11
125mm nylon

HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL WASTE TRUCK
This heavy duty, sturdy waste truck is fitted with
6 x 4" nylon swivel castors for mobility whilst also being
fork liftable under the handles. It features a hinged drop
away base for easy emptying and can be supplied with a
rodent-proof lid.

• Load capacity: 300Kg.
• Fitted as standard with a deflector panel at the base of
the waste truck to allow gradual safe and controlled
emptying.
Overall height Overall width Internal bin Load Weight

REF mm mm height x width mm capacity Kg PRICE
SK206Y 1460 1150 1210 x 720 0.8 cu m 100 £809.47
SK206Z Lid for above 17 £142.40
PLOUGH ATTACHMENTS
Snow Plough attachments provide a vital handling solution for clearing snow falls, rubble and loose granular
materials from access roads, car parks, forecourts and congested work areas etc.
Standard features:
• Fixed left or right hand sweep angle. • Polyester powder coated bright orange for safety.
• Detachable and reversible wear strip for longer blade life. • Stand skids for ease of operation.
• Secured safely to the forks with zinc plated
thumb screws.
Blade length Max fork size Fork spread

REF mm mm mm PRICE Optional extras:
ISP-1 1250 150 x 60 848 £756.86 • Castors.
ISP-2 1500 150 x 60 848 £788.10 • Rubber blade inserts.
ISP-3 1800 150 x 60 848 £842.06
YARD SCRAPER
This attachment is a general purpose appliance suitable for a variety of scraping applications. Ideal for cleaning
warehouse floors, exhibition halls, car parks and yards etc.
Standard features:
• Angled end wings to prevent rubbish from spilling out past the sides.
• Detachable and reversible wear strip for longer life.
• Secured safety to the forks with zinc plated thumb screws.
Optional extras:
• Rubber wear strip. REF Blade width mm Max fork size mm Fork spread mm PRICE
• Castors. IYS-1 1250 150 x 60 848 £746.20
IYS-2 1500 150 x 60 848 £777.00
IYS-3 1800 150 x 60 848 £957.60
FORK MOUNTED SWEEPER

The fork mounted sweeper is a quick and easy solution for reheaping your loose granule
products such as sand, top soil, grain or similar. Optional left and right hand sweep gives you
the versatility of clearing your yard, roadway, footpaths or warehouse.
Standard features:
• Interchangeable blue nylon brushes.
• Facility to hang to fork mounted magnet from the frame.
• Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment to truck.
• Painted bright orange for safety.
Optional extras:
• Left and right hand sweep bracket.
REF Brush width mm No of brushes Max fork size mm Fork centres mm PRICE
IFMS-1500 1500 8 150 x 60 683 £555.22
IFMS-1800 1800 8 150 x 60 683 £779.58
IFMS-2450 2450 8 150 x 60 683 £850.58

INDUSTRIAL SWEEPERS
• A new concept for fast cleaning. Proven to cut cleaning
time by more than 90%.
• Economical, practical and better than former methods.
• Brushes require no maintenance or servicing.
• Replacement brushes easy and quick to fit.
• Brush life estimate:
Valusweep 200-250 miles.
Pro-broom 400-450 miles.
• Various add-on fitments can be supplied to suit most
models. Enquire price availability and suitability to
your requirements:
Debris collector ends.
Debris, leaf pusher.
Magnetic kit.
Bucket and fork combi.
Skid steer pivot hitch.
Three point hitch.
Magnetic bar collects nails and metal pieces

as you sweep
Make light work of warehouse waste Easy replacement brush Sweep anything from dust to small boulders
VALUSWEEP PRO-BROOM
High performance for light-medium debris. Heavy duty for indoor or outdoor use. Eight rows
Five rows of bristles. Complete with attachments. of bristles. Complete with integral forklift mount.
REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE

VS480 Width of sweep 1.22m £372.00 PB600 Width of sweep 1.52m £682.00
VS060 Width of sweep 1.52m £395.25 PB720 Width of sweep 1.83m £868.00
FORK MOUNTED MAGNETIC SWEEPER

• Ideal for factory, warehouse or car parks etc to clear floors of swarf, nails,
screws etc, to clear hazards to tyres and operators.
• Stainless steel housing.
• To suit forks of maximum section 150 x 50mm.
• Thumbscrew locking clamping for safe attachment to fork.
• Operating height 60mm.
REF Size LxWxHmm PRICE

IFMM-1220 1220x120x80 £303.05

BEMA 25 SWEEPING MACHINE
A range of medium duty sweeping machines designed for everyday usage.
Ideal for general factory, yard or road sweeping.
• Swivels left or right.

• 580mm diameter brush.
• Heavy duty 200 x 50 support wheels.
• Polypropylene brush.
• Selection of mounting arrangements to suit different trucks.
Optional Extras:
• Steel (PPN mixed brush).
• Water spray system (main brush).
• Pressure pump.
• Rotary side brush.
• Water spray system (rotary side brush).
REF Brush width (Hydraulic hopper release) Brush dia PRICE

BEMA25-1250C 1250mm 580mm £5950.00
BEMA25-1850C 1850mm 580mm £6118.00
BEMA25-2050C 2050mm 580mm £6258.00
BEMA25-2750C 2750mm 580mm £7231.00

The most technically advanced and versatile sweeping machine in the range, this unit has
been specifically designed to match the rigours of the construction and plant hire industries.
• Hopper lifts out of the way for free sweeping Optional Extras:
but remains fixed to the machine. • Water spray system (main brush).
• Widths over 2300 fitted with 2 motors. • Rotary side brush.
• Manufactured from 8mm plate.
• Infinitely adjustable brush height.
• 5 stage swivelling to 25°.
• 660 brush (polypropylene).
REF Brush width (Hydraulic hopper release) Brush dia PRICE

BEMA35-2050C 2050mm 660mm £10605.00
BEMA35-2300C 2300mm 660mm £11095.00
BEMA35-2600C 2600mm 660mm £12656.00
BEMA35-2850C 2850mm 660mm £13657.00

The ultimate in sweeping machines, this one has been designed primarily for industrial
use, for mounting on the forks of an industrial lift truck.
• Fully enclosed rigid machine casing. Optional Extras:

• Vulkollan strip seal between • Steel/PPN mixed brush.
machine and ground. • Water spray system (main brush).
• Infinitely variable brush height. • Hydraulic rotary side brush.
• Suits forks up to 180 x 70mm. • Water spray system for side brush.
• Hydraulic hopper.
REF Width Height PRICE

BEMA40-1250 1250mm 660mm £7903.00
BEMA40-1550 1550mm 660mm £8617.00
BEMA40-2050 2050mm 660mm £9177.00

The most robust and universal free sweeping machine in the range, this unit has been specifically designed to
withstand the heavy duty usage within the plant industry. Suitable for the most difficult terrain and applications.
• 660mm diameter brush. Optional Extra:

• Polypropylene/steel brush. • Water spray system (main brush).
• Swivels left or right up to degrees.
• 200 x 80 vulcanised rubber support wheels.
REF Brush Width Brush dia PRICE

BEMA3-2050 2050mm 660mm £8666.00
BEMA3-2300 2300mm 660mm £9156.00

ACCESS PLATFORMS
Our range of access platforms provide a safe environment for a wide range
of maintenance and inspections to be carried out from, with the reassurance
that they have been manufactured in accordance with HSE document PM28
3rd edition.
Standard features:
• Automatic locking and unlocking gates (IAP-7 & 8 only).
• Hinge back guard for ease of transportation and storage.
• Safety harness attachment rings.
• Self draining non-slip floor.
• Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck.
• Painted bright orange for safety.
Personal No of Platform base size Capacity Max fork Fork

REF access persons LxWxH mm Kg mm centres mm PRICE
IAP-6 Lift-up bar 2 950x950x2120 250 150x50 525 £488.48
IAP-7 Side gate 2 950x950x2120 250 150x50 525 £594.98 Optional features:
IAP-8 Side gate 2 1250x950x2120 250 150x50 525 £663.14 • Tool tray.
IAP-TT Tool tray £56.80 • Safety harness.
IAP-SH Safety harness £122.12
HEAVY DUTY ACCESS PLATFORM

The 'top of the range' platform incorporating every feature needed to carry out any
maintenance or stocktaking, whatever the industry.
Standard features:
• Castors.
• Tool tray.
• Clip board.
• Auto locking/unlocking to truck.
• Strip light bulb holder.
• Safety harness.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Always check:
• Truck capacity and type.
• Max fork spread.
• Fork width, thickness.
Gate No of Platform size Weight Max fork Fork

REF position persons WxL mm Kg mm spread mm PRICE
WP-ULTIMATE Side gate 2 1000x1200 150 150x50 794 £1135.57
FOLDING ACCESS PLATFORM

• Quick and safe.
• Lightweight.
• Easy to assemble.
• No tools required.
• Solid chequer deck for safety.
• Provided with drainage holes.
• High mesh rack for safety.
• Non-slip safety device to
prevent slip when on the forks.
• Maximum stability.
• Minimum truck rating 600kg @
600mm centres.
• Finish bright alert safety yellow.
Size folded 215 x 1006 x 1006

Size in use 1840 x 1006 x 1006
Weight 80Kg
Max cap 2 persons. 200Kg
REF AFP/1A PRICE £661.92

ACCESS PLATFORM WITH EXTRA RAISED HEIGHT
• Compliant to HSE note PM28 and 86/663/EEC.
• Platform from chequer plate self draining with floor sided kickplate to
prevent tools etc from falling.
• Fork heel locking pins for safe attachment to truck along with mesh
protection.
• Single side gate entry and access ladder. EPC finish.
• Max fork size 150 x 50mm. Fork spread 690mm max. Cap 250Kg at
500mm load centre.
• Options: larger sizes, castor base, tool tray, overhead guard.
Size Platform Centre of

REF LxWxHmm height mm gravity mm PRICE
IAP-3HL 950x950x2930 900 525 £1075.90
CRANE ACCESS PLATFORMS

Designed for attachment via a minimum of four chains, each model in this range is constructed with 3mm durbar
bases 40 x 40 box section framework and overhead mesh with centre bracing.
Standard features (all models):

• Fork liftable pockets.
• Overhead mesh protection.
• Multipoint harness attachment.
• Occupant steadying handle.
• Self draining durbar base.
Standard features (ICAP-2/3 only):
• Automatic locking gates.
Platform Mesh Hook Max fork Fork

REF Description Persons size mm coverage attachments size mm spread mm PRICE
ICAP-1 Fixed bar 1 950x950 22% 4 150x60 690 £817.92
ICAP-2 Auto gate 2 1200x1200 50% 4 150x60 690 £1211.26
MATERIALS/GOODS CAGE
We are able to supply a variety of bespoke lifting
cages to suit many on site applications. These
cages can be lifted by overhead cranes, hoists and
fork lift trucks. The model illustrated has the
following specification:
• 1000Kg UDL capacity.

• Size 1200 x 1200 x 1800mm.
• Sides infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh.
• Sheet steel base with under bracing.
• Double loading gates fitted on one side.
• Supplied with health and safety lifting certificate.
REF Capacity PRICE

AHE/MGC 1000Kg £1382.60

FORK MOUNTED HOOKS
Choice of either adjustable or fixed. Both easily mounted on forks, complete with safety swivel hook.
Maximum fork size 150 x 60mm for adjustable and 150 x 50mm for fixed. Maximum fork spread 600mm.
Adjustable Hooks
REF Cap Kg PRICE
IAH-1.0 1000 £253.75
IAH-1.5 1500 £268.25
IAH-2.0 2000 £279.85
IAH-2.5 2500 £292.90
IAH-3.0 3000 £293.94
IAH-4.0 4000 £323.76 Fixed Hooks REF Cap Kg PRICE
IAH-5.0 5000 £373.46 Capacity at IFH-1.0 1000 £240.70
600mm load c. IFH-2.0 2000 £265.35
IFH-3.0 3000 £285.65
IFH-4.0 4000 £316.10
FORK MOUNTED JIB

Converts forklift truck into a crane. Comes complete with shackle and safety swivel hook.
Multi hook positions up to 3000mm load centres. Secured to fork lift by safety lock bolts.
Slings and chains can be supplied to assist lifting. Conforms to EEC directive 86/663/EEC.
Capacity at centres shown mm To suit Fork Weight

REF 1000 1250 1500 1750 Fork size mm spread mm Kg PRICE
IFJ-1.0 1000 800 600 300 150 x 60 600 116 £594.50
IFJ-1.5 1500 1000 800 400 150 x 60 600 116 £619.15
IFJ-2.0 2000 1500 1000 600 150 x 60 600 118 £643.80
IFJ-3.0 3000 2000 1500 1000 150 x 60 600 119 £675.70
IFJ-4.0 4000 3000 2000 2500 150 x 60 600 120 £736.60
IFJ-5.0 5000 4000 3300 2800 150 x 60 600 125 £777.20
TELESCOPIC FORK MOUNTED JIB Telescopic version of the fork mounted jib (above). Designed to reach loads where fork truck cannot
gain access. Multi load positions up to 3000mm load centres, otherwise as above.
Other lengths, capacities and designs can be made to order. The jibs can be carriage mounted
instead of fork mounted. Also high lift models are available.
Capacity at 1000mm Capacity Kg jib fully To suit Weight

REF load centres Kg extended at 3000mm load c. forks mm Kg PRICE
IEJ-1.0 1000 200 150 x 60 180 £775.75
IEJ-1.5 1500 400 150 x 60 180 £800.40
IEJ-2.0 2000 400 150 x 60 182 £825.05
IEJ-3.0 3000 700 150 x 60 183 £856.95
IEJ-4.0 4000 850 150 x 60 185 £917.85
LOW PROFILE JIBS

Low Profile Jibs are specifically designed to convert a forklift truck into a mobile crane. Allowing increased
flexibility to reach and transport long and awkward loads where a height restriction may apply. Extending jib
models are for particularly long loads.
Standard features:
• Multi-hook positioning.
• All models suitable for a maximum
150 x 60mm forks.
• Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe
attachment to truck.
• Supplied complete with safety Fixed Jib
swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use.
Extending Jib
Capacity (Kg) @ centres shown mm Fork spacing Fixed jib Extending jib
500mm 750mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm 2000mm 2250mm 2500mm 2750mm 3000mm mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
1000 900 700 500 400 250 260 230 190 150 100 450 ILP10 £453.85 ILEP10 £635.10
1500 1300 1100 900 650 450 400 350 300 220 150 450 ILP15 £474.15 ILEP15 £655.40
2000 1800 1600 1200 900 600 500 400 350 280 200 450 ILP20 £506.05 ILEP20 £687.30
3000 2700 2100 1600 1100 850 715 620 440 320 250 450 ILP30 £542.30 ILEP30 £722.10
4000 3800 3200 2500 1900 1100 975 850 650 500 400 450 ILP40 £568.40 ILEP40 £749.65

WHEELIE BIN AND DRUM ROTATOR
Designed for use in areas where drums and wheelie bins are used, this drum rotator has a special girdle that
allows both to be clamped around their mid points and rotated. Can be rotated by either means of a crank
handle or loop chain. Handles 210 litre drums and 120/240 litre wheelie bins. Bin/drum is located in the girdle
by a ratchet and webbing strap.
REF Capacity Kg Max fork size Method of operation Drum type PRICE
DTR-1-MP 360 140x50 Crank handle Wheelie bin £1718.95
DTR-2-MP 360 140x50 Loop chain Wheelie bin £1718.95
WHEELIE DRUM HANDLER

The unique attachment allows wheelie bins to be picked up and emptied into a
skip or container. The bin is picked up via the rear handles and a pull cord
attached to the wheel. The other end is fed through a winch, which is located onto
the truck cab. When the mast is raised and/or the winch is opened the rear end of
the wheelie bin is pivoted upwards to allow the lid to open and the contents
discharged. The winch/pulley mechanism can be mounted to the left or right
depending on the offset of the fork truck seat. Supplied complete with locating
stand. Only suitable for small wheelie bins and use with light waste.
REF Capacity Kg Max fork size Fork spread Wheelie bin type Weight Kg PRICE
FM-WBH-L 200 145x60 507mm 90-240 litre 65 £1165.28
FM-WBH-R 200 145x60 507mm 90-240 litre 65 £1165.28
CARPET POLES
Carpet Poles are designed for efficient and safe handling of long coiled or
round loads of fabric, carpet or other types of coverings. The ICP range are
carriage mounted and IFB range are fork mounted for a quick change solution.
Standard features:
• High tensile pole with a tapered end for easy location.
• Smooth finish to protect carpets.
• Polyester powder coated bright orange/matt black for safety.
IFA/FEM Boom dia Length Cap Kg @ Lost load Centre of Carriage mounted
REF Class mm mm 1829mm centre mm gravity mm PRICE
ICP-1 2 70 3000 500 85 690 £989.74
ICP-2 2 75 3000 600 85 650 £1082.04
ICP-3 3 75 3000 600 90 595 £1120.38
Boom dia Length Cap Kg @ Max fork Fork

REF mm mm 1829mm size mm spread mm PRICE
IFB-1 70 3000 500 125 x 50 445 £1072.10
IFB-2 75 3000 600 125 x 50 445 £1153.04
IFB-3 75 3500 600 125 x 50 445 £1296.46
FORK FENDER
This low cost safety device is a must for any working area where fork trucks are present.
Moving or stationary trucks with bare forks present a serious hazard to pedestrians.
Have piece of mind knowing you have safeguarded this danger.
• Helps prevent pedestrian accidents.

• Highlights the danger of fork tines.
• Safeguards against trip hazards. REF PRICE
• Size: 1000mm L x 100mm W x 85mm H. Slot size FBF-C £48.56
is 300mm x 15mm with a 790mm fork spread.
• Velcro strip to attach and store on fork lift.

DRUM TONGS - FULLY AUTOMATIC DRUM TONGS - SEMI AUTOMATIC
Designed for handling 210 litre drums Used for picking up 210 litre
of the steel tight head, open topped, L drums of the tight-head or open
ring plastic or Mauser varieties. The topped steel varieties. May be fitted
operation of this drum tongs is fully under a fork mounted hook, fork or
automatic allowing the truck operator carriage mounted jib or under an
to complete the whole operation overhead or lorry mounted crane.
without leaving his seat. May be fitted Semi-automatic in operation.
under a fork mounted hook, fork or
carriage mounted jib.
REF Capacity Kg Weight Kg Drum type PRICE REF Capacity Kg Weight Kg Drum type PRICE
DTG-AU-1 500 29 Steel, L ring £1126.65 DTG-1 500 26 Steel £531.14
DTG-AU-2 360 31 Egg shape plastic £1252.19 DTG-1-HD 1000 33 Steel, L ring £595.52
DTG-AU-HD-1 1000 36 Steel, L ring £1588.58 DTG-1-M 500 28 Egg shape plastic £547.23
DTG-AU-120L 360 25 Steel £1279.55
FORK MOUNTED DRUM GRABS

The ‘entry-level’ drum grab designed for handling steel drums with rolling hoops. Ideal for low to medium
volume movement of drums around the factory or store. Fully automatic operation.
210/220 litre drums (45 gallon)

Max SWL Max fork Fork Lost load C of No of Drum Weight
REF Kg size mm spread mm centre G drums types Kg PRICE
FDH-1 500 140x50 560 130 470 1 Steel 58 £468.36
FDH-1BP 500 180x90 560 130 450 1 Steel 73 £679.04
FDH-2 1000 140x50 880 130 589 2 L ring 75 £626.10
FDH-2BP 100 180x90 880 130 560 2 L ring 90 £736.70
110 litre drums (20/25 gallon)
FDH-110 250 140x50 560 130 554 1 Steel 45 £637.36
The simple to use drum grab has quick slide, two position Max SWL Max fork Fork Lost load C of No of Drum Weight
REF adjustment to allow handling of 210 litre steel drums with Kg size mm spread mm centre G drums types Kg PRICE
FDHU-1 rolling hoops or 210/220 ‘L’ or ‘XL’ style plastic drums. 500 140x50 560 120 561 1 Steel. L ring 62 £705.89
FDHU-2 Lost load centre is measured from the tip of the forks. 1000 140x50 880 120 580 2 Steel. L ring 79 £1016.81
Designed for handling 210 litre steel drums with rolling hoops, Max SWL Max fork Fork Lost load C of No of Drum Weight
REF where contents have high mass to volume ratios, such as powders, Kg size mm spread mm centre G drums types Kg PRICE
FDH-1HD metals etc. Lost load centre is measured from the tip of the forks. 1000 140x50 560 130 563 1 Steel 65 £764.51
DRUM GRAB FOR MAUSER DRUMS STAINLESS STEEL DRUM GRAB

Designed for use with 210 litre Mauser open top and tight head egg shaped plastic The ‘entry-level’ drum grab designed solely for handling steel drums with rolling
drums. Arms close automatically around the base of the drum holding it securely hoops. Ideal for low to medium volume movement of drums around the factory or
during transportation. Fully automatic operation. Secured to the truck by fork store. Fully automatic operation. Manufactured entirely from stainless steel.
pockets and screw clamps.
Max Max fork Fork Lost load C of No of Drum Weight

REF Capacity Kg No of drums Max fork size Weight Kg PRICE REF SWL Kg size mm spread mm centre G drums types Kg PRICE
FDHM-1 380 1 140x50 55 £1192.29 FDH-1-SS 500 140x50 560 130 470 1 Steel 58 £1490.31
FDHM-2 760 2 140x50 85 £1844.49 FDH-2-SS 1000 140x50 880 130 589 2 L ring 75 £1766.46

TAPER GRIP DRUM CLAMP
• Suitable for use on 210 litre steel drums.
• The steel jaws grip the rim of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up
or set down without spaces between them.
• Automatic grip lock will not open and ensures safe drum transportation.
• Grip head has different positions to fit different heights.
• Max load - 720Kg.
No of Fork Overall size Weight

REF drums held spread LxWxH mm Kg PRICE
DLC01Z 1 560mm 830x710x1000 60 £491.39 NB It is important for the safe use of this unit
DLC02Z 2 605mm 1030x850x1000 96 £682.20 that the drum ring is not damaged and is
strong enough to support its own weight.
HEAVY DUTY RIM GRIP DRUM HANDLER

The drum handler to choose for handling drums packed tightly together. Steel jaws grip the rim
(chimb) of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces between
them. Ideal for stuffing and destuffing containers and suitable for use on rough terrain. May be
used with 120 or 210 litre drums of steel, ‘L’ ring or ‘XL’ ring plastic types. This model is available
with a mild steel frame and a zinc plated head as standard, which is suitable for most applications.
Max SWL Size Spread Load C of No of Drum

REF Kg mm mm centre G drums types PRICE
PB-1 750 140x50 560 187 570 1 Steel & £803.14
PB-2 1500 140x50 560 187 640 2 L ring £1321.40
PB-3 2250 140x50 560 187 680 3 plastic £1873.46
CRANE SLUNG DRUM ROTATOR

Rotation is carried out by DTR-3-DS Designed primarily for sitting under an overload crane for decanting the contents of 210 litre
means of a crank handle steel drums. The drum locks positively into the attachment using a single over centre clamp and
(for below shoulder steel girdle. Rotation is by means of a crank handle or continuous loop chain, through a heavy
operation), a continuous duty gearbox. Fitted with fork pockets for alternative use with a fork lift truck.
loop chain (for operation
above shoulder height) or Max SWL Max fork size Method of Drum Weight
by hydraulic motor to REF Kg mm operation types Kg PRICE
replace the handle/chain DTR-3-SC 360 140x50 Crank handle Steel 90 £1503.27
that is connected to the DTR-4-SC 360 140x50 Loop chain Steel 96 £1569.26
aux valve on the truck. DTR-3-SCH 360 140x50 Hydraulic Steel 111 £2353.09
Supplied without hoses.
Fitted with a heavy duty Designed primarily for sitting under an overload crane for decanting the contents of 210 litre
gearbox for precise and steel drums or 210 litre ‘L’ and ‘XL’ plastic drums. Drums are retained in the attachment by two
controlled pouring. webbing harnesses and ratchets to avoid slippage.
Max SWL Max fork size Method of Drum Weight
REF Kg mm operation types Kg PRICE
DTR-3-DS 360 140x50 Crank handle Steel & 92 £1503.27
DTR-4-DS 360 140x50 Loop chain L ring 94 £1569.26
DTR-3-DSH 360 140x50 Hydraulic plastic 113 £2353.09
DRUM TILTING AND DISPENSING FORK ATTACHMENT

• Two models available looped hand chain for controlled geared tilting at
high level or lever handle for low level.
• Suitable for 210 litre open top or tight head drums with rolling hoops.
• Complete with fork sleeves to take maximum 150 x 60mm at 820mm
centres of fork pockets. Thumb screw locations for fork sleeve safety.
• Capacity rating at 500mm load centres. Fully tested 33% live overload.
• Manufactured to health and safety standard.
• Quick, easy to fit girdle. Standard height high level 3m.
• Finish: Standard blue.
REF Type SWL Weight Kg PRICE

PFDT3H High level 360Kg 88 £732.20
PFDT3LL Low level 360Kg 88 £879.20

DRUM PINCER HORIZONTAL DRUM CLAMP
Robust heavy gauge single leg drum Robust heavy gauge clamp
pincer for lifting drums in the designed to lift/move drums
vertical position. The pincer clamps in the horizontal position.
securely to the rim of the drum and The load promotes lifting
has a stabilising lower arm for safe pressure onto the arms for
operation. Easy attachment to crane secure and safe operation.
or fork lift adaptor. Finish: Stove Finish: Stove enamel red.
enamel red. Easy attachment to crane or
fork lift adaptor.
REF Overall LxWxH mm Load cap Weight PRICE REF Size LxWxH mm Load cap Weight PRICE
DH625Z 480x120x490 250Kg 11Kg £205.47 DH626Z 770x100x800 250Kg 10Kg £165.09
VERTICAL DRUM SLING DRUM CARRIER

Robust heavy gauge double leg lifting The drum carrier converts
sling. Gives load control while lifting a fork lift truck into a drum
drums safely in the vertical position. handler. The carrier lifts
Easy attachment to crane or fork lift and tilts loaded drums.
adaptor. Finish: Stove enamel red. A pull chain loop allows
operator to work the tilt
mechanism without leaving
the seat. Check fork
sizes fit fork pockets
when ordering.
CE marked and plated.
Pull chain 3m long.
REF Overall LxWxH mm Load cap Weight PRICE REF Size LxWxH mm Cap Fork width Fork size Weight PRICE
DH627Z 500x230x230 250Kg 10Kg £208.81 DLF05Z 1000x770x510 350Kg 620mm 65x180 76Kg £529.95
VERTICAL DRUM LIFTERS DRUM POSITIONER

One person operation of a lifter that is suspended from a lift hook. Capacity 350Kg. This unit is ideal for loading and unloading
Drum can be rotated from vertical to horizontal position. Low level model easy to drums stored horizontally. Designed to lift
manually operate from ground level. High level model operated with a geared pull 210 litre steel and ‘L’ ring plastic drums.
chain mechanism. Suitable for 210 litre drums. CE marked and plated. Moves drums from horizontal
to vertical position.
Finish: Stove enamel red.
Secured to forks by rear
locking pins.
CE marked and plated.
DLVO1Z
DLVO2Z
REF Operation Overall LxWxD mm Weight PRICE

DLV01Z Low level 820x720x230 22Kg £276.86 REF Overall LxWxH mm Cap Weight PRICE
DLV02Z Geared high level 850x850x250 40Kg £396.10 DH629Z 2190x740x700 350Kg 60Kg £834.87

HEAVY DUTY DRUM DOLLY MEDIUM DUTY DRUM DOLLY LIGHT DUTY DRUM DOLLY
• To suit drum dia up to 610mm. • To suit 210 litre drums. • Light duty economy dolly.
• Heavy duty 450Kg capacity. • 250Kg capacity. • 250Kg capacity.
• Fitted on 4 x 70mm dia nylon wheels. • Fitted on 75mm dia polyurethane castors. • Fitted on 75mm dia black nylon wheels.
• Finish - powder coated blue - other colours to order. • Painted finish. • Painted red.
• Height 100mm. • To suit 210 litre drums.
• O/A size: 300 x 300mm.
REF PRICE
A/B/X1 £73.20 REF PRICE REF PRICE
DID04Y £55.95 HITC0102 £38.50
3 WHEELED DRUM DOLLY TILTING DRUM CRADLE
• Design allows loading by truck.

• 270Kg capacity.
• To suit 130 litre or 210 litre drums.
• 80mm dia nylon wheels.
• Powder coated finish. • Designed to move and store 210 litre drums in the horizontal
• O/H - 120mm H x 800mm dia. position and then stand them up in the vertical position.
• Overall size: 830L x 610W x 620H mm.
REF Capacity PRICE
• Fitted on 4 x 70mm dia nylon wheels.
REF PRICE D2/AH 230Kg £103.35
• Powder coated finish.
DT12 £94.85
DRUM UPENDER DRUM TILT LEVER UP - DOWN ENDER

• Design allows for the
movement of drums
up and down.
• 210 litre drums.
• O/S - 1725mm L x
250mm W.
• O/A - handle width
600mm.
• Weight 8Kg.
• Epoxy powder coated.
• Manual lifting of drums into the vertical position.

• Hook has adequate clearance to suit most rims. • Lifts drums from horizontal to vertical position.
• Wide toe prevents damage to the drum. • For 210 litre drums.
• Size: 965H x 230W mm. • O/S - 1300mm L x 400mm W.
• Weight 6Kg.
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
DH459Z £85.82 DT50 £59.08 DT51 £69.02

STATIC DRUM STAND DRUM TRANSPORTER TRUCK
Height to underside of drum 290mm. Extra strong construction with
All stands constructed from heavy sliding clip which locates drum
duty tube. Painted finish. rim. Drums 40/50 Gallon.
REF Cap PRICE

T24 370Kg £77.16
MOBILE – NON STEER

Fitted on four inline wheels 100mm
dia heat resistant nylon.
REF PRICE
T24A £121.24
REF Capacity Kg Wheel type PRICE
T33 350 16x4 pneu tyred wheels £198.23
SWIVEL DRUM STAND T33/1 350 16x4 solid rubber £183.99
Fitted on two 100mm dia fixed

wheels and two 63mm dia nylon
wheeled castors. Very popular
wheel arrangement.
THREE WHEEL DRUM TRUCK
REF PRICE
T24B £130.86
ROTATING
DRUM STAND
As T24 stand but with 100mm dia
top wheels to revolve the drum for
positioning the bung etc.
REF PRICE
T24C £127.08
MOBILE AND ROTATING Sliding clip location suits all 40/50 gallon drums, fitted on two 260mm
wheels and one 200mm Dia. swivel castor, rubber tyred for easy moving.
Combination of types T24A and
T24C. Non steer inline wheels and REF Cap PRICE
top rotating wheels. T33/3/A 365Kg £162.86
REF PRICE
T24D £171.16 MANUAL DRUM LIFTER
MULTI FUNCTIONAL
Combination of types T24B and T24C.
Swivel steer and top rotating wheels.
REF PRICE
T24E £180.78
HANDLE
Factory fitted handle to
suit T24A - T24E.
One man operation to lift, move or tilt drums sized 210 ltr, 360Kg capacity.
Handle height: 1700mm raised, 1050mm lowered. O/S size: 870W x 1100L mm.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

T246 £51.58 DH454L £852.84

HYDRAULIC DRUM LIFTERS
Designed to allow one operator to pick up and transport full or empty 210 litre
steel drums. The DLL03Z unit will load or unload drums on pallets with ease.
The DL287Z unit will lift a dum to a maximum 150mm height.
• CE tested.
• Foot pedal pump operation.
• Secure automatic top rim clamp.
DL287Z
DLL03Z
REF LxWxH mm Max cap Kg Wheels/Castors Weight Kg PRICE
DL287Z 800x870x990 280 2 x 200mm nylon/rear 100mm rubber 36.5 £243.03
DLL03Z 1100x900x990 450 2 fixed, 2 swivel 130mm wheels, one braked 105 £1123.39
DRUM PALLETS DRUM WEIGHER

A portable drum weigher - capacity 500Kg x 0.2/1000lb x
0.5lb. Powder coated with a smooth top plate surface fitted
with four 1000ohms load cells.
• Total length with ramps 1050mm x 1050mm.

• Supplied with 3m of interface cable.
• Supplied with a mains/rechargeable operated battery
indicator with LED display.
• Rechargeable internal battery gives up to 30 hours
continuous use between charges.
• Keys: on/off/zero, tare, units, hold/print, Rs232 fitted.
• Indicator mounting: wall, desktop or optional stand
(965mm high).
• Can be stacked up to 4 high.

• Holds 210 litre drums.
• Supplied knock down. REF Description PRICE
• Size WxDxH mm - 2/3 drum: 1150/1810 x 760 x 320. DS1000 Scale £530.01
816965002061 Stand POA
REF No of drums PRICE
DRI02Z 2 £92.81
DRI03Z 3 £134.14
VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL DRUM STORAGE RACKS

DRUM PALLETS
Most economical method for transporting and storage.

Lowest height when stacked. Stable when stacked five Storage of drums in vertical or horizontal position. Can be moved by forklift or mounted on castors. Painted finish.
high. Suitable all 40-55 gallon drums.
Vertical Rack
• Painted finish. Unit Length Width Height Weight REF PRICE
• Fully welded construction. 2 drums 1520mm 600mm 1270mm 55Kg DH472Z £431.48
• Size WxDxH mm - 2/3 drum: 1350/1750 x 700 x 200. 3 drums 2130mm 600mm 1270mm 60Kg DH473Z £483.95
Horizontal Rack
REF Type PRICE Unit Length Width Height Weight REF PRICE
DP2A 2 drum £146.09 2 drums 1550mm 740mm 1000mm 49Kg DH470Z £350.86
DP3A 3 drum £166.95 3 drums 2230mm 740mm 1000mm 54Kg DH471Z £391.21

STEEL SPILL PALLETS
The innovative design leads to strength and stability. Construction from 3-4mm thick mild
steel with a powder coated standard finish or galvanised to order.
Standard features: Optional features:

• 4 way fork entry. • Galvanised finish.
• Powder coated. • Colour options.
• Removable galvanised storage pressings. • Bespoke designs.
• Fully seam welded. • Drum stands for dispensing.
• Integral steel support baffles. Price on application.
REF Drum capacity Bund capacity Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE

GA/0020/001 1 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 30 750 x 685 x 605 £320.45
GA/0001/001 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 70 1470 x 685 x 390 £366.85
GA/0002/001 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 100 1470 x 1310 x 275 £506.05
GA/0003/001 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 150 2766 x 726 x 275 £784.45
GA/0008/001 8 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 300 2766 x 1349 x 275 £1028.05 GA/0002/001
LOCKABLE DRUM STORE STACKABLE STEEL DRUM BUNDS

A quality steel 3 way lockable store designed for the more unsecure site applications. Available with enclosed or open sides these
stackable units are ideal for drum storage
Standard features: when footprint space is restricted.
• 3 way lockable unit.
• Lid with gas struts and handle. Standard features:
• Seam welded sump base. • Stackable pallet feet.
• 4 way entry fork pockets. • Removable chain for drum retention.
• Removable • Removable galvanised storage pressings.
galvanised • 4 way fork pocket entry.
storage • Powder coated.
pressings.
Optional features:
• Colour choice.
• Drum stands for dispensing.
GA/0006/003 has enclosed sides.

GA/0007/003 has open sides.
GZ/0010/001
REF Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE

GA/0010/005 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 250 1470 x 690 x 1690 £1410.85 REF Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE
GA/0011/005 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 350 1470 x 1309 x 1690 £2073.50 GA/0006/003 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 200 1485 x 1409 x 1420 £920.75
GZ/0010/001 2 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 300 1470 x 690 x 1690 £1625.45 GA/0007/003 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 160 1570 x 1320 x 1468 £767.05
BUNDED FLOORING ECONOMY DRUM STORE

Bunded flooring is designed to give protection in areas where hazardous liquids are A suitably recognised alternative to the drum store lockable. For use within more
used. The bund will contain any spills and they can then be dealt within an secure applications.
environmentally friendly way. The galvanised mesh grid panels are removable. Welds
are liquid tight seams which are chemical and corrosion resistant. Special sizes and • Heavy duty tarpaulin cover.
ramps can be supplied to order overall height 50mm. • Tubular skeleton frame.
• Seam welded sump base.
• Removable galvanised
storage pressings.
• Fastec clips for roller
door retention.
• 2 heavy duty zips to front.
• Air vents for
vapour dispersal.
• Angled roof for water
run off.
REF Size LxW mm Sump capacity litres PRICE

BF1290 1290x1290 150 £693.28
BF2200 2200x1290 275 £1008.16 REF Drum cap Bund cap Weight Kg Size L x W x H mm PRICE
BF2800 2800x1290 345 £1116.58 GA/0034/001 4 (205 ltr) 225 ltr 150 1300 x 1460 x 1680 £1383.30

DRUM STORAGE UNITS
• Designed to help compliance with environmental
pollution regulations.
• Controls accidental spillage. Sump holds over 25% of
total liquid stored.
• Mild steel construction with galvanised grid mesh shelf
and floor panels.
• Oil tight welds and sump drain plugs.
• Ideal for storage of paints, oils, solvents, detergents, etc,
but not acids.
For the storage of up to 36 x 210 litre drums.

There are three standard units:
FULL SECURITY UNIT —

Illustrated left. Totally enclosed with sliding lockable doors
with hasp fitted for padlock.
OPEN FRONT UNIT —

Illustrated below. Enclosed back, sides and roof.
OPEN UNIT —
Not illustrated. Open front and back. Fitted with sides and
roof. Allows loading and unloading from both sides.
Special units to customer specification can be supplied.
Full security Open front Open unit

Size of unit LxWxH m No of drums stored on/off pallets Sump capacity litres REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
3.0 x 1.5 x 1.55 8/8 900 DSAL1 £3035.69 DSAL4 £2943.37 DSAL7 £2778.78
3.0 x 1.5 x 2.8 16/18 1000 DSAL2 £5663.05 DSAL5 £4307.00 DSAL8 £3552.83
5.6 x 1.5 x 2.8 32/36 1890 DSAL3 £7118.96 DSAL6 £6086.24 - -
SUMP PALLETS
• Mild steel construction.
• Removable galvanised grid mesh floor panels.
• Sump drain plug fitted.
• 4 fork guides.
• Optional castors (Price on application).
We can also supply stacking sump pallets with either vertical or horizontal drum positioning.
Price on application.
Specials on all the above range can be supplied.
REF Size L x W x H mm No of drums Sump capacity litres PRICE

SPAL1 800 x 800 x 475 1 225 £423.56
SPAL2 1400 x 750 x 320 2 225 £449.08
SPAL3 2000 x 750 x 320 3 260 £524.83
SPAL4 1250 x 1250 x 320 4 280 £602.13
SPAL4B As above but c/w back 4 280 £926.23
SPAL6 2000 x 1250 x 320 6 430 £1012.34
SPAL8 2500 x 1250 x 320 8 560 £1244.93
PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS 51

DRUM STORAGE SUMP SYSTEMS
• Fully welded sump construction with
a bolted top frame.
• Available in either blue powder coated
or galvanised finish.
• Fitted with galvanised grid.
• Fork guides give a safe and secure
lift when stacking.
• Stackable up to 3 units high.
• Supplied with removable cross brace
to secure the drums in position.
• Suitable for use with our single and
double drum cradles.
• Complies with the oil storage
regulations (England) 2001.
DHC94P
2 x DHS94G
plus DHC22Z
Description Overall size Sump capacity Weight Painted Galvanised
L x W x H mm litres Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
Units with a skeletal frame
2 drum units 1480 x 705 x 1385 230 110 DHS92P £611.52 DHS92G £695.22
4 drum units 1480 x 1330 x 1300 260 150 DHS94P £768.41 DHS94G £865.05
Clad side units
2 drum units 1480 x 705 x 1385 230 135 DHC92P £705.51 DHC92G £789.21
4 drum units 1480 x 1330 x 1300 260 185 DHC94P £874.00 DHC94G £970.69
5 gallon drum dispensing unit - to fit the 2 or 4 drum units
- 1270 x 560 x 560 - 20 DHC33Z £175.48 - -
Single drum galvanised cradle
- 570 x 900 x 300 - 20 - - DHC11Z £142.64
Double drum galvanised cradle DHC22Z Double cradle
- 1380 x 900 x 300 - 25 - - DHC22Z £182.26
IBC SPILL CONTAINMENT

BB2
Outdoor storage of any type of oil greater than 200 litres must have a
secondary containment system or bund. The bund must be sufficient to
contain 110% of the maximum content of the oil container.
• Suitable for most IBC footprints.
• Fork pockets for moving empty units.
• Robust 100% polyethylene construction.
• Removable decking for cleaning.
• EC and UK compliant.
Shown with
optional BB2T
overflow tray
Double IBC secondary containment - can also store up to 8 drums. UDL 2500Kg.
IBC CONTAINMENT UNIT

Size: 2560mm L x 1350mm W x 510mm H.
Weight 1368Kg. Sump cap 1140 ltr
BB1D REF PRICE
BB2 £733.60
OPTIONAL OVERFLOW TRAY
Size: 1400mm L x 1950mm W x 725mm H.
Weight 86Kg. Sump cap 1100 ltr Size: 530mm L x 510mm W x 560mm H.
Weight 4Kg. Sump cap 86 ltr
REF PRICE
REF PRICE
BB1D £523.60
Please note that we can also supply a covered range - enquire for prices. BB2T £81.20

BUND FLOORING AND STORAGE WORKSTATIONS
Comprehensive range of durable polyethylene low profile workstations, spill containment for storage of oil, solvents, chemicals and batteries etc. Range of colours. Drum
trolley ramp for easy access and interlinking connectors. • Colour choice - yellow, green or blue. Ramp is black colour.
BF4S
BF2 BF4
BB50 BB100
BB25
REF Type Size mm Bund cap ltrs Tare wt Kg Designed to hold PRICE
BF2 2 drum workstation 1260x860x150 150 20 2x205 litre drums £133.00
BF4 4 drum workstation 1660x1260x150 300 41 4x205 litre drums £196.00
BF4S 4 drum workstation 2490x860x150 300 51 4x205 litre drums inline £319.20
BB25 1 drum workstation 550x550x110 27.5 4 1x25 litre container £60.20
BB50 2 drum workstation 700x450x110 27.5 5 2x25 litre containers £65.80
BB100 4 drum workstation 900x700x165 100 14 4x25 litre containers £110.60
BFR Ramp for BF type 650x800x165 - - Truck + 205 litre drums £93.80
BFC Workstation connectors - - - - £14.00
BUND PALLETS • Range of heavy duty lightweight, easy to clean • Compatible with most liquids.
polyethylene pallets. • All units supplied with removable grating.
• Ideal for food and electronics industries. • Colour option: yellow, blue or green.
• No corrosion problems.
REF Type Size mm Bund cap ltrs Tare wt Kg Designed to hold PRICE
BP4 BP1 1 drum 800x600x450 225 22 1x250 litre drum £155.40
BP2 2 drum 1220x820x330 240 34 2x205 litre drums £145.60
BP4L 4 drum 1280x1280x275 230 25 4x250 litre drums £187.60
BB1 1-1BC 1760x1350x710 1100 115 1x1000 litre IBC container £637.00
BP4C Self assembly frame and outdoor cover for BP4 pallet and drums £592.20
DISPENSING BUND AND CRADLE SPILL GUARD CONVERTER

• Store 4 x 205 litre drums in the horizontal above a Transforms a wood pallet into a bunded pallet.
large bund.
• Dispense in safety knowing that any leaks or spills • 2 or 4 drum size.
are fully contained. • Suitable for smaller drums or containers.
• Available in yellow, • Made from polyethylene.
green or blue. • Unique compressible front wall allows fork truck entry into spill guard.
• Impervious to almost all chemicals.
Bund 1450 x 1310
x 650mm,
400 litre capacity,
cradle 1240 x 795
x 370mm. REF SPC2 REF SPC4
Cap litres 330. Cap litres 270.
DB4 For 2 x 205 lt drums For 4 x 205 lt drums
Pallet size 1200x800 Pallet size 1200x1000
REF Type PRICE PRICE £130.20 PRICE £142.80

DB4/R Lower bund £333.20
DBC Cradle £126.00

GENERAL PURPOSE BUNDED TROLLEY BUNDED TROLLEY
The BT100 was designed to safely transport four 25ltr drums - but since it’s Drums are fully bunded even when being transported.
construction this versatile trolley has become a ‘must have’ general purpose Store in either vertical or horizontal position.
trolley for workshops, warehouses and laboratories across all sectors.
• One person operation.
• Lightweight and easy to use. • Safe liquid storage.
• Broadband chemical compatibility. • Safe dispense of liquid.
• 100ltr sump capacity. • Fully mobile.
• Move batteries and paints safely. • Colour option - yellow, green or blue.
• Made from 100% polyethylene.
• For indoor and outdoor use.
• Two lockable castors.
• Move small drums and
containers easily.
• Size LxWxH 900x700x980mm.
• Weight 18Kg.
REF BT230
Size 1600mmx740mmx640mm.
230 litre capacity bund.
REF PRICE
Designed for 1 x 205ltr drum.
BT100 £196.00 Tare weight 44kg.
PRICE £302.40
POLY WORK CARTS

Complete with a secure integral storage area for containers, machine parts, tools and fixings and a convenient slotted
opening in the door for gloves and manuals. The two external trays are ideal for holding tools and additional materials.
• Made from 100% polyethylene.

• For indoor and outdoor use.
• Upper storage level suitable for 5ltr cans or absorbent pads.
• External tool tray.
• Lightweight and easy to handle.
• Broadband chemical compatibility.
• Lower storage level suitable for 20 to 25ltr plastic drums.
• Lockable door.
REF Size LxWxHmm Wheels PRICE
PWC4 640x725x1075 4 £317.80
LOCKABLE FULLY BUNDED STORAGE CABINETS

A comprehensive range designed for a wide variety of
storage applications. Allows you to colour code your
container and choose the right size to suit your needs.
• All units fully bunded and fitted with lockable doors.

• Use as a PPE cupboard spill response store to keep
your liquid safe.
• Adjustable shelves.
PSC3 PSC4 PSC5
REF Detail PRICE

Size 530x420x970mm. 30 litre cap bund.
PSC1 £187.60
Yellow, blue or green. Weight 15Kg tare.
PSC2 £288.40
Yellow, blue or green. Weight 40Kg tare.
PSC3 Hold 1 x 205 litre drum (vertical). Yellow, green £534.80
or blue. Weight 58Kg tare.
PSC4 Shelved to hold mixture of container sizes. £562.80
Yellow, green or blue. Weight 66Kg tare.
PSC1 White body with red, yellow, blue, green or
PSC5 £508.20
PSC2 natural doors. Solid colour units yellow, green
or blue. Weight 58Kg tare.

Designed for heating liquids, such as fats, paints, varnishes, oils, resins, waxes, chemicals and food products etc.
Allows drum contents to be removed by dripping, pouring or pumping. Models able to be used on drums up to 200
litres. Drums should always be vented when being heated.
SIDE DRUM HEATER DRUM BASE HEATER

Suitable for soaps, fats, waxes, Suitable for soaps, fats, waxes,
varnishes, oil based products varnishes, and oil based products.
and viscosity solids problems. Even heat over platen area with high
Choice of 4 sizes - 25 litres to temperature tolerance, thermostat
200 litres. and control housing. Complete
thermal insulation. Manufactured to
• Silicone & glass fabric jacket. conform to EEC low voltage, EMC
• Water & chemical resistant. Directives & CE marked.
• 20°C - 220°C thermostat.
• Quick release buckles. • Size: 70 x 550/600mm.
• 3m power cable. • Suits all drums up to 200 litres.
• 110v or 230v options.
• 20°C - 150°C thermostat.
• Steel construction.
• 2m armoured power cable.
• Weight 15Kg.
REF PRICE
HTSD/25 £440.08
HTSD/50 £450.23 REF PRICE
HTSD/105 £495.18 HBD £353.80
HTSD/200 £536.50
SIDE DRUM HEATER INSULATION JACKET

The insulation jacket can be used in
conjunction with all the drum heaters
in the range. When used with the side
drum heaters, it can be fitted after
heating to maintain the temperature
for a longer period of time. With the
base drum heater it can be fitted
during heating to reduce warm-up
time and increase the top range
temperature attainable.
• Polyurethane nylon.
• Water resistant.
• Flame retardant.
• Needled poly insulation.
• Capacity: 200 litres.
• Non-standard sizes to order.
Polyurethane nylon jacket with needled polyester insulation. Choice of 4 sizes,

25 litres to 200 litres. Water resistant & flame retardant.
• 0°C - 90°C thermostat. REF HISD/25 HISD/50 HISD/105 HISD/200 REF PRICE
• Quick release buckles. HIJD/200 £180.80
• 3m power cable. PRICE £326.12 £326.12 £341.62 £353.80
FLEXIBLE BAND HEATER JACKET HEATER

Construction is PTFE coated between The jacket is a mini oven with a
layers of silicone coated glass fibre. lockable hinged back. Fitted on
Especially suitable for melting or reducing a castor base for mobility.
soaps, fats, oils or varnishes. A maximum Variable thermostat for precise
of 3 units can be used per drum for temperature control. Lid is
quicker usage if required. insulated to minimise heat loss.
• Size: 1660 x 180mm. • 750 dia.

• Double insulated. • 1050mm height.
• Silicone rubber insulation. • 4.5kw loading at 380/415v.
• 0°C - 120°C thermostat. • Weight 58Kg.
• High temperature tolerance.
• Simple spring catch release.
• 2m power cable.
• 1 or 1.5kw - 220-240v.
• Weight 1Kg.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

HSSD £256.00 CF/JL £1881.61

DRUM STORAGE RACKS
Constructed of heavy duty angle iron and rectangular tube, these two tier
storage racks hold up to 6 drums, and are easily loaded by forklifts.
The roof of corrugated sheet and sheet formed drip trays are optional.
Drip trays have a 45mm lip to prevent slopping.
Also available in racks to hold four drums per level: Ref DH484Z - P.O.A.
DH488Z
DH487Z
Description Weight O/D dim mm REF PRICE
Kg L x H/front x H/back x D
Without Roof 110 2135x1848x1788x721 DH487Z £652.63
With Roof 125 2339x1924x1864x1550 DH488Z £907.93 DH489Z
Drip Tray 30 2003x145x890 DH489Z £249.84
SECURITY CAGES
Ideal range of cages to store drums. cylinders, hazardous and valuable materials.
• Fully welded units constructed from steel angle iron with 25 x 25mm weld
mesh infill.
• Doors fitted with facility to secure by padlocks (not supplied).
• Epoxy powder coated finish.
• Bespoke sizes made to order.
SCB06Z SCB01Z
SCB04Z
SCB05Z
REF Overall dims WxDxH mm Internal dims WxDxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

SCB01Z 700x700x830 690x690x790 37 £309.22
SCB02Z 1400x700x830 1380x690x790 52 £515.97
SCB03Z 700x700x1630 690x690x1585 55 £548.23
SCB06Z 700x1000x1630 690x690x1585 58 £612.42
SCB04Z 1400x700x1630 1380x690x1585 110 £833.42
SCB07Z 1400x1000x1630 1380x990x1585 113 £901.72
SCB05Z 2070x700x1630 2040x690x1585 124 £1056.90 SCB02Z
SCB08Z 2070x1000x1630 2040x990x1585 127 £1112.76

SECURITY CAGES
• This range of heavy duty security cages is available in
a choice of five sizes to suit application. Ideal for the
security of both hazardous and valuable materials, the
units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied).
• All welded units constructed from steel angle and 25
x 25mm weld mesh. Fitted with cranage eyes enabling
cages to be easily lifted.
• Mobile versions are also available. Units are fitted
with 4 x 75mm nylon swivel castors, 2 braked.
• A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory
fitted extra. There are two finishes available: hard
wearing stove enamel yellow or galvanised body with
stove enamel yellow doors.
• For mobile units add 115mm to the overall height.
Stove Enamel Yellow Galvanised - Yellow Doors Shelf To Suit Factory

Overall dimensions Internal dimensions Weight Static Mobile Static Mobile Fitted (one per unit)
HxWxD mm HxWxD mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
880x700x700 790x690x690 37 SCS01Z £358.65 SCS01S £391.78 SCG01Z £385.02 SCG01S £418.15 - -
880x1400x700 790x1380x690 52 SCS02Z £579.38 SCS02S £612.51 SCG02Z £619.08 SCG02S £652.16 - -
1680x700x700 1585x690x690 55 SCS03Z £609.74 SCS03S £642.91 SCG03Z £648.96 SCG03S £682.04 SCS003 £47.29
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted SCS001 £36.28
LIFT UP LID CYLINDER CAGE

Completely secure unit with a lid that can be locked down
to lock the doors in place - padlock not supplied.
• Fully welded construction.

• Fork lift pockets (forklift will be required to unload).
• Internal height - 710/1130mm.
REF Size WxDxH mm PRICE

GBC12Z 1260x1260x830 £701.48
GBC18Z 1860x1260x1250 £911.84
GAS CYLINDER/SECURITY CAGES

• Galvanised or painted finish. • Provision for padlock.
• Complete with 'Highly Flammable' sign. • Useable distance between shelves - 720mm.
Frame manufactured in angle iron

with sides, end and top infilled
with metal strip. Base of inverted
angle. These complete security
cages have hinged lockable doors.
Mobile models have a push handle
at one end. All models carry a
maximum of 16 calor-gas type
cylinders. Available with either
stove enamel blue paint or
galvanised finish.
GCC01N
Overall dims Internal dims Weight 200mm Nylon Painted Finish Galvanised Finish
HxWxD mm HxWxD mm Kg Wheels REF PRICE REF PRICE
1900x1690x940 1560x840 80 2 fixed, 2 swivel GCC01N £848.52 GCC11G £1087.56
1800x1610x940 1560x840 80 - GCC02Z £797.18 GCC12G £1034.24

OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS
Manufactured specifically for oxygen cylinders in accordance with BS2718 1979. Cylinders sit
on a sheet steel base. Cushioned steel retaining straps secured by wing nuts retain cylinders
in position. Anti-static wheels fitted as standard. Front buffers protect adjacent equipment
from knocks. Trolleys are painted in powder coat blue finish.
Max. cylinder 1360 litre (48cu.ft) 3400 litre (120cu.ft) 6800 litre (240cu.ft)
Diameter mm 140 175 230
O/A size mm 420x400x1100H 550x430x1100H 610x480x1100H
Wheel dia mm 150 230 230
Weight Kg 8 13 14
REF OCT1 OCT2 OCT3
PRICE £159.98 £165.05 £172.37
KEG CARRIER PROPANE TROLLEY WELDERS TROLLEY

• Sturdy tubular
construction for
cylinders or kegs up to
400mm dia.
• Adjustable height hook
to retain bottle.
• 200mm dia. Solid
rubber wheels.
• 150Kg capacity.
23/3
Sturdy but light and well balanced construction.
• Strongly built. Two or three wheel versions. Welding rod
• Retaining bracket to hold cylinder. For cylinders up holder fitted. Retaining chains to hold cylinders
to 265mm dia. safely in place.
• 200mm dia solid rubber wheels.
• 125Kg capacity. REF Wheels mm PRICE
23 350 x 75 cushion £207.87
23/1 400 x 100 pneu £146.73
REF H x W mm PRICE REF H x W mm PRICE 23/2 200 x 50 cushion £181.60
KC/AH 1080 x 600 £104.99 PT/AH 1180 x 420 £90.80 23/3 200 cushion + castor £239.72
SINGLE CYLINDER SAFETY TROLLEY CYLINDER TROLLEYS

• Choice of trolley to
suit cylinder sizes.
• Painted or zinc
plated models.
• Large solid rubber or
pneumatic tyres.
• Fitted with security
retaining chains.
CT201L
TS177L
Retaining chain fitted. ‘v’ shaped cylinder cradle.

Solid sheet toe plate. Four position lay back
adjustment. Capacity 150 kgs. Finished red painted CT277L
except REF.ABSJ/4 zinc plated.
Cyl dia O/A ht x

Wheels
REF mm width mm PRICE REF Cylinder dia mm Cylinder cap lt Wheels mm Frame finish PRICE
260 dia TS177L 286 40 265-125 cushion Painted £304.73
ABSJ/3 140-380 1130x600 cushion £189.11 CT277L 286 40 265-125 cushion Zinc plated £327.43
two castors CT201L 140-250 10/20/40 200 cushion Zinc plated £154.39
260 dia CT201P 140-250 10/20/40 200 pneumatic Zinc plated £186.18
ABSJ/4 140-380 1130x600 pneu £158.51
no castors

FREE STANDING CYLINDER RACKS
SS2
SD6 SS6
Type Single sided racks Double sided racks

Height x Width No of Weight No of Weight
REF mm cylinders housed Kg PRICE REF cylinders housed Kg PRICE
Racks for cylinders 100 to 180mm dia depth: Single/double racks 300/600mm
SS2 921 x 570 2 13 £92.51 SD2 2x2 20 £133.43
SS3 921 x 760 3 15 £120.83 SD3 2x3 22 £167.22
SS4 921 x 970 4 17 £141.27 SD4 2x4 25 £187.67
SS6 921 x 1385 6 25 £169.53 SD6 2x6 30 £231.59
Racks for cylinders 140 to 265mm dia depth: Single/double racks 400/800mm
LS2 921 x 710 2 15 £103.52 LD2 2x2 20 £155.43
LS3 921 x 1010 3 17 £125.55 LD3/PE 2x3 25 £179.81
LS4 921 x 1300 4 20 £155.43 LD4/PE 2x4 29 £204.18
LS6 921 x 1900 6 30 £206.36 LD6 2x6 50 £247.88
FORK LIFT PALLET HAND TRUCK PALLET WALL MOUNTED CYLINDER RACKS
FLP1 HP4
REF HxWxL No of cylinders housed Weight Kg PRICE • Finish - painted or galvanised.

HP2 1010 x 522 x 555 2 18 £204.74
HP4 1010 x 522 x 1100 4 34 £295.25 REF No & dia of cylinders Rack W x D PRICE
Cylinder dia mm Cap/weight WRS2 2 x (100-180mm) 550 x 120 £57.23
REF HxWxL 286 229 178 Kg PRICE WRS3 3 x (100-180mm) 760 x 120 £81.53
FLP1 1000 x 1010 x 1100 6 7 12 750/104 £410.43 WRL2 2 x (140-265mm) 710 x 140 £72.53
FLP2 1000 x 1030 x 1100 9 12 20 1000/116 £410.04 WRL3 3 x (140-265mm) 1010 x 140 £83.81
CYLINDER STORAGE PALLET BASE CYLINDER STORAGE LOCK UP CAGE

Strong angle iron construction. Infilled 50 x 50 x 10G. Mesh braced.
Base drilled for bolting down or pallet base with internal retaining
chain. Hinged doors provided with hasp and staple for padlocking.
Complete with danger “Highly Inflammable” Sign. Finish blue.
O/A dim mm
Description LxWxH REF PRICE
Cage only 1360 x 1095 x 1840 CS501Z £1217.60
Cage with pallet base 1360 x 1095 x 1990 CP601Z £1593.37
Cage only 1360 x 1715 x 1840 CP502Z £1342.86
Cage with pallet base 1360 x 1715 x 1990 CP602Z £2471.98

CYLINDER STORAGE UNIT CYLINDER PALLET CAGE
• Fully welded construction with support sides and
central section.
• Non-slip floor to aid safety.
• Complete with retaining chain.
• Suitable for use with a pallet truck with 680mm
width across forks.
2 x CXU11Z + CBU01Z
Each unit has a capacity for 11 cylinders stored horizontally. The units are stackable, with or without the slanting
base which allows 4 way entry for loading or unloading by fork lift truck.
• Cylinders containing dissolved or liquified gases should be stored vertically.
Description O/A size mm Weight Cylinder Cylinder REF PRICE

WxLxH Kg dia mm L mm
Base 875 x front 360 35 - - CBU01Z £327.39
1590 x rear 200
Storage unit 880x1590x385 50 100-178 1200 max CSU11Z £341.59
CYLINDER STORAGE STANDS

GCP01Z
REF Size LxWxHmm Qty of cylinders PRICE

GCP01Z 555x480x1010 2 x max 275mm £283.56
GCP02Z 1100x480x1010 4 x max 275mm £351.60
CYLINDER PALLET CAGE
Cylindrical Stands
Hinged Latch Stands
A choice of two types of stand. Both are suitable for floor mounting - each available for three cylinder sizes.
• Fully welded mild steel construction.

• Hinged latch stands have two hinged access latches secured by wing nuts.
• Finish - epoxy powder coated blue.
Cylinderical Stands
REF Cylinder dia mm O/A height mm O/A dia base mm Weight Kg PRICE • Fully welded construction with supporting side
SC11 100 330 310 9 £77.63 frames and central dividing sections.
SC12 140 380 345 10 £78.68 • Non slip floor to aid the safe loading and unloading
SC13 180 610 420 11 £81.48 of cylinders.
• Fixing security strap is provided with each unit.
Hatch Latch Stands • Platform size 1220x690mm.
REF Cylinder dia mm O/A height mm O/A dia base mm Weight Kg PRICE
REF O/A size mm Weight PRICE
SC17 180 605 420x420 14 £117.04
LxWxH Kg
SC18 230 605 420x420 15 £120.61
SC19 285 605 420x420 16 £123.13 GCP03Z 1200x1050x995 120 £760.41

• All pallets are strongly constructed and fully welded. • Prices based on a minimum of 20 off.
• Finish - Green, Blue, Yellow or Red - Green supplied if not specified.
BIN PALLETS CORRUGATED PALLETS

Welded steel bin pallets for cost effective storage • Cost effective construction.
of small parts. • Capacity 1000Kg.
• Corrugated sides.
• 500Kg capacity. • Box or half drop side.
• Stacking up to
five high.
• 70mm dia feet.
• All have an
underside
clearance
of 115mm.
REF Dimensions W x D x H mm PRICE

BP1/SD 610 x 305 x 305 £60.06 Dimensions W x D
BP2/SD 455 x 455 x 305 £62.72 REF Type x effective H mm PRICE
BP3/SD 610 x 455 x 305 £66.59 CP1-B1 Box 915 x 610 x 455 £153.82
BP4/SD 610 x 610 x 305 £73.15 CP1-H1 Half Drop 915 x 610 x 455 £168.46
POST RACK PALLETS CHUTE FRONT PALLETS

• Capacity 500Kg.
• Components easily accessible.
• Stacking five high.
• 70mm dia. steel feet.
Dimensions mm Width x
REF Depth x Effective Height PRICE
CP-1 610 x 610 x 305 £76.37
CP-2 915 x 610 x 305 £94.83
CD-610 Central removable divider £9.33
REVERSIBLE FLAT PALLETS

• Four way entry.
• Size 0/A 1220 x 1020mm.
• To take ‘EURO’ pallets 1200 x 1000mm and other • Slatted decks as shown.
suitable items. • Fully sheeted or special
• Capacity 1000Kg. sizes catered for.
• Size 1300mm internal width x 900mm overall depth.
Dimensions mm
Effective Post
REF Type Height PRICE
PR1-F1 Fixed £103.44
1000
PR2-F1 posts £110.34
PR1-D1 Demountable £123.01
1500 REF Capacity Kg PRICE
PR2-D1 posts £129.92
FP1000 1000 £129.55
FP2000 2000 £139.26

STEEL PALLETS
• Strong constructed prime quality steel.
• Spray finished enamel paint blue.
• Any type, size material or finish fully catered for.
• Any quantity large or small within our scope.
• Shown are a general cross section of our extensive range.
• If it’s special to suit your own needs, consult with our
technical staff.
• Prices below are based on quantities of minimum 20.
• Alternative colours can be supplied at an extra cost.
Open front
Half drop side
Dimensions Type 500Kg capacity pallets 1000Kg capacity pallets

REF LxWx of Box Half Drop Detachable Post Open Box Half Drop Detachable Post Open
Effective Height infill Pallet Side Side Pallet Front Pallet Side Side Pallet Front
PAL1S Sheet £100.22 £110.24 £107.73 £90.21 £120.45 £132.48 £130.91 £109.73
610x610x455mm £59.38 £78.69
PAL1M Mesh £81.31 £89.46 £87.42 £73.20 £101.10 £111.22 £108.67 £90.99
PAL2S Sheet £124.16 £136.53 £133.47 £111.74 £146.50 £161.15 £157.47 £131.86
915x610x455mm £72.48 £95.07
PAL2M Mesh £100.26 £110.29 £107.79 £90.24 £122.08 £134.29 £131.23 £109.87
PAL3S Sheet £139.87 £153.86 £150.35 £125.87 £162.24 £178.46 £174.42 £146.02
915x610x610mm £80.56 £102.38
PAL3M Mesh £112.45 £123.70 £120.88 £101.20 £134.27 £147.68 £144.34 £120.85
PAL4S Sheet £166.86 £183.55 £179.39 £150.19 £190.53 £209.58 £204.83 £171.47
915x915x610mm £94.94 £118.29
PAL4M Mesh £133.63 £146.98 £143.65 £120.27 £156.64 £172.30 £168.40 £140.98
PAL5S Sheet £184.78 £203.26 £198.64 £166.30 £207.87 £228.66 £223.46 £187.10
915x915x760mm £103.94 £127.04
PAL5M Mesh £147.41 £162.16 £158.48 £132.67 £169.84 £186.82 £193.33 £152.85
PAL6S Sheet £195.63 £215.22 £210.32 £176.10 £220.11 £242.11 £236.61 £198.10
1220x915x610mm £110.05 £134.51
PAL6M Mesh £156.08 £171.70 £167.79 £140.48 £179.82 £197.79 £193.33 £161.84
PAL7S Sheet £214.86 £236.35 £230.98 £193.38 £238.40 £262.24 £256.27 £214.58
1220x915x760mm £119.60 £143.50
PAL7M Mesh £170.83 £187.92 £183.65 £153.74 £193.62 £212.98 £208.13 £174.26
Box
Post
Detachable side
COLLAPSIBLE MESH PALLET CAGE PARCEL DISTRIBUTION CAGE

Heavy duty cage with a half drop • Dual half and full gate
front side. When not in use the access with heavy duty
cage sides can be folded flat so locking latches.
that space can be saved and the • Available 3 or 4 sided.
pallets can be stacked away. • Fully stackable.
• Size: 1000 x 1200 x
• Capacity: 1000Kg. 1705mm.
• O/S: 1200 x 800 x 970mm. • Capacity 800Kg.
• Infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh.
• Document holder. Bespoke sizes and styles
• Finish - EPC blue. can be made to suit
individual applications.
Cage folded down

for storage
REF Sides PRICE

REF O/S L x W x H mm PRICE 15.PC1/3 3 £228.20
CMP09Z 1200 x 800 x 970 £273.52 15.PC1/4 4 £245.00
62 PRICES ON THIS PAGE ARE EX-WORKS

ECONOMY STILLAGES
• Long-life – superior joint construction.
• H.D. Tube constr. 48.3 OD mm x min 3.2mm thick.
• Stillage suitable all long length materials.
• Enables stock levels accessed at a glance.
• Finish sprayed Condor Yellow.
• Load distribution over a larger weld area.
• Stacking feet for easy stacking.
• Pallet boxes all bulk components.
• Obviates the need of racking
• Tube ends plastic capped.
• Minimum order 5 off
REF Type Size O/A mm Height I/S mm PRICE

AX/A/S Post 915x915x730 480 £122.65
• Alternative sizes available on request.
AX/A/PAL Box 915x915x730 380 £140.21
PALLET FEET AND NESTING PLUGS Feet Nesting Plugs
• Most popular sizes of pallet feet are listed below.

• Manufactured from pressed steel and supplied
self colour.
• Other sizes and styles available on request.
• Supplied in minimum quantity of 25 off.
Dimensions mm
REF Type A B C For pallet leg type & size SWG PRICE each min 25 off
KPF1A 125 square 54 52 50mm Angle/RHS 13 £2.93 FIA
Stacking
KPF2 165 square 54 76 60mm Angle/RHS 10 £5.18
Feet
KPF3 89 square 38 48 40mm Angle/RHS 13 £2.00
KPF5 Nesting 53 square 29 32 50mm Hollow section 10 £2.16
KPF14 Plugs 61 square 38 44 60mm Hollow section 10 £2.23
SHOOT BOLTS FOR PALLET DROP SIDES AND GATES

• Strongly manufactured in steel with chrome plated finish.
REF PRICE • Minimum order REF PRICE

SB3/KE £4.30 quantity - 12 off. SB6/KE £4.20 SB3
POPULAR ACCESSORIES - EMBOSSED PLATES AND FORMED CARD HOLDERS

Consecutively Numbered Plates Name Plates Identification Plates Card Holders
Embossed or stamped. Letter size up to

Made for your specific requirements. 50mm. Identification embossed on plates
or panels.
Mild steel card holders to suit

• We are able to supply a range of embossed and formed mild steel products - please contact our sales dept for a quotation.
any size of card.

STACKABLE PALLET CAGES
Constructed to withstand constant use. Easy to
assemble and fold for storage. Location spigots
for safe stacking. Most suitable for retailing,
shipping, transporting and merchandising.
• All models provided with a half drop gate on one

long side, except Ref. 15.739 which has a half
opening gate on one long side.
• Patented semi-auto latch for simple assembly.
• Electroplated finish.
• Extra reinforced models on request.
• Stack up to 4 high.
For lighter applications Folded Units - stacked
Overall size Int. ht Folded Gate aperture Weight Cap

REF mm (nominal) Type mm ht mm mm each Kg Kg PRICE
15.739 850x600x670 Half Gate 540 230 660x400 18 350 £66.12
15.HC2 800x1200x1000 Half Gate 850 280 1200x425 46 1000 £124.25
15.HC3 1000x1200x1000 Half Gate 850 280 1200x425 51 1000 £122.19
STACKABLE RETENTION UNITS

With the introduction of a retention unit a wooden pallet is transformed
into a stackable container. Ideal for visual storage in racking with access
via half drop gate. Also to retain the load in transit. Many uses in most
trades including retailing, shipping, transport and merchandising.
• Suitable to stack four units high.

• Constructed from 60 x 105mm mesh and bright electro zinc plated.
• Cleats are normally fitted on 1200mm side but can be changed to
800/1000 side for small extra charge.
Also available non stacking retention units type RU11/MP. Size to suit
1000 x 1200mm pallets, with the internal height of 1000mm.
To suit pallet Internal Overall Gate aperture Weight Folded dimensions Capacity
REF size mm ht mm ht mm mm each Kg (20 units) mm Kg PRICE
16/106 800x 1200 850 1000 890x410 30 910x2050x65 800 £83.93
16/110 1000x1200 850 1000 890x410 32.5 910x2250x65 800 £89.52
16/130 1000x1200 1050 1200 885x473 37.5 1100x2250x65 800 £110.56
16/140 1000x1200 1300 1450 885x592 48.5 1350x2250x65 1000 £132.69

HEAVY DUTY HYPACAGES
• Robust wire formed construction. • Heavy duty design up to 1500Kg rating on
• Collapsible - save space when not in use, ideal model 15.SJA7 and 15.SJA7FG.
for return journeys. • Fork guides on model 15.SJA7FG.
• Bright electro zinc plated finish. • Mesh size 50 x 50mm.
• Standard half-hinged gate access. • Stackable up to 4 high.
• Long lasting, economical alternative to • Folded height only 210mm.
disposable packaging.
REF O/S LxWxH mm Capacity Kg Int height mm Weight Kg PRICE

Unit can be fitted on
15.SJA5 800x1000x850 1200 700 48 £117.90 castors - please
15.SJA7 1000x1200x900 1500 750 75 £154.72 enquire for details.
15.SJA7/FG 1000x1200x900 1500 750 85 £166.00
STACKABLE PALLET CONVERTER

Convert a flat pallet into a stackable container in seconds. Fitted with a removable front gate.
• Pallet size: 1000 x 1200mm.

• Overall height: 1200mm. Internal height: 1025mm.
• Bright electro zinc plated finish.
• Fully stackable up to 4 high. REF PRICE
• Save space - 25 units stack onto one pallet for return journeys. 16.150 £103.96
• Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging.
• Up to 800Kg capacity.
• Security lids and dividers available from stock.
WIRE MESH PALLETS

This range of mesh pallets are constructed from
bright zinc plated wire. There are four sizes available
in this range and each size is offered with steel legs.
All models are collapsible for space saving storage
when not in use. Models are stackable up to 4 high.
• Collapsible for Easy Storage.

• Easily Cleaned.
• Half Drop Gate.
• Strong.
• Versatile.
• Bright Zinc Plated.
REF Ext dimensions D x W x H mm Int dimensions D x W x H mm Mesh size mm Weight Load Cap PRICE
ZMP01Z 530x830x550 460x760x400 Base/Wall 25 x 50 22kg 450kg £103.42
ZMP03Z 1040x1230x900 960x1150x750 Base of unit 50 x 50. Walls of unit 50 x 100 82kg 800kg £315.81

RECYCLED PLASTIC PALLETS
An extensive range of plastic pallets manufactured from entirely recycled materials - polypropylene/HDPE. They are designed specifically for storage, transport or export
of products. All the pallets are strong, light, clean and safe. We offer a range of popular sizes with a selection of designs offering nesting styles for space saving and a
choice of loading capacities.
• Economical due to their durability. • Safe in use - no nails or screws.

• No water absorption so very light. • Good chemical resistance.
• Can be exported without treatment. • Can be stored outside.
SF400CD - cardboard deck SF400PD - plastic deck SF1W
SF800UL SF800L SF800NR
SF800ES SF800M2 SF1000L
SF1000M SF10003A SF10005P
REF Size mm Style Dynamic capacity Kg 2 or 4 way Pallets/stack PRICE

SF400CD 400 x 600 Nesting 350 2 280 £5.35
SF400PD 400 x 600 Nesting 350 2 280 £6.98
SF1W 600 x 800 Nesting/runner 400 4 132 £10.15
SF600 600 x 800 Runner 500 4 32 £33.79
AK60/80 600 x 800 Nesting/runner 500 4 70 £33.79
SF800UL 800 x 1200 Nesting 350 4 80 £12.09
SF800L 800 x 1200 Nesting 800 4 45 £15.04
SF800NR 800 x 1200 Nesting/runner 800 4 35 £22.40
AK60/80
SF800ES 800 x 1200 Runner 1000 4 16 £35.96
SF800M1 800 x 1200 Runner 1000 4 16 £45.26
SF800M2 800 x 1200 Runner 1000 4 16 £45.26
HP100 1000 x 1200 Nesting 1000 4 40 £23.95
SF1000L 1000 x 1200 Nesting 1000 4 45 £17.75
SF1000M 1000 x 1200 Perimeter 1500 4 16 £50.84
SF10003A 1000 x 1200 Runner 1500 4 16 £58.59
SF10003P 1000 x 1200 Runner 1500 4 16 £61.38
SF10005A 1000 x 1200 Perimeter 1500 4 16 £61.92 HP100
SF10005P 1000 x 1200 Perimeter 1500 4 16 £64.48

DISTRIBUTION PALLETS
• Will not warp, rot or absorb moisture like wooden pallets.
• 7mm load retaining lip around deck for additional safety.
• 9 feet version nests to save 62% space.
• Static load: 1000Kg. Dynamic load: 500Kg.
• Material: HDPE. Colour: brown-red.
PKF00301AA
9 feet version nests to save space
REF LxWxHmm Base Deck type Weight PRICE

PKF00301AA 1200 x 1000 x 147 9 feet Vented 7.3Kg £44.29
PKF30301AA 1200 x 1000 x 172 3 runners Vented 9.3Kg £73.59
NESTING SUMP PALLETS SUMP PALLETS

• When stacked, pallets nest to save up to • Removable plastic pallet within plastic sump.
44% of space. • Flat vented deck allows spills into sump.
• Deck has many cells for collecting spills. • Four way entry pallet base.
• Four way entry pallet base.
REF Description Dims LxWxHmm Litres Weight Kg Static load Kg Colour PRICE
PAR90804AA Nesting sump pallet 800x600x225 17 8 800 Green £132.26
PAR90604AA Nesting sump pallet 1200x800x225 35 16 1500 Green £204.27
SPXS1704AA Sump pallet 860x660x230 70 8.3 1500 Green/grey £159.44
SPXS0704AA Sump pallet 1250x850x230 150 16 1500 Green/black £227.45

PRESSWOOD PALLETS
Unique range of pallets manufactured whole from a mix of wood fibre and synthetic
resin under controlled conditions involving very high temperature and pressure.
• Each pallet nests into the next saving valuable storage space - half of traditional timber pallets.
• Suitable for export.
• Environmentally friendly and recyclable.
• Low moisture content reduces tare weight.
• Safer as they have no nails or screws and neither do they splinter.
• Ideal for shrink or stretch wrapping.
• Consistent size and weight ensures easy load weighing.
2 or 4 way Size Cap Tare wt

REF entry W x L mm Kg Kg PRICE*
F44 2 400 x 600 250 3.0 £3.49
F36 2 400 x 800 500 3.5 £4.61
F64M 2 600 x 800 500 5.0 £5.71
F64S 2 600 x 800 1000 5.5 £7.13
F76 4 760 x 1140 900 9 £11.38
F76S 4 760 x 1140 1250 10 £8.47
F86 4 800 x 1200 350 12.00 £8.47
F8LF-2 4 800 x 1200 900 10.00 £10.66
F8LF-2S 4 800 x 1200 1250 12.00 £13.89
F10SL 4 1000 x 1200 500 13.5 £12.63
F10M 4 1000 x 1200 900 15.00 £13.92
F10S 4 1000 x 1200 1250 20.00 £16.99 Capacities listed are
F11 4 1140 x 1140 900 22.0 £13.92 dynamic (static capacities
F11S 4 1140 x 1140 1250 22.0 £16.99 equal four times dynamic)
loads should be evenly
*Minimum order value quantity 10 off. spread and restrained.
RECYCLED PLASTIC PALLETS

AK100/120
Entirely manufactured from recycled raw materials which reduces waste pollution and cost.
Suitable almost for all applications. Capacities refer to evenly distributed loads.
• 100% recycled materials.

• Plastic lasts considerably longer than timber.
• Hygenic - easy to clean. No nails or screws.
• Environmentally friendly - can be recycled at the end of usage.
• Durable and impervious to water.
• Low tare weight due to low moisture absorption. P44
• Nesting style saves space - please enquire for specific applications.
REF Size mm L x W Dynamic** loading Kg PRICE* HP80

P44 400 x 600 200 £6.31
Z/K60/80 600 x 800 600 £14.36
HP80 800 x 1200 1000 £20.95
AK100/120 1000 x 1200 1000 £41.47
*Minimum order value quantity 5 off. **Capacities listed are dynamic and static capacities equal four times those listed. Loads should be evenly spread and retained.
FOLDABLE PALLET AND COVER

A plastic pallet with separate fold
down box and cover.
• Unit load 500Kg stacked 3 high.

• All three component parts
replaceable if damaged.
• Folds to save space when not
in use or in return transit.
• Pallet available with and
without runners.
• Drop door for easy access.
REF Ext size L x W x H mm PRICE

SF800BOX 1200 x 800 x 910 £162.98

WOODEN PALLET COLLARS
Folding pallet collars convert base pallets into mini
bulk containers. They help to store heavy awkward or
irregular shaped loads.
• Collars light to handle and able to stack up to

desired height.
• Collars fold flat for storage.
• 195mm deep collars.
• Special sizes supplied to order.
• 19mm thick after planed out kiln
dried timber.
• Galvanised corner hinges.
REF To suit pallet mm Qty 10-19 20-30 31-50 51-105 106-210 211-315
A/G/R/2 1200 x 800 PRICE £26.22 £18.83 £16.21 £14.34 £13.55 £12.90
A/G/R/3 1000 x 1200 PRICE £26.86 £19.47 £16.85 £14.98 £14.16 £13.50
ECO FOLDING PALLET COLLARS

• Far lighter in weight. Easier and safer to use.
• Can be used without treatment for export.
• Strong plastic hinges and corrugated walls.
• Splinter-free with low moisture content.
• Ideal for use with our Presswood Pallets.
REF Type Size mm Weight Kg Stacking limit Kg PRICE

ECO-1 Half Euro 600x800x250 1.8 350 £16.83
ECO-2 Euro 800x1200x250 2.2 350 £17.10
ECO-3 UK 1000x1200x250 2.4 350 £18.54
• Minimum order quantity for carriage paid is 12 off.
PLASTIC PALLET COLLARS

• Eases loading and unloading, reduces handling time and savers distribution costs.
• Converts 1200 x 800mm or 1200 x 1000mm wooden or plastic pallets into a robust
pallet box in seconds.
• Height of collar 400mm.
• Material: Polypropylene with 6 reinforced hinges.
• Vented sides.
• Standard colour black with colour options for large quantities.
• Ownership logos or advertising can be printed to order.
Protect loads
in transit
Easy to erect
and fold
REF To suit pallet size Quantity PRICE

BG/1280 1200 x 800mm 10 - 50 £56.00
BG/1210 1200 x 1000mm 10 - 50 £60.20
• Minimum order quantity 10 off - for large quantity contact our sales department.

THE PALLET AND DOLLY IN ONE
The ‘Pally’ integrates the features of both a pallet and a dolly in one ingenious
patented design. The ‘Pally’ is a half Euro sized (800 x 600mm) pallet and dolly
combination. With one pedal push from either end, the ‘Pally’ with its load of up
to 500Kg is transformed into a movable wheeled dolly unit and vice versa.
• No lifting equipment (fork lift or pallet truck) needed.

• Actionable from both ends.
• Size: 800 x 600mm. Capacity: 500Kg.
• Compatible with production lines, racking and mechanical handling equipment.
• Stackable when empty.
• Optional polypropylene load securing lid with
retractable strapping system eliminates the need
of stretch wrap or banding.

PALLY Pallet & dolly in one. 1 - 100 qty £105.29
HELID Load securing lid. 1 - 100 qty £56.99
PALLY/LID Pally & lid together. 1 - 100 qty £152.63
PALDISK PALLET LOADER

Paldisk is designed for a pallet truck to position a pallet on or off of the turntable. The load can easily be rotated by fingertip control thus eliminating the need to stretch.
Less back stretch improves work efficiency and reduces the risk of injury. 360º rotation with access for a pallet truck by a built in shallow ramp. Ideal for use in restricted
spaces, on mezzanine floors, narrow aisles, hygienic areas, food and pharmaceutical industries. Supplied with a fork truck lifting handle.
REF Turntable O/H Diameter Weight Capacity PRICE

PALDISC 22mm 1100mm 100Kg 2000Kg £966.00
PALRING PALLET LOADER

• Position a pallet on and off this ring by fork truck.
• Load goods onto pallets by hand without the risk of
injury, much faster, by rotating pallet to operator.
• Maintenance free - very rugged.
• Easy to rotate even under full load by hand due to ball
race bearings.
• Capacity 2000Kg. Weight only 26Kg.
• Ring height 60mm.
REF PRICE
PALRING £378.00

PALLET-PAL
• Pallet-Pal allows the operator to load and unload pallets easier, faster and far safer.
• No electrics, hydraulics or pneumatics. This sprung table needs no tools to change
the table to handle loads from 200-2000Kg.
• Pallet-Pal maintains a level loading height automatically to prevent operator having
to bend, stretch or walk unnecessarily.
• Loading and unloading time reduced by 40% and effort reduced by 75%.
• Maintenance free.
• Top turntable rotates load to operator.
• Free standing, portable, fork guides fitted.
• Closed height - 235mm, open height - 700mm.
• Weight: 135kg.
WITHOUT PALLET-PAL WITH PALLET-PAL - it's easy
REF PRICE
Time: 5 mins 43 secs. Time: 3 mins 8 secs. PP2000 £2017.40
Work expended 224Kg.m Work expended 75Kg.m
CONSTANT LEVEL BOX TRUCKS

• Reduce work fatigue - increase production - reduce product damage.
• Smooth running.
• Robust.
• Hygienic
• Spring loaded base ensures precise parallel movement.
• Springs can be changed to suit load.
• Flexible synthetic buffer surround at top.
Especially suitable for most industries including:

Textiles; Laundries; Hospitals; Electronic; Chemical;
Pharmaceutical; Motor and the handling of products
in almost all trades.
• Specials to order min quantity of 10 any design.
LxWxH (approx mm) Volume Wheel ø Wheeling Spring force

REF Internal External litres mm configuration Kg PRICE
D1408/350 1000x650x597 1115x695x863 380 125 A 70 £959.10
D5408/580 1400x700x635 1515x745x893 615 125 B 70 £1028.10
TILT AND LIFT TABLE BIN WORKSTAND

• Gas lift 40Kg capacity. Designed for use with ergonomic
• Platform 500mm x 300mm. comfort in mind. The workstand
• Adjustable height 610mm - 840mm. can hold eurobins of any suitably
• Platform tilt adjustment 0-40°. sized boxes. Perfect for component
• 5 star castor base with 2 braked castors. picking and assembly tasks.
• Gas lift.
• Adjustable height
720mm - 960mm.
• Load platform adjustable in
operator position.
• Capacity 50Kg.
• Platform size 800x600mm.
• Fitted on four swivel castors -
rubber non marking tyres
with footbrakes.
REF Weight PRICE

REF PRICE
88603002 125Kg £212.70
88603001 £125.30

This range includes manual and electric lift tables with single and double scissors. The two roller track options can be
used for changing of press tools. The BS-series are known for their unbeatable mechanical strength and reliability. CE
approved according to EN1570 standards.
Manual Lift Tables BS: Electric Lift Tables ES:
Lifting with a foot pump and lowering with a handle, simple Lifting and lowering by a push-button controller, connected to a european power pack (DC/700W).
and reliable design, makes long life. Maintenance free battery which gives many working hours per charging and a long life. Included: battery
70Ah/12v, built-in charger 10Ah/12v, charger display and charger cable.
BS15 has a
folded handle
BS25 BS50/BS75/BS100
BS15
Roller Track Straight

Price on Application
ES30D/ES80D BL40 Roller Track Turntable

BS30D/BS80D Price on Application
High strength single and double Heavy duty hydraulic pump with Polyurethane wheels with roller
scissors, with large safety clearance easy access for maintenance but bearing and castor. Rear wheels
between the scissors. well protected from damage. with brakes and wheel guards.
REF BS15 BS25 BS50 BS75 BS100 BS30D BS80D ES30D ES80D BL40
Version Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Electric Electric Manual
Capacity Kg 150 250 500 750 1000 300 800 300 800 400
Table size (LxW) mm 700x450 830x500 1010x520 1010x520 1010x520 1010x520 1010x520 1010x520 1010x520 830x520
Stroke mm 505 595 570 565 505 1150 940 1105 950 400/1060
Table height min-max mm 255-760 315-910 430-1000 435-1000 445-950 435-1585 470-1410 495-1600 510-1460 500-900/1560
Pump stroke max height No 22 50
Handle height mm 1000 1100 1130 1130 1130 1130 1185 1185 1185 1130
Wheels mm 100 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Dimensions mm 950x450 1010x500 1185x520 1260x520 1260x520 1260x520 1260x520 1260x520 1260x520 1355x520
Weight Kg 41 78 118 120 137 150 165 183 176 123
PRICE £382.50 £397.50 £478.50 £547.50 £592.50 £532.50 £592.50 £1387.50 £1492.50 £645.00

ECONOMY RANGE OF MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
These scissor lift tables are ideal for use within machine workshops and loading bays. The units take
the strain out of loading and unloading items from elevated levels. The units are fitted with an overload
relief valve and a top of stroke bypass valve. They are elevated by a pump action foot pedal and
smoothly lowered by a hand operated release trigger.
• Units comply to European Standards: SL150Y + SLD35Y - EN1570:1980,

SL300Y + SL500Y - EN1570:1998, CE marked. SL300Y
• Footbrakes fitted.
• Handles supplied knock down for ease of transport.
SLD35Y
SL150Y
REF Cap Kg Platform size Lift height Closed height Pedal strokes Castor size & type Weight Kg PRICE
SL150Y 150 800x450mm 740mm 225mm 25 100mm dia PVC on nylon 49 £375.30
SLD35Y 350 980x500mm 1300mm 348mm 55 127mm dia poly on steel 115 £551.49
SL300Y 300 850x500mm 900mm 340mm 32 127mm dia poly on steel 87 £479.30
SL500Y 500 850x500mm 900mm 340mm 45 127mm dia poly on steel 91 £502.49
LIFT TABLES WITH ZINC FINISH

• Top quality engineered zinc galvanised finish. Designed • Rear wheels have rotational and directional locks.
for clean environments. All wheels fitted with toe guards.
• Single and double scissor versions. • Ideal for clean work areas.
• Foldable handles. • Conforms to EN1570.
• Foot pump crank or battery models in capacities of
200, 400, 500 and 1000Kg.
Cap Max ht Min ht Length Width Platform Height adjustment Weight Kg
REF Kg mm mm mm mm mm Power Battery Charger pack excl PRICE
TZ303 200, Foot pump 920 320 1150 650 900x600 Foot pump - - 65 £1306.86
TZ503 500, Foot pump 920 320 1150 650 900x600 Foot pump - - 75 £1540.08
TZ5O3B 500, Battery 920 320 1150 650 900x600 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 1.5A/230V 90 £2737.92
TZ1000B 1000, Battery 920 320 1230 800 1000x800 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 1.5A/230V 150 £3923.34
TZD203 200, Foot pump 1620 450 1150 650 900x600 Foot pump - - 85 £1907.16
TZD203B 200, Battery 1620 450 1150 650 900x600 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 1.5A/230V 100 £3012.54
TZD400B 400, Battery 1620 450 1230 800 1000x800 0.8 kW 12V 24Ah 1.5A/230V 200 £4062.50
POWERED ARM LIFT WITH TILT

Lifts the load with parallel arms and includes a tilting facility +5° to -40°. ‘ALTU’ and ‘UE’ models have a shaped platform for
lifting pallets and trolleys directly from the ground. If a conveyor is required the height of the back edge can be manufactured
to suit (standard height = 229mm). Pre-drilled holes for installing an auto-rise stop on the platform.
Cap Lift stroke Lowest Platform length Platform width Lifting time Weight Kg
REF Kg mm ht mm Ext mm Int mm Ext mm Int mm secs kW pack excl PRICE
ALT750* 750 820 235 1300 - 800 - 18 0.75 300 £4823.00
ALT1500 1500 820 235 1300 - 800 - 16 0.75 320 £5694.00
ALT1500U* 1500 820 235 1380 1200 1540 1050 16 0.75 360 £6216.60
ALT1500UE* 1500 820 236 1380 1200 1340 850 16 0.75 350 £6294.60
ALT3000GB 3000 820 238 1380 1200 1780 1250 24 0.75 460 £7393.10
*Remote power pack with cover. The alt-lifts must be securely fixed to the ground with expander bolts or similar.

U SHAPE SCISSOR LIFT TABLE
• 'U' shaped top platform.
• 'U' shaped table are specially for handling pallets, no need for a pit or load.
• They are manufactured to all European safety standards including EN1570-1999.
• Remote power pack with pedestal and controls, protected to IP54.
• Upper platform fitted with safety perimeter to prevent descent
on contact with obstructions.
• 24V control box with Up and DOWN buttons and emergency stop.
• External power pack equipped with a relief valve against overloading and a
compensated flow valve for controlling lowering speed.
• Hose burst safety valve to stop the lift table lowering in case of hose breakage.
• Removable lifting eyes to facilitate handling and installation of the lift table.
• Oil-less bushings on pivot points.
• Quick assembly joint for oil hose.
Note: Clearance for pallet truck access is 585mm wide.
REF HU600 HU1000 HU1500

Cap Kg 600 1000 1500
Max height H mm 860 860 860
Collapsed height h mm 85 85 105
Platform LxW mm 1450x985 1450x1140 1600x1180
Lift time sec 25-35 25-35 30-40
Power pack 380V/50Hz, AC1.1kw 380V/50Hz, AC0.75kw 380V/50Hz, AC1.5kw
Net weight Kg 207 280 380
PRICE £3130.43 £3327.75 £3435.05
LOW PROFILE SCISSOR LIFTS U AND E SHAPED

U and E shaped lifts specially designed for efficient handling of pallets. Designed to suit Euro type, free entry or two way pallets - no bottom board on the side used to
access the pallet with a pallet truck. All models have remote power pack with cover. Specialist advice on request.
REF TUB600* TUB600H* TUL1000* TUL2000*

Cap Kg 600 600 1000 2000
Lift stroke mm 720 970 820 820
Lowest Ht mm 80 80 80 100
Length Ext mm 1450 1450 1350 1700
Length Int mm 1200 1200 1100 1350
Width Ext mm 900 900 1055 1145
Width Int mm 580 580 735 585
Lift time secs 13 19 13 23
kW 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Weight Kg 210 210 260 370
Shape E E U U
PRICE £4300.08 £4160.00 £4287.40 £5400.20
Ref 600H and 1000H must be securely bolted to ground
LOW PROFILE LIFT TABLES

• Action’s low profile lifts have a mechanism with a very low
closed height to eliminate the need for pit installation.
• Power pack is remote with cover provided.
• Special sizes on request.
• ‘H’ models must be securely fixed to floor.
Capacity Lift Lowest Length Width Lifting Weight Kg

REF Kg stroke mm height mm mm mm time secs kW pack excl PRICE
TCR500 500 630 80 900 600 9 0.75 100 £3240.24
TCB600 600 720 80 1500 900 13 0.75 210 £3880.50
TCB600H 600 970 80 1500 900 19 0.75 210 £3987.10
TCL1000 1000 820 80 1350 800 13 0.75 280 £4186.00
TCL1000B 1000 970 80 1350 1000 13 0.75 292 £4381.00
TCL1000GB 1000 820 80 1350 1270 13 0.75 315 £4925.70
TCL2000 2000 820 100 1350 800 23 0.75 400 £5291.00
TCL2000B 2000 820 100 1350 1000 23 0.75 425 £5400.20

SINGLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES Cap Lift stroke Lowest Length Width Lifting time Weight Kg
REF Kg mm height mm mm mm secs kW pack excl PRICE
Budget Range of Single Scissor Lift Tables
CRD200 200 1170 280 900 600 12 0.37 105 £2330.82
CR500 500 600 160 900 600 12 0.37 75 £2002.38
CL1001 1000 820 180 1200 800 15 0.75 160 £2203.86
CL2000 2000 820 200 1300 800 17 1.5 220 £2755.86
CB1500 1500 1000 210 1500 1000 17 1.5 275 £2995.98
Standard Single Scissor Lift Tables
TL1000 1000 820 180 1300 700 15 0.75 165 £2873.16
TL1000B 1000 820 180 1300 800 15 0.75 170 £2903.52
TL1000SS 1000 820 350 1300 800 48 0.37 220 POA
TL1000XB 1000 820 180 1300 1000 15 0.75 190 £3059.46
TM1500 1500 1100 230 1700 1000 17 1.5 340 £3961.10
TM1500B 1500 1100 230 1700 1200 17 1.5 400 £4148.30
TM3000 3000 1100 250 1700 900 27 1.5 410 £5114.20
TM6000* 6000 1100 300 1700 900 32 3 550 £8570.00
TA1000 1000 1300 200 2000 800 16 1.5 300 £4206.80
TA4000 4000 1300 350 2000 1200 27 3 650 £8598.20
TA10000* 10000 1100 600 2000 1100 40 4 2000 £18960.00
TS2000B 2000 1500 250 2200 1500 27 1.5 615 £6458.40
• Engineered to perfection. TS4000 4000 1500 350 2200 1200 27 3 700 £8998.60
• Most widely used in industry. TS4000B 4000 1500 350 2200 1500 27 3 770 £9436.70
• Suitable for indoors & outdoors. TT3000 3000 1700 300 2500 1300 27 3 720 £7308.60
• Pit or floor mounted. TT6000 6000 1600 450 2500 1300 40 3 1190 £14436.25
• For extra intensive use lift tables can be TP3000 3000 2000 400 3100 1500 38 3 1160 £12426.25
heavy duty manufactured. TP6000 6000 2000 500 3000 1500 55 3 1375 £16513.75
• Expert advice to help you make the right choice of lift. TV10000* 10000 2200 700 3600 1500 72 4 2900 POA
• Bellows skirts available. TF3000 3000 3600 500 5000 2000 60 3 2300 POA
• Bespoke applications.
REF TL1000SS - stainless steel. * Remote power pack without cover.
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

• Tables with two mechanically synchronised scissors to provide maximum stability. • Specialist advice available to decide best lift to suit conditions.
• Ideal for long heavy loads at low lifting heights. • Extra heavy duty tables for intensive use can be manufactured to suit.

TLH2000 2000 820 180 2600 800 30 0.75 350 £4932.20
TLH4000 4000 820 200 2600 800 35 1.5 525 £6388.20
TMH3000 3000 1100 230 3400 900 35 1.5 700 £7672.60
TMH6000 6000 1100 250 3400 900 55 1.5 835 £9355.00
TMH10000* 10000 1100 300 3400 900 64 3.0 1100 £14092.50
TAH2000 2000 1300 200 4000 800 32 1.5 600 £8095.10
TAH8000 8000 1300 350 4000 1200 53 3.0 1300 £14430.00
TSH4000 4000 1500 350 4400 1200 55 1.5 1075 £11027.50
TSH8000 8000 1500 350 4400 1200 53 3.0 1360 £14936.25
TTH6000 6000 1700 300 5000 1300 53 3.0 1400 £13433.75
TTH10000 10000 1600 450 5000 1300 75 3.0 2215 POA
TPH6000 6000 2000 400 6200 1500 55 3.0 2100 POA
VERTICAL DOUBLE/TRIPLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

• These tables allow greater lift heights without Double Scissor Tables
increasing the platform size. Capacity Lift Lowest Length Width Lifting Weight Kg
• Essential for these lifts to be securely fixed to the REF Kg stroke mm height mm mm mm time secs kW pack excl PRICE
ground or floor with expander bolts or similar.
TRD500 500 1170 280 900 700 25 0.37 170 £3187.80
• Before deciding which model or design of table is
TLD1000 1000 1600 320 1300 800 29 0.75 235 £3932.50
required consider all conditions - our expert advice
TLD2000 2000 1600 360 1300 800 34 1.5 310 £5012.80
is free.
TMD1500 1500 2200 400 1700 800 46 1.5 450 £5762.90
TMD3000* 3000 2200 500 1700 900 50 3.0 580 £8011.90
TSD1500 1500 3000 450 2200 1200 55 1.5 900 £8899.80
TTD3000 3000 3300 600 2500 1300 60 3.0 1200 £12663.75
TTD5000 5000 3200 700 2500 1500 83 3.0 1715 POA
TXD4000 4000 5200 900 4000 1500 100 4.0 2820 POA
Triple Scissor Tables
TMT1500 1500 3300 600 1700 900 55 1.5 950 £10580.00
TST2000 2000 4500 700 2200 1200 80 3.0 1400 £13491.25
* Remote power pack without cover.
• Special sizes and specifications quoted upon request.

LOADING BAY LIFT TABLES
Scissor lifts are rapidly becoming the most popular solution to loading bay requirement. Expensive fork
trucks and driver can be better used to transfer and palletise loads whilst the scissor lift can provide
pedestrian access to loads. Roll pallets and pallets can easily be unloaded or loaded by hand or pallet
trucks. This option is often better than dock levellers or fixed height docks that offer little flexibility.
• Safer and more efficient loading bay operation.

• Dock mounted lifts.
• Double deck solutions.
• Open yard lifts.
• Transportable lorry loaders.
• Mast lift solutions.
• Gates, barriers and handrails.
• Anti-slip tread plate.
• Skirts - bellows and chainmesh.
BETWEEN FLOORS LIFT GOODS LIFTS

• Safer more efficient working area. We offer goods lift packages to suit all requirements.
• Floor and pit mounted lifts.
• Bridge the gap within split level premises. • Lifting capacities of 500Kg - 5000Kg with over 200
• Mast lift solutions. height and platform size options.
• Please enquire for details. • Choices of shaft materials, designs and finishes.
• Emergency override devices.
• Electrical control systems
• Contact us for details.
MEZZ LIFTS
A robust and versatile platform lift to raise and lower goods safely and efficiently between two floors.
Eliminate the risks associated with manual handling and falls from height whilst carrying goods upstairs
or ladders. Supports more productive and efficient use of mezzanine and first floor storage and
production areas. Ideal for applications in the tyre industry, factories, stores, warehousing and retail.
• Compact design helps maximise storage space and work area.

• 300Kg maximum capacity.
• Bespoke platform design.
• Unique hold-to-run handle.
• Overload protection.
• No lift pit required at the lower level.
• Operates from a standard single phase supply.
• Easy to operate and maintain.
• Robust construction for indoor and outdoor use.
Please enquire for details and a site survey.

POWERED BELT CONVEYORS
• We supply a very large selection of sizes. Listed below are some of the
popular sizes available. Others are on application.
• High specification in all aspects.
• Frame and supports from mild steel and finished powder coated.
• Two ply smooth or grip top belts with vulcanised joint.
• Drive units either geared motor or drum drive.
• Finish blue 18-E-53, other colours available.
• Power supply 3 phase (single phase available).
• Standard speed 0.2m per second.
• Complete with stop start single control single direction.
LIGHT DUTY BELT CONVEYORS

Belt Standard Belt Widths mm
Length 150 200 300
metres REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1 MBC1501 £1659.86 MBC2001 £1698.37 MBC3001 £1775.37
2 MBC1502 £1819.58 MBC2002 £1869.49 MBC3002 £2033.48
3 MBC1503 £1979.29 MBC2003 £2040.61 MBC3003 £2163.24
4 MBC1504 £2139.00 MBC2004 £2211.73 MBC3004 £2357.18
MEDIUM DUTY BELT CONVEYORS

Belt Standard Belt Widths mm
Length 300 450 600
metres REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE End Roller with
1 BC3001 £1738.29 BC4501 £1799.53 BC6001 £1929.58 Tensioning Device
2 BC3002 £1952.55 BC4502 £2038.65 BC6002 £2221.31
3 BC3003 £2166.82 BC4503 £2277.73 BC6003 £2513.05
4 BC3004 £2381.08 BC4504 £2516.84 BC6004 £2804.77
Optional extras:
• Stop/start reverse. • Stainless steel frame.
• Variable speed. • Emergency stop.
• Adjustable side guide. • Fixed side guide.
• Photo electric cell. • Single phase 240v.
MEZZANINE & INTERFLOOR BELT CONVEYORS

Efficient, smooth, safe goods handling in any situation Action powered belt
driven conveyors offer the ideal solution to horizontal or inclined product
transfer. Designed and manufactured to a very high specification, using
standard components, the powered range can be installed easily or for the
more complex applications our trained engineers can install. A wide range of
sizes and finishes cater for any application.
All types of belt finishes are available. Smooth and grip top belts for
standard handling requirements, heavy duty, fire retardant and food quality.
The comprehensive range includes all types of drive units individually
designed for the purpose required. These include end drives, integral drum
drives and variations of centre drives.
Robustness and reliability are common across the range, with all support
stands manufactured from heavy gauge hollow steel. For easy installation
and levelling, all powered conveyors incorporate adjustable supports.
Consult with our sales staff to discuss your application - site survey
and specified quotation without obligation.

MOBILE TWIN BELT VEHICLE LOADER
Versatile and mobile powered twin belt conveyor suitable to load and unload vehicles.
Also able to reach mezzanine floors. Manufactured to the highest specification as follows:-
• Load capacity: 50kgs per metre. • Control 24 volt IP65
• Two ply, high grip PVC belt with vulcanised joint. • Colour yellow RAL 1003 standard,
• Standard speed 20m per minute. other colours available.
• Chassis heavy gauge fabricated • Height adjustment:-
hollow steel section. Main boom manual hydraulic
• Boom constructed folded steel flat Infeed boom screwjack
slider bed. • Controls stop/start reverse top
• Drive .375kw flange mounted gearbox. and bottom.
• Supply 1 phase 240v. • Fully underguarded.
Dimensions Belt Width mm
REF A B C D E F 400 600
VL1 2500 1000 2100 900 1150 600 £7595.79 £7905.23
VL2 2500 1500 2100 900 1550 200 £7734.11 £8073.50

REF Model type Expanded Length PRICE
VL3 3000 1000 2400 900 1150 600 £7734.11 £8073.50 ETW-4 PVC Skatewheel 4m £1942.55
ETW-5.5 PVC Skatewheel 5.5m £2246.29
VL4 3000 1500 2400 900 1550 200 £7872.43 £8241.77 ETW-7 PVC Skatewheel 7m £2548.60
ETR-4 PVC Roller 4m £1986.76
VL5 3500 1500 2500 900 1550 200 £8010.76 £8410.04 ETR-5.5 PVC Roller 5.5m £2307.61
ETR-7 PVC Roller 7m £2679.80
ECONO LOADER
Versatile mobile single boom powered belt conveyor to load
and unload vehicles.
• Load capacity 50Kg per metre.

• Standard speed 20m per minute.
• Two ply high grip PVC belt with vulcanised joint.
• Chassis heavy gauge hollow steel sections.
• Boom constructed folded steel flat slider bed.
• Drive .375 flange mounted gearbox.
• Supply 3 Phase 415V.
• Control 24 volts IP65.
• Standard yellow Ral 1003, other colours to order.
• Height adjustment boom manual hydraulic.
• Controls: stop, start, reverse top and bottom.
• Available belt widths 400 and 600mm.
• Standard boom penetration at least 2m.
• Single phase available to order.
• Standard heights: approx 750mm fixed end, 1300/2500mm
adjustable end.
REF Belt Width mm PRICE

ECO4 400 £6980.27
ECO6 600 £7264.04
To achieve greater penetration into the vehicle add the sections of lightweight gravity from our System 25 Range

UNI-LOADA CONVEYOR
The Uni-Loada solves the problem of moving
goods between floor to mezzanine level. It easily
out performs conventional lifts and can be moved
between varying points at ease. It can also be
used in the most restrictive of areas. It is able to
load directly from a lorry and is ideal for
unloading containers - up to 10m reach with the
use of roller tables.
• Choice of 5m or 6m long.
• Overall weight 100Kg.
• 2 speed - forward and reverse.
• Max working angle 45° with a max vertical lift
of 4m or 5m.
• Lightweight aluminium construction with
locking wheels.
• 270mm grip top rubber belt with flights.
• Maximum load 80Kg.
• 240V 13 amp.
REF Length mm PRICE

UNI-LOADA/5M 5000 £4550.00
UNI-LOADA/6M 6000 £4970.00
BESPOKE BELT CONVEYORS

• Design and installation of cost effective
conveyor systems.
• Integrated systems using gravity roller, powered
roller or complex directional feeds can be
incorporated with our belt conveyors.
• Safety first - all powered drives, finger guards,
roller positions and underguards are enclosed.
This flighted belt elevator has a simple modular framework The mini flat belt range is ideal for small
construction, therefore it can be offered in a number of widths, product handling, machine feeding/unloading and
heights and angles making it suitable for many applications. transfer operations between processes, inspection
Can also be offered with a stainless steel framework. or packing stations.
This conveyor is constructed with a stainless frame and an acetal belt A variety of belt materials can be supplied to suit your product or special
which makes it ideally suited to the food industry where washdown application. Optional features include variable speed control, photo
situations are a regular requirement. electric cells and special finishes.

ROLLERS
SYSTEM 25 CONVEYOR SYSTEM • Bright zinc plated rollers with hexagonal spindles.
A modular gravity conveyor system with snag-free, precision rolled side • Spring loaded for easy assembly/removal.
frames and stands to add on as required. • Rollers should normally be 50mm wider than the article being conveyed.
ROLLER PITCH
TRACK • As a guide, for rigid based items, a minimum of 3 rollers should support the article to
• Precision rolled steel side frame, powder coated. be conveyed. Softer based products need more supporting rollers or a slave board.
• No projecting spindles. ROLLERS
• Track width is the roller width plus approximately 80mm. • Capacities shown are for evenly distributed loads.
• Side frame is punched on 25mm centres to allow for future pitch adjustment. • Roller capacity = weight of the load + number of rollers in contact with the load.
STANDS
• Supplied as an extra.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Track lengths are priced per 1500mm sections -
see how to order for further information.
LIGHT DUTY
Rollers: Diameter - 35mm; Capacity - 25Kg/roller
Side Frame: Depth - 60mm (63 overall to top of roller)
Track length: 1500mm
Roller 450mm width 600mm width
Pitch REF PRICE REF PRICE
75mm LT35/1/4/75 £289.71 LT35/1/6/75 £258.85
100mm LT35/1/4/100 £198.33 LT35/1/6/100 £212.45
150mm LT35/1/4/150 £156.11 LT35/1/6/150 £166.03
MEDIUM DUTY
Side Frame: Depth - 60mm (70.5 overall to top of roller)
Track length: 1500mm
75mm LT50/1/4/75 £289.64 LT50/1/6/75 £315.33
100mm LT50/1/4/100 £235.13 LT50/1/6/100 £254.75 HOW TO ORDER:
150mm LT50/1/4/150 £180.86 LT50/1/6/150 £267.50
1 Please state roller diameter, width and pitch plus track length.
2 Track lengths are priced per 1500mm length (3m = maximum
length for an individual section).
HEAVY DUTY 3 If more than one run is required, please specify the make up of
each run and include sketch if possible.
Side Frame: Depth - 90mm (98 overall to top of roller)
Track length: 1500mm 4 Each overall length of track should be divisible by the roller pitch -
Roller 450mm width 600mm width length supplied will be rounded up to the nearest pitch multiple.
5 For conveyor stands and other accessories - see opposite page.
75mm MT50/1/4/75 £308.69 MT50/1/6/75 £342.90
100mm MT50/1/4/100 £250.85 MT50/1/6/100 £276.86 NB: Additional track widths are available on request.
150mm MT50/1/4/150 £199.00 MT50/1/6/150 £210.67

SYSTEM 25 STANDS
• Adjustable height (height is to underside of track).
• Add track height to stand height to give height to top of rollers.
• Track should normally be supported every 1.5m, at junctions and in the middle of bends.
Height to underside of 450mm width 600mm width

conveyor (adjustable) REF PRICE REF PRICE
560 - 920mm SS5/4 £54.06 SS5/6 £63.55
SIDE GUARDS END STOPS

• Can be supplied with heights up to 50mm above the top of the rollers • Can be supplied with heights up to 50mm above the top of the rollers -
- please state height required. please state height required.
• Priced per end stop for all track widths.
Side Guard REF PRICE End Stop 450mm width 600mm width
Per 1 metre length (1 side) SYS25/SG £15.24 REF PRICE REF PRICE
Per bend (2 sides) SYS25/SGB £70.46 SYS25/ES4 £30.42 SYS25/ES6 £30.42
90° BENDS
• 90° bends fitted with parallel rollers as standard.
• Taper rollers can be fitted at extra cost.
• All sizes fitted with rollers at 75mm pitch.
• Bends 900mm inside radius.
• See opposite page for specification of 'light', 'medium', or 'heavy duty'
conveyor track in order to establish bend type.
System 25 Bends
Width REF PRICE REF PRICE
Light B45/L £605.09 B60/L £646.50
Medium B45/M £643.67 B60/M £674.96
Heavy B45/H £692.29 B60/H £734.77
BALL TRANSFER SECTIONS

• 25mm diameter steel ball set at 75mm pitch in sheet steel.
• Capacity per ball - 55Kg.
• Supplied as square sections for slotting into System 25 Track
(multiples supplied for longer transfer sections).
• Overall capacity per section suitable for use with light, medium and
heavy duty track.
• Prices per section are in addition to standard conveyor track with
rollers, but rollers not included.
• Other sizes available on request.
Ball Transfer Sections

Section REF PRICE
450x450mm SYS/BT45 £364.62
600x600mm SYS/BT60 £596.02

• Spring loaded rollers.
• Hexagonal shafts.
• Epoxy powder coated finish – blue 18-E-53.
• Welded 75mm x 50mm x 6mm angle framework.
• 1.5m & 3m standard track length.
• 300mm, 450mm & 600mm standard widths.
• Ideal for heavy duty applications.
• Stands - choice of 5 height adjustable ranges.
Stands are ordered separately as required.
DESIGNING YOUR CONVEYOR

ROLLER PITCH
The load must be in contact with at least 3 rollers at all
times. Loads without a rigid base should be supported
on a flat tray. Maximum frame capacity should not
exceed 1000kg over 1000mm track length.
STANDS
Heavy duty stands are manufactured from welded angle.
The maximum distance between stands should not
exceed 1500mm. The stands are ordered separately.
Stands should always be positioned where tracks are
joined. Each leg is fitted with a screw foot to give +/–
25mm adjustment. Please state conveyor width and
actual stand height when ordering.
60mm dia roller rated at 150 Kgs. 1500mm track length 63mm dia roller rated at 250 Kgs. 1500mm track length
Roller ROLLER
Roller Width
WIDTH Roller ROLLER
Roller Width
WIDTH
REF Pitch 300mm 450mm 600mm REF Pitch 300mm 450mm 600mm
HM2/1 75mm £236.74 £268.22 £295.92 H2/1 75mm £359.89 £406.42 £450.05
HM2/2 100mm £188.69 £220.28 £241.21 H2/2 100mm £291.19 £326.29 £342.14
HM2/3 150mm £155.88 £172.07 £186.43 H2/3 150mm £222.56 £246.43 £268.70
60mm dia roller rated at 150 Kgs. 3000mm track length 63mm dia roller rated at 250 Kgs. 3000mm track length
Roller Roller Width
ROLLER WIDTH Roller Roller Width
ROLLER WIDTH
REF Pitch 300mm 450mm 600mm REF Pitch 300mm 450mm 600mm
HM2/4 75mm £473.45 £536.46 £591.75 H2/4 75mm £719.79 £812.83 £900.16
HM2/5 100mm £392.62 £440.58 £482.43 H2/5 100mm £582.32 £652.62 £718.46
HM2/6 150mm £311.76 £344.14 £372.82 H2/6 150mm £445.15 £492.84 £537.40
Width + 25 mm Width + 25 mm
87 mm
89 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Stands to fit tracks above

ACCESSORIES: Height to underside
• Ball Tables. of conveyor REF PRICE
• Hinged Gates.
• Side Guides. Up to 305mm FH1 £82.29
• End Stops. 306mm – 420mm FH2 £85.06
421mm – 640mm FH3 £87.78
Please telephone for details.
560mm – 920mm FH4 £101.49
840mm – 1040mm FH5 £109.72

Expertly constructed with large main contact ball seated on a quantity of small bearings in a hemispherical cup. Not just
a single ring of balls. The main ball rotates freely and instantaneously in any direction.
Extremely heavy loads can be moved in any direction with minimum effort. All units are fitted with a sealed washer and
therefore self cleaning. Pre-lubricated - almost maintenance free. Some units provided with oiling points. Supplied in
mild steel carbon units zinc plated or stainless steel throughout. Illustration right shows a wide variety of standard
fixings available which enables them to fit to wood, metal, plastic, tube, slotted angle etc.
To determine ball unit capacity the weight of article to be conveyed should be divided by 3, the answer gives the
maximum load which any single ball unit may have to bear. Spacing pitch of units is obtained by dividing the narrowest
dimension by 3.5 this ensures 3 units beneath the narrowest dimension at any one time. (Enquire for additional ranges.)
BALL TABLES BALL STANDS BALL CHANNELS
FLANGE FITTING BALL UNITS

Ball Cap Dimensions mm Weight Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Dia mm Kg A B C D E F G gms REF PRICE REF PRICE
19 25 61 10 12 29.50 5.5 3.2 3.2 80 300613 £2.44 300615 £5.94
25 55 73 14.2 15.8 38.1 5 3 6.3 175 100813 £2.52 100815 £6.64
32 125 73.75 16.25 19.9 46 5 4.25 8 260 102213 £4.30 102215 £10.82
40 140 89 21.45 24.6 55.5 7 6 8.75 480 201113 £9.84 201115 £19.17
TWO HOLE FIXING 50 340 121 28.27 30.16 76 8 6.3 14.3 1060 400113 £22.16 400115 £61.61
25 55 73 14.2 15.8 38.1 5.5 2 6.3 175 100613 £3.01 100615 £8.99
BOLT FITTING BALL UNITS *Indicate bolt length required.

Dia mm Kg A B C D* E Bolt gms REF PRICE REF PRICE
19 25 32.1 4.7 30.2 25&45 25.4 M8 80 300213 £2.69 300215 £7.62
25 55 39.7 6.3 39.7 23&43 25.4 M8 160 100313 £3.08 100315 £9.62
40 140 55.5 11.9 57 22&42 49 M10 460 200513 £10.14 200515 £29.48
50 340 89 14.30 76 75 89 M16 1720 400413 £54.56 - -
HEAVY DUTY BALL UNITS

Ball Cap Dimensions mm Weight Carbon Steel
Dia mm Kg A B C D E F gms REF PRICE
12.5 25 2 18 20 20 M6 25 42 051923 £6.36
19 50 4 26 30 30 M8 25 124 301923 £11.69
25 125 6 29 40 35 M8 40 204 101923 £15.81
32 250 8 37 50 45 M10 40 510 102923 £21.39
40 500 9 46 60 55 M12 50 916 201923 £28.28
SPRING LOADED BALL UNITS

Ball Cap Dimensions mm Weight Carbon Steel
Dia mm Kg A B C D E F gms REF PRICE
19 30 3.5 51.6 36.5 66.6 63 7.9 420 301118 £31.36
25 100 5.9 53.3 44.5 76.2 67.1 7.9 520 101818 £32.89
32 180 7.5 77.5 58.7 89 94.6 9.5 1140 102818 £56.77
40 170 8.2 90 69.8 101.6 107.6 9.5 1820 201018 £76.20
THREE HOLE FIXING 50 408 13 114 101.6 152.4 139.2 12.75 5040 400818 £169.57
PLATE FITTING UNITS

Dia mm Kg A B C D E F G gms REF PRICE REF PRICE
19 25 32.1 4.7 32.5 65.1 38 49.2 25.4 100 300513 £3.68 - -
25 55 39.7 6.3 41.3 65.1 38 49.2 25.4 160 100513 £5.26 100515 £11.13
40 140 55.5 11.9 57 58.7 58.7 47.6 47.6 480 200313 £12.81 200315 £32.76
50 340 89 143 76 127 127 89 89 2100 400213 £61.45 - -
EURO UNITS
Ball Dimensions mm Weight Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Dia mm A B C D E F gms Cap Kg REF PRICE Cap Kg REF PRICE
15 24 31 9.5 21 2.8 6.3 38 45 515013 £3.01 35 515015 £6.72
22 36 45 9.8 30 2.8 5.5 132 120 522013 £3.96 90 522015 £8.12
30 45 55 13.80 37 4 8.3 265 230 530013 £6.79 175 530015 £17.50
45 62 75 19 53.5 4 10 720 550 545013 £18.45 - - -

• Skatewheel or roller gravity track - high impact • Add on leg supports and optional extras. Order separately as required.
PVC wheels/rollers. • Supplied in 3m lengths or multiple sections for complete runs.
• Steel or aluminium track. Priced per metre.
STEEL TRACK - PVC ROLLERS OR PVC SKATEWHEELS PVC ROLLERS IN STEEL TRACK
• Supplied with channel section track.
PVC Rollers PVC Skatewheels
50mm dia rated at 20kg each 48mm dia rated at 15kgs each
Price per metre Width Price per metre Width
REF Pitch 300 450 600 REF Pitch 400 600 750
SPWA 35 £170.52 £211.30 £243.12
SPR50A 60 £135.90 £150.10 £164.32
SPWB 50 £145.33 £174.82 £197.83
SPR50B 75 £173.76 £131.86 £143.41 SPWC 75 £117.88 £137.97 £153.62
SPR50C 100 £104.67 £113.58 £122.50 SPWD 100 £103.03 £118.40 £130.39
SPR50D 150 £89.02 £95.28 £101.53 SPWE 150 £88.13 £98.80 £107.11
LIGHT DUTY ALUMINIUM TRACK - PVC ROLLERS PVC ROLLERS IN ALUMINIUM TRACK
• Supplied with angle section track.
PVC Rollers PVC Rollers
20mm dia rated at 7kg each 30mm dia rated at 12kg each
APR20A 25 £165.43 £174.78 £184.11 APR30A 37.5 £135.02 £151.50 £159.74
APR20B 30 £144.88 £152.91 £160.92 APR30B 50 £107.55 £119.71 £125.77
APR20C 40 £119.43 £125.81 £132.18 APR30C 75 £84.68 £93.19 £97.45
APR20D 50 £104.10 £109.48 £114.87 APR30D 100 £73.24 £80.01 £83.31
MEDIUM DUTY ALUMINIUM TRACK - PVC ROLLERS OR PVC SKATEWHEELS SKATEWHEEL IN ALUMINIUM TRACK
• Supplied with channel section track.
PVC Rollers PVC Skatewheels

50mm dia rated at 20kg each 48mm dia rated at 15kgs each
APWA 35 £152.30 £193.08 £224.87
APR50A 60 £117.68 £131.89 £146.09
APWB 50 £127.12 £156.61 £126.06
APR50B 75 £105.87 £117.43 £128.98 APWC 75 £99.67 £119.74 £135.38
APR50C 100 £86.46 £95.37 £104.28 APWD 100 £84.82 £100.19 £112.17
APR50D 150 £70.80 £77.05 £83.31 APWE 150 £69.91 £80.58 £88.89
OPTIONAL EXTRAS LEG SUPPORTS LEG SUPPORTS

REF Type PRICE per m Three adjustable height ranges to choose from:
SG 50mm side guards £24.24 L1-450-700mm, L2-650-1100mm, L3-900-1500mm. One
ESP (plus width) End stop plate £32.09 support required every 1.5m. Order separately as required.
ESR (plus width) End stop roller £32.09
90B (plus width) 90° bend POA Flat ‘T’ Rubber Castor
REF Base REF Feet REF Base
Prices on request for: Gate Sections, FTL1 £38.47 RFL1 £43.26 CL1 £56.34
Smoothline Frames, Heavy Duty Bearings, FTL2 £44.70 RFL2 £49.51 CL2 £62.59
Food Quality Bearings. FTL3 £52.50 RFL3 £57.29 CL3 £70.39
TELESCOPIC EXPRESSWAY
Gravity roller sections linked together by sliding transfer providing a means to load or unload
vehicles of any length from a loading dock, or moving goods within a warehouse, factory or store
area. Mounted on robust castors the Telescopic Expressway is easy to move and stores away neatly
when not in use. The height and degree of angle can be adjusted by means of a screw jack on each
of the leg supports. Construction is a solid welded steel based on 75mm deep side channels with
hollow section steel reinforcing brackets and leg supports. High impact 50mm dia. anti-shatter
P.V.C. rollers throughout set at 65mm pitch with the exception of the first seven being steel zinc
plated heavy duty rollers and to ensure a smooth transfer 20mm dia. steel rollers between decks.
Designed to take loads of 50kgs per metre.
Closed Length Extended Length Decks REF 400mm wide REF 600mm wide
2.5 4.0 2 TE424 £1384.03 TE624 £1462.21
2.9 6.0 3 TE436 £2002.18 TE636 £2123.39
3.9 9.0 3 TE439 £2422.63 TE639 £2596.59
4.4 12.0 4 TE4412 £3180.94 TE6412 £3415.50

A truly flexible friend. It is easy and fast to set up.
Just wheel it to the area required and it will allow staff to
load or unload vehicles or move products from one point
to another. Speed, safety and economy of effort are all
achieved. Constructed from bright zinc plated lattice
sides and leg supports that are mounted on 100mm dia
fully braked swivel castors. Low inertia skatewheels offer
the advantage of keeping product moving even around
corners and bends. Unit closes up
to a third of its size when stored.
• Unit comes complete with legs - choose your height

range and between skatewheels or plastic rollers. Retracted for storage
HOW TO ORDER - CHOOSE OPTIONS

EXAMPLE: PW/PR - 600 - 6.0 - L2
PW - PLASTIC WHEEL L2 - HEIGHT
PR - PLASTIC ROLLER CH - CONNECTING HOOKS
600 - WIDTH mm ES - END STOP
6.0 - LENGTH m HD - HEAVY DUTY
Extend as required -
bend and shape to suit
EXPANDAVEYOR WITH PLASTIC SKATEWHEELS EXPANDAVEYOR WITH PLASTIC ROLLERS
Expanded Closed length Track width mm Expanded Closed length Track width mm
length metres metres 300 400 500 600 length metres metres 300 400 500 600
2.0 0.626 £391.19 £415.66 £512.74 £535.97 2.0 0.940 £404.35 £520.35 £539.29 £562.31
4.5 1.290 £762.58 £812.56 £991.78 £1041.69 4.5 1.980 £788.92 £1002.96 £1044.89 £1094.35
6.0 1.680 £978.19 £1045.54 £1279.94 £1344.58 6.0 2.60 £1013.28 £1296.93 £1354.33 £1414.79
7.5 2.070 £1193.76 £1276.67 £1568.09 £1647.46 7.5 3.22 £1237.63 £1590.92 £1656.62 £1735.21
9.0 2.460 £1409.34 £1409.34 £1856.25 £1950.37 9.0 3.84 £1461.99 £1884.89 £1962.49 £2055.66
Loading Kg/metre 80 80 85 100 Loading Kg/metre 80 100 100 100
Min inside radius 350 350 350 380 Min inside radius 480 480 500 500
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Optional Extras
Heavy Duty POA
End stop roller £41.35
End stop plate £41.35
Connecting hooks £31.37
Steel Rollers POA
Steel wheels POA
Choice of height range
450 - 700mm L1
End stop
Wheel brakes to all castors 650 - 1100mm L2
900 - 1500mm L3
Connecting hook
L2 fitted as standard

Lightweight demountable electric cranes for pick-ups, drop sides, flat beds and vans. Provides new load
handling capabilities for the commercial vehicle and eliminates the need for manual handling. Ideal for
applications in highways, construction, utilities or anywhere with general load handling requirements.
• Lifts up to 250/500Kg in all configurations of boom position.
• Remote control.
• Easily demountable.
• Low crane weight from 23Kg/44Kg (pillar is extra).
• Lightweight pillar available for vans.
• Above or below floor socket mounting for pick-ups.
• Compact design folds away when not in use.
• Easily installed at our own premises or by a vehicle body builder.
• 6m rope length as standard.
• Choice of 12V or 24V power from vehicle battery.
• Extensive range of options and accessories available.
REF Capacity PRICE

ML250/PH 250Kg £2030.00
ML500 500Kg £2479.50
Compact, 500/1200Kg capacity electric cranes for pick-ups, drop sides and flat beds. Hydraulic slew version is standard
on 1200Kg model and also available as extra on 500Kg model. Ideal for applications in highways, construction, utilities,
railways, tyre industry or anywhere with general load handling requirements.
• Lifts 500/1200Kg in all configurations • Easily installed at our own premises or

of boom position. by a vehicle body builder.
• Remote control. • Choice of 12V or 24V power from
• Overload protection. vehicle battery.
• Compact design folds away when not in use. • Extensive range of options and
• Low crane weight of approximately accessories available.
73Kg/175Kg.
REF Hydraulic slew Capacity PRICE

F500 No 500Kg £2479.50
FV500 Yes 500Kg £4429.75
FV1200 Yes 1200Kg £5459.25
A range of two larger hydraulic cranes with 1150 or 2000Kg capacities combining value for
money with market leading safety features - the load limiting device and load limit indicator and
compact design. Ideal for applications in highways, construction, utilities, railways, tyre
industry, builders’ merchants or anywhere with general load handling requirements.
• Low crane weight of 175Kg/263Kg. • Two extensions with manual or

• Remote control - no valves or handles. hydraulic operation.
• Compact design maximising floor space. • Easily installed and easily demounted.
• Integrated, fully enclosed oil tank • Choice of 12V or 24V power from
and motor pump unit with easy access vehicle battery.
for servicing. • Extensive range of options and
• Fully controlled hydraulic slewing. accessories available.
REF Reach @ Cap Kg Capacity PRICE

V12 2.9m @ 440 1150Kg £6416.25
V20 3.5m @ 770 2000Kg £7254.35
The Tail Lift is ideal for loading pick-ups, off-road vehicles, Luton and box vans. It is lightweight and compact for loading utility, pick-up
and 4x4 commercial vehicles, including Land Rovers, with items weighing up to 550Kg. Its unique design incorporates all the advantages
of a cantilever platform lift but with no under slung columns, ropes or chains. This promotes reliability and eliminates the risk of
components grounding out or getting bent underneath when fitted to off-road and low chassis vehicles such as pick-ups.
• Standard 500Kg MWL (550Kg as option). • Compact design (bespoke platform sizes as option).
• Hydraulically powered for smooth action. • Low weight of approximately 150Kg for minimal
• No underslung pillars. impact on vehicle payload.
• No ropes or chains. • Steel platform (aluminium and stainless steel as
• Cantilever action allows use of standard tow options).
bar on vehicle. • Extensive range of options and
• 12V operation from vehicle battery. accessories available.
• Remote control (radio control as option). • Easily installed by the manufacturer or
• Overload protection. your vehicle body builder.
REF Capacity Platform size mm PRICE

EL500 500Kg 1800W x 750D £1529.75

Action’s range of space saving jib cranes fold flat when not in use and supplied in knock down form. All models are fitted with relief valves to
prevent overload. Tested 25% overload and certificate issued. 12 months guarantee. Fitted on easy running nylon wheels and heavy duty swivel
hooks with safety latch. Ref AFC 250 and AFC500 have ‘U’ shaped base frames, other models are ‘Y’ shaped.
REF AFC250 AFC500 AFC750 AFC1000 AFC1500 AFC2000
Cap 1/4 Tonne 1/2tonne 3/4 Tonne 1 Tonne 11/2tonne 2 Tonne
Capacity Position 1 245kg 508kg 750kg 1000kg 1500kg 2000kg
Min. Height Hook
To Ground 585mm 535mm 400mm 480mm 540mm 590mm
Max. Height Hook
To Ground 2300mm 2130mm 1940mm 2240mm 2745mm 2795mm
Column Height 1680mm 1740mm 1590mm 1600mm 1820mm 1870mm
O/a Base Length 1425mm 1485mm 1650mm 1670mm 1995mm 1995mm
Max. Width Inside Legs 620mm 650mm 780mm 820mm 1000mm 1000mm
Max. Overall Width 740mm 750mm 950mm 960mm 1155mm 1155mm
Ht. To Top Of Legs 125mm 120mm 150mm 150mm 220mm 240mm
Dia. Of Wheels 100mm 100mm 125mm 125mm 175mm 200mm
Knock Down Height 400mm 400mm 495mm 495mm 650mm 675mm S/A = Single action pump unit
Weight 75kg 85kg 100kg 130kg 200kg 210kg D/A = Double action pump unit
Hydraulic Pump S/A S/A S/A D/A D/A D/A Colour: Hammer orange and black
PRICE £642.30 £671.25 £720.75 £837.90 £1176.00 £1421.63
ACTION'S RUGGED HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CRANES

Similar in appearance to above models but heavier construction
and with fast double acting pumps. Chrome plated pistons. REF H-AFC1000 H-AFC2000 H-AFC3000
Swivel hook with safety latch. Heavy duty nylon wheels and Capacity 1 Tonne 2 Tonne 3 Tonne
castors. Constructed in strong hollow section steel. Tested 25% Position No 1 1000kg @ 1003mm 2000-kg @ 1270mm 3000 Kg @ 1000 Mm
overload and certificate supplied.
Position No 2 750kg @ 1232mm 1750kg @ 1500mm 2000kg @ 1092 Mm
Position No 3 500kg @ 1410mm 1000kg @ 1600mm 1500kg @ 1270mm
Min. Ht Hook To Ground 692mm 521mm 915mm
Max. Ht Hook To Ground 2565mm 2642mm 2565mm
Column Height 1680mm 1830mm 1780mm
O/a Base Length 1525mm 1677mm 2082mm
Max. Width Inside Legs 800mm 890mm 1110mm
Max. Overall Width 920mm 990mm 1270mm
Height To Top Of Legs 143mm 147mm 235mm
Dia. Of Wheels 125mm 150mm 150mm
Knock Down Height 610mm 625mm 730mm
Weight 145kg. 180kg. 350kg.
Price £1142.63 £1555.50 £3682.50
Extras: Alternative Wheels Cast Iron Or Polyurethane. Also Removable Column For Export P.O.A.
ACTION'S COUNTERBALANCED CRANES REF CTC152 CTC254 CTC508

Cap 152kg. 254kg. 508kg.
Capacity Position 1 152kg. 254kg. 508kg.
Min. Hook Height 910-810-710 1010-890-490 800-670-420
Max. Hook Height 2060-2230-2370 2080-2240-2350 2350-2490-2730
Height Of Column 1600mm 1791mm 1840mm
O/a Base Length 980mm 1200mm 1450mm
Max. Overall Width 530mm 550mm 630mm
Dia. Of Nylon Wheels 125mm 200mm 200mm
Wt. Ex. Counterbalance 135kg. 180kg. 215kg.
• Ballast infill Balance Wt. Reqd 200kg. 249kg. 320kg.

not supplied. PRICE £1241.25 £1402.13 £1912.88

FOLDING WORKSHOP CRANES
WSCNDJ10
WSCSDJ20
REF WSCSDJ20 WSCNDJ10

Two workshop cranes that fold away when not in use. Lifting cap Kg - boom ext/closed 500-2000 700-1000
Boom length - closed/extended 960-1500 1224-1525
• Double action pump gives quick lifting.
• Chrome plated pistons avoids rust and abrasion during use. Boom height - closed/extended 350-1840 0-1790
• Safety overload valve. Base size LxW mm 1700x1010 1065x1700
• Conforms to MD98/37/EC Annex 1.
Power ram rating - tonne 8 8
Weight Kg 92 137.6
PRICE £456.00 £462.00
STEEL JACKS FOLDING WORKSHOP CRANE

Used to brace or support loads. Mechanical operation to lift all kinds of items. Larger capacity with three adjustable positions.
Integrated carrying handle makes it portable and versatile. Load can be positioned
on the head or toe. • Forged heavy duty swivel hook. • Safety overload valve.
• Swivel operating handle. Optional • Double action pump for
manipulating position. fast operation.
REF SJ15 SJ30 SJ50 SJ100 • Conforms to MD98/37/EC Annex 1. • Chrome plated pistons.
Capacity
on head 1500 3000 5000 10000
Kg
Capacity
on toe 1050 2100 3500 7000
Kg
Min toe
height 60 70 80 82
mm
Min head
height 300 360 350 410
mm
Max
stroke 600 735 730 800
mm
Handle
length 225 249 249 300
mm
Weight
Kg 13 20 27 43
PRICE £159.00 £177.00 £207.00 £318.00 REF WSCPDJ10

Lifting cap Kg - boom ext/closed 250-1000
Boom length - closed/extended 1160-1460
Boom height - closed/extended 350-2350
Base size LxW mm 1126x1650
Power ram rating - tonne 7
Weight Kg 115
PRICE £474.00

HYDRAULIC HEAD AND TOE JACKS UNIVERSAL BOTTLE JACKS
• Designed to overcome the problem of working in • Universal jacks supply high force for general
confined spaces. operations like lifting, pushing, moving etc.
• Lifting capacity is the same on the head or the toe. • Heavy duty usage.
• Ideal for machinery, forklift or heavy construction • Precision relief valve with ball seat.
plant etc. • Grooved saddles for grip.
• Large base plates - increase stability.
REF Cap Stroke Height mm PRICE

Kg mm Head Toe
HTJ-3 3000 130 360 16 £327.00
HTJ-6 6000 152 268 22 £402.00
HTJ-10 10000 130 280 29 £537.00
MANUAL MANHOLE LIFTING ARMS REF Cap Height mm Screw ext PRICE
Designed as a low cost lifting solution with the t closed open mm
ability to exert up to 1 tonne of seal breaking JH2 2 181 346 50 £39.20
capacity. Can be used as a single or double lift.
Easily transported and stored - weighs only JH4 4 205 391 60 £46.20
3.5Kg. Supplied with a basic set of ‘T’ keys.
JH6 6 219 424 75 £51.80
JH8 8 225 447 70 £57.40
REF PRICE JH12 12 240 473 80 £70.00
MLA £184.35 JH20 20 240 473 80 £98.00
JH30 30 280 460 – £224.00
MANHOLE COVER LIFTERS

Remove heavy and often embedded manhole covers with a single person operation. Up to 3 tonne SWL with safety certificate to 25% overload.
Supplied with a set of imperial and metric steel keys to fit covers. Hydraulic jack operation. Choice of two cover widths - each having a standard
version. High lift version and a rough terrain version.
102
ROUGH TERRAIN
204
Max cover width 925mm - key centres 240-825mm Max cover width 1250mm - key centres 240-1200mm
REF Type Lift height PRICE REF Type Lift height PRICE
102 Standard 150mm £1094.74 204 Standard 150mm £1782.21
102HL High lift 254mm £1191.83 204HL High lift 254mm £1953.67
102RT Rough terrain 254mm £1345.31 204RT Rough terrain 254mm £2041.48
MANHOLE COVER LIFTER

• Designed to overcome the problem of working in confined spaces.
• Lifting capacity is the same on the head or the toe.
REF PRICE
M102 £603.85

PORTABLE GANTRY- FIXED HEIGHT
Capacity: 1/2 - 5 tons - Larger capacities and sizes available on request. Gantry can be used with either electric or hand
chain pulley block. Mounted on cast iron swivel castors. Poly tyred wheels can also be supplied. Bracings can be fitted
external or internal as application suits. Size: 3000mm under beam. 3000mm between span.
REF Gantries Fixed Extra span Extra height

SWL height per 305mm per 305 mm
3108 500kg £701.16 £24.41 £24.41
3108/A 1 tonne £1009.65 £35.86 £35.86
3108/B 2 tonne £1133.15 £48.84 £48.84
3108/C 3 tonne £1329.90 £60.15 £60.15
3108/D 5 tonne £1650.00 £90.19 £90.19
3108/E Parking jacks for above £304.94
3108/F Extra for poly tyred wheels £146.59
PORTABLE ALUMINIUM GANTRY

• 24 standard models. • Corrosion resistant.
• Assemble or dismantle • Most hygienic for
in a few minutes. many applications.
Aluminium gantries are the ultimate in lightweight construction for ease of portability.
These gantries are most ideal when you require constant assembly and disassembly, such
as for site use. The smallest gantry with 1 tonne capacity weighs only 68kgs and only
takes a few minutes to assemble. Available in either 1 or 2 tonne capacities.
Features:
• Adjustable height.
• Infinitely adjustable beam.
• Three transportation straps.
• Four position swivel lock castors (152mm Dia) with non scuff moulded polyurethane
tyred wheels to give maximum protection against marking floors, from cracking and
chipping, with ease of movement.
REF Cap O/A Span Width Height I I beam weight PRICE

span I/S wheel I/S underside of beam flange
mm centres posts beam mm depth width kg
mm mm Max Min mm mm
10808 2440 2210 2105 2460 1880 152 86 68 £3040.27
10810 2440 2210 2105 3070 2490 152 86 73 £3151.25
10812 2440 2210 2105 3680 3100 152 86 90 £3489.85
11008 3050 2820 2715 2460 1880 152 86 72 £3261.43
11010 3050 2820 2715 3070 2490 152 86 76 £3371.63
1 TONNE
11012 3050 2820 2715 3680 3100 152 86 94 £3710.24

11208 3660 3328 3320 2460 1880 203 102 89 £3322.55
11210 3660 3328 3320 3070 2490 203 102 93 £3432.75
• Aluminium gantries are the choice for corrosion resistant product.
11212 3660 3328 3320 3680 3100 203 102 110 £3771.35 Can be used in bakeries or other food related operations, and enables
complete wash down.
11508 4575 4344 4240 2460 1880 254 118 114 £3950.71
11510 4575 4344 4240 3070 2490 254 118 118 £4060.89
11512 4575 4344 4240 3680 3100 254 118 135 £4399.49
20808 2440 2210 2105 2460 1880 203 102 100 £3715.04
3070 2490
20810 2440 2210 2105 203 102 105 £3937.83
SIMPLE
20812 2440 2210 2105 3680 3100 203 102 123 £4276.43
21008 3050 2820 2715 2460 1880 254 118 117 £4196.00
TO
21010 3050 2820 2715 3070 2490 254 118 123 £4418.78
MOVE...
2 TONNE
21012 3050 2820 2715 3680 3100 254 118 140 £4757.39
21208 3660 3328 3320 2460 1880 305 118 137 £4717.18
21210 3660 3328 3320 3070 2490 305 127 142 £4939.96
21212 3660 3328 3320 3680 3100 305 127 160 £5278.57
All one and two
21508 4575 4344 4240 2460 1880 305 127 152 £5106.47 tonne models
have 1370mm.
21510 4575 4344 4240 3070 2490 305 127 157 £5329.25
width between
21512 4575 4344 4240 3680 3100 305 127 175 £5667.84 wheel centres.

SWING JIB CRANES
This full range of jib cranes, pillar, hall or column mounted can be supplied under or over-braced.
• All cranes conform to BS7333 and comply to quality standard BS5750: part 1/150 9001.
• Optional extras available to cater for special environments such as: outside working and hazardous
areas. Standard colour finish: Safety yellow BS4800 (O8E 51).
FREE STANDING PILLAR RANGE

Standard features:
• Height to underside of beam 3m.
• Manual slew 360˚ or 270˚.
• Under or overbraced as required.
• Specials easily catered for.
• Installation and nationwide testing available.
• Full instructions supplied for self-install on a prepared base to dimensions and foundation bolt
pattern supplied — including bolt pattern template.
• A detailed drawing is supplied for your signed approval prior to manufacture.
Optional extras:
• Electrical package — power feed along jib arm (and fused isolator on the column in the case of
free-standing crane).
• Holding down bolts. H Foundation template.
• Power slew facility. H Installation-site testing.
• Electrical or manual hoists.
FREESTANDING JIB CRANE — OVERBRACED — 360˚ SLEW
Cap Ht m Jib Radius
REF
SWL U/side 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m
FJC/1 125kg 3 £2778.37 £2812.32 £2846.27 £3154.52 £3227.85
FJC/2 250kg 3 £2791.95 £2825.90 £2961.69 £3168.10 £3241.43
FJC/3 500kg 3 £2805.53 £3052.68 £3086.62 £3675.98 £3749.31
FJC/4 1000kg 3 £3018.73 £3529.32 £3602.65 £4388.90 £4215.08
WALL OR COLUMN MOUNTED CRANES

• Under or over-braced H Maximum slew 180˚.
• Bearing housing mounting plates drilled at 150mm centres.
Self-installation details supplied. Back plates and installation bolts supplied extra.
Special sizes on request.
WALL OR COLUMN MOUNTED CRANES

REF Cap Jib Radius
kg 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m
CMO/1 125 £760.45 £794.40 £811.38 £852.79 £916.62

CMO/2 250 £795.76 £814.77 £881.31 £1086.36 £1118.95
CMO/3 500 £840.57 £860.94 £1052.41 £1093.15 £1166.48
CMO/4 1000 £987.23 £1019.82 £1106.73 £1129.82 £1207.22
ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST

• High performance, built for safety and reliability to International/UK standards.
• Weather protected. Hoist and controls to IP55 and IP65. CE marked.
• Complete electrical protection to operator by 42V control circuit to fully insulated controls.
• Minimum maintenance. All bearings are lubricated at assembly and sealed for life.
• Tested to 125% of rated capacity, certificate issued with conformity declaration.
• Standard 3 metres lift - extra available. Hook suspension or push trolley, geared trolley, electric trolley with single or
dual speed options.
• 400 volt 3 phase - 50Hz (Single phase available POA).
REF CPV/CAPACITY 125Kg 250Kg 500Kg 500Kg 1000Kg 1000Kg 2000Kg

Number falls of load chain 1 1 2 1 2 1 2
Single speed M/min lift 8 8 4 8 4 8 4
Dual speed lift (POA) 8/2 8/2 4/1 8/2 4/1 8/2 4/1
PRICE Eye or hook suspension £905.73 £925.73 £1044.31 £1252.88 £1342.88 £1688.61 £1728.61
PRICE Push travel trolley £935.73 £1012.88 £1162.88 £1322.88 £1452.89 £1967.18 £1990.04
PRICE Geared trolley £1012.88 £1091.45 £1164.31 £1437.17 £1508.60 £1914.32 £2082.90
PRICE Electric travel/single £1432.89 £1511.46 £1662.89 £1868.61 £1955.75 £2387.19 £2504.34
PRICE Electric travel/dual £1685.75 £1731.46 £1922.90 £2137.19 £2217.19 £2574.34 £2828.63
Prices are based on single speed lifting, for dual speed and options please enquire.
• Further options - low headroom models, chain collection boxes, high capacity units up to 10,000Kg and air powered hoists.

COMPACT ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST
• 125Kg capacity but weighs only 12Kg.
• M4 high duty rating - easy installation and maintenance.
• Fitted with overload protection.
• Small, compact design with an overall hook to hook headroom height of 318mm.
• Single or three phase versions and a choice of lifting speeds.
• Standard lift height 3m complete with chain bucket. Extra lift heights and respective chain buckets available.
REF Supply Lifting Speed PRICE

CPS/400/4 400v 3ph 50hz 4 mpm £780.02
CPS/400/10 400v 3ph 50hz 10 mpm £780.02
CPS/110/4 110v 1ph 50hz 4 mpm £780.02
CPS/230/4 230v 1ph 50hz 4 mpm £780.02
REVOLUTIONARY 360° HAND CHAIN HOIST
• New patented 360° hand chain hoists REF 360/0.5 360/1 360/2 360/3 360/5 360/10
are set to transform the way in which
hoists can now be used. Capacity (WLL) 500Kg 1000Kg 2000Kg 3000Kg 5000Kg 10000Kg
• Allows operator to control operations Falls of load chain 1 1 1 1 2 3
from any angle, from any side, in any Load chain diameter 5x15mm 6x18mm 8x24mm 10x30mm 10x30mm 10x30mm
plane and even from above. Standard height of lift 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m
• Whatever the task the operator can
now control from the most Effort on hand chain WLL 21Kg 30Kg 32Kg 38Kg 34Kg 44Kg
comfortable position, efficiently and in Weight at standard height of lift 9Kg 13Kg 20Kg 29Kg 38Kg 71Kg
total safety. Minimum headroom 300mm 335mm 395mm 520mm 640mm 825mm
• High quality manufactured with a PRICE £139.20 £148.80 £204.80 £339.20 £448.00 £684.80
unique operational ability.
Extra per M lift £20.16 £20.16 £23.04 £28.80 £48.00 £81.60
HAND CHAIN HOISTS

• These hoists include all preferentials which are expected by the user: quality, safety and performance - at favourable prices.
• Robust all steel construction, combined with light weight ease of use.
• Very low headroom allows optimal use of available space.
• Roller and ball bearings on all rotating parts for smooth operation.
• Zinc plated hand and load chains standard.
REF VSPLUS0.5/1 VSPLUS1/1 VSPLUS2/2 VSPLUS3/2 VSPLUS5/2

Capacity 500Kg 1000Kg 2000Kg 3000Kg 5000Kg
No of chain strands 1 1 2 2 2
Standard lifting height 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m
Pull on hand chain d@N 26 36 37 41 44
Nett weight standard lift 9.0Kg 11.2Kg 15.3Kg 24.7Kg 38.7Kg
PRICE £119.88 £136.94 £172.38 £252.00 £339.50
Extra per M lift £18.38 £18.38 £28.00 £33.25 £43.75
• Optional chain bucket as shown.

• Overload protection device (slip clutch) available extra on request.
• Special models for extremely corrosive environments on request.
• Higher capacity models up to 20000Kg also available.
• All hoists operationally tested to 150% overload and test certificate issued.

REXLINE HAND CHAIN BLOCKS
• Economical, heavy duty, high quality hand chain hoist for all uses. • 3m standard lift height - other lifts available on request.
• Enclosed handy design - easy and safe operation. • Full spares availability.
• Swivelling load suspension hooks with safety catch. • Chain bags available on request.
• Lightweight with short headroom. • Tested and certified.
• Grade 80 load chain and hand chain both plated as standard.
REF REX0.5 REX1.0 REX2.0 REX3.0 REX5.0

Falls of load chain 1 1 2 2 2
Standard lift height m 3 3 3 3 3
Effort required under load Kg 24 30 34 39 43
Height 3m lift Kg 11 13 21.5 31 41
Minimum head room mm 315 315 380 475 635
PRICE £117.60 £128.01 £181.55 £215.94 £289.70
Please enquire for extra metres of lift chain.
HANDY AND REXLINE RATCHET LEVER HOISTS

• Economical, heavy duty, high quality hoists, capacity • 1.5m standard lift height, other lift heights available
250 to 6000Kg. on request.
• Lightweight and low overall height. • Load pressure brake holds the load in every position.
• For lifting, pulling and lashing loads. • Upper and lower swivel safety load hooks.
• Lifting and lowering by forward and reverse motion of • Grade 80 plated load chain.
the lever. • Full spares available.
• Chain free reeling by turning the hand wheel or by • Tested and certified.
pulling the non-loaded chain.
REF HL0.25 HL0.50 RL0.75 RL1.5 RL3.0 RL6.0

Lifting capacity t. 250Kg 500Kg 750Kg 1500Kg 3000Kg 6000Kg
Standard lift height m 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Number of chain falls 1 1 1 1 1 2
Effort required under load Kg 25 28 16 18 36 36
Weight 1.5m lift Kg 2.2 2.8 8 11 17 26 HL0.25
PRICE £119.70 £150.02 £119.40 £139.35 £170.57 £234.86 RL0.75
BEAM CLAMPS
• Designed to locate on the flanges of beams via a screw arrangement.
• Acts as semi permanent lifting point. Black finish.
• Suitable for chain hoists or steel lifting devices.
REF Capacity Beam width range mm PRICE
• With shackle suspension as standard.
BC1T 1 tonne 70 - 245 £91.19
BC2T 2 tonne 70 - 245 £102.77
BC3T 3 tonne 70 - 355 £128.25
BC5T 5 tonne 70 - 355 £153.74
BC10T 10 tonne 80 - 350 £229.02
HAND PUSH OR GEARED OVERHEAD TROLLEYS

• Perfect partner for manual, electric or air hoists. • Precision adjustment right and left hand threaded,
• Compact design - rugged construction - clevis type load bar - centre positioning of the hoist.
easy assembly. • Lifetime lubricated forged wheels. Ball bearings ensure
• Adjustable to wide range of beam sizes (INP, IPE smooth operation.
and IPB). HTP
Cap Kg HAND PUSH TROLLEYS GEARED CHAIN TROLLEYS Min

Each capacity has 2 ranges of beam width Each capacity has 2 ranges of beam width radius
- see list below - see list below curve m
HTP/A PRICE HTP/B PRICE HTG/A PRICE HTG/B PRICE

500 50-220 £85.80 160-300 £94.05 50-220 £143.55 160-300 £151.80 0.90
1000 58-220 £113.85 160-300 £122.10 58-220 £168.30 160-300 £176.55 0.90
2000 66-220 £143.55 160-300 £156.75 66-220 £199.65 160-300 £211.20 1.15 HTG
3000 74-220 £231.00 160-300 £247.50 74-220 £273.90 160-300 £278.85 1.40
5000 90-220 £356.40 180-300 £376.20 90-220 £366.30 180-300 £387.75 1.80
10000 – – – – – – 125-310 £716.10 1.80

CRANE FORKS FOR BRICKS CRANE FORKS FOR PALLET LOADS
CFA CFM
CFA/C
REF CFM/C1 CFA/C1 CFM/C2 CFA/C2 REF CFA1 CFA2 CFA3 CFA5 REF CFM1 CFM2 CFM3 CFM5
Capacity Kg 1000 2000 Capacity Kg 1000 2000 3000 5000 Capacity Kg 1000 2000 3000 5000
Balance Manual Auto Manual Auto Fork length 1000 1000 1000 1000 Fork length 1000 1000 1000 1000
Fork length 1000 1000 1000 1000 Height mm 1100- 1300- 1300- 1300- Height mm 1100- 1300- 1300- 1300-
Height mm 1420 - 1920 1655-2350 1600 2000 2000 2000 1600 2000 2000 2000
Weight Kg 140 140 220 220 Weight Kg 140 220 280 380 Weight Kg 130 200 250 270
PRICE £1728.40 £1943.00 £2114.10 £2321.45 PRICE £1046.90 £1249.90 £1629.80 £2134.40 PRICE £890.30 £1077.35 £1365.90 £1818.30
Forks and height Forks and height adjustable Forks and height adjustable
adjustable to suit load. to suit the load. Lifting ring to suit the load. Lifting ring
Fully tested. adjusts automatically. manually adjusting.
Certificate issued. Fully tested. Fully tested.
Certificate issued. Certificate issued.
HINGED VERTICAL PLATE CLAMPS VERTICAL PLATE CLAMPS
CX
CZ920.5
CZ92
CY
Cap Plate Weight

REF Kg mm Kg PRICE
Cap Plate Weight
REF Kg mm Kg PRICE CX1 1500 0-20 5 £303.05 Cap Plate Weight
CX3 3000 0-32 12 £420.50 Cap Plate Weight REF Kg mm Kg PRICE
CY1 1000 0-20 4.2 £242.15
CX6 6000 0-50 38 £611.90 REF Kg mm Kg PRICE CZ920.5 500 0-16 1.4 £153.70
CY2 2000 0-32 13.3 £321.90
CX8 8000 0-50 39 £968.60 CZ921.5 1500 0-20 3.0 £176.90
CY3 3000 0-32 13.3 £346.55
CX10 10000 0-50 61 £1052.70 CZ922 2000 0-32 8 £220.40
Fitted with a cam
Designed to handle plate at any CZ923 3000 0-32 10 £311.75
operated locking Supplied without a locking
angle and awkward shapes.
mechanism. lever and available with a
Cam locking mechanism.
Fully tested. Fitted with cam manual handle replacing
Fully tested. Certificate issued.
Certificate issued. operating locking the hook ring.
mechanism. Fully tested.
Fully tested. Certificate issued.
Certificate issued.
SINGLE RAIL LIFTING CLAMP REF Lifting Clamp PRICE

AND PULLING CLAMP CR750 Cap 1000Kg Weight 13Kg £623.50
CR21 Cap 2000Kg Weight 13Kg £748.20
REF Pulling Clamp PRICE

RP1.5 Cap 1500Kg Weight 6Kg £342.20
RP3 Cap 3000Kg Weight 8Kg £455.30
RP RP5 Cap 5000Kg Weight 13Kg £595.95 CR+BEAM
CR

ROUND STOCK & PIPE GRABS BLOCK GRABS Open and close on scissor principle.
Automatic open and close available.
Designed to work in minimised trench width.
Larger block sizes available.
Fully automatic. BTR
TST small
REF Cap Kg Pipe dia mm PRICE REF Cap Kg Block size mm Weight Kg PRICE
BTR2.5/7 2500 275-700 POA TST0.5 500 0-150 23 £661.20
BTR2.5/11 2500 700-1100 POA TST1.0 1000 50-250 38 £874.35
BTR3.5/6 3500 300-600 POA
BTR3.5/10 3500 600-1000 POA
BTR3.5/15 3500 1000-1500 POA
Open and close on scissor principal. BEAM SUSPENSION CLAMPS
Automatic open/close available.
Larger sizes available. With load axle to minimise headroom.
TRU
SC
REF Cap Kg Pipe dia mm Weight Kg PRICE

REF Cap Kg Flange width mm PRICE
TRU0.1 100 50-150 7 £493.00
TRU0.5 500 35-200 15 £537.95 SC1 1000 75-230 £69.60
TRU1.0 1000 35-200 20 £609.00 SC2 2000 75-230 £73.95
TRU1.5 1500 80-300 24 £696.00 SC3 3000 80-320 £91.35
TRU3.0 3000 80-300 49 £1036.75 SC5 5000 90-310 £111.65
TRU4.0 4000 200-600 150 £1773.35 SC10 10000 90-320 £150.80
TRAVELLING BEAM CLAMPS

Adjustable to suit various beam widths.
Cap Flange
REF Kg width mm PRICE
Cap Flange SC921 1000 75-210 £89.90
REF Kg width mm PRICE SC922 2000 75-210 £98.60
SC92
TSC1 1000 60-150 £117.45 SC923 3000 100-270 £120.35
TSC2 2000 75-200 £159.50 SC923/L 3000 75-305 £179.80
TSC2/L 2000 200-300 £178.35 SC925 5000 100-270 £192.85
TSC TSC3 3000 75-200 £214.60 With base shackle. SC925/L 5000 75-305 £226.20
TSC3/L 3000 200-320 £236.35 SC9210 10000 75-305 £352.35
PALLET PULLER
• Ideal for dragging pallets into accessible positions
for fork truck handling.
• For loading and unloading vehicles and containers.
• Scissor action gives powerful grip.
• Fitted with a heavy duty chain REF Scissor Size LxW mm Jaw size PRICE
- it can move up to 2270Kg. GPAL12 Single 355x380 140mm £49.03
GPAL21 Double 450x340 110mm £56.70

TEXTARP CONTRACTORS POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
Ideal for most temporary cover work where cost is an important
consideration and the extra strength afforded by Textarp Standard,
Plus or ST™ qualities is not required. This is our most popular
tarpaulin range offering exceptional value for money. A double colour
tarpaulin, blue on one side, green on the reverse.
• Woven polyethylene - 30 micron coating on both sides - 90gsm.
TEXTARP STANDARD POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS

Traditional standard tarpaulin quality ideal for most temporary
waterproof cover applications. Textarp standard offers a combination
of economy, strength and durability whilst remaining light and
manageable available in blue - white on special order.
• Denser weave construction - 30 micron waterproof coating

on each side - 110gsm. TEXTARP ST POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS
A high specification tarpaulin, the Textarp ST range
(green) offers superior strength and durability derived
from over a 50% increase in weight compared to the
TEXTARP PLUS POLYETHYLENE TARPAULINS Textarp Standard Plus.
Produced with a dense weave and extra heavy polyethylene coating
• 3 x 3 weave, 2400 denier - 175gsm.
both sides for super strength and durability. The tarpaulins are UV
stabilised to inhibit material degradation and colour fade. Textarp Plus
are recommended as market stall covers and other applications where
superior tear or burst strength is required. Green/white striped.
• 14 x 14 weave with extra heavy 40 micron coating on

both sides - 180gsm.
Size: metre x metre

REF 2.7x3.6 3.4x3.6 3.6x5.4 4.5x6 4.5x9 5.4x7 7x9 7x11 7.2x9 7.2x11 9x14 10x10 12x20
CONTRACTORS £4.14 £5.30 £8.28 £11.50 £17.26 £16.10 £26.80 £32.78 - - £53.60 £42.56 -
STANDARD - - £11.96 £16.56 - £23.12 £38.52 £47.04 - - £77.06 - £146.62
PLUS - - £25.42 £35.30 - £49.34 - - £82.22 £100.52 £164.46 - -
Size: metre x metre
REF 4x3 4x5 4x6 4x8 4x10 4x12 6x8 8x10
ST £14.96 £24.96 £30.02 £40.02 £49.92 £59.92 £59.92 £99.82
SPANCLAD SCAFFOLD CLADDING

• Spanclad cladding offers both weather protection and debris containment in one system.
This top quality cladding is manufactured in a tough clear wind and rain resistant
polyethylene which allows the transmission of natural light whilst the reinforced mesh
offers strength and durability. It is highly recommended for use on buildings where face
work is being undertaken due to the high levels of weather protection Spanclad provides.
• Grade SC225.
• 10 x 10mm mesh coated polyethylene.
REF Size m x m Colour/Description PRICE

SP/2/45 2x45 Transparent £92.00
SP/3/45 3x45 Transparent £149.50
SP/TIES 28cm Elastic Cord Tie (100) £0.26
NETSPAN SCAFFOLD DEBRIS NETTING

• Netspan scaffold debris netting provides for high levels of weather protection see
you with a tough, durable and inexpensive Spanclad cladding. Netspan is not a
method of wind blown waste protection. safety net.
It will assist you in providing to both the • Grade NS7080 BS7955:1999 + LPS1215.
workforce and general public. Netspan • Monofilament polyethylene netting with
allows the transmission of natural light black eyelets at 10cm centres.
and provides partial weather protection,
REF Size m x m Colour/Description PRICE

NS/2/50/A 2x50 Green or Blue £43.70
NS/2/50/B 2x50 Red or Black £46.00
NS/3/50 3x50 Green or Blue £64.98
NS/2/50 2x50 Flame Retardant £65.66
NS/TIES 28cm long Quick Fix Ties (1000) £23.00

Offering low weight, flexibility and ease of handling, web slings will provide
the ideal solution to most of your lifting problems. All slings are colour coded and
additionally have ident stripes to indicate WLL (working load limit).
Both duplex and round slings are manufactured to give a 7:1 safety factor,
each sling is individually numbered for traceability and supplied with a certificate of
conformity. Texspan slings fully comply with the requirements of BS EN 1492:2000,
the UK & European lifting sling standard. All slings are CE marked.
DUPLEX WEBBING SLINGS

Duplex slings are manufactured in double thickness webbing produced from high tenacity polyester yarn.
Terminated with a becket eye, reinforced to protect the eye against damage during lifting. They offer lightness
and suppleness, removing the risk of damage to sling or load.
WLL 1 metre 2 metre 3 metre 4 metre 5 metre 6 metre 8 metre

Tonne REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1 08B0010 £4.82 08B0020 £6.92 08B0030 £9.66 08B0040 £12.12 08B0050 £14.42 08B0060 £16.72 - -
2 08B0070 £5.59 08B0080 £9.62 08B0090 £13.79 08B0100 £17.35 08B0110 £20.90 08B0120 £24.45 - -
3 08B0130 £8.11 08B0140 £13.90 08B0150 £19.65 08B0160 £25.81 08B0170 £31.45 08B0180 £36.16 - -
4 08B0190 £12.86 08B0200 £20.38 08B0210 £28.74 08B0220 £36.58 08B0230 £43.99 08B0240 £51.10 -
5 - - 08B0250 £25.18 08B0260 £36.58 08B0270 £47.97 08B0280 £59.36 08B0290 £69.91 08B0300 £93.42
6 - - 08B0305 £32.19 08B0306 £48.70 08B0310 £56.64 08B0315 £72.21 08B0320 £78.17 - -
8 - - - - - - - - - - 08B0330 £110.77 - -
10 - - - - - - - - - - 08B0340 £132.72 - -
POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

Round slings are manufactured from 100% polyester. The sling is made up with a seamless outer
polyester cover and a core produced from a continuous hank of high tenacity polyester which is hugely
strong. They are softer than duplex slings and kinder to delicate surfaces.
• The length of the sling is circumferential.

• Extra lengths per metre can be supplied if required.
WLL 1 metre 2 metre 3 metre 4 metre 5 metre 6 metre 8 metre 10 metre 12 metre
Tonne REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1 08A0010 £3.44 08A0020 £4.85 08A0030 £6.48 08A0040 £7.70 08A0050 £9.18 08A0060 £10.66 08A0070 £14.53 08A0080 £17.66 08A0085 £18.50
2 08A0090 £4.32 08A0100 £5.97 08A0110 £8.35 08A0120 £10.87 08A0130 £12.96 08A0140 £15.05 08A0150 £21.00 08A0160 £25.92 08A0165 £30.83
3 08A0170 £5.00 08A0180 £8.17 08A0190 £10.87 08A0200 £13.38 08A0210 £15.68 08A0220 £19.12 08A0230 £25.39 08A0240 £31.14 08A0241 £32.50
4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5 08A0250 £12.54 08A0260 £11.29 08A0270 £20.90 08A0280 £20.90 - - 08A0290 £29.47 08A0300 £46.08 08A0310 £56.74 08A0320 £64.27
6 - - - - - - - - - - 08A0330 £35.32 - - 08A0340 £55.91 - -
8 - - - - - - - - - - 08A0350 £44.94 08A0360 £60.51 - - - -
GUIDE TO SAFE LIFTING ˚

0-45 ˚
45-60
Correct sling selection is an important consideration when planning your

lift. The WLL will change depending on the lifting mode used: straight
lift, choke hitch or basket lift. Use the factor to determine the correct mode factor 1 0.8 2.0 1.4 1.0
sling selection. A comprehensive guide covering - correct sling
selection, storage, inspection, care and usage is available upon request. 1 tonne 1000Kg 800Kg 2000Kg 1400Kg 1000Kg
2 tonne 2000Kg 1600Kg 4000Kg 2800Kg 2000Kg

LIGHT DUTY LASHINGS
• 25mm wide webbing - 800Kg capacity.
• Lightweight long handle ratchet with safety release.
• High tenacity polyester webbing.
• Length - 4 metres or 8 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order.
• Claw hooks supplied as standard. Alternative end fittings available - please enquire.
• Light duty LC 400 dan.
• EN12195-2:2001 compliant.
REF Length - metres PRICE

VL004-0006 4 £4.48
VL004-0009 8 £5.40
MEDIUM DUTY LASHINGS

• Double locking long wide handle ratchet.
• Length - 4, 6, 8 and 10 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order.
• Claw hooks supplied as standard. Alternative end fittings available - please enquire.
• Medium duty LC 1250 dan.
• EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF Length - metres PRICE
VL006-0005 4 £9.90
VL006-0006 6 £11.28
VL006-0007 8 £12.76
VL006-0008 10 £14.14
HEAVY DUTY LASHINGS

• Length - 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 15 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order.
• Choose end fittings required
- see below. Claw hooks REF Length - metres PRICE
supplied as standard. VL001-0001 4 £10.24
• Heavy duty LC 2000 dan. VL001-0002 6 £11.96
• EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VL001-0004 8 £13.58
VL001-0006 10 £15.06
VL001-0008 12 £16.68
VL001-0009 15 £21.40
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY LASHINGS

• Length - 4, 6, 8, or 10 metres from stock. Alternative lengths made to order.
• Claw hooks supplied as
standard. Alternative end
fittings available - REF Length - metres PRICE
please enquire. VL043-0005 4 £68.88
• Heavy duty LC 2000 dan. VL043-0002 6 £70.96
• EN12195-2:2001 compliant. VL043-0003 8 £78.08
VL043-0004 10 £82.68
CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR BESPOKE LASHINGS

HEAVY DUTY 50mm LASHINGS We are pleased to offer a manufacturing facility to
produce all your special requirements.
• Please advise on order For many customers we also produce own brand
lashings with special packing, labelling or web marking.
Minimum quantities apply.
H30-0071 H30-0103 H30-0053 H30-0074 H30-0000 H30-0101

Claw Hook Hook with Keeper Twisted Snap Rave Hook Plain Loop End D Ring

MEDIUM DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH CAM BUCKLE
• Universal box van lashing - 750Kg BF.
• Zinc plated overcentre and claw hook end fittings.
• Length - 4 metre.
• Densley woven black PP webbing for extra strength, 50mm wide.
• Choose alternative end fittings from list below.
• EN12195-2:2001 compliant. REF PRICE
VB001-0002 £6.78
HEAVY DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH CAM BUCKLE

• Heavy duty box van strap - 2000Kg BF.
• Locking overcentre buckle and claw hook end fittings.
• Durable high tenacity blue polyester webbing, 50mm wide.
VB002-0003 £8.86
HEAVY DUTY BOX VAN STRAP WITH RATCHET TENSIONER

• Extra heavy duty box van strap - 2000Kg BF.
• Ratchet tensioned with security locking ratchet and claw hook end fittings.
• Durable high tenacity red polyester webbing, 50mm wide.
VB003-0004 £8.74
We are pleased to offer a

CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR BOX VAN STRAP Advise on order. manufacturing facility to produce all
your special requirements. For many
customers we also produce own
brand lashings with special packing
labelling or web marking.
Claw Hook Two Pin Shoe E Track Fitting Double Stud Butterfly Hook Pressed Flat Hook
H30-0067 H30-0062 H30-0018 H30-0016 H30-0004 H30-0023
1000Kg 50mm 2500Kg 50mm 1000Kg 50mm 2000Kg 25mm 1500Kg 50mm 1800Kg 50mm
INTERNAL CARGO CURTAINSIDER STRAP

• Zinc plated overcentre buckle. 750Kg capacity.
• Closed rave hook and snap hook fitting. See alternative fittings listed below.
• Dual length adjustment.
• Black polypropylene webbing, 50mm wide.
• Length - 425cm.
REF PRICE
VC001-0001 £7.24
TAIL STRAP FOR CURTAINSIDER

• Universal tail strap for 50cm width overcentre buckets.
• Closed rave hook fitting. See alternative fittings below.
• Black polypropylene webbing, 50mm wide. REF PRICE
• Length - 82cm. VC003-0001 £1.16
CHOICE OF ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS FOR CURTAINSIDER STRAPS
Advise on order.
We are pleased to offer a manufacturing facility to

produce all your special requirements. For many
H30-0123 H30-0124 H30-0104 H30-0036 customers we also produce own brand lashings with
Bobbin Ring 50mm Bobbin Pressed Rave Solid Net Black plate with stainless steel nuts and bolts for special packing, labelling or web marking. Minimum
Wasted Ring Hook Roller direct attachment of tensioner to curtain. quantities apply.

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Wire rope slings by a British manufacturer to BSEN13414-1. All slings supplied with grade 80 rings, fittings and secured by mechanically spliced aluminium ferrules.
Test certificate supplied. Capacity is nominal working load limit - in tonnes.
• Prices are based on a one metre sling length - add extra per metre (p/m) length as required.
Double Eye Strop Single Leg Two Leg Four Leg
Type Double Eye Strop - 1m Extra per metre length Type Single Leg Sling - 1m Extra per metre length
Rope dia Cap REF PRICE REF PRICE Rope dia Cap REF PRICE REF PRICE
8mm - - - - - 8mm - - - - -
9mm 1 KWR-SL1TSE £23.24 KWR-SL1TSE/EPM £2.75 9mm 1 KWR-SL1TMH £60.80 KWR-SL1TMH/EPM £2.75
11mm - - - - - 11mm - - - - -
14mm - - - - - 14mm - - - - -
Type Two Leg Sling - 1m Extra per metre length Type Four Leg Sling - 1m Extra per metre length
Rope dia Cap REF PRICE REF PRICE Rope dia Cap REF PRICE REF PRICE
8mm 1 KWR-2L1TH £107.98 KWR-2L1TH/EPM £5.25 8mm 1 KWR-4L1TH £230.83 KWR-4L1TH/EPM £10.48
9mm - - - - - 9mm 2 KWR-4L2TH £232.82 KWR-4L2TH/EPM £10.99
14mm - - - - - 14mm 5 KWR-4L5TH £336.63 KWR-4L5TH/EPM £23.31
CHAIN SLINGS
Made from KupleX grade 8 alloy chain. Slings conform to BSEN818-4. The heat treated chain gives superior
resistance to wear and fatigue. Chains fully assembled with master ring and either a safety hook or a 'C' ring.
An optional shortening clutch can be fitted to any chain leg if required.
• Test certificate supplied.

• Working load limits (WLL) are for use of sling between 0 - 45° angle.
• Price based on 2 metre effective working length. Add extra per metre lengths to increase to length required.
• Specials and a variety of different fittings can be supplied.
Chain Type Cap WLL Sling with Safety Hook Sling with 'C' Hook Extra cost per metre length
Single Leg
dia mm of Sling tonnes REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE Four Leg (shown
Single leg 1.5 SLKHN078L £199.52 SLKC078N £100.54 SL07/EM £11.13 with optional
7 Double leg 2.12 DLKHN078L £274.82 DLKC078N £178.12 DL07/EM £22.26 shortening clutches)
Four Leg 3.15 FLKHN078L £544.78 FLKC078N £351.37 FL07/EM £44.52 Double Leg
Single leg 3.15 SLKHN108L £199.52 SLKC108N £148.35 SL10/EM £15.47
10 Double leg 4.25 DLKHN108L £363.98 DLKC108N £261.64 DL10/EM £30.94
‘C’ hook Safety hook
Four Leg 6.7 FLKHN108L £745.27 FLKC108N £540.59 FL10/EM £61.88
Single leg 5.3 SLKHN138L £294.32 SLKC138N £238.39 SL13/EM £20.39
Four Leg 11.2 FLKHN138L £1076.16 FLKC138N £852.44 FL13/EM £81.55
Single leg 8 SLKHN168L £385.60 SLKC168N £319.11 SL16/EM £33.02
Four Leg 17 FLKHN168L £1599.62 FLKC168N £1333.69 FL16/EM £132.09
Single leg 11.2 - - SLKC198N £573.74 SL19/EM £67.39
19 Double leg 16 - - DLKC198N £1099.39 DL19/EM £134.79
Four Leg 23.6 - - FLKC198N £2217.37 FL19/EM £269.57

PERMANENT LIFTING MAGNETS
TPM permanent lifting magnets are ideal tools for easy, quick and economical transport of heavy objects made form ferro-magnetic material. Typical operating areas are
workshops and warehouses, loading and unloading of machines, as well as construction of jigs and fixtures.
Flat material Round material Tear Dimensions Handle

Maximum capacity Minimum thickness to Maximum length Maximum capacity Diameter Maximum length off force LxWxH length Weight
REF SWL Kg** obtain max SWL mm** of material mm SWL Kg** mm of material mm Kg mm mm Kg PRICE
TPM1 100 15 2000 50 200-300 2000 300 122x69x185 160 6.0 £158.55
TPM3 300 19 2500 150 200-300 2500 900 192x95x225 250 15.5 £361.20
TPM5 500 25 3000 250 200-400 3000 1500 232x120x270 250 29.5 £476.50
TPM8 800 35 3500 400 200-400 3500 2400 302x154x320 450 53.0 £746.26
TPM10 1000 40 3500 500 200-400 3500 3000 332x154x320 450 60.0 £906.43
TPM20 2000 55 3500 1000 200-400 3500 6000 392x196x420 450 126.0 POA
**Maximum lifting capacity is achieved by using mild steels with the noted minimum thickness. Mild steel st37 - Fe 360 to BS EN 10 025 1990 (DIN 17100).
Factors that can reduce the magnetic clamping force: air gaps, paint, dust, minimum thickness, curves, contact area, material types.
CARRYMATE RIP-GRIP CARRYMATE NON-SLIP PANEL GRIPS

• Strong steel construction. Sturdy lightweight aluminium construction with self adjusting clamp system.
• For removal and transporting trapezoidal roofing remnants and cladding All sizes of Carrymate® non-slip grips come with replaceable rubber pads and
sheets - prevents hands and fingers from injuries. a plastic protective sleeve along the cushioned handle; therefore preventing
• For gripping hot or sharp edged metal sheeting. damage to the carried load. They are excellent for the transport of a variety of
• Robust leveraged talon, speedy and efficient removal of flooring, roofing metal and steel materials, stone slabs, wood and ply sheets, laminates, window
remnants (such as corrugated iron) etc. panes etc. Capacity - 100Kg per handle. Sold in pairs.
• Also suitable for lifting or dragging conveyor belting, sheeting etc.
• Enables great strength without increasing forces.
REF To carry material thickness PRICE

CG/CM-5 0 - 80mm £146.66
REF PRICE CG/SENIOR 40 - 120mm £163.40
RIP-GRIP/XL £46.20 CG/XL 80 - 160mm £190.19

SUCTION GRIPS
• Safe lifting of awkward loads with • Complete safety handling for glass, synthetic panels,
confidence - 40Kg – 200Kg. coated wood panels, sheet steel, marble, ceramic tiles,
• Lifting aids that are economically priced floor panels, cookers etc.
and entirely reliable.
Plastic body. Load cap 80Kg. Aluminium body. Load cap 90Kg. Plastic body. Load cap 80Kg.
602.12 for uneven surface 50Kg. 602.02 for uneven surface 60Kg.

602.1 £26.61 602.0 £53.81 602.2 £67.24
602.12 £47.18 602.02 £67.58
Plastic body. Load cap 40Kg. Plastic body. Load cap 50Kg. Aluminium body. Cap 140Kg.
Single handed operation. Articulated design to suit Suitable for large sheets.
uneven surfaces.

600.1 £35.79 602.22 £66.90 603.0 £46.16
Consult our sales team for
other designs of lifter.
Aluminium body. Cap 40Kg. Aluminium body. Cap 200Kg. Aluminium body. For carpet and double Aluminium body with priming pump for
Single handed operation. Built in hand pump with 200mm carpet floor tiles. curved or textured airtight surfaces.
dia suction pad. 80Kg cap vertical.
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE

600.0 £51.94 601 £117.22 619 £137.19 B0601.2 £65.11
Aluminium body. Cap 60Kg. Aluminium body. Single handed Aluminium body. Cap 100Kg parallel lift. Suction lifter with priming pump.
Parallel lift. Slightly curved or operation. Cap 30Kg vertical lift. For airtight surfaces. Cap 120Kg parallel.
textured surfaces.

B0602.4BL £39.70 B0600.0BL £51.94 B0603.0BL £55.51 B0601BL £90.53

CATERPILLAR ROLLER SKATES
Caterpillar skates provide an economic and robust solution to many
load moving and placement problems.
• Carrying capacity of 20, 30 or 60 tones.

• Professional build quality.
• Modular concept allows linking of units.
• Robust lockable steel container with nylon castors.
REF Capacity tonnes Weight Kg PRICE

SCS-20 20 50 £337.96
SCS-30 30 58 £423.16
SCS-60 60 92 £614.86
LOAD MOVING SKATES

These three point loading systems comprise of a steerable front and a pair
of adjustable rear skates that are supplied complete and ready to use.
The steerable front skates (LX-6F and LX-12F) are supplied complete with
steering handle/towing bar and the rear skates (LX-6R) are supplied
complete with two adjustable alignment bars.
LX-6
LX-12
Capacity Number Wheel Load area front Load area rear skate Weight Height
REF tonnes of wheels diameter mm skate mm x width mm Kg mm PRICE
LX-6 6 12 85x90 310x255 300x250 45 115 £278.32
LX-12 12 16 85x90 630x400 300x250 96 115 £428.84
LX-6F 3 4 85x90 310x255 - 15 115 £112.18
LX-12F 6 8 85x90 630x400 - 66 115 £261.28
LX-6R 6 8 85x90 - 300x250 30 115 £190.28
ROLLER PINCH BAR DOOR AND PANEL LIFTER

The roller pinch bar is an ideal companion to the professional load mover. It's Door, panel and board swivel lifter. Also for partitions and to align furniture. Ideal
compact and light weight design makes it simple and very easy to use and tool for joiners, glaziers, painters, paperhangers, locksmiths, households etc.
transport. With it's low toe plate height it is able to get into the tightest gaps.
• Lifts, swivels and lowers.

• Easy foot operation.
• For weights up to 120Kg or 200Kg.
• For the installation of doors including
fire doors, windows, furniture, dry walls,
partitions etc.
• With integrated tilt
compensating lever.
Capacity Lift Overall Roller DxW Weight

REF Kg height mm length mm mm Kg PRICE REF Capacity Kg PRICE
RPB15 1500 145 2000 75x55 16.5 £94.50 CP/XL 120 £62.28
RPB50 5000 145 2000 70x54 32 £151.50 CP/XXL 200 £75.00

PLATE SKATE PLASTIC DOLLIES
Ingenious plate skate help with moving board or sheet product. Simply clip the
skate onto the bottom of the board and it makes an usually awkward load very
simple to move. Great for moving doors, windows, plaster boards etc.
• Capacity 250Kg.
• Overall size: 300 x 180
x 280mm.
• 150mm dia nylon wheels.
• Handles material up to
50mm thick.
REF PRICE
TP30 £83.43
CORNER SKATES
• Hygienic. • Easy carrying handle.
These simple low profile corner • Lightweight. • 4 colour options available.
skates sit underneath large bulky
items including server cabinets,
filing systems or small items of Please specify
machinery up to 600Kg in Blue Red Grey White colour when
weight. They work on any sized ordering.
item, simply slip the skate under RMD2
each corner and the item then A lightweight platform dolly. Ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc. The injected
becomes highly mobile. moulded plastic platform is available in 4 different colours, ideal for departmental
coding. Fitted on 4 swivel 80mm plastic castors.
REF Description Platform LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

• Capacity 600Kg/400Kg.
GI154Y Dolly Blue/Red/Grey 600 x 400 x 110 3.5 £51.67
• Size: 75 x 300 x 300mm.
GI154YW Dolly White 600 x 400 x 110 3.5 £52.15
• 50mm dia grey non-marking
rubber wheels.
RMD1
FURNITURE DOLLY
REF Cap Kg Weight Kg PRICE
RMD1 400 8 £135.61 • Capacity: 200Kg.
RMD2 600 10 £181.97 • Size: 600x300x130mm.
• Weight: 4.5Kg.
• Wheels: 100mm dia solid tyres.
Wooden platform covered with
PLATE TROLLEY protective mat.
• Supplied and priced in pairs.
REF PRICE
FD201N £69.01
HEAVY DUTY DOLLY

• Heavy duty hardwood construction.
• Available in three sizes.
• Carpet end protection.
• Supplied knockdown.
REF Overall size Platform LxW Capacity Kg PRICE

T181 2134x455x1022 610x220 100 £169.16
PLASTIC DOLLY
• Capacity: 350Kg.
• Size: 610x405x125mm.
• Constructed from heavy duty plastic
with 4 swivel 75mm dia poly castors. REF Cap Kg Deck size mm Weight Kg PRICE
FD400Y 450 400x400 5.5 £36.50
REF PRICE FD750Y 380 450x750 8 £41.52
PD350N £75.47 FD900Y 545 600x900 10 £51.85

Customise your dolly from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact • Single piece steel production provides additional strength.
application. From one basic dolly design you can choose a variety of sizes, Capacity: up to 600mm x 800mm base size - 300Kg.
bases and wheel options. From 600mm x 900mm up to 1000mm x 1200mm - 500Kg.
From 600mm x 1300mm up to 2000mm - 500Kg with extra bracing.
Step 1 - Choose the base size that you require. Special sizes can be supplied Please note for increased capacity please contact our sales department.
to order. • Construction provides four rounded corners ensuring less damage to walls,
Step 2 - Choose the platform top that you need. doors and operator's ankles.
Step 3 - Choose the wheel type that suits your application. • Powder coated finish.
• Nylon wheeled castors (2 fixed and 2 swivel) are fitted as standard.
Sheet Steel Base
Foamex Plastic Base
Plywood Base
Open Base
Mesh Base
Showing pallet on dolly
Basic open base dolly fitted on nylon wheeled castors (2 fixed & 2 swivel)
Length mm 600 700 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Width mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
600 DL0606 £68.16 DL0607 £73.28 DL0609 £102.24 DL0610 £107.36 DL0612 £117.58 DL0615 £144.85 DL0618 £155.07 DL0620 £161.89
The base of your dolly plays a big part. Your dolly may need a
BASE OPTIONS plastic base to prevent damage, you may have weight
constraints or you may need a mesh base to allow liquids to
fall through.
REF Extra cost for Base Material PRICE
Standard ply base, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, DL/PLY Plywood base £45.60
reliable and kind to your load. DL/STEEL Sheet steel base £124.80
DL/FOAMEX Foamex plastic base £155.20
Pressed steel sheet base. Offers more longevity against any DL/MESH Mesh base £52.00
other base, powder coated in the same RAL colour chosen for
the main frame. REF Extra cost for alternative wheels PRICE
DL/STD No extra - standard nylon fitted -
Foamex plastics base, offer a light but robust solution which is DL/SWIV Extra to fit four swivel castors £11.20
kind to the product that you are carrying. DL/RUBBER Extra to fit solid rubber wheels £19.20
DL/ANTIST Extra to fit anti-static wheels £76.80
Mesh base, offer a similar durability to the pressed steel side DL/GREY Extra to fit grey non-marking wheels £48.00
but keep the overall weight of the unit down. DL/PNEU Extra to fit pneumatic wheels £96.00

ALUMINIUM FOLDING TRUCK
Aluminium construction - folds and unfolds in seconds.
• Fitted with handles that fold flat when not in use for
ease of storage. Handles are telescopic so overall
height can be reduced.
• Weight - 5Kg.
• Wheels - 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
• Max capacity - 125Kg.
REF O/S HxWxD mm Folded size HxWxD mm PRICE

GI053Y 1040x470x550 740x470x60 £64.61 GI053Y
ALUMINIUM FOLDING TROLLEY SUPER COMPACT FOLDING TRUCK

• Easy to carry.
• Space saving.
• Lightweight.
• Manufactured in aluminium and
strong plastic, this truck folds and
unfolds in seconds.
• One touch of button and
the toe and wheels will extend with ease.
To extend the handle push button.
• Comes complete with elasticated strap to
ensure safe transportation of loads.
• Toe plate size:
GI025Y - 390 x 240mm
GI033Y - 490 x 270mm
• This foldable hand trolley weighs only 7kg.

• Carrying capacity 100kg.
• Easy to carry lightweight aluminium construction.
• Ideal for offices, schools, shops, airports, hospitals, exhibitions,
home and all transport.
• Wheels 150mm dia. Platform 355 x 240mm.
REF Fully ext LxWxH mm Folded LxWxH mm Solid wheels mm Cap Kg PRICE
REF Fully ext HxL mm Folded HxL mm W mm PRICE GI025Y 1000x400x420 650x390x60 120x35 60 £52.07
TST 1090x406 715x190 412 £58.06 GI033Y 1000x490x450 700x490x60 180x40 100 £71.06
SACK TRUCK AND STEP

LADDER COMBINED
A multi-purpose versatile unit, ideal for use in offices,
warehouses, schools etc. The unit simply converts from
a sack truck to a 3 step unit.
When in sack truck mode the unit is mobile on two
100mm wheels.
• Load capacity: As sack truck - 60Kg.

As step ladder - 150Kg.
• Toe plate: 390W x 280D mm.
• Weight: 6.5/8.3Kg.
Overall size W x D x H mm
REF Folded As Sack Truck As Step Unit PRICE
FMS82Y 460 x 70 x 990 480 x 490 x 990 470 x 530 x 920 £84.00
FMS83Y 470 x 90 x 1265 490 x 450 x 1265 470 x 735 x 1190 £98.84

ALUMINIUM TRUCK ALUMINIUM TRUCK ALUMINIUM TRUCK ALUMINIUM TRUCK
• 100Kg load capacity.

• 150Kg load capacity. • 80Kg load capacity. • 80Kg load capacity.
• Body size: 1310x500x470mm.
• Body size: 1310x470x690mm. • Body size: 1160x500x480mm. • Body size: 1215x480x492mm.
• 260mm dia pneumatic
• Foot plate 275x275mm. • Length of toe plate 205mm. • 260mm dia pneumatic
tyred wheels.
• 250mm dia pneumatic • 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels.
tyred wheels. tyred wheels.
HT1888 £143.28 GI997P £135.58 GI888P £133.13 GI887P £130.54
ALUMINIUM TRUCK SACK TRUCK SACK TRUCK WOODEN SACK TRUCK
T1251
Size T1250: 1143 x 495mm.

Foot iron: 305 x 150mm.
Capacity: 200Kg.
Size T1251: 1220 x 580mm.

Foot iron: 380 x 150mm.
• Fitted with skids to ease Capacity: 300Kg.
horizontal loading. Both types have roller bearings.
• 120Kg load capacity. • 150Kg load capacity.
• 150Kg load capacity. • Body size: 1135x480x445mm. • Body size: 1120x545x435mm.
• Body size: 1170x485x510mm. • Toe plate: 350Wx200L mm. • Toe plate: 350Wx185L mm.
• Foot plate 305x234mm. • 200mm dia cushion • 250mm dia pneumatic REF Wheels/dia mm PRICE
• Pneumatic tyred wheels. tyred wheels. tyred wheels. T1250/FCR Cushion/200 £161.36
T1251/FCR Cushion/200 £232.24
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE T1251/FHM Rubber/200 £338.24
GI661P £149.21 GI521H £56.43 GI523P £58.28

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY TRUCK MEDIUM DUTY TRUCK LIGHT DUTY TRUCK
TRUCK
• Extra strong back stays.

• 250Kg cap. • 200Kg capacity.
• 200mm wheels. Height 965mm.
• 200mm dia cushion roller
Foot: LxW 100x325mm.
bearing wheels.
Height 1350mm. Height Foot Wheels: 150mm dia cushion,
Foot 230 long x 375 wide mm. REF mm length PRICE with self lube bearing.
Wheels 250mm dia rubber. T302/2/6 1070 150 £114.48 Height Foot Capacity 150Kg.
Cap 400Kg. T302/2/12 1070 300 £120.66 REF mm length PRICE
Frame 50x25mm RHS. T302/2/18 1070 450 £133.24 T302/6 1070 150 £103.42
T303/2/6 1220 150 £115.84 T302/12 1070 300 £109.60
REF PRICE T303/2/12 1220 300 £122.02 T303/6 1220 150 £105.14 REF PRICE
T314 £219.12 T303/2/18 1220 450 £128.44 T303/12 1220 300 £111.32 T300 £73.37
H.D. ROUGH SPD CARRIERS TRUCK BOTTLERS CRATE GREY STEEL SACK
TERRAIN TRUCK TROLLEY TRUCK
Height 1140mm. Width foot 380mm. Capacity 200Kg on 200mm dia.

Cap 430Kg on rubber or pneumatic Height 1220mm. Rubber PV Wheels. Foot 130mm. O/A dim. 1085H x 505W x 475D.
wheels 405mm. Dia foot length 152, Foot: Solid sheet 400Wx175mm long. T320/130 + T321/130 have curved Foot: 350 W x 260D.
230 or 305mm. Wheels: 200mm dia cushion crossbars and centre strap. Cap 100Kg.
Capacity 200Kg. Longer foot also available on request. Wheels 200mm dia rubber knuckle
Lattice construction prevents small guard grips.
REF Wheel Foot PRICE items falling through. Finish EPC grey.
170/6 Rubber 152mm £192.50 REF Details PRICE
170/9 Rubber 230mm £181.72 H 1220mm
170/12 Rubber 305mm £200.20 T321BCT straight x bars £112.40
170/6P Pneu 152mm £175.56 square foot
170/9P Pneu 230mm £178.64 REF PRICE T320/130 Height 1065 £112.52 REF PRICE
170/12P Pneu 305mm £181.72 SPD £120.98 T321/130 Height 1200 £116.44 GI662H £76.52

WHITE GOODS TROLLEY ROUGH TERRAIN WHITE GOODS TROLLEY
• Fitted on large 250mm dia pneumatic wheels to give a smooth ride
on uneven ground.
• Load cap 250Kg.
• Toe plate size 510 wide x 190 deep mm.
• Wide toe plate and wheel guards.
• Fitted with plastic tube protectors for reduction of damage to goods.
• Weight - 14Kg.
• Especially designed for the safe transportation of electrical goods.

• Fitted with heavy duty rubber tubing to protect the load.
• Capacity 200kg.
• Foot dimensions 410 wide x 200mm deep.
REF H x W mm Wt Kg Wheels mm PRICE

200 x 50 cushion
TS340H 1100 x 420 11 £190.12
rubber tyres R.B.
200 x 50 pneumatic REF Cap Kg O/size H x W x D mm PRICE
TS340P 1100 x 420 11 £244.74 G1340Y 250 1315 x 550 x 495 £94.20
tyres R.B.
SACK TRUCKS WITH HAND PROTECTING GRIPS
TS157H
TS139H TS199H TS159H
REF Cap Kg Height x Width mm Foot Iron W x D mm Wt Kg Wheels mm Finish PRICE

TS139H 250 1100 x 420 410 x 200 11 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. EPC blue £152.34
TS157H 300 1160 x 550 390 x 300 19.5 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. EPC blue £190.34
TS157P 300 1160 x 575 390 x 300 19.5 260 Pneumatic EPC blue £247.96
TS159H 250 1100 x 420 410 x 200 12 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. EPC blue or red £175.85
TS199H 250 1100 x 420 410 x 200 18 200 x 50 Cushion R.B. EPC blue or red £178.99

WIDE LOAD WIDE LOAD DUAL TOE CHAIR CARRYING
Height 1070mm.
Fixed plate 450 x 200mm.
Hinged plate 380 x 480.
Cap 230Kg.
Height 1140 mm. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing.
Width 410 x 230mm.
Wheels pneu 250 x 75 roller bearing. Height 1168mm,
Height 1150 mm. Cap 300Kg. Foot 565mm wide x 150mm deep,
Foot 410 x 255mm. Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing.
Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. Cap 200Kg.
Cap 200Kg.

AH310 £195.07 AH312 £278.59 AH249 £202.70 AH142H £142.20
HEAVY DUTY - DELIVERY HEAVY DUTY - CURVED BACK CASE TYPE

WAREHOUSE (PNEU/CUSHION)
Height 1168mm. Height 1100mm.

Foot 380 x 305mm. Foot 410 x 230mm.
Cap 300Kg. Cap 200Kg on 200 x 50 cushion wheels
Height 1100mm. Height 1300mm.
Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing. or 250 x 75 pneumatics - on AH323.
Foot 400 x 200mm. Foot 290 x 230mm.
Cap 200Kg. Cap 200Kg.
REF PRICE AH301 - 250 x 75mm pneumatics.
Wheels cushion 200 x 50 roller bearing.
AH320 £153.38 AH300 - 200 x 50mm cushion.
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF Zinc PRICE REF PRICE
AH149H £113.22 AH157H £118.92 AH323 plated £190.45 AH301 £204.67
AH300 £162.93

SACK TRUCKS WITH KNUCKLE GUARDS ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
GI886P GI995P
Aluminium sack truck fitted with Economy steel sack truck with
protective handguards. safety handgrips. Height 1260mm. Fitted on 260mm dia pneumatic wheels for rough and uneven terrain.
Load cap -120Kg. Width x depth 610 x 550mm. GI886P fitted with red knuckle guard hand grips, GI995P hs a handle
Size - 1150 x 550 x 480mm. Footplate 280 x 250mm. shaped to place the truck horizontally for loading and unloading.
Length of plate - 205 x 300mm. Cap 200Kg.
260mm pneumatic wheels. 250mm dia pneumatic wheels.
REF O/S HxWxD mm Toe plate WxD mm Cap Kg Weight Kg PRICE
REF PRICE REF PRICE GI886P 1085x505x475 308x200 100 7 £104.25
GI996P £92.72 GI183P £78.88 GI995P 1180x560x480 220x350 80 8 £87.99
BUDGET STEEL MODULAR ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

SACK TRUCK
GI994P GI992P GI991P
All models have a 200kg load capacity and are fitted on 260 x 85mm pneumatic wheels.
• Fixed toe plate and addition of • Solid fixed toe plate. • Fixed toe plate and addition of
• 200Kg capacity. folding foot. • Non slip safety rubber handgrips. folding foot.
• Concave cross members and 'P' • Truck can be used as a platform • Lightweight aluminium. • Ideal for use with larger products.
handle allows truck to be laid truck as well as a sack truck. • Lightweight aluminium.
horizontally for ease of loading. • Lightweight aluminium.
• O/S 1310H x 550W x 460D mm.
• Toe plate 350 x 220mm. REF Overall width mm Overall height mm Toe plate mm Weight Kg Folding foot mm PRICE
• 250mm dia pneumatic wheels. GI992P 450 1240 415x220 11 - £125.37
REF PRICE GI991P 430 1260 440x140 11 500x300 £202.85
GI994P 480 1300 475x185 15 730x300 £257.89
GI203P £47.61

SACK TRUCKS WITH CONCAVE BACK STAYS FOLDING FOOT SACK TRUCK
• Ref G1202P is fitted with extended wheelguards, G1300P A very strong and robust fully welded sack truck fitted with a folding foot.
is a heavy duty truck with wheel guards. Ideal for storing in cars and vans.
• Finish powder coated black.
• Fitted on 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
• Available in 3 colours: red, blue and black.
Overall size Toe plate Weight Capacity • Toe plate: 310W x 330D mm.
REF HxWxD mm Wheels size mm Kg Kg PRICE
GI200P 1310x550x460 250mm pneu 350x220 11 250 £66.78
GI202P 1310x550x460 250mm pneu 350x220 12.5 250 £81.24 REF Capacity Kg O/S LxWxHmm Weight Kg PRICE
GI300P 1260x570x460 300mm pneu 350x230 15 300 £99.61 FJ182H 200 330 x 500 x 960 10 £85.22
MEDIUM DUTY H.D. FOLDING FLAT BACK FOLDING FOLDING FOOT

FOLDING FOOT FOOT TROLLEY FOOT SACK TRUCK WITH
KNUCKLE GUARDS
Height 1050 mm Height 1250mm Height 1220mm Height 1200 mm

Width 500mm Width 560mm Width 457mm Width 480mm
LxW Toe 450x300mm LxW Toe 450x340mm Wheels 200mm dia rubber LxW Toe 460x360mm
Wheels 200mm dia rubber with Wheels 200mm dia rubber Wheels 200mm dia rubber
roller bearings with roller bearings Capacity 250Kg
Capacity 150Kg Capacity 200Kg Knuckle guard hand grips
REF Foot L PRICE

REF PRICE REF PRICE T324 305mm £170.83 REF PRICE
FT15001 £76.40 HFT15002 £104.13 T3241 457mm £185.72 TCS82Y £142.20

HEAVY DUTY BULK SACK TRUCK TWO IN ONE HANDTRUCK
• 400Kg capacity. • 200Kg capacity.
• Heavy duty bulk load sack truck is a massive • Converts from a platform truck
1310mm H and 560mm W. to sack truck in seconds.
• Fixed and folding toe plates. • Overall size HxWxD mm -
• Folding toe plate size: 790mm W x 480mm D. 1240 x 550 x 450.
• Large solid, heavy duty 350mm wheels to give this • Toe plate: 350 W x 180 D mm.
unit a smooth ride over rough and uneven terrain. • 250mm dia pneumatic wheels.
• Ideal for 'rough and tough' applications.
REF PRICE
GI358Y £71.36
SACK TRUCK WITH SKIDS

• Heavy duty truck fitted with
plastic skids for use on stairs
and loading docks.
• Fitted with knuckle guard
REF Overall size HxWxDmm Fixed toe plate size WxDmm Weight Kg PRICE hand grips.
GI400P 1310 x 560 x 470 560 x 230 20 £95.72 • Toe plate
350 x 220mm.
• 250mm dia
pneumatic wheels.
CARGO TRUCK
• 250Kg capacity.
• Manufactured from tubular steel
epoxy powder coated finish.
• Supplied in knock down.
• Dimensions as a
sack truck:
585 x 390 x 1175mm.
• Dimensions as a
platform truck:
1175 x 390 x 930mm.
• Toe plate size:
335 x 310mm.
• Fitted on 2 x 250mm dia
pneumatic & 2 x 100mm
dia rubber. REF PRICE REF Overall size H x W x D mm PRICE
GI352Y £96.59 GI669P 1310 x 550 x 460 £59.69
FOLDING BOX TRUCKS GI042Y

• Opens and folds flat in seconds.
• Great for deliveries or for holding foolscap lever
arch files and box files.
• Load capacity - 35Kg.
• Wheels - 2 x 75mm dia rubber on plastic centre.
• Size: open - 990H x 460W x 390D mm.
folded - 470H x 460W x 85D mm.
• Weight 5Kg.
GI041Y
REF Colour/Type PRICE

GI041Y Blue & yellow/no lid £30.83
GI042Y Red & grey/with lid £34.67

THREE WAY TRUCK THE THREE IN ONE CONVERTIBLE TRUCK
Capacity: 250Kg. Truck converts from an upright
Wheel type: Solid rubber. sack truck position into a 45°
Wheel size: 200x50mm. easy walk position or into a
Body size: 1280x470x450mm. platform truck. 300Kg capacity.
Foot length: 190mm. Weight 24Kg. 200mm
As platform truck: 710H x rubber wheels and
1280L mm. 125mm rubber castors.
REF PRICE REF O/S HxWxDmm Toe plate PRICE

GI135Y £101.51 3008/2 1220 x 480 x 160 160L x 400W £213.93
HEAVY DUTY THREE WAY TRUCK

A heavy duty truck which easily and quickly converts from a basic sack
truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck. Fitted with 2 x 200mm
rubber tyred wheels and 2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors.
• Horizontal load height: 170mm.

• Toe plate size: 470 x 190mm.
• Available in either blue or black.
REF As platform truck HxL mm As 4 wheel sack truck HxL mm As basic sack truck H mm Weight Kg PRICE
FJ135Y 795 x 1270 890 x 1190 1270 28 £162.84
LARGE HEAVY DUTY COMPACT TRUCK FOLDABLE LIGHTWEIGHT SACK TRUCK

Aluminium construction - folds up and unfolds in seconds. The handles fold flat Capacity: 200Kg
when not in use for stowage. The handles are also telescopic so that truck can be Wheel type: Pneumatic
reduced in height to 1010mm when not in use. Wheel size: 250mm dia
Body size: 1130H x 488W x 550D mm
• Sizes: Open - 1255H x 620W x 600D mm. Foot size: 255D x 295W mm
Closed - 1010H x 595W x 97D mm. Net weight: 13Kg
• Toe plate - 590W x 335D mm.
• Wheels - 200mm dia rubber/plastic. Truck folds down to an overall height of 773mm.
• Weight - 10Kg.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

GI043Y £168.36 GI405P £86.71

Capacity: 200Kg.
Wheel type: Pneumatic.
Wheel size: 260 mm dia.
Body size: 520x1190x1310mm.
Foot size: 185x456mm.
Net weight: 17Kg.
Supplied flat packed.
Capacity: 150Kg.
Wheels: 250mm dia pneumatic.
Size: 1560x510mm folded.
Unfolded: 1150x510mm.
REF PRICE Supplied flat pack. REF PRICE
AM300 £173.25 GI806P £228.06
GI804P An aluminium range of ergonomically

designed trucks that are lightweight to
move and handle but with a tough
durable construction. All fitted on
250mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels,
supplied flat packed.
REF Capacity Kg Size mm L x W x H Wheels dia PRICE

GI801P 120 568 x 515 x 1595 250mm pneumatic £149.19
LIGHT DUTY FOLDING FOOT TRUCKS

• Choice of four models all being ideal for vehicle
storage when not in use.
• All models are very light yet strong and quite
suitable for delivery purposes.
• Models GI162Y and GI163Y have telescopic handles
for easy storage of truck in a car boot or van.
• Load capacity 100Kg.
• Fitted on 150mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
REF Handle type O/D fully extended H x W mm Dimensions mm folded PRICE

GI161Y Cranked 1020 x 360 – £57.84
GI151Y Straight 1020 x 360 – £55.14
GI162Y Straight/Telescopic 1060 x 360 700 x 470 x 170 £60.82
GI163Y Cranked/Telescopic 1060 x 360 780 x 470 x 170 £62.61

STAIRCLIMBER ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS
WITH SKIDS STAIRCLIMBER/SKIDS

• Mounted on 150mm wheels on a '3' star system.
• Max load: 50Kg on stairs, 150Kg as a sack truck.
• Toe plate size: 395 x 460mm. • Mounted on 150mm wheels on
• Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips and wheel guards.
• Mounted on 150mm wheels on a '3' star system.
a '3' star system. • Max load: 60Kg on stairs.
• Max load: 60Kg on stairs, • Max load: 150Kg in sack truck mode. REF O/S H x W x D mm Folded H x W x D mm Weight Kg PRICE
150Kg as a sack truck. • Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips GI390Y 1150 x 440 x 520 840 x 440 x 520 15.5 £97.07
• Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips and wheel guards.
and wheel guards. • O/S 1180H x 500W x 550D mm.
• O/S 1180H x 480W x 600D mm.
REF PRICE
REF PRICE GENERAL DUTY HEAVY DUTY
GI380Y £110.36
GI370Y £81.38
STAIRCLIMBER STAIRCLIMBER
WIDE BODY STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS

STAIRCLIMBER
TS265Y
Height 1220mm
Foot 380Wx305D
Height 1155mm Wheels 6x150mm dia with
Foot 395mm roller bearings
Fitted with a large folding foot Cap 120kg Cap 300kgs.
395 x 460mm and a fixed toe Wheels 165mm dia solid Folding 200kgs.
410 x 200mm. Choice of standard truck or compact rubber tyred
O/S: 1160H x 605W x 795D mm. fold up model. Capacity 110Kg in sack REF Type PRICE
Cap 120Kg, safe stair loading 50Kg. truck mode or 50Kg on stairs. DM180 Open foot £157.08
Size: 1092H x 432W mm. Foot iron
size: 345D x 260W mm. TS265Y has DM180/1 Solid foot £162.24
a folded height of 670 mm. Fitted on DM180/2 Open-folding £166.40
160x40mm rubber tyred wheels.
REF PRICE REF PRICE Extra:
GI360Y £130.55 REF Type PRICE 1312 £123.69 Name in weld £15.37
TS260Y Standard £251.39 Centre web strap £16.20
TS265Y Fold up £281.55

The safest and easiest way to transport goods up and down stairs.
Stairclimber enables one person to handle loads quickly, comfortably and
smoothly.
MTK 190 ideal for full filing cabinets, boxed copier paper, IT. equipment,
white goods etc.
MTK 310 for the safe handling of photocopiers, amusement machines,

boilers etc. Includes brake as standard.
CAPACITIES 190/310Kg
ELECTRONIC OPERATION WITH CRANK DRIVE
CLIMBS BETWEEN 8 - 18 STEPS PER MINUTE
EXTENDIBLE HANDLE FOR TALLER LOADS
QUICK CHANGE BATTERY UNIT
ALL CONFORM TO EC91/368 AND ARE CE MARKED
FREE DEMONSTRATIONS CAN BE ARRANGED
REF MTK190 MTK310

Capacity kg 190 310
Steps per min. 16 - 18 8-9
Weight including battery kg 37.5 40.5
Weight of battery kg 5.5 5.5
Max. height of steps mm 200 200
Battery capacity 24V / 7,2 Ah 197 steps 197steps
Pneumatic tyres 260 x 85 /4 PR 260 x 85 /4 PR
Overall width mm 590 590
Folded frame height mm 1100 1100
PRICE £2457.60 £3041.25
Optional extras (all models) PRICE
On-vehicle battery charger (BC10-30VDC) £161.83
Detachable extended (SA-LA)
depth toe plate £65.67
Detachable extended (SA-LA)
width toe plate £69.19
3-way braking system (BRAKE) £381.11 (Std on MTK310)

• Extremely light:16Kg own weight SAL140/ERGO
plus 4Kg for the snap on battery.
• 2 speed operation: high/low.
• 3 capacities: 110Kg/140Kg/170Kg.
• 4 frames: ERGO/UNI/FOLD/FOLD-L
to choose from.
• Sacktruck and powered stairclimber
combined in one machine.
• The best on winding stairs and
narrow landings.
• Very fast up to 48 steps/minute.
• Large comfortable pneumatic tyres
ø260 x 85mm.
• Modular construction in aluminium.
FOLD
• Intelligent power pack features step
sensing and starts automatically
(descend mode).
• Toeplate hinged - fixed as an option. SAL110/FOLD
• With sliding clutch and electronic
overload protection.
• Large choice of foot plates, varying
in sizes, shapes, open and solid to
suit your individual needs.
• Adaptions to the main frame, wings
for white goods, centre bar
supports, additional cross bars and
attachments for special needs ie
water bottle attachment and frames
for gas bottles.
ERGO • Range of securing load straps and
folding table to carry computers,
photo copiers etc.
SAL110/ERGO
Speed control
Indicator lamp
• Ascending mode:
constant green.
• Descending mode:
UNI
flashes green.
Ascend/descend button
• Depress once to
change mode.
• Depress longer (>3 sec) SAL140/FOLD
to switch off.
FOLD-L • Price includes handle of your choice, to order suffix ref with model ie SAL 110/ERGO etc.
• On site operator training - price on enquiry.
REF SAL110 SAL140 SAL170

Capacity 110Kg 140Kg 170Kg
Maximum climb speed 48 steps/min 35 steps/min 29 steps/min SAL110/FOLD
Weight exc/incl snap on battery 16/20Kg
Maximum step height 210mm
Overall height - fixed frame (UNI, ERGO, FOLD-L) 1,570mm
Overall height - foldable frame (FOLD) 1,000mm
Width 484mm
Depth 484mm x 275mm
Battery capacity (maximum load) approx 260 steps 220 steps 120 steps
Battery capacity (half load) approx 350 steps 300 steps 220 steps
PRICE UNI Handle £2657.38 £2790.32 £2923.24
ERGO Handle £2680.50 £2819.20 £2952.14
FOLD Handle £2825.00 £2957.91 £3090.84
FOLD-L Handle £2877.01 £3009.93 £3142.85

ROBUST FOLDING TRUCK LARGE WHEELED FOLDING TROLLEY
Platform from pressed
steel with non slip PVC
covering which won’t
mark the load.
Fitted complete with a • Heavy duty 200mm dia pneumatic
wraparound bumper. wheels - 2 fixed and 2 swivel.
Folding handle for • Ideal for rough terrain.
easy storage. • Handle folds flat for easy storage.
REF Height Width Length Cap Kg Wheels PRICE

LL1 800mm 479mm 738mm 150 100mm £52.02
REF Size L x W x H mm PRICE
LL2 810mm 616mm 916mm 300 125mm £76.20 GI009P 870 x 560 x 900 £135.96
MULTI-PURPOSE EXTENDING TRUCK LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM FOLDING TRUCK

Constructed from
aluminium with protecting
corner buffers. Ideal office,
hotel, restaurant, shop,
warehouse or factory use.
Cap 150Kg. Both handle
and platform extends and
retracts. Completely folds
for easy storage. Castors
100mm dia. Rubber
swivels. Weight 8.7Kg.
A multi position truck for a multitude
of uses. The handle is adjustable and
the base will extend or contract to
suit different loads. Fitted on 100mm
castors. Load capacity 150Kg.
REF Mode Length Width Height PRICE REF Size mm PRICE

Extended 710 410 830 Extended: 760x440x930
LLT1 £86.97 GI111Y £100.04
Folded: 570x440x240
Folded 500 410 230
ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS

• Non slip aluminium platform.
• Handle folds down flat for ease of transport and storage.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm dia rubber tyred castors.
• Non marking wheels.
• Overall handle height:
G1207Y - 830mm
G1208Y - 900mm
G1209Y - 810mm
REF O/A Platform size L x W x H Weight PRICE

GI207Y 740 x 470 x 160mm 10 £120.61
GI208Y 900 x 620 x 160mm 14 £166.68
GI209Y 740 x 470 x 165mm 10 £109.75

ZINC COATED FOLDING TROLLEY FOLDING PLATFORM TRUCKS
Trolley folds by pressing the base rod bar down. The platform is a flat pressed sheet Trolley folds by pressing the base rod bar down. The platform is a flat pressed
steel base with a blue PVC surface. Chrome plated handle. sheet steel base with a grey PVC surface.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred wheels non marking - 100mm dia. • Tough protective surround.
• Supplied knock down. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred castors.
GIK02Y/GIK03Y - 100/125mm dia.
• Yellow foam handle.
• Supplied knock down.
REF Size LxWxH mm Cap Kg Weight Kg PRICE

REF Size LxWxH mm Cap Kg Weight Kg PRICE GIK02Y 720x470x830 160 9 £65.69
GI008Y 735x475x860 170 13 £66.94 GIK03Y 904x604x870 300 16 £92.13
FOLDING TROLLEY WITH BASKET FOLDAWAY PLATFORM TRUCK

Flat pressed sheet steel base with tough PVC surface. The platform has unique wheels which fold underneath
the platform when the handle is folded.
• Folding handle - depress base rod in seconds to fold/unfold.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel rubber tyred castors - 100mm dia. • Plastic platform with integral carry handles.
• Folding basket fitted to the back panel of the handle. • Telescopic handle with
• Max capacity 100Kg. 3 heights: 720/820/920mm.
• Supplied knock down. • Max capacity 120Kg.
• Rubber protective handle.
• Weight - 7Kg.
REF Size LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE REF Size open HxWxL mm Size folded HxWxL mm PRICE
GI109Y 735x470x825 8 £65.85 GI222Y 920x410x680 80x410x680 £100.96

PLASTIC BASE TROLLEYS GALVANISED PLATFORM TRUCK
Galvanised sheet steel platform which is corrosion resistant. Finished with an all
round PVC bumper strip.
• Capacity 300Kg.
• Chrome handle.
• 100 x 45mm wheels,
2 fixed x 2 swivel.
• Overall platform size:
880 x 590mm,
effective size: 800 x 570mm.
• Overall height: 860mm,
folded height: 330mm.
Choice of colours: red, green, blue or yellow. 100mm dia castors.
Platform Platform Handles Cap/weight

REF size mm height mm height mm Kg PRICE REF PRICE
GI152Y 710x460 140 825 120/8.5 £62.58 GI064Y £136.33
PLATFORM TROLLEY - MESH SURROUND WOODEN DECK TROLLEY

Mesh surround with half drop side in 50 x 100mm mesh base in pressed steel sheet. An aesthetically pleasing trolley with a high quality wooden deck
Supplied in knock down. 2 fixed / 2 swivel 127mm dia. wheels. and chrome plated folding handle.
• Overall platform size:

740 x 480mm.
• Handle height upright:
860mm.
• 2 fixed and 2 swivel.
• Non marking rubber
tyres - 100mm dia.
• Load cap: 150Kg.
REF PRICE
GI110Y £91.44
REF Size LxWxH mm PRICE
GI213Y 735x470x825 £218.04
THE CLEVER FOLDING TROLLEY

• Industrial and domestic use - 60Kg capacity -
20Kg on the top tray and 40Kg on the bottom tray.
• Can be collapsed quickly and easily at the push of
a button.
• Has two large platforms for folding
plastic boxes.
• Price includes one 46 litre box.
• Has many useful features such as block brake,
holding device for boxes and removable wheels
for space-saving storage.
• Made of injection moulded plastic and aluminium
for long service.
• Size: 550W x 890L x 1030H mm.
• GS Approved.

GC051Y Clever folding trolley £175.54
GC055Z Additional folding boxes £22.99

ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCKS
• 3 models available: aluminium chequer plate, sheet steel or expanded metal deck.
• Cushion or pneumatic wheels.
• Red stove enamel finish.
Three models available in this range of multi purpose turntable trucks. A 250mm deep box body is
optional on the solid steel or expanded metal deck models. The box body is manufactured from
18mm thick exterior grade plywood with metal reinforcement corners. Finish: polyurethane varnish.
The aluminium deck model has an all tubular steel deck surround with radiused corners and a
4.5mm aluminium chequer plate and is fitted with a ball bearing turntable plate. The handle is spring
loaded to return to upright position.
The sheet steel model has a 12 SWG sheet steel deck with a 35mm lip all round.
The expanded metal model has a flattened expanded metal deck with a 35mm lip all round.
GP717J
GP896K GP998P GP998P fitted with

GP890Z
Description Platform size mm Platform height mm Wheels Max load Kg Weight Kg REF PRICE
Aluminium 1000 x 650 320 250mm pneumatic 500 33 GP716P £495.74
deck 250mm cushion 500 36 GP717J £495.74
200mm pneumatic 180 33 GP896K £346.09
Sheet steel 200mm cushion 350 35 GP897H £311.85
910 x 610 300
deck 250mm pneumatic 450 36 GP898P £352.66
250mm cushion 450 39 GP899J £357.54
200mm pneumatic 180 25 GP996K £351.75
Expanded metal 200mm cushion 350 27 GP997H £312.47
910 x 610 280
deck 250mm pneumatic 450 26 GP998P £357.93
250mm cushion 450 31 GP999J £356.52
Optional box body to suit sheet steel or expanded metal models. Size 900 x 600 x 250mm 12 GP890Z £99.94
MINI TURNTABLE (FLAT DECK OR BOX BODY)

• The very light truck capable of heavy loads.
• Easy to steer.
• Capacity 150Kg.
• Fitted on 200mm Dia. cushion tyred wheels.
• Body size 1m x 530mm.
• Paint and varnish finish.
• With or without box body 125mm or 300mm deep.
REF Type PRICE

T88/FD Flat Deck £164.51
T88/125 125mm box body £166.34
T88/300 300mm box body £195.20

ROUGH TERRAIN PLATFORM TRUCK
• Ideal for the movement of boxes or goods.
• Platform size 1200 x 600mm.
• Mesh or plywood platform with mesh drop sides.
• Overall size L x W X Hmm - 1235 x 615 x 1035.
• Fitted on 340mm dia pneumatic steel centred wheels.
• Epoxy blue finish.
• Supplied KD.
REF PRICE
TI201B £183.28
TI205B £192.99
TI205B TI201B
TURNTABLE TRUCK
• Body size L1220 x W610 x H310mm.
• Fitted on pneumatic tyred wheels 300mm dia.
• Fitted with hinged drawbar.
• Mesh or plywood platform.
REF PRICE
TI202B £150.08
TI206B £158.60 TI206B
TI202B
PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK

• 330mm dia pneumatic steel centred wheels.
• Easy to clean.
• Frame size: (LxWxH) 1170 x 760 x 229mm.
• 350Kg capacity.
An attractive green plastic platform truck, ideal for use in warehouses, schools,
garden centres etc. The corners are rounded to help prevent damage to walls.
REF Size LxW mm PRICE

TI204B 1315 x 765 £200.07
HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS

• 700Kg capacity.
• 250mm dia rubber, steel centred heavy duty wheels.
• Handle height 1070mm.
• Safety handle to stop it falling on your feet.
• 4 sided unit sides: 180mm.
A strong, durable and rugged turntable truck unit ideal for

use in warehouses, factories, schools, garden centres etc.
The unit incorporates a heavy duty handle operated park
brakes. Lift the handle up and it operates the stoppers on
the wheels, as shown.
REF Description Platform size LxW mm PRICE

TI802B Flat deck unit £401.47
1250 x 700
TI801B 4 sided unit £470.55

HEAVY DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Heavy duty angle iron frame construction • 'V' shaped drawbar supplied as standard -
for strength and rigidity. 'U' shaped bar can be supplied as an
• Choice of two platform sizes and variety of alternative.
wheel options. • Platform - 25mm thick hardwood.
Platform size L x W mm 1525 x 762 1830 x 915

Description Cap Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
On 360x75mm cushion tyred wheels 500 T101/CT500 £555.10 T101A/CT500 £618.03
On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 4 ply 1000 T101/PT £538.07 T101A/PT £593.43
Optional Extras
Description REF PRICE REF PRICE
Roller bearing hubs T101/RB £6.89 T101A/RB £6.89
Parking brake T101/PB £72.56 T101A/PB £72.39
HEAVY DUTY BOX BODY TURNTABLE TRUCKS

• Heavy duty angle iron frame construction. • ‘V’ or ‘U’ handle as standard.
• Fixed ends and slide in sides - 200mm high • 25mm thick hardwood platform.
- hinged and detachable sides as an option.
• Choice of two platform sizes and variety of
wheel options.
Description Cap Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 1000 T102/PT £643.19 T102A/PT £712.32
Optional Extras
Parking brake T102/PB £72.39 T102A/PB £72.39
Hinged sides in lieu of slide in sides T102/HS £48.11 T102A/HS £48.11
400mm high ends & 200mm slide in sides T102/HE £92.74 T102A/HE £87.36
MEDIUM DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS

• Heavy duty angle iron and tubular construction. • Box sides, hinged, detachable and
• 500Kg capacity with a choice of platform sizes roller bearing options.
and wheel types.

On 360x75mm cushion tyred wheels T109/CT £445.12 T109A/CT £475.54
On 400x100mm pneumatic wheels T109/PT £415.36 T109A/PT £460.24
Optional Extras
Fixed ends 200mm slide in sides T109/FE £72.39 T109A/FE £107.94
Hinged & detachable 200mm sides T109/HD £48.11 T109A/HD £151.68
Tubular end corner posts T109/TEP £92.74 T109A/TEP £72.07
RUGGED LOW LOADING TURNTABLE TRUCKS

• Angle iron construction with 25mm thick timber platform.
Code* Wheel type and capacity.

CT 200mm dia cushion tyred. Cap 350Kg.
N 200mm dia nylon. Cap 600Kg.
R 200mm dia rubber tyred. Cap 600Kg.
260mm dia rubber tyred. Cap 1000Kg.
PT 300mm dia pneumatic tyred. Cap 350Kg.
*Suffix wheel code when ordering.
Platform Height PRICE

REF LxW mm mm CT N R PT
T100 1070x610 200-300 £254.60 £295.23 £482.66 £357.80
T103 1525x760 200-300 £423.06 £463.93 £651.28 £526.76

Customise your truck from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact application. From one basic truck design you can choose a variety of sizes,
side panels and wheel options.
Step 1 - Choose the size of platform L x W mm that you require.

Step 2 - Choose the type of material you need if you require side panels - they come in a kit of 2 sides and 2 ends plus corner posts so that you can
choose to use 1, 2, 3 or 4 sides. You can also request hinged down sides if preferred.
Step 3 - Choose the type of wheels that you need. Capacity is either 500Kg or 1000Kg.
• 3 types of wheel to choose from - see below.

• Standard 'T' bar tow handle - 'U' bar can be supplied on request.
• Any standard colour can be supplied - blue is supplied as standard.
Basic turntable truck
Basic turntable truck with no sides. Fitted on standard pneumatic tyres. 500Kg capacity per truck.
Length mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400
Width mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
600 TT0610 £278.98 TT0612 £312.00 TT0615 £361.52 TT0618 £411.04 TT0620 £444.06 TT0622 £477.07 TT0624 £510.09
800 TT0810 £312.00 TT0812 £345.01 TT0815 £394.54 TT0818 £444.06 TT0820 £477.07 TT0822 £510.09 TT0824 £543.10
1000 TT1010 £345.01 TT1012 £378.03 TT1015 £427.55 TT1018 £477.07 TT1020 £510.09 TT1022 £543.10 TT1024 £576.12
1200 TT1210 £378.03 TT1212 £411.04 TT1215 £460.57 TT1218 £510.09 TT1220 £543.10 TT1222 £576.12 TT1224 £609.13
SIDE/END OPTIONS WHEEL OPTIONS

Fixed side panel kits for your turntable truck, offer a flexible way The wheels on your trolley are the most important thing, so choose them
to retain your load, either as a fixed attachment or removable as wisely, take into account the quality of the ground, the total weight of the
an option, please ask our sales team for more information. load that you are carrying and the life expectancy of the wheels.
Standard ply sides, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, reliable Our standard pneumatic wheels are the same style you would find on a
and kind to your load. 1 bicycle tyre. A very hard wearing tyre that will last.
Pressed steel sheet sided. Offer more longevity against any other
side panel, powder coated in the same RAL colour chosen for the 2 Our cellular foam wheel is the same design as the pneumatic but rather than
being filled with air, the tyre is injection filled with cellular foam. Because this
main frame. tyre is foam filled there are no risks of punctures. So the CF will last twice as
long as the pneumatic.
Foamex plastics panel, offer a light but robust solution which is
kind to your product that you are carrying. Rather than a tyre fitted with foam like the CF the Polyurethane tyre is a
3 single piece of foam moulded into the tyre shape. The benefit of this is this
tyre looks feels and rides like a pneumatic but will never puncture also,
unlike the CF, the rubber tyre on the outside cannot wear down simply
REF Extra cost for End/Side Panel Kits PRICE because there is no tyre!
TT/PLY Plywood panel kits £107.31
TT/STEEL Sheet steel panel kits £107.31 REF Capacity Kg Description - extra PRICE
TT/FOAMEX Foamex plastic panel kits £214.60 TT/SLD/500 500 Cellular foam tyres £39.62
TT/PU/500 500 Polyurethane tyres £66.03
TT/PN/1000 1000 Pneumatic tyres £64.39
REF Extra PRICE TT/SLD/1000 1000 Solid rubber tyres £130.42
TT/EHB Hand brake £130.42 TT/PU/1000 1000 Polyurethane tyres £278.98

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY TURNTABLE TRUCKS
• Rugged construction - capacity 2000 Kg.
• 30mm dia. solid steel axles. 30mm thick hardwood platforms.
• Full lock turntable on forged turnings.
• HD ‘V’ drawbar and towing eye.
• Brake system for towing available.
• Double turntables with linked steerage available.
REF
REF Platform Wheeling PRICES
PRICE
LxW mm
T112
T112/CT 1830 450x125mm cushion tyred ball bearing £1186.29
T112/ET x 305x75mm elastic tyred ball bearing £1460.69
T112/PT 915 400x100mm pneumatic ball bearing £1010.00
T112A
T112A/CT 2440 As above cushion tyred £1338.83
T112A/ET x As above elastic tyred £2606.76
T112A/PT 1220 As above pneumatic tyred £1163.76
T112/PB Parking brake £69.10
T112/RTH Rear tow hitch £53.80
ALUMINIUM TURNTABLE TRUCK

Optimum weight reduction whilst giving maximum load capacity.
Turntable steering – Aluminium turntable assembly
fitted with stainless steel bearing plate.
Framework of all welded aluminium RHS. Steel axles, zinc plated.
GA910B
Maximum Platform
Without sides & ends With Aluminium sides & ends
distributed size Wheels
load kg LxWxH All with roller bearing Weight REF PRICE Weight REF PRICE
500 1210 x 810 x 330mm 250 x 50mm 4-ply Pneumatic 56kg GA910P £827.28 71kg GA930P £1308.67
250 x 50mm Cushion 57kg GA910J £833.33 72kg GA930J £1325.09
750 1210 x 810 x 480mm 400 x 100mm Cushion 88kg GA910M £928.34 103kg GA930M £1419.69
750 2000 x 1000 x 480mm 400 x 100mm Cushion 146kg GA920M £1300.32 168kg GA940M £1875.79
ADJUSTABLE LENGTH TURNTABLE TRAILER
• Variety of sizes and capacities to suit many uses such as Cap Length inside Width inside Wheeling
carrying lengths of timber, steel, pipe, bar or pre-cast concrete REF Kg saddles mm posts mm mm PRICE
etc. saddles easily adjust on the central pole to suit load length. T190 500 1220-3050 915 355x75 cushion tyred. Roller bearing £617.19
• Detachable steel corner retaining posts 610mm high. T190/1 500 1220-3050 915 405x100 pneu. tyred. 4 ply. Roller bearing £599.07
• Alternative wheels available with capacities up to 3, 4 and 5 T190/2 1000 1220-3050 915 405x100 pneu tyred. 4 ply. Ball bearing £750.48
tons on request. T190/3 1000 1220-3050 915 405x100 cushion tyred. Roller bearing £656.01
T192 2000 1220-3660 1220 305x75 elastic tyred. Ball bearing £1597.65
T192/1 2000 1220-3660 1220 405x100 pneu tyred. 6 ply. Ball bearing £1146.68
T192/2 2000 1220-3660 1220 500x80 pneu tyred. Ball bearing £1243.49
T192/3 2000 1220-3660 1220 455x125 cushion tyred. Ball bearing £1323.40

ACKERMAN STEERING TURNTABLE TRUCKS
Available in 3 wheel options.
• Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning circles

without threatening the stability of the load.
• Detachable sides and ends are available as options.
AT901J & AT901S AT901L
REF Description Wheels Platform size LxW mm Platform height mm Load capacity Kg Weight Kg PRICE
AT901P 250mm pneumatic 250 38 £314.96
310
AT901J Flat deck unit 250mm cushion 1200x600 250 42 £325.10
AT901L 350mm cushion 435 400 60 £343.69
AT901S Detachable sides and ends £107.56
HAND DRAWN TURNTABLE TRUCKS

• All sizes are fitted with a friction turntable plate assembly. Ball bearing turntable plate assembly is available on all models - call for details.
• Both metal and plywood sided units have removable hinged sides and fixed ends.
• Wire mesh or tubular steel superstructure body can be fitted onto platforms (500 or 1000mm high).
• Optional friction parking brake.
NT482B
NT492B
Load Platform Platform Without Sides With Plywood Sides With Sheet Steel Sides
Capacity Size Height Wheels & Ends & Ends 300mm Deep & Ends 200mm Deep
Kg mm mm Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE
400 430 250mm cushion plain bearing 46 NT479J £342.90 70 NT489J £524.30 94 NT499J £532.54
1220 x
400 430 250mm pneumatic roller bearing 42 NT479P £368.21 66 NT489P £549.54 90 NT499P £557.78
610
400 405 200mm cushion roller bearing 40 NT479H £335.27 64 NT489H £516.67 88 NT499H £524.90
480 350mm cushion roller bearing 60 NT480L £427.28 84 NT490L £611.01 108 NT500L £618.45
1220 x
750 505 400mm cushion roller bearing 70 NT480M £453.56 94 NT490M £637.30 118 NT500M £644.72
760
505 400mm pneumatic roller bearing 50 NT480B £415.93 74 NT490B £599.73 98 NT500B £607.17
1500 x
760
2000 x
1000
Optional pedal operated friction parking brake on all models ET709A £149.59

• Robust steel construction.
• Large choice of size and capacities.
• Choice of wheels.
• Superstructure bodies shown as standard.
• Special sizes and types to suit - specific
needs to choice.
• Tyres, wheels, towing bars and rear hitches.
can be matched to suit tow units.
• Park and overrun brakes on request as extra.
• Designed to be towed in train with confidence.
Optional extras: Parking Brake; Rear Tow Hitch;

Ackerman Steering; Interconnected Steering.
T1115-1125-1135 both sides half hinged Max load increased to 1000Kg on 400x100 cushion T1116 - 1126 - 1136 2 doors on one side
and pneumatic.
Wheels
Overall size Body size Max load Weight PCR 355x75 QCR400x100 QPP400x100 QPR400x100
REF LxWxH mm LxWxH mm Kg Kg PRICE
cushion PRICE
r bearing cushion PRICE
r bearing pneuplain bearing pneuPRICE
r bearing
T1115 1600x762x1577 1524x762x1067 750 113 £1053.29 £1091.30 £1031.79 £1038.16
T1125 1930x964x1577 1828x914x1067 750 140 £1195.46 £1233.54 £1173.55 £1180.04
T1135 2100x1050x1577 2000x1000x1067 750 144 £1296.85 £1341.70 £1281.58 £1288.03
T1116 1600x762x1577 1524x762x1067 750 113 £1069.07 £1107.12 £1047.54 £1053.89
T1126 1930x939x1577 1828x914x1067 750 140 £1197.48 £1234.84 £1175.62 £1182.05
T1136 2100x1025x1577 2000x1000x1067 750 144 £1307.53 £1346.96 £1285.57 £1292.02
• Loading up to 10,000Kg.
• Rugged all-welded construction.
• Sealed ball bearing turntable giving high performance.
The ball bearing turntable transmits thrust and traction forces over a large surface and does not have any friction thus reducing wear on trailer parts.
A drawbar stop prevents injury to operators feet. A lock holds drawbar vertical when not in use. Spring loaded retaining ball in the coupling pin is
fitted to eliminate self-releasing when towing. Tow eye 50mm diameter, special sizes or requirements available.
Max distributed Platform size Platform Approx Platform

load Kg LxW mm height mm Wheels Weight Kg type REF PRICE
570 460 x 125mm 6 ply pneumatic 300 Steel - Chequer Plate HT873E £2476.09
620 35mm Ball Bearing 250 Timber - Tongue & Grooved HT883E £2455.42
3000 2500 x1250
570 460 x 125mm cushion 340 Steel - Chequer Plate HT873N £2584.74
620 35mm Ball Bearing 290 Timber - Tongue & Grooved HT883N £2538.69
Link steering for above Suffix/LS3 £755.67
300 x 76mm cast centred
420 350 Steel - Chequer Plate HT875P £3945.78
Polyurethane Tyres
5000 2500 x1250
470 32mm Taper Roller Bearing 350 Hardwood - Tongue & Grooved HT895P £4062.53
Link steering for above Add Suffix/LS5 £953.28
300 x 102mm cast centred
495 550 Steel - Chequer Plate HT8710P £5079.68
Polyurethane Tyres
10000 3000 x1500
520 32mm Taper Roller Bearing 550 Hardwood - Tongue & Grooved HT8910P £5230.09
Link steering for above Add Suffix/LS10 £1616.34
Rear towing hitch for all models HT710A £217.12

GRANDCART POWERED PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Tested and certified SGS-EMC qualified CE.
• Easy to read clear control panel.
• Keyring control for start up and stopping.
• Simple battery charging via one push button.
• Excellent manoeuvrability both forward and reverse.
• Very safe handling with heavy awkward loads.
• Increase your staff’s efficiency and reduces the injury risk.
• LED battery gauge displaying power remaining.
No limitations in use:
Ideal for use in clean environments such as hospitals, schools, catering and
pharmaceuticals etc. Also ideal for industry, warehousing, workshop floor etc,
in fact all industries both for inside and outdoor use.
REF MHC-01S MHC-01 MHC-01L

Specification Small platform Standard platform Large platform
Length overall mm 1037 1537 2149
Overall width mm 625 625 625
Platform height mm 305 305 305
Maximum speed 1.8mph - 3mph 1.8mph - 3mp 1.8mph - 3mph
Capacity Kg 363 455 455
Drive wheels 30.48cm solid or pneumatic
Castor wheels 22.86cm solid rubber
Brakes Electronic regenerative disc brake
Drive Train transaxle
Battery Two 12 volt deep cycle 50 Ah
Charger 5 amp. Built in standard
Electronics 110 amp
Colour Grey
PRICE £1602.25 £1667.50 £1769.00
THREE WHEELED ELECTRIC TRUCK FOUR WHEELED ELECTRIC TRUCK

• Three wheeled power unit • Four wheeled power unit complete batteries and built in charger.
complete with batteries and • Choice of box body with let down sides, 500 litre dumper type
charger built in. tipping skip or crate platform.
• Easy front castor wheel steering • Fully positionable tiller steering.
for tight turning control. • Finger control forward or reverse.
• Choice of box body sizes with let • Full track rod steering.
down sides or 500 litre dumper
type rear tipping skip.
• Fully positionable tiller
steering handle.
• Finger control forward or reverse.
• Twist grip control for
safe operation.
• Fully variable speed control.

• Fully variable speed control.
REF Specification PRICE

Load capacity 300Kg. Engine 800 watt/24 volt. REF Specification PRICE
Forward speed max 5Km/h. Reverse 2Km/h. Load capacity 300Kg. Engine 800 watt/24 volt.
HT/A030 £6534.38
Steel body 1250L x 695W x 240H. JT/A031 Forward speed max 5Km/h. Reverse 2Km/h. £6746.88
Removable sides - from 1.5mm steel. Steel body 1250L x 905W x 240H.
HT/A031 Steel body 1250L x 905W x 240H. £6534.38 Removable sides - from 1.5mm steel.
HT/A016 With 500L. Rear tipping skip body. £6906.25 JT/A016 With 500L. Rear tipping skip body. £7118.75
HT/A021 With steel crate platform 1200L x 800W x 220D. £6534.38 JT/A021 With steel crate platform 1200L x 800W x 220D. £6746.88

• Excellent manoeuvrability.
• Extremely robust, minimal maintenance.
• Steering: Single axle steering with heavy duty, high precision
ball race turntable. Hinged drawbar with drop stop for safety.
Towing eye for 30 mm pintle for 5 tonnes and for 40mm pintle
from 8 tonnes.
• Frame: Heavy duty welded steel section frame with
chamfered corners.
• Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck set flush within
the main frame. 30 mm for 5 tonnes, 55 mm from 8 tonnes.
• Running Gear: 2 solid steel axles fitted with 4 x heavy duty
wheels. Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel
reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres or steel rims with
pneumatic industrial tyres. Hubs with double precision ball
bearings, packed with grease and sealed for life.
• Finish: Safety red.
• Optional: Towing hitch, steel deck, plain or durbar pattern,
parking brake, full brakes, stanchions.
• Accurate tracking and good stability.

• 45° steering angle. Small turning radius.
• Low deck height. Detachable drawbar.
• Steering: All wheel double Ackerman steering. All moving
parts with sintered bronze sleeve bearings with grease
nipple. Detachable drawbar to tow from either end. Drop
stop for safety. Towing eye for 30 mm pintle for 5 tonnes
and for 40 mm pintle from 8 tonnes.
chamfered corners.
• Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck set flush
within the main frame. 30 mm for 5 tonnes. 55 mm from
8 tonnes.
• Running Gear: Axle beams from steel flats with solid steel
stub axles and generously sized pivot pin. Additional
thrust bearing from 15 tonnes. 4 x heavy duty wheels.
Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel
reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres or steel rims with
pneumatic industrial tyres. Hubs with double precision
ball bearings, packed with grease and sealed for life.
• Optional: Towing hitch, steel deck, plain or durbar pattern,
parking brake, full brakes, stanchions.
• Perfect tracking and good stability.

• 45° steering angle. Small turning radius.
• Low deck height. Detachable drawbar. Oscillating axles
for even load distribution on uneven surfaces.
• Steering: All wheel pivot post steering, inter-connected
steering with track rods with adjustable ball-and-socket
joints and tie rods transmitting tensile forces only. All
moving parts with taper roller bearings. Ball-and-socket
joints and bronze sleeves with grease nipple. Detachable
drawbar to tow from either end. Drop stop for safety.
Towing eye for 40 mm pintle.
chamfered corners.
• Deck: Weather resistant softwood timber deck, 55 mm,
set flush within the main frame.
• Running Gear: 4 oscillating axles from solid steel for
even axle-/wheel load distribution on uneven surfaces.
Axle oscillation 8° (±50mm). 8 x heavy duty wheels.
Rims in fracture resistant steel construction with steel
reinforced solid rubber elastic tyres.
Hubs with double precision ball bearings, packed with
grease and sealed for life.
• Optional: Steel deck, plain or durbar pattern, parking
brake, full brakes, stanchions.

Single Axle Turntable Steering 5 000 kg 8 000 kg 10 000 kg 15 000 kg
Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity
Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid
Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres
Wheel-ø x Width mm 405 x 130 540 x 160 425 x 150 672 x 192 405 x 260 672 x 192 425 x 300
Platform mm Deck height mm 570 690 700 890 700 890 750
2500 x 1250 REF E10-5V25 E10-5L25 E10-8V25 E10-8L25 E10-10V25 E10-10L25 E10-15V25
PRICE £3420.48 £3678.28 £5484.93 £5977.47 £5510.09 £6409.21 £4315.43
PRICE £3667.82 £3848.04 £5331.93 £6224.77 £5860.09 £6746.65 £6451.12
PRICE £4520.61 £5210.37 £6832.57 £7603.89 £7358.64 £8209.57 £8039.38
PRICE £5476.54 £5696.60 £7897.29 £8628.74 £8171.85 £9077.30 £9047.93
Double Ackerman Steering

Platform mm Deck height mm 480 660 510 800 500 800 570 (width 1500)
PRICE £4013.62 £4244.18 £5987.95 £6935.28 £6553.82 £7553.57 £7067.32
PRICE £4304.94 £4554.34 £6472.11 £7216.13 £6937.37 £7935.02 £7528.42
PRICE £5476.54 £5717.58 £7880.52 £8676.96 £8247.33 £9280.56 £9485.97
PRICE £5979.57 £6220.58 £8687.44 £9592.86 £9232.38 £10244.68 £10288.71
Allwheel Pivot Post Steering 20 000 kg 25 000 kg 30 000 kg 40 000 kg

Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity
Solid Solid Solid Solid
Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres
Wheel-ø x Width mm 405 x 260 425 x 300 425 x 300 550 x 320
Platform mm Deck height mm 680 700 700 870
4000 x 2000 REF E70-20V40 E70-25V40 E70-30V40 E70-40V40
PRICE £13857.97 £14356.79 £14767.61 £20112.11
5000 x 2000 REF E70-20V50 E70-25V50 E70-30V50 E70-40V50
PRICE £15006.54 £15373.31 £15828.10 £21688.22
6000 x 2000 REF E70-20V60 E70-25V60 E70-30V60 E70-40V60
PRICE £16157.18 £16383.54 £16882.34 £22740.33
6500 x 2500 REF E70-20V65 E70-25V65 E70-30V65 E70-40V65
PRICE £16834.16 £17381.18 £17882.10 £23738.00

ECONOMY TIMBER PANEL TRUCKS
PI201Y PI202Y PI203Y
• 500Kg load capacity. • Handle height from ground 875mm.

• Platform size 1000x700mm. • Platform height 220mm.
• Fitted on 150mm dia solid rubber wheels. • Supplied KD flat packed.
REF Description of ends and sides PRICE

PI200Y Single horizontal bar end - no sides (not shown) £161.81
PI201Y Single plywood end - no sides £188.77
PI202Y Double plywood end - no sides £219.28
PI206Y No ends - double plywood sides (not shown) £255.12
PI203Y 3 plywood sides £256.38
PI204Y 4 plywood sides £270.30
PI208Y 4 half size plywood sides (not shown) - 125mm on wheels £169.51
PI204Y
ECONOMY FLAT BED TRUCKS
CJ50A CJ20F folding handle 1118
PI401J TC-1151 PI207Y
A range of multi-use economy flat bed trucks. REF Cap Kg Size L x W x H mm Wheel dia mm PRICE
All supplied in knock down flat pack for ease of CJ50A 500 1150 x 700 x 1100 200mm rubber £155.75
assembly. Capacities range from 200-800Kg 1118 300 1310 x 600 x 935 160mm rubber £139.40
with a variety of platform sizes and wheeling PI401J 800 1300 x 800 x 975 250mm rubber £220.84
options. Suitable for many applications from CJ20F 200 970 x 460 x 1000 125mm rubber £155.75
warehouse to offices. PI207Y 500 1000 x 700 x 875 150mm rubber £187.39
TC-1151 200 1160 x 700 x 1015 200mm rubber £173.25

• Choice of platform and sides: galvanised
with mesh, plywood or waterproof and
weatherproof phenolic.
• 500Kg capacity.
• 5 year guarantee.
• 2 fixed and 2 swivel braked 200mm dia
rubber tyred castors - braked in
accordance with recommendations of
Euronorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002. FT331H
FT341H
FT311H
FT312H
FT342H
FT333H
FT344H
FT325H
FT314H
Base size mm: Base size mm: Base size mm: Base size mm: Base size mm:
850L x 500W 1000L x 600W 1000L x 700W 1200L x 600W 1200L x 800W
Overall size mm: Overall size mm: Overall size mm: Overall size mm: Overall size mm:
990L x 500W x 1120H 1140L x 600W x 1120H 1140L x 700W x 1120H 1340L x 600W x 1120H 1340L x 800W x 1120H
Description REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
PLYWOOD DECK UNITS WITH PLYWOOD SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME
Single plywood end FT111H £198.84 FT211H £218.81 FT311H £232.79 FT411H £225.71 FT511H £248.29
Double plywood end FT112H £232.17 FT212H £254.18 FT312H £270.65 FT412H £261.14 FT512H £288.39
3 plywood sides FT113H £226.58 FT213H £277.24 FT313H £293.73 FT413H £285.00 FT513H £312.32
4 plywood sides FT114H £242.13 FT214H £300.21 FT314H £316.74 FT414H £308.79 FT514H £336.07
GALVANISED DECK UNITS WITH MESH SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME
Single mesh end FT141H £270.29 FT241H £302.94 FT341H £336.93 FT441H £312.96 FT541H £355.76
Double mesh end FT142H £308.43 FT242H £345.01 FT342H £382.11 FT442H £354.96 FT542H £402.97
3 mesh sides FT143H £337.15 FT243H £380.55 FT343H £417.81 FT443H £392.79 FT543H £440.87
4 mesh sides & 1/2 drop side FT145H £385.60 FT245H £436.05 FT345H £473.22 FT445H £450.58 FT545H £498.53
PHENOLIC DECK UNITS WITH MESH SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME
Single mesh end FT121H £245.67 FT221H £281.58 FT321H £308.21 FT421H £291.59 FT521H £327.20
Double mesh end FT122H £283.88 FT222H £323.57 FT322H £353.40 FT422H £333.59 FT522H £374.39
4 mesh sides & 1/2 drop side FT125H £360.90 FT225H £414.69 FT325H £444.59 FT425H £429.15 FT525H £469.81
PHENOLIC DECK UNITS WITH PHENOLIC SIDES & ENDS IN A TUBULAR FRAME
Single phenolic end FT131H £255.69 FT231H £294.26 FT331H £318.38 FT431H £304.21 FT531H £345.76
Double phenolic end FT132H £303.82 FT232H £349.02 FT332H £373.80 FT432H £360.46 FT532H £411.64
3 phenolic sides FT133H £312.60 FT233H £411.28 FT333H £436.12 FT433H £421.88 FT533H £474.62
4 phenolic sides FT134H £349.08 FT234H £473.67 FT334H £498.53 FT434H £484.95 FT534H £537.63

FIRM LOADING - MESH INFILL SIDES AND ENDS FIRM LOADING - TIMBER SIDES AND ENDS
T4242-T4262 T4241-T4261 T4202-T4222 T4201-T4221
T4243-T4263 T4244-T4264 T4203-T4223 T4204-T4224
• All firm loading trucks are fitted on 200x50mm cushion tyred wheels, roller bearing. Capacity 500Kg per truck.
• Sides and ends on all models are fixed - not detachable.
Overall Size Body Size Deck Weight Overall Size Body Size Deck Weight
REF LxWxH LxWxH Height mm Kg PRICE REF LxWxH LxWxH Height mm Kg PRICE
T4241 1150x700x965 1000x700x520 290 33 £252.28 T4201 1100x700x965 1000x700x520 290 33 £254.56
T4261 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 39 £266.16 T4221 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 39 £271.16
T4242 1150x700x965 1000x700x520 290 36 £297.06 T4202 1100x700x965 1000x700x520 290 36 £292.68
T4262 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 43 £309.15 T4222 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 43 £312.46
T4243 1150x700x965 1000x700x520 290 41 £312.15 T4203 1100x700x965 1000x700x520 290 41 £319.95
T4263 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 49 £331.01 T4223 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 49 £333.73
T4244 1150x700x965 1000x700x520 290 46 £341.49 T4204 1100x700x965 1000x700x520 290 46 £353.14
T4264 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 55 £371.33 T4224 1350x800x965 1200x800x520 290 55 £382.80
PREMIER PLATFORM TRUCKS

• Super quality heavy duty veneer finish.
• Strong steel centred wheels - 200mm dia rubber.
• Epoxy powder coated blue.
• Sides and ends, along with the deck of heavy duty veneer
finish are supported by a steel frame.
PI802H PI801H
PI806H PI804H PI803H
Platform Handle Platform size 1000 x 700mm Platform size 1200 x 800mm
Description height mm height mm Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE
Single mesh end 270 1050 35 PI801H £187.80 38 PI821H £201.69
2 mesh ends 270 1050 41 PI802H £205.70 44 PI822H £230.46
3 mesh sides 270 1050 44 PI803H £237.54 49 PI823H £251.60
4 mesh sides 270 1050 45 PI804H £265.90 50 PI824H £257.54
2 mesh sides 270 1050 43 PI806H £227.84 46 PI826H £248.08 Heavy duty veneer finish

Customise your truck from standard components!!!
• We can offer hundreds of choices and configurations to suit your exact application. From one basic trolley design you can choose a variety of sizes,
side panels and wheel options.
Step 1 - Choose how many sides you require and the type of material. Do you need the panels to be removable? You can also choose a base from the same material.
Step 2 - Choose the required base size. Also note that any non-standard size can be supplied.
Step 3 - Choose the type of wheels that you need.
Basic Flatbed Truck
Basic flatbed truck with a push/pull handle at one end only. Fitted on standard rubber wheels.
Length mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400
Width mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
600 FBT0610 £179.94 FBT0612 £199.75 FBT0615 £229.46 FBT0618 £259.18 FBT0620 £278.98 FBT0622 £298.79 FBT0624 £318.60
SIDE/END OPTIONS WHEEL OPTIONS

Fixed side panel kits for your standard flatbed trolleys, offer a The wheels on your trolley are the most important thing, so choose
flexible way to retain your load, either as a fixed attachment or them wisely, take into account the quality of the ground, the total
removable as an option, please ask our sales team for more weight of the load that you are carrying and the life expectancy of
information. the wheels.
Standard ply sides, cut from 18mm treated ply, durable, Our standard 200mm wheel is constructed to a 165Kg capacity and
reliable and kind to your load. fitted with needle roller bearing, rimmed with a middle of the road,
black rubber tyre for a long life and a smooth ride.
Pressed steel sheet sided. Offer more longevity against any
other side panel, powder coated in the same RAL colour Hard white nylon wheel, provides a very easy ride with great life
chosen for the main frame. expectancy. Also with very little marking on your work floor. In
200mm with semi precision bearings and a 200Kg capacity, these
Foamex plastics panel, offer a light but robust solution which wheels will up your trolley to a 600Kg working capacity. Available in
is kind to the product that you are carrying. swivel or swivel with brake.
Mesh sides, offer a similar durability to the pressed steel side 200mm diameter pneumatic castor, down rates the capacity of the
but keep the overall weight of the unit down. trolley to only 300Kg but allows you the ability to move the load
over pretty much any terrain, gravel, short grass or ribbed concrete.
Available in swivel or fixed.
Grey non-marking wheel for clean areas or where you

REF Extra cost for End Panels PRICE just want to take care of your working area. Ideal for retail,
FBT/PLY Plywood end panel £31.37 educational or health care environments. With a 165Kg capacity it
FBT/STEEL Sheet steel end panel £113.91 gives the trolley a 500Kg rated capacity.
FBT/FOAMEX Foamex plastic end panel £130.42 Available in fixed, swivel and swivel with brake.
FBT/MESH Mesh end panel £39.62
REF Extra cost for alternative wheels PRICE

REF Extra cost for Side Panels PRICE FBT/NY Nylon wheeled castors £36.32
FBT/PLY/S Plywood side panel £44.58 FBT/PNEU Pneumatic wheeled castors £16.43
FBT/STEEL/S Sheet steel side panel £122.16 FBT/GREY Grey non-marking castors £49.52
FBT/FOAMEX/S Foamex plastic side panel £155.17 FBT/AST Anti-static wheeled castors £74.40
FBT/MESH/S Mesh side panel £51.18 FBT/SWIV Extra to fit 4 swivel castors £5.00

STURDY PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Smooth finish plywood platform.
• Robust and versatile.
• 200mm rubber castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel.
• Max capacity - 500Kg.
These sturdy platform trucks are manufactured from tubular steel with a
smooth finish plywood platform set within a heavy duty angle frame.
Model PC780H has 3 removable rails with 7 different positions. Rail heights
from platform: 320, 630 and 930mm.
Model PC726H has the addition of 3 shelves which will take 40Kg each.
PC812H
PC707H
PC811H
PC702H
PC726H PC701H
PC780H
REF Description Platform size mm Platform height mm Overall height mm Weight Kg PRICE
PC701H Single bar end 1200 x 700 310 1000 32 £280.25
PC702H Double bar ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 34 £326.95
PC811H Single plywood end 1200 x 700 310 1000 33 £302.80
PC812H Double plywood ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 £349.76
PC707H Tubular sided 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 £344.79
PC780H Base with 3 dividing rails 1200 x 700 310 1240 30 £344.79
PC726H Shelf truck, base with 3 shelves 1200 x 700 310 1800 69 £512.44
SWAN NECK PLATFORM TRUCKS

Trucks fitted with the distinctive 'swan neck' type handle
which is very easy to push or pull in tight areas.
• Plywood base.
• Tubular steel frame construction.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm dia rubber
wheeled castors.
• Platform height: 180mm. Model PI902Y has an overall
height of 760mm.
• Bright epoxy powder coated blue finish.
PI902Y
REF O/S LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE
PI901Y 830x450x860 9 £104.02
PI902Y 830x450x880 14 £126.74 PI901Y

ORDER PICKING STEP TROLLEYS
We offer a choice of our standard UK design models or the European GS approved
versions. The trolleys have spring loaded steps with ribbed rubber on plywood treads
set in a rolled steel frame. Tread sizes are 350W x 210D mm (205D on WS range).
• Choice between designs.

• Choice of steel or plywood shelves.
• Choice between number of steps and number of shelves.
• Top tread height - 700mm.
• Handrails ergonomically designed and set at 580mm higher than top step
(600mm on WS range).
• Fitted on 4 swivel castors - 125mm dia grey rubber tyred wheels.
• Finish - epoxy powder coated.
GS5613
Ergonomic handle
WS5603
WS5612
Sprung loaded steps

Specification for both models European GS Approved Design Standard UK Design
No of Steps No of Trays Tray Type Overall Size HxWxL mm Shelf Heights mm Weight Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
2 Steel 31 GS5602 £323.54 WS5602 £280.69
200/1000
2 Plywood 30 GS5612 £330.23 WS5612 £287.39
3 1320x520x1320
3 Steel 42 GS5603 £352.11 WS5603 £309.88
200/600/1000
3 Plywood 41 GS5613 £362.25 WS5613 £320.02
2 Steel 41 GS5622 £362.25 - -
200/1240
2 Plywood 38 GS5632 £368.94 - -
4 1560x520x1520
3 Steel 46 GS5623 £390.75 - -
200/720/1240
3 Plywood 43 GS5633 £400.89 - -
STEP TROLLEYS
• Ideal for order picking and general warehouse work.
• Tubular steel construction.
• Non slip plywood treads and shelves. T52
• All shelves are 760 x 460mm with a 40mm up turned lip.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm dia rubber
tyred wheels.
• T51 has 2 shelves and T52 has 3 shelves illustrated, both
models with higher hand rails for extra safety as shown.
REF Overall size LxWxH mm Height of Top Step Clearance between trays PRICE
T51 T51 1295x480x1000 720 660 £318.32
T52 1295x480x1000 720 330 £349.21

SECURITY SHELF TRUCK
For the safe and secure storage and transportation of goods.
The truck has double hinged locking doors. Truck is supplied
with base board only - add on additional shelves as required.
• O/S L x W x H: 1270 x 750 x 1790mm.

• Platform size: 1150 x 750mm.
• Base height: 270mm.
• Shelves can be fitted at 630/1050/1440mm heights.
• Fitted on two fixed and two swivel with brake castors -
200mm dia rubber wheels.
• Finish - EPC blue.
DT901Y Trolley with base £431.77
DTS09S Additional shelves £41.00
WIRE MESH SECURITY TRUCK

Suitable to store and move goods with the ability to
secure the truck by padlock or security tie. Fitted with a
half drop front side and hinged lid for ease of access.
• O/S L x W x H: 1000 x 700 x 800mm.

• Infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh.
• Fitted on two fixed and two swivel with brake castors
- 200mm dia rubber wheels.
• Weight: 81Kg.

GIS71M Security truck £377.91
SECURITY TROLLEYS
Tough durable construction in steel angle iron and mesh infill.
• Exterior grade plywood base.

• Lockable lids can be secured by a padlock (not supplied).
• Grey non-marking rubber tyred castors.
O/S LxWxH mm 1260x610x970 1560x730x970

Type of Trolley REF PRICE REF PRICE
4 sided & half drop side GL1243 £274.47 GL1543 £362.84
4 sided GL1253 £344.41 GL1553 £437.57
4 sided with lid & half drop side GL1263 £317.40 GL1563 £396.32
4 sided with lid GL1273 £387.34 GL1573 £470.99
SHEET STEEL SECURITY TRUCK

This truck has sheet steel sides framed by heavy
duty box frame for added security. Fitted with locking
brackets suitable to take padlocks or security ties.
Hinged lid and half drop side for ease of access.
• O/S L x W x H: 1000 x 700 x 800mm.

• Weight: 103Kg.
• Footbrakes on two swivel castors.
REF Castor Description PRICE

GIS72S 2 fixed and 2 swivel 200mm dia rubber tyred £425.41

This high quality range of trucks especially designed for either manual or power turning. Optional rear hitch and towbar attachment to enable successful turning in train.
Fully welded construction. Rounded corners and double D bumper strips are standard to prevent damage to surrounding premises. Enhances truck appearance and
particularly easy to maintain. Available standard four sizes with either mesh or tube suspension.
General Specification:
• Overall ht. 1190mm
• Internal body ht. 900mm
• Load capacity 500kg.
• 18mm ext. grade ply.
• 200mm rubber wheels.
• 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors
• Varnished and stove enamel grey.
BH270H with BH004Z and 1 x BH003Z BH271H with BH004Z
Optional
Platform 3 sided mesh body 3 sided tubular body centre shelf
size mm REF Weight PRICE REF Weight PRICE REF PRICE
1000x700 BH170H 45kg £602.16 BH171H 37kg £577.61 BS171Z £73.82
1200x700 BH270H 50kg £644.93 BH271H 44kg £613.52 BS271Z £73.82
1200x1000 BH210H 60kg £675.90 BH211H 50kg £643.81 BS211Z £108.26
1500x1000 BH510H 70kg £753.52 BH511H 60kg £705.32 BS511Z £115.80
Optional Extras: REF PRICE

Braked Castors (2 off fitted with swivel and wheel lock) BH001Z £53.52
Rear towing hitch BH002Z £40.30
Towbar BH003Z £75.13
4th side with half drop hinged BH004Z £207.23
BH270H with 2 x BS271Z
EASY STEER WIRE MESH & SECURITY TRUCKS FIRM LOAD WIRE MESH & SECURITY TRUCKS
GL1443, GL1453 & GL1463

GL1043, GL1053 & GL1063
Description Wt REF PRICE REF PRICE

Platform: 900x600mm.
Capacity 250kg. O/HT: 900mm. Kg EASY STEER FIRM LOADING
Height of Platform: 165mm. 4 Mesh sides 31 GL1043 £339.41 GL1443 £336.18
Container Height: 550mm.
Effective Half Drop Depth: 240mm. 4 Mesh sides
2 fixed and 2 swivel cushion tyred wheels – 127mm dia. 1 x 1⁄2 drop side 35 GL1053 £368.60 GL1453 £362.13
Full security 40 GL1063 £452.68 GL1463 £451.96

DIY TROLLEYS HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY
Used for order picking or to handle awkward size
TROLLEY
items such as fence panels, timber, bags of
cement etc. • Load capacity 1000Kg.
Strong, durable and easy to steer - widely used • Detachable handles for compact storage.
by most leading DIY retailers. • Steel chequer plate decks.
Powder coated finish. • Powder coated grey finish.
Quantity discounts available. • Supplied knockdown.
• Fitted on 4 swivel 110mm dia rubber wheels and 2
fixed 220mm polyurethane in centre.
DIY/G with basket
DIY/P
REF Overall size LxWxH mm Capacity Kg Wheels dia mm PRICE

DIY/G 850x480x865 220 Rubber 125mm £121.62
DIY/P 850x480x865 220 Rubber 125mm £124.03 REF PRICE
DIY/B Extra for 800x190x230 basket to be fitted - - £14.43 GIC84Y £218.00
FLAT BED TROLLEYS HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY

Used in DIY Retail Outlets and warehouse
TROLLEY
environments. Ideal for carrying bulk materials • Load capacity 1000Kg.
such as sheet panels and heavy bagged items. • Detachable handles for compact storage.
Powder coated finish with durable construction. • Steel chequer plate decks.
Quantity discounts available. • Powder coated blue finish.
• Fitted on 4 swivel 110mm dia rubber wheels and 2
fixed 220mm polyurethane in centre.
• Fitted with kick plates to avoid trapped feet.
FTPC
BT/AH FTZP
REF Overall size LxWxH mm Capacity Kg Wheels dia mm Finish PRICE

BT/AH 955x580x1135 400 Rubber 200mm Powder coated £156.92
FTPC 1525x610x1135 250 Rubber 100mm Powder coated £137.93 REF PRICE
FTZP 1525x610x1135 250 Rubber 100mm Zinc plated £155.36 GIC83Y £187.65

POPULAR NESTING CASH AND CARRY TRUCK DELUXE NESTING CASH AND CARRY TRUCK
• Specials can be manufactured to suit with nylon or polyurethane wheels. • High quality electro zinc finish. Water resistant platform.
Handle can take owners name.
REF T290
Platform size mm 1200x600 REF T290/D
Platform height mm 300 400 Platform size mm 1200x650
Capacity Kg 350 500 Platform height mm 500
Rubber tyred wheels mm 125 200 Capacity Kg 200
PRICE £201.70 £249.35 PRICE £201.17
Extra for bottle basket £34.93 £34.93 Extra for bottle basket £14.00
NARROW AISLE CASH AND CARRY TRUCK STABILITY WHEELED TRUCKS

• Very popular range.
Tubular framework timber
in angle base.
• Double tube frame
on 500Kg models.
• Fixed wheels 200mm
and swivels 125mm
rubber tyred.
REF Platform LxW mm Capacity PRICE

T130 1060x610 250Kg £196.08
• Centre wheels 200mm dia. rubber tyred with roller bearings.
• Two 125mm dia. rubber tyred castors both ends. T130A 1370x685 250Kg £223.25
• Easy to steer and turn in own length. T130B 760x510 250Kg £173.62
REF Platform LxW mm Capacity PRICE T132 1220x685 500Kg £377.09
T500 1500x380 350Kg £219.37 T132A 1525x760 500Kg £382.82
T504 1220x380 350Kg £201.11 T137B 1525x990 750Kg £493.69
NESTABLE CASH AND CARRY TROLLEY

• Maximum load: 100Kg.
• Heavy duty attractive plastic platform.
• Folding top basket.
• Retention rod fitted to stop load from sliding off platform.
The top ‘tip up’ basket is ideal for transporting additional items.
When not in use, the trolleys are easily nested due to the tip up
tray and hinged base platform.
Easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 100mm non-marking swivel rubber
castors, 2 with brake.
Colour: red.
REF O/size LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

GIC81Y 960x570x950 15 £139.99

PIECE TRUCK WITH SIDE UPRIGHTS EASY STEER BALANCED TRUCKS
REF T137
• Strong tubular side frames.

• Angle iron base frame with timber platform. • Constructed of steel tube and angle with timber platform.
• Easy steer sliding wheel system. • Sliding wheel system with end rocking movement.
• Platform size 1830x915mm. Height I/S 915mm. • Fitted on 200mm dia. rubber tyred wheels.
• Double tube frames and uprights both ends on 500 kg. models as shown.
REF Wheeling Capacity PRICE 250kg models have uprights one end as standard.
T139A/CT 200mm cushion tyred 250kg £382.15
T139A/NY 200mm nylon 350kg £402.51
REF Platform LxW mm Cap Kg PRICE
T135 1060x610 250 £235.54
T135A 1370x685 250 £263.05
ADJUSTABLE - PLATE TRANSPORTER TRUCK T135B 760x510 250 £202.30
T137 1220x685 500 £412.77
• Load retaining uprights T137A 1525x760 500 £455.35
adjustable to width.
• Heavy duty steel construction.
Timber deck.
• Stability wheeling on 2 fixed and
2 swivel castors with rubber
tyred wheels.
'A' FRAME TRUCK
Deck size Wheel dia Cap

REF LxW mm mm Kg PRICE
T180 1210x700 200 250 £325.12
AP16-2 1220x610 200 600 £252.80
TABLE TOP TRUCKS
• Suitable to transport glass, window and doors and all manner of sheet materials.
• 300mm wide base boards both sides.
• Four strong timber resting battens both sides.
• Strong anchor points for fastening straps.
• Capacity 600Kg.
• 200mm dia fixed and swivel castors with rubber tyred steel centre wheels.
• Ideal for packing stores and warehouse duties. • Other sizes and capacities can be made to order.
• Smooth timber top either set flush or within angle to form rim surround.
• Cap 150kg. on 125mm dia. rubber tyred castors.
• Paint and varnish finish.
REF Frame HxWxL mm PRICE
Top size Bottom size GWT1 1200x900x1800 £472.81
REF LxW mm LxWxH mm PRICE GWT2 1200x900x2400 £576.97
T145 1220x685 1220x300x300 £182.15
T145A 1525x760 1525x380x300 £206.94

BOARD TROLLEY
These units will fit a large amount of board, making them ideal for
use in DIY stores, warehouses, factories etc. They will also carry
a vast range of board from doors, fences, drywall and large sheet
panels. Model GIC98Y incorporates a large perforated tray which
is 1290L x 150W x 140D mm which sits 510mm off the platform.
• Supplied knockdown flat packed.

• Capacity 500Kg.
REF Overall size L x W x H mm Wheels mm Weight Kg PRICE

GIC97Y 1200 x 580 x 1180 4 x 200mm rubber 36 £311.12
2 x 250 fixed steel centred
GIC98Y 1290 x 700 x 1190 50 £368.75
2 x 210 swivel pneumatic
FIRM LOAD ALUMINIUM TRUCKS

Ideal for use within industrial and Maximum Distributed Load: 400kg.
commercial food and textile production. Platform Height: 300mm.
Castors: Heavy duty, 2 fixed, 2 swivel.
• High tech and engineering industries. Wheel Equipment: Either non-marking blue
• Highly combustible working resilex super elastic rubber tyred wheels or
environments. cushion tyred, both fitted with roller
• Aesthetically pleasing. bearings. Size 200 x 50mm.
• Hygienic. Platform, sides and ends: Heavy duty
• Non sparking. aluminium chequer plate.
• Non contaminating. Frame and superstructure: Heavy duty
• Odourless. aluminium R.H.S.
• Easy to clean. Corner buffering: Fitted as standard.
All rounded corners for damage prevention
and safety.
GA824R
GA821R
Description Weight Kg Overall (including buffers) REF with Resilex PRICE REF with cushion PRICE
L x W x H mm wheels wheels
Platform size 1210 x 610mm
Single end 33 1440 x 645 x 950 GA611R £745.61 GA611H £647.76
Double end 42 1540 x 645 x 950 GA612R £939.70 GA612H £841.84
2 ends and 1
removable side 49 1540 x 645 x 950 GA613R £1129.41 GA613H £1031.51
2 ends and 2
removable sides 57 1540 x 645 x 950 GA614R £1313.62 GA614H £1215.81
(box body)
Platform size 1210 x 810mm
Single end 44 1440 x 845 x 950 GA821R £814.81 GA821H £716.99
Double end 55 1540 x 845 x 950 GA822R £1015.34 GA822H £917.13
2 ends and 1
GA823R removable side 62 1540 x 845 x 950 GA823R £1204.42 GA823H £1106.62
2 ends and 2
removable sides 70 1540 x 845 x 950 GA824R £1382.08 GA824H £1284.23
(box body)

POST BAG HOLDER TROLLEYS POST DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
• Strong tubular steel Ideal for use in offices, shops etc.
construction. Easily manoeuvrable on
• Fitted with retaining lugs to 2 large fixed 200mm wheels and
secure bags firmly to frame. 2 swivel braked
• Fitted on four swivel castors 125mm castors.
for maximum mobility.
• Postbags are not supplied. • Chrome plated wire trolley.
• Powder coat blue finish. • Hygienic - easy to clean.
• Load capacity - 120Kg.
MT987Y
MT988Y
SW152Y
O/A Dim HxWxDmm Wheels Wt Kg No Bags REF PRICE
1130 x 390 x 390 4x75mm swivel 8 1 MT987Y £105.06 O/A dim LxWxH mm Weight Kg REF PRICE
1130 x 390 x 770 grey non-marking 12 2 MT988Y £129.39 860 x 660 x 990 17.5 SW152Y £189.94
PIANO DOLLY CARPET/FLOOR COVERING TROLLEY
• Favourite design with removal specialists.

• Ideal for pianos, wardrobes, etc or large case work. • Well balanced for all long lengths.
• Heavy rubber cushion pads both ends. • Fitted on 400x100mm pneumatic wheels 2 ply. R.B.
• Painted finish blue. • Tubular steel construction, easy to use, but strongly designed.
REF Size LxW mm Wheels mm Cap Kg PRICE REF O/A dim LxWxHmm Cap Kg Wt Kg PRICE
T935 610x460 200 dia cushion 250 £137.02 T820 1515x555x533 300 16 £204.28
HEAVY DUTY GARMENT STANDARD GARMENT

DRESS RAILS DRESS RAILS
Heavy duty warehouse favourite. The ever popular standard
garment rail.
Features:
• Stoved bronze finish. Features:
• Heavy box section base frame. • Stoved bronze finish.
• Optional 75.100 or • Optional chrome top rail.
125mm dia castors. • Entire chrome finish.
• Hanging height 1525mm. • Standard on 50mm dia nylon
• Nesting base. castors (rail ht. 1600mm)
• Strength with full manoeuvrability. • Stack/stagger nest.
• Special sizes and finishes • Special sizes and finishes
to order. to order.
Length Length Length Length All prices

Type REF 915mm 1212mm 1517mm 1823mm are based
on
Length Length Length Length All prices Stoved bronze GR1 £32.24 £33.73 £35.58 £37.19
minimum
Type REF 915mm 1212mm 1517mm 1823mm are based Chromed top rail GR2 £35.49 £38.66 £40.89 £43.58 quantity
on All chromed GR3 £61.17 £64.89 £67.96 £71.35 20 off
75mm dia HD1 £70.60 £71.98 £73.34 £74.40
minimum
100mm dia HD2 £75.82 £77.20 £78.56 £79.63 quantity 20 Extra if fitted on 75mm dia rubber castors £28.64
125mm dia HD3 £80.84 £82.22 £83.58 £84.64 off Extra if fitted on 100mm dia rubber castors £37.47

MAILROOM TROLLEY BOOK TROLLEY
• Designed for use in an office • Well designed.
environment to distribute • Easy to handle.
post, stationery and • Load capacity 300Kg.
lightweight items. • Weight 40Kg.
• Tubular steel frame with 50 • 4 castors 127mm dia rubber
x 50mm mesh. (non marking).
• Fitted on 4 x 100mm non • Tubular framework, grey
marking rubber wheels and Hammerite paint.
plastic wall buffers. • Top: White plastic faced
• 6 compartments and a board inset.
bottom storage tray. • Shelves: Epoxy powder
• Size: 1020H x 500W x coated blue.
1020L mm. • Overall dimensions: 865 x
• Hard wearing epoxy 534 x 1111mm.
powder finish. • Very suitable for libraries,
banks and all offices.
REF PRICE
REF PRICE
MT991Y £369.33
TT1203 £539.37
BEAM AND CYLINDER DOLLY MANAGERS MOBILE DESK

• Multiple uses for transporting long objects. • For departmental
• Capacity 200Kg. security as supplied to UK’s
• Size: length 915mm leading retailers.
x width 560mm. • Size o/a H 1040 x W 510
• Steel wearing pads x D 535mm.
to protect ends of • Slide out extensions to form
tubular frames. into full desk size.
• 100mm dia rubber castors
with wheel brakes.
Specials on request.
T25
REF Wheel Type PRICE

T25/FCR 200mm diameter, cushion tyred £169.94 REF PRICE
T25/PCR 355mm diameter, cushion tyred £221.20 MD/JP £494.94
T25/QPR 400mm diameter, pneumatic tyred £212.98
FOLDING TROLLEY WORK STATION

Attractive yet durable folding trolley • Desk top compartment with
ideal for use in storerooms, schools lockable lid.
and shops etc. Extremely sturdy and • Base cupboard mesh for visibility
will store neatly away when folded. also locks provided.
Can be folded in one simple move. • Bright zinc finish.
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber • 100mm rubber castors with
tyred castors of which two are brakes on two.
braked. Gap between shelves: • Originally designed for
300mm. Dimensions when folded: food trade but suitable all
580 x 100 x 1080mm. in-store situations.
• Size o/a H 1040 x W 510 x
D 535mm.
Specials on request.
REF Overall size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE REF PRICE

CI203Y 580 x 450 x 890 14 £111.31 CA/JP £504.25

CHROME PLATED TROLLEY CHROME PLATED TROLLEY
A durable chrome plated trolley ideal for use in offices, shops A durable chrome plated trolley ideal for use in offices, warehouses, laboratories etc.
etc. Easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 130mm, 2 fixed, 2 swivel Easily manoeuvrable on 2 large fixed 260mm wheels and 2 swivel 130mm castors.
castors. Large platform top 910 x 470mm. Ideal for the The unit also includes 2 removable baskets with dividing rods to split the baskets to
movement of larger boxes. make compartments.
• Hygienic, easy to use. • Hygienic.

• 180Kg capacity. • 2 wire baskets for loads
• Supplied of varying size.
knock down. • Large front wheels for
uneven surfaces.
• 180Kg capacity.
REF Overall size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE REF Overall size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE
SW162Y 1040 x 470 x 1020 20.5 £149.50 SW172Y 1320 x 540 x 980 24 £189.83
TEA CANTEEN TROLLEY CANTEEN AND INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS

• Trays detachable stove • Wooden trays 50mm deep
enamelled white with as standard.
40mm borders. • Framework cream or green.
• Frames sprayed blue. • Capacity 125kg.
• Wheels 100mm dia rubber • Wheels 100mm dia rubber.
REF Tray LxW mm No Trays PRICE EXTRA POWDER COATED TRAYS

T140 915x510 2 £212.27 £54.80
REF Tray LxW mm No Trays Height Top Tray mm PRICE
T140A 1220x610 2 £229.48 £54.80
18/A/2 760x455 2 850 £242.79 T141 915x510 3 £260.60 £54.80
18/A/3 760x455 3 915 £305.01 T141A 1220x610 3 £289.76 £78.00
18/B/2 1070x610 2 850 £285.47
18/B/3 1070x610 3 915 £374.97 Extra for 125mm dia wheels all models £8.52
TRAY TROLLEY ORDER PICKING TRAY TROLLEY

• Tube and angle steel • 250Kg capacity.
construction. • Tubular steel with
• Inset timber shelves. fixed painted steel
• Tray size 760 x 380 mm o/a trays (open on one
ht 840mm. side for ease of access
• Capacity 125Kg o/a length and cleaning).
1020mm. • Fitted on 2 fixed, 2 swivel
• Fitted on 100mm or 125mm braked castors - rubber
dia rubber wheels. wheels.
• Supplied knockdown flat
pack.
Overall dims Shelf heights Weight

REF PRICE
REF LxWxH mm mm Wheels Kg PRICE
T150 £87.82
KTI13Y 1330x500x1070 220, 800 125mm rubber 43 £210.73
T150/125 £89.08
KTI14Y 1430x700x1070 220, 800 125mm rubber 53 £241.73

Main features as GPT3 except with three removable trays 30mm. deep reinforced Robustly constructed from 25mm square tube with two removable trays from 16g
edged sides. Two of the castors provided with foot operated wheel brakes. sheet steel with 40mm high borders with reinforced edges. Fitted on 100mm dia
rubber tyred castors. Finish electrostatic epoxy powder coated.
REF Dimensions H x W x L mm PRICE
REF Dimensions H x W x L mm PRICE
GPT4 980 x 450 x 805 £279.46
GPT3 785 x 460 x 790 £226.10
This apparatus/tool trolley has all welded frame construction from 25mm square
steel tube with two steel removable trays 610 x 370 mm with lip handles and ribbed
rubber protective mats. Both trays can be positioned at an incline of approx. 10 Multi purpose trolley – found to be very suitable for most uses. Constructed from
degrees to suit computer or oscilloscope mounting. Fitted on four rubber tyred 20mm square steel tube with two removable 80mm deep polyethylene trays.
100mm dia. castors. Weight 22 Kg. Finish epoxy powder coated. For evenly distributed loads up to 100 Kg. Finish and castors as GPT3 above.
REF Dimensions H x W x L mm PRICE REF Dimensions H x W x L mm PRICE

GPT1 790 x 430 x 800 £272.20 GPT5 810 x 470 x 1050 £210.47

Range of shelf trucks with timber shelves and painted steel frames. Fitted on rubber
wheels with a variety of sizes and capacities. Supplied knock down flat pack.
PI304Y
• Grade 304 stainless steel. • 100mm grey rubber wheels.
• Either 2 or 3 fixed shelves. • Supplied KD flat packed.
• Corner buffers. • 30mm shelf lip.
REF Shelves Size W x L x H, mm PRICE
SI202Y 2 470 x 710 x 900 £177.37
SI203Y 3 470 x 710 x 900 £210.92
PI307Y
This chrome plated wire trolley is easily • Hygienic, easy to use.

manoeuvrable on 125mm rubber wheels, 2 • Load capacity 150Kg.
with brakes. Both trays have deep 130mm • Corner buffers.
sides to help contain contents. • Supplied knock down.
REF Overall size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE
SW142Y 950 x 510 x 1100 16.5 £159.54
PI303Y
PI305Y
• 2 or 3 tier options in two sizes. • 100mm grey rubber wheels.
• 150Kg cap. • Supplied KD flat packed.
• Blue painted steel finish. • Shelves are reversible. REF Cap Kg Shelves Size L x W x H, mm Wheels PRICE
PI304Y 400 2 - no lips 1050 x 705 x 915 150mm £224.22
REF Shelves Size W x L x H, mm PRICE PI307Y 250 2 - lips 1000 x 600 x 910 125mm £199.00
TI246Y 2 400 x 670 x 910 £144.14 PI302Y 250 2 - no lips 1050 x 605 x 880 125mm £179.17

STAINLESS STEEL TROLLEYS
• Constructed from hygienic stainless steel.
• Tray trolleys based on stainless type 430.
• Racks and heavy duty trolleys based on

stainless type 304.
• Argon welded corners for strength. CH3001M

• Radiused corners for easy cleaning.
• Nickel plated castors for long life.
• Non-marking tyres for extra cleanliness.

CH1005
• Boxed edges for safety.
• Sound deadening pads to shelves for

silent running.
• Corner buffers fitted to heavy duty and tray

clearing rack trolleys.
• Special finishing to all these quality articles.
• Easy to keep clean.
• See below for sizes and prices. CHD2002
CH1003
General Purpose Stainless Tray Trolleys Heavy Duty Stainless Tray Trolleys
REF No of shelves L x W x H mm PRICE REF No of shelves L x W x H mm PRICE
CH1002 2 875 x 468 x 900 £294.61 CHD2002 2 1092 X 640 X 920 £655.59
CH1003 3 875 x 468 x 900 £315.52 CHD2003 3 1092 X 640 X 920 £740.13
CH1004 4 875 x 468 x 1100 £439.62
CH1005 5 875 x 468 x 1380 £507.67 Tray Clearing Stainless Rack Trolleys
CH2002 2 1092 x 548 x 900 £382.53
REF No of tiers L x W x H mm PRICE
CH2003 3 1092 x 548 x 900 £435.22
Stainless steel — Buffered castors — 12 trays per tier
CH3001M 1 614 x 435 x 1692 £628.15
CH3002M 2 1114 x 435 x 1692 £846.60
CH3003M 3 1614 x 435 x 1692 £1055.19
Side panels — Per pair — Optional extra £190.42
Height between tray runners, 120mm. Suits tray size 430/460mm wide.
STAINLESS STEEL
TRAY TROLLEYS
• Choice of 3 styles,
100Kg capacity.
• Tray size: 775 x 400mm.
• 4 non-marking 100mm
braked castors.
REF Type Size L x W x H mm PRICE

SI803Y 3 shelf 850 x 445 x 895 £188.58
SI812Y 2 shelf + rods 850 x 445 x 895 £168.62
SI822Y 2 deep shelves 837 x 443 x 895 £198.24

ADJUSTABLE TROLLEYS
For general use in workshop, office, production areas, hospitals etc.
Height of all shelves can be adjusted by allen key. Standard trolley has
2 or 4 shelves. More shelves can be mounted on either version.
Frames are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey (RAL 7045).
Shelves 12mm laminated particle board with steel edging.
Four swivel castors Ø 125mm, two with brakes,
overall height of castor 161mm.
2 shelf trolleys - shelf adjustments between
200 - 770mm. Load capacities:
max 150Kg/trolley and max 50Kg/shelf.
4 shelf trolleys - shelf adjustments
between 215 - 1340mm. Load capacities:
max 300Kg/trolley and max 50Kg/shelf.
Document holder Wire end panels
Trolleys and Accessories Extra Shelf

REF Shelves Shelf size mm O/A dim DxWxH mm PRICE REF PRICE
TRTA4082 2 430x800 535x900x1015 £231.86 TRHA408 £60.32
TRTA4102 2 430x1000 535x1100x1015 £239.40 TRHA410 £65.03
TRTA5082 2 530x800 635x900x1015 £246.94 TRHA508 £65.98
TRTA5102 2 530x1000 635x1100x1015 £254.48 TRHA510 £70.69
TRTA4104 4 430x1000 535x1100x1535 £386.43 TRHA410 £65.03
TRTA5104 4 530x1000 635x1100x1535 £409.99 TRHA510 £70.69
NET2 Wire end panels - 1 pair. 2 pairs needed on 4 shelf £39.59 - -
DSA4ESD A4 document holder with 2 magnets £45.24 - -
UNIVERSAL TROLLEY
Standard trolley has 3 shelves size 650 x 530mm. Height adjustment of shelves by allen key. The vertical profiles are of aluminium. Frames are of epoxy powder
coated steel: light grey RAL 7035. The worktops are of 25mm laminated particle board. Four swivel castors Ø 100mm of which two are braked, overall height of
castor 141mm. Load capacity 150Kg. Outer dimensions D x W x H: 650 x 650 x 1415mm.
• ESD version suitable for the electronics industry

is also available on request.
Tilting shelf
TJK-404
WTR140

WTR-140 Universal trolley with 3 shelves £508.01
TS605 Extra shelf - 50Kg cap £55.61
TAS605 Extra tilting shelf - 50Kg cap £107.45 ESD Version
TJK-404 4 x Switches UK sockets - pre wired £148.92
LMC02 2 drawer unit - 2 x 100mm £211.12
NT500ESD Keyboard shelf - 250 x 500 £116.87

REINFORCED DROPSIDE LIGHTWEIGHT TAPERED FIBRE BOX
BOX TRUCK STRONG STRAIGHT SIDED FIBRE
REINFORCED BANDED TRUCK – NESTING
REF Int L Dim W mm H PRICE
35646 915 x 610 x 760 £306.79 REF Int L Dim W mm H PRICE
REF Int L Dim W mm H PRICE
35646/1 1220 x 610 x 760 £374.26 35645 790 x 530 x 710 £124.30
AXL1 915 x 610 x 610 £229.32
35646/2 1370 x 760 x 915 £429.02 35645/1 990 x 668 x 710 £130.47
AXL2 1220 x 610 x 610 £245.99
35645/2 1245 x 635 x 710 £140.53
AXL3 1525 x 760 x 610 £318.99
As illustrated far left of above photograph.
Details as for straight sided trucks except with Folded top edge reinforced with steel rod frame.
Strong reinforcing bands and corners, smooth inside.
half drop side for ease of loading. 12mm thick ply base. 75mm dia nylon fixed castors.
75mm dia nylon fixed castors – tilt steering.
Nest when empty. Smooth snag free.
STRAIGHT SIDED, STACKING REVERSE TAPER, STACKING

Economic range. Manufactured from 1.4mm thick fibreboard. Recessed
Folded edges reinforced with steel framework folded edges rivetted base for
snag free construction. Standard hand holes. Label holders positive
optional extra. stacking.
Label Holders
REF PRICE
LABH £1.16
REF Int L Dim W mm H PRICE REF Int L Dim W mm H PRICE

ASSC1 460 x 305 x 240 £20.93 ARTC/1 405 x 255 x 240 £20.04
Wood runners fitted under base gives ASSC2 570 x 310x 305 £24.37 ARTC/2 520 x 260 x 305 £23.33
longer wearing and accurate stacking. ASSC3 760 x 370 x 380 £27.36 ARTC/3 685 x 285 x 395 £26.82
STACKING & NESTING CONTAINER NESTING ONLY

Int dim mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
Top 460 x 305 x 240
35636 £28.47 35633 £22.27
Base 405 x 255 x 240
Top 570 x 310 x 305
35637 £31.99 35634 £25.79
Base 520 x 260 x 305
Top 760 x 370 x 395
35638 £35.50 35635 £29.30
Base 685 x 290 x 395
Anti jam lugs fitted. Base 6mm thick ply.

Swing brackets to nest & stack. Tapered to nest when empty.
TRANSIT CASE CARRY CASE

Any size and design to order. Strong carry handles
quality locks and hinges. Reinforced frames and
corners. Webbing fasteners. Many colours to choice.
ANY SIZE, ANY STYLE CAN BE MANUFACTURED.

PLEASE ASK FOR DETAILS
REF Int dim mm PRICE REF Int dim mm PRICE

ATC1 610 x 430 x 305 £52.86 ACMCC1 305 x 405 x 150 £48.98

LIGHTWEIGHT SHELF TROLLEYS
• Capacity: 170Kg. • Capacity: 170Kg.
• Wheels: 102mm dia solid. • Wheels: 102mm dia solid.
• Size: 755x480x890mm. • Size: 755x480x890mm.
• Supplied KD flat packed. • Supplied KD flat packed.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

GI004Y £142.39 GI005Y £174.97
POLYETHYLENE MOULDED TROLLEYS ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TROLLEY
Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys will not rust, dent or chip. Supplied knock
down. Easy to assemble. Non conductive and resistant to battery acid, solvents and Shelves constructed from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra
cleaning solutions. 4 x 100mm dia swivel castors - 2 with brake. strength. Adjustable in height from 66cm to 107cm. Legs constructed from 14
gauge steel. Available in green, red and blue. Top shelf complete with ribbed rubber
mat to stop equipment sliding during transportation. Overall dimensions: L610mm
REF No shelves Size mm Cap Kg PRICE x W460mm. Wheels: 4 x 100mm swivel, 2 braked. Weight: 20Kg.
G1237L 2 920 x 640 x 960 175 £227.11 Supplied knock down.
REF Colour choice PRICE
G1337L 3 920 x 640 x 975 175 £306.21
G1942W Green, Red, Blue £165.49
2 & 3 TIER TROLLEY

Load capacity 250Kg. Supplied knock down. These utility budget price trolleys are for general
workshop use. Fitted with either 2 or 3 shelves with 85mm deep sides. The trolleys are easy to
manoeuvre. Fitted with a push/pull handle at one end and 2 swivel, 2 fixed 125mm rubber
wheels. Finish: Dark grey. Size: 1015 x 635 x 805mm.
REF No of shelves PRICE

W1202Y 2 £135.06
W1203Y 3 £171.44
PLASTIC SHELF TROLLEY

Load capacity 180Kg. Extra wide shelf trolleys. Super strong polyethylene,
easy to clean, will not rust, dent or chip. Available with either 100mm dia.
castors or 125mm dia. solid rubber wheels. Ideal for use in workshops,
maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses or automotive and
electronics industries.
Size: G1438L - 1220 x 610 x 915mm. Shelf heights - 140 & 458mm.
G1439L - 1220 x 610 x 940mm. Shelf heights - 165 & 483mm.
Supplied knock down.
REF Wheeling PRICE

G1438L 4 x 100mm Castors £405.57
G1439L 4 x 125mm wheels £441.41

POLYETHYLENE SHELF TROLLEYS
• Strong polyethylene moulded construction.
• Will not rust, dent or chip.
• Easy to clean.
• Non conductive material resistant to most substances.
• Supplied knock down with a mallet for ease of assembly.
• 100mm dia swivel castors, 2 with brakes.
REF Shelves O/A size Between Weight PRICE

L x W x H mm shelves mm
GI541L 3 610 x 458 x 840 305 11 £136.15
GI542L 4 610 x 458 x 915 222 13 £175.25
GI543L 5 610 x 458 x 915 159 17 £191.42
GI544L 6 610 x 458 x 1143 159 19 £222.36
GI534L 2 890 x 610 x 880 650 16 £187.09
GI535L 3 890 x 610 x 865 292 22 £227.87
GI536L 4 813 x 610 x 915 203 24 £304.07
GI537L 5 813 x 610 x 1220 203 29 £363.24
GI538L 6 813 x 610 x 1423 203 34 £430.34
POLYETHYLENE MOULDED SERVICE TROLLEYS

• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys.
• Free mallet for easy assembly. GI654L
GI643L
• Versatile.
• Easy to clean.
Multi-purpose trolleys constructed from a non-conductive material,

resistant to most substances. Ideal for use in the automotive and
electronics industry, in workshops, maintenance departments etc.
Fitted with 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with
brake, except models GI654L and GI655L which have 2 braked
swivel castors and 2 large 200mm wheels helping to give a stable
ride. Depth of trays: 70mm. Supplied knock down.
GI653L GI644L GI645L
Overall dimensions Dimensions between shelves Max load Weight

REF Description LxWxHmm top/bottom mm Kg Kg PRICE
GI652L 2 shelf plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 997 200/460 175 21.5 £249.88
GI653L 3 shelf plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 1156 200/250/250 175 23 £339.80
GI654L 2 shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels 895 x 725 x 997 200/460 175 28 £302.58
GI655L 3 shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels 895 x 725 x 1156 200/250/250 175 29.5 £392.43
3 shelf, top & middle storage trays,
GI643L 610 x 400 x 840 235/235 120 14 £238.91
bottom flat shelf, locking hinged lid
GI644L 3 shelf, top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays 610 x 460 x 970 300/300 120 13 £136.74
GI645L 3 shelf, top & bottom storage trays, middle flat shelf 610 x 460 x 970 300/300 120 13 £136.74

LARGE WHEELED SERVICE TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. The large 200mm wheels on these units make them ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance
• Heavy duty 200mm foam filled rubber castors, 2 with brake. departments, storerooms, warehouses, chemical and pharmaceutical industries.
• Will not rust, dent or chip. Units are constructed from a non-conductive material and unaffected by battery acid, solvents and cleaning
• Easy to clean. solutions. Available in a combination of flat shelves/storage trays (70mm deep). Two aluminium bars reinforce
• Mallet for easy assembly. all the shelves/storage trays on models GI732L, GI733L and GI739L. Models GI734L and GI735L have
• Supplied knock down. reinforced top shelves.
GI734L GI733L GI739L
Overall dimensions Dimensions between shelves Maximum load Weight

REF Description LxWxH mm top/bottom mm (UDL) Kg Kg PRICE
GI734L 2 shelf trolley (flat shelves) 890x610x1000 650 350 27 £289.91
GI735L 3 shelf trolley (flat shelves) 890x610x985 292/292 350 32.5 £343.40
GI739L 2 shelf trolley, top flat shelf, bottom storage tray 890x610x1038 630 350 29.5 £362.15
GI732L 2 storage trays 890x610x1100 635 350 31 £333.33
GI733L 3 storage trays 890x610x1100 280/280 350 38 £398.05
SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH

COLOURED SHELVES
• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys.
• Easy to clean.
• 3 colours available - blue, red and yellow.
Ideal for moving all types of goods in offices,

schools, storerooms, hospitals, supermarkets
etc. Also ideal for use in colour coded
departments. Unit is available with cupboard
which is ideal if you need to keep items locked
away. Constructed from a non-conductive GI843W GI844CW
GI843W
material and resistant to most substances.
Fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors, Overall dimensions Dimensions between shelves
2 with brake. REF Description LxWxH mm top/bottom mm PRICE
GI843W 3 shelf trolley 610x457x864 216/419 £123.66
GI844CW 3 shelf trolley with cupboard 610x457x864 216/419 £259.96
GI825W 3 shelf trolley 610x457x1067 216/419 £128.11
GI826CW 3 shelf trolley with cupboard 610x457x1067 216/419 £264.27
SERVICE TROLLEYS
This range of aesthetically pleasing shelf trolleys is available in two • Hygiene friendly product - easy to
colours, either buttermilk or grey, both with grey aluminium uprights. wash and clean.
The shelves are manufactured from hard wearing plastic. Shelves on • Clearance between shelves - 280mm.
the remaining models have a full rim around to help prevent items • Supplied flat pack knock down.
sliding off. Fitted with 4 swivel non-marking rubber castors. • Maximum load capacity - 160Kg.
REF Colour Shelves O/S LxWxH m Weight PRICE

HI614Y Buttermilk 4 863x500x1200 26Kg £265.13
HI624Y Grey 4 863x500x1200 26Kg £265.13
HI714Y Buttermilk 5 863x500x1555 32Kg £324.49
HI724Y Grey 5 863x500x1555 32Kg £324.49

SHELF SERVICE TROLLEYS PLASTIC/ALUMINIUM
This range of aesthetically pleasing shelf trolleys is available in
SHELF TROLLEY
two colours, either buttermilk or grey, both with grey aluminium • Easy to clean.
uprights. The shelves are manufactured from hard wearing • Capacity - 90Kg.
plastic. Shelves have a 25mm rim to 3 sides and a 5mm rim to • Shelf clearance - 280mm.
one side to help prevent items sliding off. Fitted with 4 swivel • Supplied knock down.
75mm dia non-marking rubber castors. Clearance between
shelves 280mm. Optional plastic buckets can be purchased for This attractive shelf trolley has hard wearing black
the 3 shelf trolleys to give added versatility. Both buckets plastic shelves and grey aluminium uprights.
supplied together. Supplied knock down. Shelves have a 25mm lip to 3 sides and a 5mm rim
to one side. Fitted with 4 x 75mm swivel
non-marking rubber castors.
REF Description Overall dimensions LxWxH mm PRICE

HI414Y Buttermilk 3 shelf trolley £110.77
800 x 410 x 790
HI424Y Grey 3 shelf trolley £110.77
Optional bucket & 332 x 232 x 172 REF Size LxWxH m Weight Kg PRICE
HI004Z £29.52
optional bucket 336 x 236 x 562 HI834Y 840x430x910 9 £110.80
SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED LEGS

• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys. These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in offices, schools, workshops,
• Easy to clean. maintenance departments, storerooms etc. Constructed from a non-conductive material
• Will not rust, dent or chip. and resistant to most substances. Fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.
• Free mallet for easy assembly.
• 4 colour leg options available.
GI841L
GI834L
GI835L
Choose
colour
legs
Overall dimensions Dimensions between shelves Maximum load Weight

REF Description LxWxH mm top/bottom mm (UDL) Kg Kg PRICE
GI841L 3 shelf trolley 610x458x840 305/305 120 11 £135.09
GI834L 2 shelf trolley 890x610x880 650 120 16 £196.31
GI835L 3 shelf trolley 890x610x865 292/292 120 22 £231.88

PLASTIC SHELF TROLLEYS
• Super strong polyethylene • Will not rust, dent or chip
moulded trolleys. • Versatile.
• Easy to assemble. • Capacity 120Kg.
• Supplied knock down - • Depth of storage trays: 95mm.
flat pack. • Colour: black, metal
• Easy to Clean. cupboard - grey.
Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms,

warehouses or automotive and electronics industries. This range of
multi purpose trolleys are constructed from a non-conductive
materials and are unaffected by battery acid, solvents and cleaning
solutions. Available in a combination of flat shelves and deep
storage trays. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.
Each unit comes complete with a mallet for easy assembly.
GI334L GI335L
GI343L
GI341L
GI409L
GI488CL
REF Description Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm PRICE

GI334L 2 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 880 £178.20
GI335L 3 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 865 £217.24
GI341L 3 Shelf, 3 Flat Shelves 610 x 458 x 840 £127.36
GI343L 3 Shelf Top & Middle Storage Tray Bottom Flat Shelf 610 x 468 x 864 £189.78
GI409L 3 Shelf Top & Bottom Flat Shelves, Middle Storage Tray 610 x 477 x 1025 £181.14
GI488CL Top Flat Shelf, Cupboard With Flat Shelf 895 x 615 x 1230 £437.47
PLASTIC SERVICE TROLLEYS

• Super strong polyethylene
moulded trolleys.
• Easy to clean.
• Will not rust, dent
or chip
• Easy to assemble -
supplied knock down.
• 4 swivel black nylon
castors - 100mm dia.
Two fitted with brakes.
GI862L
GI851L GI852L
GI863L
REF Description Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm Shelf clearance mm PRICE

GI851L 2 shelf - top shelf flat, bottom deep tray 610 x 458 x 980 660 £149.54
GI852L 3 shelf - top and middle shelf flat, bottom deep tray 610 x 458 x 980 305 £180.56
GI853L 3 deep trays 610 x 458 x 980 305 £188.23
GI861L 2 shelf - top shelf flat, bottom tub 813 x 610 x 915 635 £285.69
GI862L 3 shelf - top and middle shelves flat, bottom tub 813 x 610 x 915 280 £346.57
GI863L 3 tubs 813 x 610 x 915 280 £391.45

• Super strong thermoplastic moulded trolleys. • Strength with lightness.
• Versatile. • Will not rust, dent or chip.
• Easy to clean. • Easy to assemble. Red Blue Beige Green
• Supplied knock down – flat pack. • Available in 4 colours, please specify when ordering.
Ideal for moving goods of all types in offices, schools, storerooms, hospitals, supermarkets etc. This versatile range of trolleys are constructed from
a durable injected moulded thermoplastic. Resistant to most substances they are available in three heights, with or without a lockable metal cupboard.
Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.
GI262CW GI426CW GI344CW
GI261W GI425W GI343W
Overall dimensions Dimensions between shelves Maximum

REF Description L x W x H mm top/bottom mm load Kg Weight PRICE
GI262CW 2 shelf trolley with cabinet 610 x457 x 660 419 90 18 £233.94
GI344CW 3 shelf trolley with cabinet 610 x 457 x 864 216/419 90 21 £259.96
GI426CW 3 shelf trolley with cabinet 610 x 457 x 1067 419/419 90 22 £264.27
GI261W 2 shelf trolley 610 x 457 x 660 470 90 10 £99.83
GI343W 3 shelf trolley 610 x 457 x 864 216/419 90 13 £123.66
GI425W 3 shelf trolley 610 x 457 x 1067 419/419 90 13 £128.11

PLASTIC DECK TROLLEYS
• Lightweight and strong.
• Load capacity 250kg.
• Non marking wheels.
• Resistant to acids and alkalies.
• Easy to clean.
This range is ideal for use in shops, schools, hospitals, supermarkets, warehouses etc.
particularly where hygiene and appearance are important. The platforms are made from
injection moulded reinforced plastic with handles of chromed steel.
GI911Y
GI912Y GI915Y GI916Y
REF Description Platform Platform Handle Wheels Weight PRICE

size mm height mm height mm Kg
GI911Y Single Folding End 810 x 500 190 860 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 14 £126.39
GI912Y Double Ends 810 x 500 190 860 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 16 £140.33
GI915Y 2 Tier Platform 810 x 500 190/710 930 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 20 £170.09
GI916Y 3 Tier Platform 810 x 500 190/450/710 930 125 Rubber Castors 2 Fixed 2 Swivel 25 £226.21
FOLDING UPRIGHT PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK

Rugged structural foam plastic platform truck with a handle that can be locked in an upright
position or folded down flat on platform and also folded behind truck in a tow position.
• Corrosion resistant - will not rust, chip or dent.

• Honeycomb designed underside for added strength.
• Platform size - 790 x 500mm.
• Platform height - 150mm.
• Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm dia polyamide wheels.
REF Capacity Kg O/S LxWxH m Weight Kg PRICE

HI914C 180 1280x520x800 11 £97.69
PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCKS

Heavy duty high impact resistant honeycomb designed plastic trucks.
Choice of two sizes and two castor configurations (4 or 6 wheel system).
HI904C
• Larger size capacity - 1500Kg.
• Smaller size capacity - 1000Kg.
• Industrial grade plastic deck will not rust, chip, dent or discolour.
• Removable powder coated push/pull handle.
• Platform height 190mm.
REF Uprights O/S LxWxH m Castors PRICE

HI904C Single 1700x750x965 4 £300.59
HI974C Double 1780x750x965 4 £323.51
HI906C Single 1700x750x965 6 £315.76
HI976C Double 1780x750x965 6 £333.77
HI976C

WORKSHOP BOX TROLLEYS
All Sentri workshop boxes have ball bearing slides and come in a black textured finish so not only
do they perform superbly but look ultra professional as well. There are many workshop boxes in
the market today but we have so much confidence in the high quality and standards set by these
new ranges that we are offering them all with our 3 year guarantee against faulty workmanship.
• Ball bearing slides on the drawers.

• Non-slip mats in all drawers.
• 2 fixed 2 swivel/braked wheels.
• 2 keys with each model.
• Powder coating in hard
wearing Sentri black.
SENTRI6
REF Box size LxDxH mm Weight PRICE

SENTRICART 780x410x900 33 £187.05 SENTRICART
SENTRI4 690x460x735 55 £259.55 SENTRI4
SENTRI6 690x460x735 73 £317.55
TOOL TROLLEYS
• Attractive midnight blue finish.
• Smooth running drawers.
• Drawers have a rubber mat.
• Easy to manoeuvre.
• Supplied knock down flat packed.
Ideal for use in workshops,

maintenance departments etc. -
help find your tools/equipment
simply and fast. Epoxy powder
coated in an attractive hard
wearing midnight blue.
TC122Y
TC121Y
REF O/size L x W x H mm Drawer size Castors mm PRICE

TC121Y 762 x 406 x 989 650 x 370 x 100 4 swivel 100 £360.47
TC122Y 762 x 406 x 942 695 x 370 x 100 4 swivel 100 £188.37
TC123Y 737 x 383 x 785 648 x 350 x 100 2 fixed x 2 swivel £186.48 TC123Y
TOOL TROLLEYS
• Two models with lockable sliding
drawers - ball bearing runners for
smooth operation.
• Fitted on four castors with 100mm dia
nylon wheels, two braked.
• Supplied flat pack knock down.
• Chrome steel handles.
• Two shelves with upturned lip.
TCC12Y
REF O/size L x W x H mm Drawers Weight Kg PRICE

TCC12Y 770 x 410 x 890 1 22 £126.81 TCC22Y
TCC22Y 770 x 410 x 890 2 29 £155.17

STOCK TROLLEYS
This trolley has a unique folding top shelf
that allows additional storage space.
• Max load - 200Kg - top shelf 50Kg,

bottom shelf 150Kg.
• Fitted on 4 swivel non marking rubber
wheeled castors - 125mm dia.
• Finish - zinc coated.
• Shelf heights - 220/535mm.
• Weight - 24Kg.
REF O/S LxWxH mm PRICE

NST10Y 540x905x940 £150.48
MULTI-FUNCTIONAL TRUCK
• Truck converts from box truck to shelf truck.
• Durable.
• Rubber or nylon castors.
• Painted with sides and base of white
melamine chipboard.
GC8743
REF O/A dim LxWxH mm Shelf & Base size Cap Kg Wheels Type Finish Weight PRICE
GC8733 990x585 250 125mm dia Nylon Blue & 35Kg £383.35
1070x610x910
GC8743 LxW mm fixed & swivel Cushion Melamine £383.35
FOLDING CONTAINER TRUCK

• Zinc Plated.
• Non-marking rubber tyres.
This caged container is built of all metal construction,

finished in bright zinc plate.
Length mm Wheels Folded dims WxL mm Capacity Weight REF PRICE

700 100mm rubber 100x1400 100Kg 13Kg FC8611 £334.82
1000 tyred swivel 100x1700 100Kg 16Kg FC8612 £381.00
1200 castors 100x1900 100Kg 18Kg FC8613 £416.79
700 125mm rubber 100x1400 150Kg 13Kg FC8614 £393.98
1000 tyred swivel 100x1700 150Kg 16Kg FC8615 £440.70
1200 castors 100x1900 150Kg 18Kg FC8616 £476.54

MULTI PURPOSE WIRE MESH CONTAINER TRUCKS
• Sturdy construction all steel with
50x50mm mesh welded into framework.
Cap 250Kg.
• 200 mm dia rubber tyred wheels
sliding wheel system.
• Body size: 915x610x660mm.
• Special sizes to order.
REF Type PRICE

T30 With half open side £289.24
REF T.30 REF T.31 With half hinged
T31 £316.71
let down side
SEMI MOBILE STILLAGES AND LEVER LIFTERS ORDER PICKING TROLLEY
• Proven system to move and store goods at economic cost.

• Specify wheel type required with order.
• Containers nesting & stacking. • Capacity 50Kg.

• Trolleys nest for storing. • Containers are supplied as extra.
Size Cap Wheel • Finish epoxy powder coated blue. • 125mm dia grey tyres.
REF mm Kg type Description PRICE • O/S HxLxW - 940x1180x440mm.
T125/CT – – CT Lever only £90.44
T125/R – – Rubber Lever only £199.02 REF Description PRICE
T125/NY – – Nylon Lever only £109.48 CT07 Trolley only £134.61
T125A/CT 760x610 400 C.T. Stillage only £129.90 PC070 Containers - 50 ltr. 300x600x400mm. £37.80
T125B/CT 1220x685 400 C.T. Stillage only £154.91
T125C/CT 1525x760 400 C.T. Stillage only £191.68
T125A/R 760x610 500 Rubber Stillage only £238.48
T125B/R 1220x685 500 Rubber Stillage only £263.25 MOBILE CONTAINER TRUCK
T125C/R 1525x760 500 Rubber Stillage only £300.13
T125A/NY 760x610 500 Nylon Stillage only £148.92
T125B/NY 1220x685 500 Nylon Stillage only £174.31
T125C/NY 1525x760 500 Nylon Stillage only £211.04
A1 - B1 - C1 A2 - B2 - C2 A3 - B3 - C3
Timber Box Body Mesh Box Body With Fixed Posts

Depth of body 480mm I/D
REF PRICE
200mm Cushion T. 200mm Rubber 200mm dia. Nylon T77
T126A1 £233.92 £342.30 £237.66
T126B1 £273.39 £381.76 £292.68 • Strong tubular frame and chassis.
T126C1 £332.55 £434.29 £345.13 • Polyethylene or white canvas detachable container.
T126A2 £216.74 £325.36 £238.74 • Size of container 915x610x610mm.
T126B2 £250.94 £357.22 £268.01 • Fitted on 4 swivels with 125mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
T126C2 £304.97 £413.61 £324.33 • Multi purpose, ideal for stores and warehouses.
T126A3 £166.88 £275.35 £186.21
T126B3 £186.12 £294.53 £205.55 REF Type PRICE
T126C3 £221.16 £329.57 £240.55 T74 Polyethylene £279.19
Extra roller bearings (all models) £23.71 T77 Canvas container and fastenings £298.93

GARDEN CENTRE FAVOURITE POPULAR GARDEN CENTRE BARROW
• Tubular frame with reinforced mesh body. • Tubular frame with reinforced mesh body. • Cap 200Kg.
• Size O/A 1340x620x900 handle height. Basket size 914 x 457 x 203mm. • Size O/A 1340x620x850mm H. • Blue painted finish.
• Cap 150Kg. • Body size 914x610x152mm.
• Wheels cushion tyred 200 x 50mm plain bearing.
REF PRICE T60 On cushion wheels 300x50 plain bearing £179.54
T252 £117.46 T60P On pneu wheels 300x100 roller bearing £213.16
GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCK BALANCED SINGLE WHEEL BARROW
• Body L 1016 x W 610 x D . I/S 200mm. Ht to platform 457 mm.

• O/A LxW 1712 x 660 mm.
• Capacity 255Kg. • Strong tubular frame solid timber platform.
• Cushion tyred wheels 355mm dia plain bearing. • Two sizes and two wheel option either pneumatic 400 x 100mm or
• Paint and varnish finish. cushion tyred 355 x 70 mm both roller bearing.
REF Plat size mm PRICE PNEU PRICE CUSHION

REF PRICE
T98 1140 x 660 £225.41 £231.24
ET606 £292.99
T99 1520 x 660 £239.28 £248.38
BIN HANDLING TROLLEY HEAVY DUTY TWO WHEELED BARROWS

• Sturdy construction for the easy
handling of dustbins, churns, etc.
• Pick up height
fully adjustable.
• Composition rubber wheels
178mm dia.
• Finish blue or green.
• Extra strong all steel construction. • Ideal for industry or agricultural.

• Cap 300Kg. • Replaceable 16G bodies.
REF PRICE
T330 £88.18 REF Body size top mm Plat size mm PRICE
Pneu. 400x100 Roller B. £316.46
T106 1143 x 711
Cushion 355x75 Roller B. £328.39
Pneu. 400x100 Roller B. £373.90
T107 1440 x 820
Cushion 355x75 Roller B. £381.11

TWIN WHEELED BARROWS – PRAM HANDLES OR TWIN SHAFTS
without sides
200mm slide in sides
200mm hinged sides T93, T93A & T93B
T93, 93A or 93B
T92, T92A & T92B
Platform size O/A Height Cap Wheels Type PRICE

• Robust tubular steel REF LxW mm Length mm Kg dia mm handle PRICE 200mm HINGED SIDES 400mm SLIDE IN SIDES
construction. Selected T92 1220x685 1680 505 400 Pram £330.74 – –
timber bodies. T92A 1525x760 1980 505 400 Pram £380.20 – –
• Light to handle well T92B 1830x915 2290 505 400 Fitted on Pram £452.67 – –
balanced and very T91 1220x685 1680 505 400 400 mm Pram £262.34 £373.18 £412.36
strong design. T91A 1525x760 1980 505 400 pneumatic Pram £299.08 £422.61 £471.86
• Paint and varnish finish. T91B 1830x915 2290 505 400 tyred Pram £354.91 £505.92 £563.40
• Wide choice of handles, T93 1220x685 1680 505 400 Shaft £269.48 £382.65 £418.74
bodies and wheels. T93A 1525x760 1980 505 400 Shaft £308.71 £432.15 £478.28
T93B 1830x915 2290 505 400 Shaft £361.63 £515.81 £570.08
TWO WHEELED BALANCE TRUCK BALANCED NURSERY TRUCK
T90A
• Strong all tubular steel construction. • Tube frame and timber platform.
• Favoured design with firm loading position.
Platform O/A L Cap PRICE Platform O/A L Cap PRICE

REF LxW mm mm Kg 400x100 Pneu T. 360x75 Cushion T. REF LxW mm mm Kg 400x100 Pneu T. 360x75 Cushion T.
T90A 1525x760 2338 400 £333.30 £345.54 322BS 1170x685 1980 400 £258.65 £271.35
GARDEN CENTRE BARROW PRAM HANDLED G.P. TROLLEY SHAFT HANDLED G.P. TRUCK
• Light sturdy trucks for narrow paths and doorways. 150mm deep with detachable sides.
• As T64 but 2x2x10g mesh body 200mm deep. • Platform size 1000x500mm.
• Cap. 200Kg.
PRICE
REF 305x50 Rubber T. 330x75 Rubber T. REF T62/CT T64/CT On 305x50 cushion tyred wheels PRICE £181.63 £181.63
T64M £181.80 £165.40 REF T62/PT T64/PT On 305x100 pneu tyred wheels PRICE £217.73 £217.75

CONTAINER TRUCKS
Manufactured to a high specification
from tubular steel with hard wearing epoxy
powder coated red. Complete with removable
grey heavy duty polypropylene containers.
Ideal for use in food industry etc.
CT3305 is fitted on 4 grey non marking swivel
castors as shown with 5 containers
2 x EC0021, 2 x EC0019 & 1 x EC0018.
Can also be supplied trolley only.
CT3306 is fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel
castors, non marking blue resilex wheels
and revolving corner buffers.
Unit comes complete with 6 containers,
2 x EC0021 and 4 x EC0019. CT3306
CT3303 is fitted on 4 swivel castors with CT3303
grey non-marking wheels and comes complete
with 3 containers EC0019.
CT3305
Description Overall dimension Shelf height mm Load cap Weight Wheels mm REF PRICE
L x W x H mm
Container trolley 4 x 100 non marking
600x455x1020 300/600/900 150Kg 20Kg CT3303 £418.84
Complete with 3 containers Swivel Castors
Container trolley 4 x 100 non marking
600x455x1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150Kg 26Kg CT3305 £558.79
Complete with 5 containers Swivel Castors
Container trolley 2 x fixed 2 swivel castors each with
910x650x1065 325/625/925 200Kg 37Kg CT3306 £611.75
Complete with 6 containers 125 non marking blue resin wheels
Container trolley only 600x455x1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150Kg 18Kg 4x100 non marking swivel castors CT3405 £434.26
Extra for factory fitted brake castors (2) on CT3303, CT3305 & CT3405 CT003Z £28.55
Extra for factory fitted brake castors (2) on CT3306 CT006Z £32.80
MOBILE TRAY RACKS POINT OF SALE TROLLEY

• Mobile tray racks supplied with trays. • Double sided display trolley.
• Painted or stainless steel finish. • Multi-purpose usage.
• Choice of 10 or 15 trays - tray size: 762x457x95mm external. • Plastic trays slot into steel frames.
Trays able to withstand temperatures of -10°C to 40°C. • On 100mm rubber castors also brake provided.
• Racks suitable for bakeries, food industry, supermarkets etc. • Finish matt black powder coat.
Trays are white polypropylene food grade.
• Choice of frame colours: red, blue or green.
• Fitted on 4 x 100mm swivel nylon castors.
REF Finish Trays LxWxH mm Cap Kg PRICE

TR3110 painted 10 800x570x1240 200 £557.46
TR3115 painted 15 800x570x1740 250 £733.62
TR4110 stainless 10 800x570x1240 200 £862.61
TR4115 stainless 15 800x570x1740 250 £1164.25
TR003Z 2 braked castors - factory fitted £557.46
MOBILE CONTAINER RACKS

• Mobile container racks with either 5 or 8 heavy duty
grey polypropylene containers - size of containers:
600x400x175mm.
• Constructed in all welded steel angle and fitted on 4
x 100mm dia swivel nylon castors.
• Frame colour choices: red, blue or green.
• Containers have solid bases, will interstack and are
easy to clean.
REF Trays LxWxH mm Cap Kg PRICE REF Size H x W x D mm PRICE

MR3205 5 640x500x1110 200 £448.93 S194 1930 x 830 x 500 £437.87
MR3208 8 640x500x1645 25 £587.87
MR003Z 2 braked castors - factory fitted £40.63

CONTAINER TROLLEY
Trolley GC666Y comes complete with 20 store bins and
provides a very efficient system of mobile storage for
many different items. These narrow aisle trolleys come in
two different types so that a combination of store bins or
solid/slotted containers can be used. GC667Y has a shelf
depth of 400mm and takes three store bins and the
container placed length-ways. GC668Y has a shelf depth
of 680mm and takes the containers width-ways. Max
load cap 300Kg (per shelf 75Kg). Castors 125mm non
marking rubber, 2 fixed & 2 swivel. Frame: epoxy coated
blue, timber ext: grade ply - varnished.
REF Description O/A dim mm LxWxH Shelf size mm Wt Kg PRICE

GC666Y Trolley & 20 store bins 1300x450x1440 1250x600 60 £834.87
GC667Y Trolley only 1300x450x1440 1250x600 54 £570.70
GC0016 Blue store bin 375x210x180 - 0.3 £32.06
STOCK CONTAINER TROLLEY

• Easy to Handle.
• 2 Braked Castors.
• Adjustable Shelves.
This most manoeuvrable stock trolley is manufactured in square section steel. Lightweight but very strong, finished hard
wearing blue epoxy powder coating. Four shelves have a varnished plywood insert, with the two centre shelves adjustable to
three heights. Fitted on 4 swivel castors (two with brakes) with 125mm blue resilex wheels. N.B. Bins are sold as separate item.
Overall Shelf Shelf Weight Load Wheels REF PRICE

dimensions heights size capacity
L x W x H mm mm L x W mm
Shelf 1 - 200 4 x Swivel
Shelf 2 - 510 Castors
700x530 /580/650 630x 30kg 300kg (2 with brakes) GC669Y £416.39
x 1280 Shelf 3 - 815 415 with 125mm
/890/960 Blue Resilex
Shelf 4 - 1270 Wheels
Grey plastic bins - 455L x 210W x 230H mm GC0017 £38.92
MULTIPURPOSE MERCHANDISE DISPLAY TROLLEY CONTAINER RACKS WITH CONTAINERS

• Fully welded strong • Fully welded trolley from tubular
tubular framework. steel with angle support runners for
• Complete with wire the containers.
mesh trays and dividers. • Fitted on 4 x 100mm dia swivel non-
• On 100mm dia rubber marking grey rubber tyred castors.
tyred castors. • Supplied complete with 30 bins:
• Finish - matt black 12 of size 300 x 150 x 100mm red.
powder coated. 18 of size 300 x 100 x 100mm blue.
REF Size H x W x D mm PRICE REF Size L x W x H mm PRICE

S2120 1650 x 1060 x 590 £717.15 CT230Y 700 x 350 x 1140 £356.29

TIP-A-TRUCK
• Large wheels give these units a smooth ride over rough and uneven terrain.
• The trucks easily tip when lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents.
• The polyethylene body is supported by a strong steel frame. As the unit is
tipped, the wheels slide to the middle of the unit, allowing the body to tip
further. Locking mechanism keeps the plastic body from tipping, controlled
by an easy release mechanism.
REF Load capacity Kg Capacity litres O/A size: HxWxD mm Weight Kg Wheel size PRICE
TI207B 200 80 1150 x 500 x 470 17 350mm £126.70
TI208B 400 125 1180 x 580 x 630 25 500mm £165.37
PLASTIC TILT TRUCK STUBBY TIPPER

Polyethylene body mounted on 2 fixed wheels and Polyethylene body able to tip load
2 swivel castors (with brakes) - rubber tyred wheels. by the release of a simple self
latching sprung loaded catch.
• Truck designed to tip load when tilted forwards.
• O/S - L x W x H - 1180 x 780 x 925mm. • Fitted with clevis hitch.
• Height with lid: 955mm. • Available in green or blue.
• Capacity: 450 litres. • Hot dip galvanised steel frame.
• Pneumatic tyred wheels
- 400mm dia.
• Level capacity - 210 litres.
REF PRICE
S1069 £233.07

PCN92Y Without lid £298.51
PCN95Y With lid £347.28
STUBBY BARROW
Strong polyethylene body fitted on a hot dipped
galvanised steel frame.
• Snag free rounded corners.

• Pneumatic tyred wheels - 400mm dia.
• O/S - H x W x L - 820 x 860 x 1910mm.
• Level capacity: 210 litres.
• Available in green or blue.
REF PRICE
S1067 £278.50

TILT TRUCKS
• Choice of colours: Red; Blue; Yellow; Green or Grey. Please specify your choice.
• Bodies are rotationally moulded in food grade polyethylene with sloping front end.
• Framework fabrication in tubular steel and powder coated in poppy red.
• Three body sizes each with two versions - manual or automatic self tipping option.
• Self tip versions are fitted with fork lift channels 120mm wide x 75mm deep x 75mm at 420mm centres.
• Designed to take the headache out of the on-site movement and disposal of bulk materials.
Castor configurations:
• Self tipping models have 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 100mm dia nylon wheels and threadguards.
Corner mounted on a chassis.
• Manual tip REF OCO190 on 2 - 200mm wheels on fixed axle and 1 x 100mm dia central located castor.
• Ref OCO191 & OCO92 on 2 - 275mm wheels on fixed axle and 2 x 100mm castors, 1 each corner.
Ext dim Int dim Capacity Max

REF Description LxWxH mm LxWxH mm litres load Kg PRICE
RDO306 Tank only 1380x770x680 1250x650x650 380 - £203.57
OCO190 Manual tip 1460x770x810 1250x650x650 380 350 £525.00
ODO134 Self tip 1460x830x910 1250x650x650 380 450 £742.50
ODO135 Self tip 1720x830x1100 1500x650x8501 650 450 £802.50
OD0136 Self tip 1880x930x1135 1650x750x900 900 450 £915.00
PLASTIC BIN TROLLEYS

Ideal for shop floor, hotel, bars and production floors. The distribution bins are
made from strong impact resistant polyethylene. They are fitted with 4 swivel
castors, the bins are also designed to nest/stack when not in use. PT02
• One piece moulded. The bins can be customised to

• Impact resistant polyethylene. your specification to include:
• Fitted with non-marking rubber • Food grade material.
castors including thread guards. • Your company logo.
• Easy manoeuvrability. • Conductive material.
• Stackable when not in use. • Bin colour coding on quantity orders.
• Weather resistant. • Varying castor sizes and types.
• Maintenance free. PT01
REF Int dimensions mm Ext dimensions mm Capacity litres PRICE

PT01 800x400x720 950x460x800 150 £89.90
PT02 900x600x640 970x670x760 250 £217.50 SLT01-B
PT03 545x400x725 610x460x800 100 £89.90
PT03
SLT01-B 1540x890x590 1680x950x610 800 £394.40
ECONOMY PLASTIC TROLLEYS

• Durable hygienic food grade polyethylene.
• Wide choice of colours: red, blue, green, yellow or grey.
• Lids available for 60 and 100 litre sizes.
• Straight sided and tapered.
• Tapered trolleys nest stack.
• Nylon wheeled castors fitted - 3 sizes 50, 75 or 100mm dia.
• Also available without castors.
• Ref IMP60 and IMP100 are straight sided, all others tapered.
REF Int sizes mm LxWxH Ext sizes mm LxWxH Height with castors mm PRICE
IMP60 400x400x440 450x450x445 510 £122.72
IMP100 400x400x690 450x450x695 760 £148.87
IMP125 615x425x595 665x475x600 665 £153.45
IMP140 600x415x705 650x465x710 775 £155.88
IMP160 865x365x550 915x415x560 620 £160.98
IMP300 900x600x600 950x650x605 700 £215.00
IMP400 1200x600x600 1330x770x610 705 £236.83

PREMIUM TAPERED TRUCKS
• Manufactured from tough 100% food grade medium density polyethylene.
• Available in 6 sizes.
• All trucks are tapered and nestable, making transportation highly cost effective.
• Ideal for catering and factory applications.
• The two largest trucks are fitted with recessed plastic bases for additional support.
• Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning.
• Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural, grey or black.
Ext size Int size Cap Castor Optional lids

REF LxWxH mm LxWxH mm litres Configuration PRICE REF PRICE
RB0003 460x460x510 410x410x410 72 4 x 75mm swivel, corner mounted £66.00 RL0087 £25.50
RB0317 1010x685x735 905x585x595 320 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm £118.50 RL0090 £32.25
RB0412 1320x735x780 1225x615x630 455 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm £132.00 RL0091 £45.00
TAPERED PLASTIC TRUCKS WITH PLYWOOD BASES

• All trucks are tapered and nestable, making transportation highly cost effective.
• 12mm plywood bases fitted to most models for extra strength.
• Plastic or galvanised bases can be fitted at an extra cost for food related environments.
• Lids available for most models.
• Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural, grey or black.
Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims Capacity Standard Castor Lids available for trucks
RB0103 735x380x735 660x305x660 130 4 x 50 mm swivel, corner mounted £108.06 RL0050 £42.00
RB0109 920x580x510 840x510x380 150 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system £129.06 RL0051 £52.05
RB0303 1015x685x760 915x610x610 320 2 x 75 mm fixed, 2 x 100 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system £164.22 RL0001 £61.95
RB0801 1500x990x840 1420x915x685 870 2 x 100 mm fixed, 2 x 125 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system £363.96 - -
STRAIGHT SIDED PLASTIC TRUCKS

• Straight sides allow for maximum internal load capacity.
• 12mm plywood bases fitted to most models for extra strength.
• Plastic or galvanised bases can be fitted at an extra cost for food
related environments.
• Lids available for most models.
• Full colour range available - red, orange, blue, white, green, natural,
grey or black.
Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims Capacity Standard Castor Lids available for trucks
RA0001 535x535x535 455x455x455 95 4 x 50 mm swivel, corner mounted £86.73 RL0007 £41.16
RA0101 685x535x735 610x455x610 165 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system £112.70 RL0025 £41.96
RA0113 815x585x560 760x510x455 180 4 x 75 mm fixed, diamond pattern rocker system £139.68 - -

100% plastic interior makes these trucks hygienic and easy to clean. Very suitable for food, medical waste applications,
wet work, laundries and hotels, etc.
TUBULAR STEEL CHASSIS TRUCK CONTAINER TRUCK

• Lift out and replaceable polyethylene
food grade tanks.
• H.D. use.
• Nylon wheels, diamond rocker system.
• Colour: natural tank + blue chassis.
Removable polyethylene tank food grade, detachable

tubular sides.
• Two fixed and two swivels 200mm dia

rubber tyred castors.
Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims Capacity Lid • Choice of colours as shown.
REF LxWxH mm LxWxH mm litres PRICE REF PRICE • Spare tanks and lids available.
RC0303N/3B 1280x775x885 915x610x610 320 £389.31 RL0011N £62.24 • Size: ext - 1065 x 745 x 855, int - 965 x 660 x 610.
RD0401N/2B 1525x805x890 1170x710x610 490 £431.88 RL0024N £72.98
RC0501N/6B 1710x785x960 1395x685x685 580 £490.49 - - REF Description Cap litres PRICE
RD0601N/4B 1720x820x870 1370x760x610 625 £494.96 RL0015N £80.01 OC0105 Truck only £112.50
RD0801N/5B 2190x855x885 1830x760x610 800 £580.64 - - RD0303 Bin only 370 £103.50
RC1101N/12B 1290x1160x1225 1220x1065x865 1000 £621.95 - - RL0046/CT Lid only £51.00
ORDER PICKING TRUCKS

• From med density polyethylene.
• Suitable -20°C to +60°C.
• Fitted 100mm dia nylon castors with threadguards.
• Castors fixed to plywood base which is bolted to truck.
• Castor configuration to choice for load bearing and
maximum manoeuvrability.
• For very heavy loads a galvanised base can be fitted as extra.
• For wet work or hospital laundries etc, a plastic base can also
be fitted as extra.
• Resistant to most acids and alkalis.
• Available in four colours - specify: red, yellow, white or blue.
REF Type of base Ext dim LxWxH Int dim LxWxH Int H mm to drop front lip Cap litres Weight Kg PRICE
RB0903 Ply £289.20
RB0903/PB Plastic 1255x785x1180 1175x720x1045 870 925 45 £310.88
RB0903/GB Galvanised £334.40
TIDY TRUCK RANGE

• Available in different sizes.
• From food grade med density polyethylene.
• Suitable -20°c to +60°c.
• Castors moulded into base for easy cleaning.
• Castors 100mm dia nylon 2 fixed and 2 swivel with threadguards,
fitted in diamond rocking configuration.
• Highly manoeuvrable even when loaded.
• Removable two part lids hinged centrally with galvanised pins.
• Particularly suitable for food and medical waste applications etc.
• Highly sanitary - easily cleaned.
• Available in four colours - specify: red, yellow, white or blue.
REF Ext dim LxWxH Int dim (inc lid) LxWxH mm Cap litres Weight Kg PRICE
RT0001 1160x750x790 1060x620x580 350 22 £203.36
RT0002 1160x750x980 1060x620x760 500 28 £225.03
RT0003 1260x920x1015 1150x750x810 750 36 £275.64

PLASTIC DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
The range of trolleys are made for 600Kg carrying capacities. They are suited to both in-house use and external distribution.
The trolleys are used in hospitality, pharmaceuticals, electronics, catering and healthcare sectors. They have a host of advantages including being hygienic and easy to clean,
easy to manoeuvre, weather resistant - no rusting.
• Tough polyethylene plastic body. • Choice of colour: blue, green, grey or red. Standard Colours supplied only on
• Custom made on request. orders less than 15 off.
• Maintenance free. • Prices are for standard trolley - please enquire for option of shelves, PVC curtain
• Vermin proof. closures etc.
• Easy loading - available with top or front entry.
• Zinc plated chassis.
• Option of shelves, rails, towbars, curtains and security tags.
LT1000 LT3000 LT5000 LT6000
LT7000 LT8000 LT9000 HK1000

REF Int dims mm LxWxH Ext dims mm LxWxH Front opening mm Max load cap Kg Castor size Cap ltrs PRICE
LT1000 1090x735x1540 1090x735x1765 820x800 600 160 1200 £651.05
LT3000 1090x735x895 1090x735x1070 770x640 600 160 700 £648.15
LT5000 1090x735x1310 1090x735x1535 770x640 600 160 1000 £571.30
LT6000 940x650x1520 970x670x1720 950x790 600 160 900 £578.55
LT7000 1240x720x1555 1240x720x1780 920x1245 600 160 1300 £714.85
LT8000 1240x720x1555 1240x720x1780 920x940 600 125 1300 £681.50
LT9000 800x690x1520 770x670x1350 750x570 600 125 800 £551.00
HK1000 1220x520x1310 1220x520x1500 970x1000 600 125 800 £638.00
SPRING LIFT PLATFORM TROLLEYS

The deck of these heavy duty spring lift trolleys, levels to a convenient
height as it is unloaded, allowing the operator to work in an upright
position. This eliminates the need for unnecessary bending reducing
the risk of back strain, repetitive strain injury and associated injuries.
Each trolley also offers easy to adjust load spring action for
lighter/heavier load capacities.
• Hygienic and easy to clean.

• Large carrying capacity.
• Tough polyethylene plastic body.
• Options: colour coding (on quantity orders), castor types and sizes,
castor configurations, conductive material.
REF Int dims mm LxWxH Ext dims mm LxWxH Max load cap Kg Castor size External springs Cap Kg PRICE
SLT01 1530x840x400 1650x970x840 200 160 12 200 £619.15
SLT03 1025x630x635 1200x695x795 100 100 6 100 £601.75
SLT04 1760x1110x820 1830x1180x1110 300 160 4 300 £832.30

SERVO-X-TROLLEYS
The Servo-X Trolleys can be easily folded for storage and the laundry bags can
be removed. The design of the trolley offers bracing to the underside of the bag.
The trolley frame is epoxy powder coated with a grey finish. Fitted on 4 swivel
castors with 75mm dia rubber non-marking wheels.
NX1501
NX1002
REF Bags O/S LxWxH m PRICE
NX-1001 100 ltr 460x390x960 £87.60
NX-1501 150 ltr 760x460x760 £104.03
Trolley shown folded NX-1002 2 x 100 ltr 760x460x960 £119.36
NX1001
NX-2001 1 x 200 ltr 760x460x960 £114.99
NUKEEPER HOUSEKEEPING TROLLEYS

There are 3 models in this range that
incorporate all of the professional design
features required to suit small to
medium sized establishments.
NKL17/FF
NKL16/FF
• Hi-mobility light duty chassis.

• Soft ride 200mm dia rubber castors.
• All round bumper protection to save walls
and doors from damage.
NKL15/FF • Innovative flexible front cover.
• Laundry bags fitted to 2 of the 3 models.
REF Bags Trays Size L x W x H mm PRICE

NKL15/FF - 5 x 10 ltr 1100 x 665 x 1115 £275.00
NKL16/FF 1 x 100 ltr 5 x 10 ltr 1490 x 665 x 1115 £343.83
NKL17/FF 2 x 100 ltr 5 x 10 ltr 1870 x 665 x 1115 £412.67
NKL17/FF closed
BAR TRUCKS
• Manufactured from 100% food grade medium density polyethylene.
• Stackable and nestable.
• Temp range -20°C to +60°C.
• Ideal for hotels, bars or work environments.
• Completely smooth interiors for Size mm L x W x H Cap.
easy cleaning. REF External Internal Litres PRICE
• Available in - red, orange, blue, green, RB0111 670 x 460 x 660 610 x 400 x 550 135 £88.94
white, natural, grey or black. RB0113 615 x 455 x 750 560 x 400 x 700 150 £88.94
• Fitted on four 50mm dia nylon castors. RB0115 820 x 455 x 620 760 x 400 x 550 165 £88.94
RB0119 670 x 615 x 625 610 x 560 x 550 185 £88.94
RB0118 970 x 380 x 620 915 x 330 x 550 165 £88.94

WASTE AND SERVICE CARTS FOLDING NET BAG TROLLEY
49
Heavy duty, multi purpose service cart. Ideal for
moving bulky items in retail stores, laundries,
hospitals and waste management.
52 Size open -915 x 620 x 610 mm.
125mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
Finish - painted silver.
The folding waste cart ref 49 is supplied with a flame retardant bag. It is most suitable for heavy duty work and
in conjunction to carry disposable plastic waste sacks. Complete with a lower support tray and fitted on 75mm
dia castors. The folding service cart ref 52 is supplied complete with heavy duty 4 hectolitre vinyl bag and with a
lower support tray, fitted on 100mm dia castors.
REF Size HxWxD PRICE REF Detail PRICE

49 900x570x650 £128.80 51B Replacement bag £26.39 REF Detail PRICE
52 900x650x970 £221.58 53B Replacement bag £47.78 215 With one net £209.17
FOLDING WASTE CART RECYCLED WASTE COLLECTION CARTS
The folding waste cart has a most robust plastic construction which will stand up
to heavy duty work and the rugged structure will withstand all manner of rough
treatment. Size: 920H x 700W x 650D mm.
Recycled waste collection cart. Structural plastic folding waste cart fitted
with two 90 litre plastic separation containers in blue, each printed in white
REF Detail PRICE with recycle and logo. H77.5cm x W71cm x D66cm
275XR Folding Cart Complete £132.00
REF Detail PRICE
276B Replacement bag £25.11
278RWC Recycled Waste Collection Cart £172.19
277 10 Pocket caddy bag (Optional) £25.80 B8323BL Replacement bin £35.83

HI101Y HI102Y HI201Y HI202Y
Economy range of durable plastic janitorial REF Size Load capacity ltrs Wheels PRICE
cleaning trolleys. All fitted on four swivel HI101Y 480 x 285 x 560 20 Rubber 75mm dia £56.75
castors with 75mm dia wheels. All supplied HI102Y 680 x 410 x 720 36 Rubber 75mm dia £75.00
knock down flat packed. HI201Y 540 x 440 x 670 36 Rubber 75mm dia £97.66
HI202Y 840 x 430 x 700 60 Rubber 75mm dia £90.38
HI551Y HI552Y
REF Size LxWxH mm Cap Kg Wheels PRICE

REF Size mm Cap Kg Wheels PRICE HI551Y 920 x 560 x 880 150 4 x 70mm dia £146.63
HI308Y 1140 x 500 x 972 100 2x200mm, 2x75mm dia £149.59 HI552Y 685 x 590 x 1030 150 4 x 70mm dia £117.80
REF Size LxWxH mm Wheels PRICE REF Size mm Cap Kg Wheels PRICE
GIC816 800 x 440 x 930 4 x 100mm £140.84 HI513Y 710 x 660 x 950 70 4 x 75mm dia £96.97

COLOUR CODED SMOOTHLINE BUCKETS & KENTUCKY MOPS
Polypropylene smoothline buckets are designed to meet the rigorous demands of today's hygiene standards.
• One piece rigid construction - will not dent, crack or warp.

• Non-fade colour coded in Yellow, Red, Blue and Green.
• Dirt retaining sump with removable grill, keeps debris clear from cleaning fluids.
• Body mounted 75mm dia ball bearing castors, as standard.
• 23 litre capacity.
• Printed “Caution” sign.
Colour coded Dirt retaining

Kentucky mops multi sump with
fold cotton yarn removable grill
ensures maximum keeps debris
absorption and away from
longlife. Stitched cleaning fluids
with coloured bands
to stay tangle free
REF Detail PRICE
COM450BL Blue Bucket with plastic wringer £93.53

COM450GN Green Bucket with plastic wringer £93.53
COM450RD Red Bucket with plastic wringer £93.53
COM450YL Yellow Bucket with plastic wringer £93.53
112LSC Colour coded Kentucky Style Cotton Mop (pack of 10) £25.56
555 Handle and Grip (pack of 10) £111.34
• Please specify colour when ordering handle and Kentucky mop
DOUBLE BUCKET TROLLEY GALVANISED ROLLER BUCKET
PW450YL
1250YL
All plastic double bucket mopping trolley and wringer with 15ltr colour coded
buckets to control cross contamination and improve hygiene. Available in red,
blue, green, yellow. Great ‘old’ favourite. Ideal for smaller areas. Quick to use.
10 litre capacity bucket. Complete with spring-ease mop holder.
Built-in foot operated wringer system.
REF Detail PRICE REF PRICE
1250YL+PW450YL Double bucket trolley with wringer £166.30 RBI-570-116LSC £54.49

MOBILE CLEANING CARTS
Mobile cleaning carts are manufactured entirely from structural plastic. This unit will
not crack or corrode and is easily cleaned. Supplied with three trays.Fitted on 75mm
dia castors at front and 200mm dia wheels at rear.
REF Detail PRICE

184 Cart complete (supplied K/D) £209.08
for easy fast assembly
187S Plastic safety box - lockable storage cabinet £38.24

- hazardous substances in public areas etc
184Y Heavy duty vinyl waste bag for £23.24

laundry items etc
MOBILE SERVICE CART MOBILE CLEANERS TROLLEY
5810
Catering service/multi purpose cart. Constructed of high density structural plastic

and engineered in aluminium. Three shelves of 41 x 62cm with two convenient
handles. Steer from either end. Fitted with 100mm Swivel Castors. Cart rated for
90.5 kg load. H92cm x W41cm x D79cm
The 'carry all' cleaners trolley comes complete with 160 litre vinyl flame retardant
bag and support tray. With three large plastic trays it is well able to 'carry all' for
REF Detail PRICE use in hotels, canteens, hospitals and offices etc. A popular, versatile trolley.
Finish: Blue.
5810BE 3 Shelf mobile service cart - Beige £157.87
REF Detail PRICE
5810BK 3 Shelf mobile service cart - Black £157.87
271 Trolley, complete £175.47
27B Replacement bag £18.89

MOBILE SACK HOLDERS
• Wide choice of mobile sack holders, single 120
litre bag or twin 70 litre bags.
• Cart mobiles with several bag variations shown on
price grid. Cart model also includes end storage
tray units for cleaning materials etc.
• Foot operated lids on single bag units and hand
lift on twin models.
• Epoxy powder coated frames and grey rubber
non-marking wheels. SAX-140
• NSX trolleys 1125L x 665W x 980H mm. 2 x 70 litre
REF Detail PRICE

SAX-120 Holder 1 x 120 litre £60.69
SAX-140 Holder 2 x 70 litre £60.69
NSX-240 Trolley 2 x 120 litre £241.28
NSX-280
NSX-260 Trolley 1 x 120L + 2 x 70 litre £241.28
SAX-120
NSX-280 Trolley 4 x 70 litre £241.28
JANITORIAL WORK STATIONS

• The construction is based on our uniquely strong Structofoam chassis, fitted
with non-marking 75mm (3”) castors, rotating buffers, Nutex epoxy coated
superstructure, two deep tray units, a pair of colour coded pails. XC1 & XC2
• The XC3 is fitted with a full size 120 litre waste unit that accepts 700 x 1100mm
waste bags, whereas the XC4 is fitted with a twin 70 litre colour coded waste
unit suitable for two 575mm/1000mm waste bags, allowing for simple onboard
waste separation. XC3 & XC4
• The XC1 is fitted with a full size 120 litre waste unit that accepts 700 x 1100mm
waste bags, whereas the XC2 is fitted with a twin 70 litre colour coded waste
unit suitable for two 575mm/1000mm waste bags, allowing for simple onboard
waste separation.
• Epoxy powder coated frames and grey rubber non-marking wheels.
Top Small Mid Large Waste

REF tray pails tray pail Castors bags Size PRICE Where mopping facilities are not The ideal choice of service trolley
XC1 10L 2x6L 10L 18L 120L £98.57 required, this compact trolley provides where space is at a premium but
XC2 10L 2x6L 10L 18L 4x 70L 840 x 570 £98.57 maximum storage capacity - allowing where the need for limited mopping
XC3 16L 2x10L 16L - 75mm 120L x 1060mm £98.57 for the efficient servicing of offices facilities is essential.
XC4 16L 2x10L 16L - 70L £98.57 and other accommodations.
CLEANERS CAROUSEL TWIN MOP TROLLEY

The full colour coded cleaning • Features an onboard lidded 30
mobile that really does allow ‘full’ litre waste system, large top
control of the cleaning programme caddy and a 5 litre pail.
in all applications. Hotels, for • Patented automatic water
example, bedrooms one colour, separation system. The dirty
bathrooms another colour, WCs yet water diverted to the red pail for
another... a place for everything and emptying as necessary.
everything in its place. • Exceptional all mops
Two large and two small twin press from Kentucky
compartment caddies all together flat or Microfibre mops.
but all easily detachable as required.
No system could be simpler or
more versatile than the Carousel.
REF TM2815W
Mop kit JT1-28/15L
Cap clean 28L
Cap dirty 15L
Waste cap 10L
Pail 5L
Caddy 10L
Castors 4 x 75mm
Size mm 820x395x1000
PRICE £133.98
REF Caddy small Caddy big Castors Size PRICE
NC4 2 x 4L 2 x 10L 4 x 75mm 545x500x870mm £62.96

MOPPING KIT SPRAYMOP MASTER
• Professional dual press. • Ideal for the smaller mopping areas,
• 30 litre Hi-bak mopping bucket. keeping good appearance in high
• Generous 60%/40% split container cap. profile environments.
• Bucket container can be split to one 30 litre • Dispenses water or cleaning
size if required. solutions for quick effective clean
• On 4 x 75mm castors with hygiene floors.
non-marking wheels. • Microfibre mop head supplied, also
• Specify required colour - alternative heads available on
red, blue, yellow request.
or green. • Simple, practical and professional...
never better.
REF PRICE
HB1812 £67.89 REF Bottle Pad Weight Size PRICE
SMM40 400ml 40cm 1.1Kg 1400mm £39.33
DUAL MOP SYSTEM

A range of compact, efficient dual bucket mopping systems meeting an exceptionally high standard of performance and functionality.
• A range of 3 sizes: 15 litre, 20 litre and 28 litre.

• A choice of 2 press heights, hi and lo, for operator convenience.
• The highly efficient Allmops vertical hi-power press, suitable for both Kentucky and Flat mops.
• Our unique Bactiguard Kentucky mop head that does not support the spread of bacteria.
• Our Nylostripe microfibre mop selection provides excellent performance and the choice of chemical free cleaning.
• A standard flat mop on-board storage facility.
REF Cap clean ltr Cap dirty ltr Size Lx W x H mm PRICE

DM1520 15 20 700 x 410 x 1080 £76.71
DM2020 20 20 800 x 410 x 1080 £78.89
DM2820 28 20 800 x 410 x 1080 £82.92
VERSACLEAN VERTICAL PRESS

A superb mopping system that incorporates the highly efficient 'Allmops'
vertical press that has the unique mop absorber feature that substantially
improves operating performance.
• Fitted with 22 litre mopping kit.

• 22 litre clean and dirty water buckets.
• Capacity waste 120 litres.
• Fitted on 4 x 75mm castors.
VCN1404
REF Pails Size Lx W x H mm PRICE

VCN1404 2 x 5 ltr 1050 x 530 x 980 £166.52 VCN1604
VCN1604 4 x 4 ltr 1310 x 550 x 1070 £201.27

JAMES VACUUM SWEEPER HENRY VACUUM SWEEPER
• Great design giving superb power and • High performance with 2 speed
performance. option high/low.
• Storage top for cable and tools. • Three stage filter system.
• 1100w motor. • Unique rewind and cable storage
• 8 litres capacity. with carry handle.
• Weight 5Kg. • 9 litres capacity and cable range
• Complete set of tools. of 31.8m.
• Four wheel stability. • Weight 6.6Kg.
• Cable range 26.8m. • Complete with set of tools.
• Two stage Microflo dustbags. • Auto save low energy system.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

JVP180 £98.82 HVR200A £124.47
HETTY VACUUM SWEEPER HENRY EXTRA VACUUM SWEEPER

• Twin flow 2 stage motors. • 3 stage microfresh filter system
• 2 speed controls. enhances filtration - especially useful
• 1200w motor. for pet owners.
• 9 litres capacity. • Power brush.
• Range 26.8m. • 1200W motor.
• Weight 6.9Kg. • 9 litres capacity.
• 20% energy saving with auto • Cable rewind.
save low energy system. • Range 26.8m.
• Complete set of tools. • Weight 6.9Kg.
• Complete with set of tools.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

HET200A £124.47 HVX200-22 £154.59
WET AND DRY CLEANERS

• Great capacity: 9 litres wet, 15 litres dry.
• Ideal for carpets, upholstery and hard floor
surfaces and every day vacuuming.
• Big filters and disposable bags.
• ‘Charles’ with non rusting aluminium tubes.
• Voltage 240 or alternative 110.
• Cable range 26.8m.
• Complete with set of tools.
REF Type Voltage PRICE

CVC370-1 Charles 110 £147.38
CVC370-2 Charles 240 £147.38
GVC370-1 George 110 £218.37
GVC370-2 George 240 £218.37
REPLACEMENT DUST BAGS REF To suit machine PRICE

• Dust bags are supplied in packs of 10. 604015 James, Henry, Hetty and Henry Extra £5.82
604016 Charles and George £7.88

• Professional twinflo power - hi/lo operation. • Compact model with twinflo professional power
• 12.5m cable rewind. with autosave energy conservation system.
• 9 litre capacity. • 8 litre capacity with a 10m cable.
• 31.8m range. • 26.8m range.
• 1200W motor. • 1200/600W motor.
• NRV200T-2 has a 24v power brush system • Set of accessories.
for extensive carpet care. • 5.9Kg weight.
• Set of accessories. • Sound reduction system.
• 7.3Kg weight.
REF Size PRICE

NRV200-22 355 x 355 x £125.15 REF Size PRICE
NRV200T-2 415mm £202.05 PSP180A 340 x 340 x 340mm £92.82
• Heavy duty power. • Compact model with all steel construction.

• All steel power head with sound reduction system. • Noise reduction system.
• 15 litre capacity. • 1200W motor.
• 3 stage filter system. • 9 litre capacity.
• 26.8m range. • 26.8m range.
• 1200W motor. • Hi/lo control.
• Exceptional set of accessories. • 8.3Kg weight.
• 9.5Kg weight. • Set of accessories.
REF Size PRICE REF Size PRICE

NVQ380-22 355 x 355 x 485mm £206.94 NQS250B-22 340 x 340 x 395mm £206.94
• Larger version of the NQS250B-22. • Construction in tough durable Structofoam.

• Mounted on a tubular chassis. • Choice of one or two motored models.
• 15 litre capacity. • 23 litre capacity.
• 1200W motor. • 26.8m range.
• Range 26.8m. • Weight 13.8/16Kg.
• 11.7Kg weight. • Set of accessories.
• Set of accessories. • 1200W/2400W motor.
REF Size PRICE

REF Size PRICE NVQ570-22 415 x 415 £264.66
NQS350B-22 395 x 350 x 560mm £246.81 NVDQ570-2 x 645mm £355.37
• Larger version of the NVQ570-22. REPLACEMENT DUST BAGS

• Mounted on a heavy duty wheel system.
• 40 litre capacity. • Dust bags are supplied in packs of 10.
• 26.8m range. • Contains Hepa-flow high efficiency filter which is far
• Choice of one or two motored models - superior to ordinary paper dust bags and safer for
1200/2400W. the environment and personal health.
• Set of accessories.
• Weight 22.5/25Kg.
REF To suit machine PRICE

604015/CC NRV200-22, NRV200T-2, NVP180-2 & NQS250B-22 £5.82
REF Size PRICE 604016/CC NVQ380-22 & NQS350B-22 £7.88
NVQ900-22 800 x 490 x £319.31 604017 NVQ570-22 & NVDQ570-2 £11.85
NVDQ900-2 880mm £411.05 604019 NVQ900-22 & NVDQ900-2 £12.83

TRUCK TYPE WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER INDUSTRIAL STAINLESS STEEL WET AND
• Possibly the best commercial machine on the market with a unique tipping action DRY VACUUM CLEANER
for easy emptying.
• For performance, versatility and robust operation - supplied with a rugged • For applications within medical health care, food and pharmaceutical
Structofoam body construction. industries - wherever high standards are required.
• Exceptional mobility due to its large wheels. • Stainless steel body with unique tipper system for emptying.
• Two stage filter system and ball float shut off valve. • Structofoam head is corrosion resistant with very low noise.
• Available as either single or dual motored for • Available as either single or dual motored for that extra power.
that extra power. • Capacity 35 litres dry, 25 litres wet.
• 110v option also available - • 110v option also available - 240v supplied as standard.
240v supplied as standard. • Size: 680 x 550 x 940mm.
In position to empty
REF Motor watts Container dry volume litres PRICE
WV900-2 1200 40 £331.92 REF Motor watts PRICE
WVD900-2 2400 40 £423.89 WVD750T-2 2400 £602.60
WVD/604019 Pack of 10 replacement bags £12.83 WVD/604017 Pack of 10 replacement bags £11.85
PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTORS VACUUM CLEANERS

• Capacity - 70 litres wet.
• Capacity - 23 litres wet and 15 litres dry.
• Exceptional performance from twin motors to match huge capacity.
• Big, strong and portable.
• Rugged Structofoam construction and accessory kit with stainless
• Structofoam head is both strong and
steel tube set.
allows low head room.
• Dump hose for draining. Trash basket retains debris from pump
• 38mm hose set with 400mm nozzles.
and hose systems.
• Wet and dry pick-up.
• 2400 watts motor.
• Weight 13Kg.
• Weight 30.5Kg.
• Choice of one or two motored models.
• Submersible pump allows vacuuming whilst discharging waste
water up to 20m away.
REF Motor watts PRICE
WV570-2 1200 £277.26 REF PRICE
WVD570-2 2400 £368.21 WVD1800DH2 £408.95
• Capacity - 23 litres wet and 15 litres dry.

• Exceptional power and performance.
• Structofoam takes the hard knocks for all commercial life.
• For portability provided with internal solution tank.
• Weight 18Kg.
• Dual hard/soft floor carpet kit.
• Choice of one or two motored models.
REF Motor watts PRICE

CT570-2 1200 £533.10
CTD570-2 2400 £628.92

To convert the cleaners below from either wet or dry use is easy - full details supplied.
• Suitable for professional, commercial and industrial use for a variety of tasks. kv30/1 kv45/2
• Stainless steel recovery tank in 20, 30 and 45 litre capacities.
• Fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual
thermal protection. kv20/1
• Injection moulded, rust proof & chemical resistant motor head assembly.
• Easily converting from wet to dry use by fitting disposable paper bag and
second stage cloth filter assembly.
• 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models.
• Fixed floor tool to suit KV 45/2 W/D and KV30/1 W/D.
REF HxWxD Weight Capacity litres PRICE

mm Kg Dry Wet 230V 110V
KV20/1W/D 610 x 440 x440 13.4 20 13 £261.58 £284.14
KV30/1W/D 865 x 450 x450 16.8 30 23 £319.46 £341.85
KV45/2W/D 865 x 450 x460 20.5 45 37 £403.66 £449.62
WD1 Tool kit to suit all models £72.45
FFT Fixed floor tool to suit all KV30/11 & KV45/2W/D £122.77
DF Dry filter to suit all models £31.76
K3 10 x K3 Paper bags to suit KV20/1W/D £10.04
Tool Kit
K4 10 x K4 Paper bags to suit KV30/1 & KV 45/2W/D £10.56 Dry Filter & Bag
• Suitable for professional, commercial and industrial use for a variety of tasks.
• Injection moulded recovery tank in 50 litre capacity on a tip action caddy. KV50/1
• Fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual thermal
protection.
• Easily converting from wet to dry use by fitting disposable paper bag and second stage
cloth filter assembly.
• 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models (as shown above).
• Fixed floor tool to suit both models.
REF HxWxD Weight Capacity litres PRICE

mm Kg Dry Wet 230V 110V
KV50/1W/D 900 x 500 x 740 19 45 37 £341.09 £364.67
KV50/2W/D 900 x 500 x740 22 45 37 £412.40 £458.50
50/FFT Fixed floor tool to suit both models £122.77
50/WD1 WD1 Tool kit to suit both models £72.45
• The main features and use of the pivoting tip action is for
50/K4 10 X K4 Paper bags to suit both models £10.56
water emptying into a drain etc. This greatly enhances the
50/DF Dry filter (as shown above) £31.76 ease of usage.
• Suitable for heavy industrial use for a variety of tasks where an enormous capacity is required. KV100/1
• Rotationally moulded recovery tank of 100 litre capacity and easy emptying with built in self
emptying drain hose.
• fitted with 1000 or 2000w bypass industrial vacuum motor with individual thermal protection.
• 38mm WD1 tool kit to suit all models.
• Fixed floor tool to suit both models.
• If it’s high capacity requirement, these are the answer.
REF HxWxD Weight Capacity litres PRICE This range of high capacity industrial vacuum cleaners
mm Kg Dry Wet 230V 110V has been specially designed to cope with large
volumes of liquids. It is the preferred choice in many
KV100/1W/D 1000 x 600 x 600 23 100 90 £516.60 £539.55 industries such as flood clearance, water tank
emptying, fire services, flat roofing and many others.
KV100/2W/D 1000 x 600 x600 26 100 90 £610.37 £655.90
100/WD1 Tool kit to suit both models (as show above) £72.45

LOLINE SCRUBBER AND POLISHER NUPOWER
• Loline sets an entirely new standard for professional • This rotary machine provides the optimum
floorcare, putting convenience, ease of use and great balance between scrubbing and polishing floors.
results as the priority. • Speed: 150 - 450 rpm.
• Compact storage. • Size: 1185 x 580 x 450mm.
• Heavy duty drive system. • 230v ac 50hz.
• Choice of scrubbing brushes. • Range 32m.
• Easy fill system.
• Union mix polishing brush.
• Two sizes of machines:
REF 382 has 33cm dia brush or pad size - at 200rpm.
REF 415 has 40cm dia brush or pad size - at 150rpm.
• Both models supplied complete with solution tank and
pad drive board.
REF Motor Deck Brush Pad Power Speed Range Weight Size mm PRICE
NLL332 400W 330mm 330mm 330mm 230V AC 50Hz 200rpm 32m 18Kg 1145x330x540 £417.17
NLL415 400W 400mm 400mm 360mm 230V AC 50Hz 150rpm 32m 18.5Kg 1145x360x540 £417.17
REF NPR1523
Motor 1000 watts
Pad 400mm
REF Accessories detail PRICE
Brush 450mm
606033 Scrub brush for NLL382 £45.27
606104 Polish brush for NLL382 £45.27 Weight 30Kg
606105 Scrub brush for NLL415 £45.27 PRICE £519.39
606102 Polish brush for NLL415 £58.20 Loline... going where others can’t go!
NUSPEED TWIN NUSPEED ULTRA

• Hi-range and Lo-range speed control to satisfy many • A burnishing machine that adjusts to varying floor conditions.
different applications 150-300 rpm. • High lustre polish or wet look surfaces.
• Automatic torque control provides consistent • Automatic floating head and automatic
performance under varying load conditions. torque control.
• Extensive range of available accessories including • Vacuuming system can be retro fitted.
solution tank and vacuum systems. • Extensive range of accessories available.
• 1000/1250 watts motor. • 1500 watt motor.
• Pad 400mm. • 400mm deck.
• Brush 450mm. • 400mm pad.
• Weight 40Kg - range 32m. • 230v ac 50hz.
• 230v ac 50hz. • 32m range.
• Weight 32Kg.
REF Size PRICE REF Size PRICE

NRT1530 1250x580x460mm £829.10 NRU1500 1250x660x460mm £876.03

TWINTEC CABLE TWINTEC BATTERY
• Combination machine with a stainless steel chassis. • Operating with its own built in battery and charger.
• Simple operation for time saving usage. • 30 litre capacity with either single or twin 15 litre dirty water tanks.
• 30 litre capacity with either single or twin 15 litre dirty water tanks. • Adjustable brush pressure system.
• Heavy duty 450mm scrubbing head (400mm pads). • Stainless steel chassis and heavy duty Structofoam power head.
• Folding power head system. • Size: 1150 x 1030 x 740mm.
• Size: 1150 x 1030 x 740mm. • Weight 122Kg.
• Weight 57Kg. • Speed: 120rpm.
• Speed: 150rpm. • Operational time 2.25 hours.
• Range - 42m
• 230v 50hz.
REF Brush motor Vac motor Tanks PRICE REF Brush motor Vac motor Tanks PRICE
TT3450S 1000W 1200W Single £1300.97 TTB3450S 24v 400W 24v 400W Single £2295.00
TT3450T 1000W 1200W Twin £1300.97 TTB3450T 24v 400W 24v 400W Twin £2295.00
TWINTEC BATTERY TWINTEC VARIO

• Serious work over big areas for long hours. • Ride on operator comfort.
• Giant 60 litre capacity. • Adjustable brush width - 3 sizes: 650, 750 or 850mm
• Floating polyurethane nozzle with one 650mm with auto-return brush deck covers.
and two x 330mm scrubbing heads. • Massive 110 litre capacity.
• Choice of 100 or 200 AHR depending on • On board battery and charger.
working conditions. • Chemical dosing system.
• Operational time 2.25 - 3.75 hours. • 3.5 hour run time can be
• Size: 1230 x 1260 x 970mm. increased to 4.5 hours.
• Weight 145/211Kg. • Brush speed:
• Speed: 120rpm. 150/200rpm.
• Size: 1676 x 1425
x 1054mm.
• Weight 500Kg.
REF Brush motor Vac motor Power PRICE REF Brush motor Vac motor Max speed PRICE
TTB6652S 2 x 24v 400W 24v 400W 100/200 AH £3027.62 TTV678 3 x 24v 400W 24v 400W 3.5 Km/H £11772.63

MAGNETIC FLOOR SWEEPERS
Magnetic sweepers offer an effective and economical method of collecting
ferrous metals such as nails, screws, swarf, blasting shot, grinding and
foundry dust, offcuts, punchings and many grades of aluminium from any
surface, wet or dry. This can eliminate damage to machinery, floors, plant and
personnel. Areas can be cleared away quickly and the collected waste
disposed of safely. A handle operated release mechanism drops the waste into
a neat pile which can then be swept up using the built in collection tray and
brush, on the R600 and R900. These two models are adjustable in height and
fitted with large front wheels and rear castor. They will cope with bulky waste
and uneven surfaces. The model R300 will clean around machines, under
benches, tops of machine beds, gangways and confined spaces. Release
mechanism allows discharge into a waste bin. Model SCT4 is very robust and R600
R900
suitable for cleaning large areas. Easy coupling and towing by a forklift or can
be fork mounted - please specify when ordering.
Overall dim Ground Height/length Wheel Weight

REF W x D x H mm clearance of handle mm type Kg PRICE
R300 395 x 260 x 100 20 1090 nylon 4 £210.00
R600 600 x 510 x 230 35-90 860 rubber 36 £518.00
R900 900 x 510 x 230 35-90 860 rubber 46 £602.00
SCT4 1525 o/w 40-100 - pneumatic 105 £1902.60
R300
PEDESTRIAN CONTROLLED PUSH SWEEPER

• Designed for rapid thorough cleaning - indoors or outdoor areas. • Easy to store folding handle.
• Handle adjusts to suit height and reach of user and folds flat for storage.
• Sweeps equally well on left or right hand bends.
• Fine dust filter.
• Battery and charger on board.
• Capacity 42 litres.
• Weight 23Kg.
• Dimensions 1300 x 765 x 1035mm.
REF PRICE
KM70/20C £554.99
POWERED VACUUM SWEEPER

• Professional vacuum sweeper for indoor or outdoor use.
• Honda petrol online.
• Ideal for all types of floors.
• Filter accessed from above.
• Collapsible handle for easy storage and transportation.
• Weight 84Kg.
• Dimensions 1430x780x1180mm. REF PRICE
KM75/40WP £3487.91
RIDE ON POWERED VACUUM SWEEPER

For use in manufacturing and industry, hotels, logistics, car • Side brush with adjustable contact pressure for cleaning up
parks, contract cleaners and councils. The Km90/60RP is to kerbs/edges.
designed for low cost, high performance outdoor cleaning. • 20 litre waste container with ergonomic carry handle.
Its tight turning circle and excellent visibility make the 90/60 • Adjustable push handle which folds flat for easy storage.
suitable for sweeping in confined areas and aisles. Ideal for • Built-in fine dust filter.
cleaning various floor types including asphalt, pavements, • Main roller brush with height adjustment.
concrete and hard floors. With an efficient Honda petrol • Size: (L x W x H mm) 1635 x 980 x 1260.
engine, the machine offers area coverage of up to 7200m2 per
hour. The machine has a working width of 900mm as standard
(1150mm with the optional second side brush) and a waste
capacity of 60 litres. REF PRICE
KM90/60RP £10476.74

The PR70 is suitable for light industrial
or heavy domestic use.
• Briggs & Stratton engine 3.1kw. 4.2hp

with 3.2Km/h drive speed.
• GS & CE approved.
• Height adjustable handle and jockey wheel.
• Rugged steel chassis and panels.
• Working width 70cm.
• One forward drive transmission.
• Optional extras - heavy duty bristles,
leaf pusher attachment, splash guard.

Shown with
PR70 Sweeper £1113.00
collector box
DC70 Collector box £259.00
The easy steer machine for semi professional and heavy domestic use.
The PZ80 will turn in its own length.
• Honda GCV135 engine, 3.4kw, 4-6hp with a max 2.7Km/h driving speed.
• GS & CE approved.
• Even fine dust will be collected.
• Handle bars can be tilted into 5 operator positions.
• Automatic brush pressure settings with active transport mechanism for a smooth ride.
• Zero light pressure turning circle.
• One forward drive transmission.
• Working width 80cm.
• Optional extra - splash guard.

PZ80 Sweeper £1540.00
DC80 Collector box £266.00
PX100 with collector box Leaf pusher attachment
A range of two machines offering everything for the demanding

professional user. All machines are powered by Honda engines. Accessories to fit all four machines
The PX100 and PX120 have a 7 step variable brush speed.
REF H2O water kit PRICE
• GS & CE approved. WK/2 inc tank & pump POA
• Easy tip collector box. SG80-120 Splash guard POA
• Steel operating levers will not crack in frost or heavy handling conditions.
• 5 position operator handle bars.
• Brush angle adjustment.
• Steel wheels with pneumatic tyres with a third ‘no tools’ adjustable jockey
wheel to provide optimum height.
• Optional accessories: heavy duty bristles, water spray kit, leaf pusher,
snow plough, splash guard, brush widening kit and protective blade to
reduce stone damage. PX120
REF Working width Area coverage Capacity kw/hp Drive speed km/h PRICE REF Extra PRICE
PX100 100cm 4200m2/h 4.1/5.5 4.2 £2324.00 DC100 Collector box £315.00
PX120 120cm 5000m2/h 4.4/6.0 4.4 £2457.00 DC120 Collector box £343.00

WORKTAINER WITH PLASTIC BASE
• Very strong construction.
• Nestable.
• Plastic base reinforced with galvanised steel.
• Units are designed with a fold up base so they can nest
together for storing in confined areas.
• Fitted on 4 x 150mm dia grey rubber tyred swivel castors,
2 fitted with footbrakes.
• Epoxy powder coated grey.
• Optional shelf available.
• Fitted with rigid front support bar.
REF Cap Size L x W x H mm Weight PRICE

WP600Y 300Kg 800 x 600 x 1700 42Kg £261.10
WS600Z Shelf to suit above 735 x 565 £82.11
WP800Y 500Kg 1100 x 800 x 1700 53Kg £330.54
WS800Z Shelf to suit above 1040 x 770 £101.43 WP800Y
WP600Y
ROLLCONTAINER
• Supplied with 3 tubular steel sides and a
sheet steel base.
• 600Kg capacity.
• Units are nestable by simply folding up base
and right hand side end panel.
• Front support bar to provide extra strength
when unit is open.
• Epoxy powder coated beige.
• Fitted on 4 swivel 150mm dia rubber tyred
castors, 2 fitted with brakes.
REF O/S L x W x H mm Weight PRICE

RI2003 800 x 600 x 1690 42Kg £228.83
FOLDABLE SHELF TROLLEY

• Choice of 2 or 3 shelf models.
• Fitted with foldable sides which enable unit to fold flat when
not in use for ease of storage.
• 100Kg capacity.
• Sides are constructed from tubular steel and epoxy powder
coated blue, the shelves are steel, finished in white.
• Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber tyred castors.
REF Shelves O/S L x W x H mm PRICE

CI9002 2 850 x 460 x 1028 £140.69
CI9003 3 850 x 460 x 1490 £192.07

NARROW AISLE DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS
This trolley can be adapted to suit every type of use in warehouses, workshops,
hospitals etc. Manufactured from tubular steel construction with either rod infill, mesh
infill or just open ended. Finished in red epoxy coated. Extra shelves and braked castors
available on request.
General Specification
• Overall size LxWxH - 1180x690x1850mm.
• Deck shelf size - 600 x 1100mm.
• Castors - 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber tyred.
• Load capacity - 75kg per shelf.
• 4 Shelf height options-590,890,1190,and 1490mm.
NA603R NA604R
NA612R NA614R NA615R NA618R
REF WITHOUT Number of Weight REF WITH Weight

SHELVES Description ends/sides Base Kg PRICE SHELVES Shelves Kg PRICE
- Open end 2 Rod - - NA602R 2 x zinc plated 52 £535.19
NA603R Rod 2 Rod 43 £435.94 NA612R 2 x zinc plated 57 £556.36
NA604R infill 3 Rod 49 £467.31 NA613R 2 x zinc plated 63 £587.37
NA605R 4 Rod 55 £498.40 NA614R 2 x zinc plated 69 £618.65
Full security units with mesh infill
NA615R Mesh infill 4 Rod 66 £882.15 NA618R 2 x zinc plated 80 £1027.31
Optional extras - factory fitted REF PRICE
Bolt-in zinc plated rod shelf NA621S £73.00
Braked castors (2 off fitted to swivel castors) NA004Z £56.99
PLASTIC BASE ROLL CONTAINER

• Hygienic - Can be steam cleaned or pressure washed.
• Extra strong reinforced design.
• Silent in operation - no rattles.
• Very attractive - Eye appeal.
• Base and shelves moulded from high density polyethylene.
• Options 2,3 or 4 Sides and extra shelves.
• Options available in ‘house colours’.
• Standard is supplied with two sides and one base.
Base Overall Internal Capacity Unit weight Infill Castors nylon 100mm
REF mm height mm height mm Kg Kg spacing dia roller bearing PRICE
18.978 720 x 815 1630 1450 500 21.5 140 x 340 2 fixed 2 swivel £100.46
17.628.AA/PB Extra per additional back panel £23.93
18.978/SHELF Extra per additional shelf £10.08

STANDARD DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS
The demountable roll pallet can be dismantled to a
fraction of their assembled size. They are ideal for
return packaging or where space is at a premium.
• Available with 2, 3 or 4 sides.

• Capacity 500Kg.
• Optional shelves - 100Kg capacity.
• Base size - 715 x 800mm.
• Choice of 3 overall heights - 1520, 1690
or 1815mm.
• Nylon castors with roller bearings - 100mm dia.
• Special sizes and designs made
to order.
REF Detail PRICE

17.968.2 Complete with 2 sides, 1520mm high £83.38
17.628AA 3rd/4th side, 1520mm high £19.58
17.638AA 3rd/4th side, 1690mm high £19.94 Roll pallets shown
17.648AA 3rd/4th side, 1815mm high £20.30 here dismantled
17.729AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1520mm high £55.39 and nested.
17.739AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1690mm high £56.87
17.740AA 3rd/4th side with hinged gate, 1815mm high £58.78
17.768 Removable wire shelf £10.08
Optional if fitted on 125mm dia castors £17.40
SECURITY DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS

• Fully demountable for ease of storage.
• Can be padlocked or security sealed.
• Designed for handling high value or pilferable products,
these units have 50mm x 50mm mesh infill.
• Available in both standard and jumbo sizes.
• Standard capacity 500Kg.
• Fitted on nylon castors with roller bearings.
• Optional shelf available for 17.470 model.
REF Base Size Overall Ht Internal Ht Load Cap Load Per Shelf Side Infill Spacing Castor Dia Side Options Weight Per Unit PRICE
17.470 720x805mm 1840mm 1630mm 500Kg 100Kg 50x50mm 100mm Security 47Kg £268.74
17.480 800x1200mm 1870mm 1630mm 500Kg 100Kg 50x50mm 125mm Security 68Kg £361.40
17.768 Optional wire shelf for model ref 17.470 £10.08
RENTALS AND LEASING OF MAGNETIC WRAP-ROUND POCKETS

ROLL PALLET EQUIPMENT Three hard wearing information pockets in sizes A4, A5 and A6 which
• We can arrange for the short or long term rental or have an unique looped magnetic header that is designed to wrap around
leasing of our roll pallet products. the mesh of a cage. A special flap shields the opening of each pocket
• Solving short term product requirement and providing your documentation with protection from the elements.
seasonal fluctuations.
• Flexible rental periods to suit your needs. • Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers.
• Immediate low cost solutions. • Manufactured from tough plastic.
• Helps provide an easy cash • Available from stock.
flow way of using REF Size (HxW) mm Pack PRICE
materials handling. WRP4V/10 297 x 210 10 £40.92
WRP5H/10 148 x 210 10 £33.99
WRP6H/10 105 x 210 10 £30.36
WRP4V/50 297 x 210 50 £174.92
WRP5H/50 148 x 210 50 £145.20
WRP6H/50 105 x 210 50 £128.70

JUMBO DEMOUNTABLE ROLL PALLETS
• Designed for handling larger bulky items, our jumbo units are available in
2 base sizes and in 3 or 4 sided configuration. 4th side half drop.
• Standard capacity 500Kg.
• Optional wire shelves.
• Nylon castors with roller bearings.
• Electro zinc plated finish.
• Easy to stack away when not in use.
REF Base Size Overall Ht Internal Ht Load Cap Load Per Shelf Side Infill Spacing Castor Dia Side Options Wt Per Unit PRICE
17.200 800x1200mm 1820mm 1650mm 500Kg 100Kg 150x400mm 125mm 3 47.5Kg £159.50
17.300 800x2000mm 1820mm 1650mm 500Kg 75Kg 100x400mm 125mm 3 73.5Kg £374.02
17.200AA Optional half drop side for model ref 17.200 £34.10
17.300AA Optional half drop side for model ref 17.300 £94.55
NESTABLE 'A' FRAME ROLL PALLETS

The 'A' frame design allows the roll pallet to fold and nest for economical storage.
• Available in 3 or 4 sides.
• Capacity 600Kg.
• Optional shelf - 100Kg capacity.
• Fitted with nylon castors 125mm dia. with roller bearings.
REF Base Size Overall Ht Infill Spacing Sides PRICE

19.A106 735x830mm 1720mm 140x460mm 3 £120.98
19.A106/4 735x830mm 1725mm 130x460mm 4 £132.49
19.768LS Optional wire shelf £8.53
NESTABLE 'A' FRAME SECURITY ROLL PALLET

Full security version of the space saving 'A' frame design.
• Complete with 4 sides and one shelf.

• Capacity 600Kg.
• Shelf capacity 100Kg.
• Provision for padlocking or security sealing.
• Mesh infill 50 x 50mm to sides and lid.
• Fitted on nylon castors 125mm dia. with roller bearings.
REF Base Size Overall Ht Internal Ht Sides PRICE

19.A107 735x840mm 1725mm 1410mm 4 £159.71
19.768LS Optional wire shelf £8.53

• Strong construction of steel angle and tube
with timber decks.
• Large wheels with bearings.
• Pushbars at steering ends.
• Extra sides and shelves as required.
T2071-T2072 T2081-T2082 T2091-T2092
REF Overall size Body size Shelf Deck Max Weight Wheeling PRICE
LxWxH mm LxWxH mm Height mm Height mm Load Kg Kg Detail
T2071 1150x715x1980 1000x700x1610 - 290 500 52 2 fixed & 2 £479.52
T2072 1350x815x1980 1200x800x1610 - 290 500 60 swivel cushion £619.45
T2081 1150x715x1980 1000x700x1610 - 290 500 53 tyred wheels £507.90
T2082 1350x815x1980 1200x800x1610 - 290 500 61 200ø x50 tread £547.43
T2091 1150x715x1980 1000x700x1610 275 - 660 290 500 88 with roller £546.38
T2092 1350x815x1980 1200x800x1610 1240 - 1530 290 500 105 bearing hubs £695.35
LARGE SIZE ROLL CONTAINERS LARGE AND HEAVY DUTY ROLL CONTAINERS
• Durable. • Strong tubular box
• Robust construction. section construction.
• Hard wearing epoxy
From tubular steel with rod infilled powder coated finish.
panels. Bright zinc plate finish for • Ideal for industrial
durability and lasting appearance. applications.
All panels removable to enable
bases to stack. Fitted on 2 fixed, 2
O/A height 1680mm. swivel 100mm nylon
Width 800mm. castors with roller
Capacity 500Kg. bearings. Fixed castors
inset which makes the
unit easily manoeuvrable.
RB8621
RB9502 C/W RC, RH & RS
RB8623
RB9502
Length Weight Wheels REF PRICE
mm kg Description O/A Size mm Wt REF PRICE
1000 23 4x100mm RB8621 £299.64 LxWxH kg
1500 35 Nylon castors RB8622 £351.56 Base and 2 ends 1540x848x1690 46 RB9502 £469.23
2000 47 2 fixed, 2 swivel RB8623 £390.68 Optional Extras
Optional half side for RB8621 RC8611 £46.12 Full side 1430x25x1500 12 RC9502 £94.24
Optional half side for RB8622 RC8612 £57.15 Half drop side 1430x25x1500 14 RH9502 £113.60
Optional half side for RB8623 RC8613 £77.64 Rod infill shelf 1420x730x25 7 RS9502 £64.67

Eliminates costly shrink wrapping. Safeguard against the elements, dust, preventing scratches, bumps, dents etc.
COVERS FOR LOADED PALLETS ROLL PALLET COVERS AND LINERS
Suitable for pallets with base size of 1200 x 1000 or

1200 x 800mm (specify on order).
• Other sizes and opening flaps/velcro on request.

Based on standard 700 x 900 x 1600mm high but any size tailor made.
To Suit PRICE PRICE PRICE Price based on 11 – 49 units.
REF Load Height for 1-49 for 50-249 for 250+
PC1015 1⁄2 Metre £17.11 £16.45 £16.04 REF Description PRICE
PC1016 1 Metre £25.85 £24.77 £24.23 PC1001 Roll Pallet Drop Over Cover £37.51
PC1017 11⁄2 Metre £36.51 £34.99 £34.23 PC1002 Roll Pallet Cover Side Opening Flap/velcro £45.44
PC1018 2 Metre £45.43 £43.54 £42.59 PC1003 Liner With 1⁄2 Stitched Front Only £35.55
PC1019 A4 document pouches fitted extra - - £1.28 PC1004 Liner With 1⁄2 Stitched Front & Upward Flap £43.79
INSULATED COVERS PALLETS/ROLL PALLETS PADDED COVERS FOR

All tailor made. Please state your size. Standard roll pallets based on 700 x 900 x 1600mm high. KITCHEN UNITS
Prices based on 1-49.
One Piece
PC1007 £156.01
Drop Over
As above but with
PC1008 £163.68
flap/velcro
Pallet Insulated Covers

Base Size 1200 x 1000 or 1200 x 800
REF Height-load PRICE

PC1009 1 Metre £121.23
PC1010 11⁄2 Metre £137.80
PC1011 2 Metre £173.40
Drop over as above but with opening

side panels/velcro
Any size can be made to order
REF Height-load PRICE
PC1012 1 Metre £189.18 REF Unit Size mm and Type PRICE
PC1013 11⁄2 Metre £206.31 PC1021 600sq x 900h i.e. fridge/cooker £43.50
PC1014 2 Metre £260.35 PC1022 600sq x 1500h i.e. fridge freezer £64.29

SELF SERVICE SHOPPING BASKETS SHOPPING TROLLEYS
• Choice of wire or plastic baskets • Patented steer system to dramatically improve steerability.
with base plinths to suit. • Finish - zinc electro then chrome passivated.
• Wire baskets are 21 litre capacity • Price includes baby seat.
with plastic coated handles in red • Name or logo designed handles can be supplied plus different
or green. colour codes for larger quantities.
• Plastic baskets are snag and rust
free, colours are red, green, blue
or recycled black.
REF Description (pack of) PRICE

FP/WB Wire basket - 450 x 320 x 190mm (10) £64.32 REF Cap ltr Size LxWxH mm PRICE
FP/TP Tubular plinth on wheels for wire baskets £41.52 ST100L 100 500x740x1000 £86.03
FP/PB Plastic basket - 496 x 297 x 250mm red/green/blue (5) £45.68 ST125L 125 550x790x1000 £92.23
FP/PB/B Plastic basket - 496 x 297 x 250 mm recycled black (5) £45.68 ST150L 150 550x900x1000 £92.23
DUMP BASKETS STORAGE/DISPLAY

• Choice of round or square bins.
STACKING BASKET
• All bins are white plastic coated - bright zinc
plate finish available as an extra. • Bright zinc finish or plastic
• Square bins have a height adjustable base coated to order.
and are collapsible. • Self stacking units.
• Freestanding or to fit on
mobile plinth.
• Dividers available.
REF Description WxDxH mm PRICE

SB580300 Basket/580 x 300 x 250 £32.00
SB580400 Basket/580 x 400 x 250 £33.23
REF Description PRICE SB580450 Basket/580 x 450 x 300 £40.05
D1600 Square 400 x 400 x 726 mm £33.95 SB580500 Basket/580 x 500 x 300 £40.38
D2400 Square 600 x 600 x 726mm £40.51 580/PLINTH Mobile plinth 580 x 500 £64.11
D2100 Round 533mm dia x 635mm £37.23 SB980300 Basket/980 x 300 x 250 £45.02
SB980400 Basket/980 x 400 x 250 £46.96
SB980450 Basket/980 x 450 x 300 £53.87
980/PLINTH Mobile plinth 980 x 500 £70.90

We are able to design and supply wheeling and castor systems for
specific customer requirement. We have over 30 years experience in
providing solutions for the automotive, aeronautical, chemical and
pharmaceutical industries.
• Heavy duty wheeling systems for the most demanding applications.

• Bespoke tow systems.
• Braking parts and speed reduction systems.
• Noise reduction systems.
• Shock absorption solutions. Brake & tow system Trailers for automotive plants
FOOTMASTER
• Unique – it’s a castor and a total stop brake.
• Multifunctional castors with 360° swivel function and complete immobilisation
for 100% stability to the load, even on uneven floors.
• Ideal for use on scientific equipment, electronics, computers, test benches,
telecommunication racks etc.
• Sensational comprehensive range of light medium and heavy duty castors with
easy to operate vertical lowering foot pad to allow complete immobilisation and
levelling in situ.
• This unique product enables all types of equipment to be both fully mobile or
rigidly located with the non slip foot in the lowered position.
• Supplied with either single bolt hole fixing or top plate.
REF Cap Wheel Tread O/A dim mm Finish Raise or Nett Fixing
LIGHT DUTY Kg dia mm W mm HxWxL colour lower Wt Kg type PRICE
68FSR0000 40 32 20 68 x 58 x 84 Ivory Nylon hand wheel 0.26 Bolt hole £37.90
68FSR0010 240 50 25 82 x 70 x 100 Ivory Nylon hand wheel 0.65 Bolt hole £98.02
68FSR0020 240 50 25 82 x 70 x 100 Ivory Nylon hand wheel 0.65 Top plate £96.54
68FSR0031 800 75 35 120 x 95 x 142 Ivory Nylon hand wheel 2.6 Top plate £92.78
68FSR0051 1100 75 35 120 x 95 x 137 Ivory Hex adjuster 2.8 Top plate £105.28
68FSR0002 1500 97 50 131 x 110 x 173 Ivory Hex adjuster 5.2 Top plate £152.10
TROLLEY BUFFERS
This series offers buffers which are fitted to Foamed Plastic Buffer
the vertical leg (whether round or square) of
a trolley above the castor. Should the trolley round or REF PRICE
come too close to a wall, the buffer comes in square
contact with the wall and turns as the trolley
is pushed along the wall offering protection 114 30 R 0.05 25 1" R1 £4.88
to both wall and trolley. This type of the 114 30 S 0.05 25 1" S1 £7.12
buffer is made from hard wearing foamed 114 30 S 0.05 25 32 S32 £6.91
plastic which is a non marking material. 114 30 R 0.05 25 32 R32 £6.13
EXPANDER CASTOR FITTINGS • For attaching bolt hole castors by gripping the inside of round or square tube.
It is important not to over tighten expanders during assembly of castor to trolley.
We recommend the following torque (in decanewtons):
18 to 20mm 12. 21 to 23mm 12. 24 to 27mm 18. 28 to 31mm 20.
Internal tube size Material REF PRICE

18 to 20mm Nylon EXP18/20R £1.89
Round Expanders for assembly
with 10mm set screw 21 to 23mm Nylon EXP21/23R £1.92
Internal square Material REF PRICE

section size
Square Expanders for assembly 15.6 to 17.2mm Nylon EXP16R £3.54
with 10mm set screw
21 to 23mm Nylon EXP21/23S £2.02
28 to 31mm Nylon EXP28/31S £2.32

SYMBOLS RELATING TO WHEELS AND CASTORS
plain ball wheel tread overall plate hole hole bolt hole
bearing bearing diameter width height dimensions spacing width size
roller taper roller distance carrying unit hub wheel bearing

bearing bearing offset between forks capacity weight length bore facility
POLYURETHANE LOAD ROLLERS

• Cast polyurethane bonded to steel core roller with ball bearing facility.
• 92-95 Shore 'A' tread hardness.
• Operating temperature -20/+80°C.
REF WITHOUT REF WITH

facility PRICE PRICE
BEARINGS BEARINGS
80 70 47x14 700 1.06 754102 £16.88 752102 £24.72

82 70 47x14 700 1.09 754132 £17.76 752132 £25.60
82 90 47x14 900 1.33 754135 £20.43 752135 £28.27
82 100 47x14 1000 1.45 754137 £22.94 752137 £30.78
85 70 47x14 700 1.12 754122 £18.70 752122 £26.53
85 80 47x14 800 1.25 754123 £21.41 752123 £29.25
85 90 47x14 900 1.39 754125 £23.02 752125 £30.86
85 100 47x14 1000 1.52 754127 £24.77 752127 £32.61
NYLON LOAD ROLLERS

• Nylon/polyamide 6 natural colour nylon roller with ball bearing facility.
• Heavy duty with low rolling resistance.
facility PRICE PRICE
BEARINGS BEARINGS
82 60 47x14 700 0.47 761011 £10.02 763011 £17.86

82 70 47x14 850 0.49 761012 £9.22 763012 £16.26
82 90 47x14 1100 0.57 761014 £10.02 763014 £17.06
82 100 47x14 1200 0.65 761015 £12.30 763015 £20.16
INJECTED POLYURETHANE TYRE BONDED TO NYLON CENTRE LOAD ROLLER

• Red coloured injected polyurethane roller, moulded over a • Suitable where atmospheric agents, alcohol and
polyamide 6 centre. Hardness 60+/-3 Shore D. gylcol, mineral and organic acids, base solutions
• With or without ball bearings. and saturated vapour are present.
• Manual transpallets only. • Temperature -15°C to +80°C
• Manual handling applications. • Tested in accordance with ISO 22878:2004
• Suitable for food processing, textile, chemical industries and tanneries. • Manufactured in accordance with ISO 22883:2004

BEARINGS PRICE BEARINGS PRICE
82 60 20 60 47 14 450 390 450 0.47 784101 £8.30 0.27 782101 £16.16

82 70 20 70 47 14 500 410 500 0.53 784102 £8.83 0.32 782102 £16.67
82 80 20 80 47 14 600 500 600 0.59 784103 £9.74 0.38 782103 £17.57
82 90 20 90 47 14 700 525 700 0.64 784104 £10.43 0.43 782104 £18.27
82 100 20 100 47 14 750 530 750 0.69 784105 £11.97 0.49 782105 £19.81
ENTRY ROLLERS
• Plain bearings. Roller dia mm Tread width Bore mm Length hub mm REF PRICE
40 45 17 45 760001 £2.58
50 55 12 55 760002 £3.73

WHEEL
• Nylon colour polyamide 6 wheel.
• Plain bore wheel.
Options
• Roller bearing wheels.
• Solid and threaded stems.
• Threadguards.
• Polypropylene wheels.
Plain Bearing Wheel
REF PRICE
50 19 50 0.02 26 6.5 680028 £1.25

63 25 100 0.04 33 11.2 680030 £0.70
75 25 120 0.07 40 12.7 680032 £1.09
100 32 200 0.11 39 12 680084 £1.71
100 32 225 0.12 47 15 680044 £1.90
100 32 225 0.12 44 12 680074 £1.78
125 35 300 0.19 39 12 680053 £2.13
125 35 300 0.19 47 15 680063 £2.21
125 35 325 0.19 44 12 680077 £2.08
150 43 400 0.36 50 19.2 680054 £8.51
STANDARD DUTY CASTORS

• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel only brake
except NY10052312 and NY12552312 that brake on wheel and swivel head.
• Zinc plated pressed steel.
• Double and single* ball race.
• Operating temperature -30°/+80°C.
Swivel Fixed Swivel Top Plate

Top Plate Top Plate with Brake
PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
sw=67x48
50* 19 64 54/56x25 6 13 28 40 0.15 68B0010 £2.94 0.11 68B0020 £2.18 - N/A –
fx=69x44
sw=
sw=95x70 73/76x44.5
63* 23 78 fx= 8 20 36 85 0.24 680040 £3.52 0.15 680050 £3.14 - N/A –
fx=95x59 73/76x35
sw=
80/86x60
75* 25 94 105x80 fx= 8 22 42 120 0.36 680061 £4.88 0.20 680071 £3.84 0.40 680161 £6.90
80/83x35
100 30 128 100x 85 80x60 9 37 45 200 0.65 684502 £9.01 0.46 685102 £6.75 - N/A -
sw=
100/105
sw=128x102 x76/80
100* 32 125 10 25 50 225 1.05 680202 £9.62 0.95 680192 £6.46 1.15 680282 £13.63
fx=120x80 fx=
97/100x48
sw=105x85
100 32 128 77/80x60 8 28 45 250 0.90 680152 £10.22 0.63 680232 £4.80 1.10 N/A –
fx=105x89
sw=100x80 76/80
125 35 155 fx=105x85 x44.5/60 8 38 45 125 0.76 680173 £5.22 0.53 680243 £4.51 0.80 680353 £8.42
sw=105x85
125 35 154 fx=105x89 77/80x60 8 28 45 250 1.00 680503 £8.46 0.68 680263 £4.78 - N/A –
sw=
120/140
sw=162x132
125* 35 154 x95/105 10 36 50 295 1.08 680103 £11.90 0.73 680113 £6.64 - N/A –
fx=120x80 fx=
97/100x48
sw=145x101 105/115
125* 35 154 fx=145x110 x64/80 10 30 50 295 1.15 680183 £10.34 0.73 680253 £4.96 1.12 680363 £12.56
sw=
sw=162x132 120/140
150* 43 182 x95/105 10 42 50 360 2.04 680144 £17.87 1.92 680154 £10.86 2.33 N/A –
fx=170x106
fx=130x67

WHEEL
• White copolymer wheel.
• Roller bearing bore.
• Threadguards optional.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc.
• Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C.
REF PRICE
80 25 80 0.19 40 12 68P0091 £0.75

100 30 125 0.31 40 12 68P0092 £0.90
125 37 160 0.54 50 15 68M3203 £3.84
160 40 200 1.07 60 20 NY15051 £5.26
200 55 250 1.81 60 20 NY20051 £12.53

• White polypropylene wheel.
• Plain bearing bore with roller bearing option.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement,
stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc.
• Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 25 108 100x80 80x60 9 32 80 0.70 G080P2Z01 £3.71 0.51 G080P3Z01 £2.42 0.89 G080P4Z01 £5.38
100 30 127 100x80 80x60 9 32 125 0.84 G100P2Z01 £3.97 0.65 G100P3Z01 £2.86 1.03 G100P4Z01 £5.78
125 37 155 100x80 80x60 9 32 130 1.21 G125P2Z01 £5.60 0.95 G125P3Z01 £4.42 1.33 G125P4Z01 £7.41
160 40 197 129x106 105x80 11 48 200 2.11 G160P2Z01 £17.17 1.73 G160P3Z01 £13.82 2.38 G160P4Z01 £20.96
200 55 240 129x106 105x80 11 48 200 2.72 G200P2Z01 £20.67 2.50 G200P3Z01 £18.61 3.00 G200P4Z01 £25.41

• White polypropylene wheel.
• Plain bearing bore with roller bearing option.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement,
stone tiles, metallic, epoxy resin etc.
• Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C.
Bolt Hole Bolt Hole Top Plate

Top Plate with Brake
PRICE PRICE
REF REF
80 25 108 12 64 32 80 0.55 G080P5Z01 £3.54 0.89 G080P6Z01 £5.02

100 30 127 12 64 32 125 0.68 G100P5Z01 £3.84 1.03 G100P6Z01 £5.38
125 37 155 12 64 32 130 0.96 G125P5Z01 £4.93 1.33 G125P6Z01 £6.77
160 40 197 16 95 48 200 1.44 G160P5Z01 £16.93 2.11 G160P6Z01 £21.02
200 55 240 16 95 48 200 2.62 G200P5Z01 £20.75 2.80 G200P6Z01 £25.12

STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with
trailing wheel and swivel brake.
• Stainless steel pressed steel.
• Double ball race.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 25 108 80x100 60x80 9 32 40 80 0.70 F080P2S01 £11.57 0.51 F080P3S01 £8.03 0.89 F080P4S01 £19.71
100 30 127 80x100 60x80 9 32 40 125 0.84 F100P2S01 £12.43 0.65 F100P3S01 £8.48 1.03 F100P4S01 £20.46
125 37 155 80x100 60x80 9 32 50 130 1.21 F125P2S01 £14.35 0.95 F125P3S01 £10.43 1.33 F125P4S01 £22.75
150 40 192 106x129 80x105 11 48 50 180 2.11 F150P2S01 £34.56 1.73 F150P3S01 £24.32 2.38 F150P4S01 £47.07
200 55 240 106x129 80x105 11 48 60 180 2.72 F200P2S01 £45.54 2.50 F200P3S01 £39.60 3.00 F200P4S01 £59.33
STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS

• Round top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel and swivel brake.
• Stainless steel pressed steel.
Bolt Hole Bolt Hole Top Plate with

Top Plate Brake
PRICE PRICE
REF REF
80 25 108 12 32 40 80 0.55 F080P5S01 £11.55 0.89 F080P6S01 £19.71

100 30 127 12 32 40 125 0.68 F100P5S01 £12.43 1.03 F100P6S01 £20.46
125 37 155 12 32 50 130 0.96 F125P5S01 £14.35 1.33 F125P6S01 £22.75
150 40 192 12 48 50 180 1.44 F150P5S01 £34.56 2.11 F150P6S01 £47.07
200 55 240 16 48 60 180 2.62 F200P5S01 £45.54 2.80 F200P6S01 £59.33
HIGH TEMPERATURE RESIN WHEEL

• Black solid resin wheel.
Plain Bearing Wheel
• Plain bearing wheel.
Special lubricant should be used in REF PRICE
bracket at extremes of temperature.
80 35 150 0.18 39 12 672201 £5.71
100 35 200 0.29 44 15 672202 £8.83
125 35 300 0.43 44 15 672203 £13.71
150 50 300 0.90 58 20 672104 £40.85
200 50 500 1.68 58 20 672106 £56.08
HIGH TEMPERATURE STAINLESS

STEEL CASTORS
• Stainless pressed steel.
Special lubricant should be used in bracket
at extremes of temperature.
Swivel Fixed Bolt Hole

Top Plate Top Plate Top Plate
PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 35 107 85x100 60x80 9 39 40 150 0.71 677701 £26.32 O.40 678701 £16.85 0.62 676701 £26.32
100 35 128 85x100 60x80 9 35 40 200 0.79 677702 £29.39 0.52 678702 £19.95 0.72 676702 £29.39
125 35 194 85X100 60X80 9 37 50 220 0.92 677713 £37.14 0.80 678713 £27.36 1.05 676703 £26.27
150 50 194 110x140 80x105 11 56 60 300 2.21 677704 £85.47 1.77 678704 £67.90 - - -
200 50 240 110X140 80X105 11 56 60 300 3.06 677706 £105.68 2.60 678706 £85.87 - - -
For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see earlier page.

STANDARD DUTY CASTORS WITH BLACK PLASTIC WHEELS
• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel
with trailing wheel and swivel brake.
Bolt hole with round top plate and also twin wheel
versions available in this range - enquire for details.
PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
50 18 71 60x60 46/38x46/38 21 40 0.20 32T4102 £3.84 0.16 32T5102 £3.02 0.24 32T8102 £4.29
75 23 101 60x60 46/38x46/38 25 50 0.40 32T4103 £4.62 0.27 32T5103 £3.36 0.43 32T8103 £5.60
100 23 122 60x60 46/38x46/38 32 60 0.48 32T4104 £6.59 0.40 32T5104 £5.28 0.51 32T8104 £7.39
LIGHT DUTY CASTORS WITH GREY TYRED PLASTIC CENTRE WHEELS

• Grey non-marking tyred wheel with plastic centre.
• Plain bore.
• Threadguards are standard.
• Light duty applications.
• Zinc plated pressed steel castor housing.
• Swivel castors have double ball race.
• Steel pedal.
Swivel Swivel Top Plate

PRICE PRICE
REF REF
50 17 72 50x50 36x36 12x6 25 35 0.20 A050P2Z04 £1.38 0.24 A050P4Z04 £2.11

75 21 104 65x65 49x49 12x6 33 55 0.43 A075P2Z04 £2.78 0.50 A075P4Z04 £4.10
100 25 134 75x75 55x55 15x8 36 70 0.48 A100P2Z04 £4.53 0.57 A100P4Z04 £5.82
125 28 159 76x70 60x50 8.3 35 80 0.57 A125P2Z02 £5.06 0.66 A125P4Z02 £6.40
LIGHT DUTY CASTORS WITH GREY TYRED PLASTIC CENTRE WHEELS

• Grey non-marking tyred wheel with plastic centre.
• Plain bore.
• Threadguards are standard.
• Light duty applications.
• Zinc plated pressed steel castor housing.
• Swivel castors have double ball race.
• Steel pedal.
For round or square expanders to suit

bolt hole castors, see later page.

PRICE PRICE
REF REF
50 17 70 10.5 25 35 0.16 A050P5Z04 £1.38 0.21 A050P6Z04 £2.11

75 21 101 10.5 33 55 0.34 A075P5Z04 £2.48 0.42 A075P6Z04 £3.62
100 25 132 12.9 36 70 0.40 A100P5Z04 £4.53 0.49 A100P6Z04 £5.71
125 28 159 12.5 35 80 0.49 A125P5Z02 £4.88 0.52 A125P6Z02 £5.82

WHEEL
• Black rubber tyre on plastic wheel centre.
• Roller bearing.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic,
epoxy resins etc.
• Suitable for humid environments with the presence of medium-harsh
chemicals.
• Not recommended for use with organic solvents, chlorinated
substances, hydrocarbons and mineral oils.
• Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C.
REF PRICE
80 25 60 0.19 40 12 522101 £3.01

100 30 70 0.31 40 12 52A1002 £2.78
125 37 100 0.54 50 15 52M1003 £7.71
160 40 160 1.07 60 20 521110 £7.71
200 55 205 1.81 60 20 52A3106 £6.80

• Black rubber tyred (85 shore A±3) on a black plastic centre.
• Plain bearing bore.
• Standard loads.
• Zinc plated pressed steel castor housings.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles,
metallic, epoxy resins.
• Suitable for humid environments with the presence of
medium-harsh chemicals.
• Not recommended for use with organic solvents,chlorinated
• Temperature -20°C to +60°C.
PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 25 108 100x80 80x60 9 32 65 0.70 C080P2Z01 £4.91 0.51 C080P3Z01 £3.62 0.89 C080P4Z01 £6.58
100 30 127 100x80 80x60 9 32 80 0.84 C100P2Z01 £6.21 0.65 C100P3Z01 £5.09 1.03 C100P4Z01 £3.98
125 37 155 100x80 80x60 9 32 110 1.21 C125P2Z01 £7.57 0.95 C125P3Z01 £6.37 1.33 C125P4Z01 £9.38
160 40 197 129x106 105x80 11 48 150 2.11 C160P2Z01 £14.72 1.73 C160P3Z01 £11.36 2.38 C160P4Z01 £18.51
200 50 240 129x106 105x80 11 48 200 2.72 C200P2Z01 £13.82 2.50 C200P3Z01 £11.76 3.00 C200P4Z01 £18.54

• Black rubber tyred (85 shore A±3) on a black plastic centre.
• Plain bearing bore.
• Standard loads.
• Zinc plated pressed steel castor housings.
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles,
metallic, epoxy resins.
• Suitable for humid environments with the presence of
medium-harsh chemicals.
• Not recommended for use with organic solvents,chlorinated
• Temperature -20°C to +60°C.
For round or square expanders to suit bolt hole castors, see later page. Top Plate Brake
PRICE PRICE
REF REF
80 25 108 12 32 65 0.55 C080P5Z01 £4.74 0.89 C080P6Z01 £6.22

100 30 127 12 32 80 0.68 C100P5Z01 £6.90 1.03 C100P6Z01 £4.96
125 37 155 12 32 110 0.96 C125P5Z01 £6.88 1.33 C125P6Z01 £8.70
160 40 197 16 48 150 1.44 C160P5Z01 £14.48 2.11 C160P6Z01 £18.58
200 50 240 16 48 200 2.62 C200P5Z01 £13.89 2.80 C200P6Z01 £18.26

WHEEL
• Black rubber tyre on zinc plated pressed steel centre.
• Roller bearing.
• Semi elastic 85 shore A ±3
• Suitable for use on compact floors eg cement, stone tiles, metallic,
epoxy resins etc.
• Suitable for humid environments and outdoor use.
• Not recommended for use with organic solvents, chlorinated
• Operating temperature -20°C to +60°C
REF PRICE
80 25 60 0.19 40 12 533121 £2.86

100 30 70 0.31 40 12 53M3102 £3.15
125 37 100 0.54 50 15 53M3103 £4.34
160 40 160 1.07 60 20 533110 £7.82
200 55 205 1.81 60 20 533206 £10.61

• Rectangular top plate swivel and swivel with trailing wheel
and swivel brake.
• 85 shore A ±3
• Roller bearing.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 25 105 104x80 80x60 9 32 60 0.70 D080R2Z01 £5.15 0.51 D080R3Z01 £3.84 0.89 D080R4Z01 £6.83
100 30 128 102x84 80x60 9 34 70 0.84 D100R2Z01 £5.14 0.65 D100R3Z01 £4.05 1.03 D100R4Z01 £6.96
125 37 155 102x84 80x60 9 34 100 1.21 D125R2Z01 £5.94 0.95 D125R3Z01 £4.75 1.33 D125R4Z01 £9.26
160 40 190 135x110 105x80 11 48 160 2.11 D160R2Z01 £16.34 2.11 D160R3Z01 £12.98 2.11 D160R4Z01 £20.13
200 55 235 135x110 105x80 11 58 205 2.50 D200R2Z01 £20.88 2.50 D200R3Z01 £18.82 2.50 D200R4Z01 £25.60


PRICE PRICE
REF REF
80 25 105 12 32 60 0.55 D080R5Z01 £4.96 0.89 D080R6Z01 £6.48

100 30 128 12 34 70 0.68 D100R5Z01 £5.02 1.03 D100R6Z01 £6.56
125 37 155 12 34 100 0.96 D125R5Z01 £5.26 1.33 D125R6Z01 £7.07
160 40 190 12 48 160 1.44 D160R5Z01 £16.10 2.11 D160R6Z01 £20.19
200 55 235 12 58 205 2.62 D200R5Z01 £20.96 2.50 D200R6Z01 £25.31

WHEEL
• Black elastic (70 + or - 3 Shore 'A') rubber tyre bonded to aluminium centre.
• Ball bearing wheel.
Options
• Grey non marking tyres.
Ball Bearing Wheel
REF PRICE
100 40 180 0.44 40 32x9 15 721202 £17.36

125 40 200 0.76 40 47x14 20 721103 £21.55
125 50 230 0.84 59 47x14 20 721213 £29.25
160 50 300 1.22 59 47x14 20 721210 £31.44
180 50 350 1.47 60 47x14 20 721205 £32.74
200 50 500 2.00 60 52x17.5 20 721206 £33.25
250 50 500 2.30 60 52x15 20 721208 £56.72

• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel
and swivel brake.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
100 40 128 85x100 60x80 11 35 40 180 0.96 724402 £22.99 0.71 726202 £20.72 1.17 727302 £28.69
125 50 165 110x140 80x105 11 57 50 220 1.49 724413 £41.50 1.14 726213 £52.69 2.37 727313 £47.20
160 50 199 110x140 80x105 11 56 50 300 2.59 724410 £45.84 2.22 726210 £40.91 2.80 727310 £54.34
200 50 240 110x140 80x105 11 56 60 300 3.40 724306 £48.69 3.18 725206 £43.36 3.66 727106 £57.18
MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS

• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with leading wheel
and swivel brake.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
100 40 138 85x100 60x80 9 46 50 180 1.31 727602 £34.61 0.81 728512 £25.42 - - -
125 50 170 110x140 80x105 11 70 50 230 2.30 727613 £52.69 1.66 728523 £38.96 - - -
160 50 205 110x140 80x105 11 70 53 300 3.57 727610 £59.44 2.08 728514 £43.58 4.14 727204 £74.67
180 50 228 110x140 80x105 11 70 60 350 3.81 727605 £64.53 2.39 728515 £46.69 4.38 727205 £79.74
200 50 250 110x140 80x105 11 70 60 500 4.46 727516 £65.22 3.00 728516 £47.38 5.06 727206 £80.43

Tyre
Profiles
profile 1 profile 2 profile 2R profile 4 profile 5
PNEUMATIC WHEEL STEEL CENTRE

• Steel rim with black outer tyre cover and inner tube. • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven floor/ground surfaces.
Roller or ball bearing bore. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C.
• Wheels for slow speed (up to 4km/hour) applications.
Options
• Many other sizes bearing type standard tyre alternative tyre bar or air
ply REF PRICE
and configurations PB, RB or BB or cover profile or cover profile pressure
available.
200 50 60 20 RB 1 None 2 2.5 75 82R3126 £16.94
200 50 50 20 BB 1 None 2 2.5 75 82R2116 £23.71
260 85 75 20 RB 1 2 4 2.5 200 82R3118 £31.41
260 85 75 20 BB 1 2 4 2.5 200 82R2118 £43.98
400 100 75 25 RB 1 2 or 2a 4 2.5 250 82R3120 £41.14
400 100 75 25 BB 1 2 or 2a 4 2.5 250 82R2120 £58.40
STANDARD DUTY PNEUMATIC CASTORS

• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with
leading wheel and swivel brake.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
profile
REF REF REF
200 50 235 135x110 105x80 11 54 1 75 2.05 82R4106 £71.41 1.65 82R5106 £26.10 2.86 82R4806 £66.34
260 85 295 175x175 140x140 15 70 1 200 4.28 82R4108 £74.67 3.58 82R5108 £56.40 4.79 82R4808 £127.09
300 100 408 150x150 125x125 10 75 4 250 9.58 82R4109 £282.22 6.76 82R5109 £122.70 - NA –
400 100 458 150x150 125x125 10 75 1 250 9.40 82R4110 £259.71 6.58 82R5110 £143.06 - NA –
PNEUMATIC WHEEL PLASTIC CENTRE

• Plastic rim with black outer tyre cover and inner tube • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven
with plain, roller or ball bearing bore. floor/ground surfaces.
• Wheels for slow speed (up to 4km/hour) applications. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C.
bearing type PB, standard tyre or alternative tyre or bar or air

ply REF PRICE
RB or BB cover profile cover profile pressure
150 30 36 8 BB 1 None 2 2.5 50 82R3104 £44.30

200 50 58 20 PB 1 None 2 2.5 75 82R1106 £10.02
200 50 60 20 RB 1 None 2 2.5 75 82R3116 £11.36
200 50 40 12 BB 1 None 2 2.5 75 82R2106 £15.42
260 85 75 20 PB 1 2 2 2.5 200 82R1108 £14.91
260 85 75 20 RB 1 2 2 2.5 200 82R3108 £16.58
260 85 75 20 BB 1 2 2 2.5 200 82R2108 £23.14
300 100 75 25 PB 4 None 4 2.5 250 82R1109 £23.87
300 100 75 25 RB 4 None 4 2.5 250 82R3109 £25.38
300 100 75 25 BB 4 None 4 2.5 250 82R2109 £31.12
400 100 75 25 PB 1 2 2 2.5 250 82R1110 £29.01
400 100 75 25 RB 1 2 2 2.5 250 82R3110 £29.33
400 100 75 25 BB 1 2 2 2.5 250 82R2110 £28.67
HEAVY DUTY PNEUMATIC WHEELS

• Designed for industrial transport equipment. Note: capacities • With black outer cover, inner tube with ball bearing bore.
are at speeds of 4km/hour. If used at faster speeds capacity must • Excellent for shock absorption, soft and uneven floor/ground surfaces.
be reduced. If in doubt please ask. • Operating temperature -20/+80°C.
• Two piece steel rim with hub cap on sizes 300, 410, 460 and 540mm.
bearing type PB, standard tyre or alternative tyre or bar or air

ply REF PRICE
RB or BB cover profile cover profile pressure
245 80 75 20 RB 4 5 4 5 250 82R3107 £77.47

245 80 75 25 BB 4 5 4 5 250 82R2107 £125.44
300 100 75 20 RB 5 None 6 6 350 82R3119 £37.95
300 100 75 25 BB 5 None 6 6 350 82R2119 £82.19
410 110 100 30 BB 5 None 6 7 500 82R2130 £124.08
460 140 100 30 BB 5 None 6 7 750 82R2131 £174.85
540 170 100 30 BB 5 None 10 7 1000 82R2135 £219.33

WHEEL
• Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to nylon wheel centre.
• 60 shore D.
• Suitable for food processing, textile, chemical industries and tanneries.
• Suitable where atmospheric agents, alcohol and glycol acids, base solutions and
saturated vapours are present.
REF PRICE
80 25 80 0.19 40 12 601101 £3.01

100 30 125 0.31 40 12 60R1102 £3.98
125 37 160 0.54 50 15 60R1103 £5.68
160 40 200 1.07 60 20 601104 £9.15
200 55 250 1.81 60 20 60R3116 £17.74

• Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to
nylon wheel centre.
• 60 shore D.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 25 105 104x80 80x60 9 32 80 0.70 E080P2Z01 £6.16 0.51 E080P3Z01 £4.86 0.89 E080P4Z01 £7.82
100 30 128 102x84 80x60 9 34 125 0.84 E100P2Z01 £5.98 0.65 E100P3Z01 £4.91 1.03 E100P4Z01 £7.81
125 37 155 102x84 80x60 9 34 160 1.21 E125P2Z01 £7.60 0.95 E125P3Z01 £6.42 1.33 E125P4Z01 £9.41
160 40 190 135x110 105x80 11 48 200 2.11 E160P2Z01 £18.26 2.11 E160P3Z01 £14.91 2.11 E160P4Z01 £22.03
200 55 235 135x110 105x80 11 58 250 2.50 E200P2Z01 £25.20 2.50 E200P3Z01 £23.14 2.50 E200P4Z01 £29.81

• Injection moulded red polyurethane tyre bonded to nylon wheel centre.
• 60 shore D.

Top Plate Brake
PRICE PRICE
REF REF
80 25 105 12 32 80 0.55 E080P5Z01 £5.98 0.89 E080P6Z01 £7.47

100 30 128 12 34 125 0.68 E100P5Z01 £5.87 1.03 E100P6Z01 £7.42
125 37 155 12 34 160 0.96 E125P5Z01 £6.93 1.33 E125P6Z01 £8.77
160 40 190 12 48 200 1.44 E160P5Z01 £18.02 2.11 E160P6Z01 £22.10
200 55 235 12 58 250 2.62 E200P5Z01 £25.26 2.50 E200P6Z01 £29.31

WHEEL
• Cast (orange coloured) polyurethane tyre bonded to cast iron wheel centre.
• Ball bearing wheel.
Ball Bearing Wheel
REF PRICE
80 28 280 0.51 32 28x8 12 642151 £16.88

100 38 380 1.02 35 35x11 15 642152 £23.31
125 38 450 1.45 40 35x11 15 642153 £29.94
125 50 550 1.98 55 47x14 20 642163 £36.11
150 50 700 2.86 55 47x14 20 642154 £39.86
160 50 750 2.65 55 47x14 20 642164 £49.06
160 50 750 2.63 55 47x14 25 642364 £49.06
180 50 900 3.02 55 47x14 20 642155 £50.14
200 50 1000 3.65 55 47x14 20 642156 £61.58
200 80 1600 7.26 86 62x17 25 642166 £88.83
250 60 1500 8.13 65 62x17 25 642157 £90.70
250 60 1500 8.10 65 62x17 30 642357 £90.70
250 80 1900 9.81 86 62x17 25 642167 £115.10
250 80 1900 9.81 86 62x17 30 642367 £115.10
300 60 1750 11.43 65 62x17 30 642158 £134.05
300 80 2300 13.80 86 62x16 30 642168 £161.97
400 100 2800 28.86 120 110x28 50 642129 £384.99
MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS

• Rectangular top plate swivel, fixed and swivel with trailing wheel
and swivel brake.

PRICE PRICE PRICE
REF REF REF
80 28 107 85x100 60x80 9 39 39 200 0.95 644551 £22.50 0.82 644651 £20.26 1.11 645451 £28.19
100 38 128 85x100 60x80 9 35 39 200 1.51 644552 £28.96 1.40 644652 £26.70 1.67 645452 £34.66
125 38 156 85x100 60x80 9 37 53 220 1.97 644553 £37.94 1.86 644653 £34.42 2.13 645453 £43.63
160 50 199 110x140 80x105 11 56 62 300 3.98 644564 £63.44 3.71 644664 £58.53 4.23 645474 £71.94
200 50 240 140x110 105x80 11 56 62 300 5.16 644556 £76.82 4.92 644656 £71.52 5.36 645466 £85.33
Aluminium Centre Cast Iron Centre

SERIES 65 HEAVY DUTY Wheel dia 100 125 150 200 150 150 175 200 250
SWIVEL CASTOR Tread width 25 30 40 50 30 35 35 45 50
Overall height 136 160 200 250 200 200 225 250 300
Plate dim 100x85 100x85 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 175x140
Hole spacing 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 140x105
Hole width 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 14
Offset 46 48 70 70 70 70 70 70 50
Carrying cap Kg 180 300 600 850 400 490 650 1000 1200
REF 65-7802 65-7803 65-7704 65-7706 65-7804 65-7814 65-7805 65-7806 65-7808
PRICE £73.02 £74.53 £108.91 £132.14 £117.39 £120.66 £133.34 £146.37 £221.34
FIXED CASTOR Wheel dia 100 125 150 200 150 150 175 200 250
Tread width 25 30 40 50 30 35 35 45 50
Overall height 136 160 200 250 200 200 225 250 300
Plate dim 100x85 100x85 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 135x110 175x140
Hole spacing 80x60 80x60 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 105x80 140x105
Hole width 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 14
Carrying cap Kg 180 300 600 850 400 490 650 1000 1200
REF 65-8802 65-8803 65-8704 65-8706 65-8804 65-8814 65-8805 65-8806 65-8808
PRICE £38.45 £39.95 £58.53 £78.32 £67.17 £70.43 £79.50 £92.53 £154.29

SERIES 64
• Extra heavy duty fabricated castors with cast polyurethane
tyres bonded to a cast iron wheel centre.
• Ball bearing hubs.
Extra Heavy Duty Fabricated Swivel Castor Extra Heavy Duty Fabricated Fixed Castor
Hole spacing
Hole spacing
Tread width
Tread width
Unit weight
Unit weight
Hole width
Hole width
dimension
dimension
diameter
diameter
Carrying
Carrying
capacity
capacity
Overall
Overall
REF PRICE REF PRICE
Wheel
Wheel
height
height
Offset
Plate
Plate
Ball Ball
Bearing Bearing
Babe Babe
D b H AxB axb e E Kg Kg D b H AxB axb e Kg Kg
150 80 210 200x160 160x120 17 70 1000 12.69 64-7874 £288.13 150 80 210 200x160 160x120 17 1000 9.73 64-8874 £163.86
SERIES 65 Swivel Castor Fixed Castor
• Polyurethane Wheel dia 150 200 250 Wheel dia 150 200 250
tyred wheels Tread width 35+35 45+45 50+50 Tread width 35+35 45+45 50+50
on cast iron
Overall height 210 260 320 Overall height 210 260 320
centre.
• Ball bearing Plate dia 200x160 200x160 250x200 Plate dia 200x160 200x160 250x200
hubs. Hole spacing 160x120 160x120 210x160 Hole spacing 160x120 160x120 210x160
Hole width 17 17 19 Hole width 17 17 19
Offset 70 80 85 Carrying cap Kg 980 2000 2400
Carrying cap Kg 980 2000 2400
REF 65-8014 65-8006 65-8008
REF 65-7614 65-7616 65-7618
PRICE £151.82 £223.47 £294.91
PRICE £276.10 £403.02 £501.17
CAST IRON WHEEL Plain Bearing Wheel
• Cast iron wheel. REF PRICE

Special lubricants are required for 75 30 120 0.51 40 12.7 690011 £11.97
both wheel and bracket at 100 38 300 0.95 48 15 690022NMT £7.86
temperature extremes. 125 38 380 1.11 48 15 690033 £23.82
150 40 500 1.75 51 19.2 690044 £25.98
MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS WITH CAST IRON WHEEL

• Rectangular top plate swivel and fixed castors.
• Single ball race.
Options
• 125mm roller bearing wheel.
• Bolt hole and triangular top plate fitting.
Swivel Fixed
Top Plate Top Plate
PRICE PRICE
REF REF
sw=80/86x60
75 30 94 105x80 fx=80/83x35 8 22 42 120 0.93 690061 £15.50 0.75 690071 £11.20
sw=128x102 sw=100/105x76/80
100 38 125 fx=120x80 fx=97/100x48 10 25 50 225 1.80 690082 £23.12 1.38 69002 £18.27
sw=162x132 sw=120/140x95/105
125 38 154 fx=120x80 fx=97/100x48 10 36 50 295 2.55 690103 £34.02 1.60 690133 £24.62
sw=145x101
125 38 154 fx=145x110 105/115x64/80 10 32 50 295 2.08 690123 £28.70 1.53 690113 £24.50
sw=162x132 sw=120/140x95/105
150 43 182 fx=170x106 fx=130x67 10 36 50 355 3.01 690144 £34.78 2.50 690154 £25.04

HANDY STEPS STEP STOOLS
• Strong injection moulded plastic. • Platform size - 425x280mm.
• Handy step stools tested to EN-14183.
• Stackable one on top of another. • Overall size - 480x330mm.
• Non slip feet fitted. • Weight 1Kg.
• Non-slip ribbed rubber mat on treads.
• Platform height 240mm.
REF Treads O/S LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

REF PRICE HJS01Z 1 255x385x440 2.2 £25.19
HS501Z £34.44 HJS02Z 2 375x445x555 3.5 £33.95
HEAVY DUTY HANDY STEPS SAFETY PORTABLE STEP UP STANDS

• Fully welded tubular steel. • Moulded in medium density food grade polyethylene.
• Fitted with non-marking rubber feet and all weather • Resistant to most chemicals.
non-slip injection moulded treads. • Treads fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips for added safety.
• HS322Z has a looped handle. • Ideal for use in wash down applications and also wet/corrosive environments.
• 4 colour options available: blue, red, yellow, grey. • Available in yellow, red or blue. Other colours available for large quantity.
GS311Z
REF Treads Ext dims WxDxH mm Weight Kg PRICE
RW0101 1 485 x 310 x 300 5 £58.20
RW0102 2 475 x 540 x 415 10 £81.81
RW0103 3 440 x 795 x 620 15 £108.80
RW0104 4 490 x 1080 x 1620 20 £283.50
HS322Z
MOUNTIE STEPS
• Tough durable plastic
moulded with non-
slip treads and
rounded corners.
• Light and easy
to carry with
rope handles.
GS312Z • Choice colours: red,
blue, green or pink.
REF Description O/S HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE

GS301Z 1 266 x 457 x 370 3 £54.10
GS311Z 1 with post 1200 x 457 x 370 4 £82.12
GS302Z 2 432 x 515 x 638 5 £81.10
GS312Z 2 with post 1330 x 515 x 638 6 £110.22 REF Size H x W x L mm PRICE
HS322Z Looped handle 1300 x 515 x 638 8 £102.24 S521 370 x 510 x 600 £47.40

KIKALONG
• Kick and it rolls - Step and it stays.
• Spring loaded castors retract instantly when step up commences,
they are silent, non-marking and maintenance free.
• It's a stool - height of top step is ideal for use as a stool, eliminating
back strain when accessing low shelves.
• Strongly made form cold rolled pressed steel, finished in epoxy
powder coat paint for a bright, durable finish and long life.
• GS marked European Safety Standard. CE marked.
• Sizes: height - 395mm
top dia - 283mm
base dia - 418mm
weight - 4.5Kg.
• Colours available: black, blue,
green, grey, red, pink and yellow.
REF PRICE
KIKALONG £41.36
PLASTIC KIK STEP STEPPY

• Strong and durable. • Lightweight, mobile and strong.
• Load capacity - 125Kg. • Made from high impact
polypropylene.
Manufactured in high quality durable • Durable and scratch resistant.
plastic, this kick step is lightweight • Available in black, light grey
and easy to move making it ideal for and red.
supermarkets, offices, schools,
warehouses etc. The unit incorporates
3 spring loaded castors that retract
when weight is applied to the unit.
REF Base Ø mm Top Ø mm Weight PRICE REF Height mm Top dia mm Base dia mm Weight PRICE
KA007Z 430 290 3.5Kg £38.60 STEPPY 385 283 413 2.1Kg £37.96
SAFESTOOL KIKKERS
• Fully mobile - step on to immobilise. • Step on to immobilise.
• Choice of colours: blue, grey or red. • Made from high impact polypropylene.
• Suitable in all situations - office, • Durable and scratch resistant.
warehouse, factory etc. • Available in light grey.
• Overall height - 330mm. • Height 274mm.
• Top dia 300mm. Bottom dia 420mm. • Top dia 283mm.
• Weight 1.4Kg.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

35001 £50.76 KIKKERS £33.96
STEP N MOOV ROLLING KIKSTEP

• Unique design allows a choice of setting • Load weight - 150Kg.
overall height to either 230, 350 or 440mm. • GS approved.
• Spring loaded retractable castors that immobilise • Available in colours: black, blue and grey.
step when stood on.
REF PRICE
STEPNMOOV £65.50

TILT AND PULL MOBILE STEP
• Double sided tubular steel unit.
• Non-slip ribbed rubber treads, two swivel
castors and a handle on one side.
REF Top step Overall Tread Weight PRICE

mm HxWxD mm size mm Kg
HS9222 390 1120x400x410 200x160 7 £149.23
DOUBLE SIDED STEPS KWIK-EZEE STEPS

Choose between a mobile or static version of steps. • Lightweight, durable and strong.
Double sided steps with P.V.C. treads. Mobile models have 4 sprung retractable 80mm dia. • Made from high grade aluminium for a long
rubber tyred non marking castors giving easy manoeuvrability. and trouble free life.
Castors retract when weight applied. • Mobile on 4 spring loaded castors which rotate
Epoxy powder coated finish. Please specify colour when ordering. smoothly through 360°.
Colour options: blue, red, green and beige. • Space saving - steps easily fold away with one
simple action without trapping fingers.
• Sizes: Open - W500 x D410 x H445mm.
Folded - W220 x D410 x H495mm.
MS7212 MS7312
HS3212
REF Description Platform Overall Weight PRICE

height mm HxWxD mm Kg
MS7212 Mobile 2 step without handle 500 575x490x610 11 £312.42
MS7312 Mobile 2 step with handle 500 1245x490x610 13 £352.22
HS3212 Static 2 step without handle 500 555x460x610 11 £207.32 REF PRICE
HS3312 Static 2 step with handle 500 1225x460x610 13 £246.79 KWIK-EZEE £45.96
WHEEL STEP
• Lightweight design for narrow aisles. • Non-marking 75mm dia rubber wheels.
• Wheels contact floor when steps are • Colours: red, yellow, green, blue,
tilted to move. or corporate colours on request.
• Extended base and safety rail.
• Anti-slip rubber treads.
REF Overall Platform Overall Overall Tread PRICE

height mm height mm width mm depth mm size mm
MS2002 1050 500 470 630 400x200 £146.60
MS2003 1300 750 490 800 400x200 £196.00
MS2004 1700 1000 565 1005 400x200 £262.63

MOBILE SAFETY STEPS S013
• All models are fully welded throughout and available with ribbed rubber
treads. Finish: All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated, white,
grey, light blue, red, green, yellow or orange. S009 S011
• Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending
down each side of stairway as a short handrail. Platform WxD: 2 step
380 x 180mm. 3, 4 & 5 step 380 x 280mm.
• Fitted with dome covered spring loaded, 50mm dia swivel castors which
retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the
floor. Grey non-marking tyres. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover strip, giving a neat appearance and
reasonable protection to carpets and other floor surfaces.
S003
S001
REF S001 S003 S009 S011 S013 S015 The steps should not be moved
with loaded basket in place.
Treads (inc platform) 2 no grabrail 2 with grabrail 3 4 5 Optional Maximum load capacity 120Kg
Average working height 2.00m 2.00m 2.26m 2.52m 2.77m accessory (operator and goods carried).
Platform height mm 508 508 762 1016 1270 hook-on wire
Platform width mm 380 380 380 380 380 basket (load
Platform depth mm 180 180 280 280 280 capacity 3Kg).
O/all H (inc rails) 610 1185 1425 1683 1940 LxWxD 350 x
O/all width mm 530 530 580 580 580 220 x 220mm.
O/all depth mm 540 540 795 955 1120 White powder
Weight Kg 8 11 14 17 20 coated finish
PRICE £126.84 £144.20 £204.33 £229.18 £260.40 £45.64
EASY GLIDE MOBILE STEPS

• Working platform.
• All weather non-slip injected moulded treads.
• Epoxy powder coated - 4 colour options available.
Please specify colour when ordering:
Blue Green Red Beige
These steps glide easily and effortlessly across floors but once body weight
is applied, they stay firmly in position. The strong steel dome feet enclose
the spring loaded castor and are fitted with a solid moulded protection ring
that grips firmly to the floor when in use.
Inset sprung
loaded castor
MEG514
MEG513
MEG515
Heavy duty anti-slip rubber
REF Description Platform height mm Platform size WxD mm Tread size WxD mm Overall size HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE
MEG511 2 step with looped handrail 500 400 x 300 400 x 200 1210 x 560 x 640 10 £201.65
MEG512 2 step with full handrail 500 400 x 300 400 x 200 1210 x 560 x 640 11 £213.27

LIGHTWEIGHT MOBILE STEPS
Constructed with tubular steel frames and non slip PVC treads fitted on
4 spring retractable swivel castors for easy mobility, but when the body
weight is added they retract and the steps remain firm and steady on
rubber feet. Wheels 75mm dia rubber non marking.
• WS7010 does not have a handrail, WS7011 has a handrail on one side.
The other models have double handrails.
• Platform size: 400W x 300D mm.
• Tread size: 400W x 150D mm.
REF No of Platform Overall size Weight PRICE

Treads height mm HxWxD mm Kg
WS7010 2 500 580x540x510 10 £216.19
WS7011 2 500 1230x540x510 11 £225.70
WS7012 2 500 1230x540x510 12 £235.21
WS7013 3 750 1480x540x720 17 £261.54
WS7014 4 1000 1730x550x870 20 £297.11
WS7015 5 1250 1980x665x1020 25 £327.38
WS7016 6 1500 2230x750x1170 28 £359.50
MEDIUM DUTY MOBILE SAFETY STEPS

Constructed with tubular steel frames that are all fully welded. Treads and platform are fitted with ribbed anti-slip material.
The steps are made mobile by tilting the front side onto the solid 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels that are fitted onto a rear
axle. The platform is protected by safety guardrails and is also fitted with kick boards for operator safety. Handrails are fitted
with rubber hand grips standard. Colour finish is painted blue - alternative colours can be supplied.
These steps are very solidly built and

fully welded with no bolted components
or 'knock down' parts.
REF No of Treads Height of Platform Overall size HxWxL mm PRICE

KE2 2 500 1415x600x760 £276.73
KE3 3 750 1665x760x760 £366.26
KE4 4 1000 1915x920x760 £381.38
KE5 5 1250 2165x1050x760 £417.15
KE6 6 1500 2415x1240x760 £495.69
KE7 7 1750 2665x1490x850 £570.44
KE8 8 2000 2915x1650x850 £593.64
KE9 9 2250 3165x1815x850 £630.82

TILT 'N' PUSH STEPS Hardwearing
Available in two versions - as a standard step and also the GS version which is galvanised model
manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. Both versions are available MS7806G
either in galvanised finish or blue epoxy powder coated finish.
The large working top platform and optional extra of a factory fitted inward opening gate
makes them ideal for loading and unloading items.
The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting.
This facilitates mobility of the unit on the two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors.
Optional
• Standard or GS version available. inward
• Galvanised or blue painted finish. opening
• Large platform size: 490 x 600mm. gate
• Optional extras: inward opening gate
(please specify when ordering).
• Platform rail height: 1000mm.
• Tread size: 490 x 160mm.
No of Platform Overall dim Weight Galvanised Units Blue Painted Units

treads height mm HxWxD mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
Standard version
3 750 1750x660x1235 43 MS7803G £597.03 MS7813P £507.23
4 1000 2000x660x1420 48 MS7804G £746.84 MS7814P £648.35
5 1250 2250x660x1605 54 MS7805G £880.16 MS7815P £773.17
6 1500 2500x660x1790 60 MS7806G £1004.53 MS7816P £888.65
Inward opening gate - factory fitted MS700Z £112.40 MS710Z £103.03
GS version
3 750 1750x820x1235 43 GS7803G £632.52 GS7813P £540.27
4 1000 2000x820x1420 48 GS7804G £790.70 GS7814P £689.21
5 1250 2250x1020x1605 54 GS7805G £932.42 GS7815P £821.62
6 1500 2500x1120x1790 60 GS7806G £1065.04 GS7816P £944.73
Inward opening gate - factory fitted GS700Z £112.40 GS710Z £103.03
FOLDING KNOCK DOWN MOBILE SAFETY STEPS BESPOKE PRODUCTS

The fold down version has been subjected to the same stringent design, safety and ergonomic criteria We can supply products made
as our fully welded steps. When bolted and erected for use it is strong, safe and mobile. specifically to order. Safety steps
can be supplied with extended
platforms as shown in picture or
• Unique 'No Access Bar' for extra safety. with safety gates to prevent
• Punched metal or anti-slip PVC treads. unwanted access. Walk through
• Red, blue or yellow - blue supplied platforms and detachable chain
as standard. guards can also be fitted.
• Standard 550mm wide tread.
• Models EE05-EE06 fitted on 2 rear wheels
and one castor. EE07-15 has double front
castors and 2 rear wheels.
• All necessary bolts and fastenings are
supplied for easy fitting by customer.
Treads Height of Overall height Overall Overall Folded Double handrail Single handrail
inc platform from floor to pulpit length at width at dimensions PRICE PRICE
platform floor mm rail mm base mm base mm mm REF Metal treads PVC treads Metal treads PVC treads
5 1250 2250 1270 835 650x835x2450 EE05 £330.25 £352.97 £325.09 £346.77
6 1500 2500 1360 835 650x835x2750 EE06 £380.85 £409.76 £375.68 £400.46
7 1750 2750 1450 850 970x850x3050 EE07 £459.32 £494.42 £453.12 £487.19
8 2000 3000 1575 850 970x850x3350 EE08 £524.51 £562.71 £518.32 £554.45
9 2250 3250 1730 850 970x850x3650 EE09 £584.10 £626.43 £577.91 £619.21
10 2500 3500 1905 1000 970x1000x3950 EE10 £663.31 £705.64 £650.92 £691.19
11 2750 3750 2070 1000 970x1000x4250 EE11 £722.46 £770.98 £698.71 £761.69
12 3000 4000 2230 1000 970x1000x4500 EE12 £786.62 £842.37 £775.26 £829.98
13 3250 4250 2470 1230 970x1230x4850 EE13 £1055.66 £1114.51 £1040.17 £1097.99
14 3500 4500 2630 1230 970x1230x5150 EE14 £1176.61 £1240.62 £1163.19 £1226.17
15 3750 4750 2795 1320 970x1320x5450 EE15 £1273.22 £1339.30 £1254.64 £1322.78

HEAVY DUTY MOBILE STEPS
• Manufactured and approved to European GS standards.
• Tread size 160 x 490mm.
• Platform size 540 x 500mm deep.
• Choice of treads.
• Optional security gate.
These tubular steel mobile steps are of a robust design, giving maximum stability whilst also being easily
manoeuvrable. The ladder angle is the standard 54° comfort angle. Available with a choice of either non-slip
rubber covered plywood treads or expanded mesh treads. Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors
and safety bar to deter access to the steps when they are in the mobile position.
Finish: Epoxy powder coated - red.
6 step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect.
Platform handrail height 1000mm.
Wheels: - 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred.
2 x 100mm polypropylene castors.
No of Weight Platform Overall size Expanded steel treads Rubber covered treads
steps Kg height mm LxWxH mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
3 25 690 954x780x1690 GS9803M £423.32 GS9803R £431.68
4 35 920 1121x780x1920 GS9804M £540.01 GS9804R £549.57
5 45 1150 1288x910x2150 GS9805M £602.74 GS9805R £614.62
6 55 1380 1425x960x2380 GS9806M £773.88 GS9806R £786.67
7 65 1610 1622x1010x2610 GS9807M £934.23 GS9807R £946.98
8 75 1840 1789x1060x2840 GS9808M £1074.74 GS9808R £1090.72
9 86 2070 1956x1140x3070 GS9809M £1237.71 GS9809R £1255.19
10 96 2300 2130x1220x3300 GS9810M £1390.53 GS9810R £1408.73
11 111 2530 2290x1270x3530 GS9811M £1635.88 GS9811R £1656.51
12 127 2760 2457x1370x3760 GS9812M £1816.19 GS9812R £1838.06
13 142 2990 2650x1450x3990 GS9813M £2155.19 GS9813R £2179.09
14 158 3220 2791x1540x4220 GS9814M £2389.58 GS9814R £2414.89
15 173 3450 2975x1565x4450 GS9815M £2648.52 GS9815R £2675.14
Optional Security Gate GS9805R+SG500Z
A padlockable gate (as shown) can be factory fitted to the bottom of these steps. REF PRICE
SG500Z £139.59 SG500Z
EASY SLOPE MOBILE STEPS

• Manufactured and approved to European GS standards.
• Easy slope 48° incline enables the user to turn around and descend
the steps facing forward with safety and comfort.
• Extra wide treads - 750mm wide x 180mm deep.
• Platform size - 800mm wide x 500mm deep.
These steps have welded platform rails and handrails, with expanded
steel mesh treads and platforms.
Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors and safety bar which
deters access to steps when in the mobile position.
Finish: Epoxy Powder Coated - Grey.
6 step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect.
Platform handrail height 1000mm.
Wheels: - 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred
2 x 100mm nylon castors
No of Platform Easy slope version - 48° angle

steps height mm Overall size HxWxD mm Weight Kg REF PRICE
3 690 1690 x 1000 x 1125 44 GS4103 £573.78
4 920 1920 x 960 x 1310 54 GS4104 £730.28
5 1150 2150 x 960 x 1515 73 GS4105 £828.11
6 1380 2380 x 980 x 1725 87 GS4106 £1033.36
7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 1930 102 GS4107 £1233.89
8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 2140 116 GS4108 £1403.18
9 2070 3070 x 1130 x 2345 131 GS4109 £1599.39
10 2300 3300 x 1180 x 2555 145 GS4110 £1771.84 GS4107
11 2530 3530 x 1230 x 2760 165 GS4111 £1998.18
12 2760 3760 x 1280 x 2965 185 GS4112 £2184.13

MOBILE SAFETY STEPS
• Strong welded construction.
• Unique 'No access bar' immobilising system for extra safety.
• Easy to move.
• Independently tested to a safe working load of 300Kg.
• Fully welded.
• Punched metal or anti-slip PVC tread.
• Red or blue - blue supplied as standard.
• Standard tread width 550mm. Extra wide version of 700mm supplied on application - please enquire for prices.
• Double or single handrail choice.
• Models KE05 - KE06 fitted on 2 x 160mm dia rear rubber tyred wheels and a single front retractable castor.
Models KE07-KE15 fitted on 2 x 200mm dia wheels and two retractable front castors.
Treads Height of Overall height Overall Overall Double handrail Single handrail
inc platform from floor to pulpit length at width at PRICE PRICE
platform floor mm rail mm base mm base mm REF Metal treads PVC treads Metal treads PVC treads
5 1250 2250 1270 835 KE05 £318.00 £339.00 £309.60 £333.75
6 1500 2500 1360 835 KE06 £365.25 £392.55 £363.87 £392.69
7 1750 2750 1450 850 KE07 £441.79 £469.55 £433.25 £462.08
8 2000 3000 1575 850 KE08 £500.66 £534.82 £493.19 £527.35
9 2250 3250 1730 850 KE09 £559.07 £595.36 £549.46 £588.96
10 2500 3500 1905 1000 KE10 £613.20 £656.97 £603.60 £648.43
11 2750 3750 2070 1000 KE11 £669.02 £717.06 £660.48 £707.45
12 3000 4000 2230 1000 KE12 £732.15 £782.33 £720.41 £771.65
13 3250 4250 2470 1230 KE13 £959.07 £1009.25 £943.06 £997.50
14 3500 4500 2630 1230 KE14 £1074.52 £1133.23 £1058.50 £1116.15
15 3750 4750 2795 1320 KE15 £1162.66 £1222.44 £1146.65 £1207.50
HEAVY DUTY MOBILE SAFETY STEPS

Manufactured using heavy duty tubular steel to grade 43C. They are ideal for heavy
industrial applications where exceptional strength and stability is required.
• Many optional extras to choose.

• Punched metal or anti-slip pvc treads.
• 3-6 tread models are one piece manufactured whereas 7-19 tread are based on a three
section manufacture allowing disassembly.
No Ht Overall Steel treads PVC treads

of of dimensions PRICE - Handrail PRICE - Handrail
REF treads platform H x L x W mm Single Double Single Double
TWS3 3 750 1650 x 965 x 750 £384.79 £394.66 £400.58 £410.44
TWS4 4 1000 1900 x 1140 x 750 £420.31 £430.17 £440.05 £449.90
TWS5 5 1250 2150 x 1315 x 750 £463.31 £493.32 £486.00 £517.00
TWS6 6 1500 2400 x 1490 x 750 £542.73 £552.19 £557.86 £567.32
TWS7 7 1750 2650 x 1665 x 950 £643.95 £652.98 £680.12 £689.16
TWS8 8 2000 2900 x 1840 x 950 £690.65 £699.28 £721.73 £730.36
TWS9 9 2250 3150 x 2015 x 950 £773.53 £782.16 £823.59 £832.23
TWS10 10 2500 3400 x 2190 x 950 £845.17 £853.63 £895.98 £904.46
TWS11 11 2750 3650 x 2365 x 1100 £955.27 £963.73 £1019.62 £1028.10
TWS12 12 3000 3900 x 2540 x 1125 £1068.74 £1077.20 £1122.94 £1131.41
TWS13 13 3250 4150 x 2715 x 1150 £1185.61 £1194.07 £1243.19 £1251.67
TWS14 14 3500 4400 x 2890 x 1175 £1307.56 £1316.03 £1377.00 £1385.47
TWS15 15 3750 4650 x 3065 x 1200 £1409.18 £1417.65 £1493.87 £1502.34
TWS16 16 4000 4900 x 3240 x 1225 £1522.66 £1531.14 £1603.96 £1612.43
TWS17 17 4250 5150 x 3415 x 1275 £1629.84 £1637.34 N/A N/A
TWS18 18 4500 5400 x 3690 x 1350 £1677.39 £1686.54 N/A N/A
TWS19 19 4750 5650 x 3865 x 1400 £1772.53 £1781.66 N/A N/A
REF Optional Extras PRICE

TWS/WG Hinged gate at rear of pulpit £93.00
TWS/WGL Hinged gate at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £153.45
TWS/WGR Hinged gate at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £153.45
TWS/WB Hinged bar at rear of pulpit £46.50
TWS/WBL Hinged bar at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £124.00
TWS/WBR Hinged bar at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £124.00
TWS/WT Chain at rear of pulpit £38.75
TWS/WTL Chain at left hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £108.50
TWS/WTR Chain at right hand side of pulpit (inc 1 extra tread in platform) £108.50
TWS/E1-4 Extended platform - increments of 190mm - max 4 extra £62.00
Side mounted hand locking lever
TWS/LR £46.50
(replaces ascent safety bar/spring loaded castors)

HORIZON WORK PLATFORM
The work platform has a multitude of uses from light duty maintenance work through to domestic
uses like hedge trimming, fruit picking etc. It is particularly suited to operation on flower bed terrain
and has adjustable base plates for stability.
• Large pneumatic tyred wheels.

• Easy to lift and push like a wheel barrow.
• The platform board is height adjustable up to 1.40m with a double guardrail for added security.
Constructed from 32mm tubular steel, the Horizon Work Platform is strong but light enough to
comfortably reposition as required.
• Four platform heights: 0.50m - 1.40m.
• Platform size: 1.15m x 0.42m.
• Assembles in minutes - no tools required.
• Weight 20Kg.
REF Platform height Overall height Overall depth Weight PRICE

3010-060 0.5m, 0.8m, 1.10m, 1.40m 1.95m 0.65m 20Kg £140.00
EASY SLOPE ACCESS PLATFORMS

• Easy slope 48° incline - for safe and easy use.
• Extra wide treads: 750mm wide x 180mm deep.
• Platform size - 800mm wide x 1200mm deep.
• Removable platform chains on three sides for access.
• Fitted with grip lift mechanism fitted to the right hand side,
to facilitate movement on the castors.
• Available powder coated blue or galvanised.
No of Platform Overall size Weight

steps height mm H x W x D mm Kg Finish REF PRICE
3 690 1690 x 950 x 1826 74 Powder coated MS9103M £587.19
Galvanised MS9103G £642.74
MS9106M
EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS

• Manufactured and approved to the Optional retro-fitted lifting barrier
recognised European GS standard. to the front (entry) of the
• Easy slope 48° incline for safe and easy use. platform of these steps.
• Extra wide treads: 750W x 180D mm.
• Inward opening gates on 3 sides
REF PRICE
of the platform.
SB910GS £62.09
• Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate
movement on the castors.
• Platform size: 800W x 1200L mm.

REF steps height mm H x W x D mm Kg PRICE
GS9102M 2 460 1460 x 960 x 1479 62 £825.32
GS9103M 3 690 1690 x 960 x 1686 72 £971.48
GS9104M 4 920 1920 x 960 x 1893 82 £1117.73
GS9105M 5 1150 2150 x 960 x 2100 101 £1263.93
GS9106M 6 1380 2380 x 980 x 2307 115 £1410.08
GS9107M 7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 2514 130 £1589.37
GS9108M 8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 2721 144 £1768.66 GS9108M

Stainless steel steps are designed for use where hygiene and cleanliness are of the utmost importance. Constructed from
tubular food grade 304 stainless steel, these steps are ideal for use in kitchens, hospitals, food and drink industry and the
pharmaceutical trade. Stainless steel should be used where it is vital to avoid build up of ingredient spillage. The materials
used in construction enable them to be sterilised to prevent the chance of cross contamination. The treads are covered in a
‘safety walk resilient anti-slip surface’ which is hard wearing, water, oil and chemical resistant.
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

• A high quality range of steps with all
welded 25mm 16swg tubular food
grade 304 stainless steel.
• Mobile models are fitted on 80mm
dia sprung retractable swivel castors
held within a galvanised housing.
SS4011 SS4013 SS4014 SS4015
REF Description Platform height mm Overall width mm Overall height mm PRICE

SS4011 Static double sided 2 step 550 510 1350 £452.20
with single sided hand post
SS4012 Mobile double sided 2 step 525 500 1600 £700.39
with single sided hand post
SS4013 3 step with hand rail 770 800 1800 £957.90
SS4012
LIGHT DUTY STATIC STEP TILT AND PULL STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
SS9112
• Choice of version with handle - SS9112 SS2002 SS2003 SS2004

or without - SS9111.
• Tread size - 290 x 160mm. • Tilt and push steps onto grey non-marking rubber wheels to easily move into position.
• Stainless steel 304. • Platform size 400x200mm.
• Non-slip rubber feet. • Tread size 400x160mm.
• Construction from food grade 304 tubular stainless steel.
REF Size HxWxD mm PRICE REF No of steps Top step height mm Overall HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE
SS9111 400x340x420 £350.23 SS2002 2 500 1055x455x620 10 £447.12
SS9112 1120x450x420 £417.06 SS2003 3 750 1300x480x790 12 £654.22
SS2004 4 1000 1700x550x980 16 £818.64

STEEL WORK PLATFORMS
These standard units come in a choice of two platform sizes: 2000 x 1000mm or 1000 x 1000mm.
• Manufactured from mild steel with expanded mesh treads and platform. • Special sizes made to order.
• Finished in blue epoxy powder coating. • GS approved.
MWP33Z
MWP30Z
Platform size: 1000 x 1000mm Platform size: 2000 x 1000mm

Platform No of Overall dimensions Weight Platform No of Overall dimensions Weight
REF height mm steps LxWxH mm Kg PRICE REF height mm steps LxWxH mm Kg PRICE
MWP20Z 460 2 1000x1225x1460 53 £592.93 MWP23Z 460 2 2000x1225x1460 94 £1015.75
MWP30Z 690 3 1000x1450x1690 62 £670.69 MWP33Z 690 3 2000x1450x1690 104 £1101.32
MWP40Z 920 4 1000x1675x1920 71 £748.22 MWP43Z 920 4 2000x1675x1920 114 £1186.66
MWP50Z 1150 5 1000x1900x2150 80 £825.74 MWP53Z 1150 5 2000x1900x2150 124 £1272.14
MACHINE STEPS
These units are strong and stable, of welded tubular steel construction with wide aluminium treads. The optional handrail can be fitted either side and gives added
support if required. Units can be carried and placed in position or the optional factory fitted wheel facility can be used to assist frequent movement if required.
Wheels are positioned outside the frame for easy manoeuvring and can be stowed inside the frame to facilitate closer access to machinery if required.
• Aluminium treads. Wheels can be

• Platform size: positioned within
MCS04Z fitted
550 x 300mm. the frame or
with MCSHR4
• Handrail increases height outside the frame
and MCS01W
by 600mm. for manoeuvring.
MCS05Z
MCS03Z

REF steps height mm LxWxHmm Kg PRICE
MCS02Z 2 400 660x665x400 12 £165.38
MCSHR2 Optional handrail to suit MCS02Z £32.86
MCS03Z 3 600 800x715x600 16 £218.81
MCS04Z 4 800 1010x765x800 20 £280.32
MCS05Z 5 1000 1220x815x1000 25 £341.04
MCS01W Optional wheels - factory fitted £44.44
MCS04Z fitted with MCSHR4 and MCS01W

BUTTRESS STEPS
• Comply to EN-14183.
• Graduated widths and a 45° easy slope comfort angle
makes these steps strong, comfortable and stable.
• The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily
be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm
rear wheels which enable 'tilt and pull'.
• Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 650W x 250D mm
3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250D mm
4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250D mm
5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250D mm
BS9003R
BS9004A
BS9003R BS9002M
Painted tubular steel steps Galvanised steps

No of Overall size Weight Mesh tread Rubber tread Aluminium tread Handrails to suit Step unit Handrails to suit
treads H x W x D mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
2 400 x 760 x 600 10 BS9002M £104.77 BS9002R £107.23 BS9002A £108.34 BS9102 £26.47 BS9002G £113.22 BS9102G £28.84
ADJUSTABLE STEEL WORK PLATFORMS

• Approved to European GS standard. Mild steel angle construction, easily adjustable in height by turning the threaded feet.
• Non-slip safety platform. Available with either a galvanised 50 x 30mm mesh grid or a solid ribbed rubber
• Special sizes can be made to order. platform. The rubber is set on top of 18” plywood. Units can be placed alongside each
• Adjustable screw feet to suit uneven surfaces. other to provide a large working area. Frame finish: epoxy powder coated grey.
GSO24Z
GSO41Z
Galvanised 50 x 38mm grid Ribbed rubber platform

Platform Adj height: 140 - 210mm Adj height: 230 - 300mm Adj height: 140 - 210mm Adj height: 230 - 300mm
size Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE Weight Kg REF PRICE
610x610 16 GSO11Z £201.78 17 GSO21Z £209.87 13 GSO31Z £165.93 14 GSO41Z £171.78
610x1510 43 GS014Z £441.70 44 GS024Z £449.84 22 GS034Z £336.90 23 GS044Z £346.88

UNIVERSAL WORK PLATFORMS
Manufactured and approved to the recognised European
GS standard. Constructed from tubular steel with either a
powder coated or galvanised finish. Non-slip aluminium
platform and treads. 2 off fixed 125mm dia polypropylene
wheels at one end which means that when the unit is lifted
at the opposite end, it is easily wheeled into position.
• Lightweight.
• Mobile.
• Non-slip aluminium platform and treads.
• Optional handrails.
• Three heights and lengths available.
• Available with either a steel or galvanised frame.
MP301A fitted with 2 x HR300Z and 1 x MP100Z
No of Platform dims Platform Overall dims Weight Painted version Galvanised version
steps LxW mm height mm LxW mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
900x600 1300x670 36 MP201A £434.85 MP201G £549.52
MP301A fitted with
2 1050x600 500 1450x670 37 MP202A £463.60 MP202G £581.41
1 x HR300Z and
1200x600 1600x670 38 MP203A £489.93 MP203G £611.31
1 x MP100Z
Optional side handrail for 2 step units HR200Z £77.78 HR200G £113.75
900x600 1475x670 40 MP301A £486.86 MP301G £614.86
3 1050x600 750 1625x670 41 MP302A £515.43 MP302G £646.85
1200x600 1775x670 42 MP303A £541.53 MP303G £676.34
900x600 1650x670 44 MP401A £529.34 MP401G £671.00
4 1050x600 1000 1800x670 45 MP402A £555.30 MP402G £703.72
1200x600 1950x670 46 MP403A £584.03 MP403G £732.31
Optional end rail MP100Z £64.00 MP100G £91.01 MP201G
MUPHR7A
MUPHR5A
UNIVERSAL MODULAR PLATFORM SYSTEMS MUPHR8A MUPHR3A
MUPHR5A
MUPHR2A
Constructed from tubular steel with either a powder
coated or galvanised finish. Non-slip aluminium platform
and treads. Designed to extend from the Universal
platforms shown above into various configurations to
suit site operational requirements. System facilitates
various platform height options within any installation.
Handrails can be fitted as required. These units can be
terminated by using either a platform step unit or an end
rail. Using the platform turn units, these units can be
configured into a 'L' or a 'T' shape to suit your needs.
MUP205A MUP305A
MUP307A
MUP308A
MUP208A
No of Platform Overall dims Weight Painted version Galvanised version • Optional handrails available.
steps height mm L x W mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE • Three heights available.
• Non-slip aluminium platform and treads.
Platform step unit - platform size 500 x 600mm • Available with either a powder coated or galvanised frame.
2 500 730 x 690 24 MUP208A £310.27 MUP208G £387.30
3 750 900 x 690 28 MUP308A £353.94 MUP308G £444.21
4 1000 1070 x 690 32 MUP408A £403.51 MUP408G £508.61 Painted version Galvanised version
Platform extension unit - 1160L x 600W mm Description REF PRICE REF PRICE
2 500 34 MUP205A £445.23 MUP205G £559.12 Handrail to suit 2 step units MUPHR2A £52.55 MUPHR2G £67.81
3 750 1160 x 690 38 MUP305A £458.57 MUP305G £575.46 Handrail to suit 3 step units MUPHR3A £61.22 MUPHR3G £78.89
4 1000 42 MUP405A £471.92 MUP405G £591.74 Handrail to suit 4 step units MUPHR4A £68.67 MUPHR4G £88.72
Platform infill unit - platform size 600 x 600mm Handrail to suit extension units MUPHR5A £78.14 MUPHR5G £101.09
2 500 18 MUP206A £252.68 MUP206G £318.75 Handrail to suit infil units MUPHR6A £47.78 MUPHR6G £61.64
3 750 700 x 690 20 MUP306A £264.55 MUP306G £333.48 Handrail to suit turn units MUPHR7A £52.55 MUPHR7G £67.81
4 1000 22 MUP406A £276.43 MUP406G £348.30 End handrail - extension & infil unit MUPHR8A £50.91 MUPHR8G £65.59
Platform turn unit - platform size 680 x 600mm End handrail - turn unit MUPHR9A £54.08 MUPHR9G £69.88
2 500 18 MUP207A £291.48 MUP207G £367.37
3 750 730 x 690 20 MUP307A £306.47 MUP307G £385.30
4 1000 22 MUP407A £318.34 MUP407G £400.06

ALUMINIUM PLATFORM STEPS
• Serrated treads and platform helps to give
an anti-slip work surface.
• Legs fold up under the platform for
compact storage and transportation.
• Complies to EN-131 standards.
• Platform height: 510mm.
• Weight: 5Kg.
• Folded size: 940L x 430W x 150H mm.
REF Platform size mm PRICE

APSW02 940L x 305W £53.24
ALUMINIUM WORK PLATFORM STEPS

These two units are made from extended aluminium.
They are engineered to extremely high standards and are GS approved.
They can be used for access, maintenance or as a general work platform.
• Foldable for ease of storage and transportation.

• Slip resistant work platform.
• Reinforced legs with safety lockclip.
• Lightweight - only 8Kg max.
• Platform heights:
APGS02 - 460mm
APGS03 - 660mm
APGS03
REF Platform size Folded size PRICE APGS02

APG502 870L x 300W 870L x 500W x 220H £81.97
APG503 1080L x 300W 1100L x 500W x 220H £111.59
LARGE ALUMINIUM PLATFORM

• Comply to EN-131 standard. Large working platform
• Ideal for compact storage and
transportation as the unit is
lightweight and the legs fold neatly
underneath the platform.
• The large serrated platform gives
an anti-slip work surface.
REF Platform height mm Platform size L x W mm Folded size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE

APJ03Z 470 610 x 610 700 x 610 x 210 8 £101.95

ECONOMY FOLDING STEPS
• Tubular steel construction finished in white epoxy powder
coating. The tubular handrail is fitted with black foam
rubber for additional grip. Fitted with non-slip black treads
and black plastic feet.
• Manufactured and approved to the recognised European
GS Standard and tested to EN-14183.
REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm PRICE

GS402Z 2 480 450x820x520 £46.92
GS403Z 3 725 460x1180x670 £66.52
GS404Z 4 980 500x1435x850 £88.57
FOLDING BLACK STEPS FOLDING STEPS WITH BLACK TOOL TRAY

• Manufactured in strong tubular steel, this range of steps fold down flat • Max load 150Kg.
for easy storage. Complete with non-slip treads and grey plastic feet. • White powder coated steel tube with grey plastic
• Size of treads 300 x 200mm. non-slip treads.
• Frame finish powder coated black. • Black tool tray (370mm wide x 330mm deep).
• Top tread - 374mm long x 313mm deep.
REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm PRICE

FS202Z 2 470 410x810x540 £42.05 REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm PRICE
FS203Z 3 710 410x1050x670 £54.44 FWS02Z 2 500 1135x535x600 £64.63
FS204Z 4 940 410x1300x810 £71.62 FWS03Z 3 750 1385x535x780 £80.95
FOLDING STEPS WITH HIGH BACK ECONOMY FOLDING STEP LADDERS

• These folding steps are manufactured and approved • Tested to EN-131 standard and approved to EN-14183 - 100Kg cap.
to the recognised standard and tested to EN-14183. • Blue rubber handle.
• Constructed from tubular steel and finished in white • Black plastic non-slip tread
epoxy powder coating. and non-slip feet.
• High safety rail. • EPC grey tubular
• Non-slip treads and feet. steel frame.
REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected WxHxD mm PRICE REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm PRICE
FJS62Z 2 470 520x1070x540 £40.78 FJS72Z 2 490 830x470x550 £41.08
FJS63Z 3 705 520x1305x655 £50.14 FJS73Z 3 720 1060x470x880 £51.02
FJS64Z 4 960 520x1560x810 £59.77 FJS74Z 4 950 1295x470x1100 £61.29

SWINGBACK STEPS
• Comply to EN-131 Regulations.
Aluminium serrated treads, anti-slip rubber feet and a top

tool tray make these lightweight aluminium steps ideal for
use in a variety of workplaces.
REF No of treads Height to top tread mm Overall dim when in use HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE
ALI33Z 3 700 950x450x620 4.5 £41.44
ALI34Z 4 950 1200x480x770 5.5 £51.82
ALI35Z 5 1200 1450x510x915 7 £62.16
ALI33Z ALI35Z
ALI36Z 6 1450 1700x540x1075 8 £72.53
LIGHT DUTY ALUMINIUM FOLDING STEPS

• Comply to EN-131 standard and GS Approved.
• Distance between platform and top hand rail: 600mm, provides safety when working
at a high level.
• Max load capacity: 150Kg.
• Distance between rungs: 220mm.
REF Treads Platform height mm O/A erected HxWxD mm PRICE

ALR03Z 3 640 1240x420x705 £47.84
ALR04Z 4 870 1470x440x870 £55.55
ALR05Z 5 1070 1670x470x1045 £62.21
ALR06Z 6 1300 1900x490x1205 £69.62
ALR07Z 7 1520 2120x520x1340 £78.95
ALR08Z 8 1740 2340x540x1475 £87.16
LITTLE GIANT SAFETY STEP

This Little Giant Safety Step is a unique combination of strength and simplicity featuring
slip resistant steps that give you unmatched comfort and stability.
• Open and close it with one hand.

• Tough compact construction for industrial use.
• Save space and store in only 127mm of space.
• Large 360mm deep platform style treads.
• Folding safety bar with integrated tool tray (on 3 & 4 tread only).
• Tip and glide wheels for easy movement around site.
• 5 year warranty.
• 150Kg work load capacity.
• EN14183.
Tip n' glide wheels Folds flat for storage
REF No treads Height m top tread Folded height m Folded depth m Weight Kg PRICE
1216-002 2 0.45 0.80 0.12 7.0 £114.70
1216-003 3 0.68 1.11 0.12 9.0 £130.20
1216-004 4 0.91 1.42 0.12 11.5 £150.35

TRADE SWING BACK STEPS TRADE PLATFORM STEPS
Designed to comply with Industrial platform steps
BSEN131. Especially for the with the BSEN131 Safety
tradesman and carrying features. Larger and more
the relevant British standard. comfortable working
A super rugged step built platform 320x345mm
to last but light enough for giving room for the
all use. broadest user. Can have
as extra, handrails and/or
• Class 2 kitemark. bucket hooks at a small
• Double rivetted treads. extra cost.
• Double braced legs.
• Double braced horn end.
• Deep non slip treads.
• Non slip safety feet.
REF Open ht m Closed ht m Weight Kg No treads PRICE REF O/H m open Closed ht m Platform ht m Weight Kg Treads inc plat PRICE
BSBB3 0.58 0.66 2.60 3 £55.78 BSBP3 1.24 1.35 0.59 4.50 3 £71.00
BSBB4 0.81 0.89 3.30 4 £59.04 BSBP4 1.46 1.59 0.81 5.26 4 £77.92
BSBB5 1.03 1.14 4.00 5 £66.47 BSBP5 1.68 1.83 1.03 6.02 5 £85.91
BSBB6 1.26 1.38 4.70 6 £74.59 BSBP6 1.91 2.07 1.26 6.78 6 £92.02
BSBB7 1.48 1.62 5.40 7 £83.72 BSBP7 2.13 2.31 1.48 7.54 7 £98.14
BSBB8 1.71 1.86 6.10 8 £91.02 BSBP8 2.35 2.55 1.70 8.30 8 £106.17
BSBB10 2.17 2.12 6.80 10 £97.89 BSBP10 2.74 3.01 2.12 9.06 10 £122.40
BSBB12 2.57 2.60 7.50 12 £111.01 BSBP12 3.20 3.52 2.60 9.82 12 £136.19
WOODEN BUILDERS STEPS TRADE ALUMINIUM PLATFORM STEPS

Class 1. Industrial swing-back • BS EN131.
steps to BS1129/82. • 50% larger platform.
Constructed from selected • Extra strong.
softwoods. 250mm non-slip • Twin rail handgrips.
treads, pinned into stiles. • Extra high support rail.
Tie bolted at intervals. • Stow away work tray.
• Extra wide treads.
• Stability base width.
• Super finish.
• Light easy to handle.
• Five models.
• Use with safety and
confidence in professional
and domestic use.
Ht open m Treads REF PRICE

1.2 5 BS05 £115.06
1.4 6 BS06 £129.29
1..7 7 BS07 £141.47 REF No of treads Platform height Weight Kg PRICE
1.9 8 BS08 £152.33 1203-003 3 0.58m 5 £74.63
2.2 9 BS09 £177.94 1203-004 4 0.80m 6 £81.78
2.4 10 BS10 £190.26 1203-005 5 1.02m 7 £93.23
2.9 12 BS12 £225.45 1203-006 6 1.25m 8 £102.72
1203-007 7 1.47m 9 £115.07

WAREHOUSE MOBILE STEPS
(NON FOLDING) ALUMINIUM SWING BACK STEPS
ALUMINIUM INDUSTRIAL
REF Platform No. of Wt PRICE REF Top Tread No. of Wt PRICE
FOLDING PLATFORM STEPS Height Treads Kg
Height Treads Kg
Platform No. of Wt WS5 1.22m 5 11.3 £188.30 1200-003 0.71m 3 3 £59.89
REF Height Treads Kg PRICE WS6 1.46m 6 12.7 £197.32 1200-004 1.00m 4 4 £62.00
1202-004 0.98m 4 5 £91.50 WS7 1.71m 7 14.5 £207.31 1200-005 1.20m 5 5 £66.23
1202-005 1.20m 5 9 £99.05 WS8 1.95m 8 15.9 £219.49 1200-006 1.46m 6 6 £74.68
1202-006 1.40m 6 10 £105.07 WS10 2.44m 10 20.0 £268.85 1200-007 1.71m 7 7 £83.14
1202-007 1.60m 7 11 £112.13 WS12 2.93m 12 23.6 £295.43 1200-008 1.95m 8 8 £91.59
1202-008 1.90m 8 12 £120.57 WS14 3.43m 14 26.8 £324.58 1200-009 2.19m 9 9 £100.05
1202-010 2.30m 10 14 £140.51 1200-010 2.37m 10 10 £108.50
1202-012 2.80m 12 19 £209.25 Non slip treads and platform. Robust and stable 1200-011 2.68m 11 11 £121.18
ideal for all warehouse work. Handles for lifting 1200-012 2.85m 12 12 £127.52
onto rear rolling wheels rubber feet. Manufactured
Certified to BS2037 Class 1. Heavy duty non slip to BS 2037 (class 1). WS8 - WS14 supplied
treads. Heavy duty cross brace for strength and Certified to BS2037 Class 1. Heavy duty non slip
knocked down to minimise transport costs. treads. Heavy duty cross brace for strength and
stability. 175Kg capacity. Large platform 450 x 370mm. stability. 175Kg capacity.
ALUMINIUM RIGID STEPS ALUMINIUM COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY STEPS WITH

SINGLE AND DOUBLE SIDED STEP OR LADDER FOLDING PLATFORM
REF Height No. of PRICE REF Open Height PRICE REF Platform No. of Wt PRICE
Platform Treads Height Treads Kg
LS6/4 2.515m £110.07
L3 0.73m 3 £99.78 SP6 1.46m 6 9.5 £144.38
LS7/5 3.0m £122.88
L4 0.98m 4 £104.96 SP8 1.95m 8 12.3 £161.51
LS8/6 3.48m £140.85
L5 1.22m 5 £117.49 SP10 2.44m 10 15.0 £209.74
Double Sided SP12 2.93m 12 17.7 £247.16
Converts from medium height ladder into a pair of
LD3 0.73m 3 £102.92 steps. Rapid conversion with heavy duty locking SP14 3.42m 14 20.4 £281.69
stays. Non slip treads and rungs. Rubber feet.
LD4 0.98m 4 £115.74 Manufactured BS2037 (class 1).
LD5 1.22m 5 £128.89 Same design as industrial steps but heavy duty
box section back legs. Heavy duty side arms and
bracings. Very stable in use.
Non slip treads and platform. Platform 510 x 460mm
Non slip platform feet and treads. Rubber Feet.
all to BS2037 (class 1). Any other sizes with or
Manufactured to BS2037 (class1).
without handrails, posts and on wheeling to suit
Platform 425 x 280mm.
special needs.

SUPER-PRO STEPS
The extra heavy duty construction uses scaffold tube stiles to provide
you the most robust platform step on the market.
• Extra heavy duty 50mm scaffold tube stiles. • Super size rubber non-slip feet.
• Comfortable 100mm extra deep treads. • 5 year warranty.
• 700mm high pulpit for added safety and security. • Brutally stress tested to 350Kg.
• Solid aluminium tool tray and bucket hook. • EN131.
• Unique centre folding platform.
REF Description Platform height m Closed height m Open footprint m Weight Kg PRICE
1205-004 4 tread 0.96 1.91 0.69 x 0.98 11 £213.00
1205-005 5 tread 1.20 2.16 0.72 x 1.14 12.5 £239.66
1205-006 6 tread 1.43 2.41 0.75 x 1.30 14.5 £277.99
1205-007 7 tread 1.67 2.67 0.78 x 1.46 15.5 £302.68
1205-008 8 tread 1.91 2.92 0.81 x 1.62 17 £326.09
1205-009 9 tread 2.14 3.17 0.84 x 1.78 19.5 £353.37
1205-010 10 tread 2.38 3.42 0.84 x 1.94 21.5 £367.04
1205-012 12 tread 2.85 3.93 0.93 x 2.26 27.5 £417.06
STORE PICKER STEPS

Double sided steps for retail and small warehouse environments.
• Folding double sided step for easy access.

• Wheel fitted to both sides for ease of manoeuvrability.
• Top and side safety handrails.
REF Description Platform height m Overall height m Overall footprint m Weight Kg PRICE
1202-024 4 tread 0.95 1.45 0.42 x 0.95 12 £236.24
1202-025 5 tread 1.19 1.69 0.45 x 1.15 13 £262.43
1202-026 6 tread 1.43 2.03 0.48 x 1.35 14 £309.58
1202-027 7 tread 1.67 2.17 0.50 x 1.55 15 £367.23
1202-028 8 tread 1.91 2.41 0.53 x 1.75 17 £388.15
1202-029 9 tread 2.15 2.65 0.55 x 1.95 19 £414.33
CARGO STEPS
The safer alternative to access goods vehicles trailers.
• Single handle for safe access on and off trailer.

• Complete with brackets and lock for secure vehicle storage.
• Step height adjusts to accommodate varying ground.
• Integral tie for securing to underside of vehicle.
REF Description Min/max height m Overall height m Overall width m Weight Kg PRICE
1206-050 Cargo 1 0.95/1.17 2.13 0.48 7 £142.82
1206-051 Cargo 2 1.17/1.40 2.53 0.48 8 £153.90

ALUMINIUM WIDE STEP RANGE
• Working platform size 410mm W x 600mm D.
• All aluminium frame, treads and folding stays.
• Suitable for both industrial and trade use.
• Handrails fitted. Shown with
optional safety
Optional features chain
• Rubber wheels at rear, lift front to wheel along.
• Safety chain set 1m above platform.
• Ladder tag for inspection and maintenance.
REF Open height mm Platform height mm Closed height mm No treads Weight Kg PRICE
BSWP3 1625 610 1750 2 8 £183.02
BSWP4 1855 835 2020 3 9 £187.63
BSWP5 2050 1390 2225 4 10 £199.05

BSWP/RW Rear wheels £12.83
BSWP/SC Safety chain £23.25
BSWP/LT Ladder tag POA
GLASS FIBRE WIDE STEP RANGE

• Working platform size 410mm W x 600mm D.
• Glass fibre frame and aluminium treads.
• Glass fibre surestep insulated and non-conductive when in use.
• Suitable for both industrial and trade use. Shown with
• Handrails fitted. optional
safety chain
REF Open height mm Platform height mm Closed height mm No treads Weight Kg PRICE
GFWP3 1625 610 1750 2 9 £207.67
GFWP4 1855 835 2020 3 11 £217.50
GFWP5 2050 1390 2225 4 14 £229.91

GFWP/RW Rear wheels £12.83
GFWP/SC Safety chain £23.25
GFWP/LT Ladder tag POA
CASTLE WAREHOUSE STEPS

Robust and easy to manoeuvre folding warehouse step. Simple one person operation
around the warehouse - lock handles in place, lift and push. Locking castors fix unit in
place when in use. Unit folds for longer distance transport and storage, unlike traditional
fixed alternatives. The platform ‘picking’ area is large and enclosed with an integrated
tool tray for secure and comfortable working.
• Extremely robust folding steps.

• Simple to fold and easy to move.
• Strong die cast aluminium treads.
• Complies to EN131.
REF Treads Platform height O/S HxDxW mm PRICE

1273-104 4 0.87m 1900x1280x740 £514.98
1273-106 6 1.33m 2380x1600x820 £586.19
1273-108 8 1.74m 2820x1870x890 £663.21
1273-110 10 2.18m 3270x2140x980 £720.36
1273-112 12 2.61m 3690x2410x1070 £793.49
Folded

PRO WORK PLATFORM
Providing safe low level access for contractors in confined areas - the
Pro Work Platform is a tough yet portable option.
• Robust construction. • Platform size 401mm x 490mm.

• Designed for painter/decorator/contractor. • Tip and push wheels included.
• Easy to use. • 5 year warranty.
• Folding dual purpose work tray. • Tested to 260Kg work load.
• Overall folded depth - 0.34m. • EN131 and PIRL NFP 93 353.
• Ref 1274-024 comes complete with outriggers.
Platform Overall Closed Open Weight

REF Description height m height m height m footprint m Kg PRICE
1274-023 3 tread 0.69 1.69 1.82 0.65 x 1.04 13.5 £350.70
1274-024 4 tread 0.92 1.92 2.05 1.40 x 1.14 14.5 £365.54
SHERPAMATIC WORK PLATFORM

• Fixed height alternative to the Sherpascopic - offering the • Optional outriggers included.
same safety features and robust construction. • Integrated tool tray.
• The 250mm spaced and 80mm deep treads afford • Working height up to 3.65m
comfortable climbing for the user - much like a traditional • 150Kg capacity.
stepladder. The reinforced gate is tested to withstand a lateral • Conforms to PIR NFP 93353 and PIR NFP 93352.
force of 125Kg which equates to great security while at work.
• Safe enclosed work zone.
REF Description Platform height Overall height Closed height Weight PRICE
1274-003 3 tread 0.72m 1.73m 1.91m 19.5Kg £385.07
1274-004 4 tread 0.95m 1.96m 2.16m 21.5Kg £401.03
1274-005 5 tread 1.20m 2.21m 2.41m 24.5Kg £413.42
1274-006 6 tread 1.42m 2.52m 2.66m 26Kg £451.98
1274-007 7 tread 1.65m 2.66m 2.91m 28Kg £495.41
SHERPASCOPIC WORK PLATFORM

• Top of the range adjustable work platform with legs and outriggers that telescope up and down
for increased versatility and stability. One model ... three different work heights.
• Sherpascopic was conceived to combine the inherent safety of an enclosed work area with the
flexibility and manoeuvrability of a stepladder. Designed for a single user/operator,
Sherpascopic has two large rear wheels to allow tip ‘n’ push movement around site. When not
in use the unit folds neatly and can be stowed on a roof rack for transfer between jobs.
• The actual platform is enclosed on all sides by a guardrail and reinforced gate. The toe-board
on three sides reduces the risk of items inadvertently being kicked from the platform.
• The versatility afforded by Sherpascopic with its telescopic legs and outriggers, allows the
operator to work safely and efficiently on all sorts of uneven surfaces, including stairwells.
• One person operation.
• Working height up to 4.23m.
• Tool tray.
• Conforms to PIR NFP 93352.
REF Description Platform height Overall height Closed height Weight PRICE
1274-013 4-6 tread 1.06m-1.52m 2.05m-2.51m 2.38m 30Kg £657.44
1274-014 7-9 tread 1.77m-2.23m 2.76m-3.22m 3.13m 36Kg £811.25

SMART PODIUM
The first hop-up with fully protected guard rail and gate - ideal for
quick jobs around site, whilst still remaining compliant with working
at height legislation. Folds neatly for carrying or wheeling to next job.
• Tough but lightweight scaffold tube construction.

• Four locking castors.
• Fixed height platform.
• Platform size 600mm x 540mm.
Platform Overall Open Weight

REF Description height m height m footprint m Kg PRICE
1274-052 Smart pod 1 0.40 1.40 0.65 x 0.73 15 £269.42
1274-053 Smart pod 2 0.70 1.70 0.65 x 1.10 20 £339.06
PODIUM LOW LEVEL PLATFORM

• Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations,
the podium is essentially a single user low-level tower.
The tough scaffold tube components provide the expected
on-site durability, whilst remaining light enough for single
user operation.
• The base pack folds to conveniently fit through doorways
and into your van. The steps and work platform can be
removed and placed at two heights when using just the base
pack, or three with the optional extra, telescopic extension
packs (which extends platform height to a max of 1.9m).
• Anti-slip platform and treads.
• Folds for transport and fits through standard doors.
• 150Kg capacity.
• Four lockable castors.
• 5 year warranty. Enclosed work zone Easy folding frame
REF Platform height Overall height WxLm Weight Kg PRICE

1274-056 0.96m 1.91m 0.68 x 1.25 22 £408.21
1274-057 1.54m 2.55m 0.90 x 1.25 29 £437.43
1274-058 1.90m 2.90m 1.80 x 1.30 46 £631.61
Model 1274-058 includes outriggers
DELTA DECK PLATFORM

Compact low level access solution for effortless and safe access at lower height. Simple to
assemble and ideal for one or two operatives, requiring an adjustable enclosed work
platform. Delta-Deck is one complete unit - without separate pins or clips to lose/forget.
• Quick and easy single user set up and breakdown.

• Compacts for transport in van or car.
• Tip and push wheels on both sides for on-site movement.
• Access and egress from either end of platform via locking gate.
REF Description Platform height m Overall height m Max footprint m Weight Kg PRICE
1274-080 Delta-Deck 0.45, 0.53, 0.60, 1.87 0.73 x 1.85 24 £584.52
0.73, 0.87

CASTA ALUMINIUM STEPS DOUBLE DECKER ALUMINIUM STEPS
• Suitable for intensive professional use. • Unit incorporates a tool holder, bucket hook
• Unit incorporates guardrail with tool holder. and a screw tray.
• Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability. • Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability.
• Comply to EN-131 Standard. • Comply to EN-131 Standard.
• The aluminium platform features a red
safety step indicator for maximum
recommended step height and protective
edge to prevent cuts, grazes and bangs
to limbs.
• There is also a patented large double step
underneath the platform for safe and
comfortable standing. The unit also
incorporates tool holder fittings to enable
safe storage of tools and materials when
in use. The unit comes complete with heavy
duty sturdy feet to make this a superior,
professional, platform stepladder.
REF Rungs Platform Ht Weight Kg PRICE

ALT-502103 3 600 3.8 £59.67
REF Rungs Platform Ht Weight Kg PRICE ALT-502104 4 850 4.4 £66.75
ALT-503105 5 1150 7.5 £159.17 ALT-502105 5 1050 5 £75.35
ALT-503106 6 1400 8.5 £173.73 ALT-502106 6 1250 6.1 £84.80
ALT-503107 7 1650 9.5 £189.25 ALT-502107 7 1450 7.2 £92.60
ALT-503108 8 1900 11 £198.17 ALT-502108 8 1700 8.4 £100.48
REGINA RANGE OF ALUMINIUM STEPS

• Unit incorporates a tool tray.
• Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability.
• Comply to EN-131 Standard.
• Regina special steps with handrails.
• A high quality professional aluminium stepladder complete with large
safe hand rails allowing easy usage to standing heights of up to
2.77m. The user benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure
maximum strength and longevity of performance.
• There is an integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe
storage of tools and materials when in use. Complete with heavy
duty non-skid sturdy feet, this is
a superior product to a traditional UK builder step.
Regina Steps Regina Special Steps

REF Rungs Platform Ht Weight Kg PRICE REF Rungs Platform Ht Weight Kg PRICE
SV-REG-4 4 920 5.5 £99.02 SV-REGSP-5 5 1160 8 £159.94
SV-REG-6 6 1390 7 £117.18 SV-REGSP-6 6 1390 9 £173.36
SV-REG-8 8 1850 8 £147.26 SV-REGSP-8 8 1850 11 £213.72
SV-REG-10 10 2300 11 £178.93 SV-REGSP-10 10 2300 13.5 £252.50
SV-REG-12 12 2770 13.5 £207.43 SV-REGSP-12 12 2770 16 £292.06

TAURUS TGB STEPS TAURUS TME STEPS
• The guardrail is equipped • The enclosed hinge system provides extra stability.
with a tool tray. • Large handrails and guardrails for extra stability.
• Large anti-slip feet provide • Comply to EN-131 Standard.
extra strength.
• Comply to EN-131 Standard. The same as the Taurus TGB with an extra high guardrail and some handrails for extra
safety. The extra large 850mm deep guardrail facilitates safe use for all tasks and
On this premium quality professional the large safety handrails ensure safe usage and wheels allow easy movement around
aluminium stepladder the user warehousing and stores. A secure and safe hinge mechanism allows closure and
benefits from a black powder coated storage in restricted space.
finish, which keeps the users hands
warm and prevents dirt accumulation
caused by oxidisation of bare metal.
The box section sturdy deep treads
are considerably larger and thicker
than on traditional products and will
not move or loosen despite the
heaviest use.

ALT-191503 3 700 7.5 £154.35
ALT-191504 4 950 8.5 £170.15
ALT-191505 5 1200 9.5 £185.18
ALT-191506 6 1400 13 £227.87
ALT-191507 7 1650 14 £244.47 REF Rungs Platform Ht Weight Kg PRICE
ALT-191508 8 1900 14.5 £267.40 ALT-193207 7 1645 18 £350.37
ALT-191510 10 2350 18 £311.67 ALT-193209 9 2115 24 £402.93
ALT-191512 12 2800 20 £348.04 ALT-193211 11 2585 27 £454.27
VERA ALUMINIUM STEPS MOUNTER COMBINATION STEPS

• Unit incorporates a tool tray • Unit has roller wheels for easy
in the guardrail. movement on a building.
• Large platform size: • Large stabiliser bar to stop the unit
450 x 500mm. sinking in the ground.
• Comply to EN-131 Standard. • Comply to EN-131 Standard.
Made from welded ribbed This premium quality professional

aluminium, this quality folding aluminium combination ladder enables the
warehouse stepladder is designed user to benefit from a black powder
for heavy duty professional use in coated finish, which keeps the users
stores, warehouses and other hands warm and prevents dirt
applications demanding a safe, accumulation, caused by oxidisation of
secure folding heavy duty bare metal. Featuring large comfortable
stepladder. The VERA features flat ‘D’ rungs, which are 45mm deep and
a comfortable and sturdy yet are flat at the correct usage angle of 70°,
spacious lay out to the steps with there is no product comparable in the
a large sturdy aluminium market today. Strong, safe, durable and
platform, which allows safe work versatile, this is one ladder that gives the
at height in the most demanding user a variety of capabilities and options
of environments. and keeps the users hands warm and
clean at the same time.

SV-VERA-6 6 1400 17 £360.90 REF Rungs Max Ht Weight Kg PRICE
SV-VERA-8 8 1900 20 £405.98 ALT-123610 3 x 10 6900 24 £426.35
SV-VERA-10 10 2300 23 £454.28 ALT-123612 3 x 12 8000 28 £499.13
SV-VERA-12 12 2800 26 £502.53 ALT-123614 3 x 14 9350 34 £578.47

RETAILERS MOBILE STEPS ORDER PICKING STEPS
Mobile aluminium steps constructed to Choice of either fixed or mobile
BS2037. aluminium steps. Constructed to
Platform height 750mm. BS2037.
Overall width 490mm. Mobile steps are fitted
Overall length 970mm. with two retractable
Platform 550 x 490mm. castors to the rear.
Fitted with a positive locking stay Overall height 2150mm.
mechanism. Steps can be moved around by Platform height 1460mm.
tilting onto two fixed 100mm dia plastic Overall width 640mm.
tyred wheels. Overall length 1520mm.
Parcel shelf height 1510mm. Fitted with a positive
locking stay mechanism.
Parcel shelf 560 x 290mm.

REF Description PRICE AST/7 Folding Steps £243.95
AKS3750 Folding Aluminum Steps £242.34 AST/7/CAS Folding Steps + 2 Castors £261.38
ALUMINIUM DOUBLE-SIDED STEPS

• Conforms to BS 2037 Class 1.
• Good quality for trade and industrial uses.
• Non slip treads both sides 80mm depth.
• Non slip rubber safety feet fitted all round.
• Horizontal locking torsion bars and bottom tread supports.
• Optional handrail all models.
REF Ht open m No of treads Wt Kg PRICE

ADS03H 0.74 2x3 4.2 £108.23
ADS04H 0.98 2x4 5.3 £129.37
ADS05H 1.22 2x5 6.4 £150.39
ADS06H 1.46 2x6 7.6 £171.17
ADS07H 1.71 2x7 8.8 £187.49
ADS08H 1.95 2x8 10.1 £209.90
ADS0/HR Optional handrail £17.05
ALUMINIUM STAGING TRESTLES AND STAGING BOARDS

• Conforms to BS2037 Class 1.
• Trestles for use with 450mm or 600mm wide staging boards.
• Staging boards have non-slip rot proof decking and
aluminium/wood struts. Aluminium Staging Boards
• ‘K’ straps fitted to end struts.
REF Width Length Weight PRICE
PRO24 450mm 2.4m 13.00Kg £88.14
PRO30 450mm 3.0m 15.30Kg £100.29
PRO36 450mm 3.6m 19.50Kg £117.56
PRO42 450mm 4.2m 22.00Kg £143.46
PRO48 450mm 4.8m 23.50Kg £159.75
Aluminium Staging Trestles PRO54 450mm 5.4m 33.00Kg £209.36
PRO60 450mm 6.0m 36.00Kg £224.42
REF Open height Weight PRICE PRO66 450mm 6.6m 44.00Kg £315.11
PTP1 1740mm 12.70Kg £151.79 PRO72 450mm 7.2m 47.00Kg £351.80
PTP2 2300mm 15.90Kg £173.07 PROEX24 600mm 2.4m 17.40Kg £97.10
PROEX42 600mm 4.2m 29.50Kg £179.16
PROEX48 600mm 4.8m 31.50Kg £200.90
PROEX54 600mm 5.4m 44.50Kg £224.66
PROEX60 600mm 6.0m 48.50Kg £246.51
PROEX66 600mm 6.6m 59.30Kg £446.13
PROEX72 600mm 7.2m 63.40Kg £466.10

PROFESSIONAL 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER WITH WORK TRAY
A stepladder, an extension ladder and a stairwell
ladder in one product! Suitable for both
professional and domestic use, the unique
sliding mechanism enables easy conversion into
each mode. The wide splayed base and heavy
duty feet give stability and grip. The strong
work tray is useable in all positions and takes
loads up to 12Kg.
• Comply to BS Class 1 and EN-131

Regulations.
• Complete with strong work tray.
Stepladder
Stairwell
Ladder
Stepladder Extension Weight
REF top rung ladder Kg PRICE
height length
Extension
AFA15Z 1560mm 2740mm 7.5 £106.22
Ladder Stairwell Ladder
HEAVY DUTY 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER

Built to trade standards, tested
and approved BS.EN 131.
• Easy to use and transport.

• Stabiliser bar.
• Anti splay bar
• Tough rubber feet.
• Available in 2 sizes.
Step Ladder Extended Step Ladder Extension Ladder
REF Closed Length m Max Extended m Min Int Rung Width Loading Kg PRICE
308381 2 4 300mm 150 £113.39
310381 3 7.0 300mm 150 £182.24
PROFESSIONAL 4 WAY COMBINATION LADDER Stairwell

This versatile combination ladder can be Ladder
used as a stepladder, an extension ladder,
a freestanding extension ladder and a Freestanding
stairwell ladder. Suitable for professional Extension
and domestic use, the unit has wide non- Ladder
slip treads for comfort and security. A
unique operating mechanism enable easy
conversion to all 4 ways.
• Comply to
EN-131 Regulations. Extension
• Load capacity: 150Kg. Ladder
Stepladder
Stepladder Extension Freestanding Weight

REF top rung ladder extension ladder Kg PRICE
height length length
AFA49Z 1560mm 3910mm 2740mm 12 £174.45

LITTLE GIANT CLASSIC STEPS
The World's most popular multi-purpose ladder system. With 24 ladders
in one. The Little Giant hinge is the key to its inherent strength and
versatility - hence no need for spreader bars or locking stays, leaving
you to work freely over all kinds of obstructions. Use your Little Giant as
a 90° step and get up close to your task - an impossibility with
traditional step ladders.
• 24 ladders in one.
• Strong hinge for superb durability and flexibility.
• Compacts down for storage and transport in your van.
• Wide flared legs for stability and comfort.
• EN131-4.
Folded up
Four times height ladder Extra stable mode Uneven surface mode High double sided step Becomes two 1.5m trestles
REF Description Step ht m Ext length m Trestle ht m Closed m O/W m Weight Kg PRICE
1303-101 3 rung classic 0.95-1.48 1.92-3.04 0.95 1.09 0.61 12 £162.75
1303-102 4 rung classic 1.22-2.01 2.48-4.16 1.22 1.28 0.62 16 £178.25 Tilt n' glide
1303-103 5 rung classic 1.48-2.46 3.05-5.21 1.48 1.56 0.70 19 £195.30 Adjustable leg
1303-110 LG work platform Optional extra accessory £51.82
1303-111 LG leg leveller Optional extra accessory £54.68
1303-112 LG wingspan Optional extra accessory £54.68
1303-113 LG 6' tele plank Optional extra accessory £159.81
1303-116 LG tip n glide wheels Optional extra accessory - suitable for retro-fit £38.83
Wingspan
Work platform
UNIVERSAL 3 WAY ALUMINIUM STEPS

• Comply to EN-131 Standard.
• Combination step available for use as a stepladder,
extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder.
• Max load 150Kg.
Locking mechanism
Stabiliser bar
REF No of treads Closed length mm Extended length mm Overall height in /\ position mm Weight Kg PRICE
SV-UNIV-3X7 3x7 2010 3990 1860 10 £154.50 SV-UNIV-3X8
SV-UNIV-3X8 3x8 2300 5130 2170 11.5 £175.85

EURO 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER
• This combination ladder can be used
as a stepladder with base stabiliser,
free standing combination ladder and
as a 3 part extension ladder.
• Equipped with sliding wall wheels from
3 x 8 model upwards.
• When used as a stepladder, the third
section serves only as a guardrail.
Wall wheels
Base stabiliser
SV-EUR3-3X8
REF No of treads Closed length mm Extended length mm Overall height in /\ position mm Weight Kg PRICE
SV-EUR3-3X6 3x6 1800 4100 1700 12 £194.00
SV-EUR3-3X8 3x8 2400 5000 2300 15 £222.47
SV-EUR3-3X10 3 x 10 3000 6300 2900 20 £269.21
SV-EUR3-3X12 3 x 12 3500 8000 3400 26 £342.74
SV-EUR3-3X14 3 x 14 4100 10250 4000 32 £415.48
PRIMA COMBINATION LADDER

If you want a triple ladder, an ‘A’ frame stepladder, an extendible stepladder, a stairwell
ladder and a telescopic safety base - look no further than the Prima.
• The rungs are rhomboid shaped for additional comfort when climbing or standing - unlike
traditional square rungs which dig into your feet. The die-cast hinge and nylon coated steel
guides enable tough but smooth operation and adjustment. The auto locking and max
height adjustment feature mean you cannot over extend the ladder to an unsafe length.
• Most combination ladders have nylon stays to support the ladder in the ‘A’ frame position.
Prima has aluminium locking stays which ‘plug’ into the rung holes, giving tremendous
support and rigidity.
• Unique telescopic splayed base stabiliser.
• Rhomboid shaped rungs.
• Strong nylon coated steel guides.
• Integrated wall wheels as standard.
• Aluminium locking stays for additional rigidity.
• Replaceable parts.
• EN131.
REF Description Step height Extended step height Extended length Closed length Weight PRICE
1300-051 2m Prima 1.94m 2.90m 4.20m 2.04m 15Kg £210.42
1300-053 2.5m Prima 2.54m 3.40m 5.65m 2.64m 19Kg £264.54
1300-054 3m Prima 2.84m 3.70m 6.25m 2.94m 21Kg £304.05
1300-056 3.5m Prima 3.44m 4.30m 8.10m 3.54m 31Kg £368.51

PRO ADJUSTABLE LADDER
Robust engineering and construction ensures proven performance within intensive use
environments. The reinforced auto-locking hinge enables the user to configure the PAL as
a work bench, mini scaffold, A frame step and extension ladder. The tough black anodised
armour finish protects the ladder against oxidisation - allowing clean hand usage - unlike
most ladders.
• Multiple configurations.
• Lifetime warranty.
• Durable black anodised finish.
• 159Kg capacity.
• Box section construction for extra rigidity.
• EN131-4.
• Splayed legs for additional stability.
Step Extended Scaffold Stored Overall Weight

REF Description height m length m height m height m width m Kg PRICE
1303-020 PAL 4x3 1.75 3.70 0.60 1.10 0.57 12.5 £107.66
1303-021 PAL 4x4 2.30 4.80 0.70 1.30 0.66 15.5 £138.03
1303-022 Scaffold board for PAL 4x3 £43.18
1303-023 Scaffold board for PAL 4x4 £49.82
COMBINATION LADDER/PLATFORM
Can be used as a ladder, stepladder and with the addition of
the two metal platforms it converts into a work platform.
• Non-slip aluminium treads.

• Large non-slip safety feet.
• Platform heights:
AMP03Z - 910mm
AMP04Z - 1220mm.
• Platform size:
AMP03Z - 300W x 1430L mm
AMP04Z - 300W x 2050L mm.
• Complies to EN-131.
Stepladder Extension
REF height ladder height PRICE
AMP03Z 1690mm 3460mm £116.91
AMP04Z 2230mm 4570mm £157.89
PRO-DECK
5-way ladder and deck combination ideal for all • One person operation.
maintenance work. Can be used as an extension ladder, • Simple to set up.
double sided step ladder stairwell ladder work platform • Aluminium and steel construction.
and stairway work platform. • Lightweight and strong. • Compact.
• Non-slip working surfaces.
SPECIFICATIONS
Closed height 2000mm 2000mm 2000mm 2000mm 2000mm

Open height 3250mm 1640mm
Max. width 490mm 490mm 490mm
Max. load 100Kg 100Kg 100Kg 125Kg 125Kg
Max. plat. height 1284mm 1284mm
Max. working ht. 4480mm 3120mm 3284mm 2354mm
Platform width 350mm 350mm
Platform length 1275mm 1275mm
Max. stair rise 700mm 750mm
REF PRICE
Complete and with instruction leaflet
301384 £149.36

VERTICAL ACCESS LADDERS ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC LADDER
Fixed ladders suitable for • Closed 81cm - extended 3.8m.
buildings, lofts, mezzanine • Weight a mere 13.7Kg.
floors etc. • Easy to open or close quickly and complete safety in operation.
Made to specification. • Certified to EN131.
Fitted with back hoops and
bolt plates.
Easy installation.
Can be weatherproofed -
for outside use.
Site survey can
be arranged.
Price on Application.
REF
3055
Used extensively by
operatives who need to take
the steps from site to site.
Folds up to easily fit in the
HEAVY DUTY 2 AND 3 SECTION boot of a car. Extend in
length to suit the application
EXTENSION LADDERS and secure with safety latch.
• Manufactured to BS EN131.
• Heavy duty contoured feet and tips.
• 150Kg capacity.
These ladders are suitable for both

professional and domestic use.
Designed to give maximum strength
and rigidity at any height. The units AEA214D
have wide non-slip ‘D’ rungs for
comfort and security.
REF PRICE
1303-010 £168.53
INDUSTRIAL ESCAPE LADDER

• Constructed from steel chain and heavy gauge tubing.
AEA307T • Easy to hook over window sill for an instant fire escape.
Dual Section - push up

No of Length Extended Weight
REF Rungs m length m Kg PRICE
AEA209D 9 2.59 4.48 10 £109.42
AEA211D 11 3.13 556 12 £124.28
AEA212D 12 3.4 6.1 13 £132.47
AEA214D 14 3.94 7.18 18 £162.08
AEA216D 16 4.48 8.26 20 £180.56
Triple Section - push up
No of Length Extended Weight REF Length Weight Test cap Kg PRICE
REF Rungs m length m Kg PRICE R15 4.5m 7Kg 450 £94.61
AEA307T 7 2.0 4.7 10.4 £140.95
AEA309T 9 2.57 6.35 15 £168.44 R25 7.62m 9.4Kg 450 £113.96
AEA312T 12 3.4 8.24 23 £222.18 R45 13.75m 19Kg 450 £165.54

SURVEYORS SECTIONAL LADDER ALUMINIUM SHELF LADDER ALUMINIUM ROOF LADDER
Constructed oval box section with round non slip Best available roof ladders. Stiles oval box section.
rungs at 300mm centres. Safe aluminium joining Non slip treads. Rubber feet. Parallel sided 380mm Rungs 300mm centres – non slip. Rigid hook and
spigots one section to another. Rubber base feet. wide or can be tapered to order. Timber top rail bearers from solid flat bar. Durable PVC covered
Easily stored in boot of a car. supplied standard. Can be supplied with shafting bearing surfaces. Solid joining spigots and drop
hooks on request. nose locking pins.
REF Length No. of Wt. Kg PRICE
REF Overall Length Wt. Kg PRICE
Sections
REF Overall No. of Wt PRICE RL1 3.8m 10.4 £195.56
SU2 1.80m 2 4.1 £68.96
Length Treads Kg RL2 4.4m 11.3 £207.19
SU3 2.70m 3 5.9 £93.30
SX7 1.86m 7 4.5 £76.06 RL3 5.0m 12.3 £231.50
SU4 3.60m 4 8.2 £129.33 RL4 5.6m 13.2 £246.28
SX8 2.12m 8 5.0 £82.29
SU5 4.50m 5 10.0 £162.05 Roof Ladder Extensions
SX9 2.39m 9 5.9 £88.38
SU6 5.40m 6 11.8 £193.97 RLE3 0.9m 3.2 £85.25
SX10 2.65m 10 6.4 £94.43
RLE4 1.2m 4.1 £90.00
SX11 2.92m 11 7.3 £99.73 RLE6 1.8m 5.9 £97.91
SX12 3.18m 12 7.7 £106.75 RLE12 3.6m 8.6 £126.15
POPULAR GENERAL DUTY LADDER SX13 3.45m 13 8.6 £112.94
HEAVY DUTY ALUMINIUM LADDER

TRADE ALUMINIUM
Comfortable non slip flat top rungs. Strong box

section sides manufactured BS 2037 (class 1).
REF Closed Ext Wt No. PRICE

Ht. m Ht. m Kg Rungs
GS125 2.43 – 5 9 £74.74 Strongest commercial ladder all rope operated.
GS130 2.93 – 6.4 11 £89.69 Rubber articulated feet. Automatic gravity locks.
Strong ladder multi-usage. Non slip D rungs.
GS135 3.43 – 7.7 13 £104.64 Moulded safety feet. Far superior to DIY models
GS140 3.92 – 8.6 15 £119.60 manufactured BS EN 131. REF Closed Ext Wt No. PRICE
GS145 4.43 – 9.5 17 £134.53 Ht. m Ht. m Kg Rungs
Two Section Kite Marked to Double
GS150 4.93 – 10.4 19 £142.38 REF Closed Ext Wt No. PRICE BS2037 (Class 1)
GS160 5.93 – 12.3 23 £164.45 Ht. m Ht. m Kg Rungs HD240 3.94 7.21 23.1 15 £291.20
Two Section – Push Up Two Section Push Up – Double HD245 4.44 8.21 26.8 17 £376.48
GD225 2.43 4.20 10.9 2x9 £131.98 GB225 2.42 4.2 9 8 £64.06 HD250 4.94 8.96 29.9 19 £454.15
GD230 2.93 5.20 12.7 2x11 £153.96 GB230 2.92 5.2 10.5 10 £72.05 HD255 5.44 9.96 37.2 21 £489.88
GD235 3.43 6.20 15.0 2x13 £178.06 GB235 3.42 6.2 14 12 £90.86 HD260 5.94 10.71 45.4 23 £557.02
GD240 3.93 7.20 23.1 2x15 £209.48 GB240 3.92 7.2 16 14 £103.20 HD270 6.94 12.71 50.4 27 £536.27
GD245 4.43 8.20 25.9 2x17 £241.95 GB245 4.42 8.2 20.5 15 £118.03 Kite Marked to
Three Section Triple
GD250 4.93 8.95 28.6 2x19 £270.24 GB250 4.92 9.2 23.5 17 £124.60 BS2037 (Class 1)
Three Section – Push Up GB255 5.42 10.2 29 19 £135.48 HT340 3.94 10.47 43.5 15 £565.59
Three Section Push Up – Triple HT345 4.44 11.97 52.6 17 £591.77
GT320 1.93 4.46 14.5 3x7 £175.53
GT325 2.43 5.96 16.8 3x9 £195.86 GB325 2.42 5.95 16.5 8 £98.81 HT350 4.94 12.97 58.5 19 £614.83
GT330 2.93 7.46 27.7 3x11 £267.10 GB330 2.92 7.45 18.5 10 £117.70 Three Section Not Kite Marked Triple
GT335 3.43 8.96 33.6 3x13 £339.36 GB335 3.42 8.95 25.5 12 £149.01 HT355 5.44 13.97 64.4 21 £673.48
GT340 3.93 10.46 42.2 3x15 £404.31 GB340 3.92 10.45 28.5 14 £170.34 HT360 5.94 15.47 71.2 23 £727.97

It's a fact - more accidents happen due to misuse on ladders than all other industrial accidents.
Prevention is the key to this old age problem - ladder safety products help prevent accidents.
LADDERMAX SAFETY DEVICE

Large sturdy tray holds tools and materials exactly where they are needed.
The ergonomic position created allows easier access to a greater working area.
Allows work to be carried out faster and safer. Foolproof fastening clamps for all
ladders and large serrated rubber wall locators prevent any slipping and
maximum stability.
REF PRICE
LADDERMAX £38.80
ALUMINIUM STANDOFF LADDER STAY THE LADDER STOPPER

• Long established favourite. Designed to keep the top of • One man safety - no need for another to 'foot'
the ladder 300mm away from the wall, to assist in your base.
painting and general maintenance work etc. • Tried and tested on wet and dry floors,
• Easy to attach and detach. Suitable for trade, industry concrete, polished floors, even on grass etc.
and domestic use. • Prevents bottom and sideways slips.
• Gives longer life to the rubber feet of the ladder.
• Robust, rugged construction of solid rubber
REF PRICE base and aluminium upstand bonded securely
LLS £24.69 to the base.
• The user is much safer on 2 square feet than
2 square inches.
RIDGE HOOK
• Replacement hook for trade and industrial roof ladders.
• Easily attached.
• Fitted with easy positioning wheels.
REF PRICE
RHW £43.16
LADDER SAFETY FEET C

• Designed to give good grip on a variety of surfaces.
• Easy to fit on aluminium ladders.
REF Type PRICE

C1100 Suction Feet (C) pair £28.43
C1006 Articulated Feet (D) pair £36.26
D
ROOF RACK LADDER CLAMPS

• Easy to use. Designed to lock ladders or steps securely in place.
Will secure up to three ladders.

C1443A Per pair with padlock £16.71 REF Description PRICE
Suits ladders up
1400-058 £76.46
to 610mm wide

• Non conductive glass fibre front and back legs. • Wide choice of types and sizes.
• Conform to ANSI 14.5 and EN131. • Double rivetted non slip aluminium treads.
• Top quality products for the professionals. • Non slip rubber feet front and back.
GLASS FIBRE FOLDING PLATFORM STEPS GLASS FIBRE SWINGBACK STEPS
Standard Duty Heavy Duty Standard Duty Heavy Duty
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
Open Closed Weight No
Open Closed Platform Weight No
REF height height Kg treads PRICE
REF height height height Kg treads PRICE
GFBB3 0.58 0.66 3.25 3 £53.51
GFBP3 1.24 1.35 0.59 5.00 3 £84.48
GFBB4 0.81 0.89 4.25 4 £58.61
GFBP4 1.46 1.59 0.81 6.00 4 £93.78
GFBB5 1.03 1.14 4.75 5 £70.78
GFBP5 1.68 1.83 1.03 7.00 5 £104.77
GFBB6 1.26 1.38 5.50 6 £80.18
GFBP6 1.91 2.07 1.26 8.00 6 £114.43
GFBB7 1.48 1.62 6.50 7 £101.54
GFBP7 2.13 2.31 1.48 9.00 7 £127.38
GFBB8 1.70 1.86 7.50 8 £108.16
GFBP8 2.39 2.53 1.66 10.00 8 £140.72
GFBB10 2.17 2.10 9.00 10 £122.82
GFBP10 2.72 2.98 2.10 12.00 10 £162.62
GFBB12 2.57 2.34 10.50 12 £152.79
GFBP12 3.18 3.50 2.58 14.00 12 £186.04
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Open Closed Base Base No
Open Closed Platform No
REF height height width span treads PRICE
REF height height height treads PRICE
GSL4 0.99 1.14 0.41 0.76 4 £111.57
GSP4 1.47 1.64 0.98 4 £167.54
GSL6 1.47 1.64 0.46 1.07 6 £127.54
GSP6 1.93 2.16 1.45 6 £183.32
GSL8 1.93 2.16 0.51 1.50 8 £143.50
GSP8 2.44 2.69 1.94 8 £199.28
GSL10 2.44 2.69 0.56 1.78 10 £171.39
GSP10 2.91 3.23 2.41 10 £223.32
GSL12 2.91 3.23 0.61 2.13 12 £196.85
GSP12 3.38 3.76 2.90 12 £302.97
GSL14 3.42 3.75 0.66 2.54 14 £264.22
GLASS FIBRE PLATFORM STEPS WITH TOOL TRAY

• Complies to EN131.
• Glass fibre front & back legs.
• Non slip aluminium treads.
• Non slip rubber feet fitted to all four legs.
• Tool tray fitted to top of handles.
No of Platform O/A Dims O/A Height

REF Treads Height mm HxWxD mm Folded PRICE
GFP05Z 5 1185 1795x560x1170 1930 £169.57
GFP06Z 6 1410 2030x595x1350 2180 £190.19
GFP07Z 7 1650 2265x625x1520 2475 £211.37
GFP08Z 8 1880 2495x660x1705 2675 £232.78

GLASS FIBRE SWINGBACK STEPS
Manufactured for industrial use, these
lightweight steps are ideal for Close up of
maintenance and electrical use and accessory tray
comply with EN131 regulations.
Accessory top tray accommodates tools
and fittings. Fitted with aluminium treads
and anti-slip rubber feet.
No of Weight Overall Dimensions

REF Steps Kg when in use HxWxD mm PRICE
GFJ02Z 2 5 790x430x610 £61.52
GFJ03Z 3 6 1079x472x785 £81.64
GFJ04Z 4 7 1368x509x955 £101.79
GFJ05Z 5 8 1652x543x1125 £121.95
GFJ06Z 6 9 1935x585x1295 £142.03
GFJ07Z 7 10 2220x624x1480 £162.16
VISION 360 GLASS FIBRE STEPS

Market leading super size industrial glass fibre folding platform.
• Insulated to 25000 volts.

• Comfortable extra deep serrated treads.
• Extra strong reinforced channel section stiles.
• BS EN131.
Platform Closed Open Weight

REF Description height m height m footprint m Kg PRICE
1243-004 4 tread Vision 0.96 2.05 0.59x1.09 14 £582.86
1243-006 6 tread Vision 1.44 2.56 0.65x1.52 19 £686.73
1243-008 8 tread Vision 1.89 3.07 0.71x1.84 22 £813.55
1243-010 10 tread Vision 2.44 3.57 0.77x2.16 24 £956.07
GRP COMBI LADDER

Some spark risk sites demand minimal metal content equipment. All glass fibre
steps are the solution with robust GRP stiles and treads. The GRP Combi ladder is
a fully insulated triple ladder, a frame step ladder and an extended step ladder.

• Supplied with base stabiliser.
• Extension limiting device.
• Strong nylon coated steel guides for ease of adjustment.
• Sliding wall wheels.
• EN131.
Ext step Ext Overall Weight

REF height m length m width m Rungs Kg PRICE
1300-081 2.9 5.47 0.36 - 0.49 3x8 20.7 £342.32
1300-082 3.4 7.45 0.36 - 0.49 3 x 10 32 £472.86
1300-083 3.7 8.6 0.36 - 0.49 3 x 12 38 £555.97

GRP EXTENSION LADDERS
Incredibly tough and durable extension ladders with rope operation for ease of adjustment.

• Comfortable D shaped rungs.
• Super strong reinforced stiles.
• Rope operation.
• Dual action articulated feet.
• EN131.
Closed Ext Overall Weight

REF Description length m length m width m Kg PRICE
1119-003 2.6m GRP ladder 2.60 3.80 0.45 16 £201.61
1119-004 3.2m GRP ladder 3.20 5.00 0.45 19 £227.09
1119-005 3.8m GRP ladder 3.80 6.20 0.45 22 £254.70
1119-006 4.4m GRP ladder 4.40 7.40 0.45 25 £286.53
ALUGLAS LADDERS EUROGLAS LADDERS

An innovative Aluglas range of access The Euroglas ladder is constructed from glass-reinforced
equipment combines glass fibre sections plastic and represents the ultimate in GRP ladders. Not only
with aluminium rungs. This range of glass are the box section stiles made of glass reinforced plastic, but
fibre ladder has been designed also the rungs are manufactured from serrated non-slip, resin
specifically for professionals who require matrix glass reinforced tubes, which are fully bonded into
a lightweight, yet strong and durable, specially designed box section stiles. It complies with the EN
fibreglass extension ladder. The stiles are 131 standard, American ANSI 14.5 and British ESI 13.1. The
constructed from extruded rectangle box 'Euroglas' ladder provides a structure which is totally
section glass reinforced plastic. The 'D' electrically insulated and has a high degree of weather and
shaped aluminium rungs are secured to chemical resistance.
the stiles using a revolutionary method of
fixing. The Aluglas ladder has been tested • Frodal ladder also available in the above size:-
to comply with the strength requirements Fire Resistant Offshore Designed Access Ladder (FRODAL).
of the standards, En 131, ANSI 14.5 and Please phone for further information.
BS2037 Class 1 (rungs). • Available with rope and pulley operation.
Single section can be supplied as a roof
ladder, 2 and 3 sections can be fitted with
rope and pulley operation - please enquire
for prices.
Single Section Single Section

REF Height m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE REF Height m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE
AGS8 2.44 (8') 8 7.5 £143.39 SEG8 2.44 (8') 8 8.2 £181.52
AGS10 3.05 (10') 10 9.5 £169.77 SEG10 3.05 (10') 10 10.4 £224.86
AGS12 3.66 (12') 12 11.4 £196.20 SEG12 3.66 (12') 12 12.5 £264.41
AGS14 4.27 (14') 14 13.3 £222.58 SEG14 4.27 (14') 14 14.6 £305.15
AGS16 4.88 (16') 16 15.2 £249.30 SEG16 4.88 (16') 16 16.7 £396.30
AGS18 5.49 (18') 18 17.0 £350.02 SEG18 5.49 (18') 18 18.7 £425.80
AGS20 6.10 (20') 20 20.0 £384.73 SEG20 6.10 (20') 20 22.0 £471.03
2 Section Ladder 2 Section Ladder
REF Closed Ht m Ext Ht m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE REF Closed Ht m Ext Ht m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE
AGD14 2.44 (8') 4.2 (14') 16 15.1 £310.20 EG14 2.44 (8') 4.2 (14') 16 17.7 £365.38
AGD18 3.05 (10') 5.49 (18') 20 18.9 £362.98 EG18 3.05 (10') 5.49 (18') 20 22.1 £419.21
AGD22 3.66 (12') 6.70 (22') 24 22.7 £392.54 EG22 3.66 (12') 6.70 (22') 24 25.9 £498.15
AGD26 4.27 (14') 7.92 (26') 30 26.5 £445.32 EG26 4.27 (14') 7.92 (26') 30 29.6 £580.86
AGD29 4.88 (16') 8.84 (29') 34 30.3 £498.15 EG29 4.88 (16') 8.84 (29') 34 33.4 £765.06
AGD33 5.49 (18') 10.06 (33') 38 34.0 £700.18 EG33 5.49 (18') 10.06 (33') 38 37.1 £862.79
AGD36 6.10 (20') 10.97 (36') 42 40.5 £769.54 EG36 6.10 (20') 10.97 (36') 42 40.9 £958.71
3 Section Ladder 3 Section Ladder
REF Closed Ht m Ext Ht m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE REF Closed Ht m Ext Ht m Rungs Weight Kg PRICE
AGT20 2.44 (8') 6.2 (20') 24 23.7 £443.63 TEG20 2.44 (8') 6.00 (20') 24 26.5 £532.32
AGT27 3.05 (10') 8.2 (27') 30 29.4 £522.86 TEG24 3.05 (10') 7.30 (24') 30 33.1 £648.18
AGT32 3.66 (12') 9.7 (32') 36 35.0 £602.07 TEG30 3.66 (12') 9.10 (30') 36 38.8 £766.86
AGT38 4.27 (14') 11.57 (38') 42 40.7 £681.23 TEG36 4.28 (14') 11.00 (36') 45 44.4 £891.20
AGT40 4.88 (16') 12.0 (40') 48 46.4 £998.00 TEG40 4.88 (16') 12.20 (40') 51 56.0 £1168.16

MINI FOLD TOWER
Lightweight and robust folding unit - ideal for one person use. Simply
unfold, fit the board, lock the castors and use to gain access as required.
An optional extra guardrail pack is available for those slightly higher jobs.
• Six optional platform levels.

• Ideal for most trades.
• Complete with a non slip platform board.
Platform Overall
REF Description height m height m Width m Length m PRICE
3010-003 Mini fold base 0.20 - 1.70 1.80 0.70 1.50 £445.44
3010-003A Mini fold guard 1.70* 2.80 0.70 1.50 £258.96
* When used in conjunction with base.
SPEEDY MODULAR TOWER

Strong and lightweight folding base unit that can reach heights of up to
5.15m by using additional extension packs.
• Quick and easy erection - no tools needed.

• 25mm Bloctub® tubular aluminium frame.
• Flexibility of modular packs for heights up to 7.15m.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
• 3T compliant.
• 200Kg/m work load capacity - platform.
• EN1004.
Platform Overall Max footprint Weight

REF Description height m height m m Kg PRICE
3010-030 Pack 1 - Base 0.95 1.93 0.78 x 1.78 26 £342.94
3010-031 Pack 2 - Guardrail 1.80 2.94 0.78 x 1.78 9.5 £265.44
3010-032 Pack 3 - Extension 3.50 4.62 3.06 x 3.81* 29 £459.19
3010-033 Pack 4 - Extension 5.15 6.31 3.06 x 3.81* 20.5 £198.76
* Including outriggers. Each pack must be used in conjunction to reach maximum height.
OPTIMUM 50 TOWER
A single width trade tower for reaching working heights up to 4.90m. Uses the same 25mm patented
Bloctub® frame as the above Speedy Modular Tower.
• Easy to construct and dismantle.

• 3T compliant.
• 200Kg/m work load capacity - platform.
• EN1004.
Platform Overall Width Length Max footprint Weight

REF Description height m height m m m m Kg PRICE
3010-050 Opto 50 Tower 2.80 4.00 0.74 1.60 3.52 x 2.83* 43 £542.50
3010-051 4 wheel kit £77.30
* Including outriggers.

SPEEDY 80 TOWER
A versatile aluminium tower system designed for light
trade use and certified to HD1004 class 3 trade
standard. Supplied in 4 platform heights 0.95 - 5.15m.
Base size 1.6m long x 0.77m wide. Above 3.5m height
stabilisers are supplied.
• Trapdoor platforms supplied on all towers (2 off on

3.5m x 5.15m models).
• Toeboards included (not applicable on 0.95m model).
• Stabilisers included on 3.5m and 5.15m models.

PACK1 Tower to 0.95m ht £334.95
PACK1/2 Tower to 1.80m ht £585.80
PACK1/2/3 Tower to 3.50m ht £961.35
PACK1/2/3/4 Tower to 5.15m ht £1036.75
PACK/AL Adjustable legs £98.09
ALUMINIUM BRIDGING SYSTEM
EFFORTLESS ACCESS
• Limited number of components
SAFE ACCESS provide quick assembly for access up
• Serrated non slip rungs for safe access to the and over ground level obstacles.
working platform. • No need to move desks, machinery,
• Weather proof, anti-skid decking and adjustable workstations etc allowing you to
APPLICATION ENVIRONMENTS guardrail system provide a safe working area. cause minimal disruption and get the
• Leisure Facilities. • Local Authority. • Incorporates the Safeguard fall protection system. job done quicker.
• Conference Centres. • Retail Outlets. • Platform safely accommodates up to 2 people plus tools. • 7 rung frames for choice of platform
• Hotels. • Manufacturing. height (up to 1.8m).
OPTIONS • Span adjusts to suit your
REF Span x Underside Ht mm PRICE • Standard spans 1.5m, 2.5m and 3.2m. particular requirements.
A/1.5 1500 x 1900 £1728.95 Special spans can be supplied up to 6m high. • Compact, lightweight components for
A/2.5 2500 x 1900 £1845.26 • Clearance height 1.9m and 2.150m. Height extensions easy handling and storage.
A/3.2 3200 x 1900 £1984.43 500mm and 1.0m. Stabilisers required on extra heights.
RAZOR DECK The Razor Deck can be set up from its flat packed transportable state to
The Razor Deck is a ground breaking, one-piece, self erecting, a fully extended worktable position in seconds with minimal assistance
flat packing work platform. Creating a completely new category from the operator - aided by clever geometry and balanced tensioning
of access, it’s the world’s first ‘no power’ self erecting tower. springs. Without the expense of powered access or the hassle of
Razor Deck is an instant tower like no other. conventional non-powered access it’s a clear-cut alternative with
significant advantages.
Packed height - 730mm

Length - 1530mm
Width - 740mm
Deck size - 1000mm x 700mm
Platform heights can be set at - 550mm - 1000mm or 2000mm
Safe working load - 150Kg
Weight - 82Kg
REF PRICE
RAZORDECK £2299.70

THE CLASSIC ACCESS TOWER
The Classic scaffold tower range is the ultimate high quality versatile
steel scaffold tower system.
Classic scaffold towers can be used with confidence for most light
duty tasks, a multitude of domestic maintenance applications and are
extremely useful in the garden for hedge cutting/tree trimming.
All Classic scaffold towers are now supplied with double handrails,
trapdoor platform, internal ladders, stabilisers (except #) and toe
boards for improved safety.
Available in three useful base sizes - 1.2m x 0.76m,
1.2m x 1.2m & 1.8m x 1.2m - Classic Towers can solve almost any
access problem.
Manufactured from prime quality pre-galvanised mild steel tube the
superior finish provides excellent resistance
to corrosion which keeps the product looking good for
many years.
Base size Platform ht

REF mm mm PRICE
BLTA42 1220 x 760 1830# £326.57
BLTB42 1220 x 760 2670 £585.05
BLTC42 1220 x 760 3500 £610.26
BLTD42 1220 x 760 4340 £704.83
BLTE42 1220 x 760 5180 £731.31
BLTA44 1220 x 1220 2670# £466.52
BLTB44 1220 x 1220 3500 £670.78
BLTC44 1220 x 1220 4340 £760.31
BLTD44 1220 x 1220 5180 £800.65
BLTE44 1220 x 1220 6025 £890.17
BLTA64 1830 x 1220 3500# £606.48
Add on optional extras
BLTB64 1830 x 1220 4340 £863.69
BLTC64 1830 x 1220 5180 £922.95 REF Description PRICE
BLTD64 1830 x 1220 6025 £1015.00 T132/TT Set of 4 Locking Castors £83.20
BLTE64 1830 x 1220 6860 £1073.00 T133 Set of 4 Adjustable Locking Castors £140.80
BLTF64 1830 x 1220 7700 £1166.31 T131 Set of 4 Adjustable Base Feet £88.00
HEAVY DUTY ACCESS TOWER

Minor heavy duty scaffold towers are probably one of the strongest and safest steel scaffold towers available today.
They are made to the highest possible standards, constructed from 2.0mm (horizontals) and 2.5mm (verticals) thick,
prime quality British steel to BS 6323 34/26 and then hot dip galvanised to BS EN ISO 1461:1999 both inside and
outside the tube to provide a corrosion free life. All Minor scaffold towers are now supplied with double handrails,
Trapdoor platform, internal ladders, stabilisers (except #) and toe boards for improved safety. Minor heavy duty
scaffold towers are available in two useful base sizes -1.2m x 0.61m or 1.2m x 1.2m.
Type Minor – Galvanised finish

Included
Base size Platform ht in the
REF mm mm price PRICE
BA42 1220 x 610 1830# £534.33
BB42 1220 x 610 2440 £793.15
BC42 1220 x 610 3050 Double Handrails, £891.75
BD42 1220 x 610 3660 Trapdoor and £962.80
BA44 1220 x 1220 3050# Solid Platform, £890.30
BB44 1220 x 1220 3660 Internal Ladders, £1162.90
BC44 1220 x 1220 4270 4 Outriggers £1278.90
BD44 1220 x 1220 4880 (except #), £1338.35
BE44 1220 x 1220 5490 Toeboards £1468.85
BF44 1220 x 1220 6100 and Frames £1529.75
BG44 1220 x 1220 6710 £1660.25
BH44 1220 x 1220 7320 £1719.70
REF Add on or optional extras PRICE
TO31 Set of 4 Locking Castors £75.40
TO32 Set of 4 Adjustable Locking Castors £150.40
TO72 Set of 4 Adjustable Base Feet £80.00

Unique folding tower, recently developed. Conforms to BS1139 and HD1004. Narrow 700mm width means that you can
work in the trickiest of places safely. Easy to assemble and store and can be transported in small vans and estate cars.
• Folding base mechanism - A truly portable tower.

• Fits easily into most small vans and estate cars.
• Quick and easy to erect - time saver.
• Narrow width - compact easy storage.
• Quick release pull rings with stainless pins on all bracings for
easy assembly.
• Smooth and ribbed texture on braces for quick identification.
• Risk assessment must be carried out prior to any work being
carried out at height.
• 1800mm platform length x 700mm width and a standard height
of 0.6m which can be increased with additional stages.
Wheel Brakes
Large Rubber Feet
Certified to
BS1139 & HD1004
Quick Release Pull Rings
REF Platform Height PRICE

LSL06 0.6m £339.63
LSL16 1.6m £495.73
LSL21 2.1m £729.97
LSL31 3.1m £1020.84
LSL36 3.6m £1042.93
LSL46 4.6m £1340.91
LSL51 5.1m £1363.00
LSL61 6.1m £1443.44
COMPONENT SCHEDULE
Platform Heights
Description Max 0.6m Max 1.6m Max 2.1m Max 3.1m Max 3.6m Max 4.6m Max 5.1m Max 6.1m
125mm Locking Castor (Standard) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
150mm Locking Castor (For use with adjustable leg) 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4*
Adjustable Leg (Optional) 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4*
1.5m Base Unit (inc. 1 x 1.8m Hatch Deck) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.5m Additional Frame 0 0 2 2 4 4 6 6
1.8m Additional Hatch Deck 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 2
1.0m Guard Rail Frame 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2
1.8m Horizontal Brace (Ribbed) 0 4 5 6 6 7 7 8
2.1m Diagonal Brace (Smooth) 0 1 1 3 3 5 5 7
1.8m Toe Board Length 0 2* 2 2 2 2 2 2
0.6m Toe Board End 0 2* 2 2 2 2 2 2
Standard Stabiliser Unit 0 4* 4 4 4 4 4 4
Telescopic Stabiliser Unit 0 0 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4*
*Optional Components (If 150mm castors are required then the Adjustable Leg Unit must be used).

ALUMINIUM MOBILE TOWER SYSTEMS
• Full specification to HD 1004 and BS 1139 (Part 3) UK and Euro.
• Easy and quick to erect or dismantle.
• Wide ladder with hexagonal rungs, easy to climb.
• Reinforced platforms and strong toeboards.
• Two widths available 1.45m and 0.850m.
• Three lengths available 1.8m, 2.5m and 3.2m.
• Heat treated gravity castings.
• Spring steel frame lock clips.
• Stainless steel bracing lock pins.
Single width towers Double width towers • Dual braking castors.

1.8m x 0.85m 1.8m x 1.45m
REF Platform Height PRICE REF PRICE

LB22SW25 2.2m £1014.65 LB22DW25 £1128.42
LB27SW25 2.7m £1083.25 LB27DW25 £1203.68
LB32SW25 3.2m £1296.92 LB32DW25 £1450.27
LB37SW25 3.7m £1390.93 LB37DW25 £1545.46
LB42SW25 4.2m £1397.86 LB42DW25 £1533.00
LB47SW25 4.7m £1814.17 LB47DW25 £2000.05
LB52SW25 5.2m £1852.30 LB52DW25 £1935.29
LB57SW25 5.7m £1931.15 LB57DW25 £2015.38
LB62SW25 6.2m £2236.68 LB62DW25 £2080.87
• Large rubber feet.
LB67SW25 6.7m £2328.55 LB67DW25 £2387.35
LB72SW25 7.2m £2387.55 LB72DW25 £2561.30
LB77SW25 7.7m £2481.32 LB77DW25 £2656.59
LB82SW25 8.2m £2439.58 LB82DW25 £2823.25
LB87SW25 8.7m £2724.87 LB87DW25 £2813.08
LB92SW25 9.2m £2784.32 LB92DW25 £2845.19
LB97SW25 9.7m £2878.45 LB97DW25 £2940.73
LB102SW25 10.2m £3145.64 LB102DW25 £3006.33
LB107SW25 10.7m £3285.29 LB107DW25 £3242.75
LB112SW25 11.2m £3344.65 LB112DW25 £3308.08
LB117SW25 11.7m £3438.81 LB117DW25 £3402.91
LB122SW25 12.2m £3498.28 LB122DW25 £3516.40
• Quick release pull rings.
ALUMINIUM STAIRSPAN TOWER

Stairspan aluminium towers with their REF Base size Platform ht PRICE
comprehensive range of base sizes and accessories SS1/T 1.8m x 0.8m 2.0m £951.20
can solve almost all access related problems in an SS2/T 1.8m x 0.8m 3.0m £1426.80
industrial or trade environment. The Stairspan SS3/T 1.8m x 0.8m 4.0m £1555.85
Aluminium tower fully complies with BS EN SS4/T 1.8m x 0.8m 5.0m £1738.55
1004:2004. SS5/T 1.8m x 0.8m 6.0m £2083.65
The Stairspan Tower System is available in two SS6/T 1.8m x 0.8m 7.0m £2266.35
widths - 0.8m and 1.4m (single width & double SS7/T 1.8m x 0.8m 8.0m £2395.40
width), and two platform lengths 1.8m, 2.5m to SS8/T 1.8m x 0.8m 9.0m £2578.10
satisfy most access requirements. SS9/T 1.8m x 1.4m 2.0m £1128.10
SS10/T 1.8m x 1.4m 3.0m £1370.25
The Stairspan system has 500mm rung spacing SS11/T 1.8m x 1.4m 4.0m £1518.15
which gives the user multi-platform height options SS12/T 1.8m x 1.4m 5.0m £2054.65
whilst maintaining the correct height for guardrails. SS13/T 1.8m x 1.4m 6.0m £2418.60
The built in ladder design means no more searching SS14/T 1.8m x 1.4m 7.0m £2660.75
for a separate ladder for safer access to the platform. SS15/T 1.8m x 1.4m 8.0m £2808.65
Our Aluminium scaffold towers are supplied with SS16/T 1.8m x 1.4m 9.0m £3050.80
adjustable legs,castors, toeboards and stabilisers SS17/T 2.5m x 1.4m 2.0m £1235.40
(where necessary) as standard. SS18/T 2.5m x 1.4m 3.0m £1481.90
SS19/T 2.5m x 1.4m 4.0m £1635.60
SS20/T 2.5m x 1.4m 5.0m £2176.45
SS21/T 2.5m x 1.4m 6.0m £2589.70
SS22/T 2.5m x 1.4m 7.0m £2837.65
SS23/T 2.5m x 1.4m 8.0m £2989.90
SS24/T 2.5m x 1.4m 9.0m £3236.40

T-ZIP ACCESS PLATFORMS
T-zip replaces the need for ladders, steps and kick stools. This easy to use,
safe and secure lift platform is ready to use in an instant. Meet your legislative
obligations with T-zip, working at height couldn't be simpler or safer!
• The Micro, MicroXL and Microlite are designed for one operator and tools,
the T-zip2 is for up to 2 operators and tools.
• Auto-closing entry gate.
• Spirit level.
• Inertia belt descent protection.
• Key switched controls and
power pack.
• IP65 deadman operated controls.
• Non-slip platform surface.
• Safety cage with top rail, mid bar and kick plates.
• Emergency lowering.
• Auto cut-off charger unit.
• EN1757.1 loading compliance.
MICRO
REF Platform height mm Working height mm Platform size mm Man/Cap Lift PRICE
MICRO 1320 3320 600 x 600 1/120Kg 20 secs £7133.00
MICROXL 1620 3620 600 x 600 1/120Kg 24 secs £7869.40
MICROLITE 2000 4000 480 x 480 1/120Kg 24 secs £8124.20 T-ZIP2
TZIP2 1620 3620 1000 x 800 2/300Kg 9 secs £6616.40
STAR 6 ELECTRIC DRIVE PLATFORM

• Ideal platform to reach awkward places. REF STAR6
• Suitable for maintenance work and
Working height 6m
warehouse inventory.
• Indoor or outdoor use. Platform height 4m
• Electric drive possible at full height. Lift capacity 180Kg
• Easy to drive in tight and congested areas.
• Fits through standard doors and into lifts. Platform size 0.8 x 0.7m
Length 1.50m
Width 0.76m
Height - stowed 1.65m
Drive speed 1.5 - 5km/h
Gradeability 22%
Turning radius - outside 1m
Tyres - non-marking 250 x 60
Power source 185v - 24amph
Weight 800Kg
PRICE £10536.12
STAR 10 ELECTRIC DRIVE PLATFORM REF STAR10

Working height 10m
• Versatile machine with a 3m outreach facility.
• Maintenance work and warehouse inventory. Platform height 8m
• Indoor or outdoor use. Horizontal outreach 3m
• Electric drive in narrow aisles.
Lift capacity 200Kg
Platform size 1.12 x 0.99m
Length 2.62m
Width 1m
Height - stowed 1.99m
Drive speed 0.7 - 4.5km/h
Gradeability 23%
Turning radius - outside 1.88m
Tyres - non-marking 16 x 5 x 10.5
Weight 2760Kg
PRICE £24526.32

QUICK UP PUSH AROUND PLATFORMS
The push around range of platforms are light, compact and
designed for maintenance work and access to awkward
locations. The electric platform is for indoor use and can rise
between 7m and 14m in height dependent on model type.
They are all ultra-light so can be used on fragile floor surfaces.
• Easy to install, set up and operate.

• Easy 'stand up' access through flip up top rail into basket.
• One man loading and unloading.
• Cage and mast construction in aluminium.
• The Quick Range has compact dimensions and a unique
design that enables access through most standard doorways.
• These machines are easily transportable by vans or pickups
making them invaluable for multi site operations.
REF QUICKUP7 QUICKUP8 QUICKUP9 QUICKUP11 QUICKUP12 QUICKUP13 QUICKUP14

Working height 6.50m 7.90m 9.30m 10.70m 12m 12.80m 13.90m
Platform height 4.5m 5.90m 7.30m 8.70m 10m 10.80m 11.90m
Lift capacity 159Kg 136Kg
Platform size 0.68 x 0.66m 0.66 x 0.68m
Length 1.21m 1.27m 1.34m 1.40m 1.46m 1.34m 1.40m
Width 0.74m 0.74m 0.74m 0.80m
Height - stowed 1.97m 1.97m 1.97m 2.77m
Width - stabilised 1.4 x 1.7m 1.6 x 1.9m 1.81 x 2.1m 1.81 x 2.1m 2.02 x 2.32m
Tilt bar 2.11 x 1.75m 2.82 x 1.97m
Energy (AC) 110/230v
Weight (AC) 326Kg 346Kg 366Kg 401Kg 440Kg 461Kg 545Kg
Energy (batteries) 12v
Weight (DC) 366Kg 386Kg 406Kg 441Kg
480Kg
PRICE £4949.28 501Kg
£5177.76 £5838.00 585Kg
£6466.32 £7233.24 £7258.44 £7744.80
REF Extra PRICE

QU/DC To change to DC version £546.00

• Electric drive for ease of operation.
• Compact stowed height for easy access travel REF OPTIMUM8
through standard doorways.
Working height 7.76m
• Length: 1.88m, width: 0.76m allows operation
in the most congested areas. Platform height 5.76m
• Outside turning radius: 1.80m ensures Lift capacity 230Kg
excellent manoeuvrability.
• Pothole protection ensures maximum safety. Platform size - extended 2.65 x 0.68m
• High operating autonomy. Height - stowed 2m
• Robust, reliable and easy to maintain design.
Height - transport 2m
Width 0.76m
Length 1.88m
Lift/lower speed 23/32s
Drive speed 0.6 - 4.5km/h
Gradeability 25%
Tyres - non-marking 12.5 x 4.25
Weight 1420Kg
PRICE £12178.32

• Stowed height allows passage through REF COMPACT8 COMPACT10N
standard doorways. Working height 8.20m 10m
• 0.81m width allows operation in the most
congested areas. Platform height 6.20m 8m
• 2.38m outside turning radius ensures Lift capacity 350Kg 230Kg
excellent manoeuvrability.
• Pothole protection and load limiter in the Platform size - extended 3.22 x 0.8m
platform ensures maximum safety. Height - stowed 2m 2.17m
• High operating autonomy.
Height - transport 2m 1.33m
• Robust, reliable and easy to maintain.
Width 0.81m
Length 2.48m
Lift/lower speed 41s/37s 51s/42s
Drive speed 1 - 3.5km/h
Gradeability 23%
Weight 1730Kg 2160Kg
PRICE £12437.88 £15796.20

• 300 - 450Kg platform capacity. REF COMPACT10 COMPACT12
• 1.20m width allows operation in
the most congested areas. Working height 10.15m 12m
• 13cm ground clearance allows for Platform height 8.15m 10m
both inside and outside use. Lift capacity 450Kg 300Kg
• Pothole protection ensures
maximum safety. Platform size - extended 3.22 x 1.2m
• High operating autonomy. Height - stowed 2.26m 2.38m
• Robust reliable and easy to
maintain design. Height - transport 1.40m 1.53m
• For rough terrain applications Width 1.20m
and extra heavy load situations
Length 2.45m
we are able to supply diesel
powered models. Lift/lower speed 51s/42s 83s/52s
Drive speed 1 - 3.5km/h
Gradeability 23%
Weight 2330Kg 2630Kg
PRICE £16171.68 £19183.92

WALL MOUNTED BIKE RACKS
• Either scroll or double ‘S’ design styles - 400/330 x 100 x 260mm.
• Fully welded construction from mild steel.
• Powder coated exterior grade colour black.
• Choice of 90° or 60° angle to the wall.
Scroll design
REF Type PRICE

SRCSS904010A Scroll design 90° angle £30.02
SRCSS604010A Scroll design 60° angle £30.02
SRCSD903311A Double ‘S’ design 90° angle £30.02
SRCSD603311A Double ‘S’ design 60° angle £30.02
Double ‘S’ design
FLOOR MOUNTED BIKE RACKS 1 bike

• Choice of 1 or 2 bike capacity.
• Fully welded construction in mild steel.
• Powder coated exterior grade colour black.
• Sizes: 1 bike - 560 x 310 x 120mm.
2 bikes - 560 x 560 x 120mm.
REF Type PRICE

SRCSFM15631A 1 bike rack £40.33
SRCSFM25656A 2 bike rack £57.22 2 bikes
CHARACTER BIKE RACKS

• Bike stands for 1 or 2 bikes.
• 8mm thick steel construction.
• Powder coated black.
• Supplied with four fixing bolts suitable
for concrete mounting.
• Design your own style of bike rack:
squirrels, dolphins, rockets,
chipmunks are examples of other
popular designs. Company names can
also be added.
REF Design Size mm PRICE Crank design Cog design

SQCRA85611AX Crank rack 848 H x 1112 W £229.82
SQCOG84212AX Cog rack 842 H x 1293 W £328.31
INDOOR VERTICAL BIKE RACK BIKE LOCKER

• Space saving vertical bike • Bike is stored vertically held in a
storage using a unique mounting hoop.
mounting hoop. • 35-45% of floor space is saved.
• Ramp to ensure • Heavy duty galvanised steel,
rear mudguard powder coated green.
avoids ground. • Complete with disc padlock and
• Simple self assembly concrete floor mounting bolts.
- supplied with bolts. • Size: 1830H x 715W (front),
• Choice of single or 405W (back) x 1145D mm.
double sided rack. • Protects bike against theft, vandals
and weather also store cycle
clothing, helmet and luggage.
REF Type PRICE REF PRICE

SRAVERTRACKS Single sided £180.24 SRAVERTLOCKR £837.17
SRAVERTRACKD Double sided £241.30

TRADITIONAL BIKE RACKS
A sturdy twin-level rack designed to fit in a Traditional Cycle Shelter or used
freestanding. Up to 8 bikes can be stored by bars that grip the bike wheels.
• Made from tubular steel.

• Simply bolts to floor.
• Fully welded - no assembly required.
• Powder coated dark grey.
• Pre-galvanised for added protection against corrosion as an extra.
REF Capacity Mounting Size H x W x D PRICE

SRTRADCR6KXX 6 bikes above 935 x 1750 x 600 £187.60
SRTRADCR8KXX 8 bikes below 935 x 2350 x 600 £234.50
PILLAR CYCLE RACKS CLAW BIKE RACKS

Sturdy value for money rack that grips the wheels. Bikes can be stored at twin levels. Standalone twin level rack for up to 12 bikes.
Available as single or double units. Available as single or double sided units.
• Made from tubular steel. • Made from stylish

• Simply bolts to floor. curved tubular steel.
• Mostly welded • Simply bolts to floor.
construction - minimal • Fully welded - no
bolting required. assembly required.
• Powder coated • Powder coated
dark grey. dark grey.
REF Capacity Sides Size H x W x D PRICE REF Capacity Sides Size H x W x D PRICE
SRPILLSG4KXX 4 bikes single 690x1450x985 £163.21 SRCLAWSG4KXX 4 bikes single 670x1200x790 £257.95
SRPILLSG6KXX 6 bikes single 690x2320x985 £192.29 SRCLAWSG6KXX 6 bikes single 670x2150x790 £304.85
SRPILLDS8KXX 8 bikes double 690x1450x1840 £222.31 SRCLAWDS8KXX 8 bikes double 670x1200x790 £398.65
SRPILLDSTKXX 12 bikes double 690x2320x1840 £261.70 SRCLAWDSTKXX 12 bikes double 670x2150x790 £558.11
HOOP BIKE RACKS BIKE LOOPS

Excellent for use as a free-standing rack or for use with our cycle shelters. Simple design is rider friendly. Easy to use and also encourages controlled and
efficient cycle storage. Two models available - one mounted above ground, other
• Made from grouted 250mm below ground.
tubular steel.
• Simply bolts to floor. • Made from
• Fully welded - no tubular steel.
assembly required. • Simply bolts
• Available in light grey, to floor or
blue or green. into concrete.
• Fully welded - no
assembly required.
• Available in light
grey, blue or green.
REF Capacity Size H x W x D PRICE REF Capacity Mounting Size H x W PRICE

SRHOOP072 4 bikes 810 x 470 x 930 £204.48 SRLOOPSU2 2 bikes above 805 x 470 £107.87
SRHOOP133 6 bikes 810 x 470 x 1710 £306.73 SRLOOPGR2 2 bikes below 1055 x 470 £107.87

CYCLE COMPOUNDS
A stylish compound with facilities to house up to 48 bikes. Fitted with a
curved roof, made from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate panels and
optional central canopy for extra security and weather protection.
• Covered shelter for minimum of 16 bikes - larger sizes available for

higher numbers.
• Attractive gate with hasp to take padlock.
• Side panels made from tough clear perspex.
• Optional central security canopy.
• Comes complete with twin level bike racks.
• All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance.
• Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included).
• Delivered in knock-down form.
Cycle Compound with Lockable Gate & Canopy

Size HxWxD Stores REF PRICE
2325x5500x3000 16 bikes SWC215530S2 £5440.40
2325x5500x6000 32 bikes SWC215560S4 £8704.64 Fits
2325x5500x9000 48 bikes SWC215590S6 £11770.96 48
Fits bikes
32
Cycle Compound with Lockable Gate bikes
Fits
Size HxWxD Stores REF PRICE
2325x5500x3000 16 bikes SWC215530G2 £5094.28 16
2325x5500x6000 32 bikes SWC215560G4 £8011.46 bikes
2325x5500x9000 48 bikes SWC215590G6 £10785.12
Frame Colour Options.

Please advise colour.
Dark blue Green Light grey Compound with lockable gate Compound with lockable gate
and security canopy

CYCLE SHELTERS
• Supplied with either galvanised corrugated sides and back panels or SHELTER LAYOUTS
decorative powder coated. All have galvanised corrugated roofs with Specify the deeper 2500mm shelters for motorcycle and scooter storage.
integral gutters for drainage. Options of closed back panel or open
panel for wall fixing.
• Shelter height - 2180mm. Choice of widths - 2450 or 3060mm.
Choice of depth - 1900mm or 2500mm.
• High capacity shelters created by adding extension shelters or
double depth shelters.
• Adjustable levelling feet, pre-drilled for floor fixing. Must be bolted to
Complete Shelter
250mm thick concrete for stability.
• Framework is exterior grade powder coated in green, grey or blue.
• Shelters supplied in knock-down. Installation available POA. Extension Unit
2450mm wide shelters 3060mm

0 wide shelters
Depth Back Finish of INITIAL EXTENSION INITIAL EXTENSION
mm panel sides & back SHELTER PRICE SHELTER PRICE SHELTER PRICE SHELTER PRICE
1900 Closed Galv corrugated 219/C/G/I £987.71 219/C/G/E £845.14 319/C/G/I £1225.97 319/C/G/E £1096.52
1900 Closed Blue 219/C/P/IB £1421.07 219/C/P/EB £1270.05 319/C/P/IB £1691.21 319/C/P/EB £1568.34
1900 Closed Green 219/C/P/IG £1421.07 219/C/P/EG £1270.05 319/C/P/IG £1691.21 319/C/P/EG £1568.34
1900 Open Galv corrugated 219/O/G/I £857.33 219/O/G/E £741.96 319/O/G/I £1102.15 319/O/G/E £1028.99
1900 Open Blue 219/O/P/IB £1223.15 219/O/P/EB £1099.34 319/O/P/IB £1475.47 319/O/P/EB £1376.05
1900 Open Green 219/0/P/IG £1223.15 219/O/P/EG £1099.34 319/O/P/IG £1475.47 319/O/P/EG £1376.05
2500 Closed Galv corrugated 225/C/G/I £1046.81 225/C/G/E £888.29 325/C/G/I £1321.64 325/C/G/E £1136.86
2500 Closed Blue 225/C/P/IB £1530.82 225/C/P/EB £1389.18 325/C/P/IB £1870.37 325/C/P/EB £1718.42
2500 Closed Green 225/C/P/IG £1530.82 225/C/P/EG £1389.18 325/C/P/IG £1870.37 325/C/P/EG £1718.42
2500 Open Galv corrugated 225/O/G/I £930.50 225/O/G/E £785.11 325/O/G/I £1195.95 325/O/G/E £1114.34
2500 Open Blue 225/O/P/IB £1339.46 225/O/P/EB £1191.26 325/O/P/IB £1645.25 325/O/P/EB £1510.18
2500 Open Green 225/O/P/G £1339.46 225/O/P/EG £1191.26 325/O/P/IG £1645.25 325/O/P/EG £1510.18
ECONOMY SMOKING SHELTER

A range of 4 standard shelters supplied flat packed for easy assembly.
• 38mm square box section construction with 2mm thick steel gables, braces and gutters.
• Domed roof in 2mm opal polycarbonate sheet ensures water does not sit on roof.
• Side and rear glazing in 3mm thick clear PETG, all UV stabilised.
• Metal colour choice - powder coated blue, green, black or grey. Special colours to order.
• Supplied with ground anchor plates and levelling feet.
• Bespoke sizes on request.
REF Size L x W x H mm PRICE

A/TBS1 2000 x 1000 x 2200 £906.90
A/TBS2 2000 x 2000 x 2200 £1357.50
A/TBS3 3000 x 1000 x 2200 £1800.00
A/TBS4 4000 x 1000 x 2200 £2145.00

TRADITIONAL SHELTERS
• Provides a covered facility for smokers in a designated area.
• Heavy duty steel construction with galvanised steel corrugated roof.
• Shelter sides are clear perspex, with a choice of perforated steel back
or perspex panel for the shelter back.
• Framework and decorative panel option are finished in exterior grade
powder coating.
• Framework supplied in green as standard, blue or grey are also
available (please specify when ordering).
• Shelter supplied with adjustable levelling feet, pre-drilled for floor
fixing. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability.
• Extended feet are available for grouting at no extra cost (please specify
this when ordering).
• Optional lighting available.
• 2 types of ashtrays with stainless steel stub out areas.
• Optional perch seats.
• Installation service available.
Description REF People Size HxWxD mm PRICE

SS212419P 7 2180x2450x1900 £1952.92
Perforated steel SS212425P 9 2180x2450x2500 £2299.98
back panel SS213019P 9 2180x3060x1900 £2208.05
SS213025P 12 2180x3060x2500 £2940.63
SS212419X 7 2180x2450x1900 £2100.18
Clear perspex SS212425X 9 2180x2450x2500 £2471.63
back panel SS213019X 9 2180x2450x1900 £2376.89
SS213025X 12 2180x2450x2500 £3126.35
Perch seat - stainless/S SSSPSETZZXX 900 x 1150 x 300 £225.12
Perch seat - powder coated SSPAPSETZLXX 900 x 1150 x 300 £138.82
Bulk head lighting unit SSBHLGHTZZ 110 x 210 x 210 £104.12
Fluorescent lighting unit SSFLLGHTZZ 1320 x 75 x 105 £97.55
Ashtray - stainless/S SSWMTBINZZ Wall mounted £150.08
Ashtray - stainless/S SSFLTBINZZ Tower bin 875H £264.52
PREMIER SHELTERS
• Curved roof made from translucent polycarbonate panels giving UV protection.
• Provides modern and an aesthetic smoking area.
• All weather construction.
• Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel side and back panels.
• Adjustable feet.
• Suitable for up to 9 people.
• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick
concrete for stability.
• Frame colour options: blue, green or grey - please advise.
Smoking shelter with perspex panels
REF Shelter description & size HxWxD mm PRICE

SS223021X Clear perspex sides - 2320x3000x2100 £2756.78
SS223021P Perforated steel sides - 2320x3000x2100 £2530.72
SSFLLGHTZZ Fluorescent light - 1320x75x105 £97.55
SSBHLGHTZZ Bulkhead light - 110x210x210 £104.12
S2INTPER1210 Frame mounted seat front - 1260L £126.63
Perforated steel panels S2INTPER1410 Frame mounted seat rear - 1400L £141.64
SSFLTBINZZXX Tower stainless steel bin - 875H £264.52

WALL MOUNTED SMOKING SHELTERS
Aimed at helping companies comply with the ban on
smoking at work and in public places.
• Mild steel framework, powder coated finish.

• Translucent polycarbonate panels to provide
UV protection.
• Easy bolt point installation.
• Supplied in knock down format for easy
on site handling.
• Provides shelter cover for 3 and
8 people respectively.
• Choice of frame colours: green, grey
or blue - please specify.
REF Size H x W x D mm PRICE REF Size H x W x D mm PRICE

SS102015 1100 x 2000 x 1100 £440.86 SS241930 2270 x 3000 x 1900 £735.39
MEET AND GREET SHELTER

Provides a sheltered area for outdoor meet areas and Shelter complete
cover for smokers. with two panel ends
• Mild steel powder coated framework.

• Side panels and roof in 4mm thick clear view
polyethylene terephthalate sheet which is
resealable, shatter resistant and recyclable.
• Roof capping in galvanised sheet steel.
• Size: LxWxH mm - 2440x1100x2250.
• Choose between open panel ends or add single or
double panels as an extra.
• Supplied knock down for ease of installation.

BSSW6Z Roof shelter C/W uprights - open ends £564.74
BSSP7Z Single panel ends £198.49
MEET AND GREET SHELTER

Provides a large sheltered area for outdoor meeting places
and cover for smokers.
• Heavy duty box section framework.

• Side panels are in-filled with clear view polyethylene
terephthalate sheet which is recyclable, shatter resistant
and resealable.
• Choice of roofing from clear view panel or galvanised
sheet steel.
• Size: LxWxH mm - 3650x2440x2160.
• Supplied knock down for ease of on site handling.
• Finished in powder coated green.

BGSC1Z Shelter with clear view roof £2301.11
BGSC2Z Shelter with galvanised roof £2014.34

SMOKING SHELTER
A modern and versatile shelter that features curved roofs and drainage gutters on
a heavy duty steel frame.
• Complies to smoking regulations set in place for implementation 1st July 2007.
• Fitted with a pvc roof and 16mm triple wall polycarbonate panels to the back,
sides and front of shelter.
• Triple wall polycarbonate gives the shelter good insulation, high impact strength,
excellent light transmission, fire resistance and is 200 times stronger than glass.
• Size: WxDxH mm - 2580x2430x2230.
• Supplied knock down for ease of installation - available as extra.

BSS27Z Smoking shelter £2181.17
BSOS7Z Optional perch seat £184.56
FREE STANDING OR WALL MOUNTED WALKWAYS

Stylish and contemporary walkways enhance building entrances and are ideal for connecting multiple buildings.
Free standing or wall mounted units are available with extension units to make up longer runs.
• Curved roof from UV resistant polycarbonate panels.

• Powder coated steel framework with a choice of colours- green, grey or blue.
• Optional side panels in perspex for weather protection.
• Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included).
Wall mounted walkways

Premier covered walkways
WALL MOUNTED WALKWAYS Initial unit Add on extension unit

Description Size: H x W x D mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
Roof only unit 2270 x 1900 x 3000 SWM241930MR £735.39 SWM241930ER £686.62
Roof and one side unit 2270 x 1900 x 3000 SWM241930MS £1582.41 SWM241930ES £1435.14
PREMIER COVERED WALKWAYS Initial unit Add on extension unit

Description Size: H x W x D mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
Roof only unit 2330 x 2000 x 3000 SWV3000MIR £1336.65 SWV3000MER £980.21
Roof and one side unit 2330 x 2000 x 3000 SWV3000MI1 £1782.20 SWV3000ME1 £1425.76
Roof and two side unit 2330 x 2000 x 3000 SWV3000MI2 £2227.75 SWV3000ME2 £1871.31

MESH FENCING
Mesh panels can be used as an economy fencing solution.
They can be joined together to form a run of fencing and can
also have either vehicle or pedestrian gates fitted between
panels. All panels and sections are galvanised but can also be
supplied painted.

HT/MACP Mesh fencing panel 3.5m W x 2m H £41.57
HT/MSAPD Pedestrian mesh door 1m W x 2m H £73.35
HT/MVG Mesh vehicle gate 2m W x 2m H £105.95
HT/CB Concrete foot blocks £8.97
HT/RB Rubber foot blocks £9.78
HT/COU Coupling brackets to join panels £0.90
STRONGHOARD FENCING
The corrugated design provides extra rigidity
and strength compared to conventional
hoardings.
• Choose between 2m or 2.4m high panels,

both - 2.05m wide.
• 38mm OD tube frame with 0.6mm thick
corrugated sheet.
• Supplied galvanised as standard - please
enquire for optional painted finish.
• Other optional extras are mesh extension
panels, barbed wire extensions, stabilising
bars, viewing panels, panic doors, digi lock
doors and anti lift brackets.
Shown with infill panel
Shown with infill panels & top strips
REF Description PRICE REF Accessories PRICE

SH/2CP 2m high x 2.05 wide panel £50.69 SH/2IP 2m infill panels £9.37
SH/2.4CP 2.4m high x 2.05 wide panel £57.21 SH/2.4IP 2.4m infill panels £10.19
SH/2PD 2m H x 1m W pedestrian door £163.00 SH/GS Groundskirt £10.19
SH/2.4PD 2.4m H x 1m W pedestrian door £179.30 SH/STS Top strips 150 or 300mm £9.78
SH/2/4VG 2m H x 4m W vehicle gate £301.55 SH/CB Concrete blocks £8.97
SH/2.4/4VG 2.4m H x 4m W vehicle gate £317.85 SH/RB Rubber blocks £9.78
SH/2/6VG 2m H x 6m W vehicle gate £456.40 SH/COU Coupling brackets £0.90
DEFENDER FENCING
The Defender Range is designed to be used
where a more traditional finish is required.
• Choose between 2m or 2.4m high panels x

2.125m wide.
• 38mm OD tube frame with 0.7mm galvanised
box profile sheeting.
• Standard finish is galvanised - please enquire
for colour finishes.
• Other optional extras are mesh extension
panels, barbed wire extensions, stabilising
bars, viewing panels, panic doors, digi lock
doors and anti lift brackets.
Shown with infill panel
Shown with pedestrian gate
REF Description PRICE REF Accessories PRICE

D/2PP 2m high x 2.125m wide panel £57.21 D/2IP 2m infill panels £9.37
D/2.4PP 2.4m high x 2.125m wide panel £60.47 D/2.4IP 2.4m infill panels £10.19
D/2PD 2m H x 1m W pedestrian door £163.00 D/GS Groundskirt £10.19
D/2.4PD 2.4m H x 1m W pedestrian door £179.30 D/STS Top strips 150 or 300mm £9.78
D/2/4VG 2m H x 4m W vehicle gate £301.55 D/CB Concrete blocks £8.97
D/2.4/4VG 2.4m H x 4m W vehicle gate £317.85 D/RB Rubber blocks £9.78
D/2/6VG 2m H x 6m W vehicle gate £456.40 D/COU Coupling brackets £0.90

STEELWALL
This system offers quick installation and flexibility, making it one of the most popular,
semi-permanent fencing solutions available. Installed on T section posts with 3 quick
fix brackets, there is no requirement for numerous parts which can easily be lost or
mislaid on site. Corner posts and 'mid run' posts are used to secure the panels in
place. They need to be concreted into the ground using the ground sleeves so that
the posts can be removed and re-used at any later time.
• Fast and easy installation and dismantling.

• Reusable time and time again.
• Finished in corporate colours.
• Low maintenance.
• Private and secure.
• Long life expectancy.
• Environmentally friendly when compared against conventional wooden hoarding
solutions.
• Deterrent to bill stickers and graffiti artists.
• Available in 2m or 2,4m high panels 0.7mm thick x 2.1m wide.
• Channel frames are 40 x 40 x 1.6mm.
• Supplied galvanised as standard. Colour finishes available on request.

SW/2PP 2m high x 2.1m wide profile panel £81.50
SW/2.4PP 2.4m high x 2.1m wide profile panel £89.65
SW/GP Ground posts (mid run) £52.16
SW/CP Corner posts (external or internal) £89.65
SW/PD Pedestrian door £391.20
SW/VG 5m wide vehicle gate £1100.25
ULTIMATE STEELWALL
The ultimate in long term fencing. The heavy duty panel is designed and
wind loaded to BS6399. This system, along with the 'Steelwall' is totally
re-useable, giving very competitive comparisons to traditional wooden
hoarding solutions. The panels are held together by 3 heavy fixing
brackets fixed to a heavy duty 'T' shaped post which is then concreted
into the ground, giving the system its strength. Mainly used on long term
developments where to its aesthetic appearance and robust qualities
offer better options than conventional hoarding.
• Fast and easy installation and dismantling.

• Reusable time and time again.
• Finished in corporate colours.
• Low maintenance.
• Private and secure.
• Long life expectancy.
• Environmentally friendly when compared against conventional wooden
hoarding solutions.
• Deterrent to bill stickers and graffiti artists.
• Available in 2.4m high panels 0.8mm thick x 2.47m wide.
• Channel frame is 60 x 60 x 2mm.
• Supplied galvanised as standard. Colour finishes available on request.

USW/2.4PP 2.4m high x 2.47m wide profile panel £146.70
USW/GP Ground posts (mid run) £81.50
USW/CP Corner posts (external or internal) £114.10
USW/PD Pedestrian door £537.90
USW/VG5 Vehicle gate - 5m wide £1181.75
USW/VG7 Vehicle gate - 7.5m wide £2119.00

STEEL FENCING ACCESSORIES
Our range of fencing and hoardings have a selection of optional extras mentioned on the previous pages. Here are illustrations and additional details of those accessories.
1
2
3
5
6 7
10 11
9
No REF Description PRICE

1 COUPBRACKET Coupling brackets (not Steelwall panels) £0.90 No REF Description PRICE
2 CONFOOTBLOCK Concrete foot blocks (not Steelwall panels) £8.97 7 STEEL/VG Steelwall gates - variety of sizes POA
3 RUBFOOTBLOCK Rubber foot blocks (not Steelwall panels) £9.78 8 STAB/B Stabiliser bars (not Steelwall) £7.74
4 2/2.4IP Infill panels 2m or 2.4m (not Steelwall panels) £10.19 9 ANTI/LB Anti lift bracket (not Steelwall) £4.08
5 BARBWE Barbed wire extensions (not Steelwall panels) £6.52 10 GROUNDSKIRT Groundskirt (not Steelwall) £10.19
6 MESHEXT Mesh extensions (not Steelwall panels) £29.34 11 TOPSTRIPS Top strips (not Steelwall) £9.78
VEHICLE GATES
Vehicle gates can be fitted to all our ranges of fencing and hoardings. Within each product box we have priced the most popular types. We are also able to make gates to
your exact specification up to a width of 7.5m. Gates can be manufactured either fully clad or half mesh configurations. Corrugated or profiled sheet panels are standard.
Guide castors can be fitted to the gates to facilitate quick and easy movement of the gate. Please contact our sales department for further details.
Stronghoard
Gate
Steelwall Gate
Stronghoard Gate

SWING GATE BARRIERS COUNTERBALANCED BARRIER
Strongly constructed based on rigid triangular form c/w strengthening struts with Aluminium construction - easy to lift and lower with counterweight. Locks up or
central plate to enable a sign to be affixed. Mounted on brass bearing bushes for ease down provision. Gates 4m or less do not usually require a balance box. Pivots on
of movement and to combat corrosion. From mild steel finished one undercoat and brass bearing bushes. Supplied easy assembly with latch post and relevant fixing
two top coats (colour scheme catered for on request including banding). Ask for bolts (except foundation bolts if floor mounted). Finish undercoat and two top
quote special sizes. coats (special colours available on request), note minimum clearance of 1000mm
required behind pivot post to allow correct operation. Fixing details for base plate
• Bearing post: Up to 3.75m, width 50mm, dia x 1700mm. sizes etc supplied. Skirt to attach below the boom is available - POA.
• Latch post: 76mm dia x 1700mm with 150mm sq base.
• Gate beams: 54mm dia.
• Recommended height of top beam 1000mm a/ground.
REF Size PRICE

CB/G/3 Up to 3m £1080.00
REF Size PRICE CB/G/4.5 Up to 4.5m £1155.00
SGB/1A Up to 4m £855.00 CB/G/5 Up to 5.0m £1185.00
SGB/1B Up to 6m £1020.00 CB/G/6 Up to 6.0m £1215.00
PEDESTRIAN GUARD RAIL HEIGHT RESTRICTION BARRIERS

• Made to measure guard rails. • Made to measure barriers.
Fabricated from mild steel and
galvanised finish, posts from 50 x To restrict the size of vehicles
30 x 3mm RHS. Intermediate bars allowed into certain areas,
12mm dia bar. Each panel supplied such as car parks etc.
complete base plates, 2 no. M12 x Supplied in sections for easy
100mm long hex head bolts, nuts erection complete with all
and washers. necessary fixings made to
• Special sizes and types made specific requirements finished
to order. as shown yellow and black (or
other colours as required).
Can be supplied with swinging
cross beam to allow entrance
REF PRICE for emergency vehicles etc.
PGR/1 POA
REF PRICE
HRB/1 POA
WHEEL CHOCKS TWC1
• Wide choice of six models.
• Ensure safe and secure parking.
• Safety grip surface - max adhesion TRAFFIC FLOW CONTROL PLATES
between wheel and chock. • Traffic flow encourages one way flow. Constructed from robust steel,
• Built-in lifting handles and anti-theft TWC2 zinc plated and finished white gloss.
chain as option. • Plates are vehicle activated and self return by simple pivot.
TWC4
TWC3
TWC6/9
REF Description LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

TWC-1 Moulded Wheel Chock 270x190x190 6 £28.28 REF Road width - up to mm No plates PRICE
TWC-2 Retaining Chain 5 metres long 1 £21.65 TFCP5 2500 5 £1330.00
TWC-3 Cast Aluminium Chock 400x180x180 3.25 £83.59 TFCP6 3050 6 £1596.00
TWC-4 Low Cost Chock 240x160x200 4.5 £22.99 TFCP7 3500 7 £1862.00
TWC-6 Aircraft Chock 240x240x220 8.5 £81.77 TFCP8 3960 8 £2128.00
TWC-9 Aircraft Chock 170x250x150 4.25 £41.58 TFCP9 4420 9 £2394.00
TWC-10 Steel Chock 150x155x150 3.5 £32.86 TFCP10 4880 10 £2590.00

ANTI RAM RAID POSTS TRIANGULAR PADLOCKED PARKING BARRIER
Extremely strong posts, effective in protecting all properties against ram raiders. Space reservation barrier folds flat when not in use to allow vehicles to drive over
Approved by police, local government and recommended by leading insurance without damage to vehicle or barrier. Can be locked up or down. Padlock supplied
companies. Unit secured by padlock within post flanges, making it difficult to access with two keys to pass or differ. Floor mounted by 3 no. 12 anchor bolts supplied.
by undesirables. Raised and lowering by ‘T’ key. Height open 650mm. Closed 58mm. Powder coated finish.
• Post section 127 x 76mm RSJ. Galvanised finish. Padlock extra cost.
Flush Top Plate
Key Release
REF PRICE
REF Specification PRICE TRIANGLE1 £109.50
ARRP1 Ht open 720mm. Closed O/A 950mm. Wt 40Kg. £375.00
HEAVY DUTY REMOVABLE BOLLARD POSTS

Prevents unauthorised entry and restricts access. Posts locate into below ground sockets embedded into concrete. Post is locked in place by socket flap
and a padlock (supplied at extra cost). When post is removed flap closes and can be locked to close hole.
• Three sizes available:

Small - for driveways, forecourts etc.
Medium - car parks, town centres, supermarkets.
Large - heavy duty where lorries and vans are involved.
• Finish:
Powder coated black/white standard.
• Lifting handles on large size only.
• Padlocks not included standard supply - extra on request.
REF Post section mm Ht above ground Socket depth Base plate size Post weight PRICE
SHRB/1 63 x 63 690mm 200mm 140mm 7Kg £76.50
MHRB/2 76 x 76 965mm 250mm 140mm 13Kg £93.00
LHRB/3 100 x 100 1100mm 300mm 200mm 22Kg £139.50
STANDFAST - COLLAPSIBLE RESERVATION POSTS

Ever popular posts for reserving car parking spaces. For office forecourts, driveways etc, from
mild steel and allows posts to be locked horizontally and vertically. Base plate is located by three
no. 12 rawl bolts to a prepared concrete base. Post 63mm dia x 620mm O/A ht. Weight 7Kg.
• Standard posts are yellow powder coated for visibility, other colours by special request.
REF Detail PRICE

SCP/K Standard colour yellow - key operated £84.00
SCP/P Padlock locating lugs (padlock not supplied) galvanised finish £72.00
BUCKINGHAM BOLLARDS TELESCOPIC MOLE POSTS

A quality product designed for prestige locations. Fixed posts and removable are Low cost solution to provide effective security for garage forecourts, drives
available. Both can be supplied with chain eyes as an extra. Overall length 1100mm - and car parks etc, also useful for site demarcation ie cordoning off areas.
above ground 900mm x 100mm dia x 5mm. Finish black EPC other colours to order. Post retracts into ground when not in use and is manually raised and locked
into raised position by padlock at the base.
• Padlocks can be supplied at extra cost.

• Rigid (non telescopic) version also available.
REF Type Detail PRICE

QBB1 Fixed posts £187.50
QBB2 Removable posts - key operated £270.00 REF Ht open O/A length unit Body section Finish PRICE
QBB/E Extra provided with chain eyes POA TMP/1 610mm 785mm closed 100 sq mm Galvanised £147.00

RUBBER SPEED RAMPS
• Max recommended speed 5mph.
• Supplied in pairs, one black and one yellow giving a 500mm length.
• High impact rubber with surface channels for grip and drainage.
• The black and yellow colour is an integral part of the moulding; the
colour will not wear off as is common with some painted versions.
• The underside of the ramp is moulded to accept a locating pole for ease
of alignment and additional stability if required.
• Includes pre-moulded holes for fixing. Fixings are sold in sets to install
two sections - available if required.
• End caps for the ends of ramps are available in yellow only.
• Reflective studs are available for improved after dark visibility. They are
recessed into the surface of the ramps and are red in dark applications.
REF Type Size L x W x H Weight Kg Description PRICE

TWSR-10-1 5mph ramps without cats eyes 250 x 405 x 75 12 2 ramp sections £51.03
TWSR-10-1/C 5mph ramps c/w cats eyes 250 x 405 x 75 12 2 ramp sections £54.16
TWSR-10-2 5mph end caps without cats eyes 250 x 405 x 75 12 2 end caps £48.95
TWSR-10-2/C 5mph end caps c/w cats eyes 250 x 405 x 75 12 2 end caps £54.16
TWSR-F-1 Fixings M12 x 120mm long 1 4 Expanda bolts £20.47
PVC SPEED RESTRICTING RAMPS

• Designed to restrict speed on the straight, bends, blind spots and exits.
• Manufactured in 2 heights, 5cm (10mph) and 7.5cm (4mph).
• Fitted with internal channels for pipes and cables.
• Client detail can be embossed for branding and security.
• Each section has white reflectors incorporated within the leading edge.

HAL010-125-300 10mph 5cm x 50cm pair of speed ramps £36.07
HAM000-821-100 10mph 5cm x 18.5cm pair of yellow end caps £13.88
HAM000-820-200 10mph 5cm x 18.5cm pair of black end caps £15.59
HAL010-135-300 4mph 7.5cm x 50cm pair of speed ramps £48.04
HAM000-831-100 4mph 7.5cm x 18.5cm pair of black end caps £26.95
HAM000-830-200 4mph 7.5cm x 18.5cm pair of yellow end caps £28.14
HAH000-000-000 Pair of concrete fixing bolts £5.34
HAJ000-000-000 Pair of asphalt fixing bolts £6.40
VEHICLE RESTRAINTS SECTIONAL STEEL BARRIERS

• Vehicle Restraints are a simple and Manufactured and supplied to suit your exact requirement.
easy to install product which can be We can fabricate straight runs and curves. Post construction can suit application.
used to restrain vehicles and protect Installation on site is available and a range of finishes
buildings, widows and equipment suitable for internal and external uses.
from damage, where vehicles are
driving up to them.
• The restraints are made up of
parallel and corner sections.
• Painted bright alert yellow.
• Fixings provided at extra cost
if required.
REF Type LxWxH mm No of holes Weight Kg PRICE

TWVR-1 Parallel Section 3000x210x110 4 69 £300.35
TWVR-2 Corner Section 610x210x110 2 23 £167.27

MESH SECURITY CAGE
Multi-purpose range of mesh storage cages, complete with mesh roof, for indoor or
outdoor use. Suitable where 'light' security is required to combat theft. Standard cages
are designed around our 1220mm wide x 2440mm high mesh panels. Non standard
sizes available on request. Standard finish hot dip galvanised or more cost effective
paint finish for indoor use.
Construction in mild steel angles and rolled tees with weld 50mm x 50mm x 12 swg
mesh infill sheet, spot welded in position, panels bolted together with M8 bolts, floor
fixed with pan head screws and 6mm plastic plugs. Double doors are 2440mm wide,
opening outwards of 2440mm height. Complete hasp and staple and shot bolts
standard, and hung on 100mm steel hinges. Finish in either galvanised with zinc plated
fixings or painted EPC grey, sandstone or yellow for indoor use.
2 sided cage and roof. 1 long front/double doors/1 end 3 sided. 1 long front/double doors/2 ends 4 sided. 1 long front & rear/double doors/2 ends
Painted Galvanised Painted Galvanised Painted Galvanised
Width & Depth mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
2440x1220 2/2412/P £372.65 2/2412/G £652.50 3/2412/P £452.40 3/2412/G £561.15 4/2412/P £635.10 4/2412/G £774.30
2440x2440 2/2424/P £522.00 2/2424/G £762.70 3/2424/P £672.80 3/2424/G £845.35 4/2424/P £829.40 4/2424/G £1046.90
3660x2440 2/3624/P £671.35 2/3624/G £845.35 3/3624/P £878.70 3/3624/G £1125.20 4/3624/P £1125.20 4/3624/G £1331.10
4880x2440 2/4824/P £820.70 2/4824/G £1036.75 3/4824/P £1039.65 3/4824/G £1231.05 4/4824/P £1267.30 4/4824/G £1609.50
HIGH VISIBILITY MACHINE GUARDING

Machine guarding to fit most needs, quick and easy to erect. Panels are raised 120mm above floor level to facilitate ease of cleaning.
Assembled as free standing or fixed to existing walls. Comply BS5304 1988 'Safety of Machinery'. Safety isolating switches to suit individual applications available.
For increased safety and security the system is also available in 25 x 25 x 12 SWG mesh.
Construction in mild steel angle with 50 x 50 or 25 x 25mm weld mesh infill sheets spot welded together. Panels are bolted together through floor fixed mullions with
M8 x 60mm bolts. EPC finish in yellow, grey or sandstone to choice. Optional doors supplied with mullions, two leverlocks, door fittings & base plates. A safety
isolating switch can also be fitted to doors.
Guarding components - choose to suit requirement REF PRICE REF PRICE
Description Size W x H mm 50x50mm
50x50mm mesh 4/2412/G £664.10
25x25mm mesh
Mesh panel section 1220 x 1830 M1218/50 £55.10 M1218/25 £75.40
Door (width includes mullions) 1220 x 1830 D1218/50 £174.00 D1218/25 £192.85
Door (width includes mullions) 915 x 1830 D918/50 £169.65 D918/25 £179.80
Mullion joining post with base plate - 1950mm high - 80x40 RHS MJP1950 £60.90
1950mm high --80x40
Corner angle RHShigh - 40x40mm RSA
1830mm CA1830 £9.86
Cornerisolating
Safety angle - 1830mm high - extra for doors
switch - optional SIS/D £118.90
BARRIER RAILS
A barrier system designed to protect racking,
shelving and partitioning from fork trucks & pallet
trucks. The rails are supplied in 3 metre lengths with
posts supplied in two heights: 600mm or 800mm
(for double rails).
Construction of barrier rail is cold rolled from mild

steel pre-galvanised. Posts are 80 x 40 x 3mm RHS
with 120 x 140 x 140mm mild steel base plates.
Corner posts 75 x 75 x 6mm M/S angle with cleats
for floor fixing with 12mm anchor bolts, plastic caps
terminating barrier rail ends. Posts EPC yellow,
sandstone or grey to choice. Fixings are included Double Rail
within component prices. Single Rail
REF Component Description PRICE

RAIL/3M Rail - 3000mm long (use as single or double) £78.30
POST/600 Post - 600mm high (for mounting single rail) £44.95
POST/800 Post - 800mm high (for mounting single or double rail) £63.80
COR/600 Corner post - 600mm high (for 90° turns) £44.59
COR/800 Corner post - 800mm high (for 90° turns) £62.35
PLAS/EC Plastic end caps for rails £5.29

SAFETY BARRIERS
Modular safety barriers for dividing manufacturing units, stock and stores departments,
warehousing and all commercial buildings where for safety and other reasons areas need to
be segregated.
For walkways in storage, racking and production areas. Safety of personnel and protection
from moving equipment.
Barriers are designed to be sited as individual units in specific positions or alternatively in
long runs to subdivide complete areas.
Barriers can be sited close together to form a continuous run or spaces can be left between
adjacent barriers to provide access for personnel, or vehicles. A hinged access barrier is
also available.
• Straight sections either 1200mm or 2400mm long with a choice

of 900mm or 1100mm height.
• Corner sections are 1200 x 1200mm with a choice of 900mm or 1100mm height.
• Hinged gate sections either 900mm or 1200mm long with a choice
of 900mm or 1100mm height. Straight open type
• Please note that we can manufacture to any shape or size to suit
your requirement and install on site.
Specification: • Choose between open or mesh type.
Heavy duty steel all welded construction.
Horizontal rails: 50x50 mm. RHS.

Stanchions: Rectangular section.
Infill Panels: 50x50 mm. steel welded mesh.
Finish: High visibility yellow frame /black mesh.
Fixing: All base plates drilled for floor fixing.
Access gate shown fitted

Corner mesh type
to corner section.
REF Size L x H mm Barrier type PRICE REF Size L x H mm Barrier type PRICE
BS129 1200x900 Straight - Open £189.76 BS1211 1200x1100 Straight - Open £200.98
BS249 2400x900 Straight - Open £231.36 BS2411 2400x1100 Straight - Open £242.57
BS129M 1200x900 Straight - Mesh £207.77 BS1211M 1200x1100 Straight - Mesh £231.36
BS249M 2400x900 Straight - Mesh £295.35 BS2411M 2400x1100 Straight - Mesh £324.53
BC129 1200x1200x900 Corner - Open £295.35 BC1211 1200x1200x1100 Corner - Open £303.53
BC129M 1200x1200x900 Corner - Mesh £295.35 BC1211M 1200x1200x1100 Corner - Mesh £357.11
BG99 900x900 Hinged Gate - Open £121.66 BG911 900x1100 Hinged Gate - Open £137.76
BG129 1200x900 Hinged Gate - Open £134.03 BG1211 1200x1100 Hinged Gate - Open £148.59
BG99M 900x900 Hinged Gate - Mesh £149.57 BG911M 900x1100 Hinged Gate - Mesh £171.48
BG129M 1200x900 Hinged Gate - Mesh £163.40 BG1211M 1200x1100 Hinged Gate - Mesh £178.16
BARRIER RAIL KITS

• Comprising starter and extension kits to
make up longer runs. Starter kit has two rail
posts, barrier rail and fixings. Extension kit
has one rail post.
• Choose 400mm or 800mm barrier height.
1000mm long 1500mm long 2000mm long 2500mm long

Description REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
Starter kit - 400mm high LZD1000SYQ £175.56 LZD1500SYQ £183.54 LZD2000SYQ £188.86 LZD2500SYQ £196.84
Extension kit - 400mm high LZD1000EYQ £101.08 LZD1500EYQ £109.06 LZD2000EYQ £114.38 LZD2500EYQ £122.36
Starter kit - 800mm high HZD1000SYQ £284.62 HZD1500SYQ £297.92 HZD2000SYQ £313.88 HZD2500SYQ £329.84
Extension kit - 800mm high HZD1000EYQ £170.24 HZD1500EYQ £183.54 HZD2000EYQ £196.84 HZD2500EYQ £212.80

STEEL BARRIER SYSTEM
• Simple and easy installation.
• Triple ridge barrier for strength and rigidity.
• Rolled top and bottom edges help eliminate sharp edges.
This barrier system is available in 4 lengths with both single height and double height posts.
Double height posts enable a high barrier system to further deter access to machinery etc.
3 x SGP04Z + 2 x SGR11Z
Barriers
REF Length mm Weight Kg PRICE
SGR05Z 508 10 £59.46
SGR11Z 1118 18 £87.24
SGR17Z 1728 26 £119.56
SGR23Z 2337 34.5 £166.65
TAILOR
5 x SGP10Z + 8 x SGR11Z SGP10Z SGP04Z MAKE YOUR O
WN
Posts - suitable for use as both 'in-line' posts and corner posts. BARRIER!
REF Height mm Post size mm Mounting plate size mm Weight Kg PRICE
SGP04Z Single - 483 100 x 254 x 16.5 £102.60
SGP10Z Double - 1093 100 254 27.5 £136.37
WEB FENCING
• Choice of two duties of webbing supplied in
50m x 1m rolls.
• Standard colour is orange - other colours
supplied for large quantities.
• White fence support and sand weighted base
sold individually.

HDF510 Heavy duty webbing £36.54
HDF540 Medium duty webbing £28.68
HDK100 Fence post £16.70
JEP800 Base £11.20
HDL181 Metal pins £25.59
CHAMPION BARRIER
This robust system can be used for siting REF Length of boards mm PRICE
around excavations or as a linear barrier along KAC023 750 £90.70
trenching or cabling sites.
Choice of 4 lengths of reflective boards. KAC033 1000 £100.24
KAC053 1500 £114.40
KAC073 2000 £130.43
KEB000 1 x base. 4 required £8.28
MOORGATE BARRIER HAZARD MOORGATE

Both barriers are tough, stable but lightweight for ease of assembly.
Suitable for pedestrian barriers, manhole barriers plus many other safety systems.
Reflective boards are 750mm long.

KAF023 Moorgate 3 gate - 1000mm H £94.43
KAG023 Moorgate 4 gate - 1000mm H £126.05
KAF163 Hazard 3 gate - red/white reflective £94.43
KAF166 Hazard 3 gate - black/yellow chevrons £95.53
KAG163 Hazard 4 gate red/white reflective £126.05
KAG166 Hazard 4 gate - black/yellow chevrons £127.38

TITAN STACKING BARRIER PEDESTRIAN BARRIER
• Choice of two lengths - 1.5m or 2m. Both are 1.2m high including their heavy duty Designed to re-align pedestrian movement in busy areas.
rubber feet.
• 2.3m long. • Galvanised or painted finish.
• Easy to stack when not in use.
• 1.1m high. • Choose either fixed leg or
• Customised courtesy sign with clip on attachment - price includes one colour print.
• Tube frame - 38mm O/D x 1.5mm. detachable feet for ease of storage.
• Multiple barriers can be connected 'in train' or as a square 4 sided barrier.
Infill bars 12.6mm O/D. • Weight 14Kg/12Kg.
• Hooks and eyes welded to sides.
Fixed leg

PB/FL/G Galvanised finish with fixed leg £34.50
PB/FL/P Painted finish with fixed leg £44.50
PB/DF/G Galvanised finish with detachable feet £46.50
PB/DF/P Painted finish with detachable feet £56.50
KBA073000600 Titan 2m barrier £62.51
KBA053000600 Titan 1.5m barrier £56.47
KUV000000000 Pack of 10 hinge connectors £18.62 CROWD BARRIER
HBB500400101 Customise sign c/w clips (1 colour) £14.42
Designed for pedestrian, traffic and crowd control or construction sites.
• 2.5m long. • Galvanised or painted finish.
• 1.1m high. • Choose either fixed leg or
TITAN EXPANDA BARRIER • Tube frame - 38mm O/D x 1.5mm. detachable feet for ease of storage.
Infill bars 12.6mm O/D. • Weight 16Kg/14Kg.
• 3m extended length. • Hooks and eyes welded to sides.
• 1.2m high.
• Choice of colour: black/yellow, red/white, blue/white or green/white.
• Can be joined to Titan barriers.
Detachable feet

CB/FL/G Galvanised finish with fixed leg £45.00
CB/FL/P Painted finish with fixed leg £55.00
CB/DF/G Galvanised finish with detachable feet £57.00
CB/DF/P Painted finish with detachable feet £67.00

KAZ110 3m Expanda barrier £125.77 DIY WINDOW GRILLES WINDOW BARS
DIY WINDOW GRILLES

Strong tubular bars simply slot into steel frame.
However, since all parts are relatively thin walled
they are easily cut with a hacksaw permitting
shorter bars and variable length frames.
Furthermore, additional sets can be added to
extend the overall length. Strong steel
construction, hot dip galvanised for long life.
Strongly constructed and designed for
• Special sizes made to order. fitting on the surrounding wall to cover Solid rod bars forged flat at ends with
• Supplied knockdown. smaller windows or directly on to the countersunk screw holes for window
frames of larger ones. 12mm dia bars protection. Can be fitted on the wall
with gaps of 55mm offer safety whilst above and below window or directly
allowing hand access for cleaning or on frame.
opening window.
• Special sizes made to order.
• Special sizes made to order.
REF Size H x dia mm PRICE
REF Size Weight PRICE
REF Size HxW PRICE S3535 890 x 12 £5.43
S402 920mm H x 920mm W 15.5Kg £100.47
S401 760mm x 760mm £69.70 S3518 445 x 10 £3.22

DOMINATOR 2 PART CONES ECONOMY TWO PART CONES
The preferred traffic management and term • Two part economy cone.
maintenance two part moulded cone with UV stabilised • Fitted with reflective sleeves.
LDPE blow moulded top and heavy duty 100%
recycled composite base. All cones come complete
with Sealbrite class R1B sleeve.
REF Description Base m3 Kg PRICE

JAB049-240-600 50cm Sealbrite sleeve 27 x 27 1.8 £6.93
JAB049-840-600 50cm twin Des 2 sleeves 27 x 27 1.8 £7.35 REF Size & Type Base m3 PRICE
JAZ069-240-600 75cm Sealbrite sleeve 43 x 43 6 £12.18 45cm two part
JAZ060-840-600 75cm twin Des 2 sleeves 43 x 43 6 £14.28 cone complete
JAC030-240-600 25x25 £5.22
JAB079-240-600 1m Sealbrite sleeve 58 x 56 9 £16.59 with Des 2
JAB070-840-600 1m twin Des 2 sleeves 58 x 56 9 £16.71 sleeve
ROADHOG RECYCLED CONES CONE EMBOSSING

• 100% recycled cones.
• Choice of 2 sizes.
• Fitted with reflective Sealbrite R1B sleeves.
REF Size Base m3 PRICE

JAU030-200-600 45cm high 29x29 £5.57 • We can stamp your
JAU069-200-600 75cm high 41x41 £9.66 name to advertise
your company and
prevent theft - POA.
BARRIER SYSTEMS
A choice of three styles of system all able to create a sturdy barrier for use in a multitude of situations. Select the system type and then add the style and length of
barrier board required. The turret reflective board fits all systems except the cone type system which only takes the reflective & dayred barrier boards.
Choose type of barrier to suit system. Reflective & dayred barrier boards fit
cone type system only.
Turret Reflective Barrier Board Reflective Barrier Board Dayred
Round Turret Cone Type Dominator
Barrier System Part Type REF PRICE Turret Barrier Board Barrier Board
Round Upright KEA000-040 £6.34 Reflective Reflective Dayred
Turret Base KEK000-000 £8.56 Length REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
Cone Slotted cone JAV060200600 £8.79 1.25m KKD043 £9.03 KKA043 £6.53 - -
Type Cone adaptor JEK000000600 £3.20 2.00m KKD073 £12.93 KKA073 £10.41 KKA072 £5.43
Dominator Upright c/w collars KEA010600 £11.32 2.25m KKD083 £14.25 KKA083 £11.73 - -
(lamp not included) Base KEK000000 £8.56 3.00m KKD113 £18.18 KKA113 £15.65 - -

CONE PACKS
Two packs of cones supplied with 5 cones per pack.
• Choice of 450mm or 750mm height cone.

• The 450mm cones are supplied with DES 2 sleeves ensuring excellent daytime reflective
luminance. The 750mm cones come with a Sealbrite R1B sleeve for day and night reflection.
• Standard one piece construction.

JAA030-220-615 Pack of 5 x 450mm cones £25.29
JAA060-220-615 Pack of 5 x 750mm cones £52.48
TRIANGULAR NO WAITING CONES

A choice of three triangular cones: plain sided, 'no waiting' or your own embossed emblems.
The first two are sand weighted cones whilst the third is compound weighted.
• UV stabilised polyethylene construction.

• Mark II.

JAD080-020-200 Plain sided cone £9.85
JAD081-120-200 'No waiting' cone £12.20
JAD081-130-200 Embossed emblems £12.64
FLOOR CONES
A range of three cones that are four sided. One is 635mm high marked with a 'wet floor' warning
sign (other caution signs to order). The other two cones are 890mm high and come in plain yellow
or orange.
• UV stabilised.

JCP111-200-200 635mm - wet floor £15.10
JCP120-000-200 890mm - yellow £17.22
JCP120-000-800 890mm - orange £17.22
FLOOR STANDS • • Reverse

of SW1
Caution
CLEANING
IN PROGRESS
SW4
(sign only) SW9
ST4 400 x 300 (sign only)
(frame only) 400 x 300 PS114
Special SW10
500mm high
233 x 615
ST1 SW1 REF ST1 ST4 SW1 SW4 SW9 SW10 PS114
(frame only) (sign only)
900mm high PRICE £23.08 £9.97 £14.42 £14.42 £34.75 £12.45 £48.80
400 x 300

ELEVATOR GUARD MINDER BARRIER
• Fold away barrier - polyethylene plastic. • Stand alone or link them together.
• Comprises 2 panels - 1100mm high x 660mm • Fold away stand.
wide x 40mm thick each. • Stacks flat when stowed.
• Suitable for 1300mm openings. • Size - 1030 x 780 x 26mm.
• Units can be linked together to form larger • Weight - 2.5Kg.
runs of barriers. • Six messages supplied with each minder:
• Complies with PM26 and BS7255:2001. Caution - Out of service
• Telescopic poles extend to 2.2m above FFL. Caution - Wet floor
Warning sign fitted. Temporarily closed
• Bespoke signs available. Danger - Keep out
Cleaning in progress
Caution - Work area.
• Special colours and signs available.
REF PRICE
ELE1 £171.50
REF PRICE
MC1 £49.00
HANDI-GUARD MAINTENANCE BARRIERS

• All panels are modular and can link together.
• Panels fold away for easy storage - polyethylene plastic.
• Permanent graphics with caution sign as standard.
• Interchangeable discs carry a variety of signage.
• Available in sets of 2 or 3 panels - each panel 800mm
high x 970mm wide x 30mm thick. Optional reflective
red and white signage for outdoor use.
• Optional outdoor rubber base for windy or
straight line runs.

HG/2R1 Set of 2 black/yellow frames £119.00
HG/3R1 Set of 3 black/yellow frames £166.25
HG/2R0 Set of 2 frames with reflective sign £119.00
HG/3R0 Set of 3 frames with reflective sign £166.25
BMUS1 Optional rubber bases £21.00
OUTDOOR BARRIER
• Complies with UK Chapter 8 Regulations for road works.
• Size 1000mm high x 1000mm wide x 40mm thick per panel.
• Available in sets of 1, 2 or 3 frame kits.
• Reflective signage across the top of panel as standard.
• Option of solid centre panel for signage.
• Optional rubber base for windy conditions or straight line runs.
• Bespoke colours and signs available.

OD/1M1 1 panel with reflective signage £45.50
OD/2M2 2 panels with reflective signage £91.00
OD/2M3 3 panels with reflective signage £136.50
B4WA4 Optional base - 1 base for 2 frames £21.00
SUPER GUARD SAFETY BARRIERS

• Two size of panels that can join
together to form runs - both are
1100mm high. One is 1100mm wide,
the other 550mm wide.
• Panels fitted with rubber feet to grip
any hard surface. Suction pads can
also fit the barrier to balustrades,
architrave or any glass and metal.
• Fold away for stowage.

SG/2R11 Set of 2 x 1100mm panels £171.50
SG/2R55 Single 550mm wide panel £66.50

LANE MARKING APPLICATOR
The lane marking applicator is used to apply our range of
floor marking tape to warehouse, factory and office floors.
• Suits tapes up to 100mm wide.

• Simple operation.
• Heavy duty industrial quality.
• Free applicator offer!!
Purchase
REF Description PRICE 10 boxes of floorany
TL001 Lane Marking Applicator £84.48 tape and receiv marking
e
lane marking ap one free
plicator
FLOOR MARKING TAPE

• Premium quality tape.
• Split quantity prices.
Hazard Warning Tape - 50mm x 33m - price per roll or box
Colour Individual rolls 1 box of 18 rolls 6+ boxes of 18 rolls
of tape REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
Yellow/black TH6049/SB £3.44 TH6049/1 £55.52 TH6049/+6 £42.13
Red/white TH6083/SB £3.44 TH6083/1 £55.52 TH6083/+6 £42.13
Green/white TH6073/SB £3.44 TH6073/1 £55.52 TH6073/+6 £42.13
Coloured Floor Marking Tape - 50mm x 33m - price per roll or box
White TL6030/SB £3.41 TL6030/1 £54.68 TL6030/+6 £38.50
Blue TL6060/SB £3.41 TL6060/1 £54.68 TL6060/+6 £38.50
Red TL6080/SB £3.41 TL6080/1 £54.68 TL6080/+6 £38.50
Yellow TL6090/SB £3.41 TL6090/1 £54.68 TL6090/+6 £38.50
Green TL6070/SB £3.41 TL6070/1 £54.68 TL6070/+6 £38.50
Black TL6040/SB £3.41 TL6040/1 £54.68 TL6040/+6 £38.50
Coloured Floor Marking Tape - 75mm x 33m - price per roll or box
White TL7530/SB £6.45 TL7530/1 £68.26 TL7530/+6 £50.41
Red TL7580/SB £6.45 TL7580/1 £68.26 TL7580/+6 £50.41
Yellow TL7590/SB £6.45 TL7590/1 £68.26 TL7590/+6 £50.41
Green TL7570/SB £6.45 TL7570/1 £68.26 TL7570/+6 £50.41
GLOW IN THE DARK ANTI-SLIP TAPES ANTI-SLIP TAPES

• Glow in the dark photoluminescent. • Choice of sizes and colours - all 18.3m rolls.
• Supplied in 18.3m rolls. • Tough, durable and long lasting - once it's put down, it stays down.
• Suitable for safety flooring and walls. • Heavy duty anti-slip surface - water resistant.
• Choose plain or black/white striped.
REF Size (WxL) Colour PRICE

REF Size (WxL) Colour PRICE AST25 25mm x 18.3m Black, £13.53
PT25 25mm x 18.3m Plain/striped £35.31 AST50 50mm x 18.3m Yellow, £27.06
PT50 50mm x 18.3m Plain/striped £69.96 AST100 100mm x 18.3m Black/yellow, £53.79
PT100 100mm x 18.3m Plain/striped £141.90 AST150 150mm x 18.3m Clear £89.43

PREMIUM EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS GL45/W/2.3/CO
• Either post or wall mounted.
• Post webbing 2.3m long. Wall mounted 2.3m or 4m.
• Four way connectivity.
• Supplied flat pack.
• Post height 1.54m.
• Wall unit complete with receiver bracket.
• Sign holders, writing tops & literature dispensers available.
• Colour choices:
Post - red, grey, blue, black, yellow. Also supplied in bright
chrome or stainless steel.
Webbing tape - red, yellow, blue, black, green, grey or
black/white, black/red and black/yellow.
GL45/SP
GL45/16
GL45/15
GL45/RCP
GL45/CP
POSTS WALL MOUNTED UNITS ACCESSORIES

REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE
GL45/CP 2.3m coloured post £92.55 GL45/W/2.3/CO Wall 2.3m ext. Colour £43.43 GL45/15 2 sided A4 sign £65.40
GL45/RCP Receiving coloured post £86.72 GL45/W/2.3/CR Wall 2.3m ext. Chrome £52.56 GL45/16 3 sided A4 sign £109.50
GL45/CHP 2.3m chrome post £102.81 GL45/W/2.3/ST Wall 2.3m ext. Stainless £47.75 GL45/CART 2.3m replacement cartridge £38.50
GL45/RCHP Receiving chrome post £96.98 GL45/W/4/CO Wall 4m ext. Colour £54.09 GL45/WR Wall receiver £5.63
GL45/SP 2.3m stainless steel £112.96 GL45/W/4/CR Wall 4m ext. Chrome £63.22
GL45/RSP Receiving stainless post £107.13 GL45/W/4/ST Wall 4m ext. Stainless £58.41
UNIVERSAL EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS ECONOMY EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS

• Post height 955mm x base dia 400mm. • UPVC self colour post 990mm high
• Webbing tape 4m long. with cast black base.
• Supplied flat packed in pairs (except GL25-1). • Supplied assembled and
• Four way connectivity. boxed singularly.
• Post base in recycled black rubber. • Four way connectivity.
• Sign holder accessories. • Colour choices:
• Colour choices: Post - White, red or yellow.
Post - White, red or yellow. Webbing tape - red, blue, black, green,
Webbing tape - yellow, red, blue, black. grey and yellow. Also black/white,
Also yellow/black and white/red. black/red and black/yellow.
Special colours on request.
GL25-1
GL20

GL25-1 4 track post. 4 metre tape (supplied singularly) £162.55
GL25-IR Receiving post/base £70.59 REF Description PRICE
GL25-15 Two sided A4 sign holder £65.40 GL20 UPVC post/base - 2.3m extending £75.40
GL25-16 Three sided A4 sign holder £109.50 GL20/R Receiving post/base £69.57

POPULAR EXTENDING BELT BARRIER
Post colour choice: • Two way connectivity.
• Yellow. • Webbing extension 2m per post.
• Red. • Supplied flat pack.
• White. • Range of accessories:
• Black. Sign holders, leaflet dispensers, quick release wall clips, replacement parts.
• Base: epoxy coated black moulded.
Webbing colour choice: • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm. Weight 9Kg.
• Black/White.
• Black/Yellow.
• Red/Black. REF Description PRICE
Extending Post
POP110 Pack of 2 UPVC barriers - 2 metre extension £184.15
POP110/1 Single post & base - 2 metre extension £97.15
UTILITY EXTENDING BELT BARRIER

Post colour choice: • Can be used indoors or outdoors.
• Red. • Four way connectivity.
• Yellow. • Webbing extension 4m per post.
• White. • Supplied flat pack - easy assembly.
• Black. • Range of accessories:
wall clip, quick release tape end, sign holder, leaflet
Webbing colour choice: dispensers, replacement parts.
• Red/Black chevron. • Base: heavy duty moulded black rubber. Extending
• Black/Yellow chevron. • Post height 975mm, base dia 388mm. Weight 9Kg. Post

UTY400 Single post & base - 4 metre webbing extension £108.75
UTY400/X End post £101.79
ADVANCE EXTENDING BELT BARRIER

Post colour choice: • Four way connectivity.
• Yellow, red, green, black, blue, white, • Webbing extension 2.3m or 4m per post.
hammer grey or charcoal. • Supplied fully assembled. Extending Post
• Chrome finish. • Range of accessories:
• Stainless steel. Sign holders, leaflet holders, wall clips.
• Heavy weight bases to match posts.
Webbing colour choice: • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm.
• Yellow
• Red.
• Light blue.
• Black/Yellow chevron. 889U Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. £140.07
• Red/White chevron. 889U-1P Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £159.79
• Black/White horizontal. 889U-3S Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £172.55
• Black/Yellow horizontal. 889U-M Post with 4m belt. Choose post & belt colours. £198.07
• Black/Red horizontal 889U-M-1P Chrome post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. £217.79
also additional colours 889U-M-3S Stainless post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. £230.55
on application. 889U-R Receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Choose colour. £133.11
889U-R-1P Chrome receiver post 2.3m or 4m. £152.83
889U-R-3S Stainless steel receiver post 2.3m or 4m. £165.59
ADVANCE DUAL LINE EXTENDING BELT BARRIER

Post colour choice: • Black/Yellow horizontal. • Post height 975mm, base dia 345mm.
• Yellow, red, green, black or blue. • Black/Red horizontal also additional • Four way connectivity.
• Chrome finish. colours on application. • Webbing extension 2.3m or 4m per post.
• Stainless steel. • Dual line incorporates a second retractable • Supplied fully assembled.
belt to provide extra security, stopping • Range of accessories:
Webbing colour choice: people from ducking under the webbing. Sign holders, leaflet holders, wall clips.
• Yellow
• Red.
• Light blue. REF Description PRICE
• Black/Yellow chevron.
889T2U Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. £200.39
• Red/White chevron.
889T2U-1P Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £217.79
• Black/White horizontal.
889T2U-3S Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £237.51
889T2U-M Post with 4m belt. Choose post & belt colours. £272.31
889T2U-M-1P Chrome post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. £289.71
889T2U-M-3S Stainless post with 4m belt. Choose belt colour. £307.11
889T2U-R Receiver post 2.3m or 4m. Choose colour. £186.47
889T2U-R-1P Chrome receiver post 2.3m or 4m. £203.87
889T2U-R-3S Stainless steel receiver post 2.3m or 4m. £223.59

OUTDOOR POSTS
• Base can be filled with either sand or water.
• When empty, extremely light for easy transportation.
• Delivered flat packed for easy storage.
• 2 way connectivity with 4.0m webbing.
• Strong UPVC post available in a choice of either black, red, blue, green or yellow colour.
• Post - 960mm high x 64mm O/D. Base dia 380mm. Weight 2Kg.
• Webbing colour choice: red/black chevron, black/yellow chevron, black, red, blue, green.

885-M/4 Post with 4m belt £85.55
885-R Receiver post 4m £78.59
TENSACONE WEBBING
• The Tensacone transforms a series of standard traffic cones into
an adaptable, cost effective temporary barrier system for roadside,
health and safety, maintenance and engineering applications.
• The unit fits to the top of any standard cone and incorporates four
metres of retractable high visibility chevron webbing.
• Available in orange, yellow, green or blue.
• Tensacone height - 231mm.
• 4 way connectivity.
REF PRICE
TC114 £43.79
STOWAWAY KIT
• The Stowaway Kit is compact and lightweight and comes complete
with a storage bag making the solution very portable and compact.
• The four post Stowaway Kit lets you establish an immediate 15m
highly visible perimeter in just seconds.
• Stows easily in a car boot or cupboard.
• Accommodates the full range of sign holders if required.
• Post - 955mm high x 64mm dia tube.
• Base dia - 750mm, weight 3Kg.

SA1/KIT 4 posts & bag £426.30
ROLLABARRIER
• The Rollabarrier system is both portable and • Accommodates a range of sign holders
stable featuring two wheels which allows and leaflets.
quick and easy movements of the posts. • Posts - 1000mm high x 64mm dia tube.
• Posts can be stacked together for easy Base dia 337mm. Weight 10Kg.
deployment and compact storage, taking up • Webbing colour choice: yellow, red, blue,
50% less storage than a standard post. black, green, black/yellow chevrons or
• 2.3m webbing and 4 way connectivity. red/white chevrons.
• Post available in a selection of colours and
finishes: black, green, blue, red, yellow,
chrome or stainless steel.

RB1 Post with 2.3m belt. Choose post & belt colours. £165.59
RB1-1P Chrome post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £179.51
RB1-3S Stainless post with 2.3m belt. Choose belt colour. £192.27
RB1-R Receiver post. Choose colour. £158.63
RB1-R-1P Chrome receiver post £172.55
RB1-R-3S Stainless steel receiver post £185.31

WALL MOUNTED EXTENDING BELT BARRIERS
• Retractable units that easily mount to a wall or flush surface.
• Choice of sizes: 2.3m, 4.6m or 7.7m.
• Choice of belt colour: Black, red, blue, grey, black/red, black/yellow, black/white.
Please specify.
• Choice of body finish: Red, yellow, black, green or blue on REF 896. REF 897
has a black body with the option of yellow, black or red caps.
• Supplied with one wall clip.
• Custom web messages and custom graphics supplied to order.
Wall clips

896 2.3m extending belt £77.43
897 4.6m extending belt £80.91
897/HC 7.7m extending belt £142.39
Standard 2.3m shown with custom web
PRINTED WEBBING
Printed webbing can be supplied on any of our extending belt range. We show
some popular standard messages below but are also able to produce bespoke
custom messages. Artwork design charges will apply.
Please have passports & landing cards Caution - Do Not Enter

BA YA
Please have your tickets ready Caution - Wet Floor
BB YB
Please wait here Cleaning in Progress
BC YC
This lane closed Danger - Keep Out
BD YD
Out of Service
YE
Authorised Access Only Hazardous Materials Sale Danger Keep Closed
RA YF* RD* BLI*
No Entry Danger - Fork Lift Trucks NO Entry Closed
RB YG RE BE*
No Parking Keep Out! NO Entry * Single sided print
RC YH RF*
Standard Print Webbings - 50mm - as above Custom Print Webbings - 50mm. Min 50m order/artwork charge POA
SPW/2.3 2.3m long - list any ref nos £18.85 CUST/2.3 2.3m long - advise wording £24.65
POST TOP SIGNAGE

Signage holders fit onto any of our extending belt barrier range.
They are great for customer directing, information or promoting.
• Available in A4 or A3, portrait or landscape orientation.

• Polished chrome or black powder coated finish.
• Custom graphics to order.
Standard Sign Frame

REF Type PRICE
HDSHA4-33G A4 - black - portrait/landscape £55.39
HDSHA4-1P A4 - chrome - portrait/landscape £85.55
HDSHA3-33G A3 - black - portrait/landscape £72.79
HDSHA3-1P A3 - chrome - portrait/landscape £102.95
Heavy Duty Frame

REF Type PRICE
HDSHA4HD-33G A4 - black - portrait/landscape £68.15
HDSHA4HD-1P A4 - chrome - portrait/landscape £97.15 Light Duty Heavy Duty
HDSHA3HD-33G A3 - black - portrait/landscape £85.55
HDSHA3HD-1P A3 - chrome - portrait/landscape £114.55

LINE MARKING SYSTEM
Especially designed to produce hard wearing SPOT
clearly visual lines most economically. Simple to
use with no training and can be used both indoors
and outdoors with equal ease. Used worldwide by
industry, local and national government, the
leisure industry, medical and educational
establishments and in many other locations.
Suitable for almost all surfaces from smooth even
sports floors to the rugged terrain of a building
site and even grass and trees. Whatever the
surface use the marking system. Robustly BD1
constructed from tubular steel finished epoxy
coated. Two wheeled and four wheeled models are
interchangeable. Eight colours available: White,
Blue, Red, Green, Yellow, Black, Orange (orange
fluorescent for spot marking - 275mm).
• Ozone friendly
• No lead additives
• Resistant to petrol, oil, grease and most
common chemicals.
REF Type PRICE

BD1 Hand Held Applicator £38.78
BD2 2 wheeled trolley – when manoeuvrability is critical £65.18
BD3 4 wheeled trolley – for increased accuracy especially straight lines £98.18
PAINT 700ml aerosols for BD1, 2 & 3. Pack of 6 £48.91
Hand spot marker for small markings e.g. hole in the road.
SPOT £41.78
275ml size. No applicator needed. Pack of 12
BD3
ROPE BARRIERS
• High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable and aesthetic finish.
• The ropes are made from polyester.
• Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc.
• Simply buy your post and add your rope to meet your requirements.
SRL21R
SRL22B
SHL01Z
SPL11Z SPL21Z
SRL25B
POSTS & WALL HOOK ROPES WITH SILVER POLISHED 'Q' HOOKS
REF Description Post size H x W mm PRICE REF Rope colour Rope length mm PRICE
SPL11Z Stainless steel post with ball head 987 x 320 £68.30 SRL21R Red £26.45
SPL21Z Stainless steel post with top hat head 935 x 320 £68.30 SRL22B Blue 1500 £26.45
SHL01Z Wall hook - £11.94 SRL25B Black £26.45

A range of 3 different posts and bases that all take the various sizes and colours of plastic chain available.
SHERPA CHAIN SUPPORT POSTS WITH DOME BASE SHERPA CHAIN SUPPORT POSTS WITH FLAT BASE
• 75mm dia post with ball top and chain link.

• 400mm dia high dome base - can be water or ballast weighted • 65mm dia post with ball top and chain link.
for extra stability. • 350mm dia low profile base - can be water or ballast weighted
for extra stability.

HDB910-005-300 Yellow post & black base £23.64 HDB920-001-100 Black post & black base £18.38
HDB910-000-200 Yellow post & yellow base £23.64 HDB920-015-300 Black post & yellow base £18.38
HEAVY DUTY CHAIN PLASTIC CHAIN PACKS

SUPPORT POSTS
AND BASE
• Heavy duty support posts with
cap and locating pin for fixing
into base - posts supplied
separately to base. Ideal for
exposed external areas.

HDE300-005-300 Heavy duty post - black & yellow £6.44
HDE300-005-400 Heavy duty post - white & red £6.47
KEQ000-000-000 Hexagonal black base £9.62
POST AND CHAIN KITS

• Choice of chain packs to suit the 3 alternative bases.
• Lightweight but sturdy posts
and chain systems.
• Variety of colours.
• Suitable to channel crowds or
cordon off an area.
• Optional clip on sign holders. REF Description PRICE
HDC000-265-400 6mm chain - 25m pack - red/white £15.43
HDC000-265-300 6mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow £14.55
HDC000-260-600 6mm chain - 25m pack - red £14.55
HDC000-260-100 6mm chain - 25m pack - white £14.55
HDC000-260-200 6mm chain - 25m pack - yellow £14.55
HDC000-265-700 6mm chain - 25m pack - blue/white £14.55
HDC000-275-400 8mm chain - 25m pack - red/white £23.03
REF Description PRICE HDC000-275-300 8mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow £23.03
Kit x 2 black/yellow poles, 2 x base, HDC000-270-600 8mm chain - 25m pack - red £21.73
HDE120-005-300 £49.80 HDC000-270-100 8mm chain - 25m pack - white £21.73
25m black/yellow chain
Kit x 2 red/white poles, 2 x base, HDC000-270-200 8mm chain - 25m pack - yellow £21.73
HDE120-005-400 £49.80 HDC000-285-400 10mm chain - 25m pack - red/white £36.86
25m red/white chain
Kit x 6 black/yellow poles, 6 x base, HDC000-285-300 10mm chain - 25m pack - black/yellow £36.86
HDE140-005-300 £86.53 HDC000-280-600 10mm chain - 25m pack - red £36.86
25m black/yellow chain
Kit x 6 red/white poles, 6 x base, HDC000-280-100 10mm chain - 25m pack - white £36.86
HDE140-005-400 £86.53 HDC000-280-200 10mm chain - 25m pack - yellow £36.86
25m red/white chain
HBS000-000-100 Clip on sign holder with press stud clips £11.76

Minimum Order Value £30.00. Order your tube requirements from us as well as your tubeclamp fittings.
TYPICAL USES
• Fast.
• Efficient.
• No Welding.
• No Bending.
• No Threading.
Handrails Support Structures
PRICE EACH PRICE EACH PRICE EACH

REF A B C D E REF A B C D E REF A B C D E
101 £3.99 £4.25 £5.78 £6.86 £13.91 138 £5.44 £5.04 £5.48 £6.18 – 160 £4.73 £4.67 £6.18 £7.60 £18.34
104 £7.63 £6.67 £9.84 £11.03 £23.54 140 £5.60 £5.71 £6.20 £6.69 – 161 £4.88 £4.81 £6.27 £7.53 £13.62
116 £5.99 £5.88 £8.12 £9.21 £19.09 143 £6.25 £5.60 £8.21 £9.91 – 165 £6.25 £7.39 £9.00 £11.95 £19.15
119 £6.39 £6.39 £7.81 £10.12 £20.06 144 – £12.57 £15.47 £18.53 – 167 £17.10 £16.33 £17.76 £19.92 £29.37
125 £5.36 £5.20 £6.84 £8.45 £20.83 147 – £6.42 £8.82 £9.42 – 170 £1.79 £1.75 £2.01 £2.01 £2.63
128 £7.53 £7.40 £10.47 £12.88 – 148 £6.13 £6.20 £7.67 £7.96 £17.85 171 £2.98 £2.89 £2.91 £3.01 £3.83
131 £4.78 £5.22 £6.58 £8.96 £12.22 149 £5.15 £4.87 £6.76 £7.42 £11.29 173 £9.22 £8.80 £9.96 £11.34 £26.15
132 £8.93 £7.67 £10.12 £12.88 £23.98 150 – £6.27 £6.27 £7.39 – 176 £8.23 £8.77 £12.78 £12.64 £26.15
133 £0.49 £0.54 £0.67 £0.74 £1.14 158 £10.75 £12.16 £18.04 £17.76 £29.30 182 £5.53 £4.38 £5.44 £5.90 –
135 £13.62 £9.98 £11.95 £13.93 £21.28 168 £21.81 £17.55 £20.51 £22.51 –
Racking
Safety Railing

Minimum Order Value £30.00. Order your tube requirements from us as well as your tubeclamp fittings.
The most comprehensive range of fittings for five sizes of tube, which provide for a multitude of applications, such as handrailing, racking, shelving, building frames, temporary
structures, walkways, market stalls, etc. The clamps are strong malleable iron castings hot dip galvanised smooth bright finish and fitted with industrial allen screws for secure
locating. Fittings are available in a variety of tube sizes as listed alphabetically.
0
101 Short Tee 138 Gate Eye 160 Clamp on Crossover 168 90 Corner Swivel
Combination
A A
A A
B B
B B
C C
C C
D D
D D
E E 0
104 Long Tee 140 Gate Hinge 161 90 Crossover 125 90 Elbow
A A A
A
B B B
B
C C C
C
D D D
D
E E E
116 Corner 143 Handrail Bracket 165 Combination Socket

with through the centre tube A Tee and Crossover A
A
B B 232 Keys
B
C C
C
D D
D
E E REF To suit tube size PRICE
O/D mm. EACH
119 Two Socket Cross 144 Railing Side Support 167 Double Swivel 232ABC 26.9, 33.9, 42.4 £1.16
with centre vertical tube vertical base Combination 232DE 48.3 & 60.3 £1.80
A
A
B B
B
C C
C
D D
D
0 E
128 3 Way 90 Elbow 147 Internal Swivel Tee 170 Mesh Panel Clip 233 Ratchet
RATCHET
A WITH BIT
A
B B
B REF To suit tube size PRICE
C C
C
D D O/D mm. EACH
D
E 33.9 & 42.4
233 £40.50
48.3 & 60.3
131 Base Flange 148 Short Tee Swivel 171 Mesh Panel Clip
A A A
B B B
C C C
D D D
E E E Tube Detail
REF O/D mm I/D mm PRICE per 6.47m
132 Railing Base Flange 149 Sleeve Joint 173 Single Swivel A 26.9 20 £81.62
A A Combination A B 33.9 25 £68.61
B B B
C C C C 42.4 32 £86.06
D D D D 48.3 40 £106.01
E E E
E 60.3 50 £163.13
*All tube ex-works prices
133 Stop Ends (plastic) 150 Internal Joint 176 Side Outlet Tee Standard length 6.47m
A A - also cut to length available
B B B
C C C • QUALITY:
D D D Castings manufactured to the
E E higher standards of BS6681 (ISO5922)
galvanised to BS729 (ISO1461).
135 Clamp on Tee 158 Four way Cross 182 Hook • SERVICE:
A width centre tube A If you are not sure our design
A service is at your disposal and will even
B B
B design your project for you.
C C
C
D D
D
E E
PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 (EXCEPT FOR TUBE*) 277
EDGEGRIP SAFETY TREAD NOSING
Edgegrip has been developed to fulfil the obligations
under the new UK Building Regulations and the
Disability Discrimination Act Part 3. All stairs
accessed by the public should have non slip
coloured nosings.
• Edgegrip is pre-formed fibreglass.

• Choose between a small grit size (type ‘I’) - good
slip resistance and easy to clean or heavy grit size
(type ‘E’) - suited to external environment and
heavy usage. Both types are the same price.
• Choose from two sizes - 70mm x 30mm or 55mm
x 55mm, both are the same price. Four standard
lengths are available: 750, 1000, 1500 and
3020mm.We can also supply lengths cut to
required size.
• Standard stock colours: yellow and white.
• Easy to install - see bottom of page for fixings. 70 x 30 or
Yellow or White Coloured Nosing Glow in the Dark Nosing
• Edgegrip Glow is used in areas where natural light 55 x 55mm
can be interrupted by power failure or smoke Length of PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE
obstruction. Size/grit options as above. nosing mm REF 1-10 11-50 REF 1-10 11-50
750 EDGE/750 £12.04 £10.79 EDGE/750/G £18.50 £16.93
1000 EDGE/1000 £15.18 £13.42 EDGE/1000/G £23.98 £21.98
1500 EDGE/1500 £22.48 £20.56 EDGE/1500/G £32.35 £31.24
3020 EDGE/3020 £35.74 £35.05 EDGE/3020/G £56.60 £52.86
SLIPGRIP STAIR TREADS AND LANDING COVERS

Slipgrip gives a complete covering of the entire stair tread or stairwell landing.
The fibreglass profile is covered with a very hard wearing grit non slip laminate.
• An instant remedy to slippery wood and steel staircases. Chequer plate is

notoriously slippery in wet and icy conditions - Slipgrip is the answer.
• Complies to UK Building Regs and DDA Legislation.
• Colours are black with either a 55mm yellow or white nosing.
• Stair Tread Slipgrip is supplied in a choice of five lengths and with a standard
tread depth of 220mm, but depths up to 345mm can be supplied to order.
• Easy to install - see bottom of page for fixings.
Slipgrip Stair Treads

Length x PRICE PRICE
depth mm REF 1-10 11-50
600x220 SST/600 £33.70 £31.10
750x220 SST/750 £32.87 £30.68
1000x220 SST/1000 £39.12 £37.27
1500x220 SST/1500 £60.49 £57.21
3020x220 SST/3020 £110.53 £104.81
Slipgrip Landing Covers

Length x
depth mm REF PRICE
800x1200 SLC/800 £118.11
1200x1200 SLC/1200 £157.43
2440x1200 SLC/2440 £273.77
SLIPGRIP FLAT SHEET AND FIXINGS

Slipgrip Flat Sheet has the same characteristics as the Slipgrip Stair Treads
and Landing Covers.
• Ideal for walkways, ramps, gangways, factory floors etc.

• Durable for forklift use.
• Non slip safety laminate grip surface.
• Three standard colours: black, yellow and blue, other colours to order.
• Panels can be supplied cut to size.
Slipgrip Flat Sheet Edgegrip/Slipgrip Fixings

Size LxW mm REF PRICE REF Description PRICE
800x1200 SFS/800 £114.21 GFA Gap fill adhesive £8.05
1200x1200 SFS/1200 £152.94 3M5200 Structural adhesive £24.30
2440x1200 SFS/2440 £274.42 S&P Screws & plugs 30x8mm (25 off) £8.05

NON SLIP SAFETY GRATING
FibreGrid is designed to provide the ultimate in reliable performance even in the most demanding conditions. This advanced grating system is a cost effective alternative to
traditional materials where corrosion resistance and long maintenance free life is required. FibreGrid Grating is available with a grit top surface. It offers excellent slip resistance
and the grit top surface will provide a long term solution where a heavier industrial application is required.
• Impact and slip resistant.

• Fire retardant - Class 1 flame spread
rating of 25 or less. Higher rating and
low smoke generation available for
special conditions.
• Available in three panel sizes and
three thicknesses.
• Panels can be pre cut to size.
• Choice of green or grey colour -
special colours to order.
25mm Thick Grating/Grit Surface 25mm Thick Grating/Grit Surface

Green or grey colour
Size LxW mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
1985x996 25/G/19 £233.46 38/G/19 £319.99
3010x996 25/G/30 £350.16 38/G/30 £477.07
3660x1220 25/G/36 £506.18 38/G/36 £692.94
FIBRERAIL SYSTEM
This fibreglass handrail system offers high strength with electrical low conductivity
for worker safety. Almost any layout or configuration of handrailing can be built up
from a variety of tube lengths, attachments and fixings to your final specification.
Our sales team can specify the parts you need. You can install the components with
basic tools and the tube can be cut to length on site by hack saw if required.
• Complies to Building Regulations.

• 45mm dia tube in ‘safety yellow’ or colour grey.
• Internal fit flush fittings.
• No snag points, not cold to touch and slip resistant surface.
• Build system using component parts - please contact our sales team
for help in designing your layout.

INFLATABLE DOCK PAD SEAL
• Dock pad seal inflates when lorry is in position, provides excellent seal and
significantly reduces wear as no impact occurs.
• Essential for de-mountable body and air suspension vehicles, which tend to damage
conventional dock pad seals.
• Manufactured from hard wearing neoprene as standard.
• Seal inflates and deflates in approx 30 seconds.
• Best suited to companies with a fleet of trucks similar sized.
• Strongly recommended to use alignment guides/curbs in conjunction with this product
(see below).
• Essential also for dock bumpers to be fitted - as shown.
• Price does not include isolator, interconnecting wiring or fixing bolts, can be provided
extra on request.
REF Usable width mm Usable height min mm Usable height max mm PRICE
TIDP2828N 2285-2490 Dock ht + 2500 Dock ht + 2750 £1164.56
DOCK SHELTER CURTAIN/APRONS

• In situations where no loading dock exists, heat loss/gain must be minimalised
around the warehouse door and over the vehicle. Shelter curtains and aprons
provide a PVC barrier to the overall width of the door opening, which can be set
via brackets to accommodate different vehicle height.
• There are two methods of securing the apron, one by rubber bungy cords (see fig
3) and the other by a pole slotted through the top of the curtain/apron and located
in brackets (see fig 4).
REF Description Usable width Wt Kg PRICE

TDSA-3012-P PVC Apron 3000x1200 5 £247.78
TDSA-BP 2 brackets + pole 3000 5 £89.41
TDSA-BB 2 brackets + bungys - 3 £88.34
• Other sizes to order. Fig 3 Fig 4
WHEEL GUIDES/ALIGNMENT CURBS

• Invaluable aid for guiding lorries into correct position, recommended guides are fixed
below ground level onto concrete base for strength.
• Finished alert yellow with black stripes.
• Either straight section or splayed out.
REF option B Fixing type - above/below Wt Dimensions mm

or option M Config ground level Kg Above ground O/A length PRICE
TWAC-18-A-B Straight Above 57 320 1800 £249.94
TWAC-18-B-B Straight Below 64 320 1800 £242.39
TWAC-28-A-F Splayed Above 77 320 2800 £285.48
TWAC-28-B-F Splayed Below 75 320 2800 £304.87
STANDARD DOCK LIGHT LOADING BAY LADDERS

• Steel construction, hinged bracket allowing pivoting • Ladders are permanent fixtures
and extension in one plane. Lamp head also pivots for further positional control. designed to allow personnel to
• Tungsten halogen lamp 1000w. Protected by safety glass guard. climb easily up and down the dock.
• Will run off 240v or 110v. Please specify when ordering. • Includes heavy duty rungs made
from 25mm diameter tubing with
an anti-slip finish.
• All fixing holes are pre-drilled to
allow easy installation.
Shown in open position. • Mild steel construction with a load
capacity of 130Kg.
Shown in closed position.
• Note transformer not supplied.

REF No of rungs Deck height range mm Wt Kg PRICE
TWPDL-2 2 650-900 13 £356.22
TWPDL-3 3 950-1200 15 £361.18
REF Supply voltage Weight Kg PRICE TWPDL-4 4 1250-1500 16 £377.25
TWDL-1-240 220-240 6.5 £189.61 TWPDL-5 5 1550-1800 19 £385.92
TWDL-1-110 110 6.5 £189.61 TWPDL-6 6 1850-2100 20 £394.57

HEAVY DUTY MULTI PURPOSE RUBBER BUMPERS MODULAR LOADING DOCKS
• For safety and protection on loading bays, vehicles etc - multi uses. The absence of a raised loading dock can be a threat to safety and also uneconomic.
This can be remedied with our versatile modular system which can be designed to
Type 6 suit individual locations and requirements.
L
Type 1 L • Its semi-permanent nature allows quick simple relocation or change of layout.
• Rugged construction for up to eight tons axle load.
• Minimum disruption during installation.
Type 8 • Smart streamline appearance.
T • Complies with Health and Safety Regulations.
Type 2 • A wide range of accessories are available.
• Dock is a valuable asset to the company.
W • Contact us now for a free survey and quotation.
Type 7 Type 3 • We offer a full supply, delivery and installation service.
• Platforms can be provided in heights ranging from 800 to 1,600mm.
Type 4
Type 9
Type 10
WxLxT No of Weight
REF Type mm holes Kg PRICE
TWB-1030-4 2 254x762x101 3 22 £78.07
TWB-L 1 203x457x101 3 13 £67.25
TWB-1018-6 2 254x457x150 2 16 £74.43
TWB-1018-4 2 254x457x101 2 11 £61.29
TWB-1018-4.S 2 square edges 2 12 £59.97
TWB-1013-4 2 254x335x101 2 8 £48.03
TWB-818-4.S 2 square edges 2 10 £59.97
TWB-5 3 120x127x76 1 1.5 £10.82
TWB-10 3 120x254x76 2 3 £21.65
TWB-15 3 120x381x76 3 5 £28.83
TWB-20 3 120x508x76 4 7 £40.75
TWB-30 3 120x762x76 6 9 £62.06
TWB-E 4 100 x to order x 100 - 10 £67.25/m
TWB-EH holes in ‘D’ section bumper price/hole (optional) £3.83
TWB-EST fixing strip for TWB-E (optional) £12.99/m
TWB-W washer 21/2" dia zinc plated washer - - £1.98
TWB-FI fixing 12mm dia x 130mm long - - £2.85
TWB-F2 fixing 12mm dia x 180mm long - - £4.20
LxWxH Weight
TWVB-D-96 6 80x2440x80 10 14.0 £96.22 REF Description m Kg PRICE
TWVB-D-48 6 80x1200x80 5 7.0 £54.37
TMD-SM Standard Module 3.57x2.38x1.0 1110 POA
TWVB-D-20 6 80x500x80 2 2.9 £26.72
TMD-DL Dock Leveller Module 3.57x2.38x1.0 600 POA
TWVB-D-18 6 80x455x80 2 2.6 £24.74
TMD-FTR Fork Truck Rave 0.3 high 24/m POA
TWVB-D-8 7 80x200x80 2 1.0 £5.19
TMD-PTR Pallet Truck Rave 0.04 high 5/m POA
TWVB-6-2 8 50x150x50 2 0.38 £2.36
TMD-HR Hand Rail 1.00 high 19/m POA
TWVB-8-2 8 50x200x50 2 0.5 £2.60
TMD-AS Access Steps 0.81 wide 115 POA
TWVB-10-2 8 50x255x50 3 0.64 £4.57
TMD-CL Cat Ladder 0.81 wide 66 POA
TWVB-16-2 8 50x405x50 3 1.0 £6.80
TWVB-5-1.75 9 40x125x45 2 0.2 £2.23
TWVB-MOUSE 10 35x65x20 2 0.03 £1.49
SAFETY TRAFFIC LIGHT SYSTEM LAMINATED DOCK BUMPERS

• Enables driver to observe correct A recent addition to the Action range to give an
reversed position at dock. alternative, very hardwearing protection to the edge
• Helps to eliminate damage and of the loading dock. Basically a sandwich of rubber
improves safety. strips mounted in an angle frame providing a facility
• Add on optional proximity switch for a larger range of dock bumper sizes.
which produces a beam. When vehicle
breaks beam, lights change to indicate
correct reversal position, easily visible
from cab.
• Wiring not supplied, complete wiring
diagram included.
REF Model Wt Kg PRICE

TDL-1-N/S Standard 2 £60.87
TDL-2-N/S De-luxe 1 £168.06 REF Type WxLxT mm No of holes Wt Kg PRICE
TDL-5 Optional sensor £241.31 TWBL-1 Laminated 330x510x140 4 30 £134.82
TWBL-2 Laminated 210x460x65 2 20 £102.28

STANDARD DOCKPLATES
Size Height differential Total max load Total
REF WxL mm Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm cap Kg weight Kg PRICE
3648 915x1220 178 125 770 32 £455.69
H3648 915x1220 178 125 1360 44 £541.88
4248 1070x1220 178 125 910 37 £530.04
H4248 1070x1220 178 125 1590 50 £635.61
4824 1220x610 76 50 2040 22 £359.82
4830 1220x760 101 70 1630 27 £409.37
L4836 1220x915 127 90 610 24 £363.06
4836 1220x915 127 90 1360 32 £454.63
H4836 1220x915 127 90 2450 43 £541.88
4842 1220x1070 152 110 1180 37 £504.17
H4842 1220x1070 152 110 2090 50 £604.37
L4848 1220x1220 178 125 450 30 £426.61
Fig 4
4848 1220x1220 178 125 1020 42 £550.50
Fig 2 H4848 1220x1220 178 125 1810 56 £661.46
4860 1220x1525 228 160 810 52 £645.30
• Dockplates are manufactured from high tensile aluminium. H4860 1220x1525 228 160 1450 70 £783.20
• All models feature a built-in anti-slip finish. 4872 1220x1830 280 200 680 62 £740.11
• Plates are crowned and bevelled for smooth operation. H4872 1220x1830 280 200 1180 84 £904.93
• Includes loop type handles for easy movement (see fig 4). H6024 1525x610 76 50 4540 36 £479.40
• Optional feature of side curbs with castors for easy 6036 1525x915 127 90 1700 39 £526.80
movement (see fig 2). H6036 1525x915 127 90 3040 52 £631.30
6048 1525x1220 178 125 1270 51 £645.30
To select correct board: H6048 1525x1220 178 125 2270 69 £782.12
1. Calculate height differential between vehicle floor level and 6060 1525x1525 228 160 1020 64 £765.96
dock level. H7236 1830x915 127 90 3630 61 £721.79
2. Dockplate width should be 305mm wider than the H7248 1830x1220 178 125 2720 81 £902.77
equipment or load to be transferred.
3. Determine max total load. If not covered by plates listed, REF Optional features PRICE
then refer to dockboards below. FTH-1 Fork truck lifting handles £101.80
4. Generally plates are for sack or pallet trucks, dockboards SCC-2 Side curbs with castor for easy movement £166.98
are recommended for fork truck use. FSL-1 Fixed span locking legs £40.93
STANDARD DOCKBOARDS
Overall Usable Height differential Cap Total
REF WxL mm width mm Max recomm ±mm Kg weight Kg PRICE
6-5448 1370x1220 1295 125 2730 65 £803.67
6-5460 1370x1520 1295 160 2730 80 £934.02
6-6036 1520x910 1450 90 2730 52 £721.79
6-6048 1520x1220 1450 125 2730 70 £854.29
6-6060 1520x1520 1450 160 2730 86 £995.42
6-6072 1520x1830 1450 200 2730 110 £1155.94
8-5448 1370x1220 1270 125 3640 68 £815.52
8-5460 1370x1520 1270 160 3640 85 £944.80
8-6036 1520x910 1450 90 3640 52 £721.79
8-6048 1520x1220 1420 125 3640 73 £854.29
8-6060 1520x1520 1420 160 3640 90 £1005.12
8-6072 1520x1830 1420 200 3640 115 £1171.03
• Dockboards are manufactured to the same high standards as dockplates 10-6036 1520x910 1450 90 4550 62 £817.67
but with the addition of red painted, steel safety curbs. 10-6048 1520x1220 1420 125 4550 98 £980.34
• Where a vehicle stands away from the loading dock and cannot get 10-6060 1520x1520 1420 160 4550 110 £1161.32
closer than 150mm, the option of span locks are available as shown 10-6072 1520x1830 1420 200 4550 135 £1359.56
above. This is an extra pair of locking legs, which can be moved along 10-7236 1830x910 1750 90 4550 72 £907.09
the side curbs to prevent board from movement in use. 10-7248 1830x1220 1730 125 4550 95 £1098.85
• If required dockboards can be manufactured with shortened locking legs 10-7260 1830x1520 1730 160 4550 125 £1311.08
to load containers at ground level, thus preventing the board moving 10-7272 1830x1830 1730 200 4550 155 £1502.83
forward. Backward movement is prevented by chains and hooks at either 12-6036 1520x910 1450 90 5450 62 £817.26
side of the ramp which locate in the container locking points. 12-6048 1520x1220 1420 125 5450 86 £980.34
• Special sizes and models can be made special to your requirement. 12-6060 1520x1520 1420 160 5450 115 £1172.10
12-6072 1520x1830 1420 200 5450 135 £1359.56
12-7236 1830x910 1750 90 5450 72 £907.09
12-7248 1830x1220 1730 125 5450 100 £1098.85
12-7260 1830x1520 1730 160 5450 130 £1321.85
12-7272 1830x1830 1730 200 5450 155 £1545.93
REF Optional features PRICE 14-6036 1520x910 1420 90 6360 65 £817.67
Fork lift handles 14-6048 1520x1220 1420 125 6360 86 £987.89
FTH-1 recommended for boards/plates £101.80/pr 14-6060 1520x1520 1420 160 6360 115 £1174.26
over 60Kg 14-6072 1520x1830 1420 200 6360 140 £1357.40
Spanlocks - adjustable for 14-7236 1830x910 1750 90 6360 72 £907.09
ASL-1 rail use or truck parked out from £301.64/pr 14-7248 1830x1220 1730 125 6360 100 £1103.15
dock 14-7260 1830x1520 1730 160 6360 130 £1375.72
FSL-1 Fixed span (please £40.93/pr 14-7272 1830x1830 1730 200 6360 160 £1557.78
specify span)
GLF-1 Ground level loading fittings £141.13/set

HINGED BRIDGEPLATES
Fig 2
Fig 3
Courtesy Warburtons Bakery
Overall Span Height differential Total max load Total

REF WxL mm mm Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm cap Kg weight Kg PRICE
BH4820 1220x510 550 62 45 4000 25 £384.60
BH6020 1524x510 550 62 45 4000 32 £442.77
BH6026 1524x670 710 88 60 4000 39 £518.18
B6018 1524x460 500 53 40 3250 22 £391.05
B6020 1524x510 550 62 45 3000 26 £394.29
BH6038 1524x980 1020 145 100 2500 55 £669.01
• Manufactured from high tensile aluminium plate.
BH4838 1220x980 1020 145 100 2250 44 £561.28
• Crowned with safety tread finish and 75mm guideline
BX4850 1220x1280 1320 194 140 1000 48 £610.83
printed edges.
B4838 1220x980 1020 145 100 1000 36 £481.56
• Bridgeplates are locked in a mating hinge rail, which is
BH3656 915x1420 1460 220 155 1000 50 £618.37
fixed to the dock edge. The plate hinge on the rail and
B4850 1220x1280 1320 194 140 500 46 £580.66
acts like a drawbridge. The plate can be moved along
BL4843 1220x1110 1150 164 115 500 29.5 £424.45
the rail to different loading positions, as required and
locked in position until ready for use (see fig 2).
• A locking clamp is included to prevent the plate from REF Description Wt Kg PRICE
falling forward when in stored vertical position and acts
HRCF-1 Hinge rail with clips and fixings in multiples of 2.5m lengths 15 £182.06
as safety barrier (see fig 3).
HRC-1 Hinge rail with clips but no fixings in multiples of 2.5m lengths 15 £160.52
• Optional lifting handles are available on request.
HRH-1 Optional - Lifting handle - £44.17
• Other sizes available on request.
HINGED RAMP COMBINATION DOCKPLATE RAMPS
• For height differences greater than 155mm a longer ramp is needed. • Dockplate ramps handle lower capacity applications ranging from 500Kg-3600Kg.
We therefore recommend a hinged type ramp combination. • These ramps are light and can be moved easily by personnel.
• Recommended that a standard hinged bridgeplate in conjunction with • Optional extras include side curbs, handrails and wheels for ease of movement.
a hinged ramp as shown - prices below are for primary ramp only. • Combinations of more than 2 ramps can be provided if the application requires it,
• This combination is easy to house via cut-outs under the ramp which in order to keep the weight and size of each ramp to a minimum, for ease of
are positioned to suit your pallet or fork truck. movement and storage.
• Anti-slip mat under front of ramp to resist movement standard. • Ramps attach via a simple location pin system at each side of the ramp.
• Prices quoted are for primary ramp only.
Size Height differential Total max load Weight

REF WxL mm Max recomm mm cap Kg Kg PRICE
R4836 1220x915 115 910 26 £646.38
Size Height differential Total max load Weight RH4836 1220x915 115 3630 38 £748.72
REF WxL mm Max recomm mm cap Kg Kg PRICE R4848 1220x1220 150 910 35 £746.56
BR4848 1220x1220 150 1000 68 £1093.46 RH4848 1220x1220 150 3630 49 £885.55
BHR4848 1220x1220 150 4000 81 £1213.04
BR4860 1220x1525 190 1000 80 £1305.69
BHR4860 1220x1525 190 4000 96 £1453.28 REF Description PRICE
BHHR-1 1.00 high Hand rails 19/m £138.97/m SC-1 Optional side curbs £143.92
LP-1 Locking pins (each) 4 £76.38 WKR-5 Wheels and screw mechanism for easy movement £625.91

COUNTER BALANCED DRAWBRIDGE DOCK LEVELLER
The dock leveller is welded and anchored to a built in channel on
the dock edge. When not in use the leveller is stored in the vertical
position. To operate, a foot lock releases the leveller and lowers it
to the vehicle bed. Strong springs on the underside make Size Height differential Total max load Total
operation easy as the springs counter balance the leveller. During REF WxL mm Max poss ±mm Max recomm ±mm cap Kg weight Kg PRICE
operation, height differences between vehicle and dock are self TO1512-4 1500x1275 175 130 4000 210 £1559.93
compensating. For fixing the leveller requires a 150mm deep steel TO1515-4 1500x1500 225 170 4000 250 £1648.27
channel to be built into the top edge of the dock (not supplied). TO1517-4 1500x1725 265 200 4000 290 £1747.39
Units are available in various widths and lengths as detailed with TO1520-4 1500x2000 310 230 4000 320 £1894.97
capacities of 4000Kg or 6000Kg. TO1712-4 1750x1275 175 130 4000 235 £1732.29
TO1715-4 1750x1500 225 170 4000 275 £1770.00
• Strongly recommended is the extra steel goalpost and dock TO1717-4 1750x1750 265 200 4000 320 £1916.51
bumper support to protect against vehicle damage to the dock TO1720-4 1750x2000 310 230 4000 345 £2166.45
and leveller when reversing into position. If in doubt kindly TO2012-4 2000x1275 175 130 4000 275 £1861.57
consult us. TO2015-4 2000x1500 225 170 4000 312 £1948.83
TO2017-4 2000x1750 265 200 4000 372 £2101.82
TO2020-4 2000x2000 310 230 4000 390 £2380.83
TO1512-6 1500x1275 175 130 6000 225 £1637.50
TO1515-6 1500x1500 225 170 6000 265 £1930.53
TO1517-6 1500x1750 265 200 6000 300 £2133.05
TO1520-6 1500x2000 310 230 6000 335 £2336.66
TO1712-6 1750x1275 175 130 6000 245 £1786.16
TO1715-6 1750x1500 225 170 6000 290 £2122.28
Courtesy of Schreiber Furniture
TO1717-6 1750x1750 265 200 6000 335 £2367.90

TO1720-6 1750x2000 310 230 6000 365 £2679.25
TO2012-6 2000x1275 175 130 6000 275 £1904.66
TO2015-6 2000x1500 225 170 6000 330 £2234.32
TO2017-6 2000x1750 265 200 6000 370 £2583.36
TO2020-6 2000x2000 310 230 6000 410 £2934.56
CBC-2 Optional CB-Side Curbs 150mm high - additional cost £75.41
GP-1 Steel Goalpost 1200mm high £1021.28
DBS-1 Dock Bumper support with TWB-1018-4 dock bumper £194.99
THE MINI DOCK LEVELLER

• Provides a safe bridge between the loading dock and • The leveller parks automatically after use and there is
vehicle for personnel and equipment. no danger of:
• The ramp is pivoted at its centre and remains in balance • Plate falling from the dock.
at all times. • Ramp being left in operating position.
• Buffers attached at either side of the unit aid vehicle • Vehicle drifting away with the plate.
positioning and prevent damage. • Personnel tripping on the bay when ramp is not in use.
• Minimal manual effort is required to set the leveller in • Minimum civil work required. Minimum maintenance.
its operating position. Low cost installation. Delivered assembled.
• The ramps surface is anti-slip.
• All loads are taken on the ramp alone and not the
balance mechanism.
• Automatic operation of dock leveller plate ensures it (LP) levelled for normal trucks.
follows the rise and fall of vehicle. (HP) only suitable for hand/sack truck operation.
• Price includes dock bumpers attached to either side of Size Height differential Total max load Weight O/A width
unit to minimise damage. REF WxL mm Max recomm mm cap Kg Kg mm PRICE
CB7230LP 1830x760 75 5000 350 2370 POA
CB7230HP 1830x760 75 5000 350 2370 POA
DOCKBOARD RAMP COMBINATION

• For heavier operations from 2500Kg - 6400Kg. • Primary ramps can be manufactured up to
Dockboard ramps are recommended. 4800mm in length, onto which is fitted an
• Dockboard safety side curbs are built into the appropriate dockboard.
ramp to prevent equipment and vehicles • Optional fork truck lifting handles are available
leaving the ramp. on request to assist movement of ramps.
• Ramps are attached together by a simple • To obtain correct combination for the height
location pin system and can be easily difference required kindly consult for best
separated for storage. advice from our technical staff.
• A chain and bracket assembly is included
which locates the ramp into the correct
position prior to the dockboard being fitted.
Size Height differential Total max load Weight

REF WxL mm Max recomm mm cap Kg Kg PRICE
R6-5436 1370x915 115 2730 62 £742.26
R8-6048 1525x1220 150 3640 86 £922.17
R10-6060 1525x1525 190 4550 122 £1216.27
R12-7272 1830x1830 225 5450 167 £1599.79
FTH-1/COMBI Optional fork truck lifting handles ie over 60Kg £101.80/pr
Prices quoted are for the Primary Ramp only.

MOBILE YARDRAMP
Fast and efficient loading and unloading of trucks/trailers by fork truck where no loading bay is present.
• Purchase on sale or return basis with also rental hire available.

• Maintenance service available.
• CE conformity.
• Optional accessories like hydraulic pumps, wheel chocks and safety jacks are available.
• Carrying capacity up to 10 tonnes.
REF Max load cap Kg Length m Usable width mm PRICE

SMY-16-9037-FW-7 7000 11.5 2240 On
SMY-24-9037-FW-7 10000 11.5 2250 application
SMY-24-9040-FW-6 10000 12.2 2250 for
SMY-27-9040-FW-6 12000 12.2 2250 purchase
SMY-33-9040-FW-6 15000 12.2 2190 or RENT
SMY-24-9040-FW-5 10000 12.2 2250 rental OR BUY
ALUMINIUM WALK RAMPS

• Suitable for small trucks and hand balling. • Includes built-in safety chains and hooks for locating.
• Designed to handle total maximum loads up to 680Kg. • Top locating lip length 150mm.
• Safety tread anti-slip surface and built-in safety curbs • Optional retractable wheels to wind up when ramp is
to prevent equipment leaving the ramp. in use.
Widths Height Differential Min.

Usable O/A Length Wt Max. Max. Ht. PRICE
REF mm mm mm Kg Poss. Recomm. mm
WKR15-24-10 600 700 3050 36 960 370 370 £985.73
WKR15-36-10 910 1010 3050 47 960 370 370 £1151.63
WKR15-24-12 600 700 3660 49 1170 450 450 £1083.77
WKR15-36-12 910 1010 3660 62 1170 450 450 £1246.44
WKR15-24-14 600 700 4270 57 1400 520 520 £1190.42
WKR15-36-14 910 1010 4270 72 1400 520 520 £1402.65
WKR15-24-16 600 700 4880 65 1580 600 600 £1261.52
WKR15-36-16 910 1010 4880 83 1580 600 600 £1504.99
WKR5-M Wheels and screw mechanism extra £625.91 Other sizes available on request.
ALUMINIUM ACCESS RAMPS

• Used for access to vehicles or buildings.
• A pair of ramps provide safe and convenient access for cars and equipment into high building entrances and vehicles. Also suitable for disabled usage.
• Built-in anti-slip, side curbs 38mm high and safety chairs for locating.
• Capacities from 2400-3600Kg per pair. Wheeling and handrail options.
Total Widths Height Differential Min.
REF max load Usable O/A Length Wt Max. Max. Ht. PRICE
Kg mm mm mm Kg Poss. Recomm. mm
TWR14-12 3630 356 457 3660 96 870 450 450 £1413.42
TWR14-14 3130 356 457 4260 112 1040 520 520 £1517.91
TWR14-16 2720 356 457 4880 129 1190 600 600 £1614.87
TWR14-18 2400 356 457 5480 145 1360 670 670 £1919.75
TWR14-20 3410 356 508 6100 181 1510 740 740 £2136.28
TWR14-24 2410 356 508 7300 217 1830 890 890 £2360.37
TWR-C To secure TWR-C ramp to dock, fittings supplied at extra cost per pair £73.90
WRW-1 Wheels fitted to ease movement £42.44
MOBILE ALUMINIUM WHEEL RISER RAMPS

• Best used for high docks or low bed trailers. Backing onto risers to bring truck to dock level to allow for efficient loading or unloading of goods.
• The mobility of the risers and easy application are ideal for any tyre size.
• Total max load cap 5400Kg per unit with a
top deck length of 610mm.
• Wheels are fitted Ht Approach 457mm Width 610mm Width
standard to all risers.
mm mm REF PRICE EACH REF PRICE EACH
150 533 WR1845-6 £361.98 WR2445-6 £414.76
200 710 WR1852-8 £411.53 WR2452-8 £502.02
250 890 WR1859-10 £510.64 WR2459-10 £583.90
300 1066 WR1866-12 £589.29 WR2466-12 £677.62

EXTENDIBLE WHEELCHAIR RAMPS FOLDING WHEELCHAIR RAMPS
• Specifically designed for wheelchair users, a pair of extendible ramps give • Specifically designed for wheelchair users, a pair of folding ramps
wheelchairs easy access to doorways and vehicles. provides an easy to store and transport, lightweight solution, to access
• The extendible product stores at approx 60% of the usable length to allow for wheelchairs to buildings, shops, offices and transport.
minimum storage space, for example in the boot of a car. • Constructed from lightweight aluminium, each ramp is 150mm wide with
• This product has the facility to give a variable ramp length 50mm high side curbs.
of up to 3000mm. • Available in three standard lengths to cover height differences up to
• Aluminium, ultra light, highly portable, compact design. 1000mm at an angle of 20 degrees.
• Includes: locking legs to prevent ramps moving forward, small safety side • All ramps are rated at an axle load capacity of 250Kg per pair, which
curbs and an anti-slip surface. covers most applications including electrical and manual wheelchairs.
• Total maximum load capacity 160Kg or 250Kg. • Available as a non-folding length if required, for use in a single location
• Width of each ramp 150mm or 200mm. where a fixed ramp is impractical.
• Both models have carrying handles incorporated.
Ramp Max Usable Cap Kg Max ht in

REF type length mm width mm pair position mm PRICE
TWDR-F-2 Fixed 600 150 160 75 £151.90 O/A Ht diff mm
TWDR-F-2H Fixed 600 150 250 75 £156.21 Length ramp Max Max Weight
TWDR-F-3 Fixed 1000 150 160 115 £161.60 REF mm type poss recomm Kg PRICE
TWDR-F-3H Fixed 1000 150 250 115 £166.98 DLFR-6 1825 Folding 550 225 12 £497.72
TWDR-S-5 Variable 1525 150 160 190 £248.86 DLFR-8 2440 Folding 800 300 19 £553.73
TWDR-S-5H Variable 1525 200 250 190 £308.11 DLFR-10 3050 Folding 1000 370 23 £592.52
TWDR-S-8H Variable 2440 200 250 300 £363.06 DLR-6 1825 Non-folding 550 225 9 £296.26
TWDR-S-10 Variable 3150 200 160 370 £408.29 DLR-8 2440 Non-folding 800 300 17 £373.83
LIGHTWEIGHT ACCESS RAMPS LIGHTWEIGHT HIGH ENTRY RAMP

• An invaluable product to have at hand, we recommend it to every company, since • This lightweight aluminium ramp is for situations where there is a high
you never know when you may have a wheelchair bound visitor who needs access height difference between two levels.
to your premises, or when you may want to wheel a sack truck of goods in or out. • Suitable for motorbikes, wheelchairs, sack trucks etc. For gaining access to
• Suitable for garden tractors, hand balling, trucks, motorbikes trains, buildings and vehicles.
and wheelchairs. • Ramps are folding design. When not in use ramps fold in half and are easily
• Full width lightweight aluminium ramp, which, depending on size, can be moved via built-in wheels.
stored easily in the back of a vehicle. • Ramps are self supporting, when not in use, therefore taking up minimal
• Includes: built-in side curbs 75mm high along each side of the ramp, a space on loading docks or work areas.
150mm lip for location on the vehicle or building, castors for ease of • Anti-slip ramp surface and side curbs.
movement on each side, an anti-slip surface and a built-in lifting handle.
Width Length Max ht in Total max

REF O/A mm Usable mm mm position mm load Kg PRICE
DLR3236C 800 800 915 90 400 £393.21
DLR3248C 800 800 1220 130 400 £437.39
DLR3648C 915 915 1220 130 400 £444.92
DLR3660C 915 915 1525 170 400 £492.33
DLR3672C 915 915 1825 205 400 £546.20
Heavy Duty
.
WKRL-36-06 915 825 1825 225 500 £632.38 O/A size Folded Ht diff mm Axle
WKRL-36-08 915 825 2440 300 400 £754.11 WxL size WxL Max Max load cap Wt
REF mm mm poss recomm Kg Kg PRICE
Other sizes available on request DLRF3272 800x1825 800x1120 485 380 300 35 £1007.28

ROLL-A-RAMP
Strong, lightweight, durable and convenient. Roll-A-Ramp in pairs
or single width complete with carrying straps.
• Highly visible reflective yellow pinch guards.

• Very easy to store in little space.
• Roll-A-Ramp supports up to 900Kg of distributed weight.
• Portable easy to carry and set up.
• Adjustable - easy to add or take out treads (simple tools included).
• Durable - made of high tensile aerospace aluminium and anodised
for weatherproof life.
• Built in safety bars and slip resistant treads.
• Gently cambered and with special approach treads to ensure
smooth on and off travel.
• Handrail kits available for all ramps.
Single Ramps (width 762mm) Twin Ramps (305mm width each)

Ramp length Load bearing Weight Total point loading Ramp length Load bearing Weight Total point loading
REF mm length mm Kg Kg (each ramp) PRICE REF mm length mm Kg each Kg (per pair) PRICE
RAR/3S 910 610 8.8 453.6 £296.80 RAR/3 910 610 4.1 907.2 £403.90
RAR/4S 1220 910 11.8 453.6 £386.40 RAR/4 1220 910 5.4 907.2 £529.20
RAR/5S 1520 1220 14.7 453.6 £476.00 RAR/5 1520 1220 6.8 907.2 £654.50
RAR/6S 1830 1520 17.7 453.6 £565.60 RAR/6 1830 1520 8.2 907.2 £779.80
RAR/7S 2130 1830 20.6 453.6 £655.20 RAR/7 2130 1830 9.5 907.2 £905.10
RAR/8S 2440 2130 23.6 453.6 £744.80 RAR/8 2440 2130 10.9 907.2 £1030.40
RAR/9S 2740 2440 26.5 453.6 £834.40 RAR/9 2740 2440 12.2 907.2 £1155.70
RAR/10S 3050 2740 29.5 396.9 £938.00 RAR/10 3050 2740 13.6 793.8 £1295.00
RAR/11S 3350 3050 32.4 362.9 £1027.60 RAR/11 3350 3050 15 725.8 £1420.30
RAR/12S 3660 3350 35.4 382.9 £1117.20 RAR/12 3660 3350 16.3 657.7 £1545.60
RAR/13S 3960 3660 38.3 294.8 £1206.80 RAR/13 3960 3660 17.7 601.0 £1670.90

RAR/PLP Locking pins to enable ramp to be split into smaller sections for ease of transport £23.10 each
RAR/UMB Universal mounting bracket to anchor ramp to homes, buildings or vehicles, per pair £36.96
LIGHTWEIGHT KERB RAMPS

• Durable plastic.
• Lightweight, robust, low cost.
• Non slip surface, secure footing.
• Suitable for any kerb to 200mm high.
• Easy to carry with handhole.
• Size LxW 685x685mm.
• Weight 4Kg.
• Capacity 270Kg.
• Colour: yellow, red or blue available subject to quantity.
REF PRICE
PKR220 £103.50

SAFETY TREAD
• Durable non-slip self adhesive grit tape.
• Quick and easy installation with longlife usage.
• Available in black, clear and luminous that glows in the dark.
• Suitable for stair and ladder treads, ramps and walkways,
entrances, loading docks,
plant and machinery, boats and vehicles.
• Luminous colour should be used in safety areas, dark and
semi-dark areas
to act as guidance for emergency escape.
• Special sizes to order.
REF Size mm Colour Type Length PRICE

GF010001 25 Black Roll on 75mm dia core 1 x 18m £23.81
GF010005 140 x 140 Black Tiles with rounded corners 10 £18.21
GF010006 152 x 610 Black Strips with rounded 10 £42.90
corners - cleats

GF120002 50 Clear Roll on 75mm dia core 1 x 18m £47.62
GF120005 140 x 140 Clear Tiles with rounded corners 10 £19.66
GF120006 152 x 610 Clear Strips with rounded 10 £59.94
corners - cleats

GF110001 25 Luminous Roll on 75mm dia core 1 x 18m £40.42
Easily installed to:

Wood, metal, sealed concrete, plastic, painted surfaces, indoor use and outdoor applications.
Stairs Ramps Walkways Loading Bays
SAFETY DECKPLATE
• Withstands the most demanding applications.
• Yellow bordered edges for added safety.
• Self extinguishing and chemical resistant surface.
• Foam back offers superior ergonomic benefit.
• 14mm thickness with a ramped edge.
• Colour - black/yellow.
REF Size m PRICE

SD130001 0.6 x 0.9 £60.35
SD130002 0.9 x 1.5 £145.97
SD130003 0.9 x 3.0 £294.77
SD130004 0.9 x 6.0 £589.56

RIBBED ANTI-FATIGUE STANDARD ANTI-FATIGUE
• Manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. • Manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam.
• Ribbed surface for sure footing and minimises slipping. • Reduces fatigue - leading to higher productivity.
• Cushion effect reduces operator fatigue. • Insulates against cold concrete floors.
• Insulates against cold concrete floors. • Pebble surface allows for ease of cleaning.
• Easily cleaned with mild detergent. • Ideal for assembly lines and packing areas.
• Colour - dark grey. • Two colours: charcoal or grey (specify).
• Provided, built-in diminishing safety edge. • Provided with diminishing safety edge.
• Ideal almost all applications. • Thickness 9mm.
• Thickness 9mm.
REF Detail - Size m PRICE REF Detail - Size m PRICE

AL010001 0.6 x 0.9 mat £21.42 AF010001 0.6 x 0.9 mat £22.19
AL010002 0.9 x 1.5 mat £51.15 AF010002 0.9 x 1.5 mat £47.33
AL010003 0.9 x 18.3 roll £497.03 AF010003 0.9 x 18.3 roll £350.57
RIBBED SAFETY ANTI-FATIGUE SAFETY ANTI-FATIGUE
Main details as above.

• Bright yellow borders to increase safety awareness.
Main details as above. • Ideal for use when standing for long periods.
• Enables workers to increase their efficiency. • Helps reduce back and leg pain.
• Colours dark grey with yellow borders to increase safety awareness. • Colour: charcoal with yellow borders.
• Thickness 9mm, helps reduce operator fatigue. • Thickness 9mm, helps eliminate operator fatigue.
REF Detail - Size m PRICE REF Detail - Size m PRICE

AL060701 0.6 x 0.9 mat £37.59 AF010701 0.6 x 0.9 mat £24.03
AL060702 0.9 x 1.5 mat £82.01 AF010702 0.9 x 1.5 mat £53.98
AL060703 0.9 x 18.3 roll £681.87 AF010703 0.9 x 18.3 roll £525.08

INTERFLEX SPLASH - WET AREAS STANDARD INTERFLEX - INDUSTRIAL & CATERING
Blue
Black
Red
Green
• Strong flexible PVC, ideal slip resistant for changing rooms, pool surrounds, • Grid welded PVC, hard wearing, allows dirt and spillages to
showers and all wet areas. drain away leaving clean top surface.
• Unique design for drainage in all directions, leaving no puddles. • Depth 12.5mm.
• Resistant to bacterial and fungal growth. • Both anti-fatigue and anti-slip etched into top surface.
• Barefoot comfort - indoor or inside usage. • Oil, grease and chemical resistant.
• For larger widths or lengths connector clips are available. • Colour black.
• Depth 12mm Colours blue, red or green. • For larger widths or lengths, connector clips are available.
Complete Rolls Cut Lengths per metre Complete Rolls Cut Lengths per metre
REF Size WxL PRICE REF Size W PRICE REF Size WxL PRICE REF Size W PRICE
96/60 60cm x 10m £448.81 96/60/C 60cm £60.60 95050S/60 60cm x 10m £448.81 95050S/60C 60cm £60.60
1XC Connector clip £1.90 1XC Connector clip £1.90
INTERFLEX HAZARD - INTERFLEX GRIP -

HIGH VISIBILITY WORKPLACE SAFETY MODERN REPLACEMENT FOR DUCKBOARDS
• Hard wearing PVC with bold yellow strips both sides. • From recycled plastic and synthetic rubber, extremely tough and
• Oil, grease and chemical resistant. highly anti-slip. Fatigue relief.
• For larger widths connector clips are available. • Duckboard style allows liquids and swarf to safely disperse.
• Depth 12.5mm. Colour black/yellow. • Resistant to most acids, oils and industrial chemicals.
Complete Rolls Cut Lengths per metre Complete Rolls Cut Lengths per metre
REF Size WxL PRICE REF Size W PRICE REF Size WxL PRICE REF Size W PRICE
95050H/60 60cm x 10m £493.71 95050M/60 60cm £66.67 91770/60 60cm x 5m £298.02 91770/60C 60cm £80.48
95050H/80 80cm x 10m £658.25 95050M/80C 80cm £88.85 91770/80 80cm x 5m £397.36 91770/80C 80cm £107.29
95050H/100 100cm x 10m £822.82 95050M/100C 100cm £111.09 91770/100 100cm x 5m £496.68 91770/100C 100cm £134.10
HAPPY FEET
• Anti-fatigue, anti-slip, anti-static and oil resistant.
• Dense cushion core encapsulated with solid nitrile rubber.
• Bevelled borders, gripper back and can be used in wet or dry conditions.
Complete Rolls all black Complete Rolls black/black & yellow border
REF Size WxL PRICE REF Size WxL PRICE
HFR2436B 58cm x 87cm £85.34 HFR2436BY 58cm x 87cm £96.04
HFR3660B 87cm x 150cm £213.30 HFR3660BY 87cm x 150cm £241.04
HFR310B 87cm x 3m £434.44 HFR310BY 87cm x 3m £480.18

RELIEF MATTING
• The application of safety and relief matting are numerous from work stations to swimming pools,
door mats to golf tees, bar floors to walkways, boat decks to oil rigs, lorry cargo areas to garages.
• Infact anywhere that grip and added comfort would be a welcome feature.
• Fully reversible - identical both sides.
• Really comfortable to walk or stand on.
• Noise reduced dramatically on all surfaces.
• Flame retardant - conforms to DIN4102.
• Anti-slip test - conforms to BIA.
• Extra grip - ribbing in both directions, even on wet floors.
• Construction: patented design of woven pvc extrusions without welds, virtually indestructible.
• Available in widths: 610mm; 915mm; 1220mm; in rolls of 5m or 10m long.
• Colours: black; red; blue; green. Light Duty
Optional extra - bevelled safety edging - factory fitted

Standard Duty
Optional extra -
fixing blocks -
matching colours
Light Duty Standard Duty Inter Heavy Duty

Description REF: 3030 REF: 2222 REF: 3010
Roll size 0.6m x 5m £144.68 £172.04 £213.03
Roll size 0.9m x 5m £216.47 £263.00 £319.01
Roll size 1.2m x 5m £288.24 £348.06 £424.97
Roll size 0.6m x 10m £288.24 £344.09 £424.97
Roll size 0.9m x 10m £432.38 £518.13 £638.01
Roll size 1.2m x 10m £576.47 £688.19 £850.49
Part roll per metre sq. £52.85 £63.14 £77.97
Diminishing edge, black per metre £5.72 £6.63 £11.18
Fixing blocks, all colours per 10 - £3.41 - Inter-heavy Duty
FLOOR SLATS
These floor slats have a specially designed cushioned profile. This reduces strain on legs
and back from constant standing. The slats can be combined and interlocked as required.
Slats withstand most chemicals, oils and weak acid. Suitable to use in temperatures
between -10°C and +80°C. Available in green or blue colour.
Individual Floor Slats
REF Description Size LxWxH mm Weight PRICE

6401.000 Floor Slat 1200x600x25 4Kg £36.52

MATWALK HIGH IMPACT PVC DUCKBOARD MATTING PLASTIFLOR H/DUTY INTERLOCKING VINYL TILING
A slip resistant duckboard
matting for indoor or
outdoor wet areas in
industry or sports/leisure
environments. Resistant to
most acids, oils, grease and
alkalis. 10mm gauge.
Specify colour when
ordering: cream, yellow,
blue, red, green grey, brown
or black.
Super quality, instant lay, no adhesive usually required. Ingenious new invisible
interlocking system. Oil grease and flame resistant. Tile size 500x500mm.
Specify colour when ordering: Black, grey, light grey, blue, red, yellow,
green or brown.
Roll size 10mx60cm 10mx80cm 10mx100cm 10mx1120cm 10mx200cm Type Round stud design Leathergrain tiles
REF M715 M715-1 M715-2 M715-3 M715-4 REF M358 M357
PRICE £355.27 £473.69 £592.11 £710.53 £1184.22 PRICE per m2 £43.84 £43.84
AZTEC MULTI-DIRECTIONAL RIDGEWAY FINE FLUTED RUBBER MATTING

ANTI-SLIP RUBBER MATTING
A hardwearing anti-slip matting with a multitude of industrial and commercial uses

to protect overlays in walkways and corridors, behind counters and check outs, kick
plates, wall protection, transport flooring and roll up flooring for inclement weather.
With a raised pyramid design. Multi purpose 3mm or 6mm thick. Colour black.
applications. 3mm gauge. Colour black. REF PRICE
Roll size 10m x 1m. M92 £166.77
Roll size 10mx915mmx3mm 10mx1000mmx3mm 10mx1220mmx3mm
REF M95 M95-1 M95-2
PROTECT KING ECONOMIC TRANSLUCENT MAT PRICE £103.58 £113.19 £138.09

Anti-slip ramped edge for easy chair roll Roll size 10mx915mmx6mm 10mx1000mmx6mm 10mx1220mmx6mm
on or off. Patented gripper back for better
stay-put on low to medium piled carpet. REF M95-3 M95-4 M95-5
Sand patterned surface conceals scrapes
and scratches. Very hardwearing. Suitable PRICE £207.97 £209.99 £277.27
for all office applications. Cut lengths available on request
REF M488
Size: 1200 x 915 mm
PRICE £30.29 LEG-O-MAT EXTRA H/DUTY INTERLOCKING
REF M488-1
RUBBER TILING
Size: 1345 x 1145 mm
PRICE £46.90
KEYHOLE AND EXECUTIVE CHAIRMATS

Protects expensive carpets from wear, tear,
dirt and spillage. Available in black.
Patterned top to prevent any unwanted
chair movement bevelled anti-trip edges.
REF M312 M624 Exceptional hardwearing slip resistant and loose laid. Suitable factories, workshops,
warehouses, gymnasium, weight lifting areas, sports clubs, showrooms, offices etc.,
Type Keyhole Executive
specify colour when ordering: blue, black, grey, green. Tile size 458x458mm.
x size 1350x760mm 1450x1110mm
PRICE £43.35 £66.78 REF PRICE
M315 £50.15

POLYPLUSH - BUDGET ALL PURPOSE MATTING LUSTRE - PREMIER LAUNDRY MAT
Hunter Green Hunter Green

Navy Blue Brown
Red/Black Charcoal Brown Red/Black Charcoal Slate Blue
• Durable polypropylene fibres are heat cured into a dense vinyl base to • Rubber gripper backing minimises mat movement.
produce this hard wearing mat. • Crush resistant pile maintains luxurious look despite heavy use.
• Dirt hiding tweed pattern has proved popular, easy to clean. • Machine launderable, can also be vacuumed, extraction cleaned
• Recommended for normal indoor use. Depth 6.5mm. or simply hosed off with water.
• Choice of colour: brown, navy blue, hunter green, charcoal or red/black. • Recommended for normal indoor use. Depth 9mm.
Indicate colour choice when ordering.
REF Size WxL cm PRICE • Custom made mats can be REF Size WxL cm PRICE • Indicate your choice of
PPV2436 61 x 91 £20.47 made to any length up to LMR2436 61 x 88 £32.53 colour when ordering:
PPV3648 91 x 122 £40.93 18.3m x widths shown. LMR3648 88 x 120 £65.07 brown, red/black,
PPV3660 91 x 152 £51.18 Enquire for details. LMR3660 88 x 150 £81.32 hunter green, charcoal
PPV310 91 x 3m £102.35 LMR310 88 x 3m £182.99 or slate blue.
PPV4872 122 x 183 £81.88 LMR4872 114 x 180 £127.10
PPV4896 122 x 244 £109.17 LMR4896 114 x 240 £169.47
FLOOR PROTECTION RUBBER RIB MATTING SANITOP DELUXE - FOR TOUGHEST WORK AREAS
Edge Bevel
Connector
• Tough rubber matting, ideal for areas
• Low cost, sure footed floor Complete Rolls around machinery.
protection, easy to clean. REF Thickness Size WxL PRICE • Free drainage design with safety option of anti-slip bevel edging in yellow.
• 100% rubber, very tough 50132 3 91cm x 10m £121.75 • Recommended uses: heavy duty industrial, dry or wet areas and food
and unaffected by 50133 3 122cm x 10m £162.50 environment service.
temperature changes. 50134 6 91cm x 10m £299.24 • Depth 20mm. Colours: black - resilient standard rubber.
• Recommended for 50135 6 122cm x 10m £399.44 Terracotta - grease proof rubber.
industrial floors, aisles,
around machinery and Cut Lengths per metre REF Type Colour Size cm PRICE • Other lengths
other places where objects REF Thickness Size W PRICE MB23 Mat Black 91 x 152 £119.14 of edging can
tend to slide, work desks, 50132C 3 91cm £18.27 MPR23 Mat Terracotta 91 x 152 £195.79 be supplied
workshops and lorries. 50133C 3 122cm £24.38 C23 Connector - - £2.18 to order.
50134C 6 91cm £44.88 BV3 Edge bevel Yellow 91 £30.72
50135C 6 122cm £59.93 BV5 Edge bevel Yellow 152 £51.20
NON-CONDUCTIVE ELECTRICAL MATTING

• Electrical shocks prevented by worker being non grounded.
• Depth 6mm. Tested to 11000 volts. Max working voltage 450 volts. Tested to 1500 volts.
Max working voltage 650 volts.
Complete Rolls Cut Lengths per metre

REF Thickness Size WxL PRICE REF Thickness Size W PRICE
50140 3 91cm x 10m £550.61 50140C 3 91cm £82.58
50141 3 122cm x 10m £734.96 50141C 3 122cm £95.87
50142 6 91cm x 10m £722.70 50142C 6 91cm £94.27
50143 6 122cm x 10m £964.65 50143C 6 122cm £125.84

GATEKEEPER CHEQUER RIBBED WAR-ZONE H/DUTY BARRIER MATS AND MATTING
LOOSELAY BARRIER MATS
Suitable indoor or outdoor use. Absorbs more water and dries three times
faster than conventional nylon. Stain resistant and retains its colour.
Attractive, effective, hardwearing dirt barrier mat with a clever raised bevelled Easy to clean by vac or hose. Mats have anti-trip safety edge on all 4 sides.
edging. Traps dirt and moisture within the mat. Easy to clean. Rolls have edging on sides only. Colours available: Beige, Blue, Charcoal,
Colours available: Charcoal, Navy Blue, Burgundy, Red/Black, Sable, Mottled Walnut, Berry, Ocean Blue, Mottled Teal, Red/Black Tweed.
Teal, Fall Tweed, Hunter Green, Autumn Green. Full Rolls
Size mm 915 1220 1525 1830 2440 Size: 18.3m x
Mat size 915x610 1220x915 1525x915 1830x1220 3050x915 3050x1220
x 610 x 915 x 915 x 1220 x 1220 915mm 1830mm
REF M436 M436/1 M436/2 M436/3 M436/4 M436/5 REF M437 M437/1 M437/2 M437/3 M437/4 M203 M206
PRICE £46.29 £72.59 £90.73 £145.20 £181.46 £242.13 PRICE £17.07 £34.12 £42.53 £68.24 £90.81 £493.24 £986.48
MATKANDU BROAD RIBBED RUBBER MATTING PICADOR EXTRA H/DUTY RUBBER RING
LINK MATTING
Economical, hardwearing rubber matting with a wide range of thickness Slip resistant ring construction. Ideal indoor or outdoor. Use anti-fatigue safety mat
and size to suit all commercial needs i.e. walkways, ramps, corridors, lifts, in commercial kitchens, food shops, ships, oil rigs, commercial uses where spillages
stair treads, landings, matwells, foyers. can cause a problem. Special joining clips to suit. 23mm thick. Black.
Roll size Thickness mm REF PRICE

Type Standard Mats Oil Resistant
10m x 1000mm 5 M574 £498.73
10m x 1200mm 5 M574/1 £598.47 Size mm 1500x1000 1000x500 750x500 600x400 1500x1000
10m x 1000mm 8 M574/2 £899.81
10m x 1200mm 8 M574/3 £1079.76 REF M188 M188-1 M188-2 M188-3 M188-4
6m x 1000mm 10 M574/4 £685.29
6m x 1200mm 10 M574/5 £822.34 PRICE £70.69 £23.56 £17.75 £10.95 £89.83
6m x 1350mm 10 M574/6 £925.14
6m x 1000mm 12 M574/7 £797.98 Connector REF CC/SM CC/OR
6m x 1200mm 12 M574/8 £957.59 Clips
PRICE £1.31 £1.68
6m x 1350mm 12 M574/9 £1077.26
Type Roll x 10m long Cut length per m2 ELECTROMAT ELECTRICAL INSULATED
Widths mm 915 1220 915 1220 RUBBER MATTING
Thickness 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 To BS 921/1976 for use
around machinery, control
SNR REF M343 M343-2 M343-3 M343-4 panel, fuse boxes etc.,
PRICE £370.58 £494.10 £61.31 £61.31 anti-slip design. Colour black.
Type SNR tested to 15,000
Thickness 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 volts. Max recommended
working voltage 650V. Type
JNR REF M343-5 M343-6 M343-7 M343-8 JNR tested to 11,000 volts.
Max. recommended working
PRICE £268.06 £357.41 £46.66 £46.66 voltage 450V.
NOTE: JNR specification not to BS 921/1976

BRABANTIA TOUCH BINS
• High quality touch top bin.
• Quality steel with plastic trim.
• Easy to use, empty and clean.
363962
348549 348587 338229
REF Cap ltr Finish Size H x dia mm PRICE REF Cap ltr Finish Size H x dia mm PRICE
338229 30 Polished 720x320 £123.65 390760 50 Metallic 720x400 £164.00
391163 30 Metallic 720x320 £117.74 348587 40 Polished 730x440x300 £172.04
338304 30 Stainless 720x320 £129.06 348549 40 Stainless 730x440x300 £179.87
336560 50 Polished 720x400 £166.37 363962 3 Polished 285x185 £59.82
SWING LID PUSHBINS ECONOMY TOUCH

• Indoor pushbins with swing lids.
TOP BIN
• Stainless steel. • Touch top operation.
• Matt or bright finish options. • Stainless steel finish.
SWINGIT
REF Shape Cap ltr Finish Size H x dia mm PRICE 404510

REF Cap ltr PRICE
404510 Oval 75 Matt 710x410x310 £111.41
404510/SS Oval 75 Bright 710x410x310 £111.41 140007 60 £103.04
SWINGIT Round 50 Satin 750x350 dia £123.93 140013 40 £84.26
METAL WASTE BINS RECYCLING PEDAL BIN

Square or round metal waste bins with an enamelled finish • Recycling centre
in colour black, grey or red. ideal for domestic
and office use.
• Lipped rim for ease of lifting. • Silver metal
• Capacity: casing and plastic
Square - 27 litres. pedal lid.
Round - 15 litres. • Hygienic and easy
to clean.
REF Type PRICE REF Cap ltr O/S L x W x H mm Compartments PRICE

888/S Square £16.20 RCJ30Z 30 410 x 340 x 485 2 £66.05
889/R Round £13.95 RCJ45Z 45 605 x 340 x 485 3 £85.89

COLOURED CLIP BINS WITH LIDS
• Clip on lids for added security and helps prevent spillage.
• Manufactured from food safe materials (except black).
• Strong robust body.
• Five colours to choose from: black, yellow, green, blue and red.
• Includes lid.
• Capacity - 110 litres.
• Size H x dia (top/bottom) - 720mm x 590/435mm.
REF Colour PRICE

CLIPBIN110/BLK Black £45.55
CLIPBIN110/BLUE Blue £63.63
CLIPBIN110/RED Red £63.63
CLIPBIN110/GREEN Green £63.63
CLIPBIN110/YEL Yellow £63.63
PEDAL BINS PED 9 DUST BIN

• White steel or stainless steel. • Capacity - 80 litre.
PED 7 PED 6
• Plastic or galvanised liners. • Black with clip-on
• Pedal operated. lid supplied.
• Size: 760 x
450mm dia.
PED 1 PED 2
REF Type Size H x Dia PRICE

PED1 3 litre white - plastic liner 270x180 £23.64
PED2 3 litre s/steel - plastic liner 270x180 £27.55
PED6 12 litre white - galvanised liner 365x275 £42.42
PED7 12 litre s/steel - galvanised liner 365x275 £48.98 REF PRICE
PED9 20 litre s/steel - galvanised liner 500x275 £61.79 BL535 £34.46
PUSH BINS PEDAL OPERATED BINS STAINLESS STEEL PEDAL BIN

• Choice of 5 colours: blue, black, red, • High quality pedal bin. • Superb quality stainless steel bin.
grey or graphite. • Choice of colours. • 52 litre capacity.
• Size - 30 litre 550 x 310mm dia. • Galvanised liner. • 890mm H x 380mm dia.
40 litre 660 x 310mm dia. • Epoxy coated wipe clean. • Galvanised inner.
55 litre 820 x 310mm dia. • 40 litre capacity - 755 x 390mm dia. • Either matt or mirror finish.
• Epoxy powder wipe clean.
• Rolltop push bin.
REF Colour PRICE

PED40/BLK Black £97.82
REF Litre Size PRICE PED40/BLUE Blue £97.82
TOR1/30 30 litre £60.12 PED40/SS Stainless steel £121.07 REF Finish PRICE
TOR1/40 40 litre £69.11 PED40/SILGREY Grey £97.82 PED52/M Matt £123.87
TOR1/55 55 litre £92.60 PED40/RED Red £97.82 PED52/SS Mirror £112.91

STEP ON CONTAINERS
• Ideal for hands free, food service, refuse disposal.
• Deodorant black holder helps combat odours.
• Tight fitting, overlapping lid helps contain odours.
• Rounded corners and smooth contours for easy cleaning disinfecting.
• Tough polypropylene, puncture resistant, all plastic construction,
won’t rust and dent, chip or peel.
• Quiet, heavy duty pedal for hands free use.
• Optional rigid liners for 6143, 6144, 6145, 6146 containers provides
leak-proof base to help contain liquids.
• Containers 6143, 6144, 6145 and 6146 are TUV approved.
• Choice of colours.
6146
REF Description Dimensions cm Cap ltrs Colour PRICE

6143 Step On Container 43.1x40x43.5(h) 30.5 Beige, Red, White, Yellow £109.87
6144 Step On Container 41.5x40x60(h) 45.5 Beige, Red, White, Yellow £128.07
6145 Step On Container 50x41x67.5(h) 68 Blue, Green, Beige, Red, White, Yellow £146.31
6146 Step On Container w/Wheels 50x41x82.5(h) 87 Blue, Green, Black, Beige, Red, White, Yellow £174.31
6243 Rigid liner fits 6143 36.5x30x33.5(h) 27 Grey £45.64
6244 Rigid liner fits 6144 36.5x30x50(h) 38 Grey £53.81
6245 Rigid liner fits 6145 46x31x56(h) 57 Grey £61.08 6146 container and
6246 Rigid liner fits 6146 46x31x72.5(h) 72 Grey £62.96 6246 optional rigid liner
TIDY BINS
REF RN0013Y Tough litterbin. Suitable for all applications.
With single aperture closed top. Perfect against walls or corners.
REF RN0007Y/PL Oval shaped. Ideal for all locations.
Tamper-proof lockable lid. Black polythene liner with ballast unit.
REF RN00012Y Used in all applications, fast food and supermarkets etc., flip top.
Ideal in corners or against walls.
REF RN0003Y Circular, easy to clean, designed for use in public areas, factory
canteens, leisure, sports etc. very practical.
REF Description Cap Height Width PRICE

litres mm mm
RN0013Y SPACE SAVER 2 114 990 432 £99.74
RN0007Y/PL SLOT TOP NOVA 135 965 457 £163.55
RN0012Y SPACE SAVER 1 114 990 432 £122.61
RN0003Y HOLE TOP NIMBUS 114 990 470 dia £101.22 RN0013Y RN0007Y/PL RN0012Y RN003Y
HANDS FREE FIRE RETARDANT SACK HOLDERS MEDICAL AND SANITARY BINS
• Fire retardant developed with • Fire Safety in Health Care Premises - MB50
infection control guidelines: Section 5.31.2. SB28
• Valid Certificate of Fire Retardancy • Recessed lid only opened by foot pedal. • Sanitary bins with discretion flap, discrete
BS476 Part 7 - Class 0. • Available in stainless steel - POA. and designed to fit in with modern washrooms.
• UK Hospital Technical • Fitted with 2 castors - extra 2 available. • Medical bins in various colours and choice of two sizes. Safe and durable solution.
Memorandum 83.1982. Waste is hidden using a discretion flap which makes it also ideal as a nappy bin.
• Sanitary bin available white or grey.
REF Dimensions mm Capacity Description PRICE
• Medical/Nappy bin available in grey, white or yellow - specify colour when ordering.
FR17HF 600x270x285 17 litre Small removable body £119.00
hands free fire retardant REF Dimensions mm Capacity Description PRICE
FR64HF 810x450x370 64 litre Medium removable body £150.50 SB28 580x210x360 28 litre Sanitary bin £51.63
hands free fire retardant
MB50 670x415x415 50 litre Medical/Nappy bin £120.66
FR82HF 915x500x365 82 litre Large removable body £143.50
hands free fire retardant MB70 825x415x415 70 litre Medical/Nappy bin £123.64

WALL MOUNTED SACK HOLDERS FULLY OR HALF GUARDED SACK HOLDERS
Painted or galvanised options.
Choose from round or
rectangular lid.
REF Type PRICE

SH008 Medium rectangular painted £46.64
SH009 Medium circular painted metal lid £54.86
SH010 Medium circular galvanised rubber lid £54.86
SH008G Rectangular galvanised black rubber lid £48.47
• Either fully or half guarded.
• Plastic coated red, green or blue.
FIRE RETARDANT SACK HOLDERS • All units with rubber lid.
REF Type Size H x Dia. PRICE
SHO12P Half guarded 910 x 430 £95.58
SH013P Fully guarded 910 x 430 £110.73
WHEELED PLASTIC SACK HOLDER

• Grey plastic body fitted with a hinged green lid.
• Pedal operation.
• Designed to hold plastic sacks.
REF PRICE
23400 £69.21
• Lids may be colour coded in black, orange or yellow.

• All units have fixed bodies.
REF Capacity HxDxW PRICE

SH004 Small, 20 litres 610 x 325 x 240mm £85.34
SH005 Standard, 60 litres 790 x 410 x 420mm £101.37
SH006 Large, 80 litres 860 x 410 x 420mm £103.92 FOLDING SACK HOLDER
• Lightweight frame holds bag fully open for filling.
• Folds flat for storage when not in use.
PEDAL OPERATED OPEN TYPE SACK HOLDERS • Zinc plated finish.
• Extra strong nylon web limiting straps.
• Free standing pedal-operated sack holder.

• Available in white or yellow.
REF Detail PRICE
REF HxDxW PRICE Height open 710mm - closed 800mm.
S191 £45.84
SH002 860 x 440 x 370mm £70.04 Width 420mm - closed 30mm. Depth 370mm

HEAVY DUTY LITTER BINS RN0005K
RN0010T
• Manufactured from Heavy Duty Polyethylene.
• Hygienic and odour free.
• With durable and easy emptying lids.
A superb range of litterbins. Free standing and wall or post

mounted models. Silk screen printed ‘Tidyman’ logo which is universally
recognised on all models except RN0005K. Own message
or logo can be provided on any model as optional extra. Wall or post
models come with mounting plates as standard. Orbit has no liner Apollo
and Tardis have a plastic liner and Sonic, Solar, Cirrus and Space have a
galvanised liner.
REF Description Cap Height Width PRICE

litres mm mm
RN0010T ORBIT 40 495 280 £101.00
RN0005K APOLLO 57 610 355 £147.99
RN0006/PL TARDIS 114 965 380 £164.25
RN0008T/G SONIC G 100 710 560 dia £139.04
RN0009/G SOLAR G 100 965 560 dia £175.91
RN0011/G CIRRUS G 100 970 585 dia £138.05 RN0006/PL
RN0009/G RN0004R/G
RN0004R/G SPACE G 145 1015 585 dia £134.45
RN0011/G
RN0008T/G
OUTDOOR LITTER BINS

• Tough polyethylene rotationally moulded.
• Rugged Steel Galvanised Liners.
• Key lock security.
• Easy to empty with ‘low lift’ liner removal.
• Standard colours: Black, bottle green, or red.
• Special colours available to order yellow, burgundy, light
blue or dark blue.
• Tidy man logo standard.
• Custom colours and special logos etc., to order.
REF Description Capacity litres Height mm Diameter mm PRICE

OD4020 Hooded bin 94 1015 500 £199.58
OD4021 Open top bin 94 750 500 £183.07
OD4023 Ground fixing plate £24.95
OD4024 Ground fixing rawl bolts (3) £14.55
OD4021 OD4020
ECONOMY LITTER BINS

The pillar bin is 30 litres capacity and
comes complete with a plastic liner.
The open top and hooded bins are
supplied with either a plastic or
galvanised liner as an optional extra and
are 90 litres capacity.
• Choice of 3 types of litter bin - open

top, hooded top or pillar bin.
• Weather resistant UV
stabilised polyethylene.
• Hooded top options include ‘cans only’,
‘glass only’, ‘confidential’ or plain. BIN/OT BIN/HT
HOODED
• Choose and specify colour from:
yellow, maroon, light blue, dark blue,
white, black, light green, dark green,
red, orange, light grey, dark grey.
• Pillar bins are supplied with a choice of
floor or wall mountings. All have
stainless steel flap.
REF Type Size mm PRICE Extra for liner REF PRICE

BIN/OT Open top 750 H x 430 dia £107.20 Plastic PLA/LIN £24.00
BIN/HT Hooded top 1000 H x 430 dia £173.33 Galv GAL/LIN £40.00
PILLAR/FM Floor mount 770 H x 315 x 315 £153.60 - - -
PILLAR/WM Wall mount 770 H x 315 x 315 £158.67 - - -

SLIM JIM RECYCLING CONTAINERS AND TROLLEY
• Containers suitable for waste disposal and recycling separation. Choice of two sizes and with or without handles.
• Durable and crack resistant even under outdoor conditions.
• Choice of lids: swing lid for dropping waste in, handle lid for general refuse with a removable handle, bottle and can
recycling lid or paper recycling lid - colour coded options.
• Innovative trolleys suitable for linking together and pulling in train.
Recycling Lids Swing Lid
REF Description Size L x W x H mm Cap ltr Colour PRICE

3540 Waste container 510 x 280 x 760 87 Grey, blue £61.81
3541 Waste container and handles 590 x 280 x 630 60.5 Grey, blue £52.98
2673 Swing lid for all containers 523 x 294 x 127 - Grey £45.68
2688 Handle lid for 3540 and 3541 518 x 287 x 70 - Grey, yellow £39.89
2692 Bottle lid for 3540 and 3541 518 x 287 x 70 - Green, brown £39.89
2703 Paper lid for 3540 and 3541 518 x 287 x 70 - Blue £39.89
3551 Slim Jim trolley 595 x 381 x 275 - Black £77.42
TIDY CONTAINERS
Strong containers for use in any workplace.
GIT893 shown with dolly
• Hygienic wipe clean pale grey plastic. GID812 and bag GIB811
• Built in handles for easy lifting.
• Optional snap-on lids for stacking.
• Optional bag converts the bin to a janitorial trolley.
• Optional dolly to suit the two larger models allows
easy movement.
GIT893 GIT893 +
GID812
GID812
Capacity External dimensions Weight Container Lid to suit Dolly to suit
litres diameter x height mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
37 400 x 430 1.5 GIT843 £38.12 GIL840 £25.56 - - REF Description PRICE
76 500 x 580 3 GIT858 £51.97 GIL850 £26.85 - - GIB811 Bag £59.56
120 560 x 820 8.5 GIT882 £73.03 GIL856 £29.56 GID812 £48.59
167 610 x 930 13.5 GIT893 £82.03 GIL861 £29.56 GID812 £48.59
SWING LID DUSTBINS WASTE BINS

Rectangular bins ideal for any busy workplace. Excellent for use in
any workplace.
• Hygienic wipe clean pale grey plastic.
• Hygienic wipe
clean pale
grey plastic.
• Push flap
opening with clear
lettering and
directional arrow.
Capacity External dimensions Weight

Capacity External dimensions Weight REF litres L x W x H mm Kg PRICE
REF litres L x W x H mm Kg PRICE RCY29Z 20 355 x 255 x 500 1.2 £25.94
GI5832 30 380 x 280 x 510 1.5 £29.75 RCY43Z 50 430 x 310 x 600 2 £31.11
GI5831 42 430 x 300 x 660 2 £33.96 RCY57Z 60 455 x 320 x 750 2.5 £34.16

INTERNAL LITTER BINS INTERNAL WALL BINS
Zintec steel body with a stainless top. Powder coated Zintec steel - 20 litre capacity. Supplied as a pack
of 2. Size - 395W x 190D x 480H mm.
• Choice of bezel or swivel top.
• An optional galvanised metal liner is included. • Available in white, black, blue, red, green and yellow.
• Choice of colours: white, black, grey, blue, green, red, yellow,
beige, maroon and silver.
701L
701STB
REF Size DxH mm Cap ltr Top PRICE 464 Pack of 2 bins - no lid £81.15
701L 455x760 120 Swivel lid £167.12 464T Pack of 2 bins - with lid £89.87
701STB 455x760 120 Bezel top £147.18 464/L Optional galvanised liner (2) £51.26
INTERNAL LITTER BINS FIRE RETARDANT PUSH FLAP BIN

A choice of polished stainless steel or powder coated Zintec steel Zintec steel powder coated.
bodies. Supplied with either a bezel (STB) top or a funnel top (STF)
both in stainless steel. • Capacity with/without liner - 54/60 litre.
• 310W x 310D x 895H mm.
• 60/51 litre cap (without/with liner). • Lightly sprung push flap.
• 360D x 720 H mm. • Optional lift out galvanised liner.
• Choice of painted colours: red, blue, green, • Available in red, blue,
white, grey, yellow, black, beige. yellow, grey, white,
silver or green.
544STF

544STBSS Stainless £103.56
544LSTBSS Stainless + liner £124.76
544STB Painted £84.89
544LSTB Painted + liner £106.07 REF Description PRICE
544STF Painted (funnel) £83.63 555PF Bin without liner £99.23
544LSTF Painted + liner £104.82 555PLL Bin with liner £125.39
EXTERNAL ASH/LITTER BIN EXTERNAL ASH/LITTER BIN EXTERNAL ASH/

• Powder coated Zintec • Powder coated
LITTER BIN
body and stainless Zintec body. • Stainless steel or Zintec
steel top. • Stainless steel ashtray body- colours: red,
• Size: 360D x 720H mm. top and metal bowl. blue, green, white, grey,
• Capacity 37 litres. • Galvanised liner. beige, silver or black.
• Galvanised liner. • Size: 455D x 760H mm. • Galvanised liner.
• Colour choice: blue, • Capacity 50 litres. • Ashtray bowl.
red, green, white, black, • Colour choice: red, blue, • Size: 250D x 600H mm.
silver or beige. green, white, black, • Capacity 16 litres.
yellow, beige or grey.
REF REF Type PRICE

Type of Top PRICE REF PRICE
497STF 487HL Powder coated £82.40
Funnel + bowl £125.37 501STC £146.57
497STR 487HLSS Stainless steel £111.74
Ashtray recess £109.80

CIGARETTE BINS
A/TBS18
A/TBS16
A/TBS34
A/TBS16SS A/TBS32
REF Finish Specifications PRICE

A/TBS16 Paint Jumbo size unit - 380mm high x 245mm wide x 60mm deep. Finished in either powder coat colour black/yellow, £60.00
A/TBS16SS Stainless black, hammered green or stainless steel. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixing kit. £78.00
A/TBS18 Paint Standard size unit - 325mm high x 145mm wide x 60mm deep. Finished in either powder coat colour textured black, £49.50
A/TBS18SS Stainless antique silver, hammered green or stainless steel. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixing kit. £63.00
A/TBS32 Paint Hooded floor standing unit - 730mm high x 305mm wide x 213mm deep. Powder coat finish colour yellow/black, £157.50
antique silver or black. Hinged door, internal hopper with lock, ground fixing bolts.
A/TBS34 Paint Advertising bin - takes an A4 size advert. 465mm high x 245mm wide x 60mm deep. Powder coated orange, £69.00
antique silver or textured black. Galvanised collection hopper, lock with 2 keys and wall fixings.
CIGARETTE ASHTRAYS AND ASHBINS
58700 58690 58691 58692
MAXIMASH/SS MAXIMASH
REF Detail PRICE

MAXIMASH Wall mounted bin c/w lock & inner liner. Colours: red, black or grey. 320 H x 360 Wx100 D £35.07
MAXIMASH/SS As above but body in stainless steel £54.81
58700 Wall mounted ashtray, steel, white 113x200x137mm £82.04
58701 Wall mounted ashtray, steel, beige 113x200x137mm £82.04
58702 Wall mounted ashtray, steel, grey 113x200x137mm £82.04
58703 Wall mounted ashtray, aluminium, matt 113x200x137mm £91.07
58690 Small wall mounted ashtray, steel, white 82x160x108mm £71.56
58691 Small wall mounted ashtray, steel, beige 82x160x108mm £71.56
58692 Small wall mounted ashtray, aluminium, matt 82x160x108mm £82.04
WALL MOUNTED AND FLOOR STANDING BINS

ASH039
ASH037
REF Detail Size HxLxW PRICE

ASH038 Floor cigarette bin, bronze finish with hinged flaps 130x270x230mm £32.39
ASH039 Circular floor cigarette bin with lift off top, gold finish 180x230mm dia £32.39
ASH040/R Ash/cigarette safety collecting bin, powder coated in red 160x260x210mm £34.34 ASH040 ASH038
ASH037 Wall mounted ashtray, stainless steel 90x180x100mm £37.96

STANDING ASH TOWER PYRAMID ASH TOWER
Internal or external usage. Manufactured from Internal or external usage. Manufactured from
Zintec steel and epoxy powder coated. Zintec steel and epoxy powder coated.
• Separate ash collection. • Stainless steel top.

• Locking facility. • Separate ash collection.
• Fixing holes for bolt down. • Locking facility.
• Concrete fixing optional. Size: H 1m x D 200mm • Fixing holes for bolt down.
x W 200mm. • Concrete fixing optional. Size: H 1m x D 200mm
• Capacity 6 litres. x W 200mm.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

SAT/LIN £220.68 PAT/LIN £220.68
FIRE RETARDANT BIN EXTERNAL WALL ASHBIN SMOKE STAND

Self-extinguishing bin in either stainless steel or Zintec steel - epoxy powder coated green - other A stylish sleek and attractive cigarette
powder coated black, white, red, blue, green, colours to order. receptacle is designed to complement
silver or beige. the decor of any facility.
• Collection box with key.
• Size: 250D x 300H mm. • Wall fixings supplied. • Internal cigarette snuffer keeps
• Capacity 12 litres. • Size: 280W x 85D x 350H mm. outside appearance ash-free.
• Sold in a pack of 2 off. • Powder coated aluminium and steel
construction.
• Easy to clean and maintain, just
empty on a regular basis.
• Pre-drilled hole in base for bolt-down.
• Size: H 1m x D 355mm base.
• Available in black or silver.

516FGS £42.53 LP100-06 £70.80 SOP200 £195.77
FIRE RETARDANT BIN FIRE RETARDANT SWIVEL TOP BINS

Self-extinguishing bin in either stainless steel or Bright polished stainless steel or powder coated
powder coated black, white, red, blue, green, Zintec steel body (colours: red, blue, green,
silver or beige. black, silver, grey, beige).
• Size: 250D x 600H mm. • Stainless steel lift off top assembly.
• Capacity 24 litres. • Easy lift out galvanised liner.
• Size: 360D x 720H mm.

REF PRICE 882L Powder coated £133.47
374FL £69.96 882LSS Stainless steel £180.83

GRIT SALT BINS
• Lockable shovel hatch for easy salt removal whilst
keeping supplies dry and secure.
• UV stable.
• 10 year minimum life.
• Very robust construction.
450L and 750L versions have lockable lower shovel
hatch for easy salt removal - keeps salt dry and secure
(also available without hatch for quantities of 10+).
• All have lockable top lids with 450L and 750L units
having double skinned insulated lids to stop NB - shovel is not supplied with
condensation spoiling salt. these bins.
REF Description/Cap LxWxH cm PRICE

CB1 Grit salt bin 206 ltr 78x60x68 £181.25
GRIT/SALT STORAGE BINS

• Water resistant UV stabilised polyethylene.
• Own logo as required - please enquire.
• Colour options are available.
Large opening for access Fork lift channels in base
REF Capacity Size LxWxH mm o/a PRICE

GRIT6 6 cu ft - holds175Kg approx 886 x 615 x 670 £172.00
Nesting for storage GRIT12 12 cu ft - holds 375Kg approx 1220 x 650 x 750 £194.05
PEDESTRIAN SPREADER MINI GRIT BIN WITH SALT

Ideal for use in many applications, for treating Manufactured from very tough medium
paths, walkways, forecourts and all areas that density recycled poly.
require anti-slip treatment. Suitable for office
forecourts, yards, loading bays, public areas, • Ideal for commercial and domestic use.
hospitals, schools, drives etc. • Water tight lid with lock.
• Size: 475 x 383 x 305 W x D x H mm.
• Bin comes complete with a 25Kg bag of
rock salt and a moulded hand scoop.
REF PRICE
RW0007 £62.25
ECONOMY SALT SPREADER

Compact economy salt spreader.
• Body width - 450mm, handle height - 1070mm.
• Polyethylene hopper basket. • Fitted on 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels.
• Strong steel frame. • Weight: 3Kg.
• Mounted on 500mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels.
• Size LxWxH 1170 x 690 x 925mm.
• Weight: 13Kg.
REF PRICE
SCA04Y £44.68
REF PRICE
SQT01Y £168.42

TWO WHEELED WASTE BINS
Manufactured from high quality, high density polyethylene (HDPE) and
compliant to EN840, RAL and DIN 30760. Unique design has produced
noise level not exceeding 92dB. Containers are supplied with highly
robust rubber 200mm dia wheels with sturdy axle mountings made from
tempered steel.
• Choice of 6 colours: grey, green, brown, yellow, blue or red.

• Resistant to UV, frost, heat and chemicals.
• Cadmium-free and easily recycled.
• Rear handles for ease of movement.
• Range of accessories including: tow bar, paper slot, drop front,
customised markings and logos.
REF Cap litres Max Kg Size HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE

MGB120 120 60 920x480x550 9.90 £44.55
MGB140 140 70 1050x480x550 10.60 £47.85
MGB240 240 110 1070x580x740 14.15 £53.35
MGB360 360 160 1100x600x880 20.20 £126.50
FOUR WHEELED WASTE BINS

Designed in accordance with latest European specification EN840, made from 100%
high quality HDPE. Equipped with side lifting trunnions and a comb lift moulding and
can be lifted by either REL bin lifters or trunnion lift equipment.
• Choice of 5 colours: grey, green, blue, yellow, or red (1110 litre in green only).
• Solid rubber tyred wheels 200mm dia fitted with footbrakes.
• Resistant to UV, frost, heat and chemicals.
• Cadmium-free and easily recycled.
• 1100 litre model has a choice of three lid styles.
• Large range of accessories including: tow bars, customised markings and logos,
fork lift pockets, glass/paper slots, central braking and locks.
Roll top & flat top 1100 litre
1100 litre with flat lid Towbar
REF Lid type Cap litres Size HxWxD mm Weight Kg PRICE

MGB660 Flat 660 1200x1350x770 45 £207.20
MGB770 Flat 770 1360x1350x770 54 £225.70
MGB1100/FL Flat 1100 1330x1400x1090 66 £224.75
MGB1100/RT Roll top 1100 1450x1400x1090 71 £348.75
MGB1100/RTL Roll/lid 1100 1450x1400x1090 75 £348.75 770 litre bin
CLINICAL WASTE BINS

Suitable for clinical waste plus all other materials or tools.
• Colour yellow. Refs 5120, GRIT1/Y and GRIT2/Y can also be supplied
in colour green and beige medium density polyurethane.
• Locks available extra.
WB140
REF Size HxWxD mm Detail PRICE
5120 570x235x245 50 litre pedal bin. Bag fitting snag free £48.00
WB140 1070x480x560 140 litre wheeled bin £84.60
WB240 1070x580x740 240 litre wheeled bin £86.30
GRIT1/Y 710x720x750 7 cu.ft. (200 litre) £181.99 WB240
GRIT2/Y 710x1260x750 14 cu.ft. (400 litre) £227.43 Grit1/Y 5120

WHEELED BINS RECYCLING CENTRE
• Comply to BS/EN 840.
• Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels.
• Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc.
• Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene.
• LW1120Y is a one off unit, please specify which colour you require: dark grey (cans), blue (paper), red (plastics), light grey (general waste).
• LW4120Y comes complete as a pack of 4.
REF Description Capacity litres Overall size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE

LW1120Y 1 off £55.99
120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5
LW4120Y Set of 4 £180.50
RECYCLING BINS ON A POST RECYCLING CENTRE BINS

• Comply to BS/EN 840. • Supplied as a set of 3 bins.
• Suitable for outside use. • Suitable for paper, plastic and can/tin waste.
• Ideal for public waste and public areas. • Manufactured from steel.
• Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene.
Capacity Overall size Weight Capacity Overall size: Weight

REF litres LxWxH mm Kg PRICE REF litres top ø x bottom ø x H mm Kg PRICE
LIP50Z 50 710x430x970 8 £101.87 RCJ49Z 49 390 x 320 x 580 8 £100.70
POLO TRIPLE RECYCLING UNIT

Self closing, fire retardant metal bins with colour coded tops to segregate waste
prior to disposal.
• Robust construction manufactured in heavy gauge Zintec steel and powder coated.
• Unique bag tidy rings.
• Security triangle lock.
• Tops supplied with any colour and new WRAP recycling logos.
• Available with optional easy lift out galvanised metal liner. REF PRICE
• Self-adhesive wording supplied - please ask for further details. POLOTRIPLE £728.00
• H 810mm x D 420mm x W 1120mm.

OPEN TOP BIN RECYCLING STATION PILLAR BIN RECYCLING STATION
Made from durable polythene for indoor or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station. Made from durable polythene for indoor
or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station.
• 90 litre capacity in each bin.
• Weather resistant UV stabilised. • 30 litre capacity per bin.
• Colour coded for segregation of recyclable materials. • Weather resistant UV stabilised.
• Choice of plastic or galvanised liners. • Colour coded for segregation
of recyclable materials.
• Complete with plastic liners.
• Choice of wall or floor mounted.
Floor mounted
REF Description PRICE Wall mounted
OTRECY/4 4 bin station £455.62
OTRECY/P Plastic liners - each £24.00 REF Description PRICE
OTRECY/G Galvanised liners - each £40.00 PBRECY/F Floor mounted £404.14
OTRECY/FK Ground fixing kit - each £16.00 PBRECY/W Wall mounted £498.43
HOODED BIN RECYCLING STATION ADVERTISING LITTER BINS

Made from durable polythene for indoor or outdoor use. Sold as a 4 bin station. Advertise your company or product - simply send us your design
and we will create and fit the personalised vinyl wrap.
• 90 litre capacity in each bin.
• Weather resistant UV stabilised. • 90 litre capacity.
• Colour coded for segregation of recyclable materials. • Minimum order of 5 off bins.
• Choice of plastic or galvanised liners. • Indoor use only.
• Ground fixing kit available. • UV stabilised.
• Optional locks. • Ground fixing kit and locks available.
• Plastic or galvanised liners.
Plastic liner Galvanised liner Advertising bin

HBRECY/4 4 bin station £474.07 ADLB Advertising litter bin - min 5 £270.02
HBRECY/P Plastic liners - each £24.00 ADLB/P Plastic liner £32.00
HBRECY/G Galvanised liners - each £40.00 ADLB/G Galvanised liner £40.00
HBRECY/FK Ground fixing kit - each £16.00 ADLB/FK Ground fixing kit £16.00
HBRECY/L Locks £23.00 ADLB/L Locks £23.00
RECYCLING CENTRE BINS

Self closing, fire retardant Zintec powder coated metal bins with
colour coded flaps to segregate waste.
• Bins have flaps with either green, yellow or blue recycling logo fitted
- other colours to order.
• Easy lift out galvanised liner.
• Self adhesive wording to your choice can be supplied as an extra
(one word per extra cost).
REF Description W x D x H mm Cap ltr PRICE

555PF/RC Either green, yellow or blue logo bin 310 x 310 x 895 54 £104.82
555PF/RC/W Extra for wording on bins - see illustration - - £4.50

MILD STEEL RECYCLING UNIT
Heavy duty and sturdy mild steel construction. Suitable for robust usage and bulky materials.
Once placed in location it tends to become a semi permanent fixture.
• Entry slot fitted to top surface.

• Easy to empty when full.
• Takes a standard sackholder bag.
• Multiple units can be utilised in various recycling situations.
• Available in red, green, blue and yellow.
• Dimensions: 760mm H x 405mm W x 275mm D. REF PRICE
STERECY £95.72
CARDBOARD RECYCLING UNITS

Very light cardboard recycling units supplied flat packed for ease
of storage and assembly.
• Three sizes available.

• Non bleached cardboard.
• Units totally recyclable when ready for disposal.
• Easy to wipe clean.
• Detachable lids.
REF Capacity litres O/S H x dia mm Pack qty PRICE

RECY60 60 700 x 185 5 £54.47
RECY100 100 700 x 230 5 £68.27
RECY120 120 700 x 260 5 £72.51
CORREX RECYCLING UNIT

These units are light and easy to handle. They can be utilised in any number of
units in whatever colour choices required.
• Base station holds two units.

• Correx construction ensures that they are easily wiped and cleaned.
• Supplied flat pack - easy to store and assemble.
• Takes a standard sackholder bag.
• Dimensions of all four bins: 743mm H x 348mm W x 298mm D.
REF Type Pack qty PRICE

PPRECY75/BLU Letterbox opening 5 £67.31
PPRECY75/GRE Round opening 5 £67.31
PPRECY75/YEL Round opening 5 £67.31
PPRECY75/RED Letterbox opening 5 £67.31
PPRECY75/BASE Base station 5 £46.68
RECYCLING BINS
Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: general waste (white), paper (blue), plastic (red),
food and drinks cans (dark grey) and glass (green). Simply select the ones you want to use.
• Ideal for offices, warehouses and factories.

• Hygienic wipe-clean plastic.
• Capacity – 60 litres.
• Overall size L x W x H mm: 320 x 455 x 800.
REF PRICE
RCY63Z £91.04

MULTI-DRY HAND AND FACE DRYER MAGNUM SUPER HAND DRYER
• Choice of 3 dryers with standard or turbo power options. Also standard touch or • Choice of 3 finishes on front cover.
automatic 'air on demand' operation. • Fast and quiet automatic drying.
• Tough, fire retardant ABS cover with cast aluminium chromed nozzle. • Vandal resistant.
• Quiet operation suitable for hospitals, hotels, offices and restaurants etc. • Infra red sensor
• Standard - 1800va, turbo 2200va with heater respectively 1.5kw and 2.2kw. 230v ac. 'no touch' operation.
• Automatic switch off.
• CE compliant.
• 2000 watts heater.
• 230 volts ac.
REF Type/Operation PRICE REF Type of finish PRICE

ZBOM1X Standard power/Touch £115.20 HSUPXX White £176.00
ZBOM3X Standard power/Automatic £126.40 HSUPXS Grained stainless steel £225.60
ZBOM4X Turbo power/Automatic £153.60 HSUPXP Polished stainless steel £236.80
AIR FRAGRANCE MACHINES

The Scentronic is a battery operated aerosol air freshener that dispenses WSCE2W-E
perfume in metered doses.
• Sleek white body unit 215mm H x 90mm W x 80mm D with the option of a
stainless steel outer case - 270 x 95 x 80mm for aesthetic appearance.
• 3 operating options - 24 hours, light sensing or dark.
• Order a choice of fragrance canisters to suit (each box contains 12 cans).

WSCE2W-E Scentronic machine only £30.24
WSCE2S-L Stainless steel outer case £38.40
SGESAP Apple blossom fragrance cans £49.92
SGESBA Baby powder fragrance cans £49.92
SGESCI Citrus fragrance cans £49.92
SGESLE Les hommes fragrance cans £49.92
SGESM2 Mixed box fragrance cans £49.92
WSCE2S-L
FLY KILLERS
• Designed, developed and
manufactured in UK.
• Easy to service.
• Removable catch tray.
• All steel main case (None of the
problems associated with plastic fly
killers). Colour white.
• Suitable for wall mounting,
suspending
or free standing.
Maxi 40w Compact 15w
• Supplied with mains lead and plug.
• Stainless steel killing grid. Circline 22w
• Hygienic aluminium catch tray.
• Specially formulated high REF Model Approx sq. m coverage Shatter resistant tube(s) WxDxH mm Weight Kg Tube(s) PRICE
attraction UV tubes. F25CBW No 370 x 1 x 15w £79.20
Compact 30-40 4
• CE approved & formally tested F25CSW Yes 225x115 x 300mm £81.60
to BS EN 60335-2-59. F45CBW No 310 x 1 x 22w £104.00
Circline 50-80 4.5
F45CSW Yes 340x115 circline £110.40
F18CBW No 650 x 2 x 40w £204.80
Maxi 180-280 9.0
F18CSW Yes 395x155 x 600mm £212.80

Whatever the location, whatever the requirement - hot or cold, performance can be guaranteed with these effective units.
All products are CE approved.
PROPANE HEATERS
• LPG heating - clean and efficient.
• Models G33 & G80 have dual voltage 230v/110v.
• G80 fitted on rear wheels.
REF G33 G80

Duty 15 - 38.6 67.6 - 102.9
Kw BTU 51180 - 131703 230000 - 351094
Heated areas 923m3 2486m3 G33
Noise BDA @1m 72 75
Weight Kg 15.5 28.2
Size: WxLxH mm 372x610x480 470x935x532
PRICE £463.55 £799.65 G80
OIL FIRED HEATERS

• Gas oil - kerosene heaters.
• All models are available in 230v or REF 30 40
110v and automatic external controls Duty 28 43
are available. Kw BTU 95,536 146,716
Heated areas 675m3 1050m3
Noise BDA @1m 73 79
Weight Kg 31 37
40 Size: WxLxH mm 485x860x530 560x930x615
Hours run 11.3/tank 11.2/tank
PRICE £703.77 £895.68
30
ELECTRIC HEATERS
• Fan assisted, radiant, popular and efficient.
• Power supply 230v (DE25/110-110v).
REF DE25/240 DE25/110 LOTUS

Duty Kw BTU 2.8/9,553 2.8/9,553 2.4/8.188
Heated areas 67.6m3 67.6m3 57.9m3
Weight Kg 11 11 6
Size: WxLxH mm 260x320x360 260x320x360 400x340x490
Power supply 240v 110v 240v
PRICE £352.99 £369.66 £215.98
DE25 LOTUS
VENTILATION AND COOLING FANS AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

• The Polar units have exhaust
• Variable speed. POLAR BREEZE
tubes fitted - 1m long.
• Power supply 230v.
• Power supply 230v.
• Choice of two sizes.
• Superb quality unit suitable
for all applications.
ASF50
REF POLARBREEZE POLARWIND
REF ASF21 ASF50 Duty Kw BTU 2.6/9000 4.1/1400

Air flow 300m3/h 360m3/h
Max air flow 3600m3/h 7600m3/h Cooled area 63.7m3 99m3
Noise BDA @1m 67.5 80 Noise DBA/4m 55 56
Weight Kg 16 21 Weight Kg 35 45
Size: WxLxH mm 640x300x640 840x345x820 Size: WxLxH mm 380x480x830 480x400x840
PRICE £406.64 £561.96 PRICE £649.60 £794.60 POLAR WIND

CONVEX SAFETY/SECURITY MIRRORS
Convex mirrors help you to see around corners so you can stop the
crash, deter the shoplifter and prevent accidents.
• Interior use - factories, offices, warehouses, shops and stores.

• Exterior use - car parks, yards, roads, forecourts and fields.
• Bright zinc ‘J’ arm adjustable fixing brackets for wall mounting -
please enquire for other types of fitting.
• Shatter resistant acrylic face.
Interior use acrylic convex mirrors
REF Type Size PRICE
M18021A Economy light 300mm dia £46.20
M18020J Heavy duty 300mm dia £56.98 Exterior use acrylic convex mirrors
M18038J Heavy duty 450mm dia £68.53 REF Type Size PRICE
M18056J Heavy duty 600mm dia £104.72 M18044S Heavy duty 450mm dia £90.86
M18108J Heavy duty 900mm dia £197.12 M18062S Heavy duty 600mm dia £143.99
M18330A Heavy duty 600x400mm rect £106.26 M18114S Heavy duty 900mm dia £210.98
HEMISPHERE CONVEX MIRRORS HYGIENE MIRRORS

• Choice of quarter, half or full face • Great deterrent to shoplifters. • Specifically designed for food
mirrors giving 90°, 180° or 360° clear • Assists surveillance. processing areas or points
vision respectively. • Fittings supplied. where hygiene is paramount.
• Impact resistant acrylic face. • Assists with surveillance and
theft prevention.
• With the exception of the
acrylic mirror face and
surround all fittings are high
grade stainless steel.
• Easily cleaned.
• Safety usage with no glass or
wood parts.
Half face wall mirror Full face ceiling dome
REF Type of face Size Fixing PRICE

M18541H Quarter 300mm Wall £30.80
M18560H Quarter 450mm Wall £59.29 REF Type Size PRICE
M18535H Half 600mm Wall £77.77 M18244V Acrylic 450mm round £179.41
M18553H Half 900mm Wall £122.43 M18266V Acrylic 600mm round £297.22
M18585H 360° dome 600mm Ceiling £130.13 M18287V Acrylic 800mm round £403.48
M18590H 360° dome 900mm Ceiling £222.53
PORTABLE INSPECTION MIRRORS

Made in tough lightweight acrylic for easy cleaning, these convex inspection mirrors are designed for all
security inspection work where vision is obscured. Used by anti-bomb squads, drug search teams, the
armed services and security guards for searching aircraft, ships, cars, trucks building etc. When not in use,
the mirror folds neatly away for easy storage. The arm extends to 1 metre in length.

M18660 Mirror portable 150mm dia. 4 piece handle £133.98
FORKTRUCK REAR VIEW MIRROR

• See full 180° vision with clear dome shaped safety mirror.
• Mirror dome 300mm wide x 150mm deep, easy to fit brackets included.
• Safer reversing for driver, truck and racking etc.

Domed mirror 300 x 150 with totally
M19952A £63.14
enclosed rear in ABS suitable indoor/exterior use
Domed mirror 300 x 150 with open back except
M19952T £54.67
for 'TEE' bar suitable indoor use only

SPILL CONTROL
We are able to offer customers complete environmental
protection with a comprehensive range of
environmental services and products including:
• Emergency Spill Response - a non-contract service available to
companies throughout the UK for the provision of spill control
products and spill response strategy.
• Spill Impact Assessment - our team are ideally placed and trained to
provide an assessment of the broader environment impacts of an
incident and where necessary recommend, design and implement an
effective response.
• Pollution Incident Response Planning - we can assist companies to
achieve the objectives of pollution prevention guidance and other
environmental legislation compliance issues. We can supply pollution
prevention equipment and formulate a full site specific pollution
incident response plan (PIRP).
• Bund Inspection, Cleaning and Maintenance - we can offer bund
maintenance packages including: inspection, cleaning,
decontamination, repairs, preparation, sealing and coating.
• Spill Training Courses - we can provide a range of spill training courses
to ensure the understanding of current legislation, how to respond to
and recover from an incident. How can you deal with major spill or pollution incidents like this?
GIVE OUR SALES TEAM A CALL.
DECOY CCTV CAMERAS

• No maintenance required.
• Complete with wall brackets and pan and tilt.
• Batteries included.
• Five year life flashing LED.
• Fully weatherproof.
• External model with anti-corrosion finish and
impact proof window.
• Data Protection Act 1998 became law March 2000.
Appropriate signs should be displayed.
REF Type PRICE

PVSCIDC Internal decoy camera £21.84
Internal Decoy
PVSV1000 External decoy camera £33.60 External Decoy
DIGITAL DOOR LOCKS

• Prevents unauthorised entry to restricted areas.
• Over 8000 possible combinations with simple
code change facility.
• Fail safe design gives free egress at all times.
• Stainless steel buttons will not indicate usage.
• Snib holdback facility supplied as standard.
• Mechanical operation - no wiring or
batteries required.
• Satin chrome finish with the option of brass
on DXLOCKITHB/B.
• DXLBG400ISCLH is DDA compatible with a
clutched handle to help prevent forced entry.
DXLBG4001SCLH
REF Finish Type PRICE

DXLOCKITHB/B Brass Light duty £65.45
DXLOCKITHB/C Chrome Light duty £65.45
DXLBG3700SCOR Chrome Light duty - key override £102.24
DXLBG4001SCLH Chrome Medium duty - handle £119.14

SPILL CUSHIONS SPILL PADS AND SHEETS
Cushions and mini cushions are high capacity absorbents for large spill Sheets and pads that absorb spills fast. High strength, even when
quantities. They have a tough, durable tear resistant cover. saturated. Use under dripping machinery or for wiping down surfaces and
as part of your spill response plan.
Use:
• On major spills or in sumps and bilges. • During maintenance works.
• Under machines. • Use mini cushion with drip tray.
Chemical sheet
Oil sheet Maintenance sheet

REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) Size cm Qty PRICE
0144 Pads Oil 150-200 40x52 100 £46.85
0140 Sheet Oil 150-200 40x52 200 £46.85
0141 Sheet Oil 38-50 40x52 50 £19.86
Oil cushion Chemical cushion Maintenance cushion 0240 Sheet Chemical 90-160 40x52 200 £55.77
0241 Sheet Chemical 23-40 40x52 50 £22.11
REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) Size cm Qty PRICE 0246 Sheet Chemical 11.5-20 40x52 25 £21.05
0340 Sheet Maintenance 90-160 40x52 200 £55.77
0110 Cushion Oil 135-150 55x35x10 10 £48.77
0341 Sheet Maintenance 23-40 40x52 50 £22.11
0111/20 Mini cushion Oil 85-94 33x21x6 20 £33.27
0346 Sheet Maintenance 11.5-20 40x52 25 £20.99
0210 Cushion Chemical 70-100 55x35x10 10 £37.71
0344 Pad (heavy duty) Maintenance 90-160 40x52 100 £55.77
0211/20 Mini cushion Chemical 50-90 33x21x6 20 £40.69
0140/A Antistatic pads Oil 140 40x52 200 £59.64
0310 Cushion Maintenance 70-100 55x35x10 10 £43.09
0141/A Antistatic pads Oil 35 40x52 50 £27.50
0309/RC Mini cushion Maintenance 50-90 33x21x6 20 £34.81
0309/RT Drip tray Maintenance - 35x25x6 20 £47.07
SPILL ROLLS
FORK LIFT TRUCK KIT Rolls that absorb fast. Retain strength when saturated. Form part of your spill
response plan. Use under dripping machinery or for wiping down surfaces.
Clear, weatherproof, tear open
bag. Double-sided tape for
mounting on fork lift trucks.
For spills caused whilst using
fork lifts. Contains Dammit
slab to seal leaks and tears.
Contents: 8 x pads (40x52cm)
1 x Dammit slab
1 x gloves
1 x goggles
REF Product Absorbency (L) Size cm PRICE
0170/FL/1 Oil fork lift kit 7 50x28x7 £28.07
0270/FL/1 Chemical fork lift kit 5 50x28x7 £28.74
Oil roll Chemical roll Maintenance roll

SPILL CONTROL SOCKS 0142/A Antistatic roll Oil 140-190 100x42 1 £61.37
Highly absorbent cover and filler. Use as a spill containment 0143/A Antistatic mini roll Oil 70-95 40x52 1 £36.14
device and around leaky machinery to prevent leaks from 0143 Mini roll Oil 75-100 50x42 1 £28.70
spreading. Excellent temporary bund. 0142 Roll Oil 150-200 100x42 1 £46.50
0242 Roll Chemical 90-160 100x42 1 £56.34
0243 Mini roll Chemical 45-80 50x42 1 £33.59
0342 Roll Maintenance 90-160 100x42 1 £56.33
0343 Mini roll Maintenance 45-80 50x42 1 £33.59
DRUM TOP COVERS

Oil sock Chemical sock Maintenance sock Cut to fit 205 litre drum cover. Stop drips from reaching the floor
and promote good house keeping.
0130/125/10 Sock Oil 35-40 125x7.5 10 £30.51
0130/300/5 Sock Oil 42-48 300x7.5 5 £34.05
0130/600/4 Sock Oil 68-76 600x7.5 4 £44.01
0230/125/10 Sock Chemical 25-35 125x7.5 10 £30.21
0230/125/20 Sock Chemical 50-70 125x7.5 20 £48.63
0230/125/40 Sock Chemical 100-140 125x7.5 40 £70.56
0230/300/5 Sock Chemical 30-42 300x7.5 5 £33.53
0230/600/4 Sock Chemical 48-60 600x7.5 4 £46.59
0330/125/10 Sock Maintenance 25-35 125x7.5 10 £30.35 Oil drum top cover
0330/125/20 Sock Maintenance 50-70 125x7.5 20 £48.54 Chemical drum top cover Maintenance drum top pad
0330/125/40 Sock Maintenance 100-140 125x7.5 40 £85.79
0330/300/5 Sock Maintenance 30-42 300x7.5 5 £33.69 REF Product Sorbency Absorbency (L) Size cm Qty PRICE
0330/120/10 Super sock Maintenance 60 120x8 10 £40.76 0148 Drum top cover Oil 20 56 dia 25 £26.58
0330/120/20 Super sock Maintenance 120 120x8 20 £62.49 0248 Drum top cover Chemical 13 56 dia 25 £27.75
0330/120/40 Super sock Maintenance 240 120x8 40 £111.90 0348 Drum top cover Maintenance 13 56 dia 25 £27.75

ECOMAT SPILL CONTROL DAMMIT EMERGENCY DRAIN MATS
Natural fibre absorbent - the natural choice. Absorbs up to 18 times its own weight. • The most effective low cost drainseal • Resistant to oil, water and
High strength, low linting and fire retardant. on the market. most chemicals.
• The three sizes will fit most drains - if • Simple to use - peel off cover and
Ecomat not simply use two mats. tread onto drain. Place in areas of high
Ecomat maintenance • Used by most fire services as first line risk in the wall mounted box.
oil range range pollution defence. • Also available as a gulley blocker for
• This product gives 100% seal even on blocking long gulley drains.
rough surfaces. • Remains flexible to -20°C.

Unique anti-freeze and
002/O/PAD/100 Pad Oil 96-128 50x40 100 £40.83 anti-mould properties
002/O/ROLL/0.5 Mini roll Oil 48-64 50x20 1 £27.20
002/O/ROLL/1.0 Roll Oil 96-128 100x20 1 £44.00 REF Product Size cm Qty PRICE
002/O/CARPET/1.5 Carpet Oil 144-192 150x20 1 £56.46 4000/X Emergency drain mat 65x45 2 £36.84
002/M/PAD/100 Pad Maintenance 70-126 50x40 100 £40.83 4010/X Emergency drain mat 45x45 2 £33.74
002/M/ROLL/0.5 Mini roll Maintenance 35-63 50x20 1 £27.20 4020/X Emergency drain mat 22.5x20 12 £49.10
002/M/ROLL/1.0 Roll Maintenance 70-126 100x20 1 £43.50 4030/X Emergency gulley mat 65x15 6 £42.20
002/M/CARPET/1.5 Carpet Maintenance 105-189 150x20 1 £56.46 4780 Wall mounted mat box 76x56x7.5 1 £121.61
BIOCAT SPILL CONTROL DAMMIT READY MIX CLAY PLUGGING COMPOUND

Leading edge absorbent for hydrocarbon spills and also general maintenance spills. Specifically developed for the emergency sealing
A self contained bioremediation system with naturally occuring micro organisms. of leaks from holes, tears and ruptures.
Can be re-used and recycled.
• Stops most spills at source.
• Can be used on any
non-flexible surface.
• Product is ready for immediate
application, just push
Dammit onto the source
of the leak.
• Withstands pressure of
up to .25 bar.
• Stays in place for up
to 24 hours. Unique anti-freeze and
Biocat anti-mould properties
REF Product Weight Qty PRICE
4037/X Dammit X pot 500g 18 £50.57
4040/X Dammit X pot 800g 12 £51.21
4041/X Dammit X pot 1Kg 12 £55.43
Biocat recycling centre (industrial) Biocat recycling centre starter kit 4050/X Dammit X pot 1.8Kg 6 £57.48
4045/X Dammit X slab 1Kg 12 £49.05
Recycling centre contents: Starter kit contents: 4047/X Dammit applicator pack 400g 6 £59.24
120 litre wheelie bin 120 litre wheelie bin
Brush Brush
Shovel Shovel
Sieve Sieve LOOSE ABSORBENT MATERIALS
6 x 20 litre Biocat absorbent
Our range of loose absorbent materials is excellent for all industrial situations.
REF Product Sorbency Absorbency(L) Size litre PRICE
001/BIO/20L Biocat 25-50 20 £30.18
001/RC/MINI Biocat recycling - 20 £19.76
centre (mini) Oil /
001/RC/120L Biocat recycling maintenance - 120 £260.63
centre (industrial)
001/STARTER Biocat recycling - 120 £385.85
centre starter kit
Wood loose
Biocat recycling centre 5 step guide: fibre Granules Zorb
Step 1 - shovel Biocat from from the shutter at the base of the recycling centre. Absorbency
Step 2 - completely cover the spill with Biocat. REF Product Sorbency (L) Size Qty PRICE
Step 3 - Brush Biocat backwards and forwards to remove any residue. 001/AQUA/100L Aquacat Oil 125-150 100L 1 £31.19
Step 4 - shovel up used Biocat and process through the recycling centre. 0101 Wood loose fibre Oil 140-160 10Kg 1 £40.64
Step 5 - waste caught by the sieve should be disposed of in accordance with 10Kg
local legislation. 0399 Granules Oil/ 8-12 13Kg 1 £15.00
maintenance
0202/4 Loose absorbent Chemical 40-80 4Kg 1 £20.99
4Kg
0202/10 Loose absorbent Chemical 100-200 10Kg 1 £35.07
10Kg
0398/BAG Zorb (bag) Maintenance 25-30 6Kg 1 £20.63
0398/TUB Zorb (tub) Maintenance 25-30 6Kg 1 £29.48

SPILL KITS AND REFILL KITS
Spill kit 50 Spill kit 70

Spill kit 90 Spill kit 110 Spill kit 300
Large rolls 100cm x 42m
Mini rolls 50cm x 42m
55cm x 35cm x 10cm

Socks 125cm x 7.5cm
Disposal bags & ties

Boom 3m x 12.5cm
Boom 4m x 12.5cm
Pads 40cm x 52cm
Socks 3m x 7.5cm
Personal safety kit

Boom 4m x 20cm
Gloves & goggles

Please note that we can also make up bespoke spill kits to
Dammit x 800g
Particulate 4Kg
65cm x 45cm
suit your individual requirements - contact us for details
Dammit slab
Dammit mat
Cushions
Stakes
SPILL KIT 50 a Size cm Cap ltrs REF PRICE REFILL
ltrs REF PRICE
Oil 25 4 1 1 1 1 50x50x18 46-56 0171 £46.73 0171/R £39.30
Chemical 25 4 1 1 1 1 50x50x18 28-44 0271 £60.64 0271/R £52.84
Maintenance 25 4 1 1 1 1 50x50x18 28-44 0371 £46.04 0371/R £38.24
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 50 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x26 79-96 0172 £56.55 0172/R £46.92
Chemical 50 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x26 46-74 0272 £70.18 0272/R £60.55
Maintenance 50 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x26 46-74 0372 £56.51 0372/R £46.20
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 75 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x35 97-121 0173 £61.58 0173/R £51.65
Chemical 75 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x35 58-94 0273 £76.66 0273/R £66.35
Maintenance 75 4 2 1 1 1 50x50x35 58-94 0373 £62.31 0373/R £52.42
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 50 5 2 3 1 4 1 61x51x53 112-134 0174/4 £187.34 0174/4/R £79.85
Chemical 50 5 2 3 1 4 1 61x51x53 68-104 0274/4 £199.53 0274/4/R £91.65
Maintenance 50 5 2 3 1 4 1 61x51x53 68-104 0374/4 £199.88 0374/4/R £92.00
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 150 6 4 1 4 1 10 1 104x75x74 251-305 0174/5 £340.85 0174/5/R £135.47
Chemical 150 6 4 1 4 1 10 1 104x75x74 156-237 0274/5 £354.76 0274/5/R £149.36
Maintenance 150 6 4 1 4 1 10 1 104x75x74 156-237 0374/5 £355.02 0374/5/R £149.63
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 200 10 5 2 6 1 20 1 140x80x91 368-443 0174/6 £435.03 0174/6/R £191.07
Chemical 200 10 5 2 6 1 20 1 140x80x91 230-343 0274/6 £442.54 0274/6/R £198.58
Maintenance 200 10 5 2 6 1 20 1 140x80x91 230-343 0374/6 £442.69 0374/6/R £198.72
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 150 5 1 2 1 1 3 1 78x48x78 165-210 0174/7 £168.36 0174/7/R £116.57
Chemical 150 5 1 2 1 1 3 1 78x48x78 100-166 0274/7 £198.36 0274/7/R £146.55
Maintenance 150 5 1 2 1 1 3 1 78x48x78 100-166 0374/7 £198.45 0374/7/R £145.57
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 150 1 5 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 102x61x102 272-345 0174/8 £289.87 0174/8/R £154.27
Chemical 150 1 5 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 102x61x102 168-269 0274/8 £323.77 0274/8/R £188.18
Maintenance 150 1 5 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 102x61x102 168-269 0374/8 £323.47 0374/8/R £187.88
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 100 12 2 12 1 1 12 2 1 1 97x82x132 557-658 0174/9 £475.93 0174/9/R £234.41
Chemical 100 12 2 12 1 1 12 2 1 1 97x82x132 301-482 0274/9 £490.62 0274/9/R £248.97
Maintenance 100 12 2 12 1 1 12 2 1 1 97x82x132 301-482 0374/9 £495.70 0374/9/R £254.04
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 200 2 10 4 2 2 10 1 1 10 2 2 150x107x126 794-948 0174/10 £728.13 0174/10/R £310.76
Chemical 200 2 10 4 2 2 10 1 1 10 2 2 150x107x126 458-712 0274/10 £815.57 0274/10/R £398.45
Maintenance 200 2 10 4 2 2 10 1 1 10 2 2 150x107x126 458-712 0374/10 £818.64 0374/10/R £401.27
SPILL KIT 70 REFILL
Oil 400 2 1 10 4 10 1 2 10 2 2 145x100x135 979-1225 0174/11 £747.56 0174/11/R £405.77
Chemical 400 2 1 10 4 10 1 2 10 2 2 145x100x135 605-950 0274/11 £839.42 0274/11/R £497.63
Maintenance 400 2 1 10 4 10 1 2 10 2 2 145x100x135 605-950 0374/11 £840.45 0374/11/R £498.66


SAFETY GOGGLES
Pacific Safety Goggle Caspian Safety Goggle Atlantic

• Deluxe anti-mist goggle with • Flexible nose bridge and a wide double lined • Deluxe anti-mist wide angle goggle.
foam seal. elastic headband. • Wide elastic headband for
• Gives wide angle vision with its • Polycarbonate optically curved lens resists improved comfort.
large wraparound style lens. scratches and fogging. • Moulded-in ventilation for dust,
• Conforms to EN166 1B349. • Moulded-in ventilation protects against dust, liquid, molten metal and hot
liquid, molten metal and hot solids. solid protection.
• Conforms to EN166 1B349. • Conforms to EN166 1B349.
REF Type PRICE

AGP020241300 Pacific £6.60
AGR020443000 Caspian £8.82
AGN020441300 Atlantic £4.96
SAFETY SPECTACLES
The new Forceflex spectacle utilises a novel application of the
very latest in plastics technologies that makes them almost
unbreakable. The frame of the spectacle is able to recover from
almost any deformation that it may receive from simply being
left in the wearers pocket to being stood on. The frame is
injection moulded around the lenses to ensure that they stay in 3000
place should a particle hit the wearer, fully protecting the eyes.
The frames also feature the use of comfortable polymers where
they touch the wearers skin ensuring both a secure and
comfortable fit. Exceeds EN166F impact requirements by over
six times. Supplied boxed with a storage pouch and lens wipe.
3010
3020 3030

ASA690-121-100 Translucent grey frame, clear hardcoat UV400 lens (3000) £10.16
ASA690-12M-000 Blue frame indoor/outdoor, clear hardcoat UV400 lens (3010) £10.16
ASA690-125-800 Orange frame, smoke hardcoat UV400 lens (3020) £10.16
ASA690-12M-900 Black frame, smoke hardcoat UV400 lens (3030) £10.16
UNDERWORLD SAFETY SPECTACLES LUCERNE PLUS OVERSPEC

The Underworld safety spectacle has been designed to fit 8010 Ideal to be used as an over spectacle.
close to the wearers face giving optimal levels of stylish Lightweight with cord attachment point.
eye protection. It features a frameless lens to reduce Conforms to EN166 7F.
vision restriction and weight, to make these spectacles
ideal for wearing over long periods and remain
comfortable. Offers UVA, UVB and UVC protection and
conforms to EN166 1B349. Supplied boxed with storage
pouch and lens wipe.
8020 8030 8000

ASA700-121-100 Underworld 8030 black frame, clear lens £8.68
ASA700-125-800 Underworld 8000 black frame, smoke lens £8.68
ASA700-12N-100 Underworld 8020 orange frame, smoke lens £8.68 REF PRICE
ASA700-12N-200 Underworld 8010 tortoise frame, smoke brown lens £8.68 ASD010-121-300 £2.00

MARK II HARD HAT HELMET LOGO PRINTING
• Manufactured from impact resistant high • Names and logos can be printed
density polyethylene. on the front, side and back of
• UV stabilised. our products.
• CE marked and Kitemarked. • Pad printed logos are permanent
• Conforms to EN397, ANSIZ89. and will not peel, crack or fade.
• Standard fitting has an adjustable 6 point • A maximum of 6 colours can
low density polyethylene harness and a be printed.
fully adjustable slip ratchet headband. • Print sizes up to 75mm
• Choice of standard colours: red, white, x 40mm.
yellow, green. blue or orange. • Contact us for details
• Logos can be printed - POA. and prices.

AHB010-000 Mark II hard hat £5.12
AHA820-000-000 Nylon & foam sweatband £0.76
AHV001-100-000 Elasticated chinstrap £1.52
MARK III HARD HAT MARK 7 HARD HAT

• Manufactured from impact resistant UV • The ultimate hard hat - HDPE.
stabilised HDPE. • Conforms to EN397.
• CE marked and Kitemarked - conforms to • Extra comfort fit.
EN397 and ANSIZ89. • Slip ratchet headband.
• Choice of slip wheel or ratchet wheel headband. • Rain channel.
• Choice of colours: red, white, yellow, green, • Choice of either with or without
blue or orange. retractaspec eye protection.
• Visors conform to EN166.1 • Choice of colours: white,
yellow, green, blue, red
or orange.
Shown with ear defender,

Slip ratchet
carrier & poly visor
Wheel ratchet
Without eye protection
AHC110-000 Mark III with slip ratchet £8.82
AHC130-000 Mark III with wheel ratchet £10.74 REF Description PRICE
ANV000-001-10A Visor carrier £9.28 AHN120-000-200 Without eye protection £9.96
ANX010-230-000 Acetate visor - 20cm £13.94 AHN120-100-100 With eye protection £14.10
Shown with Thruxton ANX060-230-000 Polycarb visor - 20cm £7.50 ANS010-200-000 Replacement visor £4.40
ear defender
HARDCAP A1+
• Low profile design like a high street 'fashion' • Reflective piping for extra safety visibility.
baseball cap. • Sweat band.
• Castellated removable protective liner. • Choice of colours: blue, black,
• Conforms to A1 version of EN812. black/grey, grey/red, blue/gold,
• Machine washable. black/hi vis orange.
• One handed adjuster means it gives a 'one size
fits all' appeal.
• Ventilation panels.
REF PRICE
ABR00000 £14.40

HEARING PROTECTION
J Muff. Durable and lightweight. Thruxton Surefit clip on light to medium duty industrial Big range - suitable for medium Premium protection from the
Conforms to EN352-1. applications. Fits Mark III & II helmets. EN352-3. industrial use. EN352-1. foldable sound stopper. EN352-1.

AEA000-010-200 £3.51 AEJ020-001-100 £12.91 AEA060-040-500 £9.65 AEA240-424-600 £12.13
Maxifit Pro with

cord. Re-usable,
washable with carry
case. Pack of 50.
The classic ear defender is

designed with comfort in mind
for use over extended periods.
Conforms to EN352-1. Soundstoppers are self adjusting to minimise pressure on
the ear canal and maximise noise protection. Available with
or without cord. EN352-2. Pack of 100.
REF Type PRICE each
REF PRICE REF PRICE AEE090000200 Without cord. Pack of 100. £0.20
AER100-020-500 £8.28 AEE110060200 £1.14 AEE090060200 With cord. Pack of 100. £0.30
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
821 823 832

822
REF Description and rating PRICE each

BEQ122-101-000 FFP2-821-small/medium Flexinet masks incorporate a durable open mask outer shell to give minimum restriction to breathing, £1.64
BEQ122-201-000 FFP2-821-medium/large while offering excellent performance. Medium efficiency (94% minimum) dust mask. Pack of 10. £1.64
BER122-101-000 FFP2 valved-822-small/medium Medium efficiency with exhalation to increase comfort. Pack of 10. £2.18
BER122-201-000 FFP2 valved-822-medium/large £2.18
BER152-101-000 FFP2 odour valved-823-sm/med Activated carbon layer is incorporated to remove nuisance odours. Pack of 10. £3.28
BER152-201-000 FFP2 odour valved-823-med/lge £3.28
BER130-001-000 FFP3 valved-832-one size only High efficiency (99% min) filtering with exhale valve and fully adjustable 4 point harness. Pack of 10. £4.38
MAXIMASK 2000 REF Maximask 2000 c/w filter cartridges packed in clam shell PRICE
A premium half mask with extra wide sealing surface. BHS213-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A1 filters - blue £19.96
BHS193-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A2 filters - blue £20.72
• Thermoplastic rubber. BHS263-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x K1 filters - blue £22.76
• Low profile filters EN143 and EN14387. BHS333-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x ABEK1 filters - blue £25.04
• Replacement filters. BHS383-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x P2 filters - blue £14.52
BHS393-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x P3 filters - blue £28.92
BHS323-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x AB1 filters - blue £25.30
BHS543-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x AB1 filters and P2 pre-filters - blue £27.84
BHS553-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A1 filters and P2 pre-filters - blue £22.38
BHS303-005-800 Maximask 2000 c/w 2 x A2 filters and P3 pre-filters - blue £33.26
REF Maximask 2000 replacement cartridges and filters in hanging bag (pair) PRICE each
BMH210-011-700 A1 organic vapour cartridge £8.00
BMH190-011-700 A2 organic vapour cartridge £8.76
BMH260-011-700 K1 ammonia cartridge £11.02
BMH330-011-700 ABEK1 combination cartridge £13.50
BMH380-011-700 P2 dust cartridge £5.22
BMH390-011-700 P3 dust cartridge £13.22
BMT380-000-700 P2 pre-filter pack (2 covers and 2 filters) £3.98

HIGH VISIBILITY CLOTHING ACE610-K0-200
A high quality range of Hi-Vis clothing conforming to EN471. All range has superbly finished seams, cuffs and loop fastenings.
Choose size to suit:-

F-HVV2-Y, F-HVV2-O and F-HVT2:
Medium, Large, XLarge, XXLarge
or XXXLarge.
F-HVMWJ and ACE610: Small,
Medium, Large, XLarge, XXLarge
or XXXLarge.
F-HVV2-Y F-HVT2 F-HVMWJ F-HVV2-O
F-HVV2-Y Yellow waistcoat. Class 2 polyester £2.74
F-HVV2-O Orange waistcoat. Class 2 polyester £4.22
F-HVMWJ PV coated jacket/HD nylon quilt. Class 3.1 £27.70
ACE610-K0-200 Outer coat & inner reversible jacket, detachable inner arms. Class 3.3, yellow £66.00
ACE610-K0-800 Outer coat & inner reversible jacket, detachable inner arms. Class 3.3, orange £85.00
F-HVT2 Trousers, elastic waist. Class1 £20.02
EVACUATION CHAIR THE WINTER SAFETY PACK

Evacuation chairs are proven reliable and The perfect health and safety solution for factory,
highly effective solutions for businesses office or warehouse. The winter pack has been put
who need to be compliant with health and together as a 'front of house' business solution ie
safety legislation. When the situation car parks, walkways, private roads etc.
demands, a single user can assist in the
evacuation of a colleague over stairs with The pack consists of:
a smooth, controlled descent with no
heavy lifting or manual handling required. • 54Kg polypropylene salt spreader.
Meet workplace safety obligations: For • 200 litre rock salt bin.
multi-storey buildings, the strategic • Snow shovel.
placing of Evacuation chairs, together • 4 x 20Kg bags of rock salt.
with on or off-site training, will help your
organisation meet the duty of care in risk
assessments, DDA (Disability
Discrimination Act) and emergency
evacuation procedures.
Training: Comprehensive training

packages that cover all aspects of
evacuation training are available from our
qualified safety instructors including 'Train
the Trainer' and 'Basic Operator' courses.
• Simple set up offers fast deployment

and ease of use.
• Extremely versatile for
optimum manoeuvrability.
• Chair includes arm rests, seat belt, cushioned head rest and brake for ultimate safety and comfort.
Each Evacuation chair comes with:

• A durable, protective cover.
• Sturdy hooks on which to hang the chair.
• A complete training manual.
• A comprehensive instructional CD-ROM.
• A highly visible overhead sign.
• Sizes: Folded - 1120mm high x 150mm deep x 540mm wide.
Unfolded - 1460mm high x 700mm deep x 540mm wide.
• Weight - 12.5Kg.
REF PRICE
WINTERPACK £433.55
EVAC/CH Evacuation chair £725.00
EVAC/TR Basic training course or Train the Trainer course POA

• Designed to provide the highest level of fall protection and comfort.
• Complies with work at height regulations.
• Harnesses conform to EN361.
• Lanyards conform to EN355.
• Connectors conform to EN362.
BE EN Standards at a glance:
• EN353-2 Specification for guided fall arrestors with a flexible anchor line.
• EN355 Specification for energy absorbers.
• EN358 Specification and testing for work positioning lanyards.
• EN361 Specification for full body harnesses.
• EN362 Specification for connectors.
• EN364 Test methods for fall arrest equipment.
STRETCH
WEBBING
For Added Comfort
Pioneer S Pioneer DS Pioneer DS Comfort Plus Pioneer S2C

This full body harness is adjustable both The most commonly used full body The most popular full body harness but Full body harness with 2 front textile
on the shoulders and the leg straps harness comes with metal D ring made out of stretch webbing for added attachment loops and rear
therefore adding considerable comfort, attachment at the back and front to increase comfort and freedom of movement. attachment D-ring. Fully adjustable
variable sizing, with rear attachment. usability. Fully adjustable shoulder and leg Fully adjustable with front and rear shoulder and leg straps.
straps with front and rear attachment. attachment. Conforms to EN 361.
FA8050 £34.31 FA8055 £42.55 FA8060 £93.33 FA8075 £36.22
Pioneer DS24 Hi Vis Jacket c/w Harness

Comprises of the Pioneer DS full body The jacket can be fitted with a one
harness with a work positioning support point or two point attachment
belt with two lateral D-rings for harness. It is made from hi-
attaching a work positioning lanyard. visibility material and helps make
The Pioneer DS24 has excellent back donning the harness much simpler.
support for improved comfort over The jacket harness is ideal for use
long periods. Fully adjustable with on construction sites. (Fits Pioneer
front and rear attachment points. S, Pioneer DS, Pioneer S2C and
Conforms to EN 361 and EN 358. rescue harness).
REF PRICE REF PRICE

FA8065 £81.52 FA8080 £95.17
FA Harness and Lanyard Kit

Kit includes Pioneer S Harness and REF PRICE
FA8106 Lanyard in a handy kit bag. FA9901 £99.09
NECPROTECH
Proven to greatly reduce neck pain, strain and injury the Necprotech is lightweight and very comfortable to wear,
it slips on just like a backpack, is fully adjustable to suit all sizes and is made from long-lasting, durable materials.
Suitable for: • Forestry workers

• Painters • Fork lift truck operators
• Plasterers • Fruit pickers/harvesters
• Electricians • Aircraft maintenance
• Joiners • Crane operators
• Builders • Car assembly workers
• Scaffolders • Motor mechanics
• Boat builders • Telecoms engineers
• Miners • Sports/leisure activities and more...
REF PRICE
NECPROTECH £41.38

SCAFFOLDERS HEIGHT SAFETY KIT BASIC HEIGHT SAFETY KIT
Each kit contains: Each kit contains:
1 x single point harness 1 x single point harness
1 x 2 metre shock absorbing rope lanyard 1 x 2 metre shock absorbing rope lanyard
1 x screw gate snap hook 1 x screw gate snap hook
1 x scaffold hook 1 x kit bag
1 x kit bag 1 x certificate of conformity
1 x certificate of conformity
REF PRICE each REF PRICE each

CMHYP03 £88.04 CMHYP02 £69.58
CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT SAFETY KIT WORK POSITIONING HEIGHT SAFETY KIT

Each kit contains: Each kit contains:
1 x two point harness 1 x four point harness
1 x 2.2 metre webbing retractor 1 x 2 metre work positioning device
1 x 600mm anchor sling 1 x 2.2 metre webbing retractor
1 x kit bag 1 x kit bag
1 x test certificate 1 x certificate of conformity
REF PRICE each REF PRICE each

CMHYP04 £127.80 CMHYP08 £235.72
CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT SAFETY KIT TRIPOD

Each kit contains: Adjustable height tripods with a telescopic leg adjustment operation. Fully complies
1 x two point harness with EN795. Working load limit 500Kg. Not supplied with hand winch.
1 x 10 metre fall arrest block
1 x 600mm anchor sling
1 x carrying case
1 x certificate of conformity
REF PRICE each

CMHYP05 £356.42
HAND WINCH
Choice of two winches with automatic brake and
mounting bracket. Cable dia 6.3mm - 180Kg
working limit. Conforms to EN1496.
REF Cable length PRICE each

CMHRUP20 20m £487.06 REF Height adjustment Closed height PRICE each
CMHRUP25 25m £511.20 CMHTM9 1340 - 2300mm 1.75m £502.68

Under the Work Place (Fire Precautions) Regulations, employers and managers have a duty to
ensure that suitable precautionary equipment is in place. Be prepared for any minor incidents with
this range of fire safety products.
WATER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER BC POWDER EXTINGUISHER

• For class A fires only. • For class B fires and • For class A, B, C, D fires and
• CE marked. electrical fires. electrical fires.
• Kite marked to BS EN3. • CE marked. • Ideal for cars, vans, tight
• Rechargeable and • Kite marked to BS EN3. spaces or the home.
easy to service. • Factory sealed.
REF Capacity Description PRICE REF Capacity Description PRICE

REF Capacity Description PRICE XCA2 2Kg CO2 £61.68 FM20 0.6Kg Dry powder £17.87
XWS9 9Kg Water £56.02 XCA5 5Kg CO2 £111.88 FM40 0.95Kg Dry powder £31.54
AFF FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER ABC POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHER

• For class A and B fires. • For class A, B, C, D fires
• Ideal for offices, petrol and electrical fires.
stations, restaurants. • Ideal for warehouses,
• CE marked and Kite marked. wood working and houses.
• CE marked and Kite
marked BS EN3.
• Rechargeable.
REF Capacity Description Fire rating Weight PRICE

XAS1 1Kg Dry powder 8A/34B 1.8Kg £33.97
REF Capacity Description Fire rating Weight PRICE XAS2 2Kg Dry powder 13A/70B 3.7Kg £44.42
XTS1 1 litre AFF foam 1A/12B 15.5Kg £37.13 XAS4 4Kg Dry powder 21A/113B 7.5Kg £56.46
XTS2 2 litres AFF foam 5A/55B 15.5Kg £51.95 XAS6 6Kg Dry powder 34A/183B 10Kg £59.86
XTS6 6 litres AFF foam 21A/183B 15.5Kg £56.63 XAS9 9Kg Dry powder 43A/233B 14Kg £69.70
FIRE POINT TROLLEY FIRE BLANKETS

• Supplied with a loud warning triangle • Suitable for industrial/commercial use, especially where
(100dB). there are cooking facilities.
• Positions for two variable sized • Designed for use on deep fat and grease fires.
extinguishers and sand bucket. • Can be used to smother clothing fires etc.
• Zinc plated steel frame. • Third party cert. to BS EN1869 1997.
• Red bucket included, but extinguishers • Supplied in red hard pack plastic container.
and sand excluded.
• Size: 1190mm H x 440mm W
x 440mm D.
REF PRICE REF Size cm PRICE

S195 £150.14 FB110HP 100 x 100 £9.16
FB44HP 120 x 120 £12.51
FB64HP 180 x 120 £19.82

DELUXE FIRST AID KITS STATUTORY WORKPLACE FIRST AID KITS
• Comprehensively stocked
and compliant with Health
and Safety Regulations.
• Contents clearly listed on
inside lid.
• Dust and moisture seal.
• Available for 1-10, 11-20,
21-50 and 50+ persons.
• Supplied with wall bracket.
• Shatterproof ABS case.
• No metal parts.
• Clear perspex
contents dividers.
• Fully stocked and compliant with Health and • Optional wall bracket.
Safety (HSE) Regulations. • Durable hinged case.
• Available for 1-10, 11-20, 21-50 persons. • Refill kits available.
REF K10B K20B K50B
First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons 1-10 11-20 21-50
First aid guidance leaflet 1 1 1
REF K10G-T K20G-T K50G-T K100G Sterile washproof plasters 20 40 60
Sterile eye pads with bandage 2 4 6
First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons 1-10 11-20 21-50 50+
Triangular bandages 4 6 8
First aid guidance leaflet 1 1 1 1
Safety pins 6 12 12
Sterile washproof plasters 20 40 60 100
Sterile dressings with pad (med) 6 9 12
Sterile eye pads with bandage 2 4 6 8
Sterile dressings with pad (lge) 2 3 4
Triangular bandages 4 6 8 10
Moist wipes 10 10 20
Safety pins 6 12 12 12
Disposable gloves (pair) 1 2 3
Sterile dressings with pad (med) 6 9 12 14
Sterile dressings with pad (lge) 2 3 4 6 PRICE £21.88 £28.13 £44.25
Moist wipes 10 10 20 40
Refill Kits Wall Bracket
Disposable gloves (pair) 1 2 3 5
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
PRICE £33.30 £38.70 £49.50 £109.35
R10S £17.85 R20S £26.85 R50S £38.85 EVB02 £3.40 EVB03 £3.55
STANDARD BURNS KITS EYE WASH AND FIRST AID POINTS

• Contains variety of products Each First Aid Point includes:
specifically designed for the • Brackets that allow kits to be stored
treatment of burn injuries. safely and securely.
• All kits include Water-Jel dressings, • Photoluminescent bracket headers for
the professionals choice to ensure easy identification of kits location.
the best treatment for burns injuries. • Bracket labels to identify when a
• Medium kit also include clothing kit is missing.
cutters for rapid removal of clothing • Kit shelves that allow storage when
from the burn site. the kit is vertical.
Eye Wash Kit contents:

• 500ml sterile eye wash bottles x 2.
• Sterile eye pad dressings x 2.
• Clear shelf x 1.
REF K392 K390B REF FAP04EV FAP11EV FAP12EV
Burns Kit Contents Small kit Medium kit First Aid Kit Contents/No of Persons 1-10 11-20 21-50
First aid guidance leaflet 1 1 First aid guidance leaflet 1 1 1
Water-Jel information leaflet 1 1 Sterile washproof plasters 20 40 60
Burn dressing (5x15cm) 1 2 Sterile eye pads with bandage 2 4 6
Burn dressing (10x10cm) 1 1 Triangular bandages 4 6 8
Burn dressing (10x40cm) - 1 Safety pins 6 12 12
Burnjel sachets (4g) 3 3 Sterile dressings with pad (med) 6 9 12
Safety pins 6 6 Sterile dressings with pad (lge) 2 3 4
Conforming bandage 2 2 Moist wipes 10 10 20
Disposable vinyl gloves (pair) 2 2 Disposable gloves (pair) 1 2 3
Clothing cutters - 1
PRICE £51.30 £58.50 £65.70
PRICE £26.55 £49.50
VEHICLE FIRST AID KITS

• Ideal for trucks and long • Ideal for cars and vans. • Supplied in a
distance drivers. • Suitable for nylon zipped case.
• Tough plastic case - minor incidents. • Size 250 x 180
147 x 230 x 81mm. • Tough plastic case - x 70mm.
• Includes 5 x 20ml eyewash 147 x 230 x 81mm. • Selection of
pods and selection of • Selection of popular dressings.
suitable items. popular dressings.
K346 £14.66 K365T £13.13 K366T £13.13

QUADBLASTER
360° coverage – Blasts birds out but
humans can’t hear it! Four speakers
send overlapping sound in all
directions. Controls allow situation-
specific settings for speaker rotation
rate, warble and frequency. Most
effective in closed or semi enclosed
areas. Size 300x300x100mm. With a
coverage of 6,000 sq.ft.
REF PRICE
QB-4 £489.00 • We strongly recommend the synergy concept . . . Use our products in
combination: Electronic + Visual + Tactile for best results.
• Avoid unpleasant, unsightly and unhygienic scenes like this with the use of
effective, low cost products.
CRITTER BLASTER PRO BIRD X PELLER PRO

Digital harassment sounds repel Sonic repeller that is
rodents, foxes, bats, geese and all programmable for all of or any of
birds, including birds of prey. eight species of bird.
Choose any or all of eight
harassment sounds then set volume, PRO1 repels pigeons, sparrows,
“silent” period, order of play & hours gulls and woodpeckers.
of operation. Suitable for up to 6
acres - airfields, rooftops, marinas, PRO2 repels blackbirds, crows,
parks, farms, substations, landfills geese and predatory birds. Covers
etc. Supplied with four powerful one acre and suits parks, car
speakers each with 30m of cable for parks, rooftops, yards, airfields
flexible placement. and farms.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

CB-PRO £596.00 BXP-PRO1 £280.46
BXP-PRO2 £280.46
BX SPIKES BIRD PROOF CARTRIDGES

No landing strip – No birds. Most effective on ledges, window sills, building Non toxic gel bird repellent. Environmentally safe and ecologically sound. Creates a
projections, signs, statues etc. Tough long lasting polycarbonate. Easy to fit with sticky and uncomfortable surface which causes birds to roost elsewhere. Ideal for
special adhesive. Maintenance free. Transparent material – practically invisible. ledges, window sills, gutters, ornamental copings and beams etc.
Supplied in 305mm sections. Ref SPK1 for most applications. Ref SPK2 for ledges
of 65mm deep or less. Can be fitted by adhesive, nails, screws or ties.

SPK1 Double sided size 115 x 115 x 25mm (per 25) £177.43 REF PRICE
SPK2 Single sided size 115 x 58 x 13mm (per 25) £136.32 BPC £111.59
SSA Adhesive - One tube per 6m length £8.87 per carton of 12 tubes

KLARITY DOCUMENT CONTROL PANELS KLARITY CARD RACK PLANNERS
• Improve paperwork efficiency, location • Ideal for recording forward
and control in any office environment. planning, maintenance and
• Organise documents and files for office systems.
easy accessibility. • Colour coding aids for better
• Prioritise projects by simple identification.
rearrangement of paperwork. • Various formats covering
• Keep desks and other work columns, pockets and card sizes
surfaces clear. to suit your application.
• Supplied complete all fixings and • Each pocket will accept up to
margin labels. 5 cards of standard thickness.
• Prefix V or H indicates document • Complete multi-column card
position, vertical or horizontal. rack on one panel.
• Other sizes available including A6 • Complete with heading tracks,
foolscap and computer printouts. wall fixings and carry holds etc.
• Finish satin black with anodised
aluminium trim.
• Card sizes A6 (105x150mm)
A7 (75x105mm) A8 (53x75).
REF Sheet Visible Panel size No of Pocket PRICE All available in packs of 100 in
size edge mm H x W mm pockets Space mm the following colours: blue;
VA41X A4 50 830 x 300 1 x 10 16 £136.13 white; yellow; pink; green and
VA402-25 A4 30 1145 x 550 2 x 25 12 £286.92 apricot. Please specify colour.
VA42X A4 50 830 x 550 2 x 10 12 £184.48 REF Card No Pocket PRICE
VA401-25 A4 30 1145 x 300 1 x 25 16 £195.62
A4 50 830 x 400 1 x 10 12 size pockets layout
HA41X £140.33
HA401-25 A4 50 1040 x 400 1 x 25 16 £201.55 A63104 A6 124 31 down x 4 across £213.41
HA51 A5 35 830 x 300 1 x 18 6 £132.13 A65004 A6 200 50 down x 4 across £290.47
HA52 A5 35 830 x 550 2 x 18 6 £146.07 A73106 A7 186 31 down x 6 across £237.12
A75006 A7 300 50 down x 6 across £308.26
A83113 A8 403 31 down x 13 across £225.26
BADGE RACK AND IN/OUT BOARDS A85013 A8 650 50 down x 13 across £308.26
• Display badges for visitors REFILLA6 A6 Pack of 100 £7.30
or personnel moving to REFILLA7 A7 Pack of 100 £6.08
other buildings. REFILLA8 A8 Pack of 100 £4.86
• Identify which staff are on
the premises.
• Invaluable aid for the
busy receptionist.
• Complete with heading KLARITY POCKET DOCUMENT PANELS
track, card inserts and wall
mounting kit.
PIT 201 IVBR40
BADGE RACKS
REF Capacity Card Size O/A PRICE
size mm H x W x D mm
IVBR40 40 pockets vertical 85 x 54 645 x 225 x 30 £90.74
IN/OUT BOARDS
REF No of names Size O/A W x H x L mm PRICE
PIT101 10 360 x 207 x 30 £75.42
PIT201 20 360 x 382 x 30 £112.30
PIT401 40 360 x 732 x 30 £136.88
PERPETUAL YEAR PLANNING BOARD

• Ideal for: Maintenance; Work scheduling;
Holiday planning; Media bookings etc.
• Complete year on view, slot for each day. • Durable metal construction. • Single, double or triple pockets.
• Cards supplied date pack, weekends and • Red powder coated finish. • Other sizes and types ie: stainless or
bank holidays. • Clear plastic front. alternate colours.
• Expected work or projects can easily be • 150 sheet capacity - 18mm. • Ideal stock bins, pallet racking, notice
identified, action recorded and all tasks • A4 & A5 pocket sizes - either vertical boards, reception areas, exhibitions,
monitored. or horizontal. meeting rooms, shows etc.
• Each pocket holds 5 cards.
• Order cards separately. REF KSVA4 KSVA5 KSHA5 KSHA4
Type A4 vert A5 vert A5 horiz A4 horiz
REF Card Panel No of PRICE Panel Size 305x230 214x160 153x230 325x230
size mm size mm pockets
No Pockets 1 1 1 1
A8YP A8 - 75 x 52 648 x 838 403 £224.08
REFILLA8 Pack of 100 £4.86 PRICE £47.12 £44.99 £44.99 £47.12

MAGNETIC DISPLAY BOARDS SELF ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKETS
Our versatile display boards have been designed to be flexible to your needs. • Industrial pockets with folded edges.
The boards are supplied with 10 or 20 blank positions (excluding header). • For use with A3 - A7 inserts vertical or horizontal.
The details can be instantly changed and updated by using the supplied blank • Adhesive tape fixing along edges (A7 - top edge only).
labels or can simply be written on with a dry wipe pen. The boards are ideal
to be used for in-out boards, duty rosters, staff tasks and any other
information that needs regular updates.
• Writable and
dry erasable.
• Boards accept
magnetic accessories.
• Supplied with fixing kit,
blank labels and magnetic
label holders.
• Contemporary and
robust design.
REF Size HxW mm Pack PRICE

AP1122/10 110x215 10 £24.42
AP1111/10 110x110 10 £17.16
AP3H/10 316x436 10 £51.15
AP3V/10 436x316 10 £51.15
AP4H/10 215x310 10 £18.48
AP4H/50 215x310 50 £82.17
AP4V/10 310x220 10 £18.48
AP4V/50 310x220 50 £82.17
AP5H/10 155x230 10 £15.84
AP5H/50 155x230 50 £64.68
AP5V/10 215x160 10 £15.84
REF Description Size HxW mm PRICE AP5V/50 215x160 50 £64.68
MDB10 10 position board 630x320 £83.16 AP6H/10 110x155 10 £20.79
MDB20 20 position board 1170x320 £132.00 AP6V/10 150x110 10 £20.79
AP7H/100 60x110 100 £56.76
TICKET POCKETS MAGNETIC SELF ADHESIVE STRIP

An economical range of flexible pvc ticket pockets which have a clear front and
Our magnetic strip is supplied in three widths, each backed with a
yellow back, designed for use on racking and shelving. The clear front enables
strong permanent self adhesive for mounting items onto steel surfaces.
barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket. The self adhesive pocket
This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse,
enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily
eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.
relocated without removing the ticket.
REF Description Size HxW mm Pack PRICE

SAP310 Self adhesive 30x100 100 £57.09
SAP610 Self adhesive 60x100 100 £63.03 REF Size HxW PRICE
SAP614 Self adhesive 60x140 100 £70.62 MSSA/13 13mm x 30m £67.65
MP310 Magnetic 30x100 100 £58.41 MSSA/20 20mm x 10m £35.97
MP610 Magnetic 60x100 100 £87.78 MSSA/50 50mm x 10m £56.10
MP614 Magnetic 60x140 100 £100.65

INDIVIDUAL SHEETS OF
5 6
2
LETTERS OR NUMBERS
H
R
4
• Supplied on sheets of identical letters or numbers.
F1 F2
These self-adhesive numbers and letters are printed 6x9.5mm 8.5x12.5mm
black on yellow as well as being available in black 168 90 characters F3
on white (except F7 and F8 which are only available characters per card 14x19mm
in black on yellow), other colours available on per card 36 characters
request. Easy to fix and remove without leaving
per card
adhesive residue. Suitable on shelving, bins, racking
etc., also for file labelling in the office.
F4
Identical Numbers or Letters 21x38mm
Please advise numbers/letters required 12 characters per
0-9, A-Z. Minimum order 20 cards, can be mixed card
characters.
REF Size Characters PRICE/Card
HxW mm per card Min 20 Cards F5
21 x 56mm
F1 9.5 x 6 168 £0.99
12 characters per
F2 12.5 x 8.5 90 £0.99 card
PLEASE NOTE
F3 19 x 14 36 £0.99
THAT F7 & F8 ARE
F4 38 x 21 12 £0.99 NOT ILLUSTRATED F6
F5 56 x 21 12 £1.39 38 x 90mm
F6 90 x 38 6 £1.91 6 characters per
card
F7 130 x 45 5 £2.48
F8 230 x 140 1 £2.48
F4
SELF ADHESIVE LETTERS OR F5 F4
NUMBERS IN PACKS
• 8 sizes in handy packs of numbers or letters.
• Clean peel - leaves no residue.
• Easy warehouse identification. F4
• Bin numbering.
• High visibility.
F8
F3
F4
F5
F7
Label Size Character Characters

REF HxW mm height mm per card Colours PRICE
F1PACKA-Z 9.5x6 6 168 yellow, white, red, green, blue £25.74
F2PACKA-Z 12.5x8.5 9 90 yellow, white, red, green, blue £25.74
F3PACKA-Z 19x14 16 36 yellow, white, red, green, blue £25.74
F4PACKA-Z 38x21 26 12 yellow, white £25.74
F5PACKA-Z 56x21 50 12 yellow, white £36.04 F2
F6PACKA-Z 90x38 75 6 yellow, white £49.76 F1
F7PACKA-Z 130x45 100 5 yellow £64.35
F8PACKA-Z 230x140 160 1 yellow £64.35
F1PACK0-9 9.5x6 6 168 yellow, white, red, green, blue £9.90
F2PACK0-9 12.5x8.5 9 90 yellow, white, red, green, blue £9.90
F3PACK0-9 19x14 16 36 yellow, white, red, green, blue £9.90
F4PACK0-9 38x21 26 12 yellow, white £9.90
F6
F7PACK0-9 130x45 100 5 yellow £24.75
F8PACK0-9 230x140 160 1 yellow £24.75
MAGNETIC AND SELF ADHESIVE TILES REF Size HxW mm Type PRICE
TA50 50x50 Self adhesive £0.30
• Printed to your design with 1 or 2 characters.
• Choice of self adhesive for permanent locations
or magnetic for frequently changing locations.
TM50 50x50 Magnetic £0.96
• Highly visible printed black on yellow or black
on white, please specify.
• Prices include printing.
• Please note there is a £45.00 minimum order for this product.

Please request our 127 page sign catalogue
containing the full range of Signs, Health & Safety
and Site Maintenance Products
Price box covers all of the Sign Pages. Choose size of sign and either: Self adhesive (SAV) or Rigid plastic (RIGID) finish
SIZE SAV RIGID SIZE SAV RIGID CUSTOM SIGNS SAV RIGID CCTV
80x80 £1.05 £1.53 300x400 £5.73 £9.63 300x100 £15.07 £18.12 300x400 SAV £5.73
100x100 £1.15 £1.63 350x150 £2.52 £4.40 300x200 £21.82 £22.73 300x400 Rigid £9.63
100x100 (Window) £2.98 – 400x150 £4.58 £6.40 600x200 £23.90 £31.62 300x400 Perspex w/channel £17.38
100x150 £1.47 £2.55 400x200 £6.05 £9.87 600x400 £29.67 £41.05 300x400 Perspex without £13.02
125x90 £7.74 Pocket guide 400x400 £7.67 £14.62 HANGING SIGNS 3mm FOAMEX add £4.37 for additional text
125x125 £1.50 £2.58 400x600 £10.53 £17.72 400x200 £16.17 SAFETY POSTERS
125x200 £1.82 £3.10 450x150 £6.32 £10.67 600x200 £22.17 525x775 POS1-16 £19.17
148x210 £2.37 £3.83 450x200 £6.80 £11.40 600x450 £31.15 400x600 WSK1-10 £17.72
150x75 £1.20 £1.63 600x100 £4.48 £7.55 1200x400 £39.07 430x560 S1113-S1106 £35.70
150x150 £1.87 £3.28 600x200 £6.88 £11.88 HSL rigid plastic £12.62
PHOTOLUMINESCENT CLEAR RIGID
200x75 £1.35 £1.83 600x450 £11.37 £18.50 HSLL laminated £12.20
150x150 £3.83
200x100 £2.02 £3.28 600x800 - £28.78
300x100 £9.17 BRASS OR SATIN SIGNS
200x200 £2.93 £5.05
300x150 £11.77 75mm dia £14.90
200x300 £4.15 £7.45
400x125 £14.65
202x82 £1.48 £2.60
400x150 £16.18
300x100 £1.57 £2.78
400x200 £19.03
300x150 £2.50 £4.18
600x150 £19.45
300x300 £3.80 £8.03
600x200 £20.55

MAST1 £12.28 GUN1 £12.50
for use with GUN1 accepts MAST1
FIRE EQUIPMENT SIGNS

This layout meets the safety signs and signals regulations 1996. Colour code concession of not more than 5% of extinguishers body. Red extinguisher body to EN3/5.
Description and symbols for correct usage. Ensure your signs comply with ALL current legislation.
CUSTOMISE YOUR OWN SIGNS Choose your own type and size of sign, choose your own symbol and text, finally choose your material.

PROHIBITION SIGNS
GENERAL SIGNS
PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS

SAFETY POSTERS
Please request our 127
page Sign catalogue,
containing the full range
of Signs, Health &
Safety and Site
Maintenance Products.
POS1 525 x 775

S1123 430 x 560
S1113 430 x 560 S1118 430 x 560
REQ
UIR
BY L ED
AW
POS5 525 x 775

HSL 560 x 400 Rigid S1127 430 x 560
HSLL Laminated S1101 430 x 560 S1106 430 x 560
POS7 525 x 775 POS8 525 x 775 POS10 525 x 775 POS12 525 x 775 POS16 525 x 775
WSK10 WSK1 PG1 WSK3 PG3 WSK4 PG4

Emergency Resuscitation Personal Protective Equipment Safety Signs & Their Meanings Manual Handling Regulations
GRAPHIC FLOOR MARKERS

• High visibility signs.
• To highlight warnings or
special requirements.
• Diameter of sign 430mm.
• Tested non-slip and very hard wearing.
• Laminated back with aggressive FM20
permanent adhesive.
• Full range of various signs
sent to you by request.
REF PRICE
FM01-22 £18.60 FM19 FM22 FM05

STACKING CHAIRS AND HIGH STOOLS
• Economical polypropylene seating. Four colours of
PS1116 PS1115
seats. Stacking chairs with seat height of 430mm.
stacked
Non stacking stools height 800mm and with built-in
foot rest.
• Black epoxy coated steel frames. Seat width: 420mm,
seat depth: 370mm.
• Ideal for canteens, training or meeting rooms.
• High stools are suitable for production line, conveyors
and assembly work.
• Stacking chairs sold in a box of 4.
ONLY ONLY
£4ea6ch.07 PS2112
£1ea6ch.01
REF Detail Qty per box PRICE

PS1111 Stacking chair black frame, black seat 4 £64.02
PS1112 Stacking chair black frame, green seat 4 £64.02
PS1115 Stacking chair black frame, red seat 4 £64.02
PS1116 Stacking chair black frame, blue seat 4 £64.02
P1TROLLEY Steel frame, rubber wheels, pick up most chairs 1 £57.54
PS2111 High steel black frame, non-stacking, black seat 1 £46.07
PS2112 High steel black frame, non-stacking, green seat 1 £46.07
PS2115 High steel black frame, non-stacking, red seat 1 £46.07
PS2116 High steel black frame, non-stacking, blue seat 1 £46.07 P1TROLLEY
CANTILEVER STACKING CHAIRS PS4160 stacked PS4160 black frame
• Cantilever frame, epoxy coated black or silver to choice.

• Waterfall front seat for added comfort. PS4160S stacked
• Stack up to five high.
• Seat height 510mm, width 480mm, depth 410mm. O/A height 760mm.
• Choice of seat colours: charcoal, red, blue and green.
• Supplied 4 chairs per box.
ONLY
REF
PS4160S
Detail
Frame silver - specify seat colour
PRICE per box 4
£188.27
£4ea7ch.07
PS4160 Frame black - specify seat colour £188.27
RECEPTION - VISITORS - CONFERENCE CHAIRS

• Black epoxy coated steel frame.
• With or without arms.
• Low padded back stacking chair. Deep padded seat for comfort.
• Stack four high when not in use.
• Polyurethane arm caps to steel arms.
• Supplied in boxes of four chairs. ONLY
• Seat height 460mm. Seat width and depth 410mm. Overall height 790mm. £3ea4ch.57
• Choice of fabric, colour: charcoal or blue.
PS4041 stacked PS4041
ONLY
£3ea0ch.77
REF Detail PRICE per box 4
PS4040 Without arms £123.06
PS4041 With arms £138.28
PS4040 stacked PS4040

HIGH STOOL HIGH STOOL WITH BACK DRAUGHTMAN’S CHAIR
PS4043 PS4044 PS3333
• Frame from 25mm steel section. Black epoxy coated. • Ideal for work benches, bars and checkouts. • Fixed height back.
• Upholstered seat. Foot bar for easy access • Fully upholstered back. • Seat depth adjustment.
and descent. • Seat height 700mm. Back height 150mm. • Gas lift seat height adjustment. Five star base
• Non slip rubber feet. Overall height 1100mm. fixed with glides.
• Seat height 700mm. Seat depth and width 410mm. • Colours: blue, charcoal & red. • Seat height 530-780mm. Seat depth 430mm.
• Colours: blue, charcoal & red. Back pad height 320mm.
Overall height 1220mm.
• Colours: blue, charcoal & red.

PS4043 £42.72 PS4044 £51.04 PS3333 £95.37
POLY CONFERENCE CHAIR CONFERENCE CHAIRS

ONLY
ONLY
£35.05 £40.30
each
each
PS520 PS500S PS500
• Polypropylene moulded seat and back • Traditional style conference chair. Upholstered seat, back and reverse.
in blue, black, yellow or red. Black epoxy • Choice of frame finish, black or silver epoxy coated.
coated steel frame. • Stack 5 high when not in use.
• Stacks 10 high when not in use. • Boxed in packs of 4 chairs.
• Supplied in boxes of 4 chairs. • Seat height 440mm. Seat width & depth 420mm. Back height 340mm.
• Seat height 440mm. O/A height 780mm. Overall height 840mm. Upholstery red or blue - specify.
REF Detail PRICE per box of 4

REF Detail PRICE per 4 PS500 Black frame £161.20
PS520 Specify colour £140.18 PS500S Silver frame £161.20
CONFERENCE AND BANQUETING HOSPITALITY CHAIR

ONLY
• Epoxy coated frame in black or gold. £37.17
• Comfortable high back general purpose chair. Popular in hotels, restaurants, each
conference and canteens.
• Stack up to five high when not in use.
• Upholstery in blue, charcoal & red.
• Seat height 460mm. Seat width & depth 390mm. O/A height 900mm.
REF Detail PRICE per box of 4

PS916 Black £148.67
PS916G Gold £148.67 PS916
PS916G stacked

CANTEEN FACTORY / LABORATORY / DRAUGHTSMAN CHAIRS
Supplied in a pack of 4
• Great comfort with oval tubular frame.

• Stackable up to 8 chairs high.
• Standard colours are blue and orange.
Alternative colours can be supplied for a • Highly recommended for use • Seat and back are soft • Back rack angle.
minimum quantity of 20 off. as an operators chair in factory, polyurethane coloured black. • Height adjustable foot ring.
• Supplied in packs of four. laboratory, assembly lines, • Back height and depth • Seat: 463 wide x 438mm deep.
• Optional side arms and writing table available, checkouts or for draughtsman. are adjustable. Back: 418 wide x 300mm high.
see our ‘club’ range for prices. • Seat tilt. • Gas Lift.
REF PRICE per pack REF Description PRICE

CH0506 £130.44 T2 Factory Chair on Castors £99.38
T3 Draughtsman Chair with Footrest + Glides £112.88
CLUB RANGE OF CHAIRS WORKSTOOLS

Supplied in a pack of 4 Supplied in a pack of 4
TS2/450
SADDLE
• Highly recommended range of multi purpose chairs • Oval tube frame with scratch resistant matt finish. • Choice of 2 stools.
with options on side arms and beech writing table. • Standard colours are peat or charcoal. Alternative • Gas lift adjustable height.
• Large seats and backs are three dimensionally colours can be supplied for a minimum quantity of • Fitted on 4 swivel non marking tyred
shaped and fitted with quality upholstery. 20 off. castors with brakes (on TS2/450).
• Polyurethane seat.
REF Description PRICE per pack
CLUB Standard Club Chair £137.94 REF Height mm PRICE
CLUB/A Club Chair with Side Arms £200.94 TS2/450 450-590 £96.88
CLUB/WT Club Chair with Arms and Writing Table £299.94 SADDLE 500-630 £96.10

Polyurethane cushion effect seats and backs for great comfort. Clean wipe ideal for the food industry, office or factory floor. Economically best priced.
REF Detail Height adj mm PRICE REF Detail Height adj mm PRICE REF Detail Height adj mm PRICE
S1/CHAIR Manual lift 580-800 £93.75 PS3 Gas lift 580-800 £86.25 PS2 Gas lift 580-800 £78.75
PU2 Gas lift 430-570 £104.63 PU2/C Gas lift 450-590 £104.63 PU3 Gas lift 550-800 £111.75
S2/C Gas lift 450-590 £60.75 S2 Gas lift 450-590 £60.75 S3 Gas lift 550-800 £71.25
Please note the above PU2 and PU3 range of chairs are also available specifically designed and manufactured static dissipative for use in the electronics and electrical industry
to prevent the build up of static - details on request.

INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED INDUSTRIAL UPHOLSTERED
• Fitted on glides. • Fitted on castors. • Fitted on glides with foot rest.

• Gas lift adjustable seat: 430-570mm. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 450-590mm. • Gas lift adjustable seat: 550-800mm.
• Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric • Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric • Available in blue, red, charcoal and brown fabric
and black, blue, green or red vinyl. and black, blue, green or red vinyl. and black, blue, green or red vinyl.

B2/430-570 £67.50 B2/C/450-590 £67.50 B3/550-800 £81.00
OFFICE CHAIR EXCEL OFFICE CHAIR EXCEL OFFICE CHAIR
• Fitted on glides or castors.

• Fitted on glides or castors. • Fitted on glides or castors. • Adjustable chrome, foot rest.
• Gas lift adjustable seat: 600-870mm, back rest • Ergonomic gas lift seat height (430-570mm), • Ergonomic gas lift seat height (600-870mm), seat
and back rest angle. seat tilt, back rest height and angle. tilt, back rest height and angle.
• Height adjustable chrome foot rest. • Two tone fabric - grey, blue, green, red. • Two tone fabric - grey, blue, green, red.
• Charcoal or blue fabric. REF Description PRICE
REF PRICE X2/430 Chair no arms £102.38 X3/600 Chair no arms £118.88
C3/600-870 £99.75 X2/A Optional arms £117.38 X3/A Optional arms £133.88
PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR PLASTIC SHELL CHAIR

• Gas lift height: 430-570mm. • Gas lift height: 450-590mm. • Gas lift height: 550-800mm.
• Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red. • Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red. • Polypropylene shell - grey, blue or red.

P2/430-570 £64.13 P2/C/450-590 £64.13 P3/550-800 £71.25

An excellent range of chairs, which all carry a 2 year guarantee.
CONCEPT DELUXE TILT CONCEPT HIGHBACK CONCEPT MID BACK
• A stylish chair shaped with back tilt and • A good high back operators chair with • A good mid back chair with back tilt,
back adjustment. back height adjustment. also height adjustment.
• 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support. • 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support. • 3-D back with lumbar & kidney support
• Gas Lift. • Gas Lift. • Gas Lift.
• Choice of colours royal blue, claret & black. • Choice of colours royal blue, claret & black. • Choice of fabric colours charcoal, blue & claret.
• Arms optional. • Arms optional. • Arms optional.
REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE

CH0801 Without arms £92.93 CH0802 Without arms £86.25 CH0803 Without arms £84.75
CH0801/A With arms £111.68 CH0802/A With arms £105.00 CH0803/A With arms £105.00
ZOOM VISITOR POSTURE POSTURA
• Visitors/Conference chair, with adjustable back • Full spinal support.

height and depth. • Lumber hugging posture.
• Mid back and ratchet. • Shaped back for comfort.
• Well shaped lumbar and kidney support. • Back height adjustment.
• Quality cover with choice of three colours: • Soft moulded cushions.
• Choice of arms or not. • Dished seat for support.
charcoal, blue and claret. • Choice of arms or not.
• Arms optional as new ace or new king. • Choice of fabric: charcoal, claret or blue.
• Fabric choice: charcoal, claret or blue.
REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE

CH0710 Without arms £69.53 CH1001 Without arms £207.00 CH0900 Without arms £310.50
CH0710/A With arms £82.58 CH1001/A With arms £237.00 CH0900/A With arms £340.50

Top quality chairs for senior executives • Components guaranteed for 2 years • Ex-stock delivery
SOLITAIRE FONZ CASINO
• Deep cushioning.
• Integral lumbar and kidney support. • High back modern operator chair. • High back executive armchair.
• Torsion control. • Stylish mesh back design. • Headrest.
• Lock tilt. • Adjustable headrest and arms. • Leather upholstery.
• Choice of black or chrome base. • Integral lumber support. • Lock tilt.
• Choice of fabric: charcoal, peat, claret or blue. • Chrome base and arm detailing. • Choice of black or chrome base.
REF Description PRICE • Colour black.

CH0109 Black base £115.50 REF Description PRICE CH0209 Black base £106.50
CH0109/24 Chrome base £138.00 CH0730 Mesh/chrome base £176.90 CH0209/24 Chrome base £114.00
NEW KING CONCEPT MAXI ASYNCHRO NEW ACE
• Operators chair with • Spider base.

back tilt and height • Moulded lumbar and
• Managers/VDU • Moulded lumbar and
adjustment. kidney support. • Large seat and back.
operators chair with kidney support.
• Back can be either fixed • Optional side arms. • Fully adjustable high back operators chair.
deep seat. • Optional side arms.
or floating for • Fabric colours: • Choice of arms or not.
• Seat and back tilt. • Fabric colours:
permanent contact. Charcoal, Blue • Synchro mechanism.
• Height adjustment. Charcoal, Blue
• Gas lift. and Claret. • Choice of fabric: Charcoal, Peat, Claret or Blue.
• Gas lift. and Claret.
• Spider base.
REF Type PRICE REF Description PRICE
N/K1 Without Arms £132.00 CH0805 Without Arms £108.75 REF Type PRICE
N/K2 With Arms £150.75 CH0805/A With Arms £136.30 N/ACE1 Without Arms £148.50
N/ACE2 With Arms £167.25

• Specifically designed for use in electronics and electrical applications.
• European Standards EN61340-5-1:2001 (ESD protective item requirements).
STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR STATIC DISSIPATIVE CHAIR

• Adjustable gas lift seat: • Adjustable gas lift seat: • Adjustable gas lift seat:
430-570mm. 450-590mm. 550-800mm.
• Charcoal or blue fabric REF PRICE • Charcoal or blue fabric REF PRICE • Charcoal or blue fabric or REF PRICE
or black vinyl. AS2/430 £89.25 or black vinyl. AS2/C/450 £110.25 black vinyl. AS3/550 £100.50
ERGONOMIC STATIC STATIC DISSIPATIVE POLY CHAIR STATIC DISSIPATIVE POLY CHAIR
DISSIPATIVE CHAIR
• Fitted on glides or castors. • Fitted on castors. • Fitted on glides with foot rest.
• Gas lift seat adjustment: 500-690mm, seat tilt, • Gas lift seat adjustment: 410-535mm, seat • Gas lift seat height: 510-695mm, seat
back rest height and angle. tilt, back rest height and angle. tilt, back rest height and angle.
• Charcoal or blue fabric or • Cushioned hard wearing • Cushioned hard wearing
black vinyl. REF PRICE polyurethane seat REF PRICE polyurethane seat REF PRICE
AS.SP3 £197.25 and back. AS.T2 £162.38 and back. AS.T3 £178.13
ERGONOMIC STATIC ERGONOMIC STATIC STATIC DISSIPATIVE STOOL

DISSIPATIVE CHAIR DISSIPATIVE CHAIR
• Fitted on glides with foot rest. • Fitted on castors. • Fitted on glides with foot rest.
• Gas lift seat height: 500-690mm, seat tilt, back • Gas lift seat height: 450-590mm, seat tilt, back • Gas lift height of seat: 500-690mm.
rest height and angle. rest height and angle. • Charcoal or blue
• Charcoal or blue fabric or REF PRICE • Charcoal or blue fabric REF PRICE fabric or black vinyl. REF PRICE
black vinyl. AS5/H £170.25 or black vinyl. AS5/450 £149.25 AS.SU3/CHROME £116.25

FOLDING TABLES
• Choice of four quality laminates: oak, walnut, grey
or ivory.
• Six sizes of table tops but all of one height 698mm.
• Easy to fold and stack.
• Safety edging on all sides.
• Stringent quality made to enable you to furnish your
premises wisely.
• Two sizes of benches or any colours from our range.
• Two sizes of transporting and storage trucks available.
Product Dimensions LxW mm REF PRICE

Table 915 x 610 E/DC4 £70.25
Table 915 x 685 E/DB4 £71.59
Table 1020 x 610 E/CC4 £82.12
Table 1220 x 685 E/CB4 £83.87
Table 1830 x 610 E/AC4 £103.15
Table 1830 x 685 E/AB4 £105.03
Bench 1220 x 254 E/CF4 £54.56
Bench 1830 x 254 E/AF4 £69.39
CONTOUR GENERAL PURPOSE FOLDING TABLES

• Wide choice of laminate tops with strong aluminium frame and easy folding legs. • We can supply benches to suit the contour range of
• Selection of table heights to suit your requirement, choose between the three heights - all priced the same: folding tables - see below.
A) Buffet 760mm.
B) Adult 698mm.
C) Junior 635mm.
GP16 GP58 GP51
Saxon Japanese Calcium
Oak Beech
REF Dimensions LxW mm PRICE
C/DC2 915x610 £85.92
C/DB2 915x685 £88.02
GP07 GP05 GP54 C/DA2 915x760 £91.22
Auburn Ailsa Paradiso C/CC2 1220x610 £98.30
Teak Grey C/CB2 1220x685 £100.78
C/CA2 1220x760 £104.66
C/BC2 1520x610 £105.62
C/BB2 1520x685 £112.24
C/BA2 1520x760 £116.16
GP15 GP50 GP57 C/AD2 1830x480 £111.43
White Sandstorm Sparta C/AC2 1830x510 £122.53
C/AB2 1830x585 £125.04 Dimensions LxW mm
C/AA2 1830x760 £129.08 REF (choice of 3 heights) PRICE
C/CF2 1220 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381) £65.50
C/BF2 1520 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381) £73.98
C/AF2 1830 x 254 x (483 or 432 or 381) £79.73
POLYPROPYLENE TABLES ROUND TABLES FOR BANQUETS AND MEETINGS

• Easy to fold leg operation. • Folding legs for
• Polypropylene table top on a steel leg frame. ease of storage.
• Choose between two sizes. • Wide choice of
laminate tops -
colours as
per contour
tables above.
REF O/S LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE REF Dimensions diameter Approx weight Top finish Choice of 3 std heights PRICE
FST01Z 1200x600x740 8.5 £62.32 RD/CL40 1220mm 20.00Kg Laminate 760mm or 698mm £221.94
RD/BL40 1520mm 27.50Kg Laminate or 635mm £258.88
FST02Z 1830x760x720 8.5 £82.21 RDBP40-GP60 1520mm 27.50Kg Sealed wood £198.17

CANTEEN SEATING
Quality range of modular seating
for restaurants, Canteens and all
fast food areas. The Marquise
Range is very attractively finished
with moulded polypropylene seats
on heavy duty box section frames.
Ergonomically designed for
maximum benefit to the user and
best utilisation of space available.
Wide range of both seat colours
and table tops.
• Floor fixing plates can be

requested as an extra.
REF Description MARQUISE All prices are based on

600mm wide concept
M.4.1 4 seats access one side £266.40
laminate tops.
M.4.2 4 seats access two sides £266.40
M.2.1 2 seats facing access one side £176.49
M.2.S 2 seats s/side access one side* £194.81
M.4.0 4 seats to a 900mm dia table £338.00
M.6.0 6 seats to a 1200mm dia table £477.86
M.2.2 2 seats access two sides* £194.81
M.6.1 6 seats access one side £399.60
M.6.2 6 seats access two sides £399.60
* Denotes suitable for
EXTRA Upholstered seat pads fitted £21.65 each seat wheelchair use.
EXTRA Upholstered back pads fitted £24.98 each seat
CANTEEN TABLES
• Ideal for use in eating areas in
offices, halls, factories, warehouses
and retail premises.
• Seats are manufactured from
moulded polypropylene mounted on
a strong steel frame.
• Table top is manufactured from
chipboard with a melamine coating.
• Supplied knock down for easy CBT42Z
access into premises. CBT41Z
CBT21Z
No of Overall size Table size Weight

REF seats L x W x H mm L x W mm Kg PRICE
Peninsula units - access 1 way
CBT21Z 2 1690 x 510 x 790 600 x 600 26 £141.19
CBT41Z 4 1690 x 915 x 790 1100 x 600 38 £211.64
Island units - access 2 ways
CBT62Z
CBT42Z 4 1690 x 915 x 790 1100 x 600 38 £201.98
CBT62Z 6 1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600 55 £301.92

Competitively priced range of
hardwearing desks and accessories.
• Choice of rectangular or crescent shaped desk tops.

Wave shaped tops can also be supplied - please
enquire for details.
• Choose from panel end or silver cantilever leg options.
• Desks supplied with integral cable ports in both tops
and modesty panel.
• Large range of sizes - please enquire if you cannot see
the size that you require.
• Five year guarantee.
• Finish - colour beech.
• Workstation height 730mm.
All worktops are 25mm

with 3mm edging.
PANEL END WORKSTATIONS

REF Size WxD mm Top PRICE
TK8080P 800x800 Rectangular £123.25
TK1610WVRP 1600x1000 Wave right £187.05
TK1610WVLP 1600x1000 Wave left £187.05
TK8080P TK1280P TK1680P
CANTILEVER LEG WORKSTATIONS

TK8080CL 800x800 Rectangular £123.25
TK1610WVRCL 1600x1000 Wave right £187.05
TK1610WVLCL 1600x1000 Wave left £187.05
TK8080CL TK1280CL TK1680CL
CRESCENT TOP WORKSTATIONS

TK1612CWSRP 1600x1200 Panel - right £195.75
TK1612CWSLP 1600x1200 Panel - left £195.75
TK1812CWSRP 1800x1200 Panel - right £211.70
TK1812CWSLP 1800x1200 Panel - left £211.70
TK1612CWSRCL 1600x1200 Cant' - right £195.75
TK1612CWSLCL 1600x1200 Cant' - left £195.75
TK1812CWSRCL 1800x1200 Cant' - right £211.70
TK1812CWSLCL 1800x1200 Cant' - left £211.70
TK1812CWSRP TK1612CWSLCL TK1812CWSRCL
SIDE FILLER 90° CONNECTION

TOP & LEG
TKDH800SF REF Description/Size mm PRICE

TKDH800SF 800W x 600D x 730H £266.80 TKCT90
TKCT90 90° connection top £89.90

WORKSTATION PEDESTALS
To compliment workstations. Choose between fixed or mobile models.
Each pedestal
includes a
pen tray.
All deep filing drawers are fitted with

a heavy duty ballbearing runner.
TKH2 TKH3
REF Type Size WxDxH mm PRICE

TKH2 Fixed 400x500x510 £100.05
TKH3 Fixed 400x500x510 £100.05
TKMP2 Mobile 404x500x595 £126.15
TKMP3 Mobile 404x500x595 £126.15
TKDHP3 Mobile 400x600x730 £149.35
TKDHP3/8 Mobile 404x800x730 £165.30
TKMP2 TKMP3 TKDHP3
OPEN STORAGE UNITS

REF Size HxWxD mm Shelves PRICE
TK740 730x952x400 1 £133.40
TK760 730x952x600 1 £140.65
TK7480 730x800x400 1 £133.40
TK7680 730x800x600 1 £140.65
TK8495 800x952x400 2 £137.75
TK1240 1200x952x400 2 £172.55
TK1260 1200x952x600 2 £198.65
TK1640 1600x952x400 3 £211.70
TK1660 1600x952x600 3 £245.05
TK2040 2000x952x400 4 £237.80
TK2060 2000x952x600 4 £282.75
TK1240 TK1640 TK2040
DOUBLE DOORS MEETING TABLES

Double doors to fit on the open storage units featured above.
Add price to the open storage units to form a lockable cupboard unit.
TK1810DE
TK2412DE
TK1200D
REF To suit open unit PRICE

REF Description Size mm PRICE
TK200CD TK2060/TK2040 £104.40
TK1200D Discussion table 1200 dia x 730H £162.40
TK1600CD TK1660/TK1640 £95.70
TK1810DE Medium table 1800W x 1000D x 730H £220.40
TK1200CD TK1260/TK1240 £73.95
TK2412DE Boardroom table 2400W x 1200D x 730H £292.90
TK800CD TK8695/TK8495 £75.40
TKCT6060 Coffee table 600W x 600D x 360H £79.75
TK780CD TK7680/TK7480 £71.05
TKCT1060 Coffee table 1000W x 600D x 360H £102.95
TK700CD TK760/TK740 £68.15

BUDGET WORKBENCH
• Easy to assemble - no nuts or bolts.
• 300Kg capacity.
• Complete with
18mm chipboard worktop REF Overall size H x W x D mm PRICE
and shelf. RRWB/09/09/07 915 x 915 x 762 £64.89
• Plastic feet inserts. RRWB/09/09/09 915 x 915 x 915 £73.62
• Blue/grey or blue/orange. RRWB/09/12/07 915 x 1220 x 762 £80.15
RRWB/09/12/09 915 x 1220 x 915 £90.80
RRWB/09/18/07 915 x 1830 x 762 £108.08
RRWB/09/18/09 915 x 1830 x 915 £120.83
RRWB/09/24/07 915 x 2440 x 762 £137.60
RRWB/09/24/09 915 x 2440 x 915 £153.57
WORKSTATION ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCH

• Comes complete with 18mm An economy workbench constructed from steel angle. Complete with half depth
chipboard worktop with T-bar bottom shelf and rear lip. Worktop 38mm thick.
underbrace and two upper storage
shelves 305mm deep. • Height adjustable
• No nuts or bolts 760 - 880mm.
- easily assembled. • Flatpack
• Blue/grey or blue/orange. knock down.
• Overall height 1830mm.
REF W x D mm PRICE
RRWS/18/09/09/03 915 x 915 £102.10
RRWS/18/12/09/03 1220 x 915 £115.76
RRWS/18/18/09/03 1830 x 915 £157.90
REF Size L x W mm Weight Kg PRICE
RRWS/18/24/09/03 2440 x 915 £193.35
WBI01Z 1530 x 760 50 £186.20
ECONOMY WORKBENCH
Constructed from longspan shelving with a 22mm thick
plywood worktop.
• Available in 1500mm or 2000mm length.

• Easy to assemble - supplied knockdown.
• Main frame is galvanised - cross beam EPC blue.

221120212 Bench - 1500mm x 700mm £282.00
221120214 Bench - 2000mm x 700mm £322.50
221120222 Lower shelf - 1500mm £355.50
221120224 Lower shelf - 2000mm £418.50
MOBILE WORKBENCH FOLDING WORKBENCH

Longspan shelving construction with Bench folds up in seconds giving
22mm plywood worktop. compact storage.
• Capacity 250Kg. • Double gas struts.

• 4 x 125mm dia rubber tyred castors, • Perforated tool panel.
2 brakes. • Steel construction.
• Weight 58Kg.
• Table size: 1200mm L x 650mm W.
REF Description L x W mm PRICE

221120242 Bench 1500mm x 700mm £412.50 REF O/S - open L x W x Hmm O/S - folded L x W x Hmm PRICE
221120244 Bench 2000mm x 700mm £454.50 WBI09Z 1330 x 680 x 1380 1330 x 370 x 1380 £402.79

BASIC WORK BENCH
All purpose benching product suitable for use as a work bench or packing station.
Standard benches constructed from steel angle posts and ‘c’ section beams that
£94.96
support 2 self-coloured chipboard shelves.
Finish: Epoxy powder coating - posts blue and beams grey.
REF Dimensions HxWxDmm No levels PRICE

SO91545/2 920x1500x450 2 £94.96
SO91560/2 920x1500x600 2 £103.34
SO91590/2 920x1500x900 2 £120.09
SO91845/2 920x1800x450 2 £107.40
SO91860/2 920x1800x600 2 £115.06
SO91890/2 920x1800x900 2 £135.89
SO92145/2 920x2100x450 2 £115.77
SO92160/2 920x2100x600 2 £120.81
SO92190/2 920x2100x900 2 £147.67
SO92445/2 920x2400x450 2 £123.95
SO92460/2 920x2400x600 2 £127.14
SO92490/2 920x2400x900 2 £158.33
LEDGE UNIT BENCH PACKING BENCH

Budget packing bench
Work bench complete with 2
complete with bench roll
tier shelf unit for storage
holder for easy access to
(300mm deep).
rolls of packaging materials.
Overall height of unit including
Overall height of unit -
shelf unit: 1800mm (920mm
1800mm (920mm working
working height).
height).
Finish:
Finish:
Posts - powder coated blue.
Posts - epoxy powder
Beams - powder coated grey.
coated blue.
Beams - epoxy powder
coated grey.
£152.05
REF Size HxWxD mm PRICE REF Dimensions HxWxD No of levels PRICE

SBS181590 1800x1500x900 £213.92 SPB181890 1800x1800x900mm 2 £152.05
SBS181890 1800x1800x900 £241.53
CANTILEVER BENCH PANEL AND ACCESSORY OPTIONS

Work bench complete with Single Wire Hook
cantilever canopy (300mm
deep).
Overall height of unit
including canopy: 1800mm REF Size Qty PRICE
(920mm All Louvered SSWS30S 30mm 5 £14.80
working height). SSWS60S 60mm 5 £14.80
Finish:
Posts - epoxy powder
coated blue. Double Wire Hook
Beams - epoxy powder
coated grey.
£301.88
NB Items shown are not REF Size Qty PRICE
included in the price All Toolboard SDWS30S 30mm 3 £14.80
SDWS60S 60mm 3 £14.80
REF Dimensions and Details PRICE

SBC181590/L 1800x1500x900mm - full louvered panel £260.26 Circular Tool Clip
SBC181590/T 1800x1500x900mm - full toolboard panel £259.74
SBC181590/5 1800x1500x900mm - 50/50 panel £263.25
SBC181890/L 1800x1800x900mm - full louvered panel £298.37 REF Size Qty PRICE
SBC181890/T 1800x1800x900mm - full toolboard panel £297.87 50% Louvered/ SC18P 18mm 6 £14.80
SBC181890/5 1800x1800x900mm - 50/50 panel £301.88 50% Toolboard SC24P 24mm 6 £14.80

STEEL WORKBENCH
Heavy duty angle construction. Height 865mm standard
bench has retaining lip on three sides. Colours Blue, Green or Yellow.
Can be supplied in knockdown to order. Choice of tops as listed.
Description REF PRICE

Bottom shelf 1200 long x 600 deep - steel GB/BS1 £58.99
Bottom shelf 1800 long x 600 deep - steel GB/BS2 £72.07
Tool cupboard - shelf 610 x 455 x 455 GB/TC £103.58
Single drawer 450 x 450 x 455 GB/SD £93.40
Double drawer 450 x 450 x 455 each GB/DD £167.83
Triple drawer 450 x 450 x 455 each GB/TD £242.43
Filing drawer GB/FD £139.86
Vice plate - reinforcing to underside GB/VP £11.66
Vice 100mm jaw width - fitted GP/V100 £87.71
Vice 150mm jaw width - fitted GB/V150 £126.02
Illustration shows bench fitted with cupboard & drawer
Steel Tops (S) Vinyl (V) Hardwood (H)

REF Size mm LxW PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
GB1S 1200 x 600 £147.49 GB1V £177.22 GB1H £154.54
GB2S 1200 x 750 £161.56 GB2V £195.90 GB2H £167.86
GB3S 1200 x 900 £175.67 GB3V £208.46 GB3H £185.97
GB4S 1830 x 600 £180.16 GB4V £213.76 GB4H £207.99
GB5S 1830 x 750 £202.74 GB5V £240.98 GB5H £235.11
GB6S 1830 x 900 £225.31 GB6V £274.35 GB6H £249.60
HIGH QUALITY STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
With Accessories
Basic Workbench
• For environments requiring strict standards of cleanliness and hygiene.

• Fully welded construction from 40mm square tube with grade 304 stainless steel work surface, bonded to a timber composite core to
maintain a flat surface and provide sound deadening qualities.
• Front edge folded down and under, with corners welded.
• Fitted with plastic inset feet.
Workbench Accessories
Dim 860mm high Stainless tops PRICE All stainless PRICE Detail and dim mm Mild PRICE Stainless PRICE
other dim grey mild top and steel steel
below steel frame framework Bottom Shelf 1200L x 420W BS1G £58.99 BS1S £115.87
1200 x 600 SSB1M £373.95 SSB1S £526.19 Bottom Shelf 1500L x 420W BS2G £65.54 BS2S £122.47
1200 x 750 SSB2M £386.21 SSB2S £550.95 Bottom Shelf 1800L x 420W BS3G £72.07 BS3S £129.03
1200 x 900 SSB3M £398.46 SSB3S £575.66 Rear Retaining Lip 1200L RL1S £38.62
1500 x 900 SSB6M £422.98 SSB6S £625.17 Cupboard with Shelf 455mm Cube TC £103.58 TCS £207.18
1800 x 600 SSB7M £442.82 SSB7S £613.78 Single Drawer Each SD £93.24 SDS £186.48
1800 x 750
1800 x 900
SSB8M
SSB9M
£430.06
£447.48
SSB8S
SSB9S
£644.23
£674.59
Double Drawer
Triple Drawer
} Drawer
450 x 450 x 125
DD
TD
£167.83
£242.43

LIGHT ASSEMBLY WORKBENCHES
These ergonomic workbenches are suitable for
light assembly. The modular construction allows many
possibilities when planning a layout.
• Height adjustment with allen key between 650-900mm.

Frames are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7045.
The worktops are of 25mm laminated particle board.
• As well as the basic bench there are 3 other bench options
that can be used to construct a modular layout: add-on line
extension benches, right angled extensions and corner bench
units (only attach to right angled extension benches).
• Capacity 300Kg UDL for TP710-TP918 and 150Kg UDL for
all other benches.
Two basic benches with
a corner section
Basic bench Basic bench with add on extension bench Right angled extension
Type of Bench Basic Bench Extension Bench

Modular add-on bench types Size WxL mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
REF Description Size WxL mm PRICE 500x700 TP507 £175.31 - -
TP510K Right angled extension bench 500x1000 £161.17 500x1000 TP510 £194.16 - -
TP712K Right angled extension bench 700x1200 £186.62 500x1500 TP515 £230.91 - -
TP715K Right angled extension bench 700x1500 £225.26 700x1000 TP710 £215.83 TP710L £177.19
TP707KK Corner section extension bench 1100x1100 £306.31 900x1500 TP915 £278.04 TP915L £245.05
TP909KK Corner section extension bench 1300x1300 £341.19 900x1800 TP918 £301.60 TP918L £272.38
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

• A range of four benches with heavy duty construction
supplied in knocked down flat pack.
• Size - 1200mm long x 650mm wide x 840mm high.
• Worktop - 30mm thick beech multiply.
• Finish - epc red/grey.
210836056
210836048
210836050

210836048 2 side by side shelves £435.03
210836050 2 side by side 150mm deep drawers £364.31
210836056 1 x 150mm drawer + 1 x 400mm cupboard £345.44 210836062
210836062 2 x 150mm drawers + 2 x 400mm cupboards £411.50

A flat pack modular workbench system with a weight capacity of 450Kg
UDL. All workbenches are 840mm high as standard, other heights
available. All workbench frames, cabinet and drawer carcasses are epoxy
polyester powder coated in mid grey RAL 7001. All cabinet doors and
drawers are epoxy polyester powder coated in a choice of colours.
We offer two qualities of cabinets and drawers - choose between our Premier or Prem-Econo
Range to suit your requirement. Base shelf with or without base mats along with castor sets are
also available as extras. Workbenches can either be fitted with veneer, vinyl or MDF worktops.
Colour
choice:
Basic workbench - PW157C
Basic Workbench
REF Size LxW Worktop Type PRICE
PW156A 1500x600 Veneer £185.19
PW157A 1500x700 Veneer £219.45
PW156A + PD1A + PC1 PW156B 1500x600 Vinyl £230.84
PW157B 1500x700 Vinyl £269.68
PW156C 1500x600 MDF £153.73
PW157C 1500x700 MDF £188.09
PW126A 2000x600 Veneer £225.69
PW127A 2000x700 Veneer £266.90
PW126B 2000x600 Vinyl £283.01
PW127B 2000x700 Vinyl £338.44
PW126C 2000x600 MDF £196.95
PW127C 2000x700 MDF £234.97
PW156B + PC4 PW156A + PC1
PW157B + E/D1 PW157B + E/C1

PW157B + E/D3 + E/C1
E/CD1 E/C1
PREM-ECONO DRAWERS
AND CABINETS E/D3 Drawers & Cabinets Premier Range Prem-Econo Range
Single drawer PD1A £146.38 E/D1 £84.59
Double drawer PD2 £256.14 E/D2 £149.13
Triple drawer - - E/D3 £207.91
E/D1 Quad drawer PC4 £385.66 E/D4 £302.56
Cabinet + 1 drawer PC2 £235.91 E/CD1 £219.38
Cabinet PC1 £192.33 E/C1 £111.83
PC1 PC2 PC4

PD2
PREMIER DRAWERS AND CABINETS

PD1A
REF Set of 4 castors PRICE

PW4SC 300Kg UDL £62.04
REF Base shelf - extra PRICE REF Base shelf mat - extra PRICE
PW156BS 1500L x 600W mm £43.82 PW156BM 1500L x 600W mm £81.89
Bench with castors PW127BS 2000L x 700W mm £64.27 PW127BM 2000L x 700W mm £107.76

Flat pack modular workbench system offering a variety of storage and workspace solutions. Leg frames are constructed from fabricated
steel section to bolt to the worktop. 650mm high premier units are mounted on 150mm high steel plinths. All cabinets are lockable and
contain one adjustable shelf. All drawers are mounted on precision ball bearing telescopic slides offering a 40Kg (UDL) capacity.
• Models 1-11 below are suggestions on popular configurations - alternatively choose components to suit your own requirements.
REF Comprising PRICE REF Comprising PRICE REF Comprising PRICE

MODEL1 PLU600+PPC1+W56B £360.43 MODEL2 PLU600+PPC2+W56B £403.24 MODEL3 PLU600+PPC4+W56B £550.37

MODEL4 PPC4+PPC1+W56B £715.54 MODEL5 PPC4+PPC4+W56B £905.48 MODEL6 PPC4+PPC2+W56B £758.35

MODEL7 PPC2+PPC2+W56B £611.24 MODEL8 PPC1+PPC2+W56B £568.41 MODEL9 PPC1+PPC1+W56B £525.60
REF Comprising PRICE REF Comprising PRICE

MODEL10 PPC1+PPC4+PPC2+W56B+W56B £1064.55 MODEL11 PLU600+PPC4+PPC2+W56B+W56B £899.39
• Create a run... choose your size, storage option, worktop and go.
• All benches are 830mm high.

Mid grey (RAL 7001) carcass with colour choice drawer/doors.
Colour options are red, blue, green and dark grey.
REF Description H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) PRICE REF Description H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) PRICE
PLU600 Leg unit 800 - 500 £54.22 W56A Veneer worktop 30 1500 600 £80.30
PPC1 Cabinet 800 500 500 £219.41 W26A Veneer worktop 30 2000 600 £89.26
PPC2 Cabinet/drawer 800 500 500 £262.22 W56B Vinyl worktop 30 1500 600 £86.79
PPC4 4 drawer unit 800 500 500 £426.26 W26B Vinyl worktop 30 2000 600 £146.37

STORAGE BENCHES
Superb range of benches available in four lengths: 1250, 1500, 1750 and 2000mm.
• Multiplex worktops - 30mm thick. • Benches supplied fully assembled.
• Lockable cupboards. • Finish - epoxy powder coated - blue doors and grey frames - other colours
• All models are 600mm deep and height adjustable from 780mm - 930mm. available to order.
1250mm long benches
2 x 125mm drawers 1 x 500mm 3 drawers

2 x 500mm cupboards 1 x 500mm cupboard
REF PRICE REF PRICE
16902001.11V £446.44 16902003.11V £461.51
1500mm long benches
1 x 750mm all drawers 1 x 750mm all drawers

1 x 500mm cupboard/drawer 1 x 500mm storage area
REF PRICE REF PRICE
16902024.11V £500.13 16902023.11V £490.23
1750mm long benches
1 x 3 drawers
2 x cupboards 3 x 500mm
REF PRICE all drawers REF PRICE
16902042.11V £558.51 16902043.11V £773.26
2000mm long benches
2 x 3 drawers
1 x centre storage area
REF PRICE
2 x 500mm all drawers 16902064.11V £678.60
1 x 750mm all drawers REF PRICE
16902063.11V £810.93

INFINITE WORKBENCH SYSTEM
• Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench and simply add on extension benches to
create a run or block of benches.
• Supplied in a flat pack form with a framework in fabricated steel sections, welded leg
support and conveniently adjustable cross rails which can be assembled to suit
individual applications.
• Capacity 1000Kg UDL.
• Steelwork EPC dark grey.
• Height adjustable 840-940mm.
• Easy to add accessories with drawers and cupboard units available in a variety
of colours.
• Choice of MDF, veneer or vinyl worktops with the option of a base shelf.
Colour
choice:
KDB2048A + KD/USS235
KDB2078BSA + KD/C1 + KD/D3 + KD/LS1
Create a run of benches using starter + add-on benches
Worktop Type 25mm MDF 30mm Veneer 30mm Vinyl Drawers & Cabinets
Size LxW Bench REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE Description REF PRICE
2000x700 Starter KDB2078A £310.11 KDB2078B £376.70 KDB2078C £393.03 Cupboard unit KD/C1 £111.83
2000x700 Starter & base KDB2078BSA £368.23 KDB2078BSB £434.84 KDB2078BSC £451.17 Single drawer KD/D1 £84.59
2000x1200 Starter KDB2028A £395.91 KDB2028B £450.68 KDB2028C £510.26 Two drawer KD/D2 £149.13
2000x1200 Starter & base KDB2028BSA £482.89 KDB2028BSB £537.67 KDB2028BSC £597.25 Three drawer KD/D3 £207.91
2000x1400 Starter KDB2048A £432.43 KDB2048B £498.74 KDB2048C £566.01 Cupboard/Drawer KD/CD1 £219.38
2000x1400 Starter & base KDB2048BSA £570.81 KDB2048BSB £637.12 KDB2048BSC £704.39 13 amp socket KD/LS1 £19.84
3000x700 Starter KDB3078A £499.70 KDB3078B £593.87 KDB3078C £609.24 2000mm tool rail KD/TR20 £107.13
3000x700 Starter & base KDB3078BSA £571.77 KDB3078BSB £665.95 KDB3078BSC £681.32 2000mm light & tool rail KD/LTR20 £196.39
3000x1200 Starter KDB3028A £615.02 KDB3028B £766.85 KDB3028C £804.01 2000mm upper shelf KD/USS235 £115.24
3000x1200 Starter & base KDB3028BSA £697.67 KDB3028BSB £849.49 KDB3028BSC £886.65 3000mm upper shelf KD/USS335 £196.19
3000x1400 Starter KDB3048A £699.58 KDB3048B £895.61 KDB3048C £931.48 2000mm service duct KD/SD20 £136.39
3000x1400 Starter & base KDB3048BSA £887.93 KDB3048BSB £1083.97 KDB3048BSC £1119.85 3000mm service duct KD/SD30 £205.64
2000x700 Add-on KDA278A £265.24 KDA278B £331.85 KDA278C £354.60
2000x700 Add-on & base KDA278BSA £322.88 KDA278BSB £387.43 KDA278BSC £406.32

Square tube and cantilever workstations are designed and manufactured in component form
for complete flexibility in design and layout
• Welded tubular steel leg frames and worktop support channels for strength and rigidity. • Durable polyester powder coated finish - framework light grey with
• Adjustable levelling feet fitted as standard. drawer/cupboard colour options (as shown in accessories section).
• Supplied in knock down form for easy on-site assembly. • Available in square tube 4-leg design or ergonomic cantilever design.
• Choice of alternative sizes and worksurface for specific applications. • Static dissipative options for use in static electricity controlled areas.
• Range of accessories for every requirement. • Standard height 840mm-760mm or 920mm are also available.
SQUARE TUBE BENCHES
Standard Worksurfaces
HxWxD mm MFC TOP PRICE LAMINATE TOP PRICE
840x900x600 BQ849060GLXX £110.66 BQ849060PLXX £135.35
840x1200x600 BQ841260GLXX £144.45 BQ841260PLXX £180.10
840x1200x750 BQ841275GLXX £152.89 BQ841275PLXX £216.68
840x1200x900 BQ841290GLXX £161.34 BQ841290PLXX £238.25
840x1500x600 BQ841560GLXX £158.52 BQ841560PLXX £214.80
840x1500x750 BQ841575GLXX £167.90 BQ841575PLXX £252.32
840x1500x900 BQ841590GLXX £182.91 BQ841590PLXX £273.90
840x1800x600 BQ841860GLXX £175.41 BQ841860PLXX £259.83
840x1800x750 BQ841875GLXX £184.79 BQ841875PLXX £275.77
840x1800x900 BQ841890GLXX £187.60 BQ841890PLXX £291.72
Static Dissipative Worksurfaces

HxWxD mm NORASTAT TOP PRICE LAMSTAT TOP PRICE
840x900x600 BQ849060NLXX £164.63 BQ849060LLXX £182.91
840x1200x600 BQ841260NLXX £230.75 BQ841260LLXX £256.07
840x1200x750 BQ841275NLXX £251.38 BQ841275LLXX £279.52
840x1200x900 BQ841290NLXX £272.02 BQ841290LLXX £302.04
840x1500x600 BQ841560NLXX £259.83 BQ841560LLXX £288.90
840x1500x750 BQ841575NLXX £284.21 BQ841575LLXX £315.17
840x1500x900 BQ841590NLXX £311.42 BQ841590LLXX £347.06
840x1800x600 BQ841860NLXX £296.41 BQ841860LLXX £329.24
840x1800x750 BQ841875NLXX £319.86 BQ841875LLXX £355.50
840x1800x900 BQ841890NLXX £336.74 BQ841890LLXX £374.26
• See facing page for accessories and colour options.
CANTILEVER BENCHES
HxWxD mm LINOLEUM PRICE LAMINATE PRICE
840x1200x750 BC8412758LXX £301.10 BC841275PLXX £292.66
840x1200x900 BC8412908LXX £311.42 BC841290PLXX £303.91
840x1500x750 BC8415758LXX £348.00 BC841575PLXX £339.56
840x1500x900 BC8415908LXX £363.01 BC841590PLXX £354.56
840x1800x750 BC8418758LXX £383.64 BC841875PLXX £375.20
840x1800x900 BC8418908LXX £403.31 BC841890PLXX £394.90
Static Dissipative Worksurfaces

HxWxD mm NORASTAT TOP PRICE LAMSTAT TOP PRICE
840x1200x750 BC841275NLXX £322.67 BC841275LLXX £358.32
840x1200x900 BC841290NLXX £337.68 BC841290LLXX £375.20
840x1500x750 BC841575NLXX £352.69 BC841575LLXX £392.08
840x1500x900 BC841590NLXX £380.83 BC841590LLXX £422.10
840x1800x750 BC841875NLXX £391.15 BC841875LLXX £435.23
840x1800x900 BC841890NLXX £413.66 BC841890LLXX £458.68
Cantilever workstation with side bench & accessories

• See facing page for accessories and colour options.

Height adjustable workstations are designed to meet the growing demand from industry to provide a safe and
ergonomic work environment. Alternative heights are not only required to suit the physical height of individuals but
also to aid specific production tasks.
• Tubular steel leg frames and worktop support channels for strength. • Simple folding crank handle mechanism allows operators to adjust the working
• Supplied fully assembled. height quickly and easily.
• Choice of alternative sizes and worksurfaces. Accepts full range of accessories. • Durable powder coated finish.
• Infinite height adjustment between 730-950mm. • Static dissipative worktops are also available - please enquire for details.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT BENCHES
HxWxD mm LINOLEUM PRICE LAMINATE TOP PRICE
900x600 BA7990608LXX £457.74 BA799060LLXX £537.47
1200x600 BA7912608LXX £518.71 BA791260LLXX £609.70
1200x750 BA7912758LXX £533.72 BA791275LLXX £645.34
1500x600 BA7915608LXX £543.10 BA791560LLXX £650.03
1500x750 BA7915758LXX £572.18 BA791575LLXX £668.79
1800x600 BA7918608LXX £587.19 BA791860LLXX £679.11
1800xc750 BA7918758LXX £613.45 BA791875LLXX £711.94
ACCESSORIES TO SUIT SQUARE TUBE, CANTILEVER AND HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE WORKSTATIONS
Storage cupboard 435 x 420 x 420 BECU04041 £103.18 STANDARD
Single drawer 220 x 420 x 420 BEDR04021 £103.18 Supplied unless option specified
Triple drawer 435 x 420 x 420 BEDR04043 £177.28
FRAMEWORK
760mm rear support posts BESP760SXXXX £39.40
1180mm rear support posts BESP1180XXXX £48.78 Lt. GREY
Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1200mm bench BEUS12008XXX £65.66
Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1200mm bench BEUS1200PXXX £61.91 DRAWER/CUPBOARD
Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1500mm bench BEUS1500PXXX £74.10 GREEN
DRAWER CUPBOARD OPTIONS
Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1800mm bench BEUS1800PXXX £90.05
Light/tool rail support for 1200mm bench BERS1200XLXX £49.71 DK. GREY
Light/tool rail support for 1500mm bench BERS1500XLXX £53.47
Light/tool rail support for 1800mm bench BERS1800XLXX £55.34
Fluorescent light BELF1200XLXX £28.14 BLUE
Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench BELO48121XXX £91.92
Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1500mm bench BELO4815IXXX £100.37 RED
Louvered back panel with pinboard for 1800mm bench BELO4818IXXX £111.62
Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench BESDWT122XXX £76.92 Finish: Powder coated epoxy/polyester,
Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench BESDWT15XXXX £78.79 semi gloss. Colours illustrated are a
Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench BESDWT18XXXX £82.54 guide only.
Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench BESDSP12XXXX £84.42

A range of high quality workbenches manufactured in 50 x 50 and 50 x 25 steel tube.
There is a choice of sizes, worktops, cabinets, drawers and accessories. Standard colours: light grey frame
with blue cabinets. Optional cabinet colours of dark grey and green.
REF Accessories PRICE

BESP760SXXXX 760mm rear support posts £39.40
BESP1180XXXX 1180mm rear support posts £48.78
BEUS1200GXXX Upper shelf 300mm MFC for 1200mm bench £58.16
BEUS12008XXX Upper shelf 300mm linoleum for 1200mm bench £65.66
BEUS1200PXXX Upper shelf 300mm laminate for 1200mm bench £61.91
BERS1200XLXX Light/tool rail support for 1200mm bench £49.71
BELF1200XLXX Fluorescent light £28.14
BEL04812IXXX Louvered back panel for 1200mm bench £91.92
BELO4815IXXX Louvered back panel for 1500mm bench £100.37
BEL04818IXXX Louvered back panel for 1800mm bench £111.62
BESDWT122XXX Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench £76.92
BESDWT15XXXX Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench £78.79
BESDWT18XXXX Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench £82.54
BESDSP12XXXX Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench £84.42
BZDRAW04DX 4 drawer cabinet - 1 x 100, 3 x 150 drawers £513.09
Heavy Duty Storage Benches - 920mm height also available

Size HxWxD mm STEEL PLATE REF PRICE HARDWOOD REF PRICE LINOLEUM REF PRICE LAMINATE REF PRICE
840 x 1500 x 750 BS841575SLXX £406.15 BS841575HLXX £357.38 BS8415758LXX £384.58 BS841575PLXX £377.08
Lower Shelves - 580mm deep

To fit LINOLEUM REF PRICE MFC REF PRICE LAMINATE REF PRICE
1500mm bench with 0 cabinets BZLSNC158XXX £105.17 BZLSNC15GXXX £72.23 BZLSNC15PXXX £101.51
1500mm bench with 1 cabinets BZLS1C158XXX £97.86 BZLS1C15GXXX £66.60 BZLS1C15PXXX £94.19
1800mm bench with 0 cabinets BZLSNC188XXX £117.98 BZLSNC18GXXX £81.61 BZLSNC18PXXX £113.40
Cabinet options NOTE: Drawers can be sub-divided using

Size 610 x 615 x 640mm high. dividers for Euroslide cabinets.
1500mm long benches will accept one cabinet L/H or R/H.
1800mm long benches will accept two cabinets or one cabinet on L/H or R/H side.
With 2 x 100mm With 4 x 100mm With 2 x 100mm Cupboard with With 2 x 100mm &
1 x 150mm and 1 x 200mm 1 x 150mm deep drawers internal filing drawer for
deep drawers deep drawer & one cupboard shelf A4 files only
REF BZDROW04AX REF BZDROW05BX REF BZCBDR020X REF BZCBDXSHX REF BZDRAW03FX
PRICE £496.20 PRICE £551.54 PRICE £272.96 PRICE £181.03 PRICE £435.33

A range of fully welded workbenches fabricated from high quality mild steel sections. Framework construction
is heavy duty pattern – 45 x 45 x 3 section with 50mm sq. tube leg frames.
WORK BENCHES Standard height 840mm (760mm and 920mm also

available).
Colour: Dark grey. Door and drawer colour choices available.
840mm height will be supplied unless an alternative is specified.
When ordering specify frame pattern, worktop option and accessories.
Sliding doors can be fitted to any bench to

provide useful storage area
WORKTOP OPTIONS:
STEEL PLATE
2mm thick on heavy pattern frame.
Birch plyWOOD
25mm thick with timber edges.
LINOLEUM
20mm thick
PLASTIC LAMINATE
Warerite or similar
Grey linen pattern
20mm Core
Balancing Veneer
Basic Workbench Lower Steel Shelves

Size HxWxD mm STEEL PLATE PRICE HARDWOOD PRICE LINOLEUM PRICE LAMINATE PRICE REF PRICE
840x1200x600 BJ841260SKXX £168.84 BJ841260HKXX £243.88 BJ8412608KXX £259.83 BJ841260PKXX £251.38 BXLS1206XXXX £57.22
Accessories
Retaining lip for 1200 x 600mm bench BXRL1206XXXX £18.76
Vice plate BXVICEPLXXXX £15.01
Sliding doors for 1200mm bench BXSL1284XXXX £383.64
Cupboard 560x420x420 BXCU04051 £112.56
Single drawer 220x420x420 BXDR04021 £103.18
Triple drawer 435x420x420 BXDR04043 £177.28

CRAFTSMAN’S WORK BENCH WORKSHOP BENCH
With a back lip, cupboard and lower shelf, this strong and well made timber bench
is designed to meet the demands of the industrial workshop.
Three different work surfaces and multiple sizes combine to give numerous
alternate formats for the workshop environment.
• Bottom shelf.
• Lockable cupboard.
• Back lip.
• Vice not included.
Sizes PLYWOOD VINYL HARDWOOD

LxD mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
• Bench is built from prime softwood Sizes LxD mm REF PRICE 1200x750 EAT085 £522.77 EAT094 £573.92 EAT103 £635.10
framework and hardwood work surfaces. 1200x750 EAT059 £1055.85 1200x900 EAT086 £556.22 EAT095 £612.47 EAT104 £679.50
• Supplied fitted with the following 1200x900 EAT060 £1100.26 1200x1200 EAT087 £592.90 EAT096 £654.79 EAT105 £728.81
accessories: Bottom shelf, cupboard and 1200x1200 EAT061 £1149.57 1500x750 EAT088 £570.49 EAT097 £626.74 EAT106 £694.04
drawer, saw rack & back panel, 2 tool 1500x750 EAT062 £1115.52 1500x900 EAT089 £606.65 EAT098 £668.54 EAT107 £742.56
racks, adjustable plane stop, factory 1500x900 EAT063 £1164.04 1500x1200 EAT090 £646.25 EAT099 £714.32 EAT108 £795.75
fitted 175mm vice. 1500x1200 EAT064 £1217.23 1800x750 EAT091 £617.40 EAT100 £679.29 EAT109 £753.31
• Standard height 750mm. 1800x750 EAT065 £1175.50 1800x900 EAT092 £657.01 EAT101 £725.07 EAT110 £806.48
1800x900 EAT066 £1228.68 1800x1200 EAT093 £700.39 EAT102 £775.26 EAT111 £864.84
STANDARD WORK BENCH

• Durable high quality bench, the basis for all our wooden benches, • Popular extra is a bottom shelf of
ideal for industrial or commercial use. 18mm plywood as shown.
• Supplied assembled ready to use, 750mm standard height.
• Choice of worktops:
Plywood 36mm thick with PVC edging
Hardwood 35mm thick beech lipped edge
Vinyl on timber 27mm thick PVC edged
• All or any of accessories shown on ‘Craftsman’s Bench’ can be
supplied to all benches.
• All benches are supplied with one adjustable foot.
• Finish double coated clear acrylic varnish.
Sizes LxD mm PLYWOOD REF PRICE VINYL REF PRICE HARDWOOD REF PRICE Sizes LxD mm SHELF REF PRICE
1200x750 EAT001 £312.72 EAT067 £363.86 EAT076 £425.04 1200x750 EAT023 £43.55
1200x900 EAT002 £343.98 EAT068 £400.23 EAT077 £467.26 1200x900 EAT024 £45.74
1200x1200 EAT003 £378.38 EAT069 £440.27 EAT078 £514.29 1200x1200 EAT025 £48.02
1500x750 EAT004 £343.98 EAT070 £400.23 EAT079 £467.53 1500x750 EAT026 £52.79
1500x900 EAT005 £378.38 EAT071 £440.27 EAT080 £514.29 1500x900 EAT027 £54.56
1500x1200 EAT006 £416.22 EAT072 £484.29 EAT081 £565.71 1500x1200 EAT028 £56.32
1800x750 EAT007 £378.38 EAT073 £440.27 EAT082 £514.29 1800x750 EAT029 £58.09
1800x900 EAT008 £416.22 EAT074 £484.29 EAT083 £565.71 1800x900 EAT030 £59.85
1800x1200 EAT009 £457.84 EAT075 £532.71 EAT084 £622.29 1800x1200 EAT031 £61.61
SECURE STORE WORK BENCH With a large capacity ‘drop front’ storage unit this work bench is designed to give extra
security for tools and equipment.
• Bottom shelf.
• Lockable ‘drop front’ storage cabinet.
• Drawer unit.
• 3 different work surfaces.
• 9 different sizes.
Sizes LxD mm PLYWOOD REF PRICE VINYL REF PRICE HARDWOOD REF PRICE
1200x750 EAT112 £643.66 EAT121 £694.81 EAT130 £755.99
1200x900 EAT113 £677.11 EAT122 £733.36 EAT131 £800.39
1200x1200 EAT114 £713.79 EAT123 £775.68 EAT132 £849.70
1500x750 EAT115 £684.17 EAT124 £740.42 EAT133 £807.72
1500x900 EAT116 £720.33 EAT125 £782.22 EAT134 £856.24
1500x1200 EAT117 £759.93 EAT126 £828.00 EAT135 £909.43
1800x750 EAT118 £723.86 EAT127 £785.75 EAT136 £859.77
1800x900 EAT119 £763.46 EAT128 £831.53 EAT137 £912.95
1800x1200 EAT120 £806.85 EAT129 £881.72 EAT138 £971.29

COMPUTER WORK STATIONS
• Robust, lockable cupboards with cable routing apertures. • Static shelf, adjustable on 25mm pitch with 50Kg UDL.
• Lockable, slide out keyboard tray. • Lockable, ventilated monitor housings.
• Slide out shelf - ideal for printers (650w models only). • Sloping writing surface (1000w models only).
REF H x W x D mm PRICE REF H x W x D mm PRICE REF H x W x D mm PRICE

16912304.11V 1130 x 1000 x 550 £333.42 16912307.11V 1000 x 650 x 550 £267.02 16912305.11V 1680 x 1000 x 550 £447.85
WORK STATIONS
A
Ideal for quality assurance and supervisory areas.
• Sloping top writing lecterns with pen tray and paper stop.
• Two point locking, reinforced doors.
• Roller bearing half width drawers with 10Kg UDL capacity.
• Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 100mm pitch.
• 35Kg UDL capacity per shelf.
• 1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 1130/2000mm high.

16912300.11V A Work station - 2 drawers, 2 shelves £329.65 C
16912311.11V B Quality station - magnetic rear panel and file holder £416.77
16912301.11V C Information station - magnetic rear panel £380.04
16912302.11V D Tool station - perforated back panel £384.74

A range of all steel workdesks for paperwork centres in factories, goods-inward, despatch and assembly areas.
There are two versions within the range, Flat top and Sloping top (as shown).
• Available with either security cupboard or with open shelves.

• For easy access mobile base option available.
• Lockable drawer feature for secure storage of documents and tools.
• All models supplied with two adjustable height shelves.
• Backboard accessory for tools and notices with integral pencil tray.
• Finish: Powder coated light grey with either blue, dark grey, yellow or green doors.
Backboard accessory
Mobile castor base
Sloping workdesk with lockable drawer
Workdesk Accessories
REF Size HxWxD Description PRICE Description REF PRICE
DW989246D 980x920x450 Flat top with cupboard £204.48 Backboard DKBACKBDXXXX £84.14
DW989246O 980x920x450 Flat top with open shelves £188.54 Tool clip kit (pack of 6) BETCLIPSXXXX £15.55
DW119246D 1100x920x450 Sloping top with cupboard £218.55 Magnetic pins (pack of 6) DKMAGPINQXXX £18.30
DW119246X 1100x920x450 Sloping top with open shelves £201.67 Mobile base with castors DKCASTORXXXX £48.78
PREMIER DESK UNITS

• Welded and rivetted construction from 0.9mm sheet
steel with 3 way locking chrome handle. 88BDU1
• Contains 1 x 75Kg (UDL) adjustable shelf.
• 25Kg capacity 3/4 extension lockable pull out drawers. 88BDU2
• Mid grey (RAL 7001) carcass with choice of
door/drawer colour.
• Base cabinet external size: 915mm high x 915mm wide
x 459mm deep.
REF H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) Shelves PRICE

88BDU1 1205/1105 915 459 1 £304.44
88BDU2 1205/1105 915 459 1 £324.74

ELITE STORAGE LOCKERS LOCKER SEAT AND STAND
To suit all locker depths - complete with two wooden
slats. Supplied with adjustable feet.
• Welded 38mm tubular steel.

• Powder coated to match locker carcass.
• Adjustable feet.
• Supplied with two solid ashwood slats.
• Locker raised 340mm.
• Robust steel welded

frame construction. Number Overall size Single Nest of 2 Nest of 3
• Reduced co2 green credentials with of doors REF H x W x D mm PRICE PRICE PRICE
sustainably sourced steel.
Single 183030S 1800 x 300 x 300 £56.20 £154.97 £141.13
• Airflow venting system
Single 183045S 1800 x 300 x 450 £67.77 £231.42 £210.76
as standard.
Single 184545S 1800 x 450 x 450 £81.41 £174.80 N/A
• Anti-bacterial powder coated finish
Two 1830302 1800 x 300 x 300 £71.49 £261.17 £153.73
- grey frame and a choice of
Two 1830452 1800 x 300 x 450 £78.52 £189.33 £229.27
coloured doors - green, red, dark
Two 1845452 1800 x 450 x 450 £92.15 £282.25 N/A
blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon REF Width mm PRICE
Three 1830303 1800 x 300 x 300 £77.69 £209.10 £169.85
or grey. LSS30 300 £52.07
Three 1830453 1800 x 300 x 450 £88.44 £311.59 £171.09
• Choice of key cam lock or LSS45 450 £58.68
Four 1830304 1800 x 300 x 300 £85.96 £133.07 £192.57
padlock type fitting - cam lock LSS60 600 £65.29
Four 1830454 1800 x 300 x 450 £95.87 £199.19 £286.80
supplied as standard. LSS90 900 £78.52
Four 1845454 1800 x 450 x 450 £110.75 £181.42 N/A
• Single door lockers supplied with LSS120 1200 £90.92
Five 1830305 1800 x 300 x 300 £97.11 £219.02 £110.75
a top shelf and double coat hook.
Five 1830455 1800 x 300 x 450 £105.38 £159.93 £164.47
Two door models have a double
Six 1830306 1800 x 300 x 300 £105.38 N/A N/A
coat hook in each compartment.
Six 1830456 1800 x 300 x 450 £111.58 N/A N/A
• State colour choice and door
Eight 1830308 1800 x 300 x 300 £129.76 N/A N/A
fitting on order.
Eight 1830458 1800 x 300 x 450 £142.98 N/A N/A
LOCKER STAND
• Powder coated to match locker carcass.
ELITE LOCKER ACCESSORIES • Adjustable feet.
• Helps maintain a clear and clean floor surface.
REF Optional extras PRICE
• Locker raised 150mm.
ESL/AK Additional key £6.61
ESL/MK Master key £14.79
ESL/SCL Spare cam lock £5.66
ESL/SPF Spare padlock fitting £5.37
ESL/NP Number plates £1.74
ESL/NKF Numbered key fob £1.74
ESL/HR Hanging rail £4.13
ESL/CR £1 coin return £20.74
ESL/TR Token return £20.74
Padlock fitting Number plate Perforated doors POA
and key fob Combination lock electronic POA
Combination lock mechanical POA
Jewellery box POA
Sloping top
REF Width mm PRICE
(factory fitted)
LS30 300 £22.32
REF Sloping tops 150mm integral slope to suit locker PRICE LS38 380 £28.51
LS45 450 £28.93
ST3030 300 x 300 £6.61
LS60 600 £33.89
ST3038 300 x 380 £7.23
LS90 900 £44.63
ST3045 300 x 450 £7.65
LS120 1200 £55.38
ST3845 380 x 450 £8.27
Hanging rail ST4545 450 x 450 £8.68

EXPRESS LOCKERS
This range of lockers have been designed with economy and good basic quality in mind.
• Supplied from stock for quick delivery.

• Excellent value range.
• Strengthened, ventilated doors fitted with
rubber buffers.
• Pre-drilled for nesting.
• Fitted with mastered cam locks. PRICES
• Single and two door lockers REF Doors Sizes HxWxD mm 1-4 OFF 5+
are fitted with a coat hook in LQ1830301L 1 1830x300x300 £58.92 £51.01
each compartment. LQ1830302L 2 1830x300x300 £64.33 £57.23
• Germ Guard powder coated in LQ1830304L 4 1830x300x300 £76.96 £69.82
light grey. LQ1830306L 6 1830x300x300 £90.44 £83.30
LQ1830451L 1 1830x300x450 £64.33 £57.26
LQ1830452L 2 1830x300x450 £70.56 £62.62
LQ1830454L 4 1830x300x450 £83.25 £76.12
LQ1830456L 6 1830x300x450 £97.66 £90.50
PREMIER LOCKERS
• General purpose lockers designed • Single door lockers a top shelf
for industry, commercial and coat hook, two compartment
establishments, hospitals, lockers have no shelf and one
schools, sports centres etc. coat hook per compartment.
• Germ Guard paint reduces the • Powder coated finish: body - light
spread of E-coli & MRSA. grey, doors - light grey, blue, red,
• 22 gauge steel body doors. green or yellow.
• Mastered camlock with • Perforated doors and sloping
2000 differs. tops available.
• Ventilated slots on lockers.
Single Door Lockers PRICES

REF Doors Sizes HxWxD mm 1-4 5+
LS1830301 1 1800x300x300 £58.92 £51.01
LS1830451 1 1800x300x450 £64.33 £57.26
LS1838381 1 1800x380x380 £70.63 £63.52
LS1845301 1 1800x450x300 £64.33 £57.26
LS1845451 1 1800x450x300 £74.14 £66.96
Compartment Lockers PRICES

REF Doors Sizes HxWxD mm 1-4 5+
LS1830302 2 1800x300x300 £64.33 £57.23
LS1830303 3 1800x300x300 £71.49 £63.54
LS1830304 4 1800x300x300 £76.96 £69.84
LS1830306 6 1800x300x300 £90.44 £83.27
LS1830452 2 1800x300x450 £70.56 £62.62
LS1830453 3 1800x300x450 £76.04 £68.92
LS1830454 4 1800x300x450 £83.25 £76.12
LS1830456 6 1800x300x450 £97.66 £90.50 Locker Optional Extras
LS1838382 2 1800x380x380 £75.00 £67.04
LS1838383 3 1800x380x380 £80.49 £73.33 REF Description PRICE
LS1838384 4 1800x380x380 £87.71 £80.53 ST/30/30 Sloping top for 300x300mm £4.48
LS1845306 6 1800x450x300 £97.66 £90.50 CL Replacement cam locks £3.25
LS1845452 2 1800x450x450 £78.66 £71.50 LL Latch locks for padlock £3.25
LS1845453 3 1800x450x450 £87.67 £80.52 ML Coin return lock £14.34
LS1845454 4 1800x450x450 £95.01 £87.85
LS1845456 6 1800x450x450 £110.88 £103.70 Locker Seats
Sloping Top Locker Stands

WORKWEAR LOCKERS
Superb range of lockers that can all be supplied in a variety of door colours: green, dark blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, maroon or grey.
COMBI LOCKER CLEAN AND DIRTY LOCKER TWO PERSON LOCKER TWIN LOCKER
• Ideal for the storage of personal • Two vertical hanging compartments to • Space saving unit for 2 users. • Space saving unit.
possessions and equipment. separate workwear and day wear. • Each user having a vertical hanging and • Accommodates two users each having a
• Vertical hanging compartment • Integral seat and stands available. a personal possession compartment. slim vertical storage compartment with
with hanging rail plus smaller • Sloping top option. • Integral seat and stands available. shelf and double coat hook.
storage compartments. • Lock options. • Sloping top option. • Sloping top option.
• Integral seat and stands available. • Lock options.
• Sloping top option.
Type REF O/S HxWxD mm PRICE
Clean and dirty 1845CD 1800x450x450 £91.78
Combi 1845N 1800x450x450 £104.55
Two person 1845TP 1800x450x450 £118.19
Twin locker 1845TW 1800x450x450 £109.10
ARCHWAY SPACE GARMENT HANGING UNIT

SAVING UNIT • Maximum garment length storage.
• Maximises space with multiple • Width 900mm x depth 450mm.
storage compartments. • Model GHU45S is fitted with an
• Garment rail. extra shelf level at top.
• Height - 1800mm. • Anti-bacterial powder coating.
Depth - 450mm. Door colour options: green, dark
• Anti-bacterial powder coating. blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon
Door colour options: green, or grey.
dark blue, pastel blue, yellow, • This unit is supplied to fit between
maroon or grey. our Elire Locker range which are
ordered separately.
REF PRICE
REF Compartments Width mm PRICE GHU45 £22.19 GHU45
11ARCH 11 1500 £314.07 GHU45S £30.58
19ARCH 19 2100 £495.90
MODULAR CUBE LOCKER MODULAR QUARTO LOCKER

• Secure remote storage solution. • Build up your own storage
• Ideal for utilising awkward areas. requirement using individual
• Bolted to form stacks or nests. modular lockers.
• Cam lock or hasp and staple • Pre-drilled for nesting.
for padlock. • Choice of cam lock or hasp and
• Anti-bacterial powder coating. staple for padlock.
Door colour options: green, dark • Anti-bacterial powder coating.
blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon Door colour options: green, dark
or grey. blue, pastel blue, yellow, maroon
or grey.
• Size: 512 x 300 x 450mm.
REF H x W x D mm PRICE REF PRICE

303030C 300 x 300 x 300 £30.58 513045QU £38.43
383838C 380 x 380 x 380 £34.71
454545C 450 x 450 x 450 £39.26

VISION PANEL LOCKERS
• Allows compartment inspection from outside of door.
• Steel framed door.
• Polycarbonate clear vision panel.
• Deters concealment within locker.
• Available on 2, 4, 6 and 8 door lockers.
• £1 coin return lock available on 2 door only.
• Key cam lock or padlock fitting.
• Choice of 7 colour door options: green, dark blue,
pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon.
Size Single Nest of 2 Nest of 3

REF Doors HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE PRICE
1830302VP 2 1800x300x300 £147.12 £290.10 £433.09
1830452VP 2 1800x300x450 £154.56 £303.74 £452.92
1830304VP 4 1800x300x300 £166.95 £329.77 £492.59
1830454VP 4 1800x300x450 £177.70 £350.02 £522.35
1830306VP 6 1800x300x300 £201.67 - -
1830456VP 6 1800x300x450 £209.10 - -
1830308VP 8 1800x300x300 £242.16 - -
1830458VP 8 1800x300x450 £255.39 - -
PPE LOCKERS
Locker compartment doors are individually labelled with
'Personal Protective Equipment' mandatory label and
incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes
prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and
dark blue doors.
• Reinforced doors.
• Hardwearing powder coated finish.
• Key cam lock or padlock option.
• Welded frame design.
• Seat and stand options available.
Size
REF HxWxD mm Description PRICE
PPE183030S 1800x300x300 Single door £59.51
PPE1830302 1800x300x300 Two door £75.21
PPE1830304 1800x300x300 Four door £93.81
PPE1830306 1800x300x300 Six door £115.71
PPE183045S 1800x300x450 Single door £72.73
PPE1830452 1800x300x450 Two door £82.24
PPE1830454 1800x300x450 Four door £104.55
PPE1830456 1800x300x450 Six door £122.32
DISABILITY LOCKER
• Special height for disabled users.
• Low level shelf.
• Double coat hook.
• Lock options.
• Choice of 7 colour door options: green, dark
blue, pastel blue, red, yellow, grey or maroon.
REF Size H x W x D mm PRICE

133030DL 1370 x 300 x 300 £63.64
133045DL 1370 x 300 x 450 £71.49

STORAGE LOCKERS
STAFF LOCKERS CLEAN AND DIRTY LOCKERS TWIN LOCKERS DUO LOCKERS
These lockers give alternatives to usual locker formats. From lockers

offering storage for both clean and dirty apparel and full height twin
lockers, to staff and duo lockers that provide multiple storage Size 1-4 5+
compartments within the locker for each individual. REF Description HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE
LG184545S Staff locker - 3 shelves 1800x450x450 £104.83 £100.35
• Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers. LG184545G Clean & dirty - top shelf & central divider 1800x450x450 £100.35 £95.87
• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology LG184530T 1800x450x300 £95.87 £88.70
anti-bacterial paint. Twin locker - 2 full height tiers
LG184545T 1800x450x450 £114.69 £104.83
• Choice of door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, LG184530D 1800x450x300 £103.04 £94.08
red and yellow. Duo locker - 2 full width & 2 slim tiers
LG184545D 1800x450x450 £125.44 £114.69
HEAVY DUTY LOCKERS

A really heavy duty, all-steel locker made to withstand even the toughest environments. We use thicker steel throughout, as well as tougher hinges and a very robust lock.
• Carcass is made from 70% thicker steel than a standard carcass for added
stability and rigidity.
• Door is made from steel nearly three times thicker than a standard door to
prevent forced entry.
• Security shelf that prevents unauthorised access to the compartment below
is over 70% thicker than a standard shelf.
• Fitted with 5 knuckle hinges and heavy duty camlock for added security.
• Can be made from zintec steel for wet area applications if required.
• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint.
• Choice of door colours: grey, dark blue, green, light blue, red and yellow.
2mm thick perforated 5 knuckle, zinc coated Heavy duty, moisture

steel doors heavy duty hinges resistant cam locks
Size 1-4 5+
Tiers REF HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE
1 LH1830301 £120.96 £112.00
2 LH1830302 £136.19 £121.86
3 LH1830303 1800x300x300 £147.84 £134.40
4 LH1830304 £159.49 £146.05
6 LH1830306 £165.76 £153.22
1 LH1830451 £133.50 £120.96
2 LH1830452 £146.05 £132.61
3 LH1830453 1800x300x450 £157.70 £143.36
4 LH1830454 £169.34 £155.90
6 LH1830456 £192.64 £178.30

PERFORATED DOOR LOCKERS
Our perforated door lockers are designed for situations where efficient ventilation and maximum visibility combined with security are essential.
• 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.
• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs.
• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook.
• Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook
in each compartment.
• Available as individual lockers or in
nests - see below.
• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active
Technology anti-bacterial paint.
• Door colours: grey, dark blue, green,
light blue, red or yellow.
Size 1-4 5+
REF Doors HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE
LS1830301PX 1 £59.14 £51.97
LS1830302PX 2 £63.62 £56.45
LS1830303PX 3 1800x300x300 £69.89 £62.72
LS1830304PX 4 £76.16 £68.99
LS1830306PX 6 £88.70 £81.54
LS1830451PX 1 £64.51 £57.34
LS1830452PX 2 £68.99 £61.82
LS1830453PX 3 1800x300x450 £76.16 £68.99
LS1830454PX 4 £82.43 £75.26
LS1830456PX 6 £96.77 £89.60
LS1845301PX 1 £64.51 £57.34
LS1845302PX 2 £68.99 £61.82
LS1845303PX 3 1800x450x300 £76.16 £68.99
LS1845304PX 4 £82.43 £75.26
LS1845306PX 6 £96.77 £89.60
LS1845451PX 1 £73.47 £66.30
LS1845452PX 2 £78.85 £71.68
LS1845453PX 3 1800x450x450 £86.02 £78.85
LS1845454PX 4 £94.08 £86.91
LS1845456PX 6 £110.21 £103.04
Lockers can be supplied in nest of 2 or 3 lockers bolted together. Please contact our
sales department for prices - on average you can save up to 10% over the price of
individual lockers and they also take less time to install.

WET AREA LOCKERS
These lockers are manufactured from pre-coated galvanised steel for damp environments or where frequent
washing down is required.
• Ideal for swimming pools, changing rooms, saunas, industrial wet areas and food preparation plants.
• 2, 3, and 4 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.
• Moisture resistant cam locks are fitted as standard for superior lock durability in moist environments.
• Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers.
• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook.
• Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment.
• Powder coated with Germ
Guard Active Technology
anti-bacterial paint.
• Choice of door colours:
grey, dark blue, green,
Size 1-4 5+
REF Doors HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE
LW1830301 1 £81.54 £74.37
LW1830302 2 £94.08 £86.91
1800x300x300
LW1830303 3 £105.73 £98.56
LW1830304 4 £118.27 £111.10
LW1830451 1 £86.91 £79.74
LW1830452 2 £98.56 £91.39
1800x300x450
LW1830453 3 £112.00 £104.83
LW1830454 4 £125.44 £118.27
LAUNDRY LOCKERS
These laundry lockers enable work clothing to be issued when clean and exchanged when dirty.
Clothing compartments can be accessed individually or collectively using the master door.
• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks • Powder coated with Germ
with 2000 differs. Guard Active Technology
• Flat Garment Series is recommended anti-bacterial paint. Door
for ironed garments. colour choice - blue or grey.
• Soiled Garment Disposal Lockers have a letterbox • Pre-drilled for nesting.
opening to receive approximately 45 dirty garments.
Garment Disposal Lockers

Size HxWxD REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
1800x380x450 LL1838451 £89.60 £83.33
1800x450x450 LL1845451 £94.08 £86.91
Flat Garment Series Lockers H 1800 x W 450 x D 380

Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
5 compartments LF1845385 £130.82 £117.38
10 compartments LF184538N £160.38 £152.32
12 compartments LF184538W £173.82 £164.86
15 compartments LF184538Q £191.74 £184.58
Flat Garment Series Lockers H 1800 x W 380 x D 450

Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
5 compartments LF1838455 £130.82 £117.38
10 compartments LF183845N £160.38 £152.32
12 compartments LF183845W £173.82 £164.86
15 compartments LF183845Q £191.74 £184.58
20 compartments LF183845Y £222.21 £216.83

LAMINATE DOOR LOCKERS
• Door and end panel colour options - beech, oak, pastel blue, green
or ice blue.
• Tough, solid laminate doors that are highly resistant to dents and
scratches and will not rust.
• Doors open a full 180° for easy access to each compartment.
• Available with a mild steel carcass for dry areas or galvanised steel
for wet areas such as swimming pool changing rooms.
• Dry area lockers fitted with standard camlocks; wet area lockers
supplied with chlorine and moisture resistant camlocks.
• Available in 2 sizes and 4 door configurations.
• 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with a security shelf to prevent
unauthorised access to the compartment below.
• Choice of 4 standard door colours with others available on request.
• End panels available to create finishing touch.
• Pre-drilled for nesting.
Dry area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 300 Dry area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 450
Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
1 compartment LU1830301 £117.80 £110.58 1 compartment LU1830451 £123.17 £115.97
2 compartments LU1830302 £136.88 £129.67 2 compartments LU1830452 £140.41 £133.18
Wet area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 300 Wet area laminate door lockers H 1800 x W 300 x D 450
Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE Description REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
1 compartment LZ1830301 £124.40 £117.10 1 compartment LZ1830451 £130.61 £123.32
2 compartments LZ1830302 £147.89 £140.62 2 compartments LZ1830452 £152.04 £144.73
End panels REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE End panels REF 1-4 PRICE 5+ PRICE
1800x300mm LVEP18301 £101.25 £91.39 1800x450mm LVEP18451 £142.46 £137.09
TIMBER LOCKERS
Timber Lockers have a strong steel body, with flush faced doors, offering an economical and stronger
alternative to lockers constructed wholly from timber.
• Available as single locker or with 2, 3 • Single compartment lockers have a top shelf
or 4 compartments. and coat hook, two compartment lockers have
• Doors supplied in attractive light oak no shelf and one coat hook per compartment.
or medium oak - plain or routered finish. • Light grey coated steel body:
• Steel body for maximum strength Doors and end panels - choice of
and durability. timber veneers.
• End panels are available for runs of lockers.
• Standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs.
Compartments Sizes No of PRICES

HxWxD mm Compartments REF 1-4 5+
1800x300x450 1 LT1830451 £143.36 £136.19
1800x380x380 1 LT1838381 £156.80 £149.63
1800x300x450 2 LT1830452 £149.63 £142.46
1800x380x380 2 LT1838382 £158.59 £151.42
1800x300x450 3 LT1830453 £175.62 £168.45
1800x380x380 3 LT1838383 £184.58 £177.41
1800x300x450 4 LT1830454 £189.06 £181.89
1800x380x380 4 LT1838384 £195.33 £188.16
End panels to provide that finishing touch

in a matching timber veneer
Size Plain PRICES
HxWmm REF 1-4 5+
1800x380 LT1838EPZ £86.02 £78.85
1800x450 LT1845EPZ £94.08 £89.60
Please state colour choice when ordering: light oak or medium oak
and whether plain or routered finish.

PERSONAL EFFECTS LOCKERS ARCHWAY LOCKERS
• For personal security of small items.

• Compartments - 205mm wide x 140mm high x
380mm deep.
• Fitted with cam locks with 2000 differs.
• Epoxy powder coated finish - choice of colours: • Space saving lockers for 8 to 16 people. As well as • Standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs.
body - light grey, doors - light grey, blue, red, green providing an individual locker for personal effects, • Supplied in sections for on site assembly.
or yellow. Germ Guard anti-bacterial paint finish. clothing can also be hung on a coat rail. • Captive coat hangers which cannot be removed are
• The 8 and 12 comp lockers do not have lockers across supplied as an extra.
• The LR189038F supplied in 2 sections. the arch but are fitted with a clothes rail instead. • Sloping tops can be supplied on request.
• Reinforced 19 gauge frame with 22 gauge body • Epoxy powder finish - colours as above.
and doors. • Germ Guard paint finish.
Comp size 1-4 5+

REF O/A width CPTS HxWxD mm PRICE PRICE
Size PRICES LA1815458 1500 8 450x300x450 £186.37 £182.79
REF CPTS HxWxD mm 1-4 5+ LA181545E 1500 11 450x300x450 £265.21 £262.53
LR909038Y 20 940x900x380 £196.22 £191.74 LA181630W 1625 12 300x300x300 £198.01 £194.43
LR184538Y 20 1800x450x380 £196.22 £191.74 LA181645W 1625 12 300x300x450 £210.56 £206.98
LR129038H 28 1285x900x380 £295.68 £286.72 LA181830X 1800 16 300x300x300 £280.44 £277.76
LR189038F 40 1800x900x380 £401.40 £383.48 LA181845X 1800 16 300x300x450 £297.48 £292.99
12CCH Extra for captive coat hangers £35.84 £35.84
STEEL POST BOXES

• Designed for use in offices, flats, hostels, schools and factories for central mail
and integral post systems.
• Reinforced 19 gauge frame with 22 gauge steel body and door.
• Standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs.
• Each box has its own posting slot.
• Powder coated finish - choice of colours: body - light grey, doors - light grey,
blue, red, green or yellow. Germ Guard anti-bacterial paint finish.
• Choice of floor mounting or table mounting units.
• All doors have a cardholder for personal name or number except ref LX132325N
and LX1023258.
Height of box Post size Size PRICES

REF Boxes Mounting and slot mm HxWxD mm 1-4 5+
LX132325N 10 Floor 100mm / 15mm 150x230 1325x230x255 £151.42 £144.26
LX1023258 8 Table 100mm / 15mm 150x230 1075x230x255 £138.88 £129.92
LX173038N 10 Floor 140mm / 25mm 355x240 1725x300x380 £173.82 £169.34
LX1230387 7 Table 140mm / 25mm 355x240 1230x300x380 £145.15 £138.88
LX1630386 6 Floor 240mm / 40mm 355x240 1665x300x380 £145.15 £137.98
LX8730383 3 Table 240mm / 40mm 355x240 870x300x380 £109.31 £105.65

These NEW and revolutionary lockers are hard wearing and easily
washable. They can take far more punishment than a conventional steel
locker and can be located in a damp and cold environment.
Great appearance with blue, red, yellow and green coloured doors. There are drain holes for internal wash
down and optional sloping tops that can be retro fitted.
Very popular with schools as the lockers can be positioned externally for massive space saving
opportunities inside school buildings.
Ideal for:
• Schools.
• Cycle shelters.
• Outdoor storage.
• Swimming pool areas.
• Wet changing areas.
• Sports clubs & associations.
Fitted with sloping top
• Three locker sizes (450, 600, 900mm high) that are all stackable with one another.
Base size of all 3 lockers is 320 x 460mm.
• Suitable for outdoor use as well as wash down areas and wet changing rooms.
• The tough polyethylene material is highly vandal resistant.
• Retro fit sloping top for hygiene areas.
• Grey bodies with blue, red, yellow or green doors are standard.
Other colours are available.
• Very strong hinge that can withstand 3200 N before breaking.
• Label position and air vents on all door sizes.
• Easily stacked and nested with specially marked fixing points.
Three lock types available:

• Cam lock with
2 keys
(standard).
• Swivel catch to
be used with a
padlock
(standard).
Very strong hinge. Thick and robust door. Specially designed stacking
feature.
• Coin return for wet Sloping top for hygiene areas (extra cost).
and dry
environments
(extra cost). REF Description PRICE
06EV01S000 Locker - 450mm high £95.70
06EV00S015 Extra for sloping top £36.98
06EV00S020 Extra for wet/dry coin lock £31.90

LAPTOP CHARGING OR LAPTOP STORAGE LOCKERS
Businesses using increased number of laptops
need ways of storing them. We have a range
of lockers that can charge them up whilst
storing them or lockers that are designed just
for storage.
• Choose charging or storage locker.

• Choose number of compartments and
whether a single door or individual
compartment doors are required.
• Charging lockers have a 3 pin plug socket in
each compartment to permit charging using
each laptop's own main lead. Charging
compartments 100H x 375W x 470D mm.
Ventilated for heat dissipation.
• Choose between three colours.
• Finish - powder coated Germ Guard anti-
bacterial paint, grey frame and a choice of
red, grey or blue doors.
Laptop charging lockers
Individual compartments Laptop storage locker

charging sockets
Laptop charging lockers
LAPTOP CHARGING LOCKERS LAPTOP STORAGE LOCKERS

REF Type Size H x W x D mm PRICE REF Compartment/doors Size H x W x D mm PRICE
L7C10505088 8 doors for 8 laptops 1000 x 500 x 500 £335.10 L7183845Q 15 comps/15 doors 1800 x 380 x 450 £256.26
L7C10505081 1 door for 8 laptops 1000 x 500 x 500 £320.77 L7184545N 10 comps/10 doors 1800 x 450 x 450 £249.09
L7C145050W1 1 door for 12 laptops 1460 x 500 x 500 £448.00 L71838451 15 comps/1 door 1800 x 380 x 450 £180.99
L7C145050WW 12 doors for 12 laptops 1460 x 500 x 500 £471.30
WIRE MESH LOCKERS

• Fully welded tubular steel construction with
a 50 x 50mm square mesh outer carcass
and 25 x 25mm mesh shelves.
• Fitted with a hanging rail and two storage
shelves per compartment.
• Suitable for storing coats, overalls, hats,
boots etc.
• Floor and wall fixing points provided.
• Mobile unit available with grey non-marking
rubber tyred castors and lockable hinged
doors (padlocks not included).
WML02Z
REF Type No of comps O/S L x W x H mm PRICE

WML01Z Single sided wall unit 3 1590 x 565 x 1890 £540.16
WML02Z Double sided unit 6 1590 x 1130 x 1890 £1019.01 WML04Z
WML04Z Mobile unit 3 1590 x 565 x 2090 £841.65

Mesh lockers are available in either electroplated zinc finish or powder coated in red, blue, yellow or green. There are four door configurations - single, 2, 4 or 6 door per unit with a choice
of two base sizes. Single and 2 door lockers are fitted with coathooks. All lockers are fitted with hasp and staple and 150mm high legs. Lockers can also be supplied in nests or 2 or 3 units.
Construction from 25mm x 25mm x 2.5 weld mesh on an 8mm rod frame. Other sizes are available on request.
• If no colour is stated on order - zinc finish will be supplied. Many other styles of mesh cupboards can be supplied to specification.
REF Doors Nest Size HxWxD mm PRICE REF Doors Nest Size HxWxD mm PRICE
19303011 Single 1 1980x305x305 £106.95 19303041 4 1 1980x305x305 £125.82
19303012 Single 2 1980x610x305 £190.83 19303042 4 2 1980x610x305 £232.54
19303013 Single 3 1980x915x305 £278.50 19303043 4 3 1980x915x305 £341.05
19304511 Single 1 1980x305x457 £116.33 19304541 4 1 1980x305x457 £138.57
19304512 Single 2 1980x610x457 £209.89 19304542 4 2 1980x610x457 £259.06
19304513 Single 3 1980x915x457 £306.28 19304543 4 3 1980x915x457 £380.03
19303021 2 1 1980x305x305 £111.69 19303061 6 1 1980x305x305 £145.01
19303022 2 2 1980x610x305 £202.87 19303062 6 2 1980x610x305 £274.64
19303023 2 3 1980x915x305 £296.65 19303063 6 3 1980x915x305 £404.25
19304521 2 1 1980x305x457 £123.97 19304561 6 1 1980x305x457 £159.12
19304522 2 2 1980x610x457 £227.02 19304562 6 2 1980x610x457 £301.27
19304523 2 3 1980x915x457 £331.66 19304563 6 3 1980x915x457 £443.39
MULTI COMPARTMENT MESH LOCKERS
Type Compartment size HxWxD REF - WITH DOORS PRICE REF - NO DOORS PRICE
12 compartment 305x305x305 SS1230D £298.76 SS1230 £175.14

MESH COMPARTMENT LOCKERS MESH CLOTHES LOCKERS
• Strong welded angle frame for durability.
• Infilled with 25x25mm mesh - max visibility.
• Can be-supplied with or without lockable doors.
• Each compartment 305mmx305mm height and width.
• Doors with hasp and staple or master series camlocks.
• Cushion stops for quiet operation and plastic insert fleet.
• Finish Grey. Additional colours available.
• Special sizes, layouts and finishes can be supplied.
• Constructed with angle frame • Hasp and staple or camlock designed.

for strength. • Cushion door stops for
• Infilled with 25x25mm mesh quiet operation.
for visibility. • Fitted on plastic insert feet.
• Lockable doors for full security. • Finish grey - additional
• Contents fully ventilated. colours available.
Single Door Range

With compartments 1830mm high x 305mm wide complete
with top shelf and coat hook
Type 305mm REF with hasp REF
PRICE PRICE
Deep and staple with Camlock
Single MA1-1 £155.75 MA1-1/CL £162.02
Nest of 2 MA1-2 £280.37 MA1-2/CL £292.90
Nest of 3 MA1-3 £404.97 MA1-3/CL £423.76
PRICE PRICE
Single MB1-1 £185.96 MB1-1/CL £192.24
Nest of 2 MB1-2 £292.90 MB1-2/CL £317.98
Nest of 3 MB1-3 £404.97 MB1-3/CL £423.76
Extra for self locking padlock + key PL £4.66
Mesh compartment lockers with hasp & staple
REF Compartments 305mm high x 305mm wide PRICE
Two Door Range
on 150mm legs
CA-10 Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 305 deep x 5 high £373.40 With compartments 915mm high x 305mm wide complete with coat hook
CA-15 Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 305 deep x 5 high £539.35 Type 305mm REF with hasp REF
PRICE PRICE
CB-10 Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 455 deep x 5 high £435.89 Deep and staple with Camlock
CB-15 Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 455 deep x 5 high £629.60 Single MA2-1 £171.66 MA2-1/CL £184.21
PL Padlock - self locking £4.66 Nest of 2 MA2-2 £308.98 MA2-2/CL £334.06
Nest of 3 MA2-3 £446.30 MA2-3/CL £483.93
Mesh compartment lockers with camlocks
REF Compartments 305mm high x 305mm wide PRICE PRICE PRICE
on 150mm legs Single MB2-1 £203.07 MB2-1/CL £215.60
CA-10/CL Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 305 deep x 5 high £436.08 Nest of 2 MB2-2 £365.49 MB2-2/CL £390.57
CA-15/CL Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 305 deep x 5 high £633.38 Nest of 3 MB2-3 £527.94 MB2-3/CL £565.55
CB-10/CL Nest of 2 - 10 comps - 455 deep x 5 high £498.58 Extra for self locking padlock + keys PL £4.66
CB-15/CL Nest of 3 - 15 comps - 455 deep x 5 high £723.63

CLOAKROOM ISLAND SEATING
• Supplied with double coat hooks and ash wood slats.
• Shoe compartments or tray options.
• Powder coated to match locker carcass: green, dark blue,
• Floor fixing bracket.
Single sided plus shoe tray
Double sided plus shoe compartments
Number Size
REF Style of hooks HxLxD mm PRICE
IS120S Single 9 1800x1200x400 £166.95
IS150S sided 12 1800x1500x400 £178.52
IS120D Double 18 1800x1200x760 £277.70
IS150D sided 24 1800x1500x760 £294.23
IS120SSB Single sided plus shoe 8 1800x1200x400 £247.12
IS150SSB compartment 10 1800x1500x400 £273.57
IS120DSB Double sided plus shoe 16 1800x1200x760 £438.05
IS150DSB compartment 20 1800x1500x760 £483.50
IS120SST Single sided plus 9 1800x1200x400 £224.81
IS150SST shoe tray 12 1800x1500x400 £244.64 Double sided
Single sided
IS120DST Double sided plus 18 1800x1200x760 £392.59
IS150DST shoe tray 24 1800x1500x760 £426.47
BENCH SEATING
• Supplied with three ash wood slats.
• Powder coated to match locker carcass: green, dark blue,
• Free standing.
REF Length mm PRICE

BS60 600 £66.12
BS90 900 £79.17
BS120 1200 £92.22
BS150 1500 £107.88

SINGLE OR DOUBLE SIDED CLOAKROOM UNITS
• Choice of units fitted with either coathooks or coat hangers. • All units 1803mm high, double sided 762mm wide, single sided 400mm wide.
• Choose from single or double sided units. • Shoe baskets - optional extra.
• Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel framework, epoxy powder coated black. • Other frame and hook colour finishes can be supplied to order.
• Tops and seat slats are of 70 x 32mm sapele finished with a tough melamine lacquer.
Alternatively an ash wood finish can be supplied.
SS10H
SS12
DS24 DS20H
Cloakroom Units with Coat Hooks Cloakroom Units with Coat Hangers
Single Sided Double Sided Single Sided Double Sided
REF No of hooks Length PRICE REF No of hooks PRICE REF No of hooks Length PRICE REF No of hangers PRICE
SS6/MS 6 915mm £223.88 DS12 12 £292.65 SS6H 6 915mm £267.38 DS12H 12 £390.23
SS9 9 1220mm £250.88 DS18 18 £337.73 SS8H 8 1220mm £295.88 DS16H 16 £447.00
SS12 12 1525mm £277.88 DS24 24 £373.88 SS10H 10 1525mm £335.25 DS20H 20 £514.88
BENCH SEATS AND COAT HOOK RAILS SHOE BASKETS

• Sturdy. SB10 • Strong wire mesh baskets -
• 3 sizes to choose from. 3 sizes to choose from.
• Sapele or ash timber. • To suit cloakroom units and
• Specials - sizes and configurations to suit your particular layout and benches 1525mm long.
requirement can be supplied. • Easy to fit as illustrated.
CR12
SB5
REF No of sections PRICE
SB1/MS 1 £92.03
SB5 5 £99.38
SB1 SB10 10 £108.38
WALL MOUNTED SHELF UNITS WITH

HANGING RAIL AND HANGERS
• Strong construction.
• Ready to bolt to wall.
• Hangers sliding/captive.
B60 • Choice of available lengths.
• Sapele timber with a polished finished.
REF No of hooks Length PRICE

Benches H 400 x W 300mm Rails 70x20mm ready for wall fixing
SH6 6 915mm £123.53
REF Length mm PRICE REF No of hooks PRICE SH8 8 1220mm £133.88
B36 915 £119.03 CR6 6 £48.38 SH10 10 1525mm £158.10
B48 1220 £126.68 CR9 9 £51.23
B60 1525 £131.18 CR12 12 £55.28

High quality cabinets for workshops, tool rooms, 2 x 100
laboratories and all commercial areas…. 2 x 150 &
1 x 200mm
Dimensions/capacities drawers
• 2 height options 840/1200mm.
• 2 width options 615/915mm.
• All cabinets are 610mm deep. 915
• 2 drawer capacity options 70/140kg per drawer.
Specification
• Heavy gauge fully welded construction. 840
• Central locking system & anti-tilt safety mechanism.
• Drawers mounted on telescopic ball race slides.
• All drawers have slotted side walls to accept dividers.
• Drawer depths – 100/150/200mm nominal depth.
• Polyester powder coated finish for durability - all drawers are light grey. 615
Standard cabinet colour is blue with options below.
Colours: 840
HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE
Drawers Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet 840x615x610 70Kg E7846161C £648.34
840x615x610 140Kg E4846161C £750.82
840x915x610 70Kg E7849161C £815.17
Lt. GREY BLUE DK. GREY GREEN 840x915x610 140Kg E4849161C £874.00
4 x 100
7 x 100mm
1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm
drawers
drawers
915
915
840
840
615 615
HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE 840 HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE 840
840x615x610 70Kg E7846161E £739.89 840x615x610 70Kg E7846161F £812.45
840x615x610 140Kg E4846161E £772.49 840x615x610 140Kg E4846161F £886.73
840x915x610 70Kg E7849161E £926.76 840x915x610 70Kg E7849161F £1020.87
840x915x610 140Kg E4849161E £990.09 840x915x610 140Kg E4849161F £1099.85
2 x 100mm
drawers & Full cupboard
cupboard
915 915
840 840
615 615
HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE 840 840

840x615x610 70Kg E78461612 £371.89 HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE
840x615x610 140Kg E48461612 £456.99 840x615x610 70Kg E78461611 £200.35
840x915x610 70Kg E78491612 £437.06 840x915x610 70Kg E78491611 £222.12
840x915x610 140Kg E48491612 £571.28

CABINET ACCESSORIES
6 x 150 &
To suit all sizes of cabinet.
1 x 200mm
drwr.
915 615
1200 1200
HxWxD mm Drawer Cap REF PRICE Dividers

1200x615x610 70Kg E7126161V £803.35 Slotted dividers: in packs of 6.
1200x615x610 140Kg E4126161V £876.78 Front to back of drawers approx 500mm long.
1200x915x610 70Kg E7129161V £966.51 Slots at 25mm cts.
1200x915x610 140Kg E4129161V £1053.59
Drawer height REF PRICE
100mm ED100FTB2 £32.70
150mm ED150FTB2 £50.81
200mm ED200FTB2 £58.97
3 x 100,
4 x 150 & 1 x 200mm
drwrs.
Plain sub dividers: packs of 12
615 915
REF Drawer H x L mm PRICE
ES1001252 100x125 £11.91
ES1501252 150x125 £11.85
ES2001252 200x125 £13.07
ES1002002 100x200 £12.76
1200 1200 ES1502002 150x200 £18.53
ES2002002 200x200 £21.76
ES1002752 100x275 £14.04
ES1502752 150x275 £20.79
ES2002752 200x275 £23.58

1200x615x610 70Kg E7126161X £869.48
1200x615x610 140Kg E4126161X £958.48
1200x915x610 70Kg E7129161X £1102.56
1200x915x610 140Kg E4129161X £1200.45
Drawer Inserts
Moulded plastic inserts - 55mm deep.
6 x 100, Ideal for small parts storage.
2 x 150 & Size mm REF PRICE
1 x 200mm drwr. 610 x 615 ET610615 £36.58
910 x 457 ET910457 £33.77
615 915
1200 1200

1200x615x610 70Kg E7126161Y £1065.36
1200x615x610 140Kg E4126161Y £1189.64
1200x915x610 70Kg E7129161Y £1375.50
1200x915x610 140Kg E4129161Y £1499.65

DRAWER CABINETS
Robust freestanding storage cabinets available in two widths. Can also be used as
slide under pedestals for workbenches.
• Tough welded steel construction.

• 40Kg load capacity per drawer.
• Fully lockable.
• Finished in epoxy powder coat grey/blue. Drawer dividers available
500mm wide x 550mm deep

x 900mm high cabinets
750mm wide x 550mm deep

x 900mm high cabinets
1 x 825mm cupboard 2 x 75mm drawers

1 x 125mm drawer
REF PRICE 1 x 525mm cupboard
16911211.11V £171.42
REF PRICE
16911212.11V £267.49 1 x 825mm cupboard 2 x 75mm drawers
1 x 125mm drawer
REF PRICE
1 x 525mm cupboard
16911223.11V £212.62
REF PRICE
16911224.11V £317.63
3 x 75mm drawers
2 x 125mm drawers
2 x 175mm drawers
REF PRICE
16911213.11V £385.92 1 x 125mm drawer
4 x 175mm drawers
REF PRICE
16911228.11V £384.74
3 x 75mm drawers
1 x 75mm drawer 1 x 125mm drawer 1 x 75mm drawer
2 x 125mm drawers
6 x 125mm drawers 4 x 175mm drawers 6 x 125mm drawers
2 x 175mm drawers
REF PRICE REF PRICE
REF PRICE REF PRICE
16911215.11V £384.98 16911227.11V £442.68
16911216.11V £335.77 16911225.11V £443.15

MAINTENANCE TROLLEYS 750mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys
Heavy gauge metal construction fitted on a castor base.
• Central locking drawer stacks with individual trigger locks

to prevent accidental opening.
• Capacity per drawer - 40Kg UDL.
• Two fixed and two swivel 125mm dia rubber tyred castors,
two with brakes.
• Available in 750mm or 1000mm widths.
• Either fitted with a metal top tray with three raised edges
and inlaid with a rubber mat or fitted with a beech layered
multiplex top.
• Finish - epoxy powder coated - blue/grey.
4 x 175mm drawers 2 x 75mm drawers

3 x 125mm drawers
REF PRICE 1 x 175mm drawer
16913006.11V £457.98
REF PRICE
16913012.11V £530.73
1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys
1 x 75mm drawer
4 x 175mm drawers 5 x 125mm drawers
1 x 700mm cupboard 1 x 700mm cupboard 8 x 175mm drawers
2 x 700mm cupboards
16913200.11V £338.17 16913220.11V £493.35 16913223.11V £552.33 16913240.11V £648.99
2 x 75mm drawers
3 x 125mm drawers
4 x 175mm drawers 1 x 175mm drawer
REF PRICE REF PRICE

16913024.11V £503.89 16913030.11V £587.48
Multiplex top 1000mm wide x 550mm deep x 925mm high trolleys

16913201.11V £375.62 16913221.11V £530.80 16913224.11V £589.78 16913241.11V £686.43

PREMIER TOOL TROLLEYS
PT1A PT2A PT3A

PT1B PT2B PT3B
PT4A PT5A PT6A

PT4B PT5B PT6B
• Overall size: 1200mm long x 600mm wide x 835mm high.

• The trolleys are fitted on 4 x 100mm dia blue polyurethane
tyred castors (2 braked). Welded and rivetted construction
from 0.9mm sheet steel. All lockable doors and drawers. PT1A 25mm plywood £522.34 PT4A 25mm plywood £606.44
One adjustable shelf. PT1B 25mm plain MDF £491.43 PT4B 25mm plain MDF £575.51
• All drawers mounted on ball bearing telescopic slides with PT2A 25mm plywood £610.57 PT5A 25mm plywood £757.97
a 40Kg (UDL) capacity. PT2B 25mm plain MDF £579.63 PT5B 25mm plain MDF £727.02
• Choice of door/drawer colours - red, green, blue or dark PT3A 25mm plywood £913.63 PT6A 25mm plywood £802.06
grey. Main frame - light grey. PT3B 25mm plain MDF £882.70 PT6B 25mm plain MDF £771.15
GENERAL PURPOSE MAINTENANCE TROLLEYS

This extensive range of general purpose trolleys is of fully welded construction with tubular end frames. Overall 1060mm long x 460mm wide x 950mm high including
100mm diameter nylon swivel castors. Models MT3/RT and MT3D/RT have 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. The work surface, base and intermediate shelves can be
supplied with edges lipped down if required (to be specified at time of ordering). 200Kg (UDL) capacity.
• Colour choice: Red, green, dark blue, light blue, grey, silver, white, black or yellow.
GP2
GP4
GP5

GP2 2 tier with double drawer £287.06
GP4 2 tier with double cabinet £339.30
GP5 2 tier with triple drawers & cabinet £454.68
MT3/RT With cabinet & mid shelf £256.87
MT3D/RT With cabinet, drawer & mid shelf £335.65
GP/BC Optional braked castors £22.37
MT3/RT MT3D/RT GP/RM Optional rubber shelf mat £19.45

HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL CUPBOARDS
Heavy duty industrial cupboards with double locking doors designed to allow organised storage of parts and tools.
• Finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 grey with doors in blue RAL5010. • Overall load capacity 1.5 ton.
• Security is ensured by a 3 point locking system. • Supplied fully assembled.
• Cupboard size: 1050W x 650D x 2000H mm. • Shelves and drawers are adjustable on a 25mm pitch.
• Load capacity per shelf is 100Kg. • Drawer dividers are available.
• Load capacity per drawer is 100Kg - drawer height 125mm. • Alternate door colours available - red, black, grey or green.
A C
B
Type Height mm Width mm Depth mm Shelves Contents REF PRICE D
A 2000 1050 650 2 Louvre doors, 4 drawers 40021161.11V £867.47
B 2000 1050 650 3 Perfo doors, 3 drawers 40021109.11V £827.86
C 2000 1050 650 2 Perfo doors, 4 drawers 40021108.11V £862.64
D 2000 1050 650 3 Perfo doors, 9 drawers 40021114.11V £1228.75
STANDARD DUTY INDUSTRIAL CUPBOARDS

• Tough, welded steel cupboard. • Mpx wooden worktops for enclosed mini-workshops.
• Lockable, reinforced doors. • Internal panels in perfo and louvre styles.
• Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch with 50Kg UDL capacity. • Optional hook, bin and divider kits.
• Internal, roller bearing, drawers with 50Kg UDL capacity. • All models 550mm deep.
A
C
B
Model Height mm Width mm Panels Shelves Drawers Worktop REF PRICE D

A 2000 1000 1 x perfo and - 2 x 75mm, 3 x 125mm. 2 x 175mm 1 16916113.11V £776.79
B 2000 1000 1 x louvre 1 1 x 75mm, 1 x 125mm. 1 x 175mm 1 16916112.11V £591.95
C 2000 1000 - 4 2 x 125mm - 16916114.11V £500.60
D 2000 1000 - 3 1 x 75mm, 2 x 125mm. 1 x 175mm - 16916116.11V £580.41

PANELS
A cost effective and easy solution to solve storage issues whilst still allowing easy access to tools.
• Panels feature reinforced backstrips for rigidity.

• Perforated symmetrically with square holes.
• Can be mounted vertically.
REF Width mm Height mm PRICE

14025115.11 495 457 £12.79
14025117.11 990 457 £23.34
14025118.11 1486 457 £33.84
14025119.11 1981 457 £56.40
PANEL AND HOOK KITS

Pre-selected kits containing standard panels and hook sets.
REF Hook kit Panels width mm Panel area (m2) PRICE

14031420.11 15 2 x 495 0.45 £53.53
14031421.11 20 2 x 990 0.90 £79.20
14031422.11 40 4 x 990 1.80 £147.88
14031424.11 60 4 x 1486 2.72 £210.22
14031425.11 80 6 x 1486 4.07 £300.66
PANEL ACCESSORIES
Hook Pack Single Hook Double Hook

length mm qty REF PRICE REF PRICE
25 5 14001102 £3.17 14002037 £5.87 Single Spring Clips Double Spring Clips
50 5 14001098 £3.42 14002039 £6.36 Diameter mm Qty REF PRICE Diameter mm Qty REF PRICE
75 5 14001104 £3.67 14002041 £6.84 6 5 14013059 £3.91 2x6 5 14013075 £6.27
100 5 14001147 £3.91 14002064 £7.34 10 5 14013061 £3.91 2 x 10 5 14013077 £6.39
150 5 14001148 £4.15 14002043 £7.82 13 5 14013063 £4.15 2 x 13 5 14013079 £6.50
16 5 14013065 £4.15 2 x 16 5 14013081 £6.61
19 5 14013067 £4.15 2 x 19 5 14013083 £6.65
25 5 14013069 £4.15
28 5 14013071 £4.65
32 5 14013073 £4.89
38 5 14013055 £7.82
51 5 14013057 £8.80
Screwdriver Holder
Width mm Qty REF PRICE
225 1 14019007 £3.67
Power Tool Loop

Diameter mm Qty REF PRICE Pipe Brackets
40 5 14011016 £7.58
W x Ø mm Qty REF PRICE
60 5 14011018 £7.82
80 5 14011020 £8.06 35 x 60 2 14015041 £3.23
Spanner Holder 35 x 100 2 14015042 £4.11
Length mm Qty REF PRICE 100 x 60 2 14015043 £6.75
75-145 1 14017002 £3.57 100 x 100 2 14015044 £7.82

WALL CUPBOARDS
• Lockable steel cupboards with perforated
back and door liners.
• Compact 925mm wide x 300mm deep x
700mm high models or large 1000mm wide
x 300mm deep x 1000mm high models.
• Inner panels option on compact model
increases storage area.
REF Model Size WxDxH mm Panel type Internal fittings PRICE

10018503.11 A 925x300x700 Perfo door & back - £167.19
07002139.11 925x300x700 Perfo door & back 20 piece £199.45
10018505.11 925x300x700 Perfo with inner panels - £213.14 B
10018780.11 B 925x300x700 Perfo with inner panels 20 + 30 piece £270.09
WALL CUPBOARDS
Space saving storage.
• Lockable doors (single on 500w, double on 750/1000w).

• Galvanised steel shelves, adjustable on 25mm pitch.
• 50Kg UDL capacity per shelf.
• 500/750/1000mm wide, 600/750/900mm high.
• All models 350mm deep.
500mm wide (single door) 750mm wide (double door) 1000mm wide (double door)
REF Height mm Shelves PRICE REF Height mm Shelves PRICE REF Height mm Shelves PRICE
16911801.11V 600 1 £110.19 16911805.11V 600 1 £150.93 16911809.11V 600 1 £190.73
16911802.11V 750 2 £127.15 16911806.11V 750 2 £171.42 16911810.11V 750 2 £218.27
16911803.11V 900 2 £137.99 16911807.11V 900 2 £189.54 16911811.11V 900 2 £231.70
BENCH BACK CUPBOARDS WITH TAMBOUR DOORS

• Keeps valuable tools and components secure close to
hand and safe from casual pilferage.
• Easy to bench mount to maximise space without
worktop intrusion.
• Optional kits for ease of ordering.
• Strong steel housing provides true industrial strength.
• Size 1500mm long x 260mm deep x 550mm high -
special sizes by request.
• Tambour horizontal door allows easy access. 13031210
• Fully lockable.
13031211
REF Type and Contents PRICE

10035010 with fully perforated back panel without hook kit £252.71
13031211 with fully perforated back panel and 20 piece hook kit £287.45
10035018 with combination perforated back panel and louvre panels without hooks or bins £252.71
13031210 with combination perforated back panel and louvre panels and hooks and bin kit £256.82 13031208
10035011 with louvre panel back without bins £252.71
13031208 with louvre panel back with 60 piece bin kit (2 sizes of bins) £301.35
13031209 with louvre panel back with 60 piece bin kit (3 sizes of bins) £307.67

SIX ROLLER DRAWER INDUSTRIAL CABINET FOUR ROLLER DRAWER TOOL CHEST
Six drawer base cabinet on All chests fit onto
castor base with top chest mobile cabinets –
Ref 2606 with 6 drawers and 2, 3 and 6 drawer
tote tray. versions available
standard.
4DTC
2706&2606
REF Type O/A size W x D x H mm PRICE
2DTC 2 drawer 457 x 241 x 253 £67.83
REF Type O/A size W x D x H mm PRICE 3 drawer, frontflap
3DTC 546 x 228 x 311 £94.99
2706&2606 As shown 676 x 454 x 1288 £561.40 and tote tray
2706 6 drawer mobile 676 x 454 x 902 £337.03 4DTC 4 drawer 512 x 241 x 350 £94.99
2606 6 drawer chest 660 x 384 x 387 £224.35 6DTC 6 drawer 512 x 241 x 350 £118.81
10 OR 12 DRAWER TOP CHEST FOUR DRAWER CABINET

Constructed from heavy gauge steel, Fitted on a castor base.
includes four section top till with tote Other sizes of tool chests
tray. Drawers will not open when top lid will fit on top of unit.
is closed. One key position locks Either supplied as
complete chest. Available in red finish. illustrated or without trim.
Overall size: 665W x 343D x 495H. Overall size:
562 x 343 x 588mm.
REF PRICE
2610 £289.90
2612 £302.71 REF PRICE
4DRC £142.44
4DRC
ALUMINIUM TRANSPORT CONTAINERS

A640
This comprehensive range of containers are manufactured in aluminium giving
tremendous strength coupled with lightweight usage. Ideal for storage and
transportation of valuable or delicate items where weight factor is an important issue.
• Ribbed body for strength with light weight. A620

• Stacking locators on each corner. A860
• Tough plastic protected grip handles - weight capacity 35kg per handle.
• Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor.
• Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage.
A1250
• Rubber seal on body/lid point gives showerproof container.
External Dimensions Nominal Internal Dims Weight

REF WxDxH mm WxDxH mm Kg PRICE
A620 600x400x240 545x345x220 5.6 £123.83
A640 600x400x400 545x345x375 6.5 £147.18
A833 800x400x330 745x345x305 8.0 £163.52 A840
A840 800x600x400 745x540x380 12.5 £217.27
A860 800x600x600 745x540x585 12.5 £238.34
A930 900x500x370 845x440x345 9.9 £205.50
A1250 1200x800x500 1150x740x480 26.0 £425.04 A930
A833

HEAVY DUTY TOOL CHEST POWER TOOL TIDY BOX BARN TYPE TOOL BOXES
Three models available. Fitted with removable tote

Three models available. Each with full length piano lid tray (also supplied without tray) with turned safety
hinge and padlock facility. Especially reinforced side For the storage of electric power tools
edges and full length piano hinges.
runners and removable tote tray. and accessories.
REF O/A sizes W x D x H cm PRICE

REF O/A sizes W x D x H cm PRICE
REF O/A size W x D x H cm PRICE AB14 35.5 x 20.5 x 18 £16.33
HDC18 47.5 x 26.7 x 25.3 £47.30 AB19 48 x 20.5 x 18 £20.19
HDC25 60.4 x 26.7 x 25.3 £60.84 PTT/1 40 x 27 x 11.5 £15.14
AB24 61 x 20.5 x 18 £22.89
HDC30 78.1 x 26.7 x 25.3 £72.04
CANTILEVER TOOL BOXES

3 Tray Cantilever Tool Box
REF O/A size W x D x H cm PRICE
CB3/17 43 x 20.5 x 15 £21.35
CB3/22 54 x 20.5 x 15 £24.44
• Depress handle to open. Lift to close automatically.

• Provision for padlocking.
5 Tray Cantilever Tool Box

REF O/A size W x D x H cm PRICE
CB5/17 43 x 20.5 x 20.5 £25.73
CB5/22 56 x 20.5 x 20.5 £30.22
MECHANICS WORKSHOP TOOL TROLLEY

• Supplied with six trays that includes one that is removable.
• High impact ball bearing castors.
• Full length piano hinged lids with padlock facility.
Fully folded for easy movement and

safe storage.
TT6/22 REF O/A size W x D x H mm PRICE

TT6/22 560 x 410 x 248 £70.80

REF Size LxWxH Weight PRICE REF Size LxWxH Weight PRICE REF Size LxWxH Weight PRICE
HBS101 330x220x66 4.8Kg £30.62 HBM101 380x270x66 8Kg £41.18 HBL101 440x330x66 10.6Kg £55.58
HBS102 330x220x66 5.6Kg £30.62 HBM102 380x270x66 9.15Kg £42.14 HBL102 440x330x66 12.2Kg £55.58
HBS105 330x220x66 7.62Kg £35.42 SC.217.MS 380x270x66 2.33Kg £21.98 SC.520.LD 440x330x66 3.14Kg £26.78
SC.636.LD 440x330x130 6.18Kg £49.82 SC.721.SD 330x220x95 2.95Kg £23.52 SC.327.LD 440x330x95 4.31Kg £35.42

TOOL LOCKERS
A comprehensive range of industrial tool lockers for workshops
and production areas. Constructed from rust resistant zinc
coated steel. Standard finish galvanised or extended range of
colours - state when ordering grey, blue, green, red or beige.
All lockers with recessed top for parts or tools and doors with
mastered series camlocks (latch lock for padlocks supplied on
request at no extra cost).
TL1 TL2
TL3
Locker - 1 Shelf Locker - 2 Shelves Locker - 1 Shelf + 1 Drawer

REF REF REF REF REF REF
HxWxD mm PRICE EXT PRICE HxWxD mm PRICE EXT PRICE HxWxD mm PRICE EXT PRICE
GALV COLOUR GALV COLOUR GALV COLOUR
610x455x455 TL1G £67.54 TL1 £82.61 915x455x455 TL2G £84.42 TL2 £103.26 915x455x455 TL3G £118.21 TL3 £144.54
WORKSTATIONS
• Steel construction with
extended size timber worktop.
• Supplied KD flat packed.
WS101Z WS102Z WS103Z
REF Door Shelves Size WxDxHmm Weight Kg PRICE

WS101Z Yes 5 838x508x852 43 £174.43
WS102Z Yes 2 838x508x852 27 £104.34
WS103Z No 2 838x508x852 26 £99.51
HIGH QUALITY STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS AND LOCKERS D&E

2 door not
• Manufactured in 304 stainless steel with matt polished finish. illustrated
• A range in stainless steel of cupboards, cabinets and lockers for hygienic and wet work areas.
• All doors with mastered series locks.
• Card holders and pull handles.
Accessories:
• Sloping top for easy cleaning - available for clothes lockers only. A&F
• Legs - 150mm high to raise all units off the floor for easy cleaning.
Type REF Dimensions mm (H x W x D) PRICE
A TL1-S Cupboard - 1 Shelf 610 x 455 x 455 £267.49
B TL2-S Cupboard - 2 Shelves 915 x 455 x 455 £342.93
C TL3-S Cupboard - 2 Shelves 915 x 915 x 455 £507.48
D LA1-S Single door clothes locker with top £294.23

shelf and double coathook 1800 x 305 x 305
LA2-S Two door lockers double coathooks in £323.66
each compartment 1800 x 305 x 305
E ST1-S Sloping top clothes locker only £11.32
F L150-S Legs all types 150mm (1 Levelling) £54.28
MK Master Key £5.10 C

B

SLIDING DOOR CABINETS
• Utilising minimum floor space whilst keeping space and aisles clear. 84084
• Welded construction from 0.9mm steel reinforced doors.
75Kg UDL adjustable shelves.
• Finish EPC light grey carcass with a choice of door colours:
red, blue, green or dark grey
84024
REF H mm W mm D mm Shelves PRICE

84894 1830 915 460 3 £384.06
84824 1830 1220 460 3 £421.76
84024 1020 1220 460 2 £348.24
84084 1020 1830 460 2 £453.66
84824 84894
MESH DOOR STORAGE CABINETS

Mesh door cabinets are designed for areas where it is important to see into
the cabinet or where items contained require ventilation. Welded construction
0.9mm thick steel.
• Adjustable shelves - 75Kg capacity UDL.

• Light grey carcass with choice
of door colours - red, blue,
green and dark grey.
84MD084
84MD024
84MD894
REF H mm W mm D mm Shelves PRICE
84MD894 1830 915 460 3 £485.27
84MD824 1830 1220 460 3 £524.12
84MD024 1020 1220 460 2 £416.16
84MD084 1020 1830 460 2 £559.27
88MD894 1830 915 460 3 £339.07 88MD894
84MD824

• Comprehensive range of cabinets for most environments - office, laboratory, schools, stores, factories etc.
• Reinforced doors, maximum area viewing panels in laminated glass or reinforced polycarbonate (same price).
• Shelves available in steel (capacity 75Kg per shelf UDL) or laminated glass (50Kg UDL). All shelves adjustable.
• Multiple colour options for single colour or two colour cabinets (same price).
• Semi concealed hinges for strength and security.
• 3 way chrome locking handle with semi concealed internal mechanism.
88V994
88V944
88V894
88V793
Glass Shelves
Optional glass shelves to aid visibility.
88S894
Cabinet size No of With steel shelves With glass shelves
mm shelves REF PRICE REF PRICE
1830x1220x460 3 88V824/S £631.32 88V824/G £683.09 Hazardous Substance Storage
1830x915x460 3 88V894/S £520.66 88V894/G £565.99 Alternative Viewcabs are
available for storing hazardous
915x915x460 2 88V994/S £410.37 88V994/G £440.61 substances. Please contact us
915x460x460 2 88V944/S £296.67 88V944/G £326.21 for details.
712x915x300 2 88V793/S £372.90 88V793/G £403.13
1830x915x460 2/2 88S894/S £543.24 88S894/G £603.69
• Advise whether you require door panels in laminated glass or reinforced polycarbonate.
• Choose colours:
Single colour - white, red, blue or light grey.
Two colour - light grey carcass with doors in red, blue, green or dark grey.

STEEL CUPBOARDS
• Industrial strength cupboards.
• Welded frame design.
• Shelf loading 70Kg (UDL).
• 3 point security locking on double door units.
• Supplied fully assembled.
• Anti-bacterial powder coated. STANDARD CUPBOARDS
• Colour - grey carcass, 7 colour door options: dark blue,
pastel blue, green, red, yellow, grey or maroon.
CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT CUPBOARD
393618C 723618C
361818C
WARDROBE CUPBOARD
723618CE
JANITORIAL CUPBOARD
724818W
723618JAN
SECURITY CUPBOARDS
REF Type HxWxD mm Fittings PRICE

723618C 1830x915x457 3 x adjustable shelves £193.79
Standard
724818C 1830x1220x457 3 x adjustable shelves £275.14
723618CE 1830x915x457 1 x shelf, 3 x half shelves, hanging rail £229.68
Clothing & equipment
724818CE 1830x1220x457 4 x half shelves, adjustable hanging shelf £326.98
723618JAN 1830x915x457 Full width shelf, 3 x half adjustable shelf £221.71
Janitorial
724818JAN 1830x1220x457 3 x half adjustable shelves, full height compartment £303.05
723618W 1830x915x457 Full width shelf, hanging rail £186.62
Wardrobe
724818W 1830x1220x457 2 hanging compartments £287.10
393618C Small double door 1000x915x457 1 shelf £149.13
361818C Small single door 910x457x457 2 shelves £91.71
723618SEC 1830x915x457 3 shelves, lock plus hasp & staple £217.72
Security
393618SEC 1000x915x457 1 shelf, lock plus hasp & staple £172.26
361818DT Tool locker 925x457x457 2 shelves, recessed top & mat £113.10
4818ES Extra shelf 1220x457 Includes shelf clips £13.16
3618ES Extra shelf 915x457 Includes shelf clips £10.37 393618SEC 723618SEC
1818ES Extra shelf 457x457 Includes shelf clips £7.44

WORKPLACE CUPBOARDS
These general workplace cupboards
and cabinets bring a combination of
storage, mobility and security to the
workplace. A combination of weld and
rivet construction provides
all-round robustness.
• ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point

locking mechanism.
• Strengthened doors.
• Adjustable powder coated shelves.
• Powder coated with Germ Guard
Active Technology anti-bacterial paint.
Germ Guard reduces the risk of cross
contamination and is proven to
reduce the spread of Escherichia coli
(E. coli) and Methacillin resistant
Staphylococcus (MRSA).
• Choice of door colours: dark blue,
green, light grey, light blue, red
or yellow.
Workplace Cupboards Wall Mounted Workplace Cupboards - bolt holes provided

HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE EXTRA SHELF PRICE HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE
1800x600x460 3 CG186046Z £212.93 CGES6046ZL £14.07 570x850x255 1 CG855725Z £128.51
1800x900x460 3 CG189046Z £217.62 CGES9046ZL £15.95
1800x1200x460 3 CG181246Z £292.66 CGES1246ZL £22.51
1800x900x610 3 CG189061Z £314.23 CGES9060ZL £22.51
Mobile Workplace Cupboards - castor base fitted
1800x1200x610 3 CG181261Z £375.20 CGES1260ZL £32.83
1200x900x460 2 CG129046Z £214.80 CGES9046ZL £15.95 HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE EXTRA SHELF PRICE
900x900x460 2 CG909046Z £166.96 CGES9046ZL £15.95 1040x900x460 2 CG109046M £251.38 CGES9046ZL £15.95
900x900x610 2 CG909061Z £215.74 CGES9060ZL £22.51 1040x900x610 2 CG109061M £352.69 CGES9060ZL £22.51
UTILITY AND CLOTHING CUPBOARDS
• ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking mechanism.

• Strengthened doors.
• Choice of utility style cupboard or clothing style cupboard.
• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology
• Choice of door colours: dark blue, green, light grey,

Clothing Cupboards - Top Shelf & Garment Rail

HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE Utility Cupboard - Central Divider, Removable Rail
& 3 Adjustable Shelves
1800x600x460 1 CC186046Z £231.69
1800x900x460 1 CC189046Z £217.62 HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE
1800x1200x460 1 CC181246Z £315.17 1800x900x460 3 CU189046Z £257.01
1800x1200x460 3 CU181246Z £338.62
Extra Shelves
To fit REF PRICE Extra Shelves
W 600 x D 460 CCES6046ZLXX £15.95 To fit REF PRICE
W 900 x D 460 CCES9046ZLXX £19.70 W 900 x D 460 CUES9046ZLXX £15.01
W 1200 x D 460 CCES1246ZLXX £25.33 W 1200 x D 460 CUES1246ZLXX £15.95

HEAVY DUTY CUPBOARDS
Heavy duty welded construction from 1.2mm thick steel sheet with
80894
reinforced double doors mounted on full length hinges secured by 3 way
locking flush fitting non snag handle. All cabinets have adjustable shelves
(100Kg UDL). 900 and 1200mm high cabinets have 2 shelves, 1500 and
1800mm have 3 shelves.
• Strong 3 way locking.

• Flush non snag handle.
• Full length semi-concealed hinges.
• 100Kg capacity shelves.
• Choice of door colours: silver, grey, dark blue, light blue, green, grey,
white or yellow.
REF H x W x D mm PRICE
80994 900 x 900 x 450 £281.39
80996 900 x 900 x 600 £313.94
80924 900 x 1200 x 450 £333.91
80926 900 x 1200 x 600 £373.37 80994
80294 1200 x 900 x 450 £325.42
80296 1200 x 900 x 600 £361.40
80224 1200 x 1200 x 450 £387.49
80226 1200 x 1200 x 600 £430.40
80594 1500 x 900 x 450 £373.31
80596 1500 x 900 x 600 £413.99
80524 1500 x 1200 x 450 £446.18
80526 1500 x 1200 x 600 £494.19
80894 1800 x 900 x 450 £405.94
80896 1800 x 900 x 600 £461.45
80899 1800 x 900 x 900 £549.74
80824 1800 x 1200 x 450 £499.76
80826 1800 x 1200 x 600 £551.21
80829 1800 x 1200 x 900 £654.09
Extra Shelves
REF W x D mm PRICE
80S94 900 x 450 £33.12
80S96 900 x 600 £23.98
80S24 1200 x 450 £29.69
80S26 1200 x 600 £33.12
HEAVY DUTY MOBILE STORAGE CABINETS
81526 81994
• Heavy duty construction - from 1.2mm sheet steel.

• Rubber buffers to all base corners.
• Reinforced doors and base. O/A cabinet size mm No
• Full length piano type hinges to doors. REF Height Width Depth shelves PRICE
• Three way espagnolette locking handles. 81994 900 900 450 1 £402.92
• Fully adjustable shelves - cap.100kg UDL each. 81996 900 900 600 1 £456.65
• Heavy duty security locks fitted or special to order. 81924 900 1200 450 1 £476.66
• Standard epc grey - bs 18.B. 25 or special to order. 81926 900 1200 600 1 £501.14
• 125mm dia rubber tyred, fixed and swivel castors fitted with 81296 1200 900 600 2 £504.14
brakes (add 160mm to cabinet height). 81226 1200 1200 600 2 £578.84
• Specials to order: document holder, louvered back panel with 81596 1500 900 600 3 £556.72
bins, perforated doors, extra shelves & drawer units. 81526 1500 1200 600 3 £648.33
• Available with special work tops, such as, timber, laminated,
plastic, rubber or stainless steel.

ROLLER SHUTTER CABINETS
There are two sizes available in this superb
range of heavy duty roller shutter cabinets.
The smaller unit is available as either a
mobile version or a static version on fixed
legs. Both models are lockable, making them
ideal for secure storage. The counter
balanced roller shutter door reduces the
storage space required compared to
conventional swing door
fronted cabinets.
Finish: Stove enamel mid grey carcass.

• Heavy duty construction.
• Security locking mechanism.
RSCO2Z
REF O/S WxDxHmm No of Shelves Weight Kg PRICE

RSCO1Y 1020x490x1320 1 x fixed 90 £868.10
RSCO1Z 1020x490x1320 1 x fixed 90 £868.10
RSCO2Z 1020x490x1835 4 x removable 160 £1018.44
RSCO2Z & RSCO1Y
HEAVY DUTY ROLLER SHUTTER CABINETS

• Strong, secure, durable.
• Heavy duty welded construction
1.2mm sheet steel.
• Counterbalanced galvanised roller
shutter door.
• Door secured by matching heavy
duty security pin locks.
• Modular internal fittings for a
wide variety of uses.
• Standard colour grey. full range
of optional colours on request.
• Best built cabinet to with stand
the knocks of the toughest
working environment.
• Top quality powder coated finish.
• Total flexibility for
maximum productivity.
90215C 90215E
O/A cabinet size mm O/A cabinet size mm

Description 2000H x 1000W x 500D 2000H x 1200W x 500D
REF PRICE REF PRICE

Type A.3 adjustable shelves 90215A £881.99 902215A £971.99
Type C 1/2 louvre 2 drawer, 2 shelves 90215C £1131.83 902215C £1242.28
Type D 1/2 louvre 6 drawer 90215D £1446.93 902215D £1646.40
Type E fully louvre 90215E £989.37 902215E £1038.27
Extra shelf 90S15 £33.61 90S25 £36.44 90215A 90215D

SECURITY CUPBOARDS
• For the safe storage of valuable or
sensitive items.
• Welded construction with 1.6mm (16g) steel
carcass.
• Fitted with 7 lever safe lock for
high security.
• Full length heavy duty continuous hinges and
inset doors to prevent forced entry.
• Heavy duty 10mm steel locking rods.
• Available in powder coated grey as standard,
blue, light grey or red doors optional. Germ
Guard anti-bacterial
paint finish.
• Optional shelves as required.
Ideal for the storage of:

• Electronic devices.
• Audio and telephone equipment.
• Videos or cameras.
• Computer equipment.
• Items for restricted distribution.
• Sensitive records.
• Valuable archives.
• Laboratory equipment.
• Medical items and equipment.
• Tools and gauges.
• Exam papers.
Security Cupboards
HxWxDmm Shelves REF PRICE
1800x900x460 3 CS189046Z £796.36
1800x1200x460 3 CS181246Z £973.64
1200x900x460 2 CS129046Z £517.78
1200x1200x460 2 CS121246Z £790.73
900x460x460 1 CS904646Z £371.45
Extra Shelves
To fit WxD mm REF PRICE
900x460 CSES9046ZLXX £34.71
1200x460 CSES1246ZLXX £48.78
460x460 CSES4646ZLXX £22.51
STEEL STOR CABINETS

The Steel Stor range offers the user secure storage for large bulky items:
• Bags of loose change. • Power tools. • Valuables.
Standard cabinets are available in five sizes with multiple locking options.
In addition to these units there are also two deposit models, these allow general
access without staff having to be given keys or combinations to the cabinet.
Construction takes the form of an all steel 4mm thick body and 3 way locking
bolt work. The hinged side of the door is protected by a continuous dog bar and
hardened plates protect all other potential attack areas. Locking is with a
VDS approved class 1 safe lock as standard. The severe FG Burglary test
completed independently ensures the cabinet will withstand attack and
forced entry. The Steel Stor is supplied with shelves and door boxes to
allow maximum use of the space available whilst keeping the contents both
organised and easily accessible.
• Independently tested and approved to withstand a burglary attempt (FG test).

• Shelves and door boxes as standard.
• 4mm body finished in light grey (RAL 9002).
• £3000 cash rating (10 x valuables).
• Includes delivery and instruction to ground floor.
• Optional extras
REF Height mm Width mm Depth mm Weight Kg Shelves Vol ltr PRICE
like pull out drawers
SFSC060 600 540 400 67 1 88 £531.30 and rotary traps can
SFSC100 1000 600 450 154 2 196 £804.30 be supplied.
SFSC149D 1490 540 400 158 3 247 £822.50
SFSC160 1600 600 450 192 3 318 £959.00
SFSC160D 1600 600 700 235 4 545 £1191.05
SFSC180D 1800 800 700 302 4 879 £1300.25

FILING CABINETS
These high quality cabinets at economical prices are manufactured to meet British standards
for strength and stability. Available in three heights and in a choice of goose grey, black and
coffee cream.
• Fitted with anti-tilt device (prevents more than one draw being opened at the same time).
• Modern flush, anti-snag handles.
• Smooth easy running draws.
• Central locking on all cabinets.
• Specify colour with order. REF No drawers PRICE

A0C2 2 £110.36
A0C3 3 £132.68
A0C4 4 £138.26
FIRE RESISTANT FILING CABINETS

• Seamless construction is both contemporary and stylish with a durable finish.
• The insulation 'Insulite' considered to be the most effective available, provides maximum
protection with less weight and thinner walls.
• Drawers with recessed handles and easy view label holders. Key locked by a standard
plunger, other lock options are available on request.
• Drawers run smoothly on rugged suspension system, even when fully loaded.
• Every drawer is completely fully insulated to prevent spread of fire from one drawer to
another even if one drawer is accidentally left open. Inner steel jacket prevents entry into a
locked drawer from an unlocked compartment.
• Drawers are slotted for movable hanging frames to provide flexibility of using either legal,
A4 folio or letter size hanging file folders.
• Insulated interlocking drawer labyrinths provide a tight seal for drawer in the event of fire.
• UL approved for 60 minutes protection for paper documents against fire up to temperatures
of 1000°C. Also carry an additional 11/2 hour manufacturing certification.
• Includes delivery and installation to ground floor.
REF Type Ext mm (HxWxD) Int mm drawer (HxWxD) Wt Kg PRICE

2-DRA 2 drawer 700x498x635 260x384x508 130 £1004.50
4-DRA 4 drawer 1360x498x635 260x384x508 240 £1540.00
FIRE RESISTANT CABINETS

• Ideal in the office for the safe keeping of paper documents and valuables.
• Independently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house.
• Double wall construction with fire resistant fill.
• Up to 30 minute protection for documents at 750°.
• Heavy duty 3-way locking mechanism.
• Full height dog bar protects hinge side.
• Standard locking - CEN/VdS approved double bitted lock and 2 keys.
• Optional electronic locking, inner compartments and pull-out frames available.
• Light grey finish complements any environment.
• Includes delivery and installation to ground floor.
REF Ext mm (HxWxD) Int mm (HxWxD) Wt approx Kg Shelves PRICE

1023 860x600x520 690x490x405 95 1 £927.50
1022 1220x600x520 1050x490x405 120 2 £1054.90
1021 1580x600x520 1410x490x405 145 3 £1145.90
1020 1950x930x520 1780x820x405 215 4 £1668.80
1024 1950x1200x520 1790x1090x405 245 4 £1933.40

MINI VAULTS
• £3000 overnight cash cover (£30000 valuables)
subject to your insurers.
• 4mm solid steel electrically welded body.
• 8mm thick door fitted with double bitted key lock.
• Key storage hook bar on rear of door.
• Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models.
• Suitable for rear or floor fixing - bolts supplied.
• Colour - metallic dark grey RAL 7001.
Dimensions HxWxD mm Key Lock Electronic Lock

External Internal REF PRICE REF PRICE
250x374x276 240x354x210 SFMV0K £138.60 SFMV0ZE £172.20
FIRE RESISTANT SAFES

This range of safes are ideal for home or small business use. They are suitable for document protection and personal items security.
• One hour fire rating.

• 2 chrome plate 16mm diameter locking bolts.
• Rounded edges on the door and safe body.
• Base drilled for bolting down (bolts not supplied).
• Digital lock.
• ES031D is deep enough to hold a lever arch type file.
ES020
ES031D
Int size Ext size Cap Weight

REF WxDxH mm WxDxH mm litres Kg Shelf/Tray PRICE
EM015 310x215x215 390x320x296 14 27 One fixed shelf £238.68
ES020 355x260x220 480x388x360 20 45 One tray £317.63
EM015 ES031D 305x320x415 410x445x535 40 60 One adjustable shelf £365.90
EURO GRADE ‘O’ SAFES

• £6000 overnight cash cover (£60000 valuables). **
Manufactured in accordance with CEN-EN 1143-1.
Independently tested and certified by VdS test house.
• 4-way locking bolt work for added security. Door opens to
180° for maximum access.
• Lightweight construction - 75Kg.
• Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock and 2 keys.
Optional electronic locking. Internal door pan is locked to
prevent tampering.
• Supplied with adjustable (15mm intervals) removable shelf.
28 litre capacity/3 lever arch files.
• Twin fixing positions - bolts supplied.
** Insurance ratings may change depending on location -
subject to your insurers.
REF Lock Ext size HxWxD mm Int size HxWxD mm Cap litres Weight Kg PRICE
SFEG0HK Key 380x500x460 250x370x305 28 75 £590.45
SFEGOHZE Digital 380x500x460 250x370x305 28 75 £799.75
SFEGOVK Key 500x380x460 370x250x305 28 75 £590.45
SFEGOVZE Digital 500x380x460 370x250x305 28 75 £799.75

EURO GRADE COMPACT SAFES
• £10000 overnight cash cover (£100000 valuables) subject to insurers.
• Manufactured in accordance with EN 1143-1:2005 and independently tested
and certified by VdS test house.
• 3 way square locking boltwork with continuous hinge side protection.
• Door opens to 180° for maximum access.
• Lightweight construction - ideal for upper floor installation.
• Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys - optional combination
and electronic locking - internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering.
• Supplied with adjustable (50mm intervals)/removable shelf.
• 5 popular sizes from which to choose. Twin fixing positions - bolts supplied.
• Fire resistant door - up to 30 minutes protection.
REF Ext size HxWxD mm Int size HxWxD mm Weight Kg Cap litres PRICE
SFEGC1015NK 410x335x300 343x275x180 57 17 £631.40
SFEGC1025NK 410x415x345 343x355x225 79 27 £681.45
SFEGC1035NK 410x415x425 343x355x305 88 37 £763.35
SFEGC1055NK 585x415x425 518x355x305 105 56 £899.85
SFEGC1075NK 585x515x425 518x455x305 120 76 £999.95
SFEGC1085NK 585x515x495 518x455x375 130 88 £1050.00
SFEGC1095NK 770x515x425 694x455x305 155 96 £1172.85
SFEGC1120NK 940x515x425 864x455x305 180 120 £1309.35
SFEGC1180NK 1120x515x495 1044x455x375 225 178 £1618.75
SFEGC1240NK 1120x665x495 1044x605x375 260 237 £1809.85
ELECTRIC COMBINATION DATA SAFES

Suitable for the protection of cash, valuables and computer media storage.
• One hour fire rating: NT fire 60 dis.

• Insurance rating £1000 cash and £10000 valuables.
• Rounded edges on door and safe body.
• Electronic combination lock.
• 2 chrome plated 16mm diameter locking bolts.
• DES - 031D and DES - 065 are fitted with one shelf, DES - 080 and DES - 100 have two shelves.
REF Int size WxDxH mm Ext size WxDxH mm Cap litres Weight Kg PRICE
DES-031D 322x204x197 535x410x445 13 90 £581.90
DES-065 377x264x179 756x555x508 18 150 £1111.88
DES-080 500x286x179 877x590x508 26 185 £1280.66
DES-100 694x286x179 1097x590x508 36 240 £1670.90
DES-031D
EURO GRADE 1 SAFES

• Conforms to EN 1143-1 security grade 1.
• Burglary resistant 30/50 RU. Cash rating £10000.
• Door fitted with 40mm dia steel bolts on all four sides.
• Door frame fitted with fire resistant seal.
• All models able to be secured to the floor and provision for snap off cover is included.
• Shelves are adjustable every 25mm.
• The door can be opened a full 180°.
REF Ext size HxWxD mm Int size HxWxD mm Weight Kg Volume litres Max Files PRICE
1535 1850x840x580 1720x730x415 500 521 45 £2501.45

COMBI CABINETS
Designed to offer secure storage for keys and personal belongings, such as
mobile phones, cameras, purses and wallets. Four models of Combi Cabinet are
available, to suit a variety of applications, from small offices, shops and
warehouses, to large industrial and commercial sites.
• 50 keys, 2 storage cupboards and 2 removable shelves

(H x W x D - 550 x 380 x 205mm).
• 100 keys and 4 storage cupboards (H x W x D - 550 x 730 x 205mm).
• 200 keys and 4 storage cupboards (H x W x D - 550 x 730 x 205mm).
• 4 cupboard expansion unit, ideal where additional personal storage space is
required (H x W x D - 550 x 380 x 205mm).
Key cabinets are secured by a programmable electronic lock. Storage cupboards

are supplied with a security cam lock and 2 keys.
100 hooks &

4 cupboards
4 cupboard
expansion unit
REF Combi Key Cabinets PRICE 50 hooks, 2

KCC0502ZE 50 hook cabinet with 2 cupboards & shelves £384.23 cupboards &
KCC1004ZE 100 hook cabinet with 4 cupboards £604.45 2 shelves
KCC2004ZE 200 hook cabinet with 4 cupboards £681.49
KCC0004 4 cupboard expander unit £384.23
MASTER LOCK KEY SELECT ACCESS PUSH BUTTON MASTER LOCK PADLOCK
STORAGE UNIT STORAGE UNIT Innovation in design - a combination padlock
• Ideal for use in commercial and domestic Ideal for use in domestic and commercial without numbers or letters.
applications, maintenance teams, district nurses, applications, by children after school, district
cleaning services, construction workers, children nurses, maintenance teams, cleaning service • 55mm body with protective aluminium finish.
after school etc. employees, construction workers, etc. • 6mm diameter hardened steel shackle.
• Cast aluminium body to resist against hammering • Thumb control button slides in 4 directions (up,
or sawing. Corrosion resistant - suitable for • Large enough for bunches of keys, credit down, left, right) for speed of use.
outdoor use. cards etc. • Set your own number or 'movement' combination
• 4 digit programmable combination. • Solid zinc body to resist against hammering to any length: from 2 to 90 movements!
• Prevents being ‘locked out’. or sawing. • Unique patented design.
• Easily mounts to most surfaces (fixings provided). • Weather resistant - suitable for outdoor use. • 4 glossy colours: black, white, blue, pink. Please
• Size: H x W x D - 119 x 85 x 35mm. • Waterproof cover included. note that individual colours cannot be requested,
• Up to 4000 possible codes. they are supplied randomly.
• Prevents being 'locked out' • Size: H x W x D - 90 x 55 x 30mm.
• Easily mounts to most surfaces (fixings provided).
• Can also be used as a mini safe for small amounts
of cash and valuables.
• Size: H x W x D - 140 x 102 x 75mm.
REF PRICE
5401D £20.57 REF PRICE
5412D £30.65 REF PRICE
1500i £11.33

ECONOMY KEY CABINETS
This quality range of key cabinets offers a simple and affordable solution.
• Sturdy steel cabinets with tough powder coated, light grey finish.
• Fixed coloured and numbered hook bars with matching key tabs.
• Removable key control index included within the three larger models.
• Key locking c/w 2 keys.
• Padlock hasp locking can also be supplied.
REF Key cap Size HxWxD mm PRICE

K020 20 255x180x80 £25.41
K030 30 300x210x80 £32.34
K042 42 320x245x80 £43.12
K048 48 350x300x80 £71.61
K064 64 450x300x80 £92.40
K100 100 550x380x80 £117.04
GENERAL PURPOSE KEY CABINETS

• Used throughout UK in industry, commerce, government departments.
• Facility to control and track keys from 20 to 2080, used extensively in businesses.
• High quality cam lock as standard.
• Key control at affordable prices.
• Removable index for out of hours piece of mind (except for KC020).
• Adjustable hook bars to accommodate different key lengths.
• Keys numbered and colour matched for fast identification.
• Optional extras: electronic locks, glass front, portable units, REF Key Cap HxWxD mm PRICE
fire resistant and extra deep cabinets. KC020 20 260x185x75 £47.74
KC030 30 305x215x80 £62.37
KC035 35 320x245x85 £69.30
KC048 48 355x300x80 £113.19
KC064 64 450x300x80 £154.00
KC100 100 550x380x80 £187.11
KC150 150 550x380x140 £303.38
KC200 200 550x380x140 £344.19
KC250 250 550x380x205 £391.93
KC300 300 550x380x205 £417.34
KC400 400 550x730x140 £549.01
KC500 500 550x730x205 £616.77
KC600 600 550x730x205 £703.01
EXTRA STRONG KEY VAULT PADLOCK STORAGE CABINETS

• Key Vault - providing • Designed to store padlocks and keys with staggered
protection well above the hooks allowing extra space for padlocks to hang.
bronze key cabinet range. • Cabinet has flush closing rim to resist forced entry.
• Designed to meet the • Adjustable colour coded and numbered hook bars.
requirements of insurance • Key tabs designed so that number is always visible.
companies in preventing • Removable control index.
loss of keys associated • Security lock with 2 keys.
with risk to valuables or • Optional padlock hasp
property. Supplied as or combination
standard with a half euro locking available.
profile cylinder, easily
replaced to integrate with
an existing master key
or security system.
2.5mm body and 3mm
door (max).
REF key Cap HxWxD mm PRICE

KV030 30 305x230x70 £76.23
KV048 48 355x300x80 £129.36
KV100 100 550x380x80 £231.77
KV200 200 550x380x140 £381.15
KV400 400 550x730x140 £636.02
KV600 600 550x730x205 £777.70
Deep key vault where bunches are held REF Key cap Size HxWxD mm PRICE
KVD048 48 355x300x140 £153.23 KP024 24 350x300x120 £153.23
KVD100 100 550x380x140 £274.89 KP050 50 550x380x140 £264.88
KVD200 200 550x730x140 £455.84 KP100 100 550x730x140 £470.47

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CUPBOARDS
It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments.
This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and transportation of hazardous substances as
demanded by the CoSHH regulations.
• ‘No snag’ handles with 2 point locking.

• Adjustable spill-retaining shelves for superior spill management.
• Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of adsorbents.
• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint.
Germ Guard reduces the risk of cross contamination and is proven to reduce the spread
of Escherichia coli (E. coli) and Methacillin resistant Staphylococcus (MRSA).
Hazardous Substance Cupboards

1800x900x460 3 CZ189046ZYXX £204.16
1800x1200x460 3 CZ181246ZYXX £270.98
1200x900x460 2 CZ129046ZYXX £197.66
900x460x460 1 CZ904646ZYXX £120.64
900x900x460 1 CZ909046ZYXX £154.98
700x350x300 1 CZ703530ZYXX £97.44
700x900x460 1 CZ709046ZYXX £141.98
Mobile Hazardous Substance Cupboards

1040x900x460 1 CZ109046MYXX £248.70
840x900x460 1 CZ8490046MYXX £222.72
Extra Shelves
To fit REF PRICE
W 1200 x D 460 CZES1246ZYXX £27.84
W 900 x D 460 CZES9046ZYXX £24.13
W 460 x D 460 CZES4646ZYXX £18.56
W 350 x D 300 CZES3530ZYXX £14.85
HAZARDOUS WALL CUPBOARDS HAZARDOUS FLOOR CHESTS

• ‘No snag’ handles with 2 point locking • Welded integrated sump.
mechanism. • Angled lid to discourage article displacement.
• Pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not • Hasp and staple lock for use with padlock
supplied). (not supplied).
• Fixed powder coated shelf.
HxWxDmm REF PRICE

570x850x255 CZ855725ZYXX £135.49
HAZARDOUS STANDS
• Sturdy square tube steel frame.
• Adjustable foot for uneven floors.
• Raises cupboards by 500mm.
To fit REF PRICE

W 900 x D 460 CZST9046ZYXX £62.18
W 460 x D 460 CZST4646ZYXX £55.68
W 350 x D 300 CZST3530ZYXX £55.68
HxWxDmm REF PRICE
610x1170x460 CZ611146ZYXX £264.48
510x610x340 CZ516134ZYXX £168.90

FIRST AID CUPBOARDS
Our first aid cupboards are manufactured from high quality steel
with instantly recognisable identification symbols and a clean white
powder coated finish. They are designed to meet a wide range of
first aid requirements.
Floor Cupboards
REF Shelves Size HxWxD mm PRICE
CF189046ZWXX 3 1800x900x460 £217.62
CF904646ZWXX 1 900x460x460 £126.63
CF909046ZWXX 1 900x900x460 £166.96
CF703530ZWXX 1 700x350x300 £103.18
CF709046ZWXX 1 700x900x460 £150.08
Mobile Cupboards
CF109046ZWXX 1 1040x900x460 £251.38
CF849046MWXX 1 840x900x460 £234.50
Wall Cupboards
CF855725MWXX 1 570x850x255 £151.02
Extra Shelves
REF To fit mm PRICE
CFES9046ZWXX W 900 x D 460 £36.58
CFES4646ZWXX W 460 x D 460 £28.14
CFES3530ZWXX W 350 x D 300 £22.51
• 'No-snag' handles with 2 point locking.
Stands • Adjustable spill retaining galvanised shelves for superior spill management.
• Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of
REF To fit mm PRICE absorbents (except wall mounted unit).
CFST4646ZWXX W 460 x D 460 £68.47 • Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included).
CFST9046ZWXX W 900 x D 460 £79.73 • Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces.
CFST3530ZWXX W 350 x D 300 £65.66 • Powder coated with white Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT CUPBOARD

Our personal protective equipment cupboards enable the safe
and separate storage of protective equipment and clothing in
the workplace.
• 'No-snag' handles with 2 point locking.

• All steel structure with strengthened doors.
• Adjustable powder coated shelves.
• Powder coated with dark blue Germ Guard Active Technology
PPE Cupboards
CB1890463BXX 3 1800x900x460 £217.62
CB1812463BXX 3 1800x1200x460 £292.66
CB9090462BXX 2 900x900x460 £166.96
CB9046461BXX 1 900x460x460 £126.63
Extra Shelves
REF To fit mm PRICE
CGES9046ZLXX W 900 x D 460 £15.95
CGES1246ZLXX W 1200 x D 460 £22.51

PESTICIDE AND AGROCHEMICAL STORAGE CABINETS
• Fitted with integral liquid tight sump and spill tray shelves.
• Louvered doors for ventilation.
• Powder coated red Germ Guard paint finish.
• Fitted with warning signs.
• Stands are available for all units.
• Units fitted on castors also available.
Size No Cabinet Extra shelves Extra shelves

REF HxWxD mm shelves PRICE REF PRICE
CP189046ZR 1800x900x460 3 £251.32 CPES9046ZR £27.00
CP181246ZR 1800x1200x460 3 £334.40 CPES1246ZR £31.16
CP904646ZR 900x460x460 1 £148.51 CPES4646ZR £20.77
CP909046ZR 900x900x460 1 £185.89 CPES9046ZR £27.00
CP703530ZR 700x350x300 1 £120.47 CPES3530ZR £16.62
CP709046ZR 700x900x460 1 £175.51 CPES9046ZR £27.00
ACID AND ALKALI STORAGE CABINETS

• Similar construction to hazardous substances cabinet.
• Integral liquid tight sump and spill tray shelves.
• Powder coated white Germ Guard paint finish.
• Fitted with warning signs.
• Stands can be supplied for cabinets to be lifted up from
floor level - please enquire.
• Units on castors also available.

CA189046ZW 1800x900x460 3 £251.32 CAES9046ZW £40.50
CA181246ZW 1800x1200x460 3 £334.40 CAES1246ZW £46.73
CA904646ZW 900x460x460 1 £148.51 CAES4646ZW £31.16
CA909046ZW 900x900x460 1 £191.08 CAES9046ZW £40.50
CA703530ZW 700x350x300 1 £120.47 CAES3530ZW £24.92
CA709046ZW 700x900x460 1 £175.51 CAES9046ZW £40.50
PETROLEUM STORAGE CABINETS

• Manufactured from heavier 1.6mm (16g) steel with welded seams fitted with 2 spill shelf trays
and liquid tight sump with drain plug - inclusive of stand. Two floor chest models.
• Powder coated red with warning signs.
• Germ Guard paint finish.

CT129061ZH 1200x900x610 2 £746.68 CTES9060ZH £42.58
CT121261ZH 1200x1200x610 2 £840.15 CTES1260ZH £56.08
CT611146ZH 610x1170x460 - £326.09 Floor chest
CT516134ZH 510x610x340 - £207.70 Floor chest

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CABINETS
• Heavy duty construction with welded seams.
• Safe and secure storage of hazardous substances as
defined by COSHH guidelines.
• Conforms to HSG5i and DSEAR2002.
• Reinforced doors and 3 point locking (15 - 50 litres).
• Leak proof cabinet base.
• Powder coated finish with warning signs.
REF HxWxD mm No of shelves Sump cap ltr PRICE
723618CSC 1830x915x457 3 50 £266.96
603618CSC 1525x915x457 2 50 £251.26
483618CSC 1220x915x457 2 50 £234.73
363618CSC 915x915x457 1 30 £185.55
361818CSC 915x457x457 1 15 £139.68
283618CSC 710x915x457 1 30 £166.95
243618CSC 610x915x457 1 30 £161.99
243615CSC 610x915x381 1 15 £159.10
301818CSC 760x457x457 1 10 £135.55
281812CSC 710x457x305 1 10 £124.47 483618CSC
281412CSC 710x355x305 1 5 £120.67
241818CSC 610x457x457 1 10 £130.17
181818CSC 457x457x457 1 10 £126.04
181812CSC 457x457x305 1 5 £119.02
Optional add-on extras
723618CSC 283618CSC
3618ST Stand 533 x 915 x 417mm £60.90 + STAND
1818ST Stand 522 x 457 x 457 £53.94
3618STU Sloping top 150 x 915 x 457 £45.24
HAZARDOUS WALL MOUNTED CABINETS HAZARDOUS

STACKABLE CABINETS
REF H x W x D mm Shelf Sump cap ltr PRICE REF H x W x D mm Shelf Sump cap ltr PRICE
243615CSCW 610 x 915 x 381 1 15 £162.82 283618CSCK 710 x 915 x 457 1 30 £192.57
203618CSCW 480 x 915 x 457 1 20 £156.62 243618CSCK 610 x 915 x 457 1 30 £187.20
GALVANISED BINS HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE FLAT TOP/SLOPING BINS
REF H x W x D mm Sump cap ltr Type of lid PRICE

ST244618CSC 610/540 x 1170 x 457 35 £252.08
Sloping
REF H x W x D mm Sump cap ltr 3 point type PRICE ST202415CSC 510/450 x 610 x 381 15 £185.55
GB/NOSUMP 765 x 685 x 508 n/a Hasp & staple £234.31 FT244618CSC 610 x 1170 x 457 35 £259.52
Flat top
GBS/SUMP 765 x 685 x 508 40 Hasp & staple £276.88 FT202415CSC 510 x 610 x 381 15 £191.75

COSHH CABINETS
• COSHH cabinets labelled 'Harmful Irritant'.
• 3 point locking (15-50 litre models only).
• Powder coated grey.
• Two stackable models available.

723618COS 1830x915x457 3 50 £285.97
603618COS 1525x915x457 2 50 £269.03
483618COS 1220x915x457 2 50 £250.43
363618COS 915x915x457 1 30 £199.19
361818COS 915x457x457 1 15 £150.84
283618COS 710x915x457 1 30 £178.94
243615COS 610x915x381 1 15 £171.09
301818COS 760x457x457 1 10 £144.64
281812COS 710x457x305 1 10 £133.89
241818COS 610x457x457 1 10 £139.68
181812COS 457x457x305 1 5 £128.52
COSHH stackable cabinets
283618COSK 710x915x457 1 30 £207.04
243618COSK 610x915x457 1 30 £200.43
ACID CABINETS
• Acid cabinets labelled 'Corrosive'.
• 3 point locking (15-50 litre models only).
• Powder coated white.
• Two stackable models available.

723618AC 1830x915x457 3 50 £307.46
603618AC 1525x915x457 2 50 £288.45
483618AC 1220x915x457 2 50 £269.03
363618AC 915x915x457 1 30 £213.65
361818AC 915x457x457 1 15 £161.17
283618AC 710x915x457 1 30 £191.75
301818AC 760x457x457 1 10 £155.80
281812AC 710x457x305 1 10 £142.98
COSHH stackable cabinets
283618ACK 710x915x457 1 30 £221.50
243618ACK 610x915x457 1 30 £215.30
PESTICIDE CABINETS
• Pesticide cabinets labelled 'Poison'.
• 3 point locking.
• Powder coated red.
• Doors manufactured with louvres to increase air changes
within cabinet.
• Sloping top and cabinet stands can be supplied.

723618PES 1830x915x457 3 50 £311.59
363618PES 915x915x457 1 30 £218.20
361818PES 915x457x457 1 15 £166.13

HAZARDOUS STORAGE VAULTS
Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate and the Factory
Inspection Guide HSG51. Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both Flammable Storage (vent closed) and
Agrochemicals (vent open). All welded units conforming to the A.P.E.A. Construction requirements. Produced from
2.5mm sheet steel. These vaults provide a half hour protection from collapse and the passage of fire.
• The vaults are multi-lockable for high

security and are fitted with a lift up action lid SSV02Z
assisted by gas struts.
• For extra protection and fork lifting the units
have skids on the base.
• Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z
and SSV02Z to enable larger items to be
stored on the base level. Model SSV03Z
has a central partition and four shelves.
• The two middle shelves fold away and the
two top shelves are made in 3 sections.
• The back section is fixed in position and
the front sections removable.
• All models have a liquid-tight base to
contain spillage.
SSV03Z
REF Overall dimensions L x W x H mm Liquid tight sealed base unit capacity Shelves mm Weight Kg PRICE
SSV01Z 700 x 850 x 1270 120 litre 2 x shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed. Middle: 690 x 400 pivots 180 £1065.54
SSV02Z 1370 x 850 x 1270 2 x drip trays: 70 litre capacity each. 2 x shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed. 260 £1504.27
Sealed unit: 250 litre Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots
SSV03Z 2500 x 1080 x 1270 550 litre 4 x shelves: 1220 x 500 fold up 460 £2654.80
MOBILE HAZARDOUS STORAGE CABINETS
• Unrestricted mobile hazardous storage.

• All welded construction from 1mm thick sheet steel. REF Size: H x W x Dmm No of shelves Type PRICE
• Pesticide and acid cabinets zinc plated for extra corrosive
A/A/900 900 x 900 x 600 2 ACID £511.90
resistance with double hinges.
• Secured by a 3 lever chrome locking handle. A/A/1200 1200 x 900 x 600 3 ACID £570.15
• Complete with adjustable spillage tray and sump base.
A/F/900 900 x 900 x 600 2 FLAMMABLE £435.88
A/F/1200 1200 x 900 x 600 3 FLAMMABLE £489.58
A/AG/900 900 x 900 x 600 2 AGROCHEMICAL £525.52
A/AG/1200 1200 x 900 x 600 3 AGROCHEMICAL £582.54

HEAVY DUTY SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS
• Single and double door versions.
• Welded construction from 2mm steel with sealed base and drain boss.
• Reinforced doors mounted on heavy duty pin hinges and secured by mortise locks.
• Mounted on floor skid base.
• With adjustable shelves. Finished colour red.
REF Shelves H x W x D mm PRICE

57964 1 900 x 600 x 450 £367.68
57264 2 1200 x 600 x 450 £416.98
57594 3 1500 x 900 x 450 £564.90
Double door cabinets
57994 1 900 x 900 x 450 £518.41
57226 2 1200 x 600 x 600 £681.81
57556 3 1500 x 1500 x 600 £717.04
SLOPING TOP SAFETY STORAGE BINS

• Suitable for storage of hazardous substances.
• Welded construction from 2mm plate with sealed base and drain boss.
• Hinged sloping top secured by heavy duty hasp and staple and fitted with safety stay.
• Additional lift out shelves available.
• Powder coated red and supplied with warning labels.
REF Shelves H x W x D mm PRICE

58966 1 900 x 600 x 600 £479.01
58996 1 900 x 900 x 600 £544.78
58926 1 900 x 1200 x 600 £600.53
58956 1 900 x 1500 x 600 £699.20
58266 2 1200 x 600 x 600 £580.51
58296 2 1200 x 900 x 600 £679.18
58226 2 1200 x 1200 x 600 £712.07
HEAVY DUTY RANGE - HAZARDOUS STORAGE CABINETS HAZARDOUS STORAGE VAULT

• Welded constructed in 2mm steel plate with
• Constructed from 1.2mm thick steel sheets, step down hinged lid.
sealed base with lift out sump. • Secured by two mortise locks.
• Reinforced doors mounted on continuous • Vault contains side mounted vents with
piano type hinge. flash arrest mesh infill and bottom mounted
• Flush 3 way locking handle and adjustable drain outlet.
spillage shelves. • Fitted with fork lift boots.
• Supplied complete with appropriate • Supplied in yellow with appropriate labels.
warning labels. • Any alternative size and specification to order.
• Choice of hazardous or chemical cabinet.
Hazardous Chemical
REF H x W x D mm PRICE PRICE
85642 600 x 450 x 250 £142.97 £156.44
85644 600 x 450 x 450 £146.50 £162.75
85944 900 x 450 x 450 £173.98 £192.85
85794 700 x 900 x 450 £296.79 £341.91
85994 900 x 900 x 450 £304.22 £351.50
85294 1200 x 900 x 450 £348.25 £361.06
85594 1500 x 900 x 450 £396.14 £409.85 REF L x W x H mm PRICE
85894 1800 x 900 x 450 £423.02 £484.79 61166F 1000 x 650 x 650 £422.98

TRANSBANK VAULT
The Transbank is designed specifically for transporting small quantities of flammable
liquids or chemicals. It fully complies with all regulations and can be fixed or loose on
the back of a vehicle.
• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage.

• Ventilated to prevent build up of fumes.
• Over centre catch with padlock facility.
• Flame arrestor gauze fitted on all boxes.
• Finished in bright red with relevant hazard warning signs fitted as standard.
• Built to specification for half hour fire rating.
TRB4
TRB1
TRB3
REF O/S W x D x H mm Sump cap ltr Weight Kg PRICE

TRB1 350 x 350 x 350 15 14 £142.00
TRB2 450 x 420 x 520 20 24 £198.80
TRB3 625 x 420 x 520 30 29 £241.40
TRB4 800 x 420 x 520 40 35 £276.90
TRB6 1200 x 420 x 520 75 50 £376.30
TRB6
FLAMBANK VAULT
Constructed to the same high specification as the Tuffbank range, Flambank boxes fully
comply with all regulations for the safe storage of chemicals and flammables.
• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage.

• High and low level ventilation to prevent build up of fumes.
• Flame arresting gauze fitted on all boxes.
• Finished in bright red with relevant hazard warning signs fitted as standard.
• Built to specification for half hour rating.
• Chests supplied with one internal shelf.
FB2
FB1
REF Type Ext size WxHxD mm Int size WxHxD mm Weight Kg PRICE
FB1 Van box 985x475x540 900x470x470 45 £276.90
FB2 Site box 1275x665x675 1190x605x605 80 £433.10
FB21 Site box 760x665x675 680x605x605 50 £369.20
FBC2 Site chest 760x1275x675 680x1210x605 95 £674.50
FBC4 FBC4 Site chest 1275x1275x675 1190x1210x605 170 £752.60
FBC5 Site chest 1585x1275x675 1500x1210x605 200 £958.50

WALK-IN STORAGE UNITS
A choice of standard units for the security of
valuable equipment or units suitable for the
storage of flammables and chemicals (these
units have a sump base with removable grid
deck, high and low level ventilation plus hazard
warning signs).
• Heavy duty doors with 2 x 5 lever deadlocks.

• Shelves fitted.
• 5 standard sizes plus bespoke sizes available.
• Colours: standard - green, flammables and
chemicals - red.
• 30 minute fire rating.
• Lifting eyes fitted.
TS2.0
Size of unit Internal Standard Unit Flammable & Chemical

W x D x H mm shelf REF PRICE REF Sump cap PRICE
1200 x 1200 x 2100 1 TS1.2 £1894.20 FS1.2 150L £2097.27
1200 x 1800 x 2100 1 TS1.8 £2265.20 FS1.8 220L £2482.20
2000 x 2000 x 2100 2 TS2.0 £3382.40 FS2.0 400L £3801.00
2000 x 3000 x 2100 2 TS3.0 £4230.93 FS3.0 600L £4816.00
2000 x 4000 x 2100 2 TS4.0 £5401.13 FS4.0 800L £6028.40 FS2.0
EXPANDACHEM HAZARDOUS UNIT

Expandachem is designed for the safe storage of hazardous materials.
• All components are totally man-portable and flat packed.

• Can be carried, moved by crane or forklifted into place.
• Easily assembled by a socket set and screwdriver.
• Manufactured in galvanised steel for long life and features double
locks for added security.
• Units can be linked together to form larger areas of storage.
• Fitted with a sump to contain chemical spillage.
• Floor grate loading 250Kg m2 - can be upgraded to 1000Kg m2.
• Range of accessories available: loading ramp, shelving, lifting eyes,
linking kit.
Units linked
Lifting by fork lift
EXPC2
REF Size L x W x H m Sump cap ltr PRICE

EXPC2 2.3 x 2.1 x 2.2 680 £2234.40
EXPC3 3 x 2.1 x 2.2 904 £2543.10
EXPC4 4 x 2.1 x 2.2 1212 £2940.00

SENTRI VEHICLE BOXES SENTRI SITE BOXES
• Substantial construction from 1.6mm • Drop down recessed handles. • Substantial construction from 2mm
and 2mm steel. • Black powder coated finish. and 2.5mm sheet steel.
• Two 8mm double throw deadlocks operated • Full width split heavy duty piano • Two 8mm double throw deadlocks operated
by Xlock 4 point locking system. hinge welded to box and lid. by Xlock 4 point locking system.
• Boxes numbered for optional overnight key service. • 2 keys per box. • Boxes numbered for optional overnight key service.
• Anti-jemmy bars all round. • S622 fitted with fork lift channels. • Anti-jemmy bars all round.
• Twin hydraulic arms. • Fitted with cable outlet. • Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility for
bolting wheels.
• Twin hydraulic arms.
• Drop down recessed handles.
• Fitted with cable outlet.
• Black powder coated finish.
• Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded
to box and lid.
• 2 keys per box.
S422/S432
VANBOX S515/S622
REF Ext size LxHxW mm Int size LxHxW mm Weight PRICE Ext size Int size
VANBOX 964x450x492 917x446x450 35Kg £172.55 REF LxHxW mm LxHxW mm Wt PRICE
S515 1310x450x492 1258x446x450 49Kg £230.55 S422 1196x625x643 1132x550x600 80Kg £346.55
S622 1860x625x643 1812x550x600 122Kg £607.55 S432 1196x925x643 1132x850x600 92Kg £477.05
TOOL VAULTS
• Substantial construction from • Twin hydraulic arms.
2mm and 3mm sheet steel. • Drop down recessed handles
• Two 8mm double throw with pads.
deadlocks operated by Xlock • Black powder coated finish.
giving a 4 point lock system. • Full width split heavy duty piano
• Boxes numbered for optional hinge welded to box and lid.
overnight key service. • 2 keys per box.
• Anti-jemmy bars all round. • Fitted with cable outlet.
• Forklift/pallet truck skids with
facility for bolting wheels.
REF Ext size LxHxW mm Int size LxHxW mm Weight PRICE S442/S542 open
S442 1196x1275x643 1132x1200x600 174Kg £651.05
S542 1482x1275x643 1428x1200x600 205Kg £839.55 S442/S542 closed
BARROBOX MOBILE TOOL VAULT

Barrobox has a unique internal wheel winder system that
converts it from a static to a mobile unit in seconds.
• O/D W x L x H mm - 750 x 1070 x 735.

• Sturdy and innovative elevating wheel system.
• 5 lever deadlocks both sides with welded security ID.
• Gas strut assisted lid.
• Folding push handles.
• Lock the wheels in the up position to secure the unit
in situ - peace of mind.
REF PRICE
BARROBOX £488.25

TUFFBANK VAULTS
Built to very high specification. Extremely strong, sturdy and secure but also
very cost effective. Has defeated thieves time and time again.
• Heavy duty construction with 3mm lid on every size.

• 3mm construction throughout on chests TBC2, 4 and 5.
• Ultra robust 5 lever deadlocks with anti-drill plates on both sides
and anti-cut rollers in deadbolt.
• Robust brass keys supplied.
• Extra reinforcing around locks to prevent drilling.
• Welded on serial numbers for overnight key replacements.
• Gas struts on all sizes to assist with lid opening and closing.
• Continuous heavy duty fully welded hinge.
• Internal lid support stay.
• Replacement parts.
• Replacement key service.
• Castor base to make security vaults mobile.
• Refurbishment and repair service.
• Custom build to specification.
TB6
TB3
TB1
TBC5
TB21
TB2
TBC4
TB12
REF Type Ext size HxWxD mm Int size WxHxD mm Weight Kg PRICE
TB1 Van box 985x475x540 900x470x470 45 £177.50
TB12 Truck box 1275x455x510 1190x450x450 50 £248.50
TB21 Site box 760x665x675 680x605x605 50 £284.00
TB2 Site box 1275x665x675 1190x605x605 80 £340.80
TB3 Site box 1275x970x675 1190x910x605 100 £482.80
TB6 Site box 1885x665x675 1790x605x605 115 £603.50
TBC2 Site chest 760x1275x675 680x1210x605 95 £589.30
TBC2 TBC4 Site chest 1275x1275x675 1190x1210x605 170 £674.50
TBC5 Site chest 1585x1275x675 1500x1210x605 200 £844.90

TUFFSTOR CABINETS
Cabinet style security boxes with adjustable shelving. Suitable for site positioning and inside a vehicle.
• 2mm thick heavy duty steel construction.

• 5-lever deadlocks.
• Fork lift skids fitted.
• Finished in low-viz charcoal grey.
• Weight 50/85/150Kg.
REF Size W x D x H m PRICE

TUFFSC1 500 x 500 x 900 £234.30
TUFFSC2 800 x 550 x 1200 £440.20
TUFFSC3 1200 x 550 x 1500 £816.50
SITEBOX VAULTS
Designed for use on site as a work station for securing everything from PPE to fixings and power tools.
An extra secure area inside the upper compartment allows the unit to be left open, whilst still securing
any valuables. Full width shelves give maximum storage capacity. Optional extras available include
castors and an internal light. This innovative new product in the answer to many of today's security
worries on site.
• Robust construction giving maximum protection - 2mm thick steel.

• 2 x full width shelves in both lower and upper compartments.
• Pockets on doors for smaller components.
• Keyed-alike 2 point tamper proof locking system.
• Serial numbered for replacement keys.
• Slanted, folding work surface with lockable concealed storage area.
• Robust fork lift skids with pre-drilled holes for castors.
• Gas struts on both sides of top compartment.
• Optional fitted electrical light with 110v inlet.
• Weight 280Kg.
REF Size W x D x H mm PRICE

SS2/SS 1350 x 825 x 2000 £1412.90
TUFFCAGE
A robust versatile security cage, designed for safely storing gas cylinders or expensive equipment.
This galvanised unit is a flat pack, one piece unit that is easily erected in minutes. It has no
detachable parts and has fork skids for stacking flat packed.
• One piece construction with no removable parts.

• Very quickly erected and dismantled.
• Folds down to 180mm high.
• Galvanised to sustain all weather conditions.
• 2 padlock points.
• Easily stacked when folded down, with the
fork skids on the base.
• Weight 130Kg.
REF Size W x D x H mm PRICE

TC1.2 1200 x 1200 x 1800 £705.74

This unique portable building is ideal for restricted access, remote areas and
congested site situations. Supplied with either galvanised or powder coated green
finish. The units are extended in width or length by adding further modules.
There is no maximum size for construction. The components are light enough to
be man handled and small enough to fit through a small passageway. Once
assembled, the Expanda-Store is remarkably robust, with a new double locking
system to deter the most determined thief. All parts can be ordered separately so
damaged components are replaceable. Due to the demountability of the product,
less space is required when in transit or in storage.
• Man portable
No lifting gear or cranes required.
• Demountable
Dismantles into flatpack form quickly.
• Extendible
Additional units can be added either side by side or back to back.
• Complete
Everything required for assembly is in the kit. No additional fixings needed.
• Secure
Double locking system is standard.
• Simple
No specialist tools are required for assembly, just a socket set.
• Quick
Ready for use in 20 minutes.
• Placement
Assembled units can be moved by forklift or lifted by crane. Powder Coated Finish
REF Product - Finish - Size LxWxH PRICE

EXP22 Expanda-Store - Galvanised - 2m x 2.1m x 2.1m £1352.40
EXP22PC Expanda-Store - Green - 2m x 2.1m x 2.1m £1477.35
REF Expanda-Store Accessories PRICE

EXPSUP Shelf uprights (each) £16.66
EXPSAR Shelf arms (each) £9.73
EXPFLF Forklift feet (per set of 4) £53.20
EXPSLF Levelling feet (per set of 4) £41.30
Prices include delivery to UK mainland by Hiab lorry. Assembly by others.

Prices for accessories include delivery when delivered with the main unit.
Link together multiple units
Galvanised Finish
Lifted by crane
Secure Locking
Self Levelling Feet & Forklift Feet 2m Green Unit

The Expandakabin Office arrives flat packed, is man portable and ideal for
assembling (with a socket set) in previously inaccessible locations.
Manufactured from fully galvanised steel (non-rusting). Expandakabin has
attractive smooth panelling, finished in a powder coated moss green (RAL
6005) on the outside and an off white (RAL 9002) powder coat on the inside.
The unit has a guttered roof and features a double glazed uPVC window fitted
as standard.
All parts can be ordered separately so damaged components are replaceable.
The interior of the fully insulated Expandakabin is light and airy with a durable
smart wall finish.
Available in two sizes with a range of options.
• Man portable
No lifting gear or cranes required.
• Demountable
Dismantles into flatpack form quickly.
• Extendible
Additional units can be added either side by side or back to back.
• Complete
Everything required for assembly is in the kit. No additional fixings needed.
• Simple
No specialist tools are required for assembly, just a socket set.
4.3m Unit
• Quick
Ready for use in an hour.
• Insulated
50mm insulation.
• Placement
Assembled units can be moved by forklift or lifted by crane.
3.3m Unit
Assembly of Flat Pack Unit

Quality Internal Finish
REF Product - Size LxWxH PRICE

EK2 Expanda-Kabin - 2.2m x 2.3m x 2.3m £3118.60
REF Expanda-Kabin Accessories PRICE

EKLKS Short End Linking Kit £154.00
EKLK3.3 Longside Linking Kit £238.00
EKLK4.3 Longside Linking Kit £266.00
EKWP Replacement Window Panel £231.00
EKDP Replacement Door Panel £336.00
EKFP Replacement Full Panel £112.00
EKHP Replacement Half Panel £70.00
EKEP Electric Pack, complete £245.00
EKWG Window Guard, external £77.00
Lifting by Crane
Prices include delivery to UK mainland by Hiab lorry. All units are pre-assembled.
Prices for accessories include delivery when delivered with the main unit.
Optional Kit:
• Linking kit.
• Surface mounted electrical pack which includes: plug sockets,
lights, a heater, cable trunking, cable, plugs, fuses.
• Forklift feet.
• Additional window and door panels.

Ext dim 400x300x120 Ext dim 400x300x120 Ext dim 400x300x170 Ext dim 400x300x170
Int dim 352x252x105 Int dim 352x252x105 Int dim 350x250x155 Int dim 350x250x155
Capacity 11 litres Capacity 11 litres Capacity 15.5 litres Capacity 15.5 litres
Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Grey, Green Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Grey
M203A £7.98 M203B £7.69 M207A £8.83 M207B £8.50
Capacity 19.8 litres Capacity 19.8 litres Capacity 30.2 litres Capacity 27.3 litres
Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Grey Colour Grey Colour Grey, Red, Blue
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF Type PRICE REF PRICE
M204A £9.30 M204B £8.96 M205A Solid £10.15 M200A £9.61
M205B Vented £9.04
Ext dim 600x400x120 Ext dim 600x400x220 Ext dim 600x400x325 2 sizes of lids to fit
Int dim 552x352x105 Int dim 545x345x205 Int dim 550x350x310 the containers on the left
Capacity 23.7 litres Capacity 43.8 litres Capacity 65 litres and above
Colour Grey, Green Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Blue, Grey REF Size PRICE
REF PRICE REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE M213 600x400 £7.10
M200B £9.52 M201A Solid £11.61 M202A Solid £14.82 M214 400x300 £5.51
M201B Vented £10.87 M202B Vented £13.27
Perforated base. Hand holes Solid sides & base Solid sides & base. Hand holes Perforated base & long sides
Capacity 28.5 litres Capacity 28.5 litres Capacity 28.5 litres Capacity 28.5 litres
Colour Natural, Green Colour Blue, Green,Yellow Colour Blue, Green,Yellow Colour Natural
M104A £13.60 M104B £13.60 M104C £13.60 M104D £13.60
REF Lid to suit PRICE

E8104 M104A - M104D £21.29

Ext dim 765x455x90 Ext dim 765x455x90 Ext dim 765x455x90
Int dim 735x425x80 Int dim 735x425x80 Int dim 735x425x80
Capacity 20 litres Capacity 20 litres Capacity 20 litres
Colour Natural Colour Natural, Green,Yellow Colour Natural, Red, Blue,Yellow, Green
M111A £11.00 M111B £11.14 M111C £10.92

Colour Natural, Red, Blue,Yellow, Green Colour Natural, Blue, Red Colour Natural
M111D £10.26 M211BH £11.48 M211DH £10.87
Ext dim 765x455x175 Ext dim 765x455x175

Int dim 735x425x160 Int dim 735x425x160
Capacity 50 litres Capacity 50 litres
Colour Natural, Blue, Red Colour Natural
REF PRICE REF PRICE
M311BH £14.04 M311DH £12.88
A sturdy dolly made in HDPE

to carry all the containers on Lid to fit the containers
this page. Fitted on 4x75mm on this page
nylon swivel castors. Ext dim 785x475x45
Ext dim 875x565x230 Colour Natural
Weight 6.5Kg REF PRICE
Colour Blue R1142 £26.04
REF PRICE
R1126 £107.22

STACKING CONTAINERS WITH OPEN SIDES
Capacity 30.2 litres Capacity 65 litres Capacity 45 litres Capacity 45 litres
Colour Grey, Blue Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Grey, Red, Blue Colour Grey, Red, Blue
REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE
M3205 Open short side £15.50 M4202 Open short side £20.16 M4212 Open short side £17.76 M6212 Open long side £17.76
M4205 Open long side £15.50 M6202 Open long side £20.16 M213 Lid £7.10 M213 Lid £7.10
M214 Lid £5.51 M214 Lid £5.51
Solid sides & base Solid sides & base. Hand holes. Solid sides & base. Long slots.
Ext dim 640x385x205 Ext dim 640x385x205 Ext dim 640x385x205 Lid to suit M118B,
Int dim 600x340x200 Int dim 600x340x200 Int dim 600x340x200 M118C & M118D
Colour Natural Colour Natural Colour Natural REF PRICE
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE E8104/M118 £21.29
M118B £15.17 M118C £15.17 M118D £15.17
STACKING AND NESTING CONTAINERS
Ext dim 496x297x250

Int dim 375x190x210
Capacity 24 litres Ext dim 545x320x236
Colour Red, Blue, Green-Black Handle. Int dim 420x210x225
Custom marking available - POA Capacity 25 litres
Colour Green, Blue-Red Handles
REF PRICE
M726 £4.75 REF Description PRICE
M734 Container - can nest & cross stack £5.91
M735 Lid to clip on - colour blue £3.10

Colour Green Colour Green & Black Colour Natural & Grey
M740 £7.69 M725 £9.55 M7383 £9.26

Capacity 49.5 litres Capacity 68 litres
Colour Red & Blue. Lid - Black, Blue Colour Red & Blue. Lid - Black, Blue
REF PRICE REF PRICE
M718 £19.37 M719 £21.51

Capacity 49.5 litres Capacity 49.5 litres
Colour Blue Colour Green
M712 Only stacks if fitted with a lid £12.79 M716/SN Fitted with plastic or metal stacking rods £16.32
M712/SN Fitted with plastic or metal stacking rods £16.11 M714 Stacking/folding hinged security lid £7.72
M714 Stacking/folding hinged security lid £7.72 M715/LID Drop on lid £7.72
M715/LID Drop on lid £7.72

Colour Blue Colour Green
M713 Only stacks if fitted with a lid £13.62 M717/SN Fitted with plastic or metal stacking rods £16.60
M713/SN Fitted with plastic or metal stacking rods £16.11 M714 Stacking/folding hinged security lid £7.72
M714 Stacking/folding hinged security lid £7.72 M715/LID Drop on lid £7.72
M715/LID Drop on lid £7.72

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
• Stack safely creating stable loads. Two smaller containers double stack on one large container
eg two 400 x 300mm containers stack on one 600 x 400mm container etc.
• Euro sized containers to suit Euro sized pallets.
• Smooth base for silent movement on conveyor.
• Lids available for most sizes.
• Ergonomic handles for comfortable manual handling, some larger containers have open hand holes.
• Optional dolly available, see below.
• Please see accessories for dividers, inserts and label clips.
DOJ90501AA dolly +
ES102104 container
ES210004 ES210001 ES102704 ES103004
Euro stacking containers - up to 400 x 300mm

REF Capacity litres Type External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg Colours PRICE
ES210004 5 Solid 300x200x118 257x159x108 0.42 Grey, red £6.63
ES100060A 6 Solid 400x300x74 355x255x64 0.48 Grey £9.41
ES210001 10 Vented 400x300x118 355x255x105 0.66 Grey £9.49
ES103004 30 Solid 400x300x319 355x255x300 1.77 Grey £14.29
LI10204 Lid For 400 x 300mm Euro stacking containers (L400 x W300 x H30mm) 0.36 Grey, red £7.87
DOJ90501AA Dolly - 604L x 402W x 162H mm £64.98
ATTACHED LID DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS

• Stack safely when containers are full and lids are closed.
• Nest to save up to 70% of valuable storage or transit space when empty
and lids are open.
• Integral hinged lids cannot be separated form container and lost.
• Tamper evident security seals available.
• Colour code your storage with our 54 litre container which is also available with
a grey body and choice of four lid colours (*red, blue, green or yellow).
00701
Tamper evident security
seals. Helps keep contents
safe whilst in transit.
REF Capacity litres Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg External LxWxH mm Colours PRICE
10005 4 245x160x101 0.7 300x200x130 Green/green £10.33
10010 6 235x152x174 0.85 300x200x200 Green/green £12.03
10020 20 325x246x222 1.65 400x300x252 Green/green £16.73
10025 25 321x244x295 1.87 400x300x320 Green/green £18.13
10040 40 515x343x215 2.79 600x400x250 Green/green £21.22
1005B 54 508x335x285 3.2 600x400x320 Green/green £21.66
1006B 64 501x328x330 3.38 600x400x365 Green/green £21.93
AT10A804 80 597x460x368 3.7 710x460x368 Green/green £27.72
00701 Tamper evident seal - pack of 1000 Green £57.29
00473 Clear label covers - pack of 10 (only for 10020, 10025, 1005B and 1006B) Clear £1.32

ES101304
ES2A0401
ES210504
ES200805
Euro stacking containers - 600 x 400mm
REF Capacity litres Type External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg Colours PRICE
ES2A0404 45 Solid 600x400x235 555x355x220 2.18 Grey, red £17.11
ES2A0401 45 Vented 600x400x235 555x355x215 1.83 Grey £14.90
ES200806 75 Vented (solid base) 600x400x412 555x355x394 3.08 Grey £29.29
LI104504 Lid Snap shut lid for 600x400mm containers (613x411x39mm) 0.87 Grey £12.49
LI106004 Lid Drop on lid for 600x400 containers (600x400x30mm) 0.87 Grey, red £13.84
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS LI108704 (lid)
• 800 x 600mm.
• Colour - grey.
ES210905A ES211305 ES211601
REF Capacity litres Type External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg Capacity litres PRICE
ES210905A 87 Solid 800x600x235 755x555x205 3.85 87 £28.18
ES210901 87 Vented 800x600x235 755x555x205 3.33 87 £25.92
ES211305 125 Solid 800x600x319 755x555x295 4.65 125 £32.69
ES211306 125 Vented (solid base) 800x600x319 755x555x295 4.06 125 £28.31
ES211605 162 Solid 800x600x412 755x555x382 5.63 162 £38.81
ES211601 162 Vented 800x600x412 755x555x382 4.65 162 £35.11
LI108604 Lid Snap shut lid for 800x600mm containers (809x607x48mm) 2.26 Lid £21.91
LI108704 Lid Drop on lid for 800x600 containers (800x600x33mm) 1.80 Lid £16.10

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS WITH ATTACHED LIDS
• Euro sizes for use with Euro pallets.
• Integral hinged lids cannot be separated from container and lost.
• Colour - grey.
• Lids snaps shut with two clasps.
• Corrosion resistant, hygienic, strong and secure.
ES0C8505AA
ES1C5404
ES1C2004
ES1C2704
ES0C2804AA
ES0C1004
REF Capacity litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE

ES0C1004 10 400x300x129 355x255x105 1.21 £18.27
ES1C2704 15 400x300x186 355x255x164 1.43 £19.97
ES1C2004 20 400x300x246 355x255x220 1.68 £20.76
ES1C3004 30 400x300x330 355x355x300 2.18 £25.18
ES0C2804AA 28 600x400x161 555x355x139 2.1 £27.47
ES1C5404 45 600x400x246 555x355x220 3.0 £39.78
ES0C8505AA 75 600x400x423 555x355x394 4.47 £40.59
DOJ90501AA Red dolly For two 400x300mm or one 600x400mm containers (250Kg max load) 4.00 £64.98
ACCESSORIES FOR EURO STACKING CONTAINERS

DIVIDER STRIPS LABEL CLIPS
Designed for all stacking containers with vertical sides. Steel label clip. Pack of 1000.
Snap to size and interlock for ease of assembly.
REF H x L mm Quantity PRICE

80045 45x1104 60 £176.30
80088 88x1104 30 £106.46 REF PRICE
80190 190x1100 20 £121.56 OPE90 £342.54

ATTACHED LID DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
• Stack securely with lids closed
and nest when open.
• Tough polypropylene stacks up
to 8 high carrying 30Kg each.
• Tamper evident seals.
• Card label holder.
• Wide handholes.
• Can be printed with logo,
names and address.
• Colour blue.
AT642604AA
AT432604AA AT433104AA
AT432204AA
AT643104AA
AT643604AA
DO705904 800 x 600mm.

Takes 2 stacks of 600 x 400mm.
DO484901 600 x 400mm.

Takes 600 x 400mm.
REF Capacity litres Ext size L x W x H mm Int size L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE
AT432204AA 18 400 x 300 x 222 338 x 254 x 197 1.8 £14.67
AT432604AA 22 400 x 300 x 264 334 x 254 x 239 1.9 £15.56
AT433104AA 25 400 x 300 x 306 329 x 250 x 282 2.1 £16.55
AT642604AA 48 600 x 400 x 264 530 x 353 x 240 3 £20.30
AT643104AA 54 600 x 400 x 306 514 x 350 x 281 3.2 £23.35
AT643604AA 65 600 x 400 x 365 508 x 346 x 340 3.5 £23.00
AT644004AA 70 600 x 400 x 400 521 x 343 x 375 3.7 £26.40
DO795904 - 800 x 600 - - £92.04
DO484901 - 600 x 400 - - £83.66
0T702304 Tamper evident security seals (1000) £79.66
OT702304
Tamper evident security seals.
Helps keep contents safe whilst in transit.

180° EURO STACKING AND NESTING CONTAINERS
• 600 x 400mm Euro sizes for use with Euro pallets.
• Containers stack safely and when turned through 180° nest up to 70%
for maximum space economy during transport.
• Bi-colour options easily show stacked and nested positions.
• Choose between solid or vented sides and base.
• Smooth hygienic design. Food grade plastic.
• Optional dolly and lid available.
Unique bi-colour system.

Quick and simple way
of showing stacked and
nested positions.
REF Capacity litres External H mm Internal LxWxH mm Type Weight Kg Colours PRICE
SN102001 18 117 457x338x102 Vented 1.18 Grey/grey £10.92
SN110305 32 200 457x338x177 Solid 1.84 Grey/grey, grey/red £18.40
SN105105 50 300 460x340x270 Solid 2.30 Grey/grey, grey/red £21.85
SN106505 70 400 460x340x370 Solid 3.06 Grey/grey £26.93
SN106601 70 400 460x340x370 Vented 2.65 Grey only £26.33
LI04604 Lid for 180° stack-nest containers 0.98 Grey/red £13.02
DOJ90501AA Red dolly for 600 x 400mm containers (604 x 402 x 162mm) 4.00 Red £64.98
DISTRIBUTION PICKING CONTAINER

• Combines a picking and distribution container in one.
• Drop door at front and fold back lid for choice of access.
• Stack safely on lid when closed and nests to save space when lids are
open (nested height only 110mm).
• Integral hinged lids and doors cannot be separated from container
and lost.
• Colour: green/green.
• Optional tamper evident security seals.
REF Capacity External L x W x H mm Weight Kg PRICE

AT055209 54 litres 600x400x320 3.2 £32.97
00701 Seals Pack of 1000 - £57.29
DOJ90501AA Dolly 604x402x162 4.0 £64.98
BREAD BASKET CONTAINERS

• Designed specifically for the distribution of SN150201AA
bread and morning goods.
• Slide stacking feature.
• Hand holes for easy manual handling.
• SN150201AA in colour blue, SN121202AC
in colour grey.
REF Capacity External L x W x H mm PRICE

SN150201AA 68 788 x 617 x 190 £18.12 SN121202AC
SN121202AC 65 762 x 508 x 216 £16.20

MAXI-NEST TRAYS Save up to 75%
space when nested.
• Use integral stacking bars for safe stacked load. All 600 x 400mm sizes inter-stack.
• Nests to use 75% less valuable space in return transit journeys and when in storage.
• Vented sides and base allows air circulation to help fast freezing, also helps maintain
contents freshness and preserve food quality.
• Euro sizes to suit standard Euro sized pallets.
• Dolly available.
SN641902
DH641002
SN431802
REF Capacity litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Colour PRICE

SN431802 15 400x300x180 364x261x135 Blue £8.45
DH641002 16 600x400x106 552x352x50 Blue £9.85
DH641602 28 600x400x167 548x352x110 Blue £10.16
SN641902 35 600x400x199 546x349x172 Blue £10.48
SN642402 44 600x400x253 548x352x226 Blue £13.30
DOJ90501AA Dolly for maxi nest trays Red £64.98 Secure stacking
on stack bars.
STACKING AND NESTING CRATES

• General purpose storage and distribution crates.
• Safe stacking on integral stacking bars.
• Stacking bars flip up so crates can be nested to save up to 75% of
space when not used*.
• Refs: DH701807 and DH701802 inter-stack and inter-nest.
• Euro sizes to suit pallets.
DH701802
SN641907
SN642202
DH701807
REF Litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Sides/base Nested height*mm Weight Kg Colour PRICE
SN641907 35 600x400x199 545x349x172 Solid 48 1.8 Blue £11.57
SN642202 38 600x400x225 525x347x200 Vented 90 1.7 Blue £16.45
DH701807 54 600x400x302 570x370x270 Solid 86 2.1 Blue £20.64
DH701802 54 600x400x302 570x370x270 Vented 86 2.4 Blue £20.16

STACKING FOOD TRAYS
• Manufactured using food grade polypropylene.
• Tray colour is ‘natural’ white. Lid is grey and dolly blue.
• Trays stack securely with or without lids.
• Trays are available as fully solid or fully vented.
• Trays are ideal for confectionery, morning goods, meat
products or any other non-food application.
• Dollies rotationally moulded to create smooth hygienic
surfaces. 100mm castors.
Ideal for confectionery handling and display.
REF Volume litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Weight Kg Sides & base PRICE
RB318301 22 762x457x92 715x412x72 1.4 Vented £14.47
RB318304 22 762x457x92 715x412x72 1.8 Solid £16.40
RB318501 32 762x457x123 715x412x103 1.9 Vented £17.09
RB318504 32 762x457x123 715x412x103 2.2 Solid £18.58
RB318701 48 762x457x176 715x412x156 2.1 Vented £19.67
RB318704 48 762x457x176 715x412x156 2.6 Solid £21.37
LI301804 - 762x457x20 Grey lid for all trays £16.55
DO301801 - 762x457x202 Blue dolly for all trays (150Kg loading) £132.07
UNIVERSAL DOLLY
Designed to take one 800 x 600mm or two 600 x 400mm containers but with
flipper and load locators, the dolly can support a variety of container sizes.
FLIPPER ARM HANDLES

Extends dolly deck (versatile). Comfortable handles for carrying HANDLE
dolly when unloaded. also available.
STRENGTH LOAD LOCATORS CASTORS

Max load of 500Kg. Automatically spring up or 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm
down to hold on dolly. castors, one is braked.
REF Description Dims L x W x H mm Weight Kg Colours PRICE

DO795904 Dolly 798x598x171 9.7 Black £92.04
HO008604 Handle - - Black £23.84

ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
Incorporating features which improve productivity and reduce distribution costs in retail, wholesale and industry. They are designed for automated and
manual handling. The step design maximises volume and load capacity plus saves space during transporting lids are equipped with ribs which hold stacked
containers securely. 65% space saving when nested.

Colour Blue Colour Blue
REF PRICE REF PRICE
1325.850 £11.53 1325.851 £12.43
DOLLY to suit 600x400 and

400x300mm containers
Int dim 529x344x235 Int dim 527x342x285 Int dim 526x341x335 Material ABS
Capacity 46 litres Capacity 55 litres Capacity 64 litres Wheels 4x100mm
Colour Blue Colour Blue Colour Blue polyamide
1310.851 £19.57 1311.851 £20.41 1329.850 £21.23 2800.500 £59.22
CONTAINERS IN RECYCLED MATERIAL

Returnable systems are becoming increasingly popular.
Using recycled polypropylene material results in Ext dim 400x300x230
substantial financial savings and conservation of natural Int dim 355x255x225
resources. Some differences in colour may occur due to Capacity 20 litres
recycling process but the same functionality and high
quality is still achieved. REF PRICE
6469.001 £9.10
Ext dim 600x400x180

Int dim 490x340x175
Capacity 32 litres
REF PRICE
4128.760 £15.39

REF PRICE REF PRICE
6468.001 £6.87 6479.760 £16.59

Stack/nest containers with flat base for easy transport and use on conveyors.
Solid or perforated sides. Fitted with hand grips and label holders, can be supplied as an extra.
Choice of lid type. Material - polypropylene.
Ext dim 600x400x120

Int dim 490x340x115
Capacity 20 litres
Colour Green, blue
or white
REF PRICE
7927.760 £15.67

Colour Green, blue Colour Green, blue Colour Green, blue
or white or white or white
7925.760 £20.74 7924.760 £13.96 4129.760 £22.28
Lid for Ext dim 600x400x350 DOLLY to suit 600x400 and

600x400mm Int dim 490x340x345 400x300mm containers
size Capacity 50 litres Material ABS
REF PRICE Colour Green, blue Wheels 4x100mm
7907.820 £10.18 or white polyamide
REF PRICE REF PRICE
4130.760 £28.09 2800.500 £59.22

Produced in food industry approved HD - Polyethylene. These boxes are exceptionally easy to clean.
They have smooth corners, solid handles, drain holes and flat bases for suitability for conveyor use.
Ext dim 600x400x145

Ext dim 400x300x165 Int dim 537x358x140
Int dim 358x258x160 Capacity 24 litres
Capacity 14 litres Colour Blue, red
Colour Blue or red or white
REF PRICE REF PRICE
7903.750 £12.06 7904.750 £20.10
Lid to suit
400x300mm
Ext dim 600x400x225 REF PRICE
Ext dim 600x400x300
Int dim 537x358x220 6410.820 £11.07
Int dim 537x358x295
Capacity 40 litres Capacity 54 litres Lid to suit
Colour Blue, red Colour Blue, red 600x400mm
or white or white REF PRICE
REF PRICE REF PRICE 7905.822 £11.07
7905.750 £24.15 7906.750 £30.32
A range of foldable, stacking containers that are ideal to be used as a returnable

unit in transit. Smooth walls and base ensure that it is easy to wash and clean.
Perforated sides ensure good air flow to promote produce freshness.
Polypropylene material in colour green.
Ext dim 400x300x170

Int dim 366x266x151
Capacity 15 litres
Colour Green
REF PRICE
3220.750 £10.23
Ext dim 600x400x235

Int dim 566x366x221
Capacity 47 litres
Colour Green Ext dim 600x400x165
Int dim 566x366x151
REF PRICE
Capacity 30 litres
3211.750 £14.04 Colour Green
REF PRICE
3218.750 £12.75

TANKGO REUSABLE IBC
TankGo’s all plastic construction is both corrosion resistant and hygienic making it ideal for
distributing a variety of liquids. It is UN approved and is tested for five years without reconditioning.
Unlike most IBCs it does not have an outer cage and inner bottle - it’s unique design allows it to act
as both bottle and cage in one. TankGo comes with a four way entry pallet base.
• 100% plastic construction.

• 150mm screw cap.
• 50mm GRPP lockable ball valve and plug.
• Either EPDM or Viton seals.
• Max liquid density 1.9.
• Stack two high when empty.
• Body colours: white, vanilla or black.
• Pallet colours: brown, red or blue.
REF Cap litres Max litres Ext size LxWxH mm Cap height mm Tare Kg PRICE
RH107 500 550 1160x1160x895 845 58.5 POA
SH107 800 850 1160x1160x1155 1105 81.5 POA
TH107 1000 1060 1160x1160x1355 1305 89 POA
ALL PLASTIC IBC

Developed specifically for the chemical industry. Corrosion and impact resistant.
Bottle is moulded in low density polyethylene for corrosive liquids. Suitable for steam
cleaning. T804 and T1004 moulded in double skinned foam filled polyethylene.
• 150mm screw cap.

• 50mm GRPP lockable ball valve and plug.
• Either EPDM or Viton seals.
• Maximum liquid density 1.9.
• Colours - as per photos.
T804 T1004
REF Cap litres Max litres Ext size LxWxH mm Stack Tare Kg PRICE
T804 800 870 1150x1150x1440 2 142 POA
T1004 1000 1100 1150x1150x1690 2 153 POA
DOSING TANKS
Designed for the treatment of water or for storing/mixing chemicals up to 1000 litres.
• Made from food grade medium duty polyethylene which is corrosion and UV resistant.
• Maximum density of liquid stored: 1.9.
• Standard colour white (other colours on request).
• Reinforced top surface for supporting electrical equipment or machinery.
• Screw cap of 125mm for smaller tanks and 250mm for 500 and 1000 litre tanks.
REF Vol ltrs Dia mm Ht mm Ø Cap mm PRICE

D0100 100 460 860 125 £100.05
D025C 250 580 1083 125 £133.40
D035C 350 670 1010 125 £159.50
D05CO 500 800 1140 250 £253.75
D01M1 1000 1080 1385 250 £333.50

• Action’s popular and extensive range of medium density • Tapered nesting for space saving storage.
rotationally moulded food grade polyethylene bins. • Straight sided for maximum internal capacity.
• Completely smooth insides for easy cleaning. • Standard colour natural.
• Can be fitted with zinc plated handles at an extra cost. • Special colours can be moulded on demand subject to quantity.
STRAIGHT SIDED - INTERSTACK BINS TAPERED BINS

• Moulded in locating lugs for • Lids available to suit.
stable stacking. • Mobile dollies available.
• Mobile dollies for whole range. • Can be fitted with zinc
• Can be fitted with zinc plated plated steel handles as
steel handles - small extra cost. an extra cost.
• Lids, available to suit.
Nom ext dims Nom int dims Cap

REF dia x H mm dia x H mm litres PRICE
RG0001N 350x390 305x380 20 £40.29
Nom ext dims Nom int dims Cap RG0003N 460x520 400x510 45 £46.65
REF dia x H mm dia x H mm litres PRICE RG0005N 510x585 440x570 70 £53.60
RH0001N 430x185 380x180 20 £31.50 RG0007N 540x645 485x635 100 £58.23
RH0003N 430x310 380x305 35 £34.50 RG0101N 575x650 505x640 120 £65.90
RH0005N 430x435 380x430 50 £37.50 RG0103N 540x775 480x765 110 £81.90
RH0007N 430x640 380x635 70 £49.50 RG0201N 700x890 610x870 250 £89.12
TAPER SIDED TANKS

• Manufactured from tough, 100% food grade medium density polyethylene.
• Fully nestable - nesting lugs and tapered sides allow for space saving transportation.
• Static and mobile frames available to suit.
• Smooth, easy to clean interiors.
• Wide choice of sizes available.
• Full colour range available - red, orange, white, yellow, grey, green, blue, natural,
grey or black.
Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims Cap Lid
REF L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres PRICE REF PRICE
RDO103N 735 x 560 x 500 640 x 475 x 495 130 £91.10
RDO105N 840 x 405 x 590 760 x 330 x 585 140 £96.20 RL0017N £43.28
RDO107N 890 x 585 x 385 840 x 510 x 380 150 £98.04
RDO203N 915 x 735 x 515 840 x 645 x 510 270 £127.37 RL0052N £58.40
RDO301N 1015 x 685 x 620 915 x 610 x 610 320 £132.02 RL0001N £61.95
RDO303N 1040 x 730 x 615 940 x 640 x 610 370 £122.55 RL0046N £68.33
RDO401N 1270 x 815 x 620 1170 x 710 x 610 490 £175.41 RL0024N/L £72.98
RDO601N 1420 x 840 x 620 1370 x 760 x 610 625 £213.14 RL0015N/L £80.01
RD0901N 1755 x 990 x 620 1675 x 915 x 610 900 £300.74
STRAIGHT SIDED BINS

• Lids available to suit.
• Mobile dollies for whole range. Nom ext dims Nom int dims Cap
• Can be fitted with zinc plated REF dia x H mm dia x H mm litres PRICE
steel handles - low extra cost.
RH0009N 430x185 380x180 20 £54.36
RH0011N 430x310 380x305 35 £63.24
RH0105N 430x435 380x430 50 £81.08
RH0201N 430x640 380x635 70 £92.66
STRAIGHT SIDED TANKS

Manufactured from tough, 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. Straight sided to allow maximum capacity. Available in red, blue, white, yellow or natural.
Nom Ext Dims Nom Int Dims Cap Lid

REF L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres PRICE REF PRICE
RC0001N 535 x 535 x 465 455 x 455 x 455 95 £60.03 RL0007N/L £41.16
RC0101N 685 x 535 x 620 610 x 455 x 610 170 £80.46 RL0025N/L £41.96
RC0105N 815 x 585 x 465 760 x 510 x 455 175 £86.22 - -
RC0201N 840 x 635 x 620 760 x 560 x 610 250 £103.77 RL0008N/L £49.73
RC0301N 990 x 660 x 615 915 x 585 x 610 300 £127.59 RL0019N £58.94
RC0303N 1015 x 685 x 615 915 x 610 x 610 320 £133.44 RL0011N/L £62.24
RC0305N 1015 x 685 x 615 915 x 610 x 610 320 £126.59 RL0011N/L £62.24
RC0401N 840 x 840 x 795 760 x 760 x 785 450 £142.98 - -
RC0501N 1520 x 815 x 680 1390 x 690 x 670 570 £183.84 - -
RC1101N 1320 x 1170 x 870 1220 x 1065 x 865 1000 £206.94 - -

BIG BOX PALLETS
• The complete transport packaging.
• Stackable stable construction.
• Hygienic design.
• Smooth sides.
• Maximum internal volume.
• Sealable lids option.
• Fourway fork truck entry
• Load capacity 500kg, per box.
• Stacking capacity 4500kg.
• From recyclable HD polyethylene.
• Volume 1200 x 1000 - 670 litres.
1200 x 800 - 535 litres.
The Big Box is designed with many features such as lids which are smooth
and water repellent with 10mm grooves for banding. Provision for sides and
base drain holes which can be equipped with taps or plugs. Castor base type
is fitted on four heavy duty swivel castors.
4401.100/4403.100
4401.105/4403.105
Box Pallet details Base size: 1200 x 1000 Base size: 1200 x 800
4401.400
Description of Type O/Ht mm REF PRICE REF PRICE 4401.300/4403.300
Solid sides - 4 feet 760 4401.100 £171.39 4403.100 £165.70
Solid sides - 4 castors 915 4401.105 £251.80 4403.105 £298.96
Solid sides - 3 skid base 790 4401.300 £199.49 4403.300 £186.35
Perforated sides - 4 feet 760 4401.400 £168.99 - -
Perforated sides - 3 skid base 790 4401.600 £198.14 - -
Detachable lids to suit all pallets - 4410.820 £40.24 4409.820 £35.17
4401.600
MAGNUM LARGE FOLDING BOX SYSTEM

Manufactured to the same high standards as the big box above
but fitted with fold down sides that give a 60% space saving.
• Easy access through 2 built in side doors.

• Solid safe stacking 5 high erected and 15 high folded.
• Constant tare weights.
• Capacity 500kg per box.
• Volume 820 litres in 1200x1000mm model and 620 litres in
1200x800mm model.
• Fourway entry on base.
REF Type description Size LxWxH mm PRICE

2320.461 Two side door pallet 1200x1000x975 £273.62
2326.820 Lid to suit 1200x1000 lid to suit £33.28
2330.456 Two side door pallet 1200x800x950 £268.13
2336.820 Lid to suit 1200x800 lid to suit £30.02
• Ideal for use in manufacturing, food and agriculture,

petrochemicals, pharmaceuticals, textiles, clothing, publishing
industries. Tested to ISO standards.

BOX PALLETS
• Two sizes available 260 and 543 litres.
• Ideal for bulk storage of almost anything.
• 260 litre capacity boxes stack ten high each with a load of 200Kg (stack load of 2 tonnes).
• 543 litre capacity boxes stack ten high each with a load of 450Kg (stack load of 4.5 tonnes).
• 543 litre capacity is available as either fully solid or fully vented.
• Both sizes available with feet only or runners.
GB760301
27250
Lid ref LIC40104 for 543 litre boxes.
REF Litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Base Type Weight Kg PRICE
27250 260 1000x600x662 929x544x519 2 runners Solid 13.5 £149.80
27270 260 1000x600x662 929x544x519 6 feet Solid 12.7 £142.31
27600 543 1200x1000x750 1110x910x545 2 runners Solid 34 £228.24
27602 543 1200x1000x750 1110x910x545 6 feet Solid 33 £217.37
27601 543 1200x1000x750 1110x910x545 2 runners Vented 33 £218.38
GB760301 543 1200x1000x750 1110x910x545 6 feet Vented 32 £216.15
LIC40104 - 1220x1017x42 Black lid for 543 litre boxes Lid 4.8 £91.94
FOLDING BULK CONTAINERS

• Ideal way to reduce distribution costs. Folds down to save
space when not in use or in return transit.
• Variety of uses including automotive, ceramics, clothing
and pharmaceutical.
• Tough all plastic construction.
• Safe stacking up to five units high (500Kg per container).
• Two drop doors (long and short side) provide ergonomic
access to contents.
• Easy handling with four way entry pallet base.
• Lid available.
Fold to save space saving you money.

FL097520
REF Litres External LxWxH mm Internal LxWxH mm Folded height mm Weight Kg PRICE
CR780605AA 560 1200x1000x750 1115x915x550 398 40.7 £321.45
FL097520 780 1200x1000x975 1118x918x760 371 63.9 £277.20 CR780605AA
LI09759D Black lid £46.20

ECONOTAINERS
These bins are manufactured from recycled impact modified polypropylene and finished in grey.
They offer the same design features and equivalent mechanical properties as our standard
XLSTORE containers with a significant cost saving benefit where colour coding is not required.
Overall Overall Overall Overall base Louvre Qty per

REF length mm width mm height mm length mm value pack PRICE
XL2/E 165 100 75 143 3 20 £20.01
XL3/E 240 150 125 200 6 10 £22.33
XL4/E 355 200 125 300 9 10 £28.42
XL5/E 355 200 175 300 12 10 £41.47
XL CONTAINERS
An effective and proven range of semi open fronted polypropylene containers designed for storage and handling
a wide variety of components. The design incorporates a sturdy base and sides with reinforced front and
stacking rims to provide safe over stacking and ease of access.
• Stackable with instant access to contents. • 4 smart colours - red, green, yellow and blue.
• Sizes conform to industry standards. • 3 day delivery.
• Non-toxic, suitable for foodstuffs. • Compatible for use with louvre panels, shelving, trolleys
• Recyclable. and benches.
Overall Overall Overall Overall base Louvre Qty per

REF length mm width mm height mm length mm value pack PRICE
XL2 165 100 75 143 3 20 £22.33
XL3 240 150 125 200 6 10 £25.23
XL4 355 200 125 300 9 10 £33.06
XL5 355 200 175 300 12 10 £48.29
XL6A 400 460 180 360 24 5 £93.89
XL7 515 315 200 450 16 5 £83.01
LOUVRE PANELS AND ACCESSORIES LOUVRE PANEL WALL UNITS

A comprehensive range of vertical panels. Louvre panel kits complete with containers.
Each louvre incorporates a reinforcer to
enable greater loads to be supported.
Designed to accommodate all sizes of XL
containers and accessories to maximise use
of wall space. Can also be fitted to backs of
racks, benches or any vertical surface where
storage can be created.
• 1.5mm thick steel reinforced

indented louvre.
• Epoxy powder coated grey (RAL 7035).
• All panels butt joint side to side and overlap
(upper over lower).
Louvre panel 641 x 914mm (XLP12) with 24 x

XL3 containers - blue.
REF PRICE
XLPKIT24 £97.69
No of HxW
REF louvres mm PRICE
XLP1 48 438x457 £12.21
XLP2 108 946x457 £26.43
XLP3 180 1556x457 £43.53
XLP4 216 1861x457 £52.03
XLP5 96 438x914 £25.17 REF Accessory (pack qty) PRICE
XLP6 216 948x914 £52.85 SPIG150RD Round spigot - 150mmL (10) £142.10
XLP7 360 1556x914 £87.01 SPIG150SQ Square spigot - 150mmL (10) £142.10
XLP8 432 1861x914 £104.11 SPIG300RD Round spigot - 300mmL (10) £159.50
XLP9 60 540x457 £16.63 SPIG300SQ Square spigot - 300mmL (10) £159.50
XLP10 72 641x457 £18.59 SPIG120DC Spigot - double closed - 120mmL (10) £13.05 Louvre panel 438 x 914mm (XLP5) with 32 x
XLP11 120 540x914 £30.15 SPIG120DO Spigot - double open - 120mmL (10) £13.05 XL2 containers - yellow.
XLP12 144 641x914 £35.93 SPIG220DC Spigot - double closed - 220mmL (10) £14.50
XLP13 168 743x914 £41.57 MESH450 Mesh basket (1) £37.70 REF PRICE
XLP14 88 610x610 £20.33 CANTSH Cantilever shelf (1) £37.70 XLPKIT32 £69.06

XL STOREMAKER XL LINE FEEDER TROLLEY
Freestanding louvre panel racks Use for pre-assembly kitting or in
in single and double sided conjunction with Storemaker as
versions. Provides maximum an assembly feeder or production
use of space. line aide.
• Size of units: 1700mm high x • Size of units: 1830mm high x

920mm wide x 700mm deep. 920mm wide x 700mm deep.
• 310 louvre positions per side. • Fitted on 2 fixed and 2 swivel
Ideal for your small parts 100mm dia castors.
storage in warehouse, point of • Single or double sided
sale, assembly or line feed louvre panels.
applications. • Choose bins to suit as required
• Supplied without bins - add from XL range.
sizes of bins from the XL
range as required.
REF Sides PRICE REF Sides PRICE

XLSTORE/SS Single £210.25 FEEDER/SS Single £297.25
XLSTORE/DS Double £282.75 FEEDER/DS Double £369.75
CLEARVIEW TILT FRONT STORAGE UNITS

The Clearview system is the premier solution for parts storage with a long list of high performance features.
It is a clean and orderly solution for storage, point of sale and display of small and medium sized items.
• Tough:
Moulded from ABS polymer for outstanding durability and strength.
• Modular:
Available in six sizes. All units 600mm wide allowing units of differing depths and heights to be stacked.
• See through:
Clearview contents are clearly visible for fast location and retrieval having an integrated label holder
allowing easy part identification.
• Efficient:
45° closure allows maximum capacity to be used compromising accessibility.
• Clean:
Provides component protection against dust and dirt.
Pre galvanised steel channel

Retaining bar Fastens to wall or other sound mounting framework to
Fits into holes in unit side to guard against assist when fixing multi tier units,
accidental contents spillage when used in vans or
mobile units. Simply lift up the bar to access bins.
REF Height Width Depth PRICE

CLEARVIEW/9 77 600 62 £9.32
CLEARVIEW/6 113 600 91 £11.80
CLEARVIEW/5 164 600 133 £16.97
CLEARVIEW/4 207 600 168 £21.82
CLEARVIEW/3 240 600 197 £32.90
CLEARVIEW/2 353 600 299 £64.37
XLDB990 990mm length of channel £2.47
XVIEWFIX Rail fitting fastener £2.18

METABIN PLASTIC CONTAINERS
• Moulded from cadmium free, recyclable co-polymer
polypropylene.
• A high density storage solution to accommodate small
items effectively.
• 4 colour options (please suffix order ref with red (R),
blue (B), yellow (Y), green (G).
REF Size LxWxH Pack qty PRICE

MX001 163x104x80 50 £69.30
MX002 237x150x132 24 £59.22
MX003 278x222x165 12 £68.30
MX004 280x425x184 6 £58.08
MINI CONTAINER KITS LOUVERED PANELS

• A range of louvered panels manufactured
from pressed sheet steel.
• Panels are pressed along each side to
facilitate wall fixing.
• Finish: epoxy powder coated.
• Colour: ivory.
Bin Capacity
BIN-MX0/ 01 02 03 04
Panel Size No of bins
450x450 18 9 4 2
900x450 36 18 9 4
1800x450 72 36 18 9
Mini-Kit 1 Mini-Kit 2
• 1 no. 450x450mm panel. • 1 no. 450x450mm panel.
• 16 no. red MX001 containers. • 9 no. blue MX002 containers.
REF HxW mm PRICE
REF Description PRICE PLP04545W 450x450 £17.98
PMK001RM Kit 1 £42.60 PLP09045W 900x450 £31.07
PMK002AM Kit 2 £38.85 PLP18045W 1800x450 £60.57
METABIN CONTAINER STAND METABIN CONTAINER TROLLEY

• Supplied with or without bins. • Supplied with or
• Finish: epoxy powder coated, ivory. without bins.
• Bin arrangement: • Finish: epoxy powder
50 x MX001, coated, ivory.
24 x MX002, • Bin arrangement:
24 x MX003 & 50 x MX001,
6 x MX004 bins 24 x MX002, &
- colours as 12 x MX003 bins -
shown in picture. colours as shown
in picture.
REF Size of rack PRICE REF Size of trolley PRICE

PFS18010/BINS 1800Hx1000Wx750D mm with bins £739.65 PMT10010/BINS 1000Hx1000Wx500D mm with bins £555.54
PFS18010SDW 1800Hx1000Wx750D mm without bins £427.23 PMT10010DW 1000Hx1000Wx500D mm without bins £431.30

CABINET WITH LOUVERED BACK PANEL AND BINS
• High volume secure storage for small parts.
• Complete with 36 x 001 red containers that locate in the doors and a choice of 10 different
bin configurations on the louvered panels.
• Overall dimensions: 2000mm H x 1000mm W x 500mm D.
• Finish: cabinet powder coated grey, doors powder coated blue.
REF Bin Configurations PRICE

PMCL01 18 x 004 and 36 x 001 £1063.56
PMCL02 36 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1074.16
PMCL03 72 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1074.06
PMCL04 6 x 004, 12 x 003, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1070.58
PMCL05 12 x 003, 48 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1074.07
PMCL06 6 x 004, 48 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1070.55
PMCL07 24 x 003, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1074.10
PMCL08 6 x 004, 24 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1070.61
PMCL09 12 x 004, 12 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1067.08
PMCL010 12 x 004, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1067.06
CABINET WITH SHELVES AND BINS

• A selection of bin containers in a secure cabinet.
• Complete with 36 x 001 red containers that locate in the doors and a choice
of 10 different bin configurations on the shelves.
• Overall dimensions: 2000mm H x 1000mm W x 500mm D.
• Finish: cabinet powder coated grey, doors powder coated blue.
• Cabinets are also available without bins.
REF Bin Configurations PRICE

PMCS00 Cabinet only with 8 shelves £1057.43
PMCS01 18 x 004 and 36 x 001 £1287.95
PMCS02 36 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1298.55
PMCS03 72 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1349.83
PMCS04 6 x 004, 12 x 003, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1307.80
PMCS05 12 x 003, 48 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1333.10
PMCS06 6 x 004, 48 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1356.30
PMCS07 24 x 003, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1311.32
PMCS08 6 x 004, 24 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1249.09
PMCS09 12 x 004, 12 x 003 and 36 x 001 £1267.18
PMCS010 12 x 004, 24 x 002 and 36 x 001 £1326.08
ROLLED EDGE SHELVING WITH BINS

• Ideal for small parts storage.
• Supplied in component form for easy assembly.
• Standard bays of rolled edge shelving complete with bins.
• Available in 3 different storage configurations.
• Open backs with cross bracing.
• Overall dimensions: 1905mm high x 914mm wide x 305mm deep.
• Maximum shelf capacity: 68Kg UDL.
• Grey epoxy powder coated finish.
Description Starter Bay Extension Bay PREB01S0 PREB02S0 PREB03S0

Shelving unit complete with bins REF PRICE REF PRICE
18xMX002, 12xMX003 & 6xMX004 PREB01S0 £361.56 PREB01E0 £328.21
16xMX004 PREB02S0 £346.20 PREB02E0 £312.84
36xMX003 PREB03S0 £381.96 PREB03E0 £348.61

STACKING BIN RANGE
• Designed to facilitate easy stock selection and picking.
• Open front gives good access and the corrugated bases help to retrieve contents, especially
small items.
• These stacking bins are suitable for stands, trolley, bin rails, table stands, standard metric
shelving and parts retrieval systems.
• Choice of 8 sizes in either red, blue, grey or clear crystal.
• Accessories: cross dividers, labels with protective shields and bin rails.
Description Outer dimensions Pack Crystal Clear Colours

Colours available DxWxH mm Qty REF PRICE REF PRICE
Crystal clear, red, blue, grey 165x105x75 60 1015.1 £82.00 1015 £79.17
Red, blue, grey 400x310x156 12 - - 3040 £118.76
Red, blue, grey 500x310x182 8 - - 3050 £106.31
Specify colour of bins required when ordering.
STACKING BIN ACCESSORIES

REF Product Description Pack Qty PRICE
V14 Cross divider Steel for bins 1525 1 £1.70
V19 Cross divider Steel for bins 1930,1940 1 £1.70
V195 Cross divider Steel for bins 1950 1 £1.80
V30 Cross divider Steel for bins 3040,3050 1 £2.07
E10 Label & shield White, clear, for 1015 1 £5.00
E15 Label & shield White, clear, for 1520, 1525 1 £5.57
E20 Label & shield White, clear for 1930,1940,1950,3040,3050 1 £6.03
Grey steel rail 700mm long with wall fixings. Suitable for bins 1015,
RAIL/700 1520, 1525. One 700mm rail can hold either 1 £5.19
7 x bins 1015, 5 x bins 1520 or 5 x bins 1525.
GRAVITY FLOW STORAGE RACK

• Ideal for use in workshop, production and storage areas etc.
• Most efficient way of storing small parts.
• Bins move by gravity on inclined shelves from the restocking side of the rack system.
• With six storage shelves which can be adjusted for both height and angle of incline.
• Complete with 48 bins - size D x W x H: 400 x 186 x 156mm.
• Load capacity 70Kg per shelf - 420Kg per stand.
• Adjustable feet provided for fine levelling.
• Epoxy powder coated grey (RAL 7035).
• Overall size D x W x H mm 825 x 830 x 1650.
REF Description - complete as shown PRICE

DBS808K Rack + 48 bins (colour red, blue or grey) £941.56
Extra bins & accessories for gravity rack

REF Description - pack of 48 PRICE
19401E Crystal clear colour - polystyrene £361.92
19403E Grey colour - polypropylene £352.87
19405E Red colour - polypropylene £352.87
19406E Blue colour - polypropylene £352.87
V-19 Steel cross dividers (pack of 1)(RAL 7045) £1.70
E-20 Labels + clear plastic shields (pack of 1) £6.03
DBS808K

• For use in service, workshop, production and storage areas.
• Create systems of storage bins to suit your own needs.
• Stands constructed from epoxy powder coated steel in grey.
£407.16 £590.01
£684.26
• Single sided rack with 8 adjustable rails to position at • Double sided rack with 8 adjustable rails to position at • Double sided trolley with 12mm laminated board
39mm increments. Cap 15Kg per rail ie max 120Kg 39mm increments. Cap 30Kg per rail ie max 240Kg desk 100mm dia castors 2 with brakes. Load cap
per stand. O/A dim: D x W x H 420 x 830 x 1585mm. per stand. O/A dim: D x W x H 600 x 830 x 1585mm. 150Kg. O/A dim: D x W x H 600 x 830 x 1700mm.
REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE

Stand Stand Trolley with bins shown
BS160LA/CK 20 bins 1525 - 6 (red) £407.16 BS160TA/CK 40 bins 1525 - 6 £590.01 BT170A/CK 40 bins 1525 - 6 £684.26
16 bins 1930 - 6 (red) 32 bins 1930 - 6 32 bins 1930 - 6
All stands shown can have alternative combinations of bins to suit

individual requirements as listed below.
• Suitable for stand BS160LA. • Suitable for stand BS4050.

One bin rail will hold: One storage level holds:
7 pcs stacking bins 1015 or 5 pcs stacking bins 1940 or
4 pcs stacking bins 1930 3 pcs stacking bins 3050
One single stand will hold: One bin stand holds:
32 pcs stacking bins 1930 18 pcs stacking bins 3050
• Suitable for stand BS160/TA. • Suitable for stand BR2530.
One bin rail will hold: One storage level holds:
10 pcs stacking bins 1520 or 5 pcs stacking bins 1930
10 pcs stacking bins 1525 or One bin stand holds:
8 pcs stacking bins 1930 42 pcs stacking bins 1525 or
One double stand will hold: 35 pcs stacking bins 1930
112 pcs stacking bins 1015 or
64 pcs stacking bins 1930
• Suitable for stand BT170A.
£458.43 £503.30
One bin rail will hold:
14 pcs stacking bins 1015 or • Single sided stand with 7 fixed inclined • Single sided stand with 6 fixed levels.
10 pcs stacking bins 1520 or levels. Cap 50Kg per level. Max 350Kg Cap 50Kg per level. Max 300Kg. O/A dim:
10 pcs stacking bins 1525 or per stand. O/A dim: D x W x H 500 x D x W x H 600 x 900 x 1670mm.
8 pcs stacking bins 1930 990 x 1540mm.
One trolley will hold:
112 pcs stacking bins 1015 or REF Description PRICE REF Description PRICE
Stand Stand
BR2530/CK 18 bins 1525 - 6 (red) £458.43 BR4050/CK 30 bins 1940 - 6 £503.30
64 pcs stacking bins 1930
20 bins 1930 - 6 (red)

MDI RANGE OF PLASTIC BINS
• Injection moulded in high grade polypropylene.
• Choice of 6 bin sizes.
• Choice of red, blue, green, yellow and translucent.
• Identification labels.
• ILV = bin louvre value which can be used to calculate
how many bins fit on any size of louvre panel.
• Wide range of accessories are available: dividers, lids,
front covers, security clips and lay on lids - please
enquire for prices.
• Fire retardant bins and other colours are available for
large quantities.
REF Vol UDL ltr Ext LxWxH Int LxWxH ILV Pack PRICE
MDI50 0.33 105x105x53 70x90x45 3 50 £39.67
MDI90 0.88 165x105x76 120x90x68 4.5 50 £62.15
MDI130 3.19 240x150x130 170x130x120 8 20 £52.29
MDI175 10.56 398x205x178 310x175x164 15 12 £65.05
MDI245 10.1 300x273x172 210x245x158 20 10 £61.22
MDI390 15.35 300x410x158 210x380x158 30 5 £49.17
HC RANGE OF PLASTIC BINS

Introduced to meet customer demands for increased storage capability, these high capacity bins
offer a host of new features and benefits. These include reinforced side supports for safe stacking,
a textured flat base that grips on work surfaces and smooth contour rounded front edges for
added safety handling.
• Five bin sizes are available in four standard colours - red, blue, green, yellow plus translucent.
Coloured bins have more impact resistance than translucent bins.
• Injection moulded in high grade polypropylene.
• Identification labels.
• ILV = bin louvre value.
• Accessories include: dividers, dust covers and clips - please enquire for prices.
REF Vol UDL ltr Ext LxWxH Int LxWxH ILV Pack PRICE
I/HC1 0.69 133x105x76 110x90x68 4.5 20 £26.01
I/HC2 0.97 180x105x76 155x90x68 4.5 20 £29.32
I/HC3 3.38 253x150x130 230x130x120 8 20 £50.90
I/HC4 9.5 370x205x130 335x180x125 12 10 £50.81
I/HC5 26 455x282x203 406x250x185 24 5 £55.81
METAL LOUVERED PANELS

• Cost effective storage offering a large range of sizes.
• Standard white finish or colour panels in yellow, blue or silver.
• Louvre value shows the number of bins that will fit onto a
panel: panel ILV divided by the bin ILV = number of bins.
• Panels are priced as a pack of 2.
Panel size ILV - total White panels Colour panels

WxH mm louvres REF PRICE REF PRICE
457x457 6W x 12H = 72 LP1818 £31.64 LP1818/C £34.68
457x610 6W x 16H = 96 LP1824 £37.82 LP1824/C £41.79
457x915 6W x 24H = 144 LP1836 £48.79 LP1836/C £54.43
457x1220 6W x 32H = 192 LP1848 £65.19 LP1848/C £73.20
457x1830 6W x 48H = 288 LP1872 £86.99 LP1872/C £98.34
610x610 8W x 16H = 128 LP2424 £43.92 LP2424/C £48.78
610x915 8W x 24H = 192 LP2436 £58.77 LP2436/C £65.86
610x1220 8W x 32H = 256 LP2448 £80.52 LP2448/C £90.89
610x1830 8W x 48H = 384 LP2472 £108.20 LP2472/C £121.74
915x457 12W x 12H = 144 LP3618 £48.79 LP3618/C £54.43
915x610 12W x 16H = 192 LP3624 £58.77 LP3624/C £65.86

PLASTIC BIN LOUVRE PANEL RACKS
Louvered panel racks. High density storage system uses free
standing heavy duty storage racks with adjustable feet for levelling
on uneven floors. Ideal for production line feeding, storage,
merchandising and display.
Available double or single sided. Supplied in

flat pack form for easy stacking and assembly
on site. Wide bay arrangements can be
created by bolting through the support leg and
uprights on frame. Additional one leg only
required for every ad-on frame. Finished in
white epoxy coating. Accepts the full range
of MDI and HC bins and accessories.
Choose bins to suit your application.

• Louvre value shows the number of bins that will fit onto a panel:
panel ILV divided by the bin ILV* = number of bins.
Single & Double Sided Racks Single Sided Rack Detail Double Sided Rack Detail
O/S of rack Overall metric size of Panel louvre values (ILV*) Panels Panel louvre values (ILV*) Panels
including triangle louvered panel area each panel area per side REF PRICE each panel area per side REF PRICE
477W x 991H 457W x 915H 2 @ 144 = 288 1 RS1836 £109.82 2 @ 144 = 288 2 RD1836 £134.69
477W x 1296H 457W x 1220H 2 @ 192 = 384 1 RS1848 £126.69 2 @ 192 = 384 2 RD1848 £159.69
477W x 1906H 457W x 1830H 2 @ 288 = 576 1 RS1872 £151.10 2 @ 288 = 576 2 RD1872 £197.24
630W x 991H 610W x 915H 2 @ 192 = 384 1 RS2436 £124.13 2 @ 192 = 384 2 RD2436 £151.76
630W x 1296W 610W x 1220W 2 @ 256 = 512 1 RS2448 £141.65 2 @ 256 = 512 2 RD2448 £182.37
630W x 1906H 610W x 1830H 2 @ 384 = 768 1 RS2472 £159.02 2 @ 384 = 768 2 RD2472 £213.18
947W x 991H 915W x 915H 2 @ 144 = 288 2 RS3636 £156.05 4 @ 144 = 576 4 RD3636 £199.59
947W x 1296H 915W x 1220H 2 @ 192 = 384 2 RS3648 £181.06 4 @ 192 = 768 4 RD3648 £241.02
947W x 1906H 915W x 1830H 2 @ 288 = 576 2 RS3672 £223.88 4 @ 288 = 1152 4 RD3672 £310.00
1251W x 991H 1220W x 915H 2 @ 192 = 384 2 RS4836 £171.33 4 @ 192 = 768 4 RD4836 £224.88
1251W x 1296H 1220W x 1220H 2 @ 256 = 512 2 RS4848 £201.71 4 @ 256 = 1024 4 RD4848 £276.99
1251W x 1206H 1220W x 1830H 2 @ 384 = 768 2 RS4872 £244.92 4 @ 384 = 1536 4 RD4872 £347.07
PLASTIC BIN LOUVRE TROLLEYS

A large selection of standard trolleys is available.
You can choose to add MCI or HC range of bins to
suit your application.
• Trolleys supplied louvre panels, frames, trolley

base, triangular support brackets and a handle.
• 2 fixed and 2 swivel 100mm dia nylon castors.
• Single base depth 508mm, double base 711mm.
• Maximum loading 250Kg UDL.
• Louvre value shows the number of bins that

will fit onto a panel: panel ILV divided by the
bin ILV* = number of bins.
Single & Double Sided Trolleys Single Sided Trolley Detail Double Sided Trolley Detail
Trolley size with Overall metric size of Panel louvre Panels Panel louvre Panels
base & castors louvered panel area values (ILV*) per side REF PRICE values (ILV*) per side REF PRICE
477W x 1118H 457W x 915H 144 1 TS1836 £161.31 2 @ 144 = 288 2 TD1836 £186.02
477W x 1423H 457W x 1220H 192 1 TS1848 £178.18 2 @ 192 = 384 2 TD1848 £211.09
477W x 2032H 457W x 1830H 288 1 TS1872 £202.57 2 @ 288 = 576 2 TD1872 £248.57
630W x 1118H 610W x 915H 192 1 TS2436 £178.29 2 @ 192 = 384 2 TD2436 £211.00
630W x 1423W 610W x 1220W 256 1 TS2448 £198.03 2 @ 256 = 512 2 TD2448 £241.61
630W x 2032H 610W x 1830H 384 1 TS2472 £215.40 2 @ 384 = 768 2 TD2472 £272.43
947W x 1118H 915W x 915H 2 @ 144 = 288 2 TS3636 £211.39 4 @ 144 = 576 4 TD3636 £267.24
947W x 1423H 915W x 1220H 2 @ 192 = 384 2 TS3648 £243.95 4 @ 192 = 768 4 TD3648 £308.65
947W x 2032H 915W x 1830H 2 @ 288 = 576 2 TS3672 £286.77 4 @ 288 = 1152 4 TD3672 £377.65
1251W x 1118H 1220W x 915H 2 @ 192 = 384 2 TS4836 £238.34 4 @ 192 = 768 4 TD4836 £309.07
1251W x 1423H 1220W x 1220H 2 @ 256 = 512 2 TS4848 £268.76 4 @ 256 = 1024 4 TD4848 £363.78
1251W x 2032H 1220W x 1830H 2 @ 384 = 768 2 TS4872 £311.92 4 @ 384 = 1536 4 TD4872 £433.85

HANDI-PANELS
Handi-panels are a simple cost effective solution for
small parts storage.
• Choice of 5 kits with panel and bins or just an

additional panel on its own.
• Wall mounting with fixing holes pre-drilled.
• Recycled black plastic panels.
• Supplied with our HC range of high capacity bins.
• Quantity breaks for bulk orders.
Panel size Quantity and type Quantity 1-2 Quantity 3-5 Quantity 6-10
HxW mm of bins included REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
412x351 None - panel only HNPA/1-2 £16.92 HNPA/3-5 £9.32 HNPA/6-10 £7.42
412x351 9 x red HC1 bins HNPB/1-2 £20.69 HNPB/3-5 £13.09 HNPB/6-10 £11.19
412x351 15 x red HC1 bins HNPC/1-2 £23.10 HNPC/3-5 £15.50 HNPC/6-10 £13.60
412x351 9 x blue HC2 bins HNPD/1-2 £21.46 HNPD/3-5 £13.86 HNPD/6-10 £11.96
412x351 3 x red HC1 & 6 x blue HC2 bins HNPE/1-2 £21.18 HNPE/3-5 £13.59 HNPE/6-10 £11.69
412x351 12 x red HC1 & 3 x blue HC2 bins HNPF/1-2 £23.35 HNPF/3-5 £15.75 HNPF/6-10 £13.85
HANDY PACKS HP-E
Metal louvre panels complete with bins as illustrated.

Panels can be wall or bench mounted. Each panel butts
together with fixing holes provided. Additional panels
can be added. Handy packs can also be made up to your
own specification.
HP-A
HP-H
HP-D
HP-B
HP-F
HP-J
HP-C
REF Panel and size WxH Total louvre panel area mm Description of bins included PRICE
HP-A 1 off 610 x 610 W610 x H610 5 x MDI90, 8 x MDI130, 2 x MDI245 £53.97
HP-B 1 off 457 x 457 W457 x H457 16 x HC1 £31.39
HP-C 1 off 610 x 610 W610 x H610 10 x HC1, 5 x HC2, 8 x HC3 £51.59
HP-D 1 off 457 x 915 W457 x H915 8 x HC1, 8 x HC2, 9 x HC3 £56.75
HP-E 1 off 610 x 1830 W610 x H1830 18 x MDI245 £127.88
HP-F 1 off 457 x 1830 W457 x H1830 16 x MDI90, 15 x MDI130, 2 x MDI390, 2 x MDI175 £112.64
HP-G 2 off 457 x 915 W457 x H1830 16 x HC1, 16 x HC2, 18 x HC3 £90.25
HP-H 2 off 457 x 1830 W915 x H1830 48 x HC2, 18 x HC3, 12 x HC4 £155.37 HP-G
HP-J 2 off 610 x 610 W610 x H1220 20 x HC1, 10 x HC2, 12 x HC3 £78.11

BIG GREY BULK STORAGE BINS PLASTIC STORAGE CONTAINERS
Made from shock proof plastic with extra reinforcing to the side walls to give A heavy duty range made from shock proof plastic - all sizes fit on all three louvre
strength and durability. Bins easily stack but still provide product access. panels. All bins are also used on our EXPO 4 shelving bays. Extra bins can be
Choice of two sizes both in dark grey. Great for bulk storage and retail display. ordered to suit. Bins are available in blue, red or yellow.
LP Value stands for the number of louvres on each panel

that are covered by a bin, width x height.
REF Size W x D x H mm LP value (WxH) PRICE

BIN1 106 x 136 x 76 1.5x2 £0.71
BIN2 106 x 187 x 76 1.5x2 £0.86
BIN3 140 x 274 x 127 2x3 £2.46
BIN4 210 x 375 x 179 3x4 £5.48
BIN5 280 x 457 x 179 4x6 £10.19
DIV3 Divider for BIN3 Black £0.65
PLV0505 Louvered Panel 500 x 500 Galv £16.22
REF Size W x D x H mm PRICE PLV0510L Louvered Panel 1000 x 500 (landscape) Galv £32.19
PB6 437 x 570 x 247 £27.02 PLV1005P Louvered Panel 1000 x 500 (portrait) Galv £32.19
PB7 437 x 700 x 301 £35.30 BINLABEL Labels to fit on bins White £0.07
EXPO 4 SHELVING COMPLETE WITH PLASTIC STORAGE CONTAINERS

A choice of four shelving bays that are supplied with our storage containers as part of the complete bay. All bays are 2000mm high. See above for details of plastic containers
if you require any additional bins. Extension bays to form a run of bays can be supplied.
EXRH01 EXRH02 EXRH03 EXRH04
REF Size of Bay H x W x D mm No of Shelves No and type of bins Bin Colours PRICE
EXRH01 2000 x 1150 x 400 9 40 x BIN4 Yellow, Blue or Red £525.30
EXRH02 2000 x 1150 x 400 10 25 x BIN4 & 32 x BIN3 Yellow, Blue or Red £546.24
Unless bin colours are specified, colours of bins supplied may vary from illustrations

STEEL WIRE CONTAINERS
• Constructed in heavy gauge steel wire with durable plastic coating.
• An efficient form of storage either static or on mobile bases.
• Dividers and point of sale accessories.
• Colour range - green, red, white, blue or galvanised finish.
C2DS
Dividers
C12
REF Accessories for Wire Containers PRICE

Wire Containers and Dividers
PP/A Hook on price tags 165x80mm, plastic coated £0.86
Weight limit Dividers Mesh PP/B Hook on price tags 120x40mm, plastic coated £0.72
per bin in pack size F22 Tie fixing data strip 980x59mm £3.06
REF WxDxH mm Capacity stacks of 4 PRICE of 5 PRICE mm S15 Leg stands screwed in place. HT. Clear 15cm £42.86
C12 1050 460 350 mc 0.140
3
90Kg £40.59 D1 £28.96 24x46 100mm dia castors and welded cross bars
WS4 £42.86
C2DS 1060 680 480 mc3 0.300 120Kg £47.49 D2 £34.56 46x46 to any size of container
PLASTIC TRAYS AND SHELVING BAYS

High density storage system with a choice of 9 sizes of plastic trays.
The trays can be purchased to suit your own storage requirements or as
part of a complete shelving bay - see types A-G below. The trays can be
sub divided by using the two sizes of divider available and have a large
label area for product identifications.
There are six types (A-G) of shelving bays. Each bay has three
options of plastic tray size (300, 400 or 500mm deep size - front to
back measurement). Type A and E have a combination of three REF Size D x W x H mm PRICE
sizes of plastic trays. All bays are 2000mm high x 1000mm wide. ST3109 300 x 117 x 90 £3.52
ST3209 300 x 234 x 90 £5.27
ST3214 300 x 234 x 140 £6.68
ST4109 400 x 117 x 90 £4.47
ST4209 400 x 234 x 90 £6.68
ST4214 400 x 234 x 140 £8.29
ST5109 500 x 117 x 90 £5.12
ST5209 500 x 234 x 90 £7.99
ST5214 500 x 234 x 140 £10.19
STDIV109 Divider 100 x 90 £0.60
Optional shelf STDIV209 Divider 200 x 90 £0.90
stop & handle STHAN117 Handle 117mm £1.55
STHAN234 Handle 234mm £1.86
Type REF Bay Size HxWxD mm Number and size of bins WxD mm PRICE
STA03 2000x1000x300 16 off 117 x 90, £520.53
A B C A STA04 2000x1000x400 12 off 234 x 90 and £632.17
STA05 2000x1000x500 12 off 234 x 140 £718.69
STB03 2000x1000x300 £575.92
B STB04 2000x1000x400 64 off 117 x 90 £697.26
STB05 2000x1000x500 £776.55
STC03 2000x1000x300 £479.50
C STC04 2000x1000x400 32 off 234 x 90 £584.77
STC05 2000x1000x500 £664.06
STE03 2000x1000x300 32 off 117 x 90, £747.57
E STE04 2000x1000x400 16 off 234 x 90 and £908.83
STE05 2000x1000x500 20 off 234 x 140 £1036.09
STF03 2000x1000x300 £941.83
F STF04 2000x1000x400 120 off 117 x 90 £1142.96
STF05 2000x1000x500 £1275.13
STG03 2000x1000x300 £761.04
E F G G STG04 2000x1000x400 60 off 234 x 90 £932.04
STG05 2000x1000x500 £1064.21

TRANSPARENT TILT BOXES
• Dense storage for small components.
• Highly visible storage system.
• Clip together plastic housings. 02513043
• Manufactured from high impact polystyrol with 02513044
tough K-resin transparent drawers.
02513004
02513045
Dimensions No
REF WxDxH mm comp Qty PRICE
02513043 600x68x78 9 3 £23.46
02513044 600x96x112 6 3 £29.82
02513045 600x142x168 5 2 £31.28
02513004 600x178x206 4 1 £23.46
02513027.04 02513005 600x210x242 3 1 £26.90
02513005
02513027.04 Bench top rank 610 x 150 x 500 £77.74
ECONOMY ARCHIVE BOX

• Supplied flat packed for easy storage • Large labelling area.
and quick assembly. • External size 350 W x 445 D x 265 H mm.
• Tote handles for easy carrying. • Internal size 325 W x 405 D x 255 H mm.
• Holds a maximum of 20Kg.
Quantity of 20 Quantity of 100 Pallet Load of 250

AB02/20 £50.77 AB02/100 £207.70 AB02/250 £461.55
POLYPROPYLENE STACKING BOXES

• Available in 3 colours - blue and silver/grey.
• Moulded corners and handles in black.
• Supplied in pack of 5 (one colour per pack).
The height of the overall external dimensions of the stacking boxes is measured from
the base to the top of the box excluding the top moulded corners. Therefore, this allows
the boxes to be the same overall height when stacked and placed in rows adjacent to
each other.
SBP330 comes in silver/grey only.

Sizes mm 1-2 Packs 3-5 Packs 6-9 Packs 10+ Packs
External size WxLxH Internal size WxLxH REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
255 x 370 x 125 240 x 345 x 115 SBP112/1 £38.00 SBP112/3 £35.51 SBP112/6 £33.00 SBP112/10 £31.51
Lid only for above 4 boxes SBP2LID/1 £12.00 SBP2LID/3 £11.51 SBP2LID/6 £11.00 SBP2LID/10 £10.51
360x425x300 345x400x290 SBP330/1 £64.51 SBP330/3 £62.00 SBP330/6 £60.51 SBP330/10 £57.51
Lid only for SBP330 SBP3LID/1 £12.51 SBP3LID/3 £12.00 SBP3LID/6 £11.51 SBP3LID/10 £11.00

EXTRA STRONG TWINWALL POLYPROPYLENE BOXES PRICE
W REF per pack
Width mm of 25
• Match dimension ‘D’ to your shelf. 75 TPA1507 £18.90
• All bins 100mm high ‘H’.
• Self adhesive labels for front panels
D
H supplied loose for you to fix.
• Wipe clean surfaces inside and out. Depth 150mm W
• Oil, grease and moisture 100 TPA2210 £21.96
resistant polypropylene. D 150 TPA2215 £24.00
D • Resistant to most chemicals. 200 TPA2220 £25.53
W W
Depth 225mm
100 TPA3010 £22.46
D 150 TPA3015 £25.02
200 TPA3020 £26.55
Depth 300mm W
D 100
150
TPA4510
TPA4515
£27.57
£29.61
Please add the following letters to the code to indicate colour 200 TPA4520 £32.67
RED: RD BLUE: BE SILVER/GREY: SG ORANGE:OR
Depth 450mm W
CORRUGATED FIBREBOARD
• Match dimension ‘D’ to your shelf depth for no wasted space.
• Supplied flat pack for easy assembly with self locking system.
H • Strong and economical.
All 100mm high

W W PRICE
D
All 200mm high
D Width mm
REF per pack
of 50 W PRICE
REF per pack
50 A1505 £16.51 Width mm of 25
D 75 A1507 £18.00 150 B3015 £33.51
100 A1510 £20.51 200 B3020 £35.00
W 150 A1515 £22.00 300 B3030 £37.51
Depth 150mm W
50 A2005 £23.00 Depth 300mm
D 75 A2007 £23.51 200 B4020 £35.51
100
150
A2010
A2015
£21.51
£26.00
D 250 B4025 £36.00
Depth 200mm W 200 A2020 £29.00
300 B4030 £38.51
50 A3005 £23.51
D 75 A3007 £24.51
100 A3010 £24.00 W
150 A3015 £26.51 Depth 400mm
200 A3020 £28.51 150 B4515 £36.00
Depth 300mm W 250 A3025 £32.00 D 200 B4520 £37.00
250 B4525 £38.00
100 A4010 £28.00
D 150 A4015 £30.00
300 B4530 £39.51
200 A4020 £33.51
Depth 400mm W W
Depth 450mm
200 B5020 £38.00
D
100
150
A4510
A4515
£31.51
£33.00
D 300 B5030 £40.00
200 A4520 £35.00
Depth 450mm W
100 A5010 £35.00 Depth 500mm
W
D 150 A5015 £35.51
200 A5020 £38.51 150 B6015 £38.00
D 200 B6020/KB £39.00
250 B6025 £41.00
Depth 500mm W 300 B6030 £43.00
100 A6010 £38.51
D 150 A6015 £40.00
200 A6020 £41.51
Depth 600mm W
Depth 600mm
W

BIN CABINETS
• Storage of larger items.
• Stackable vertically.
• May be wall hung
or mounted on
turntable assemblies.
• Comprises a grey epoxy
enamelled steel frame
(RAL 7045), colour bins
with backstops and labels
with protective shields.
• Accessories: cross
dividers, turntables.
0830/0840 1630/1640 0440
Bin Cabinets Cross Dividers

REF Frame dims DxWxH mm Drawer number Material/colour polystyrene PRICE Material/colour polypropylene PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE
0830 300 x 400 x 395 8 pcs crystal clear £74.46 red, blue, grey £74.46 D20 4 £5.47
0440 400 x 400 x 395 4 pcs crystal clear, red, blue £80.11 - - V40 3 £13.20
BIN CABINET TURNTABLES HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CABINETS

When space is limited the turntable assembly provides a cost effective solution. • The robust cabinets for use in workshops, stores and many other applications.
• Load capacity for the cabinet is 240Kg/30Kg per shelf.
• Holds 16 Bin Cabinets of 300 or 400 mm depth. Cabinets are ordered separately, • Each cabinet includes a grey epoxy enamelled steel frame (RAL 7035), colour
see above for sizes/colours/prices. bins with backstops, labels and protective shields.
• The unit includes a ball bearing base and dividing trays for 4 layers, each layer • Adjustable feet are provided for fine levelling.
contains 4 cabinets. • Accessories: Cross dividers, castor set. A castor set is available to make the
• Load capacity 800g. high density cabinet mobile. 4 castors Ø 100mm, 2 with brakes. Load capacity
• Easy assembly without tools. of cabinet with castors is 150Kg.
• Construction of epoxy powder coated steel in grey.
High Density Storage Cabinets

Frame dims Drawer Material/colour
REF DxWxH mm number polypropylene PRICE
2440 410 x 605 x 870 24 pcs red, blue, grey £308.20
REF D x W x H mm PRICE 4840 410 x 605 x 870 48 pcs red, blue, grey £339.30
700x700x1680
16-300 £334.59
(For 300mm depth)
800x800x1680
16-400 £363.81
(For 400mm depth) Castor Set Cross Dividers (packs of 10)
1x16-300, 16x1630-5 and
16-300KIT £1507.06 REF Set PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE
16x0830-6 bins
1x16-400, 16x1640-5 and PS-LH 4 pcs £69.75 D20 6 £5.47
16-400KIT £1714.41 D10 6 £3.20
16x0840-6 bins

SMALL PARTS STORAGE CABINETS
• Stylish industrial design.
• Flexible and efficient small parts storage.
• Available in two cabinet sizes - 290 and 550mm high.
• The design combines the use of a strong polypropylene frame and galvanised steel shelves in
such a way that small drawers of crystal clear polystyrene sit securely within the framework.
• The price includes frame, drawers and labels.
• Accessories: cross and length dividers.
550C-3 290C-3
552-3 556-3
550-3 551-3 554-3 557-3
290-3 291-3 294-3 297-3 292-3 296-3
Cabinet Series 290 Cross Dividers - pack of 10 Length Dividers - pack of 10

REF Frame dims DxWxH mm Drawer number Ext Drawer dims DxWxH mm PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE
290-3 180 x 310 x 290 30 pcs 175 x 55 x 37 £25.36 V-00 5 £1.51 - - -
291-3 180 x 310 x 290 24 pcs 175 x 69 x 37 £25.36 V-01 5 £1.61 V-012 1 £2.83
292-3 180 x 310 x 290 12 pcs 175 x 138 x 37 £25.36 V-02 5 £2.07 V-012 3 £2.83
294-3 180 x 310 x 290 12 pcs 175 x 92 x 59 £25.36 V-04 5 £2.18 V-0456 1 £2.93
296-3 180 x 310 x 290 4 pcs 175 x 277 x 59 £25.36 V-06 5 £4.15 V-0456 5 £2.93
297-3 180 x 310 x 290 6 pcs 175 x 138 x 81 £25.36 V-07 5 £3.39 V-078 3 £3.58
12 pcs 175 x 69 x 37 V-01 5 £1.61 V-012 1 £2.83
290C-3 180 x 310 x 290 3 pcs 175 x 92 x 59 £25.36 V-04 5 £2.18 V-0456 1 £2.93
1 pc 175 x 277 x 59 V-06 5 £4.15 V-0456 5 £2.93
Cabinet Series 550 Cross Dividers - pack of 10 Length Dividers - pack of 10

REF Frame dims DxWxH mm Drawer number Ext Drawer dims DxWxH mm PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE REF Max drawer PRICE
550-3 180 x 310 x 550 60 pcs 175 x 55 x 37 £45.24 V-00 5 £1.51 - - -
551-3 180 x 310 x 550 48 pcs 175 x 69 x 37 £45.24 V-01 5 £1.61 V-012 1 £2.83
552-3 180 x 310 x 550 24 pcs 175 x 138 x 37 £45.24 V-02 5 £2.07 V-012 3 £2.83
554-3 180 x 310 x 550 24 pcs 175 x 92 x 59 £45.24 V-04 5 £2.18 V-0456 1 £2.93
556-3 180 x 310 x 550 8 pcs 175 x 277 x 59 £45.24 V-06 5 £4.15 V-0456 5 £2.93
557-3 180 x 310 x 550 12 pcs 175 x 138 x 81 £45.24 V-07 5 £3.39 V-078 3 £3.58
24 pcs 175 x 69 x 37 V-01 5 £1.61 V-012 1 £2.83
550C-3 180 x 310 x 550 6 pcs 175 x 92 x 59 £45.24 V-04 5 £2.18 V-0456 1 £2.93
2 pc 175 x 277 x 59 V-06 5 £4.15 V-0456 5 £2.93

SPACEMISER CABINET STANDS
• Needing only 0.25m2 of floor space, these freely turning assemblies offer storage
for up to 4320 different items.
• Easy assembly. This unit includes ball bearing base, dividing trays and a baseplate.
• Available in two cabinet sizes - 290 and 550mm high.
• The assembly holds 12 cabinets of series 550 which are ordered separately.
• Load capacity max 400Kg.
• Free standing frame of epoxy powder coated steel in grey.

• Single stand for 4 cabinets of series 550, which are ordered separately.
Load capacities 120Kg.
• Double stand for 8 cabinets of series 550, which are ordered separately.
Load capacities 240Kg.
REF Detail - D x W x H mm PRICE
12-550 Turntable only - 500 x 500 x 1730 £159.28 REF Model Dims D x W x H mm PRICE
12-550KIT 1 x 12-550, 4 x 551-3, 4 x 554-3 £667.29 BS550L Single 420 x 760 x 1585 £195.10
and 4 x 557-3 BS550 Double 600 x 760 x 1585 £206.41
BENCH TOP SPACEMISER CABINET TROLLEY

• Trolley for 8 cabinets of
series 550, which are
ordered separately.
• Double stand with bottom
shelf of 25mm laminated
board. 4 castors Ø
125mm, 2 with brakes.
• Includes a ball bearing base and a baseplate. This unit holds 2 cabinets
of series 290 or 550 which are ordered separately.
REF D x W x H mm PRICE REF Model Dims D x W x H mm PRICE

PTP-5 310 x 360 x 300/560 £58.44 BT550 Trolley 600 x 760 x 1700 £245.99

Made in 25mm or 12mm square wire mesh. Finish zinc plated or white Galvanised Tote Pans. Cap. 25 Kg. with half lift handles and card holder.
plastic coated. Stacks with Tote Pans. Reinforced wire rim. Rivetted stacking brackets.
L x W x D mm x 25mm Mesh ZINC PRICE PLASTIC PRICE REF Dim L x W x H mm Type PRICE
305 x 305 x 150 TB1-Z £18.54 TB1-P £19.47 ATP/1 305 x 305 x 150 £9.09
455 x 305 x 150 TB2-Z £22.26 TB2-P £23.37 ATP/2 455 x 305 x 150 Standard £10.86
610 x 305 x 150 TB3-Z £25.98 TB3-P £27.28 ATP/3 610 x 305 x 150 £12.62
L x W x D mm x 12mm Mesh ATP/4 305 x 305 x 90 For £8.18
ATP/5 455 x 305 x 90 small £9.76
305 x 305 x 150 TB4-Z £21.25 TB4-P £22.30 ATP/6 610 x 305 x 90 parts £11.36
455 x 305 x 150 TB5-Z £25.70 TB5-P £26.99 ATP/7 305 x 255 x 150 To fit 915mm £9.09
610 x 305 x 150 TB6-Z £30.13 TB6-P £31.64 ATP/8 455 x 255 x 150 BS £10.86
Extra for half lift handles H-100 £0.79 – – ATP/9 610 x 255 x 150 shelving £12.62
• Pan dividers, part pans, slide on lids and perforated construction CE Coloured ends to match racking £0.88
are all available on request. SE Embossed 25mm lettering (min qty 50) £0.79
TOTE PAN RACKS

Solid racks with pans located 3 or 4 wide, stored to any
height on 200mm shelf centres. Tilted type to allow viewing
of contents.
REF/DEPTH 3 pans wide 1040mm PRICE
R3/305H TP1 pans horizontal £29.67
R3/305T TP1 pans tilted £31.15
REF/DEPTH 4 pans wide 1350mm PRICE
FTB Fork truck base – Extra £30.97
Priced per tier. State number of tiers when ordering. Horizontal Shelf Rack Tilted Shelf Rack
TOTE PAN BOGIES

For moving loaded tote pans.
Fitted on 75mm dia. nylon castors.
A detachable towing handle is extra for easy handling.
Cap. 250 Kg.
Finish: – Green, blue, yellow or red.

Please specify.
REF For Pans PRICE

B455 455 x 305 (TP2) £57.04
B610 610 x 305 (TP3)
or two (TP1) £59.88
TH Towing handle £16.79

Open fronted Vista Bins permit instant access when stacked and contents are visible. VISTA BINS
Spot welded construction from galvanised steel, with rear handle, front support bar,
card holder, reinforced rim and stacking ledge. Capacity 30Kg. Safe and stable stacking.
VISTA BIN STACKING RACKS

Vista Bin stacking units are
designed with three shelves high
and locate 4 bins across the width.
Bins are easy to remove for
restocking etc. Both 640 and
790mm high racks will inter stack
with each other. Capacity 150Kg.
per shelf.
Finish – green, blue, yellow or red
– specify on order.
Note: VB1, VB2 and VB3 bins will
also fit into Tote Pan racks.
REF L x W x D mm PRICE
VB1 305 x 305 x 150 £12.11
VB2 455 x 305 x 150 £14.48
VB3 610 x 305 x 150 £16.82
VB4 305 x 305 x 200 £15.14
VB5 455 x 305 x 200 £18.08
VB6 610 x 305 x 200 £21.04
VB7* 455 x 305 x 305 £22.62
VB8* 610 x 305 x 305 £26.29
1350 wide x 640mm High rack 1350 wide x 790mm High rack VB9* 455 x 455 x 305 £26.29
REF Capacity PRICE REF Capacity PRICE VB10* 610 x 455 x 305 £32.88
VR305/150 12 bins VB1 £107.15 VR305/200 12 bins VB4 £113.32 SE/VB Sides embossed £0.79
VR455/150 12 bins VB2 £131.87 VR455/200 12 bins VB5 £138.04 company name
VR610/150 12 bins VB3 £156.60 VR610/200 12 bins VB6 £162.77 *Freestanding - not for use in racks
DOUBLE SIDED LOUVERED TROLLEY SINGLE/DOUBLE SIDED

Louvered pans are open fronted for instant
LOUVERED RACKS
access, galvanised and constructed as Vista
Bins but hook onto racks as well as self stack.
Individual pans
REF L x W x D mm PRICE
LPB1 150 x 150 x 120 £3.02
LPB2 230 x 150 x 120 £4.03
LPB3 230 x 230 x 150 £5.39
LPB4 230 x 300 x 150 £7.18
Suggested combinations
Racks per side Trolley per side
12 – LP1 pans 12 LP1 pans
NYLON RUBBER
Size L x W x H mm 100mm TROLLEY 130mm TROLLEY
dia PRICE dia PRICE
915 x 500 x 1250 LT-N £278.39 LT-R £283.21
LR-S Single 1600 x 915 x 500 £182.59
Optional braked swivel rubber castors BC130 £5.43
LR-D Double 1600 x 915 x 750 £278.34

ACTUN3 - Universal Drawer Unit
ACTSH3 Stockholder
Drawer Unit
ACTSM2 Storemaster
Drawer Unit ACTBB1 - Budget Drawer Unit
• Economically priced range of drawer units for small parts storage. BUDGET CABINET REF Size WxHxD mm PRICE
• 3 cabinet sizes up to 1600mm high. Fitted with:
• 915mm wide x 305mm or 460mm deep. 18 Universal Drawers, ACTBB1 915x1065x305 £354.54
• All steel construction, powder coated grey. RAL 7035. 6 Stockholder and ACTBB2 915x1065x460 £449.44
8 Storemaster Drawers
UNIVERSAL DRAWER UNITS STOCKHOLDER DRAWER UNITS

915mm DRAWERS 915mm DRAWERS
(Can accept 4 dividers) (Can accept 4 dividers)
mm 915mm
mm
915mm
Height 75 Height 75
Width 135 Width 280
1600mm
1600mm
915mm 915mm
Depth 305 or Depth 305 or
1065mm
1065mm
460 460
535mm
535mm
Dividers are sold in Dividers are sold in

packs of 50. packs of 50.
30 Drawers 60 Drawers 90 Drawers 15 Drawers 30 Drawers 45 Drawers
REF Height Drawers Drawer Drawer Drawer REF Height Drawers Drawer Drawer Drawer
mm Unit Divider Divider mm Unit Divider Divider
PRICE REF PRICE PRICE REF PRICE
CABINETS 305mm DEEP CABINETS 305mm DEEP
ACTUN1 535 30 £262.34 ACTUNDD £24.99 ACTSH1 535 15 £215.21 ACTSHDD £37.16
CABINETS 460mm DEEP CABINETS 460mm DEEP
STOREMASTER DRAWER UNITS 915mm

DRAWERS mm REF Height Drawers Drawer Drawer Drawer
915mm Height 180 mm Unit Divider Divider
Width 205 PRICE REF PRICE
Depth 305 or
1600mm
915mm CABINETS 305mm DEEP

460
1065mm
ACTSM1 535 8 £132.31 ACTSMDD £32.33

Dividers are sold in
535mm
packs of 50. ACTSM2 1065 20 £282.03 ACTSMDD £32.33

ACTSM3 1600 28 £411.05 ACTSMDD £32.33
8 Drawers 20 Drawers 28 Drawers CABINETS 460mm DEEP
ACTSM4 535 8 £159.60 ACTSMDD £32.33
ACTSM5 1065 20 £368.84 ACTSMDD £32.33
SECURITY UNITS ACTSM6 1600 28 £507.25 ACTSMDD £32.33
Lockable doors can be
fitted to any unit.
REF Height mm PRICE

ACTBD1 1600 £173.68
ACTBD3 1065 £150.37
ACTBD4 535 £136.52

PIGEON HOLE STEEL BIN UNITS
• Storage units supplied ready assembled for
immediate use.
• Wide range of compartment sizes.
sizes quoted are nominal. • Optional double doors can be fitted to all units.
• Cabinet size 1855 high x 915mm wide.
• Can be fitted with lockable double doors for security.
Depths available
• Bin units are available in 3 different depths - please
see illustrations below for details. 915mm
• Also available as half height units at 60% of full price.
• Powder coated grey. RAL 7035.
• Please advise if compartment sizes are critical.
Height: 1855mm
Nominal
Depth 457mm 380mm 305mm
REF Height mm PRICE

ACTCDK1855 1855 £150.01
ACTCDK915 915 £110.00
REF 305mm 380mm 457mm

ACTC1 £279.03 £294.30 £330.95
ACTC2 £293.63 £329.23 £380.84
ACTC3 £293.63 £311.83 £350.03
ACTC4 £347.23 £372.63 £431.36
ACTC5 £370.64 £399.63 £463.42
ACTC6 £405.04 £441.25 £510.85
ACTC7 £343.23 £401.83 £424.05
ACTC8 £264.03 £276.62 £318.83
ACTC9 £319.43 £343.04 £393.24
ACTC11 £328.44 £354.64 £399.84
ACTC12 £264.62 £272.62 £304.44
ACTC3 ACTC36
ACTC17 £348.63 £376.84 £417.44
ACTC36 £268.83 £287.62 £325.63
Nominal bin depth front to back
ACTC1 ACTC2 ACTC3 ACTC4 ACTC5 ACTC6

12 compts 24 compts 18 compts 36 compts 48 compts 72 compts
305 x 457mm 305 x 228mm 305 x 305mm 152 x 305mm 152 x 228mm 152 x 152mm
ACTC7 ACTC8 ACTC9 ACTC11 ACTC12 ACTC17

45 compts 6 compts 27 compts 24 compts 8 compts 36 compts
36 152 x 152mm 305 x 915mm 203 x 305mm 457 x 152mm 457 x 457mm 203 x 228mm
9 305 x 305mm

TITAN MAXI BOLTLESS SHELVING
Each kit comes complete with uprights, plastic feet, shelves and instructions.
All you need is a hammer to tap down the shelves, we even provide the block of wood to protect the shelves.
• Bay size: 1880mm high x 1000mm wide x 400mm deep.

• No nuts or bolts.
• Simple to build - assembled within 5 minutes.
• Incredibly strong and sturdy.
• Up to 70Kg per shelf.
• Available painted in hammer grey colour.
• All shelves have a central reinforcing rib.
• Complete with 5 shelves.
£63.88

TNK1810045HG 1880 x 1000 x 400 £63.88
CONNECT 2 BOLTLESS SHELVING

Connect 2 is a heavy duty shelving system that is constructed from only two
components: the upright and the shelf. The unique connection between the shelf
and upright provides all the structural stability for the bay, eliminating any need
for bracing, clips or fixings.
The first shelf is fitted 200mm from the floor with the remaining shelves
adjustable on a pitch of 200mm.
• All bays come with 5 shelves.

• Heavy duty design.
• Only two components.
om
• Shelf loads up to 135Kg.
• Strong hammer grey finish. Prices fr
• Wide range modular sizes.
£79.65
Unique interlocking uprights
Connect bays in single sided rows
or as back to back bays
Place two uprights together so the

lugs on one face line up with the slots on the other.
Then tap the upright down to lock them together.
Size H x W x D mm REF PRICE Shelf load Kg REF Extra shelf PRICE

2000 x 1000 x 300 CNB/201030/5/HG £79.65 90 CN2/1003 £9.54
2000 x 1000 x 400R CNB/201040R/5/HG £99.48 130 CN2/1004R £13.51
2000 x 1000 x 500R CNB/201050R/5/HG £111.03 120 CN2/1005R £15.82
2000 x 1000 x 600RR CNB/201060R/5/HG £132.13 135 CN2/1006RR £20.04
R = reinforcing rib
For taller bays, simply add the following prices
Bays 2600mm high CNB/26——/5/HG £8.04
(codes - amend using guidance in table).
Bays 3000mm high CNB/30——/5/HG £15.47

DELTA EDGE OFFICE SHELVING
The stylish delta edge shelving is ideal for both office and warehouse
environments. The delta profile offers excellent strength but has slim clean
lines making it ideal for the office.
The system is an all steel construction with shelves adjustable every 25mm,
with a shelf capacity of 80Kg. The 350mm deep shelf has been designed to
take standard 330mm lateral files underneath adding extra versatility.
The system is available in standard sizes shown below but also other sizes
and accessories are available to order, please contact our sales office.
• Available as open back or fully clad bays.

• Supplied with 6 shelves per bay.
• Smoke white finish (RAL9002).
Open back bays with bracing Fully clad back bays Extra shelves
Bay size
for all bays
HxWxD mm Starter bays Extension bays Starter bays Extension bays
c/w 6 shelves REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1880x750x350 DBS/18/07/35/6 £123.14 DBE/18/07/35/6 £91.55 DBS/18/07/35/6/BC £160.10 DBE/18/07/35/6/BC £128.52 DES/0735SH £10.00
AXEL SHELVING
The axel shelving kits consist of uprights and
tubular open plan shelves.
• Uprights are 2000mm high (2 x 1000mm

lengths joined together with a splicing bracket).
• Shelves are 1000mm wide and are available in
400mm or 600mm depths.
• Finish: uprights are epoxy powder coated blue,
shelves are galvanised grey.
• Loading capacity is 120Kg per shelf UDL.
• Hardboard shelf covers are available if required.
• Bays supplied with 5 shelves.
Bay size Starter bays Extension bays Hardboard shelves

HxWxD mm
2000x1000x400 340041100 £94.56 340041102 £82.53 340041222 £15.36
2000x1000x600 340041110 £96.44 340041112 £84.45 340041226 £19.38

PROSPACE TUBULAR SHELVING
GALVANISED OR
POWDER COATED
SHELVES
FROM
£97.88
Optional
hardboard
covers
Starter ba
y
Extension
bay
OTHER
DIMENSIONS ON
REQUEST
• Tubular shelving system allowing access from both sides.

• Shelves are open grid style in either epoxy powder coated finish or galvanised.
MDF covers can be added to make the shelves covered. Uprights are blue
epoxy powder coated.
• Bay height is 2000mm supplied with 5 shelves. Extra shelves can be added.
Bay width is either 970mm or 1240mm with loads up to 175Kg.
Standard tubular shelves
Specification Type of Shelves

Bay size Cap Bay Galvanised Epoxy Powder
HxWxD mm Kg type REF PRICE REF PRICE
175 Starter 319240122A £97.88 319240120A £115.10
2000x970x300
175 Extension 319240127A £75.08 319240125A £92.28
175 Starter 319240132A £99.26 319240130A £116.01
2000x970x350
175 Extension 319240137A £76.46 319240135A £93.21
175 Starter 319240142A £99.96 319240140A £117.90
2000x970x400
175 Extension 319240147A £77.18 319240145A £95.10
175 Starter 319240152A £112.35 319240150A £130.53
2000x970x500
175 Extension 319240157A £89.54 319240155A £107.73 Optional hardboard shelf covers
175 Starter 319240162A £125.94 319240160A £145.13
2000x970x600
175 Extension 319240167A £103.16 319240165A £122.33
Hardboard Shelf Covers
175 Starter 319240172A £128.37 319240170A £146.43
2000x970x700 REF Size WxD mm PRICE
175 Extension 319240177A £105.59 319240175A £123.63
125 Starter 319220012A £106.38 319220010A £121.44 319062220A 970x300 £2.09
2000x1240x300
125 Extension 319220812A £83.60 319220810A £98.64 319062420A 970x350 £2.43
125 Starter 319220112A £107.82 319220110A £122.16 319062620A 970x400 £2.76
2000x1240x350
125 Extension 319220912A £85.04 319220910A £99.36 319062820A 970x500 £3.56
125 Starter 319220212A £108.48 319220210A £124.05 319063020A 970x600 £4.28
2000x1240x400
125 Extension 319223012A £85.68 319223010A £101.25 319063220A 970x700 £5.09
125 Starter 319220312A £123.27 319220310A £139.37 319064220A 1240x300 £2.64
2000x1240x500
125 Extension 319223112A £100.46 319223110A £116.57 319064420A 1240x350 £3.12
125 Starter 319220412A £139.31 319220410A £156.18 319064620A 1240x400 £3.62
2000x1240x600
125 Extension 319223212A £116.51 319223210A £133.40 319064820A 1240x500 £4.52
125 Starter 319220512A £141.65 319220510A £157.43 319065020A 1240x600 £5.52
2000x1240x700
125 Extension 319223312A £118.86 319223310A £134.63 319065220A 1240x700 £6.47

PROSPACE STEEL SHELVING GALVANISED
POWDER COATOR
• Steel shelving system with ED
a choice of either galvanised SHELVES
or epoxy powder coated
steel shelves.
• Bay height is 2000mm supplied with 5
shelves. Extra shelves can be added.
• Bay width is either 970mm or
1240mm with loads up to 200Kg.
Shelf depths range from 300mm to
700mm.
• Shelves are easily clip fitted
and are adjustable every 40mm
in height.
• Runs can be made up by adding
extension bays onto starter bays.
FROM
£141.86
Starter bay
Extension bay
Specification Type of Shelves

Bay size Cap Bay Galvanised Epoxy Powder
HxWxD mm Kg type REF PRICE REF PRICE
200 Starter 319370980A £141.86 319370978A £148.65
2000x970x300
200 Extension 319370985A £102.75 319370983A £109.58
150 Starter 319371091 £146.19 319371092 £153.84
2000x970x350
150 Extension 319371094 £106.71 319371095 £114.39
150 Starter 319371000A £151.08 319371050A £159.33
2000x970x400
150 Extension 319371010A £111.33 319371060A £119.58
• Prospace Systems can be supplied with fully cladded bays
100 Starter 319371100A £159.92 319371150A £169.20
2000x970x500 and two tier layouts.
100 Extension 319371110A £119.52 319371160A £128.81
75 Starter 319371200A £168.50 319371250A £179.36
2000x970x600
75 Extension 319371210A £127.47 319371260A £138.33
75 Starter 319372180 £197.49 319372185 £208.43
2000x970x700
75 Extension 319372181 £155.84 319372186 £166.77
200 Starter 319371295A £152.06 319371296 £160.64
2000x1240x300
200 Extension 319371305A £112.97 319371304 £121.53
150 Starter 319371297 £173.03 319371297A £167.00
2000x1240x350
150 Extension 319371298 £133.55 319371298A £127.53
150 Starter 319371600A £162.72 319371650A £173.13
2000x1240x400
150 Extension 319371610A £122.99 319371660A £133.40
100 Starter 319371700A £188.18 319371750A £175.55
2000x1240x500
100 Extension 319371710A £147.78 319371760A £135.15
75 Starter 319371800A £184.59 319371850A £198.20
2000x1240x600
75 Extension 319371810A £143.57 319371860A £157.17
75 Starter 319372182 £220.53 319372187A £234.33
2000x1240x700
75 Extension 319372183 £178.88 319372188A £192.68
For increased load capacity up to 250Kg per shelf - please enquire.

This system offers an economical solution with easy fitting. Designed around a simple kit consisting of starting kit and add-on kit,
it can fulfil most archive storage requirements in small offices. Designed for customers who plan to build complete mobile shelving
systems only by joining together one starter and several add-on kits.
Delivered with fully painted and adjustable shelving system based on our Prospace Range in 362mm deep solid painted shelves to
receive A4 suspended files or lever arch files. Each module of Prospace shelving mounted on the mobile base can be in lengths of
970 or 1240mm. Painted steel shelves have a load capacity of 60Kg.
The shelving bays are 2045mm high when mounted on the

mobile base kit. The back bays are 1240mm wide and are
fixed in place, whilst the front bay is 970mm wide and
mobile along the running rails. It is a simple but effective
way to increase your storage area without increasing your
floor area. Bays are fully clad complete with 6 shelf levels.
The rail system gives good stability and guidance and is
finished off with a 19mm thick chipboard flooring insert to
enclose the mobile base area. The rails can be installed on
carpet, wooden floors, tiles, cement and vinyl floors.
Increase your system by adding on extension mobile base

kits and add-on shelving bays.
£1281.17
£907.78
Mobile base starter kit + starter shelving kit
Add-on extension mobile base kit + add-on shelving kit
REF Mobile Base Kits - does not include shelving bays PRICE
309010100 Starter kit mobile base with rail & board (takes 2 fixed 1240mm bays + 1 mobile 970mm bay) £672.06
309010200 Add on extension kit mobile base with rail & board (takes 1 fixed 1240mm bay + 1 mobile 970mm bay) £482.60
REF Shelving Kits to fit mobile base kits PRICE

319290000 Starter shelving kit with 2 clad bays of 1240mm + 1 of 970mm - 6 shelf levels £609.11
319290010 Add on extension shelving kit with 1 clad bay of 1240mm + 1 of 970mm - 6 shelf levels £425.18

Office Class Shelving has been designed for the demands of the modern office environment. It is a system for suspended files
and archive storage along with the suitability to house normal business correspondence and small office machines such as faxes,
phones and small photocopiers.
Fully Clad Shelving
• Loading capacity - 80Kg per shelf UDL.

• Bay height 2000mm.
• Bay width 1000 or 1200mm.
• Bay depth 362mm (suitable for suspended files).
• The clad steel end frames are made in one piece with perforations at
every 25mm in order to be able to adjust the height of the shelves.
• Bays come complete with 6 shelves.
• Finish - epoxy powder coated white.
• Available in half clad or fully clad bays.
Half Clad Fully Clad
• 1000mm wide bays will store Bays of Office Class Shelving Office Class Accessories
up to 40 suspended files on a
shelf. 1200mm wide bays - up Bay type Type of cladding Width mm REF PRICE REF Description mm PRICE
to 50 files on a shelf. Starter Half 1000 320086200 £169.44 320070016 Hinged door 1000W x 1000H £190.17
• The Office Class System can be Starter Half 1200 320086250 £192.42 320070318 Hinged door 1200W x 1000H £192.15
fitted with hinged doors to the Starter Full 1000 320086400 £228.87 320070416 Hinged door 1000W x 2000H £244.49
front of the bay. Doors can be Starter Full 1200 320086450 £262.01 320070621 Hinged door 1200W x 2000H £246.84
half or full height. Add on Half 1000 320086205 £131.99 320061807 Full height divider 362 x 320 £8.49
• 320mm high steel divider can Add on Half 1200 320086255 £154.71
be used to segregate material Add on Full 1000 320086405 £197.93
on shelves. Add on Full 1200 320086455 £231.02

EXPO 4 BOLTLESS SHELVING
The unique friction steel clip and shelf design allows the system to be safely • Clip fit shelving. • Shelf pitch every 25mm.
erected in minutes. It now boasts one of the largest selection of modular • All bays come with 6 shelves. • Two colour choice on uprights - blue
capacities and sizes, along with an unrivalled range of accessories all finished • Bay capacities up to 2500Kg. or black.
in a high quality epoxy powder coated paint. EXPO 4 offers designers and • Shelf loading up to 180Kg UDL. • Heights up to 3 metres available.
specifiers a solution to meeting any design brief, whether it's a few bays for
the office, a multi tier or high bay project for the warehouse.
Open sided EXPO 4 shelving bays complete with 6 shelves

Height x 300mm deep 400mm deep
width mm REF STR PRICE Shelf load REF STR PRICE Shelf load
2000 x 700 E4S/200703/6 £145.99 130Kg E4S/200704/6 £169.70 160Kg
2000 x 1000 E4S/201003/6 £169.45 110Kg E4S/201004/6 £203.34 140Kg
2000 x 1150 E4S/201103/6 £181.75 100Kg E4S/201104/6 £219.61 130Kg
EXT PRICE EXT PRICE
2000 x 700 E4E/200703/6 £110.44 130Kg E4E/200704/6 £132.93 160Kg
2000 x 1000 E4E/201003/6 £133.88 110Kg E4E/201004/6 £166.58 140Kg
2000 x 1150 E4E/201103/6 £146.19 100Kg E4E/201104/6 £182.85 130Kg
EXTRA SHELF EXTRA SHELF
2000 x 700 E4/0703SH £12.51 130Kg E4/0704SH £16.02 160Kg
2000 x 1000 E4/1003SH £16.37 110Kg E4/1004SH £21.64 140Kg
2000 x 1150 E4/1103SH £18.43 100Kg E4/1104SH £24.36 130Kg
500mm deep 600mm deep
REF STR PRICE Shelf load REF STR PRICE Shelf load
2000 x 700 E4S/200705/6 £185.86 150Kg E4S/200706/6 £201.88 180Kg
2000 x 1000 E4S/201005/6 £224.53 130Kg E4S/201006/6 £245.62 160Kg
2000 x 1150 E4S/201105/6 £244.07 120Kg E4S/201106/6 £268.43 150Kg
EXT PRICE EXT PRICE
2000 x 700 E4E/200705/6 £147.40 150Kg E4E/200706/6 £162.96 180Kg
2000 x 1000
2000 x 1150
E4E/201005/6
E4E/201105/6
£186.97
£206.45
130Kg
120Kg
E4E/201006/6
E4E/201106/6
£206.70
£229.51
160Kg
150Kg
PRICES FROM
2000 x 700
2000 x 1000
2000 x 1150
E4/0705SH
E4/1005SH
E4/1105SH
EXTRA SHELF
£18.43
£24.91
£28.12
150Kg
130Kg
120Kg
E4/0706SH
E4/1006SH
E4/1106SH
EXTRA SHELF
£20.69
£27.97
£31.74
180Kg
160Kg
150Kg
£145.99
Side clad EXPO 4 shelving bays complete with 6 shelves
Height x 300mm deep 400mm deep
width mm REF STR PRICE Shelf load REF STR PRICE Shelf load
2000 x 700 E4S/200703/6/SC £184.16 130Kg E4S/200704/6/SC £220.72 160Kg
2000 x 1000 E4S/201003/6/SC £207.66 110Kg E4S/201004/6/SC £254.32 140Kg
2000 x 1150 E4S/201103/6/SC £219.96 100Kg E4S/201104/6/SC £270.58 130Kg
EXT PRICE EXT PRICE
2000 x 700 E4E/200703/6/SC £184.16 130Kg E4E/200704/6/SC £220.72 160Kg
2000 x 1000 E4E/201003/6/SC £207.66 110Kg E4E/201004/6/SC £153.02 140Kg
2000 x 1150 E4E/201103/6/SC £165.33 100Kg E4E/201104/6/SC £208.31 130Kg
2000 x 700 E4/0703SH/SC £12.51 130Kg E4/0704SH/SC £16.02 160Kg
500mm deep 600mm deep
REF STR PRICE Shelf load REF STR PRICE Shelf load
2000 x 700 E4S/200705/6/SC £248.74 150Kg E4S/200706/6/SC £278.32 180Kg
2000 x 1000 E4S/201005/6/SC £287.46 130Kg E4S/201006/6/SC £322.06 160Kg
2000 x 1150 E4S/201105/6/SC £306.99 120Kg E4S/201106/6/SC £344.86 150Kg
EXT PRICE EXT PRICE
2000 x 700 E4E/200705/6/SC £248.74 150Kg E4E/200706/6/SC £278.32 180Kg
2000 x 1000 E4E/201005/6/SC £218.41 130Kg E4E/201006/6/SC £244.92 160Kg
2000 x 1150 E4E/201105/6/SC £237.94 120Kg E4E/201106/6/SC £267.72 150Kg
Simple to fit back cladding panels that simply

hook into the upright with no fixings required.
Back cladding - 2000mm H

REF Width mm PRICE
EX14/2007/GY 700 £107.31
EX14/2010/GY 1000 £107.31
A huge range of accessories can be added to the EXPO 4 shelving EX14/2011/GY 1150 £214.60
system. A mix of bay types can be incorporated into shelving runs.
Dividers, drawers, filing frames, doors etc can also be supplied -
please contact our sales team for further details.

EXPO 3 GALVANISED SHELVING
Expo 3 has unique shelf design which can have capacities up to 400Kg UDL. The
design is based on a pair of shelf carriers and the combination of 100mm or
200mm panels to make up the required depth.
• Hard wearing galvanised finish on shelves.

• Easy to build and reconfigure.
• No nuts, bolts or screws.
• All bays come with 6 shelves, all necessary fixings, PRICES FROM
bracings and plastic safety feet.
• Uprights are either epoxy powder coated blue or satin black
or can be supplied galvanised as per the shelves.
• Galvanised side cladding can be supplied as an add-on extra.
£111.24
• Shelves adjust every 25mm.
• Taller bays up to 3000mm can be supplied - enquire for prices.
Colours available:
Uprights - Uprights - Uprights & shelves -

RAL5010 blue satin black galvanised
700mm wide Expo 3 shelving bays with 6 shelves

Height & depth mm REF STARTER PRICE REF EXTENSION PRICE REF SHELF PRICE Shelf load Kg
2000 x 200 E3S/200702/6SD £111.24 E3E/200702/6SD £81.11 E3/0702SHSD £8.49 90
2000 x 300 E3S/200703/6SD £128.61 E3E/200703/6SD £98.48 E3/0703SHSD £11.40 135
2000 x 400 E3S/200704/6SD £141.27 E3E/200704/6SD £111.14 E3/0704SHSD £13.51 180
2000 x 500 E3S/200705/6SD £165.12 E3E/200705/6SD £134.99 E3/0705SHSD £17.47 225
2000 x 600 E3S/200706/6SD £182.85 E3E/200706/6SD £152.72 E3/0706SHSD £20.44 270
2000 x 800 E3S/200708/6SD £216.45 E3E/200708/6SD £186.32 E3/0708SHSD £26.01 300
2000 x 200 E3S/201002/6SD £122.43 E3E/201002/6SD £92.30 E3/1002SHSD £10.34 70
2000 x 300 E3S/201003/6SD £147.40 E3E/201003/6SD £117.26 E3/1003SHSD £14.52 105
2000 x 400 E3S/201004/6SD £163.67 E3E/201004/6SD £133.54 E3/1004SHSD £17.22 140
2000 x 500 E3S/201005/6SD £195.15 E3E/201005/6SD £165.02 E3/1005SHSD £22.50 175
2000 x 600 E3S/201006/6SD £216.45 E3E/201006/6SD £186.32 E3/1006SHSD £26.01 210
2000 x 800 E3S/201008/6SD £261.29 E3E/201008/6SD £231.16 E3/1008SHSD £33.50 280
2000 x 200 E3S/201102/6SD £140.51 E3E/201102/6SD £110.38 E3/1102SHSD £13.35 80
2000 x 300 E3S/201103/6SD £169.45 E3E/201103/6SD £139.31 E3/1103SHSD £18.18 120
2000 x 400 E3S/201104/6SD £199.83 E3E/201104/6SD £169.70 E3/1104SHSD £23.25 160
2000 x 500 E3S/201105/6SD £235.28 E3E/201105/6SD £205.15 E3/1105SHSD £29.17 200
2000 x 600 E3S/201106/6SD £270.69 E3E/201106/6SD £240.55 E3/1106SHSD £35.05 240
2000 x 800 E3S/201108/6SD £333.61 E3E/201108/6SD £303.48 E3/1108SHSD £45.55 300
2000 x 200 E3S/201302/6SD £147.75 E3E/201302/6SD £117.62 E3/1302SHSD £14.56 70
2000 x 300 E3S/201303/6SD £180.29 E3E/201303/6SD £150.16 E3/1303SHSD £19.99 105
2000 x 400 E3S/201304/6SD £214.29 E3E/201304/6SD £184.16 E3/1304SHSD £25.66 140
2000 x 500 E3S/201305/6SD £253.36 E3E/201305/6SD £223.23 E3/1305SHSD £32.19 175
2000 x 600 E3S/201306/6SD £292.38 E3E/201306/6SD £262.25 E3/1306SHSD £38.67 210
2000 x 800 E3S/201308/6SD £362.54 E3E/201308/6SD £332.41 E3/1308SHSD £50.37 280
Galvanised side cladding that simply slots into the frame with no tools or fixings required. The price is for a set of cladding for one frame, you will therefore require
two sets for starter bays and only one for extensions.
Galvanised side cladding - add to bay price above for side clad bays
Height 300mm deep 400mm deep 500mm deep 600mm deep 800mm deep
mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
2000 EX10/2003/GV £16.32 EX10/2004/GV £21.74 EX10/2005/GV £27.02 EX10/2006/GV £32.35 EX10/2008/GV £43.04

SPEEDRAX SHORTSPAN SHELVING
Ideal for storage within industry, education and the workplace.
Supplied in component form for quick and easy assembly.
• UK manufactured steel shelving.

• Standard bay complete with 5 chipboard shelves.
• Shelves adjustable on 40mm pitch.
• Bay capacity: 3000Kg with beams at 1000mm centres.
• Shelf capacity: 900mm wide - 375Kg UDL.
(Up to 600mm deep) 1200mm wide - 350Kg UDL.
• Shelf capacity: 900mm wide - 200Kg UDL.
(Up to 900mm deep) 1200mm wide - 200Kg UDL.
• Finish: Posts - epoxy powder coated blue.
Beams - epoxy powder coated grey.
BAY COMPLETE WITH 5 SHELVES EXTRA LEVEL

REF Size (HxWxD) mm PRICE REF PRICE
SM200930/5 2080x900x300 £109.61 SMASL09030 £14.53
SM200945/5
SM200960/5
2080x900x450
2080x900x600
£116.94
£128.69
SMASL09045
SMASL09060
£15.98
£18.34 ONLY
SM200990/5
SM201230/5
2080x900x900
2080x1200x300
£150.99
£126.14
SMASL09090
SMASL12030
£22.79
£17.82 £109.61!
SM201245/5 2080x1200x450 £134.76 SMASL12045 £19.55
SM201260/5 2080x1200x600 £148.87 SMASL12060 £22.37
SM201290/5 2080x1200x900 £176.26 SMASL12090 £27.87
SPEEDRAX SHELVING WITH GALVANISED STEEL SHELVES

Galvanised steel shelves make this shelving bay ideal for the storage of paints,
chemicals and liquids in general. Supplied in component form for easy assembly.

• Standard bay complete with 5 galvanised steel shelves.
• Up to 125Kg uniformly distributed load per shelf.
• Bay capacity 2000Kg.
• Finish: Posts - powder coated blue.
Beams - powder coated grey.
ONLY
£128.18!

SM200930/5G 2080x900x300 £128.18 SMASL09030/G £15.04
SM200945/5G 2080x900x450 £141.39 SMASL09045/G £17.36
SM200960/5G 2080x900x600 £154.76 SMASL09060/G £19.71
SM201230/5G 2080x1200x300 £144.49 SMASL12030/G £17.57
SM201245/5G 2080x1200x450 £163.47 SMASL12045/G £21.05
SM201260/5G 2080x1200x600 £182.79 SMASL12060/G £24.58

'J' RIVET SHELVING
The J rivet system offers unbeatable strength at incredible price but at the quality
you have come to expect. The new shallow J beam profile offers increased storage
capacity whilst maintaining excellent strength. Compatible with the Z and heavy
rivet systems which broadens its flexibility within any environment. The bays can
be in four heights. two widths and three depths making space planning of any
room simple and effective.
• Great value for money system.

• Easy to build and reconfigure - no nuts, bolts or screws.
• Heavy duty capacity - up to 150Kg shelf loading.
• Strong epoxy paint finish.
• Strong chipboard decking shelves.
• Complete with plastic feet.
• Bays come complete with 5 shelves.
ES
BAY PRIC.9
from £77 4
Bays c/w 5 shelves Bay Prices Extra Shelf

Size HxWxD mm REF Shelf load Kg PRICE REF PRICE
1830x915x305 JRB/18/09/03/5 150 £77.94 JRS/09/03 £8.69
1830x915x457 JRB/18/09/04/5 150 £68.15 JRS/09/04 £10.65
1830x915x610 JRB/18/09/06/5 150 £87.99 JRS/09/06 £12.66 'J' rivet shown built in a run of 3 bays
1830x1220x305 JRB/18/12/03/5 120 £79.70 JRS/12/03 £11.00
1830x1220x457 JRB/18/12/04/5 120 £91.50 JRS/12/04 £13.35
1830x1220x610 JRB/18/12/06/5 120 £103.81 JRS/12/06 £15.82
For taller bays, simply add the following prices (codes amend using guidance below)
bays 2135mm JRB/21/—/—/5 £3.81
bays 2440mm JRB/24/—/—/5 £7.83
bays 3050mm JRB/30/—/—/5 £16.47

Z RIVET RACKING
The 'Z' profile rivet system offers robust effective storage for any application.
The 'Z' profile beam offers incredible strength with a shelf height of only 58mm.
The system requires only a hammer to build and just taps together. There are no
nuts and bolts and the bays need no bracing therefore offering uninterrupted
access on all four sides. Bays are available in various heights up to 3660mm
high, three widths to 1525mm and five shelf depths to 915mm.
• New 'Z' profile beam.

• Great value for money.
• Wide range of sizes.
• Incredibly strong profile.
• Shelf loads up to 300Kg. Needs no
• Low shelf height. bracing!
• Interlocking deck support.
• No bracing required.
• Bays supplied complete with 5 shelves.
• No nuts or bolts - so easy assembly.
Bays with height to depth ratio

above 4:1 will require fixing
back to a wall or to the floor.
PRICES FROM
£86.73
Bay size Bay prices Extra shelf
H x W x D mm Shelf load Kg PRICE REF PRICE
REF
1830 x 915 x 305 ZRB/18/09/03/5 300 £86.73 ZRS/09/03 £12.41
1830 x 915 x 457 ZRB/18/09/04/5 300 £98.03 ZRS/09/04 £14.67
1830 x 915 x 610 ZRB/18/09/06/5 300 £109.08 ZRS/09/06 £16.87
1830 x 915 x 762 ZRB/18/09/07/5 300 £141.97 ZRS/09/07 £21.14
1830 x 915 x 915 ZRB/18/09/09/5 300 £167.08 ZRS/09/09 £25.71
1830 x 1220 x 305 ZRB/18/12/03/5 250 £103.81 ZRS/12/03 £15.82
1830 x 1220 x 457 ZRB/18/12/04/5 250 £117.11 ZRS/12/04 £18.48
1830 x 1220 x 610 ZRB/18/12/06/5 250 £130.42 ZRS/12/06 £21.14
1830 x 1220 x 762 ZRB/18/12/07/5 250 £167.59 ZRS/12/07 £28.58
1830 x 1220 x 915 ZRB/18/12/09/5 250 £195.21 ZRS/12/09 £34.10
1830 x 1525 x 305 ZRB/18/15/03/5 200 £121.13 ZRS/15/03 £19.29
1830 x 1525 x 457 ZRB/18/15/04/5 200 £136.45 ZRS/15/04 £22.35
1830 x 1525 x 610 ZRB/18/15/06/5 200 £164.07 ZRS/15/06 £27.87
1830 x 1525 x 762 ZRB/18/15/07/5 200 £198.72 ZRS/15/07 £34.80
1830 x 1525 x 915 ZRB/18/15/09/5 200 £224.33 ZRS/15/09 £39.92
For taller bays, simply add the following prices (codes amend using guidance below)
Bays 2135mm high ZRB/21/—/—/—/5 - £3.81 - -
Bays 2440mm high ZRB/24/—/—/—/5 - £7.83 - -
Bays 3050mm high ZRB/30/—/—/—/5 - £16.47 - -
Bays 3660mm high ZRB/36/—/—/—/5 - £23.50 - -
Quick to assemble with SHELF PRICES FROM

low shelf height
Inter locking deck support
for greater strength £12.41
SPEEDRAX WIDE ACCESS SHELVING
Ideal for storing hand loaded bulky items. Standard bays complete
with 3 chipboard shelves.

• Unrestricted access from all sides - no bracing needed.
ONLY
• Shelf capacity up to a massive
675Kg UDL (1800mm wide) per shelf.
£173.88!
600Kg UDL (2400mm wide) per shelf.
• Bay capacity: 4285Kg with beams at 1000mm centres.
• Bay heights can be increased to 2400mm or 3000mm high. Other
widths are also available, please contact us for prices.
• Finish: Posts - powder coated blue
Beams - powder coated grey

S201845/3 2080x1800x450 £173.88 SASL1845 £43.73 SPEEDRAX ACCESSORIES
S201860/3 2080x1800x600 £185.40 SASL1860 £47.56 REF Description PRICE
S201890/3 2080x1800x900 £216.63 SASL1890 £58.00 SR/FFB Floor fixing bracket (for greater stability) - each £1.42
S202445/3 2080x2400x450 £198.74 SASL2445 £52.01 SR/JP Joining plates (for joining bays in runs) - pack 4 £6.13
S202460/3 2080x2400x600 £203.49 SASL2460 £53.61 SR/RM Rubber mallet - each £6.19
S202490/3 2080x2400x900 £250.26 SASL2490 £69.19

HEAVY RIVET RACKING
Offers incredible value for money, whilst offering incredible strength
and rigidity. The system is yet simple to build with all parts being
tapped together by a rubber mallet. All components are joined via
the heavy duty rivet and key hole slot which offers a simple and
effective way to assemble the racking. All bays come with 4 levels
which have a central deck support on bays 1220 to 1830 wide,
while 2440mm wide bays have two per level, providing that secret
strength to all our RIVET bays.
• Up to 650Kg shelf capacity.

• No nuts, bolts or screws.
• Simple to build and adjust.
• 18mm chipboard decking.
• Deck supports on all levels.
• Open access on all sides.
• Bays supplied with 4 shelf levels.
• Blue uprights.
• Choice of grey or orange beams.
PRICES FROM
£75.93
Colours available:
Bay size Bay prices Extra shelf

H x W x D mm REF Shelf load Kg PRICE REF PRICE
1830 x 915 x 305 RRB/18/09/03/4 650 £75.93 RRS/09/03 £12.81
1830 x 915 x 457 RRB/18/09/04/4 650 £84.97 RRS/09/04 £15.07
1830 x 915 x 610 RRB/18/09/06/4 650 £93.81 RRS/09/06 £17.28
1830 x 915 x 762 RRB/18/09/07/4 650 £110.69 RRS/09/07 £21.49
1830 x 915 x 915 RRB/18/09/09/4 650 £128.16 RRS/09/09 £25.86 Blue & orange
1830 x 915 x 1220 RRB/18/09/12/4 650 £151.66 RRS/09/12 £31.74
1830 x 1220 x 305 RRB/18/12/03/4 575 £94.62 RRS/12/03 £17.47
1830 x 1220 x 457 RRB/18/12/04/4 575 £106.67 RRS/12/04 £20.49
1830 x 1220 x 610 RRB/18/12/06/4 575 £134.79 RRS/12/06 £27.52
1830 x 1220 x 762 RRB/18/12/07/4 575 £141.22 RRS/12/07 £29.13
1830 x 1220 x 915 RRB/18/12/09/4 575 £162.51 RRS/12/09 £34.45
1830 x 1220 x 1220 RRB/18/12/12/4 575 £195.25 RRS/12/12 £42.64
1830 x 1525 x 305 RRB/18/15/03/4 500 £106.26 RRS/15/03 £20.39
1830 x 1525 x 457 RRB/18/15/04/4 500 £118.31 RRS/15/04 £23.40 Blue & grey
1830 x 1525 x 610 RRB/18/15/06/4 500 £146.44 RRS/15/06 £30.43
1830 x 1525 x 762 RRB/18/15/07/4 500 £166.53 RRS/15/07 £35.45
1830 x 1525 x 915 RRB/18/15/09/4 500 £186.21 RRS/15/09 £40.38
1830 x 1525 x 1220 RRB/18/15/12/4 500 £223.78 RRS/15/12 £49.76
1830 x 1830 x 305 RRB/18/18/03/4 550 £142.42 RRS/18/03 £29.43
1830 x 1830 x 457 RRB/18/18/04/4 550 £159.90 RRS/18/04 £33.80
1830 x 1830 x 610 RRB/18/18/06/4 550 £178.58 RRS/18/06 £38.46
1830 x 1830 x 762 RRB/18/18/07/4 550 £197.07 RRS/18/07 £43.09
1830 x 1830 x 915 RRB/18/18/09/4 550 £222.58 RRS/18/09 £49.47
1830 x 1830 x 1220 RRB/18/18/12/4 550 £264.56 RRS/18/12 £59.97
1830 x 2135 x 305 RRB/18/21/03/4 475 £161.10 RRS/21/03 £34.10 Deck support
Tie plates
1830 x 2135 x 457 RRB/18/21/04/4 475 £186.61 RRS/21/04 £40.47
1830 x 2135 x 610 RRB/18/21/06/4 475 £202.09 RRS/21/06 £44.34
1830 x 2135 x 762 RRB/18/21/07/4 475 £223.18 RRS/21/07 £49.62 For taller bays, simply add the following prices - per bay
1830 x 2135 x 915 RRB/18/21/09/4 475 £251.10 RRS/21/09 £56.60 H x W x D mm REF PRICE
1830 x 2135 x 1220 RRB/18/21/12/4 475 £295.50 RRS/21/12 £67.69
Bays 2135mm high RRB/21/—/—/4 £3.81
1830 x 2440 x 305 RRB/18/24/03/4 400 £182.00 RRS/24/03 £39.32
Bays 2440mm high RRB/24/—/—/4 £7.83
1830 x 2440 x 457 RRB/18/24/04/4 400 £206.51 RRS/24/04 £45.45
Bays 3050mm high RRB30/—/—/4 £16.47
1830 x 2440 x 610 RRB/18/24/06/4 400 £229.80 RRS/24/06 £51.27
Bays 3660mm high RRB36/—/—/4 £23.50
1830 x 2440 x 762 RRB/18/24/07/4 400 £256.12 RRS/24/07 £57.86
1830 x 2440 x 915 RRB/18/24/09/4 400 £288.06 RRS/24/09 £65.83 Tie plates
1830 x 2440 x 1220 RRB/18/24/12/4 400 £337.68 RRS/24/12 £78.24 Set of 4 RRB/SET4 £3.01

Our Longspan system has been designed to provide economical storage whilst providing unrivalled strength and rigidity. The design offers an upright width of 47mm
with a central tapered slot which offers a strong friction connection whilst being easier to install the beam levels. The beams are formed as an 87mm 'Z' profile section
with a 3 fingered claw that can be adjusted on a pitch of 50mm. The beams are then fitted with deck supports on all bays 610mm and deeper. The tie also locates into
the beam rotation. Each level is then fitted with 18mm thick high density chipboard panels.
• A heavy duty racking system for all your bulky needs.

• System can be added to as your needs grow.
• Heavy duty 'Z' beams support over 1000Kg UDL.
• Hard wearing epoxy powder coated.
• Levels can be adjusted every 50mm.
Frames - supplied in knock down form for self assembly

Height Depth - 457mm Depth - 610mm Depth - 762mm Depth - 915mm Depth - 1220mm
All KD assembly
frames REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1830mm LSF/18/04/BE £30.04 LSF/18/06/BE £31.16 LSF/18/07/BE £32.09 LSF/18/09/BE £33.67 LSF/18/12/BE £36.08
Beam Levels - includes a pair of beams, chipboard shelf, deck supports and safety pins
Load Depth - 457mm Depth - 610mm Depth - 762mm Depth - 915mm Depth - 1220mm
Width UDL Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1220mm 1200 LSB/12/04/OR £26.04 LSB/12/06/OR £33.06 LSB/12/07/OR £38.13 LSB/12/09/OR £41.57 LSB/12/12/OR £48.64
457mm have no deck supports, all other sizes have three supports per level

• Longspan shelving suitable for heavy bulky and awkward products to be loaded by hand from either side of rack.
• Choice of frame heights: 2100 - 3000mm frames are galvanised finish, supplied knockdown.
• Choice of 4 lengths of beams 1300 - 2400mm with capacity up to 580Kg per pair.
• Each beam level consists of two beams and four safety pins. They are adjustable in height by 50mm.
• Optional chipboard or galvanised panels for beam levels can be supplied.
• Frames and beams are reversible in use.
• Frame capacity - 3500Kg )1st level at 800mm).
• Fully conforms to European Standard FEM 10.2 02.
• Quick
• Easy
• Safe
• Practical
Galvanised Frames
REF Size HxD mm PRICE
317G249110A 2100x600 £38.22
317G253110A 2100x800 £39.92 • Chipboard shelving is 19mm thick for 600mm deep beams and 25mm thick for 800mm & 1000mm.
317G257110A 2100x1000 £41.76
317G249210A 2400x600 £41.67
317G253210A 2400x800 £43.37 Pair of Beams Chipboard Shelving Levels
317G257210A 2400x1000 £45.20 600mm deep 800mm deep 1000mm deep
Length Cap
317G249310A 2700x600 £47.61 mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
317G253310A 2700x800 £49.65
1300 400 317101100A £21.53 317174400A £17.96 317175900A £27.89 317177600A £72.86
317G257310A 2700x1000 £51.66
1600 580 317103200A £33.08 317174600A £21.14 317176000A £33.41 317177800A £86.37
317G249410A 3000x600 £51.59
2000 580 317104400A £42.90 317174800A £25.44 317176500A £40.74 317178200A £95.54
317G253410A 3000x800 £53.49
2400 420 317104601A £50.34 317144225A £30.08 316081049A £38.55 316083905A £59.09
317G257410A 3000x1000 £55.64

LOW LEVEL DOCUMENT STORAGE
1800mm wide x 450mm or 900mm deep units supplied
complete with either 10 or 20 flat pack document boxes.
• Finish: Posts - blue. Beams - grey.
REF Size HxWxD mm Shelves Document boxes PRICE

SO91845/2DS 920 x 1800 x 450 2 10 supplied £133.49
SO91890/2DS 920 x 1800 x 900 2 20 supplied £194.59
£133.49
SHORT SPAN DOCUMENT STORAGE

1200mm wide x 450mm or 900mm deep units supplied complete with
either 18 or 36 flat pack document boxes.
• Finish: Posts - blue. Beams - grey.
REF Size HxWxD mm Shelves Document boxes PRICE
£178.13 SM201245/4DS
SM201290/4DS
2080 x 1200 x 450
2080 x 1200 x 900
4
4
18 supplied
36 supplied
£178.13
£274.24
WIDE ACCESS DOCUMENT STORAGE

Three or four level units supplied complete with document
boxes. 1800mm wide x 2080mm high. Choose from depths
of 450mm or 900mm.
• Finish: Posts - blue. Beams - grey. £322.49
£278.76
REF Size HxWxD mm Shelves Document boxes PRICE REF Size HxWxD mm Shelves Document boxes PRICE
S201845/3DS 2080 x 1800 x 450 3 30 supplied £278.76 S201845/4DS 2080 x 1800 x 450 4 30 supplied £322.49
S201890/3DS 2080 x 1800 x 900 3 70 supplied £461.33 S201890/4DS 2080 x 1800 x 900 4 70 supplied £519.33
DOCUMENT STORAGE BOXES
REF Description PRICE £34.96

SDSB
Document boxes with printed 'Contents' panel
420mm long x 326mm wide x 255mm high (external) £34.96
pack of 10
Packs of 10 including lids

ARCHIVE STORAGE RACKING
• All bays come complete with boxes.
• No nuts or bolts so it is easy to
assemble and adjust.
• Single or double deep box bays.
• Bays come with 3 shelf levels.
• Available with blue uprights and with a
choice of grey or orange beams.
• Extra boxes available in packs of 10.
• Bays are 1830mm wide x 457mm
single box or 915mm double box deep.
Single box depth Double box depth

430D x 350W x 270H mm (10)
REF PRICE
AK0020AB £21.59
Single box depth bays Double box depth bays
H x W x D mm Qty of boxes REF PRICE H x W x D mm Qty of boxes REF PRICE
1996 x 1830 x 457 30 RRAK/30 £191.29 1966 x 1830 x 915 60 RRAK/60 £302.68
2614 x 1830 x 457 40 RRAK/40 £250.10 2614 x 1830 x 915 80 RRAK/80 £399.15
3262 x 1830 x 457 50 RRAK/50 £284.35 3262 x 1830 x 915 100 RRAK/100 £454.99
MIDI SPAN GALVANISED SHELVING

• Heavy duty and secure.
• Easy to build and reconfigure.
• Beams adjust every 25mm.
• Two depths of beam choice -
50mm or 70mm.
• Available in galvanised or
painted upright frames.
• Galvanised beams and
decking panels.
• Including all safety pins and
beam ties.
• Bays heights from
1950mm - 3000mm.
• Beam widths from
1000mm - 2400mm.
Frames - supplied knock down - price per frame

Frame height Depth - 400mm Depth - 600mm Depth - 800mm Depth - 1000mm Depth - 1200mm
mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1950 MSF/19/04 £42.44 MSF/19/06 £44.24 MSF/19/08 £45.75 MSF/19/10 £48.16 MSF/19/12 £50.37
Complete shelf levels with a pair of C50 profile beams and including galvanised decking
Width Load 400mm deep 600mm deep 800mm deep 1000mm deep 1200mm deep
mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
1000 400 MSB/1004C50 £28.33 MSB/1006C50 £34.30 MSB/1008C50 £41.83 MSB/1010C50 £49.07 MSB/1012C50 £54.44
Complete shelf levels with a pair of C70 profile beams and including galvanised decking
Width Load 400mm deep 600mm deep 800mm deep 1000mm deep 1200mm deep
mm Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE

PLASTIC PLUS SHELVING UNITS
• Heavy duty non-corrosive shelving.
• Combines the non-corrosive qualities of aluminium
and plastic with the strength of steel.
• Guaranteed for life against corrosion.
• Designed to carry loads of up to 360Kg per shelf.
• Massive 360Kg shelf load capacity.
• Removable solid or vented shelf panel options
(dishwasher friendly).
• Shelves adjustable every 50mm - 4 per bay.
• Quick and easy bolt free assembly.
• Posts with adjustable feet for uneven floors.
• Recommended for use in damp environments,
walk in freezers and cold rooms.
• Mobile units fitted with 125mm composite castors.
• 1820mm units available on request.
Shelves easily removed for cleaning.
Drop the shelf frame over the

post and press into position.
Snap on plastic shelf panels

to the frame
Bay size Complete Bay with 4 Shelves Extra Individual Shelves

1625mm H Solid Shelves Vented Shelves Solid Shelves Vented Shelves
DxL mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
460x610 8168S £194.30 8168V £188.50 PP1824S £38.43 PP1824V £36.98
460x760 8169S £217.50 8169V £211.70 PP1830S £44.23 PP1830V £42.78
460x915 8170S £240.70 8170V £234.90 PP1836S £50.03 PP1836V £48.58
460x1070 8171S £278.40 8171V £269.70 PP1842S £59.45 PP1842V £57.28
460x1220 8172S £301.60 8172V £292.90 PP1848S £65.25 PP1848V £63.08 Simply snap on the plastic collar
460x1370 8173S £339.30 8173V £327.70 PP1854S £74.68 PP1854V £71.78 to the post.
460x1520 8174S £362.50 8174V £350.90 PP1860S £80.48 PP1860V £77.58
610x610 8164S £220.40 8164V £208.80 PP2424S £44.95 PP2424V £42.05
610x760 8185S £249.40 8185V £237.80 PP2430S £52.20 PP2430V £49.30 Extra for swivel castors to
610x915 8186S £298.70 8186V £263.90 PP2436S £64.53 PP2436V £55.83 make shelving unit mobile
610x1070 8187S £316.10 8187V £301.60 PP2442S £68.88 PP2442V £65.25
610x1220 8188S £345.10 8188V £327.70 PP2448S £76.13 PP2448V £71.78 Unbraked 125mm castor Braked castor
610x1370 8189S £385.70 8189V £365.40 PP2454S £86.28 PP2454V £81.20 REF PRICE REF PRICE
610x1520 8190S £411.80 8190V £391.50 PP2460S £92.80 PP2460V £87.73 R120UB £10.15 R120BR £8.70

• Strong and stylish shelving. Our chrome wire shelving system offers simple to build and
• Nickel chrome finish. stylish storage solutions. The system is ideal for home and
• Excellent light and air circulation. office as well as retail display due to the open wire construction
• No tools, simply slots together. offering excellent light distribution onto the products displayed.
• Shelf loads up to 300Kg UDL. The shelving is also suited in kitchens for storing dry food and
• Shelf pitch every 25mm. crockery etc, whilst the excellent ventilation through the system
• Use castors for mobile units. makes it perfect for server racks and computer workstations as
• No interfering uprights in corners. well as laundry and linen stores.
• 25mm diameter post. The nickel chrome finish offers bright, clean and a modern feel
• Large range of accessories available - dividers, to the shelving for use in dry areas with no moisture contract.
castors, wine shelf, shelf ledges, utility rail, label
holder, handles and garment rail.
Uprights have Bays can Label holder

extra marks be made
every 125mm mobile
for easier
positioning of
shelves
INITIAL BAY COMPLETE WITH 4 SHELF LEVELS EXTENSION BAY C/W 4 LEVELS EXTRA SHELVES
REF Size HxWxD mm Shelf load Kg PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
CWS/15/09/03/4 1590x915x355 300 £94.67 CWE/15/09/03/4 £91.88 CWS2/09/03 £17.21
CWS/15/12/03/4 1590x1220x355 240 £111.04 CWE/15/12/03/4 £108.25 CWS2/12/03 £21.58
CWS/15/15/03/4 1590x1525x355 190 £127.60 CWE/15/15/03/4 £124.81 CWS2/15/03 £26.04
CWS/15/04/04/4 1590x460x460 270 £81.65 CWE/15/04/04/4 £78.86 CWS2/04/04 £13.67
CWS/15/09/04/4 1590x915x460 270 £105.65 CWE/15/09/04/4 £102.86 CWS2/09/04 £20.13
CWS/15/12/04/4 1590x1220x460 220 £124.25 CWE/15/12/04/4 £121.46 CWS2/12/04 £25.11
CWS/15/15/04R/4* 1590x1525x460 200 £153.08 CWE/15/15/04R/4* £150.29 CWS2/15/04R £32.88
CWS/15/06/06/4 1590x610x610 240 £101.56 CWE/15/06/06/4 £98.77 CWS2/06/06 £19.02
CWS/15/09/06/4 1590x915x610 240 £127.22 CWE/15/09/06/4 £124.43 CWS2/09/06 £25.95
CWS/15/12/06/4 1590x1220x610 190 £154.01 CWE/15/12/06/4 £151.22 CWS2/12/06 £33.15
CWS/15/15/06R/4* 1590x1525x610 180 £201.07 CWE/15/15/06R/4* £198.28 CWS2/15/06R £45.85
TO INCREASE THE HEIGHT OF THE BAYS USE THE REFERENCE NUMBERS BELOW AND ADD ON EXTRA PRICE
CWS/18/- -/- -/4 Bays 1895mm high n/a £4.65 CWE/18/- -/- -/4 £2.33 n/a n/a
CWS/22/- -/- -/4 Bays 2200mm high n/a £9.11 CWE/22/- -/- -/4 £4.56 n/a n/a
* R = Reinforced with one central truss RR = Reinforced with two central trusses
CHROME WIRE SHELVING BUILT PRODUCTS
3 Tier Chrome Wire Trolley

The kit comes with three wire shelves,
four uprights that are 854mm high, one
trolley handle and four castors (two of
which have brakes). Choice of two sizes.
Capacity 240Kg UDL.
REF Size HxWxD mm PRICE

As well as straight runs the chrome wire shelving can be
CWSKIT2 970x915x460 £111.51
constructed to fit in corners and tight fit areas.
CWSKIT3 970x915x610 £128.67

C
Wine Shelf 355mm deep
Push/Pull Handle
D
CWSKIT4 Wine Rack CWSKIT6 Garment Rack Garment Rail
REF Description/Size mm PRICE

CWSKIT4 Wine rack 1590x915x355 £123.50
E CWSKIT5 Wine rack 1590x1220x355 £147.08
J CW7/03 (A) Dividers 355 deep £5.63
CW7/04 (A) Dividers 460 deep £5.81
F CW7/06 (A) Dividers 610 deep £7.95
CW6/03 (B) Shelf ledges 110Hx355D £2.46
K CW2/WS0903 (C) Wine shelf 915W (9 bottles) £14.93
CW2/WS1210 (C) Wine shelf 1220W (13 bottles) £18.69
B CW5/09 (D) Garment rail 915W £5.67
CW5/12 (D) Garment rail 1220W £6.84
A CW5/15 (D) Garment rail 1525W £8.28
CW8/03 (E) Utility rail 355L £4.14
CW9/075 (F) Display hook 75L £1.35
CW12/GG (G) Label holder 90x45 £2.42
CW4B (H) Castors with brakes £8.60
CW4 (H) Castors no brakes £6.74
CW10/04 (I) Handle 460W £6.14
CW10/06 (I) Handle 610W £7.11
Accessories shown fitted on shelving bay CW13/03/09 (J) Back panel 915x305 £13.11
CW13/03/12 (J) Back panel 1220x305 £18.23
CW15/09/03 (K) Shelf 915x305 £14.74
Accessories shown fitted on shelving bay CW15/12/03 (K) Shelf 1220x305 £18.88
CW16/09/03 (L) Sloping shelf 915x355 £27.62
CW16/09/04 (L) Sloping shelf 915x460 £30.23
Shelf Clips Post Clamp

Shelf Dividers 200mm high

• A unique system that comes with a 15 year anti-corrosion guarantee.
• Antibacterial additive fights bacteria for up to 10 years.
• Lasts up to 5 times longer than traditional nylon coated models.
• 60% less expensive that stainless steel and aluminium construction.
• Tube sections have a hard baked grey epoxy resin to prevent
corrosion with also a zinc substrate for extra protection.
• Recommended for use in walk in cold rooms, hospitals and all
hygiene sensitive areas.
• Units are 1625mm high and come complete with 4 shelves.
Extension bays and extra shelves can be added on.
• Bay heights of 1820mm and 2130mm can be supplied - POA.
Starter unit - 1625mm high Extension unit Extra

4 posts & 4 shelves 2 posts & 4 shelves shelves
DxL mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
305x760 EPP32 £60.03 EPP32AO £54.55 EPP1230 £9.14
305x915 EPP37 £65.25 EPP37AO £59.77 EPP1236 £10.44
305x1070 EPP34 £70.47 EPP34AO £64.99 EPP1242 £11.75
305x1220 EPP38 £75.69 EPP38AO £70.21 EPP1248 £13.05
355x760 EPP35 £65.25 EPP35AO £59.77 EPP1430 £10.44
355x915 EPP36 £70.47 EPP36AO £64.99 EPP1436 £11.75
355x1070 EPP33 £78.30 EPP33AO £72.82 EPP1442 £13.70
355x1220 EPP30 £86.13 EPP30AO £80.65 EPP1448 £15.66
460x610 EPP40 £65.25 EPP40AO £59.77 EPP1824 £10.44
460x760 EPP43 £70.47 EPP43AO £64.99 EPP1830 £11.75
460x915 EPP44 £78.30 EPP44AO £72.82 EPP1836 £13.70
460x1070 EPP51 £86.13 EPP51AO £80.65 EPP1842 £15.66
460x1220 EPP45 £96.57 EPP45AO £91.09 EPP1848 £18.27
460x1370 EPP53 £109.62 EPP53AO £104.14 EPP1854 £21.53
460x1520 EPP46 £112.23 EPP46AO £106.75 EPP1860 £22.19
460x1820 EPP52 £127.89 EPP52AO £122.41 EPP1872 £26.10
610x610 EPP47A £70.21 EPP47AAO £83.52 EPP2424 £13.05
610x760 EPP47 £75.69 EPP47AO £78.04 EPP2430 £15.01
610x915 EPP48 £93.96 EPP48AO £88.48 EPP2436 £17.62
610x1070 EPP54 £104.40 EPP54AO £98.92 EPP2442 £20.23
610x1220 EPP49 £114.84 EPP49AO £109.36 EPP2448 £22.84
610x1370 EPP56 £130.50 EPP56AO £125.02 EPP2454 £26.75
610x1520 EPP50 £135.72 EPP50AO £130.24 EPP2460 £28.06
610x1820 EPP55 £151.38 EPP55AO £145.90 EPP2472 £31.97

• Combining anodised alloy framework with
easy to clean plastic shelf panels.
• Quick and easy bolt free assembly.
• Up to 7 shelf positions.
• Easy to remove shelf panels for cleaning.
• Adjustable feet for uneven flooring.
• Ideal for damp work and wet areas plus
walk in freezers and cold rooms.
• Mobile units use stainless steel framework
on 125mm dia braked castors (enquire for
specification and prices).
• Shelf load capacity 120Kg UDL.
• Standard units are 1730mm high supplied
with 4 shelf levels.
QUICK AND EASY ASSEMBLY REDUCE COSTS IMPROVE ACCESSIBILITY
Aluminium beams are

quickly and easily attached to Plastic panels are added Racks added to an existing unit require
With 90° corner supports
pre-assembled frames or removed in seconds only one frame
STARTER UNIT 1730mm HIGH ADD ON EXTENSION UNIT ADDITIONAL SHELF FOR ADDITIONAL ALUMINIUM END FRAME
2 FRAMES AND 4 SHELVES 1 FRAME AND 4 SHELVES MORE SHELVES PER UNIT REF D x H mm PRICE
REF D x L mm PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE FR174 415 x 1730 £60.80
FR48 425 x 800 £249.60 AFR48 £188.80 FR804 £32.00 FR175 600 x 1730 £63.20
FR49 425 x 905 £259.20 AFR49 £198.40 FR904 £34.40
FR410 425 x 1015 £275.20 AFR410 £214.40 FR104 £38.40 90° CORNER SUPPORT
FR411 425 x 1125 £281.60 AFR411 £220.80 FR114 £40.00
FR412 425 x 1230 £291.20 AFR412 £230.40 FR124 £42.40 REF Size PRICE
FR413 425 x 1340 £300.80 AFR413 £240.00 FR134 £44.80 CS2/3 415 £23.20
FR414 425 x 1450 £316.80 AFR414 £256.00 FR144 £48.80 CS1/1 600 £25.60
FR415 425 x 1560 £323.20 AFR415 £262.40 FR154 £50.40
FR416 425 x 1665 £332.80 AFR416 £272.00 FR164 £52.80
FR58 600 x 800 £270.40 AFR58 £207.20 FR805 £36.00
FR59 600 x 905 £283.20 AFR59 £220.00 FR905 £39.20
FR510 600 x 1015 £302.40 AFR510 £239.20 FR105 £44.00
FR511 600 x 1125 £312.00 AFR511 £248.80 FR115 £46.40
FR512 600 x 1230 £324.80 AFR512 £261.60 FR125 £49.60
FR513 600 x 1340 £331.20 AFR513 £268.00 FR135 £51.20
FR514 600 x 1450 £353.60 AFR514 £290.40 FR145 £56.80
FR515 600 x 1560 £363.20 AFR515 £300.00 FR155 £59.20
FR516 600 x 1665 £372.80 AFR516 £309.60 FR165 £61.60

HORIZONTAL BAR RACKS HEAVY DUTY BAR RACKS
Five storage levels designed for manual loading. Free standing heavy duty
horizontal bar racks with six
• Welded rigid arms on ‘A’ frame uprights 1830mm high. storage levels for steel bar,
• Bolt-on separator cross bracings. tube or sections etc.
• Drilled for floor fixing:
Illustrated A: Tilted arms 305mm usable length. • Fully welded square steel
Inset B: Horizontal with 50mm end stops. tube construction.
• End stops retain items
in position.
• Pre-drilled for floor fixing.
• Special sizes available.
Single sided 610mm deep - 1750Kg per upright

REF A-Tilted Uprights Length mm PRICE REF B-Horizontal PRICE
BRS2T 2 1220 £252.66 BRS2H £266.16
BRS3T 3 2440 £405.30 BRS3H £425.55 A. Tilted arms (double sided)
BRS4T 4 3660 £557.12 BRS4H £584.94
BRS5T 5 4880 £710.56 BRS5H £758.74 Double sided shown
BRS6T 6 6100 £863.22 BRS6H £903.73
Single sided - 4000Kg per upright
Double sided 1065mm deep - 3500Kg per upright
REF A-Tilted Uprights Length mm PRICE REF B-Horizontal PRICE
BRSH 2000x1200x630 £162.19
BRD2T 2 1220 £299.62 BRD2H £314.85
BRD3T 3 2440 £475.73 BRD3H £498.58 Double sided - 8000Kg per upright
BRD4T 4 3660 £651.86 BRD4H £697.62
BRD5T 5 4880 £827.97 BRD5H £866.05 B. Horizontal arms
BRD6T 6 6100 £1004.10 BRD6H £1049.78 (double sided) BRDH 2000x1200x1200 £208.08
BAR CRADLES PIGEON HOLE BAR RACKS STORAGE RACKS

Flexible system for Fifteen pigeon holes for dense storage of tube, Vertical storage for instant stock
any length of steel mixed bars, strips or sections. Fully welded frames accessibility of bar, pipe, strip, angle or
bar, angle with bolt-on cross bracings. any lengths of materials.
or tube etc.
• Capacity • Fully welded square
• Stackable 3500Kg tube construction
4 high. per upright with steel base tray.
• Capacity frame. • Distance between
2000Kg uprights 260mm.
per cradle. • Pre-drilled for
floor fixing.
REF Uprights LxWxH mm PRICE

REF Effective W x H mm PRICE PHR2 2 1220x920x1830 £346.93
BC1 610x305 £57.15 PHR3 3 2440x920x1830 £579.58 REF H x W x D mm PRICE
BC2 610x455 £66.59 PHR4 4 3660x920x1830 £693.81 VSR1 1500x1200x750 £244.69
BC3 915x305 £63.22 PHR5 5 4880x920x1830 £975.89 VSR2 2250x1200x750 £268.53
BC4 915x455 £73.31 PHR6 6 6100x920x1830 £1040.74 VSR3 3000x1200x750 £293.78
VERTICAL BAR RACKS HORIZONTAL SHEET RACKS VERTICAL SHEET RACKS

Vertical bar storage for instant Five levels for flat storage of sheet or boards. Vertical storage of
stock accessibility of bar, angle or sheet materials
tube materials. • Fully welded construction ready to use. stored in individual
• Distance bays. Accepts sizes
• Fully welded angle between 2000 x 1000mm
construction with steel base tray. levels: and up to
• Single or double sided. 230mm. 2500 x 1250mm.
• Pre-drilled for floor fixing. • Cap:
1000Kg • Fully welded
per level. construction ready
to use.
• Distance between
Single sided levels: 235mm.
REF H x W x D mm PRICE • Pre-drilled for
VBR1S 2440x1320x760 £474.62 floor fixing.
VBR2S 3050x1320x760 £522.34
Double sided REF No of bays WxDxH mm PRICE
REF H x W x D mm PRICE REF Sheet sizes up to LxWxH mm PRICE VSR4 4 1120x1000x1500 £235.50
VBR1D 2440x1320x1525 £626.48 HSR1 2000x1000 2140x1220x1220 £762.08 VSR5 5 1390x1000x1500 £270.94
VBR2D 3050x1320x1525 £692.37 HSR2 2500x1250 2650x1400x1820 £873.46 VSR6 6 1660x1000x1500 £307.70

MANUALLY LOADED CANTILEVER RACKING
This system is supplied as a starter bay with add on
extension bays as required.
• Choose between single sided or double sided entry.

• Choose length of arms - 400, 600 or 800mm dependent on loading
(see table). Each bay is supplied with 4 levels. The levels are
adjustable in height every 50mm.
• Main frame columns have a galvanised finish on 1.5mm thick steel.
• Bay size: 2100mm high x 1300mm wide. Each bay has 3 bracings.
Depth of unit: Single sided - arm length + 410mm
Double sided - arm length x 2 + 400mm
Single sided
Size of arm L x W x H mm UDL per arm Max load per column per side
400 x 60 x 30 200Kg 1000Kg
600 x 60 x 30 130Kg 650Kg
800 x 60 x 30 100Kg 500Kg
Double sided
Size of arm Type of Max load Starter Bay Extension Bay Additional Arm Accessories
length mm sides per side REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
400 Single 1000Kg 310979000 £486.60 310979010 £261.45 310164100 £26.79
310164704 End stop on arm £28.88
Double 310979020 £736.70 310979030 £386.49
310164801 Load spacer on arm £32.99
600 Single 650Kg 310979100 £550.41 310979110 £293.36 310164305 £33.35
Double 310979120 £887.12 310979130 £461.70
800 Single 500Kg 310979200 £586.02 310979210 £311.15 310164607 £37.79
Double 310979220 £958.31 310979230 £497.28
HEAVY DUTY
CANTILEVER RACKING
• We are also able to supply heavy
duty systems where loading is
carried out by fork lift trucks.
• Adjustable and non-adjustable
arm systems.
• Bespoke system
and layout designs.
• Contact our
sales department
for more details.

STANDARD PALLET BEAM RACKING
Our pallet beam racking system has a broad range of sizes, capacities and accessories. The system conforms to SEMA
and FEM Regulations. Frame capacity is 10000Kg - for heavier duty capacity please contact our sales department.
The frames are supplied knock down unassembled.
• Full planning service available.
• On-site survey and installation service.
• Epoxy powder coated frames, colour blue, beams are orange.
• Chipboard or wire steel decks are available.
• Other types of systems can be supplied, drive-in racking systems,
narrow aisle systems and carpet racking.
Racking Frames 900mm depth 1050mm depth

Height mm Capacity Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
2400 10000 PRF/24/09 £64.45 PRF/24/10 £67.69
3000 10000 PRF/30/09 £79.86 PRF/30/10 £83.86
3900 10000 PRF/39/09 £123.87 PRF/39/10 £130.06
5100 10000 PRF/51/09 £157.42 PRF/51/10 £165.30
6000 10000 PRF/60/09 £184.00 PRF/60/10 £193.21
• Frame loading has been calculated on beams installed at
1500mm centres, in a 6m high frame and a run of 6 bays
all 2700mm wide.
Beams - priced per pair

Length of beams mm Load per pair Kg REF PRICE
1350 3300 PRB/13/80 £36.01
2225 2200 PRB/22/80 £54.59
2700 2300 PRB/27/100 £70.82
2700 2800 PRB/27/120 £76.73
3300 2700 PRB/33/140 £100.96
• Five finger claw design beams - loading calculated
on a deflection of 1/200.
REF Accessory Description PRICE

PRA/UCG U shaped column guard £22.85
PRA/LCG L shaped column guard £13.66
PRA/RS200 Row spacers - 200mm £7.98
PRA/RS250 Row spacers - 250mm £8.34
PRA/PP15 Packing plates - 1.5mm £0.81
PRA/PP20 Packing plates - 2mm £0.90
PRA/FF12/90 Floor fixing bolts M12 x 90mm £0.81

PALLET BEAM RACKING WITH GALVANISED FRAMES
The racking system consists of galvanised frames and epoxy powder
coated horizontal beams. We price starter and extension bays with a
variety of frame heights, beam lengths, beam levels and load capacities.
We also price frames and beams individually.
• Conforms to European Regulations - FEM 10.2 02.
• Frames are reversible. Frame uprights are 95mm wide and are supplied
in knockdown.
• Frame heights 3000 - 6000mm.
• Beam lengths 1350mm or 2700mm with capacities from 1600Kg - 3720Kg
per pair. Beams are also reversible.
• Please check loading capacities with our sales team.
Specification of Racking Bay Starter Bay Extension Bay

Frame HxD mm Beam length No of levels Frame cap Kg Beam cap Kg REF PRICE REF PRICE
1350 1600 31327016SB £256.45 31327016EB £175.64
3000x900 2700 2 7000 1600 32727016SB £331.00 32727016EB £250.19
2700 2240 32727022SB £349.78 32727022EB £268.97
2700 2780 32727027SB £361.09 32727027EB £280.29
1350 1600 41339016SB £400.11 41339016EB £271.18
4500x900 2700 3 9000 1600 42739016SB £511.94 42739016EB £383.01
2700 2240 42739022SB £540.12 42739022EB £411.18
2700 2780 42739027SB £557.09 42739027EB £428.15
1350 1600 61349016SB £405.38 61349016EB £621.12
6000x900 2700 4 9000 1600 62749016SB £684.47 62749016EB £511.62
2700 2240 62749022SB £722.04 62749022EB £549.18
1350 1600 61341616SB £535.40 61341616EB £362.50
6000x900 2700 4 16000 2780 62741627SB £786.53 62741627EB £592.75
2700 3720 62741637SB £852.35 62741637EB £636.61
Individual Frames Per Pair of Beams

REF HxD mm Frame cap Kg PRICE REF Length mm Cap Kg/pair PRICE
316GA170D00 3000x900 7000 £80.81 316R10000A 1350 1600 £47.40
316GB175D00 4500x900 9000 £128.94 316S12700A 2700 1600 £84.69
316GB180D00 6000x900 9000 £172.86 316T14700A 2700 2240 £94.08
316GD180D00 6000x900 16000 £215.75 316U17700A 2700 2780 £99.74
• Please note that other sizes are available on request. 316V20700A 2700 3720 £105.21

RACK ARMOUR
• Reduces racking damage by as much as 80%.
• Rapid and easy installation, fits in seconds - no fixings required.
• Reliable, tough and resilient ballistics grade polymer.
• 'Persistence of shape' ensures long and effective lifetime service.
• Virtually unbreakable in temperature 5°C+. Operates down to -40°C.
• Fits all makes of pallet racking and is inter-transferable.
• Impervious to moisture, mould growth, corrosion, acid, alkaline and most solvents.
• High visibility colour as standard with other colours available to enhance your
warehouse safety and stock ID. Eg Green (fire exits).
REF Width mm Height mm To fit upright width mm PRICE

RA/125 125 600 up to 87 £22.75
RA/140 140 600 up to 100 £24.50
RA/160 160 600 up to 120 £31.50
WIRE MESH DECKING

Increase the versatility of pallet beam racking with mesh deck panels. Suitable for use with
cartons, irregular loads and small items. Superior finish - heavy gauge wire is welded first,
then electro-galvanised for maximum durability and rust-free life.
• Easy to install - drops into place, no fastening required.

• Ideal for storage above walk aisles or high bay rack systems.
• Fire retardant & maintains integrity of overhead sprinkler
coverage - a fire safety choice.
• Other sizes are available to order.
For Beam Width Use

1350 1 x 1320 wide
2250 2 x 1115 wide
2700 2 x 1320 wide
3350 3 x 1115 wide
3600 2 x 1115 wide and 1 x 1320 wide
3900 2 x 1320 wide and 1 x 1115 wide REF Dimensions WxD mm PRICE
ND355x44 1115x910 £21.99
This design will work with any top face thickness of box or step down beam. ND435x44 1115x1100 £25.97
ND355x52 1320x910 £24.12
ND435X52 1320x1110 £30.92
AISLE AND DOOR BLOCKADES

• Used to prevent product spillage or pedestrian access.
• Quick and easy to install.
• Decreases liability and limits access.
• Adjustable & versatile.
• Visual safety barrier.
• Debris containment.
• Rated and tested to 680Kg.
Aisle barrier
REF REF Aperture Panel

AISLE DOOR width mm height mm PRICE
NABB - 8 NBB - 8 2134 - 2743 1200 £159.75
NABB - 10 NBB - 10 2744 - 3352 1200 £182.25
NABB - 12 NBB - 12 3353 - 3962 1200 £213.75
Door barrier
NABB - 14 NBB - 14 3963 - 4571 1200 £239.25
NABB - 16 NBB - 16 4572 - 5182 1200 £248.25
Price includes 1 net with 4 S hooks, 4 eye bolts & 2 tension straps

HARNESSING THE POWER OF GRAVITY
TO WORK FOR YOU
• Boltless live storage system with maximum flexibility and
adjustability for now and future storage needs.
• Provides ergonomic high efficiency order fulfilment.
• Integrates with modern management information systems.
• Tailor made for your requirements.
• Clip-in track locators make it easy to assemble system.
• Shelf levels quickly reposition to suit products.
• Strong durable tracks and framework.
• Easy to specify module sections and components.
• Offers ergonomic order picking face.
• Frames can be fitted with castors for mobility.
• Very comprehensive range of accessories available.
• Can be integrated with electronic paperless order picking system
and conveyor equipment.
ORDER FULFILMENT CELL-FEED SYSTEMS

The system ensures an unimpeded pick face thus avoiding the dangers of Cell-feed systems allow parts and components to be fed to work stations
fork lift truck and order picker collision. Pick routes can be drastically in fast through put, lean manufacturing environments notable reductions in
shortened and order picking speeds increased by 100% or more and double handling.
therefore achieving greater all round efficiency.
Restocking takes place at the rear of the pick face away from order picking
activity and in keeping with FIFO principal. This also ensures that stored
goods are picked in rotation.
LINE SIDE PRODUCTION

Ergonomically efficient parts picking and a tidy work environment are but
two reasons for choosing line side feed racks. Restocking from the rear
with no interference to the assembly face.

MAGNETIC LABEL HOLDERS
A range of multi-purpose label holders with magnetic fixing. There is a choice of seven standard heights which can REF Size mm Pack PRICE
be supplied in pre-cut lengths, on 50m long rolls. All are supplied with white card inserts and clear plastic cover ML18 15x80 100 £32.67
strips. Special colours, sizes and lettering can be supplied to order. ML28X 20x80 100 £37.29
ML28 25x80 100 £40.26
ML38 30x80 100 £44.88
ML48 40x80 100 £59.40
ML58 50x80 100 £72.93
REF Size mm Pack PRICE ML150 15x500 20 £42.24
ML610 60 x 100 100 £84.15 ML250X 20x500 20 £47.19
ML620 60 x 200 50 £82.50 ML250 25x500 20 £50.16
ML650 60 x 500 20 £98.01 ML350 30x500 20 £55.11
ML6/10 60 x 1000 10 £98.01 ML450 40x500 20 £69.30
MLR6 60 x 50m 1 £273.92 ML550 50x500 20 £89.43
SELF ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS REF Size mm Pack PRICE

Self adhesive offers a long term option of fixing labels in holders AL18 15x80 100 £39.93
and more stability in environments where labels are required to AL38 30x80 100 £54.45
be changed frequently. Also suits areas where magnetic holders AL58 50x80 100 £67.32
may be accidentally knocked off by personnel or boxes/pallets. AL1/10 15x1000 10 £31.35
AL3/10 30x1000 10 £42.57
AL5/10 50x1000 10 £49.50
MAGNETIC EASY WIPE RACKING STRIP

Available in white, yellow, blue, green and REF Size W x L Qty/Pack PRICE
red. This flexible magnetic strip is supplied MSR1 10mm x 10m 1 £13.20
in rolls of 10m. The various strips are MSR15 15mm x 10m 1 £18.48
suitable for both racking and shelving MSR2 20mm x 10m 1 £22.44
applications and can be easily cut to size MSR25 25mm x 10m 1 £26.73
and written on with a wet wipe marker pen. MSR3 30mm x 10m 1 £30.36
Specify strip colour when ordering. MSR4 40mm x 10m 1 £38.61
MSR5 50mm x 10m 1 £46.86
MSR6 60mm x 10m 1 £47.19
Wet Wipe Marker Pens MSR7 70mm x 10m 1 £54.45
REF PB5 PRICE £10.30 per pack 5 MSR8 80mm x 10m 1 £58.74
MSR9 90mm x 10m 1 £63.03
REF PB10 PRICE £19.47 per pack 10 MSR10 100mm x 10m 1 £68.31
SELF ADHESIVE AND MAGNETIC TICKET HOLDERS MAGNETIC EASY WIPE

With a choice of 4 heights this clear PVC LOCATION MARKERS
strip is supplied with either an aggressive
adhesive backing for permanent locations • Adheres to any steel surface. White and yellow
or with a magnetic option which offers faced magnetic location markers allows info to be
flexibility to change locations and is suitable written on with wet wipe marker pens. Please
for cold storage applications. specify option when ordering. Can be wiped clean
and updated as required.
• Ideal for identification locations on
shelving and racking.
• Barcodes can be scanned without
removing insert.
• Special sizes up to 3m long are available
on request.
Self Adhesive Magnetic

Size mm Pack REF PRICE REF PRICE
25x100 100 •TS210 £41.25 •TS210M £72.60
38x100 100 •TS310 £44.88 •TS310M £76.89
54x100 100 •TS510 £62.04 •TS510M £91.41
80x100 100 •TS810 £67.32 •TS810M £98.34
25x200 50 •TS220 £39.27 •TS220M £57.75 • Wet Wipe Marker Pens as above are suitable.
38x200 50 •TS320 £42.24 •TS320M £61.71
54x200 50 •TS520 £56.10 •TS520M £82.17
80x200 50 •TS820 £62.70 •TS820M £89.76
REF Size mm Pack PRICE
25x1000 10 •TS25/10 £32.34 •TS25M/10 £50.16
38x1000 10 •TS38/10 £37.29 •TS38M/10 £56.76 LM28 20 x 80 100 £21.78
54x1000 10 •TS54/10 £53.46 •TS54M/10 £80.19 LM38 30 x 80 100 £28.05
80x1000 10 •TS80/10 £58.74 •TS80M/10 £83.82 LM58 50 x 80 100 £41.58
LM105 56 x 105 100 £57.09
• Before REF denotes white card included. LM219 90 x 210 10 £16.83

AISLE MARKERS BAY MARKERS
End of aisle identification in two highly visible colour The aluminium markers are supplied with either an
options. Manufactured from white and yellow styrene, aggressive self adhesive or magnetic fixing option for
the robust markers can be fixed flush with the end permanent or removable bay marking without the need
frame or used as flags with a 90° flange to identify for drilling. The formed section allows the marker to
bays and aisles. Markers can be pre-drilled in four protrude at 90 degrees from the fixture, giving clear
corners or can be supplied with either a self adhesive visibility from any approach. Used in conjunction with
or magnetic fixing. the F8 labels (see above), the marker can take one or
two digits on each side.
• Please specify characters & colours required.
• Magnetic (BM) or Self Adhesive (BA).
• Eliminates the need for drilling.
• One or two characters per side.
• Please specify characters required.
AM1TY
AM1TW
REF Size H x W No of Characters Colour Option Fixing PRICE

AM1 95 x 160mm Up to 3 characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £6.60
AM1F 95 x 130mm Up to 3 characters White/Yellow Self adhesive £7.26
AM1FM 95 x 130mm Up to 3 characters White/Yellow Magnetic £7.59
AM1T 95 x 130 x 130mm Up to 3 characters White/Yellow Self adhesive £11.55
AM1TM 95 x 130 x 130mm Up to 3 characters White/Yellow Magnetic £13.20
AM2/1 220 x 270mm With one 180mm character White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £9.57
AM2/2 220 x 270mm With two 180mm characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £13.20
AM3/1 220 x 450mm With one 180mm character White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £10.23
AM3/2 220 x 450mm With two 180mm characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £14.52
AM3/3 220 x 450mm With three 180mm characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £17.82 REF Size H x W Pack PRICE
AM3X/1 300 x 300mm With one 180mm character White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £10.23 BM1 260 x 167 1(1 digit size) £16.83
AM3X/2 300 x 300mm With two 180mm characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £14.52 BM2 260 x 310 1(2 digit size) £24.09
AM4 660 x 343mm One 500mm character Yellow Drilled 4 corners £19.14 BA1 260 x 167 1(1 digit size) £16.83
AM6/1 600 x 600mm With one 450mm character White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £48.51 BA2 260 x 310 1(2 digit size) £24.09
AM6/2 600 x 600mm With two 450mm characters White/Yellow Drilled 4 corners £75.57 F8 230 x 140 1 £2.48
LOCATION LABELLING
Code labels produced to your specific requirements. Available in self-adhesive for
permanent solutions or magnetic for cold stores or where locations need to be
moved. Bar codes, arrows and colours can be incorporated, also printed with the
message you want and how you want it.
• Design, manufacture and installation of code labelling.

• Custom printed to your design.
• Can include bar codes and colour coding.
• Free on-site consultation.
• Installation service.
• Variety of materials to suit application.
WEIGHT LOAD NOTICES

Signs to identify weight loadings and procedures.
• 5 different designs.
• Price includes any black printing to your design.
• Durable pvc material.
• Bespoke designs and colour printing available.
• Size:
BLS1-4: 356 x 254mm.
BLS5: 470 x 350mm.
REF Suitable for PRICE

BLS1 Pallet racking £12.87 BLS1 BLS2 BLS3
BLS2 Cantilever racking £12.87
BLS3 Drive thru' racking £12.87
BLS4 Mezzanine floor £12.87
BLS5 Pallet racking £15.18 BLS5

A modular mesh partitioning system to answer the needs of security
and the organisation of space.
• Rigid: guaranteed by the use of 3mm wire mesh, 50 x 50mm. The mesh is welded to ensure
partitioning rigidity. Panels can also be half mesh/half sheet or fully sheeted in steel.
• Simple: the one piece sections are bolted together or to a post, ensuring quick and easy
assembly.
• Stable: the posts with integrated struts ensure perfect stability of the installation.
• Safe: for optimum safety, the mesh is fitted and welded into the section profile panel. This
prevents any risk of snagging.
• Modular: the standardised modular components are interchangeable.
• Adaptable: the design enables extension in any direction as well as any modification in future
layout.
• Choice of 3 height of partitioning: 2000, 2200 and 2400mm.

• Choice of 4 widths of mesh panels: 800, 1000, 1200 and 1500mm.
• Choice of all mesh panels, half mesh/half sheet or fully steel sheeted.
• Finish : EPC colour blue RAL 5019. Alternative colours can be supplied to order.
See next page for prices and specifications of components.
A C
F
B

How to design your partitioning.
Starting from a wall, select an upright of the correct height: 2000, 2200 or 2400mm high. This upright is 35mm wide. Then work out the length of panels that are needed until
the next wall or to a door (1200mm). Work out any additional panels needed until end point of partitioning run. The run must end with an upright even if it is taking a 90° turn
into another run. The total length of panel prices can be worked out from the price grid below. The upright, door or other extras can be added from the accessories grid below.
For different sizes or lengths of partitioning and advice on costing your requirements, please contact our sales department.
A B C HINGED
MESH PANELS DOOR
UPRIGHT
Panels are framed in square Single hinged door
Starter post - attach panel tube infilled with 50 x 50mm either opening left or
by 4 clamping collars, sheet, half mesh/half sheet right - advise.
35 x 30mm. 3 heights of mesh or fully sheeted. 2000, 2200 Interchanges with a
panel posts are available - or 2400mm high. 800, 1000, 1200mm wide panel.
2000, 2200 and 2400mm. 1200 or 1500mm wide. 2200mm high. Fitted
No exposed bolts. with key lock.
D E F
SLIDING
HATCH TOP PANEL DOUBLE
PANEL Fits above doors to DOORS
Interchanges with complete to full
1200mm wide panel. height of panels. Maximum opening
Folding sheet flap Adjustable easy width of 2140mm.
with bolt and chains. install kit. Rail length 4734mm.
2200mm high. 2 sliding panels with 4 uprights
35 x 30mm. Height 2200mm.
DOUBLE HINGED
DOORS Doors without
top support. 3 D KIT
Reversible
opening. Kit of 2 channels for
Supplied with joining panels at right
splices for panels. angles to other
Tubular uprights 80 x panels.
80mm. Width 2327mm.
Height 2200mm. Fitted
with key lock.
2000mm high 2200mm high 2400mm high Accessories for Mesh Partitioning
Panel lengths REF Description PRICE
mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
800 MP0820 £78.75 MP0822 £82.52 MP0824 £86.28 AMP001 Upright - 2000mm high £38.87
1500 MP1520 £106.56 MP1522 £115.13 MP1524 £123.72 AMP004 Single hinged door (L or R) 2200mm high £530.85
2000 MP2020 £206.12 MP2022 £215.19 MP2024 £227.66 AMP005 Single hinged door. Eco (L or R) 2200mm high £405.32
2500 MP2520 £227.67 MP2522 £239.52 MP2524 £254.78 AMP006 Mesh rising panel kit for single hinged door £58.47
3000 MP3020 £245.16 MP3022 £262.47 MP3024 £283.19 AMP007 Hatch panel 2200mm high £320.03
3500 MP3520 £344.70 MP3522 £362.54 MP3524 £387.12 AMP008 Double hinged door 2200mm high £967.62
4000 MP4020 £366.27 MP4022 £386.87 MP4024 £414.21 AMP009 Single sliding door 2200mm high £759.51
4500 MP4520 £383.76 MP4522 £409.82 MP4524 £442.64 AMP010 Double sliding door 2200mm high £1257.50
5000 MP5020 £483.32 MP5022 £509.88 MP5024 £546.56 AMP011 Angle kit £11.28
5500 MP5520 £504.87 MP5522 £534.20 MP5524 £573.68 AMP012 Leg for support angle £8.46
6000 MP6020 £522.36 MP6022 £557.15 MP6024 £602.09 AMP013 Finishing kit 2200mm high £56.39
6500 MP6520 £621.92 MP6522 £657.21 MP6524 £706.01 AMP014 Finishing kit 2500mm high £59.40
7000 MP7020 £643.47 MP7022 £681.54 MP7024 £733.13 AMP015 3 D kit £60.15
7500 MP7520 £660.96 MP7522 £704.49 MP7524 £761.55 AMP016 Stabilising angle strut - 465mm £37.56
8000 MP8020 £760.52 MP8022 £804.59 MP8024 £865.47
8500 MP8520 £782.07 MP8522 £828.89 MP8524 £892.58
9000 MP9020 £799.58 MP9022 £851.84 MP9024 £921.00
9500 MP9520 £899.12 MP9522 £951.89 MP9524 £1024.92
10000 MP10020 £920.67 MP10022 £976.22 MP10024 £1052.04

A comprehensive but economical, fully integrated single skin partition system. Suitable for a wide range of uses including
works offices, stores areas, factory dividing walls, mesh roofs etc. All types of door and hatch configurations are available to
suit all requirements. We show prices for the most popular sizes of positioning below and can quote for any other size that
you may require.
Specification
Cold rolled mild steel angle and cold rolled tees with infill sheets spot
welded together. Infill sheets are sheet steel or weld mesh. Standard
panel height is 2.440 metres and 3.050 metres. Panels are bolted
together using M8 bolts and nuts and floor fixed with pan head screws
and 6mm plastic plugs. Mullions are floor fixed with 12mm anchor bolts
(sleeve anchors or similar). Standard single doors, opening inward or
outward of 1.980 metres height with fixed over panel. Doors fitted with
two lever lock and satin anodised aluminium door furniture as standard
and hung on 100mm steel hinges. Sliding doors are also available,
details on request. Paint finish - electrostatically applied epoxy powder
coated finish in Grey BS 00-A-05, or Sandstone BS 08-B-17.
Two sided office 2440mm high with one single side hung door. No ceiling
1
Solid panels /2 solid, 1/2 glass panels 1
/2 solid, 1/2 mesh panels
Width & Depth mm REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE
2440x1220 2/2412/S £635.10 2/2412/SG £887.40 2/2412/SM £569.85
2440x2440 2/2424/S £785.90 2/2424/SG £1103.45 2/2424/SM £704.70 Glazing
3660x2440 2/3624/S £936.70 2/3624/SG £1322.40 2/3624/SM £838.10 Glass is set in plastic glazing bead suitable
4880x2440 2/4824/S £1087.50 2/4824/SG £1541.35 2/4824/SM £972.95 for 4mm or 6mm glass.
The glazing bead is supplied in 2440
Three sided office 2440mm high with one single side hung door. No ceiling metre lengths, to be cut and fitted on site.
Solid panels 1
/2 solid, 1/2 glass panels 1
/2 solid, 1/2 mesh panels Glass to suit. 1/2 solid, 1/2 glass panels
included in price.
2440x1220 3/2412/S £785.90 3/2412/SG £1104.90 3/2412/SM £704.70
2440x2440 3/2424/S £1088.95 3/2424/SG £1541.35 3/2424/SM £972.95
3660x2440 3/3624/S £1239.75 3/3624/SG £1758.85 3/3624/SM £1107.80 Accessories
4880x2440 3/4824/S £1392.00 3/4824/SG £1976.35 3/4824/SM £1241.20 Mesh, solid or self supported minaboard
Four sided office 2440mm high with one single side hung door. No ceiling suspended ceilings are also available -
1
prices available on request.
Solid panels /2 solid, 1/2 glass panels 1
/2 solid, 1/2 mesh panels
2440x1220 4/2412/S £1087.50 4/2412/SG £1539.90 4/2412/SM £972.95
2440x2440 4/2424/S £1392.00 4/2424/SG £1976.35 4/2424/SM £1241.20
3660x2440 4/3624/S £1693.60 4/3624/SG £2412.80 4/3624/SM £1509.45
4880x2440 4/4824/S £1995.20 4/4824/SG £2847.80 4/4824/SM £1883.55

• Retail solutions by creating larger sales display areas • Extra storage space for warehouse and distribution
and additional storage. centres are proving to be most beneficial and
• Mezzanine floors can create space for new economical.
offices on top of the mezzanine.
OUR COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE YOUR PLATFORM FOR FUTURE GROWTH

• Full building regulations application made on your behalf. Mezzanine floors provide high quality, extremely cost effective space in areas that are often
• Detailed site survey carried out by a qualified Project Manager. never used. When an organisation expands the need for extra space is crucial, people
• Delivery and installation schedules to suit your requirements. naturally think of expanding outward. Don’t do the same...think cubic space not floor
• Structures designed using Advance Steel and software, 3D design space. A mezzanine floor makes use of the total space available to you, offering significant
package and manufactured using CAD/CAM state-of-the-art cost savings when compared to alternatives.
automatic cutting/punching and drilling production lines.
• Quality accredited BS EN ISO 9001:2000. • Mezzanine floors are ideal for retail storage, production, warehouses, distribution and
• Detailed structural drawings and calculations. office solutions.
• Fast, efficient installations by our accredited installation teams. • Mezzanine floors can be supplied in a single level or multi-tier arrangement.
• All structures are individually designed to suit each application and facility.
• National type certification for fast track building regulation approval.
• Fire rated designs and column casings.
• Structures designed to BS6399, BS5950, BS449 and the latest building regulations.
• Structures conform to SEMA and DETR approved guidelines.

• Strips of PVC individually hung from stainless steel
or aluminium track for internal or external use.
• Tailor made to fit door opening.
• Suitable for pedestrian and motorised traffic.
• Visibility and access in both directions.
• Instant energy savings.
• Safe, effective and versatile.
• Easily maintained.
• Instructions for assembly included.
• Installation can be quoted on request.
PVC Strip Hanging Systems

• Fire retardant - self extinguishing. • Track, complete with necessary fixings. Delivered ready for face or
• Range of strip sizes and weights to suit individual applications. under lintel fixing.
• Each strip manufactured with the top section to suit the type of • Stainless steel hook-on track supplied for curtain up to 3.5m high.
track ordered. • Heavy duty aluminium track supplied for curtains over 3.5m high.
• Choice of overlap 50% for internal use, 100% for external use. • If required, stainless steel and aluminium track can be supplied for
• Red strips included as side markers. heights other than those recommended without altering the price.
• Polar grade strip is flexible to -40°C. • Installation time minimal.
• Green and bronze strips for welding screens. • Overlap easily altered if conditions dictate.
• Individual strips can be removed for greater air flow if required or • Tracks will not rust.
replaced if damaged. • Sliding track can be quoted on request.
Hook on fixing Twin track fixing TO ORDER:

Measure the width of the opening.
Measure the height of the opening.
Check specification for pvc overlap using “recommended use”
in price table.
Multiply width x height to calculate the square metre opening
using 2 decimal places and price according to specification.
Please specify whether the curtain will be for face or under
lintel fixing.
PVC strip size mm PVC strip grade PVC strip overlap Recommended use REF PRICE per m2
200 x 2 Clear 50% Internal/pedestrian DA200/2/C £36.02
200 x 2 Polar 50% Coldstore to -40°C DA200/2/P £38.94
300 x 2 Clear 50% Internal dust/spray screens and booths DA300/2/C £36.37
300 x 2 Green 50% Welding DA300/2/G £38.50
300 x 2 Bronze 50% Welding DA300/2/B £38.50
300 x 3 Clear 50% Internal doorways forklift traffic DA300/3/C/50 £37.38
400 x 2.5 Clear 100% Exposed internal doorways/smaller external doorways DA300/3/C/100 £51.77
400 x 4 Clear 50% Internal screening/partitioning DA400/2.5 £36.98
400 x 4 Clear 50% Smaller external/less exposed doorways DA400/4/C £38.33
400 x 4 Clear 100% External/heavy traffic doorways DA400/4/C/100 £53.52

PVC REPLACEMENT STRIP ROLLS
• Enables quick and easy replacement and maintenance.
• Polar grade is flexible to -40°C.
• Welding bronze strip offers through vision.
• All rolls 50m long.
• Also available as cut lengths, priced per linear metre
with a cutting charge included.
PVC strips Grade REF Per roll REF Per linear metre
size mm PRICE PRICE
200 x 2 Clear S200/2/C £113.90 LI200/2/C £2.18
200 x 2 Polar S200/2/P £125.80 LI200/2/P £2.40
300 x 2 Clear S300/2/C £185.30 LI300/2/C £3.74
300 x 2 Green S300/2/G £210.80 LI300/2/G £4.20
300 x 2 Bronze S300/2/B £210.80 LI300/2/B £4.20
300 x 3 Clear S300/3/C £232.90 LI300/3/C £4.42
400 x 2.5 Clear S400/2.5/C £268.60 LI400/2.5/C £5.30
400 x 4 Clear S400/4/C £421.60 LI400/4/C £8.50
300 x 3 Red S300/3/R £278.80 LI300/3/R £5.12
MOBILE WELDING SCREENS

• Free standing screens supported on a galvanised framework.
• Gives an immediate effective screening from welding flash, filtering
99% of harmful uv light.
• Manufactured with 300 x 2mm green or bronze strip. Green is opaque,
bronze offers through vision.
• Overall screen size 2m high x 2m wide.
• Can be butted together at 90˚ angles to form booths.
• Unrestricted access.
• Stable base with 50mm diameter castors allows easy relocation.
• Supplied boxed for easy assembly on site.
• Tailor made screens available on request.
REF Colour PRICE
WE/G Green £217.74
WE/B Bronze £217.74
HEAVY DUTY PVC CRASH DOORS

For busy doorways with safety in mind to see through from both directions. Superbly engineered for all
applications. A range of door frames and spring units to suit your precise requirements.
Constructed in 10mm thick PVC sheet for heavy duty use or cold store specification is available.
Standard duty has 6mm thick PVC.
Available in many variations such as all clear as shown, half clear (top) with lower half strongly welded
with coloured PVC. Also entirely opaque, but with vision panels.
Specify size and type required for quick quote.
Supplied in kit form with instructions for easy assembly.
REF PRICE
PVCSD POA

SUSPENDED SCALE MECHANICAL BENCH SCALES
• Single Hook. • Very Tough. • Mild steel case finished
• Portable and Versatile. • Maintenance Free. hammer grey.
• Corrosion Resistant. • Goods plate size:
300x300mm with a round
REF Cap x Graduation PRICE stainless steel pan as
235-6S 5kg x 20g £74.57 optional extra.
• Overall size: LxWxH mm
235-6S/10 10kg x 50g £59.14 310x300x330.
235-6S/25 25kg x 100g £59.14 • Display dial
230mm diameter.
235-6S/50 50kg x 200g £59.14
• Tare weight adjustment.
235-6S/100 100kg x 500g £59.14
CRANE SCALE
• Junior electronic cranescale/dynamometer.
• Provides cost effective method of weighing as you lift or
measuring tension in cables etc. REF Capacity/Increment PRICE
• With an IP55 rating this scale is ideally suited to internal or 250-8/10 10Kg x 20g £58.57
external use. 250-8/30 30Kg x 100g £58.57
• Manufactured from aircraft quality aluminium with safety factor 250-8/60 60Kg x 200g £58.57
of 500% (the model 10000Kg capacity is alloy steel).
• Lightweight portable and powered by 2C cell batteries for over
200 hours usage.
• Option to have hook or shackle fitted. ELECTROSAMSON DIGITAL SUSPENDED BALANCE
• Battery powered hand held electronic
digital balance.
• Suitable for a wide variety
of applications from poultry weighing,
fishing through to fire extinguisher and
REF Cap x Graduation Suspension PRICE general purpose suspended weighing.
36190.0038 1000kg x 1kg Shackle £671.44 • Key features: kg/lb/oz switching, display
36190.0046 2000kg x 2kg Shackle £744.30 hold, tare and auto shutoff to maximise
36190.0053 5000kg x 5kg Shackle £840.02 battery life.
36190.0103 10000kg x 10kg Shackle £1138.59 • Complete with padded carrying pouch
with belt clip.
• Supplied complete with
1 x 9 volt battery (PP3).
CRANE SCALE • Display: LCD display (4 x 13mm high
digits). Fittings: Top T bar grip handle
• Easy weighing operation with a large LED display. and bottom hook.
• Remote control for tare/zero, division and hold functions.
• Rugged construction with metal casing and swivel hook.
• Mains adaptor or rechargeable battery use with up to
150 hours operation.
REF Cap x Graduation PRICE

IHS1 1000kg x 200g £526.40 REF Capacity (non trade) PRICE
IHS3 3000kg x 500g £667.45 SA3N25300013000 10Kg x 10g £67.29
IHS5 5000kg x 1000g £808.50 SA3N27100013000 25Kg x 20g £67.29
IHS10 10000kg x 2000g £1172.50 SA3N12200013000 45Kg x 50g £67.29
ELECTRONIC BALANCES Lightweight, fully portable balances. All CQT and HCB scales are powered by dry cell batteries and are
also supplied with a mains adaptor as standard. All models will weigh in metric and imperial units.
CQT SERIES compact balance HCB Series Precision balances

• Quick and easy to read. • Percentage weighing and parts counting.
• Auto power-off. • Circular weighing pan 120mm diameter.
• Auto calibration. • RS-232 Interface.
• Low battery warning.
• Weighs in kg/gm or lb/oz (switchable).
• Stainless steel weighing pan.
• Removable draft shield on 120mm pan.
REF Capacity Readability PRICE

CQT202 200g 0.01g £235.88
CQT251 250g 0.1g £167.85 REF Capacity Readability PRICE
Dimensions: Dimensions:
CQT601 600g 0.1g £197.10 HCB153 150g 0.005g £341.60
width 245mm width 170mm
CQT1501 1500kg 0.1g £201.20 HCB302 300g 0.01g £341.60
depth 170mm depth 245mm
CQT2601 2600kg 0.1g £273.15 height 180mm HCB602 600g 0.02g £341.60
height 180mm
CQT2000 2000kg 1g £132.75 HCB1502 1500g 0.05g £341.60
CQT5000 5000kg 1g £156.15 HCB3001 3000g 0.1g £341.60

BENCH WEIGHING SCALES BENCH WEIGHING SCALES
• Large LED display • Mains supply adaptor
- 25mm digits. or rechargeable battery
• ABS plastic with stainless steel operation with up to
pan - 250 x 180mm. 150 hours usage.
• O/S - 250 x 307 x 110mm. • Tare function.
• Sealed keypad. • Overload protection.
• Parts counting. • Percentage weighing.
REF Cap & Reading PRICE
LBK3 3000g at 0.5g £150.40
• Basic weighing, check weighing, parts LBK6 6000g at 1g £150.40
counting all-in-one machine. LBK12 12kg at 2g £150.40
• Fast and simple operation. LBK30 30kg at 5g £150.40
• Stainless steel pan 225 x 275mm.
• RS232 interface.
• Mains adaptor and rechargeable battery.
• Amber, red and green LED with GENERAL PURPOSE BENCH/DESPATCH SCALE
24mm digits.
• O/S - 315 x 355 x 110mm. • A rugged despatch/warehouse • Controls: Zero on/off and
• Memory accumulation. scale that provides resets to zero. Units: Kilogram
• Adjustable feet. consistently accurate weight or pounds. Tare: Establishes
• Graphic capacity tracker. measurement. the weight of an empty
• Colour coded keys. • Weights are clearly displayed container at zero to provide
in large 2.54cm backlit LCD an accurate net weight for
REF Cap & Reading PRICE numbers to provide excellent items placed in the container.
viewing conditions. • Auto shutdown: Turns off the
CBK4 4000g at 0.1g £242.80
• Makes it easy to weigh weight display after 2 minutes
CBK8H 8000g at 0.1g £357.20
oversize items. Cordless of none use.
CBK8 8000g at 0.2g £242.80
convenience: Battery powered • Battery alert: Scale will
CBK16 16kg at 0.5g £242.80
option provides complete display ‘LO’ when the battery
CBK32 32kg at 1g £242.80
freedom of use. is weak.
CBK48 48kg at 2g £284.40
CBK3M 3000g at 1g £316.40
CBK6M 6000g at 2g £316.40 REF Cap & Resolution Dims mm PRICE
CBK15M 15kg at 5g £316.40 GP100 45kg x 100g/100lbs x 0.2lbs 278 x 318 x 56 £87.86
CBK30M 30kg at 10g £316.40 GP250 110kg x 200g/250lbs x 0.5lbs 278 x 318 x 56 £87.86
BENCH WEIGH COUNT SCALE COUNTING SCALE

• Low cost weigh count scale powered by rechargeable battery or mains. • High quality counting scale 6Kg capacity.
• Ideal for stores application and very easy to use. • Platform 310 x 230mm.
• Stainless steel pan. • Mains power or rechargeable battery.
• 3 separate displays - weigh, piece weight and count. • LED display.
• 15mm high red LED display. • Auto power off.
• Battery life approx 20 hours. • Stainless steel platform.
• High impact ABS case with levelling feet. • Hold tare and count functions.
• Non-trade.
REF PRICE
CTS6000 £171.00
ELECTRONIC COUNTING SCALE

• Industrial bench top
weighing machine.
• Mains and internal
rechargeable battery.
• LCD display offering:
checkweighing facility,
percentage weighing,
full range tare, selectable
presets with audible
warning alarm and auto
zero tracking.
• Stainless steel platform.
REF Capacity Readings Plate size O/S WxDxH PRICE

B120/6 6Kg 1.0g 290 295 x £137.15 Plate O/S
B120/15 15Kg 2.0g x 335 x £137.15 REF Cap Readings size mm W x D x Hmm PRICE
B120/30 30Kg 5.50g 220mm 117mm £137.15 CBC4 4Kg 0.1g 225 £257.98
B130/6 6Kg 0.2g 292 292 x £195.00 CBC8 8Kg 0.2g x 320 x 340 x 125 £257.98
B130/15 15Kg 0.5g x 333 x £195.00 CBC16 16Kg 0.5g 300 £257.98
B130/30 30Kg 1.0g 222mm 109mm £195.00 CBC32 32Kg 1g £257.98

FLOOR STANDING COUNTING SCALES
• Counting and weighing floor standing scale.
• LCD display with memory count programmable for counting to
preset number and full range tare.
• Mains power and rechargeable internal battery.
• RS-232 bi-directional interface (optional).
Weighing Plate size O/A dim

REF Cap divisions mm W x D x Hmm PRICE
GFK75 75Kg 5g 400 £393.60
GFK150 150Kg 10g x 425 x 700 x 950 £393.60
GFK300 300Kg 20g 500 £435.20
GFK600 600Kg 50g 800 x 600 £414.38
GENERAL PURPOSE SCALE PARCEL SCALES

• Self contained with RS-232 interface for simple non-trade
weighing applications.
• Column or desk mount indicator.
• Auto shut-off timer.
• Mild steel base with stainless steel weight platter.
• Weight hold and tare functions.
• Display - 20mm high red LED.
• Stainless steel platform - 381 x 305mm. • Excellent for shipping/receiving

• Stainless steel remote display LCD. and spot checking.
• AC adaptor included. • Mounting bracket for display
• Auto off and unit memory facility. with 2m cable.
REF Platform size mm Capacity Kg PRICE
S100/75 447 75 x 0.01 £218.22
S100/150 x 150 x 0.02 £218.22 REF Description PRICE
S100/300 559 300 x 0.05 £218.22 JSHIP 120Kg/0.1Kg £85.25
LIGHT CAPACITY PLATFORM SCALES

• General purpose weighing.
• Tare, hold and print facility.
• Battery and mains operation.
• Bench or wall mount indicator.
• LCD display (5 x 17mm digits).
REF Capacity/Resolution Platform size mm PRICE

WS300-50 300 Kg x 50g 550 x 550 x 60 £204.00
WS300-90 300 Kg x 50g 900 x 550 x 60 £227.15
WS500 500 Kg x 100g 915 x 915 x 60 £339.44

ELECTRONIC PARCEL SCALES PLATFORM SCALES PLATFORM SCALES
• Low cost. • Versatile weighing platform and indicator. • Versatile weighing platform and indicator.
• Simple operation. • Stainless steel platform 500 x 500mm. • Stainless steel platform 900 x 600mm.
• 60Kg or 120Kg capacity. • Crisp backlit LCD. • Crisp backlit LCD.
• Optional bench or wall mounted bracket. • Display hold, dynamic weighing and auto • Display hold, dynamic weighing and auto
• Compact design. on/off facility. on/off facility.
• Robust construction. • Bi-directional RS-232 interface. • Bi-directional RS-232 interface.
• Tare function. • Adjustable non-slip feet for levelling. • Adjustable non-slip feet for levelling.
• KG or LB flexibility weighing in operation. • Rechargeable battery pack and mains • Rechargeable battery pack and mains
• Platform 380 x 300 x 27mm high. adaptor included. adaptor included.
• Display size 4 x 25mm LCD. • Wheels and handle for ease of movement.
• 240V Power adaptor for mains.
REF Cap x Graduation PRICE REF Cap x Graduation PRICE

CPWPLUS35M 35Kg x 10g £222.00 CPWPLUS35L 35Kg x 10g £274.00
REF Cap x Resolution PRICE CPWPLUS75M 75Kg x 20g £222.00 CPWPLUS75L 75Kg x 20g £274.00
WS60 60Kg x 0.02g £85.72 CPWPLUS150M 150Kg x 50g £222.00 CPWPLUS150L 150Kg x 50g £274.00
WS120 120Kg x 0.05g £85.72 CPWPLUS200M 200Kg x 50g £237.60 CPWPLUS200L 200Kg x 50g £294.80
COMPACT WEIGHING SCALES

• Stainless steel housing and platform.
• LCD display.
• Portable with battery power or 9v 100ma AC adaptor.
• Water resistant keyboard with 4 function keys - very easy to use.
Pan O/S
REF Cap Readings size mm W x D x Hmm PRICE
CPWPLUS35 35Kg 10g Base: £153.00
300
CPWPLUS75 75Kg 20g 300 x 300 x 50 £153.00
x
CPWPLUS150 150Kg 50g Indicator: £153.00
300
CPWPLUS200 200Kg 50g 270 x 80 x 30 £180.63
INDUSTRIAL PLATFORM SCALES

• The PT range is low profile and can be supplied with
optional ramp. Its construction is steel with a chequered
plate platform (not 1500 x 1500mm).
• Stainless steel construction throughout can be supplied. PT Range shown with
• Choose your method of indicating - GK, existing scales optional ramp
or pc.
• Adjustable rubber levelling feet.
• 3m length of cable.
• C3 OIML approved loadcell installed.
• Great range of sizes available.
REF Max scale cap Kg Platform size mm Height mm PRICE
PT110 1000 1000x1000 100 £574.40
PT210 2000 1000x1000 100 £574.40
PT310 3000 1000x1000 100 £574.40
PT112 1000 1200x1200 100 £643.20
PT212 2000 1200x1200 100 £643.20
PT312 3000 1200x1200 100 £643.20
PT115 1000 1500x1500 100 £764.00
PT215 2000 1500x1500 100 £764.00
PT315 3000 1550x1500 100 £764.00
GK LED display indicator £279.20

PALLET TRUCK WEIGH SCALE
The PTS pallet truck scale allows users to measure the weight of objects as they are moved from one place to another whether it's in a
warehouse on the production floor or in the shipping department. The sleek, low profile design of the PTS coupled along with solid rubber
wheels, steel pallet forks and zero radius pivoting handle make the PTS a must have for commercial and industrial users.
• Readability 0.5Kg.
• Fork size: 160W x 1150L mm.
• Overall size: L x W x H, 1580 x 690 x 1180mm.
• Hold function.
• Full tare range.
• Backlit LCD display.
• Digital filters.
• Internal rechargeable battery.
• Bi-directional RS-232 interface.
• Quick and easy keypad configuration.
• External calibration.
• Large display.
• IP66 indicator.
• Steel construction.
• Adjustable angle indicator.
• Check weighing LED lights.
• Capacity tracker. REF PRICE
PTS2000/AE402 £1060.13
PORTABLE ‘U’ FRAME PALLET SCALES FLOOR SCALE

• Construction in heavy duty mild steel.
• Designed to weigh pallets with capacity up to 1500Kg.
• Fitted with handle and wheels to ease movement.
• Platform size 1200x920mm.
• Digital LCD weigh indicator purchased separately if required.
• Weighing platform is powder coated steel - 800 x 800 x 46mm.

• 500Kg capacity x 0.2g graduation.
• RS-232 output.
REF Cap Kg Description Size mm PRICE • Complete with indicator - floor stand is extra.
PU1500 1500 Mild steel 1200x920 £626.25
AE402 1500 Digital Indicator 220x160x105 £248.00 REF Cap Kg PRICE
DS1000/FS 500 x 0.2 £530.01
PORTABLE PALLET WEIGHING BEAM SCALES HD PORTABLE PALLET WEIGHING BEAM SCALES
• Suitable for use as a parcel, pallet or platform scale. Heavy duty scale
• Capacity 2500Kg with a resolution of 0.5Kg. 5000Kg for use as
• Beams are 1200 x 100 x 60mm with four large adjustable rubber feet. parcel scales, pallet
• Stainless steel indicator with LCD display. scales, platform
• Operates off mains supply or rechargeable batteries. scales. Resolution
1Kg. Beams are
1260mm long x
120mm wide x 75mm
high and weigh 20Kg.
Supplied with
stainless steel Sigma
LCD display 240v or
110v AC, 12v battery
option. Beams can be
used up to 6m apart.

REF PRICE BS+5000 5000Kg £877.50
DP90-1200 £557.15

ECONOMY PACKING STATION
• Saves space and time when packing goods for despatch with
the facility to store cartons, wrappings and equipment.
• Sturdy welded steel construction with the table and shelf
edges set into the frame to avoid damage.
• Durable grey finish with plastic tube inserts.
• Supplied flat pack with easy to follow instructions.
• Choice of full packaging station or basic bench.
EB-250
EB-251
REF Type Size W x D x H mm PRICE

EB-250 Basic bench 1800 x 780 x 920 £261.56
EB-251 Packing station 1800 x 780 x 1500 £360.38
PACPLAN ERGOLINE PACKING STATION

A superb ergonomic modular work station that can be purchased as a
complete system as illustrated or in component form to suit requirement.
• Heavy duty 25mm worktop and shelves designed for regular use in
industrial environments.
• Table size: 1600 x 800 x 800mm.
• Height adjustable 750-900mm with self levelling feet for maximum stability.
• Durable and ergonomic profiles to support MDF ergonomic table and shelf tops.
• Two size of box dividers.
• Bench mounted cutter and under table mandrill for bubble/foam/corrugated -
1200mm width max.
PPE1600
Pacplan Ergoline complete system
PPE1601

PPE/SYSTEM Table, 2 shelves, mandrill, cutter, small divider, large divider £1410.05
PPE1600 Packing table: 1600 x 800 x 800mm £447.75
PPE1601 MDF shelf & steel supports, size 1600 x 300mm £192.39
PPE1602 Under table mandrill for material up to 1200mm wide £117.50
PPE1603 Bench mounted 1200mm cutter £412.50 PPE1602
PPE1604 Small box divider 250mm x 300mm £7.47
PPE1605 Large box divider 300mm x 400mm £8.37

Ergonomically designed units based on either 1600mm or 800mm long units. All are adjustable in working
height from 700 - 920mm. It is easy to add on sections to increase your packing area as required.
TIDY BENCH STATION ECONOMIC PACKING STATION CHIP DISPENSER UNIT
Comprising:
Table 1600mm wide x 800mm deep with 1200mm
wide paper cutter, brackets to house mandrel for kraft
paper, two shelf sections top one with dividers, Add on chip section table. REF PRICE
vertical supports, lower brackets and mandrel kit for 800x 800mm and
Comprising: bubble or corrugated. 60/105 £767.25
scaffold and underside
Table 800 x 800mm with lower shelf, tool box hessian catch bag.
drawer with guides, two shelves, one with dividers
and vertical supports. Hopper and valve 12 x REF PRICE
15 cubic foot capacity. HPV/1 £435.94
REF PRICE REF PRICE

15 cu ft bag capacity of REF PRICE
60/252 £645.19 60/251 £1110.19 's' shaped polystyrene 4516 POA
loosefill chips.
MOBILE CUTTER STAND PACKING TABLE MODULAR UNITS PACKING TABLE WITH CUTTER
Mobile stand with 1200mm wide cutter. Build up these modular units to suit
Packing table size 1600mm x 800mm.
your own application.
Fitted with cutter - 1200mm wide capability.
REF PRICE Lower mandrel kit plus rollers.
60/301/940 £552.19
Mobile stand with 1500mm wide cutter.
REF PRICE REF Description PRICE REF PRICE

60/302/941 £569.63 60/200 Table 1600x800mm £505.69 60/200/940/703 £903.26
60/955 Shelf for 60/200 £254.01
60/102 Add on table 800x800mm £249.94
60/931 Toolbox drawer with guides £93.59

COMPLETE PACKING STATION
The complete packing bench solution is System 1. Table size 1600 x 800mm. Supplied complete with the following:
2 storage shelves, 4 small box dividers, 3 large box dividers, perforated back panel for tool storage, under table
mandrill for up to 1200mm wide bubble wrap film or paper, bench mounted cutter - 1200mm.
ACCESSORIES
1 2 3 4 5
No REF Accessories description PRICE

1 PP3019 Sliding undershelf drawer £169.20
2 PP3020 Undershelf waste bin £156.69
3 PP3010 Computer holder £148.39
4 PP3001 Flat screen monitor arm £170.32
5 PP3004 Keyboard/mouse pad £44.28
REF PRICE
6 PP3003 Tape dispenser £28.38 6 7
7 PP4006 Braked castors - each £20.43 SYSTEM1 £1794.17
MOBILE CUTTER AND STAND COMBI CUTTER LOOSEFILL STATION

The mobile cutter is a quality, durable unit featuring a The Combi Packer The LSF comprises of a 800 x
precision cutting unit specifically designed for use with provides the option to 800 x 800mm table with a grill
corrugated paper, bubble film, foam and similar dispense and cut a top to collect surplus loosefill
materials. This fully mobile unit is available for variety of materials when packing. The system
1200mm or 1500mm wide material. used in the packing includes the overhead frame for
area. Available for supporting the bag of loosefill
1200mm or 1500mm and the dispensing shoot.
wide materials.
REF Sizes mm PRICE REF Sizes mm PRICE

REF PRICE
PCUT01 W 800 x L 1500 x H 1130 £502.98 PCUT03 W 800 x L 1500 x H 1630 £823.15
PP/LSF £868.74
PCUT02 W 800 x L 1850 x H 1130 £544.98 PCUT04 W 800 x L 1850 x H 1630 £890.14
HORIZONTAL STRAPPING MACHINE

• Various applications:
Suitable for fruit and vegetable boxes, concrete blocks and palletised cartons of product.
• Adjustable strapping height:
The strapping height is quickly and effortlessly adjustable. Allow to strap 190mm from the
floor up to 2000mm.
• Control panel on both sides:
With the control panel on both sides of the machine, it is easy for operation.
• Easy to change the coil:
The position of strap dispenser is ergonomic in design. It's convenient and energy-saving
to change the coil of PP strap.
• Mobility:
With big wheels for high mobility, it is easy to move around.
REF MH500M
Name Horizontal strapping machine
Tension PP 15 - 45Kg
Strapping type 12mm machine strapping on 200 x 190 strapping core
Strap width 9mm - 15.5mm
Power supply 230v - 50/60Hz 1 phase
Machine weight 260Kg
PRICE £4923.80

Prices for our strapping machines include 6 months on site parts and labour warranty. Please note that we are able to
demonstrate, install, commission and give customer training on site for all our machines – please enquire for details.
LOW LEVEL SEMI-AUTO STRAPPING MACHINE AUTOMATIC PALLET STRAPPING MACHINE

The PLR 100 is a reliable semi-automatic strapping machine and is based on the The PS800 pallet strapping
popular TMS 300 design. It has low level table top height, designed for heavy export machine eliminates manual
packs and large packages. Simple to operate, feed the strapping around the package tools and dispensers and
and the machine will automatically tension and heat seal the strap. automatically feeds strap
through the pallet void.
This reduces time, worker
fatigue and is a cost
effective solution to your
pallet strapping operation.
REF PS800
Dimensions 550mm width x 1017mm depth x 973mm height
REF PLR100
Tension PET 20 - 150Kg PP 20Kg - 100Kg
Dimensions 1476mm width x 582mm depth x 355mm height Strap width 9mm - 15.5mm with 406mm core
Tension 15 - 45Kg Sealing Friction weld for PP and PET strap
Strap width 6mm - 15.5mm Min package height 560mm
Strapping speed 2.5 seconds/cycle (60Hz) Sword length 1250mm (adjustable)
Power supply 240v - 50/60Hz Power supply 230v - 50/60Hz
Power consumption 0.25kw Machine weight 175Kg
PRICE £1085.00 PRICE £4468.80
SEMI-AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE

The TMS 300 is a reliable semi-automatic strapping machine. The HQS80 is our new entry level strapping machine for 5-12mm strapping. The new
Simple to operate, feed the strapping around the package and the machine will design of compact mechanical strapping head with less moving parts substantially
automatically tension and heat seal the strap. reduces maintenance issue. Features include: auto strap ejector - clears unwanted
Accepts polyprop machine strapping strap automatically if the machine is operated in error, electronic tension control,
from 6mm - 16mm wide on 200mm or short feed sensor and auto strap feed which eliminates downtime. Including a foot
280mm cores. Designed to provide a pedal bar and adjustable table height.
quick and efficient method of strapping
single or multiple packages of varying Dimensions 5-9mm machine is 1452mm high
sizes. The machine features external x 652mm deep.
tension control, a safety cut-out switch 12mm machine is
when the top is opened and the 1525mm H x 652mm D.
enclosed cabinet design keeps the Width depends on
strapping clean and dust free. size of arch.
Tension 1 - 45Kg.
Strap width 5-12mm.
Strap speed 65 straps/minute (60Hz).
Power supply 230v - 50/60Hz
1 phase.
REF TMS300
Dimensions 920mm width x 595mm depth x 785mm height
Tension 15 - 45Kg
Strap width 6mm - 15.5mm
Strapping speed 2.5 seconds/cycle (60Hz)
Power supply 230v - 50Hz
Power consumption 0.3kw
REF PRICE
PRICE £907.20 HQS80 £5019.00
AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE Automatic strapping
The TRS600 Automatic machine is designed for

i machines are also available for
9mm strapping on request
strapping high volumes of cartons and packages. Dimensions 1430mm width x 620mm depth
Simply place the pack under the arch, at the press x 1540mm height.
of a button, the machine automatically straps the Tension 10 - 70Kg.
pack. It is capable of up to 27 straps per minute Strap width 9mm - 12mm - 15.5mm.
providing an efficient solution to your strapping Strapping speed 2.2 seconds/cycle (60Hz).
needs. The main features are external tension Power supply 230v - 50Hz.
control - to suit pack application, short feed sensor Power consumption 1.2kw.
- to prevent misfeeds. A range of arch sizes are
available to suit your application.
REF Arch size W x H mm PRICE
TRS600/12 850 x 600 £2963.80
TRS600/12L 1050 x 800 £3673.60

PACKERS BAND AND BUCKLE SYSTEM STRAP AND SEAL KIT
The complete self-contained system for the Designed as a portable
smaller user. The box contains 800 metres of dispenser for strap and
12mm wide lightweight, strong polypropylene seals. Contains
strapping and 200 buckles (breaking strain 800mx12mm wide top
135kg). Easy to use instructions for positive quality polypropylene
package and parcel banding. strapping and 300x12mm
galv metal seals. Strap is
easily drawn from a slot at
one end of the handle grip
pack and the seals from
the built-in drawer.
REF Item PRICE 12/SSK

12/SBK Complete system £19.70 REF PRICE
PB12 Box buckles only (1000) £14.67 12SSK £18.68
MACHINE STRAPPING HAND STRAPPING

Polypropylene strapping used in conjunction with Polypropylene strapping for use with hand operated
semi automatic and fully automatic electric strapping tools. Choice of sizes and breaking strains
strapping machines. Heavy usage for multiple dependent on type of goods and application.
operations. Friction weld seal.
REF Size - break strain PRICE

REF Machine strapping type PRICE P12-130S 12mmx2000m - 130Kg B/S £30.02
9-100-MC 4000mx9mmx0.6mm - 100Kg £58.42 P12-200S 12mmx1500m - 200Kg B/S £31.32
12-145-MC 3000mx12mmx0.6mm - 145Kg £51.68 P12-270S 12mmx1200m - 270Kg B/S £44.04 Please enquire for
Please enquire for strapping printed with P12-300S 12mmx1000m - 300Kg B/S £30.02 extra heavy duty
your own message, name or logo 15/350S 15mmx750m - 350Kg B/S £43.55 polyester strapping.
STRAPPING SEALS & EDGE PROTECTORS

Hand strapping tools require the use of semi open metal seals to secure the strapping around the load P500/D
being strapped. Three size of seals are available. Plastic edge protectors can be used to protect boxes,
cartons or products from being damaged by the strapping.

12/25/DISP Semi open seals - 12mm x 25mm (1000) £5.64
12/32 Semi open seals - 12mm x 32mm (2000) £20.45
16/32 Semi open seals - 16mm x 32mm (2000) £19.38
P500/D Edge protectors (500 on a reel) £11.17
12/25/DISP seals
AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINES

• Compact design and easy to use.
• Choice of fully automatic or semi automatic machines.
• Quick heat sealing and automatically cut strapping.
• Single phase 230v operation.
• Adjustable tension.
• Operation by foot pedal or parcel sensor.

• Arch size: 850mm wide x 600mm high.
• Standard strap width is 12mm - other
widths require conversion kit.
Size Tension Strap

REF WxDxH mm Kg width PRICE
TP202CE 907x595x746 0.5 - 70 9 or 12mm £665.48 TP6000CE TP202CE
TP6000CE 1430x620x1540 0 - 25 8 - 15mm £2805.00
12/145/MC Machine strapping-12mmx3000m. White £43.93 • Semi-auto hand feed operation.

STRAPPING DISPENSERS WITH METAL FLANGES STRAPPING DISPENSERS
• Suitable for holding strapping that has • Takes strap 2000m, • Suitable for holding strapping fitted • Takes strapping 150 - 190mm wide.
no plastic core, ie machine strap. Will 150 - 190mm wide. with plastic core. • Fitted with brake and strap guide.
also hold strapping with plastic core. • Fitted with brake and strap guide. • Choice of floor stand or mobile trolley.
• Choice of floor stand or mobile trolley.
REF Type PRICE REF Type PRICE
PSD/F Floor stand £69.37 PSD Floor stand £30.33
PMD/F Mobile trolley £99.75 PMD Mobile trolley £65.63
HEAVY DUTY TENSIONER TENSIONER & CRIMPER TOOLS

• Heavy duty tensioner for all polypropylene or 3212/BS
extruded polyester strapping.
• 13-19mm strap width.
• Heavy duty cutter with windless return
mechanism for easy strap loading.
3215/BT
REF PRICE
Sealer which crimps 12mm x 25mm or
HDT1319 £162.75
12mm x 32mm seals.
REF PRICE
3212/BS £25.20
Tensioner and cutter in one tool. Ideal for different
shapes and sizes of goods. Suitable for 12-15mm
strapping. Can be used horizontally or vertically to
palletise goods.
REF PRICE
ECONOMY COMBINATION HEAVY DUTY COMBI 3215/BT £38.06
STRAPPING TOOLS STRAPPING TOOL
FRICTION WELD
STRAPPING
3012C/P 3010 • Battery electric strapping machine.

• Friction welds the strapping together so no need for
the use of seals.
• Both tools are tensioner, sealer and cutter all in one. • Can be used with 4-16mm polypropylene or
Designed for use on top of parcels and pallets. polyester strapping - advise when ordering.
• Uses 12mm strapping and 12 x 25mm seals. • Tensioner, sealer and cutter. • Complete with battery and charger.
• The 3012C/P has a ratchet tensioner - 3010 has a • For 12mm strapping and 12/25mm seals.
windlass tensioner that gives increased tension. • Windlass and ratchet device.
REF PRICE
REF Type PRICE TVX/BC/BAT £1488.76
REF PRICE
3012C/P Ratchet £103.95
3045 £141.75
3010 Light duty £78.75

We have designed a range of kits that make the use of polypropylene strapping easy. By combining all of the popular tools,
strapping and seals, we are able to offer kits to suit any type of application.
Kit Comprises:
Kit Comprises: 1 x tensioner and cutter (ref: 3215/BT).
1 x medium duty combination tool (ref: 3012C/P). 1 x sealer for 12mm seals (ref: 3212/BS).
1 x strap and seal kit (ref: 12SSK) which contains 800m of 12mm 1 x strap and seal kit (ref: 12SSK) which contains 800m of 12mm
strapping x 300 metal seals. strapping x 300 metal seals.
REF PRICE REF PRICE
POLYPROPKIT1 £123.18 POLYPROPKIT2 £82.50
Kit Comprises: Kit Comprises:

1 x medium duty combination tool (ref: 3012C/P). 1 x medium duty combination tool (ref: 3012C/P).
1 x floor standing dispenser (ref: PSD). 1 x mobile trolley dispenser (ref: PMD).
1 x 2000m reel of 12mm wide strapping, 1 x 2000m reel of 12mm wide strapping,
120Kg breaking strain (ref: P12/120S). 120Kg breaking strain (ref: P12/120S).
1 x box of 1000 metal seals 12mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
1 x box of 1000 metal seals 12mm
(ref: 12/25/DISP). POLYPROPKIT3 £170.91 POLYPROPKIT4 £206.20
(ref: 12/25/DISP).
Kit Comprises: Kit Comprises:

1 x tensioner and cutter (ref: 3215/BT). 1 x tensioner and cutter (ref: 3215/BT).
1 x sealer for 12mm seals (ref: 3212/BS). 1 x sealer for 12mm seals (ref: 3212/BS).
1 x floor standing dispenser (ref: PSD). 1 x mobile trolley dispenser (ref: PMD).
1 x 2000m reel of 12mm wide strapping, 120Kg breaking strain 1 x 2000m reel of 12mm wide strapping, 120Kg breaking strain
(ref: P12/120S). (ref: P12/120S).
1 x box of 1000 metal seals 12mm REF PRICE REF PRICE
1 x box of 1000 metal seals 12mm
(ref: 12/25/DISP). POLYPROPKIT5 £130.22 (ref: 12/25/DISP). POLYPROPKIT6 £165.52

DISPENSER TROLLEY DISPENSER TROLLEY
FOR OSCILLATED WOUND FOR RIBBON WOUND
STEEL STRAPPING STEEL STRAPPING
• Suitable for strapping • Suitable for strapping widths 13-19mm.
widths 13 -19mm. • Complete with built in seals holder.
• Complete with built in • Easy to dispense, fully mobile and
seals holder. safe in use.
• Easy to dispense, fully
mobile and safe in use.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

OWM £160.79 RWM/30 £110.25
STEEL STRAPPING TENSIONER TOOL STEEL COMBINATION STRAPPING TOOL

For strapping tensioning up to 19mm width Suitable for 13/16mm steel
around parcels or pallets, use either horizontally strapping and v/m seals.
or vertically in conjunction with sealer and seals.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

4219/ST £64.31 13/16/SC/1 £299.25
SEALING TOOLS SEALLESS STEEL STRAPPING

Easy to use for all sizes of seals, 3
COMBINATION TOOL
models for 13/19mm widths.
• No need to use seals.
• Tool crimps the two ends of strapping together.
REF Strapping width mm PRICE • Suitable widths 13-19mm.
4213SS 13 £27.55
4216SS 16 £28.88 REF PRICE
4219SS 19 £28.88 SST/1319 £621.25
STANDARD SAFETY SHEARS HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SHEARS

Will hold and cut up to 30mm wide steel Double safety shears will hold and cut up
strapping with complete safety. to 38mm wide steel strapping.
REF PRICE REF PRICE

SSC/30 £32.57 MSC/38 £158.38
STEEL STRAPPING
REF Detail/type Aver Mtrs Aver coil PRICE
B/S Kg per Kg wt Kg
RIB/13 12.7x0.5mm ribbon wound 518 20.01 16.7 £38.87
RIB/16 16x0.5mm ribbon wound 652 15.9 21 £48.02
RIB/19 19x0.5mm ribbon wound 775 13.4 25 £57.16
OSC/13 12.7x0.5mm oscillated wound 518 20.01 48 £163.49
OSC/16 16x0.5mm oscillated wound 652 15.9 48 £163.49
OSC/19 19x0.5mm oscillated wound 775 13.4 48 £163.49
REF Seals for steel strapping PRICE

13/25SS 13mmx25mm snap on seals (1000) £8.73
V/M13 13mm closed seals to suit 13/SC/1 tool (2000) £16.82

STEEL STRAPPING KITS
Three kits (nos 7, 8 and 9) that vary in the width of steel strapping that they use - 13,16 or 19mm.
Each kit contains:
• 1 x steel strapping tensioner tool (ref: 4219/ST).
• 1 x sealing tool (ref: 4213/SS, 4216/SS or 4219/SS).
• 1 x dispenser trolley (ref: RWM/30).
• 1 x coil of ribbon wound steel strapping (ref: RIB/13, RIB/16 or RIB/19).
• 1 x box of 1000 metal seals 25mm long (ref: 13/25/SS, 16/25SS or 19/25SS).
• 1 x standard safety shears (ref: SSC/30). Kits 7, 8 and 9
Two kits (nos 10 and 11) that either use - 13 or

16mm wide steel strapping.
Both kit contains:
Kits 10 and 11 • 1 x steel combination strapping tool
(ref: 13/16/SC/1).
• 1 x dispenser trolley (ref: RWM/30).
• 1 x coil of ribbon wound steel strapping (ref:
RIB/13 or RIB/16).
• 1 x box of 2000 closed metal seals (ref: V/M13
or V/M16).
• 1 x standard safety shears (ref: SSC/30). REF Strapping width mm PRICE
STEELKIT7 13 £282.28
STEELKIT10 13 £497.75
STEELKIT11 16 £510.98
AIR CUSHION MACHINE AND MATERIALS

If you want to protect your goods during transportation, MINI PAK'R is a small, easy to use
system that allows you to produce air cushions on demand. You can choose from 5 different
types of air cushion, for any kind of protection you need.
• Void fill packaging.

• Wrapping and corner protection.
• Easy to use with no compressed air needed. Just plug in, load the film and use.
• Can be wall mounted.

M/PACKR Air cushion machine £1767.15
5 styles of film available - POA
PVC SHRINK FILM PVC SHRINK FILM SYSTEM

Shrink film rolls for use with most conventional A complete system for shrink filming products for presentation or
hot air blowers and sealers. Priced per roll. despatch. System comprises a round wire sealer, hot air blower and a
film unroller. Items can also be purchased individually.
• Handles film up to 400mm wide - see PVC Shrink Film for prices.
REF Size W x L x Mu PRICE

PVC20 200/400mm x 600mtr x 19mu £17.30
PVC25 250/500mm x 600mtr x 19mu £21.72
PVC30 300/600mm x 600mtr x 19mu £26.16
PVC35 350/700mm x 600mtr x 19mu £30.36
PVC40 400/800mm x 600mtr x 19mu £34.71
PVC45 450/900mm x 600mtr x 19mu £39.00
PVC50 500/1000mm x 600mtr x 19mu £43.43
PORTABLE 'L' BAR SEALER

• Sealer and unroller combined.
• Seals up to 450mm width.
• Timer facility.

PSFS400 Complete system £243.33
IS400RW Round wire sealer £156.24
REF PRICE HAB1500 Hot air blower £54.50
450WB Film unroller £43.47
LBAR450 £235.38

PALLET SHRINK WRAP GUNS
Choice of two guns - The PSG-1 is a budget priced tool which is PSG-1
very reliable and comes complete with 8m hose, regulator and oil.
The RIP/2200 with regulator, 8m hose and carry case. 360°
rotating nozzle to suit awkward shapes.
• From the leading manufacturer of propane gas shrink film tools.

• Operator friendly 'cool nozzle' feature exclusive to this tool.
• Extension arms easily fitted for high reach film shrinking.
• Hand tool weighs 1.2Kg.
RIP/2200

PSG-1 Budget pallet shrink gun £375.00
RIP/2200 Premier pallet shrink gun & carry case £612.00
GAS CYLINDER TROLLEY MOBILE POLYTHENE DISPENSER STAND

• Adjustable to suit industrial propane
gas bottles 13,19 and 47Kg.
• Complete with gun holster.
REF PRICE
GCT £79.05
• Complete with one spindle (extra spindles available).
• Adjustable from 1.2m to 2m.
• Storage brackets to hold up to 3 spindles.
• Wall or floor mounted with two lockable castors.
CLEAR GUSSETED SHRINK PALLET COVERS REF Description PRICE

PSS/1 Complete dispenser, spindle & castor set £169.58
PSS/SB Extra spindle bars £66.95
CLEAR CENTREFOLD SHRINK POLY SHEETING
• From 125 micron clear polythene.

• Supplied in 25Kg packs.
• From 125 micron clear polythene. • Supplied in quantities of 25 off.

Pallet covers 1270x2330x1800mm (Load size REF Description PRICE
GPC/1210/25 £99.35
1000x1200x1200mm)for Euro pallets 125/1/2M/25 Centre fold sheet 108m £108.65
Pallet covers 1290x2510x1900mm (Load size 125/1.5/3M/25 Centre fold sheet 74m £108.65
GPC/1212/25 £112.71
1200x1200x1200mm) for UK pallets 125/2/4M/25 Centre fold sheet 55m £117.22

STRETCH FILM AND DISPENSER
Stretchfilm is a cost effective way of protecting goods on pallets from damage, dirt and rain.
Use for pallets being stored or moved in transit.
• Choice of light duty film and two types of dispenser.
SR500 HSR500
REF Description PRICE per carton

PP17 Film 400mm x 300m. Light duty. 6 roll carton £40.24
PP20 Film 400mm x 300m. Heavy duty. 6 roll carton £42.13
42525025B HD black security film 500mm x 250m. 6 rolls £61.71
SR50C Universal hand dispenser £14.54
HSR500 Heavy duty hand dispenser £26.52
STRETCH FILM ON EXTENDED HAND GRIP CORE HANDY PACKER STRETCH FILM
Premier quality stretch film which This handy packer is very low cost
contains no harmful dyes or additives. and has a built in disposable
Produced from food and drug fully handle, which saves the expense of
approved resins. It is harmless, purchasing a separate handle and
environmentally friendly and completely improves efficiency as operators do
recyclable fulfils the demand for contact not have to spend time reloading
with food according to Warenwent FDA the handles or locating possible
and BGA standards. The core is missing handles. The stretch film is
extended both ends, these act as hand heavy duty, 20 micron in 200m.
grips so obviating the need for separate Rolls of 125mm width. No cutting
dispenser tool. Use straight from the is required as the film is severed by
supply carton. 6 rolls per pack. one sharp simple ‘snapping’ action.
The ideal tool for securing and
bundling items of all shapes and
sizes. 5 rolls per pack.
REF Detail PRICE per pack

REF Detail PRICE per pack HP125 1 x 5 rolls of film £14.03
4030/17EC Film 400mm x 300m. 17 micron £46.41 HP125/10 2 x 5 rolls of film £13.09
4030/23/B/EC As above except 20 micron + 10% strength 30Mpa £53.65 HP125/50 10 x 5 rolls of film £12.16
MOBILE PALLET WRAPPERS

Dramatically reduces operator fatigue by wrapping pallets
up to 2m high, keeping consistent film tension, without any
crouching or stretching. Machines are easily moved to
pallets in different areas. Choice of manual or battery
model. Battery model wraps approx 70 pallets per charge.
It also offers pre-stretch tension to give an even wrap and
film saving. Both machines 560W x 1150D x 2100H mm.
Both, machine stretch wrap - 500mm x 600m x 12 micron.
MSW-M

MSW-M Manual wrapper - 85Kg weight £2077.49
MSW-MB Battery wrapper - 95Kg weight £3666.69
506012HP Machine stretch wrap - per roll £13.33
1525-1525 Pallet top sheets - 1525 x 1525mm (250) £99.84 MSW-MB

CORRUGATED CARTONS
Available in single or double wall 'B' flute 125KT corrugated.
All cartons are style 0201.
REF Pack quantity Pack weight Internal dimensions L x W x H mm PRICE

SW-1 25 3.1 Carton 305 x 229 x 76 £10.06
SW-2 25 3.5 Carton 305 x 229 x 127 £10.06
SW-3 25 4.9 Carton 305 x 229 x 229 £10.06
SW-4 20 6.5 Carton 457 x 305 x 254 £19.95
SW-5 20 9.3 Carton 305 x 229 x 508 £47.95
CTN-151 20 4 Carton 295 x 195 x 124 £15.40
CTN-111 20 6.85 Carton 395 x 260 x 184 £22.40
CTN-850 20 6.5 Carton 382 x 340 x 220 £26.95
DW-1 10 5 Double wall carton 559 x 406 x 457 £25.73
DW-2 10 4 Double wall carton 762 x 508 x 508 £106.18
DOCUMENT ENCLOSED ENVELOPES

• Adhesive backed envelopes to hold packing lists,
invoices or documentation.
• 1000 per pack.
• Available printed 'Documents Enclosed' or plain with
no wording. Red/black or clear respectively.
REF Type Internal sizes mm Quantity box PRICE

A7PL Plain 113 x 100 1000 £12.91
A7DE Printed 'Documents Enclosed' 113 x 100 1000 £12.91
A6PL Plain 158 x 110 1000 £20.20
A5PL Plain 225 x 165 1000 £39.54
A4PL Plain 328 x 235 500 £79.47
DLPL Plain 225 x 122 1000 £28.95
DLDE Printed 'Documents Enclosed' 225 x 122 1000 £28.95
GUMMED PAPER TAPE DISPENSERS

80mm pull and tear low 20mm-100mm lever operated 20mm-100mm electronic double length
cost gummed paper tape pre-determined length dispenser. dispenser. This machine automatically
dispenser. Roller moistens Tape lengths 100mm-1100mm moistens, cuts and dispenses
as tape is pulled forwards maximum roll size 200mm pre-programmed lengths from 100mm to
and then pulled against diameter. Takes plain or 1150mm. Accepts plain or reinforced tape
blade to cut length. reinforced gummed gummed side in or gummed side out.
Accepts gummed side in side in and gummed Maximum roll dia 200mm.
and gummed side out. side out. Incorporates integral heating
and moisture control for
perfect adhesion.
UNI200B6
EPS80
REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE C25
EPS80 £29.54 UNI200B6 £472.50 C25 £1373.63
GUMMED PAPER TAPE

The environmental way to seal cases. Gummed paper tape withstands fluctuations in temperature
and is also biodegradable unlike other vinyl and poly tapes. Choose between gummed side in (GSI)
or gummed side out (GSO).
Sizes W x L Please choose

REF Grade 38mm ID core GSI or GSO if applicable Quantity PRICE
K6024 K60 24mm x 200mtr GSI 48 rolls/case £50.59
K6036 K60 36mm x 200mtr GSI/GSO 32 rolls/case £51.09
WGT48 White K70 48mm x 200mtr GSI 24 rolls/case £66.59
RGT48 Reinforced 48mm x 100mtr GSI 24 rolls/case £69.94
RGT7038C Reinforced 70mm x 100mtr GSI 16 rolls/case £67.70
KR500-6 Reinforced better seal 70mm x 152mtr GSI 6 rolls/box £36.46

WASTE CONVERTERS
A great range of cardboard shredders that create void fill packaging
material from waste cardboard.
• Small quantities of old cardboard can be turned into lots of packaging

materials in seconds.
• Converters can create either void fill or flat protective matting.
• Operator friendly use and punched measured scale for precise
packaging size.
• Single phase or three phase machines.
• Optional dust extraction device available (except on CP316S2).
• Eco friendly.
Void Fill Option
Protective Matting Option
CP320S2/CP320S24MM Single Phase
CP422S2-3PH/CP422S24MM3PH Three Phase
CP316S2/CP316S24MM Single Phase
CP428S2/CP428S24MM Three Phase
REF Phase Type of material Cuts W x thick Run time Output Size W x D x H mm PRICE
CP316S2 Single Void fill + matting 320 x 10mm 1 hour 1-2m3/hr 660 x 660 x 980 £2490.60
CP316S24MM Single 4mm strips 320 x 10mm 1 hour 1-2m3/hr 660 x 660 x 980 £2490.60
CP320S2 Single Void fill + matting 320 x 12mm 3 hours 2-3m3/hr 660 x 660 x 1060 £3682.00
CP320S24MM Single 4mm strips 320 x 12mm 3 hours 2-3m3/hr 660 x 660 x 1060 £3682.00
CP422S2-3PH Three Void fill + matting 420 x 15mm 3 hours 4-6m3/hr 660 x 660 x 980 £6188.00
CP422S24MM3PH Three 4mm strips 420 x 15mm 3 hours 4-6m3/hr 660 x 660 x 980 £6188.00
CP428S2 Three Void fill + matting 420 x 17mm Unlimited 6-9m3/hr 800 x 750 x 1100 £9289.00
CP428S24MM Three 4mm strips 420 x 17mm Unlimited 6-9m3/hr 800 x 750 x 1100 £9289.00
SFP100-1K Single Single phase dust extraction unit with 3m connection hose £446.39
SFP200-1V Three Three phase dust extraction unit with 3m connection hose £685.23 Dust Extraction

SAFETY CUTTERS AND KNIVES
CO1
PCC PSC/AUTO
PSC/1
REF Description Type PRICE
PSC/AUTO Multi purpose cutter with automatic spring retractable and reversible blade Replaceable £1.44
PCC Cutter removes the tops of corrugated cardboard boxes. Blade has 3 depth settings Disposable £1.44
PSC/1 Extra safe cutter for strapping, banding, stretchfilm, shrinkwrap, string etc. Opens taped boxes Disposable £1.44
CO1 Spring loaded blade safety cutter for string, tapes and strapping. Opens taped boxes and staples Replaceable £5.92
POLYTHENE LAY FLAT TUBING
250 gauge 62.5mu

REF Size mm Average length/roll Approx weight Kg PRICE
PT252 50 335m 2 £8.62
PT253 75 335m 3 £12.09
PT254 100 335m 4 £14.66
500 gauge 125mu
PT255 125 335m 5 £18.82
PT256 150 335m 6 £18.55 REF Size mm Average length/roll Approx weight Kg PRICE
PT258 200 335m 8 £24.13 PT502 50 168m 2 £8.62
PT259 225 335m 9 £27.16 PT503 75 168m 3 £12.09
PT2510 250 335m 10 £30.41 PT504 100 168m 4 £14.66
PT2512 300 335m 12 £36.16 PT506 150 168m 6 £18.55
PT3150 300 150m 5.5 £20.43 PT507 175 168m 7 £21.64
PT2515 375 335m 15 £45.26 PT508 200 168m 8 £24.13
PT2518 450 466m 25 £69.46 PT509 225 168m 9 £27.16
PT2524 600 349m 25 £69.46 PT5010 250 168m 10 £30.41
PT2536 900 233m 25 £69.46 PT5012 300 168m 12 £36.21
PT2536BK 900 blk 233m 25 £69.46 PT5024 600 183m 25 £69.46
ECONOMY HEAT SEALERS

For perfect sealing of PE/PP/PVC films up to 800 gauge in two layers with seal widths from 200mm up to 500mm.
Models with cutters can be used to trim or make bags from lay flat tubing when paired with a film unroller.
A comprehensive range to suit every application and budget and produced to meet CE standard. Stainless steel bodied
versions available to order on some models. Warranty is 12 months, excluding consumable parts.
REF Type PRICE

PBS-200-C Economy impulse heat sealer with cutter 200mm x 2mm seal £75.60
PBS-400-CSS Impulse heat sealer with stainless steel body with cutter 400mm x 2mm seal £223.65
PBS-500-CSS Impulse heat sealer with stainless steel body with cutter 500mm x 2mm seal £242.55
INDUSTRIAL HEAT SEALERS HAND HELD HEAT SEALERS

Most economical range of sealers. Compact, lightweight Choice of two hand
and time saving. Suitable for sealing most sealable held sealers for up to
materials including polyethylene, PVC and polypropylene. 150mm seal.
Easy operation with electronic timer controls. Adjustable
heat time. Most suitable for wholesalers, distributors,
caterers, offices, factories and laboratories.
REF Max Seal width mm Max Seal thickness Dim LxWxH mm Weight Kg PRICE
P200/C 200 2 x 800 gauge 380x83x230 4.3 £147.00 REF For use with PRICE
P300/C 300 2 x 800 gauge 540x83x230 5.43 £160.13 PCS150 PE/PP/PVC £68.88
P400/C 400 2 x 750 gauge 580x83x230 6 £170.63 PCS150F Cellophane/Foil £81.78

HOT MELT SEALING AND BONDING GUNS PNEUMATIC GLUE GUN
Pneumatic spray gun can even be
used on heat sensitive areas.
Solvent free use on areas of up to
1 sq metre. Variable spray pattern
43mm glue slugs dispensed at
4.2Kg per hour.
LIGHTWEIGHT BUT POWERFUL

MID RANGE INDUSTRIAL
Lightweight, slim profile and sensitive trigger REF Description PRICE
control, ideal for accurate placement of Lightweight easy to use industrial gun. P312 Hot melt gun (use 95/12, 96/12 glue) £29.54
adhesive, ready for use 4/5 minutes. Self Dispenses up to 2Kg of 12mm adhesive P912 Hot melt gun (use 95/12, 96/12 glue) £91.88
regulating for steady adhesive flow. Totally per hour. Unique design allows gun to be P630 Pneumatic gun (use 92/43 glue) £648.90
enclosed and double insulated for full safety. left on for hours with no glue melt back. 95/12 12mm glue sticks. General purpose, medium set, 5Kg £38.17
Will operate on any voltage from 110-240V. Can be used on its side. Adjustable trigger 96/12 12mm glue sticks. Packaging, fast set, 5Kg £38.17
Clip on stand for excellent stability. stroke. Range of nozzles available. 92/43 43mm glue slugs. Packaging, fast set, 10Kg £140.70
JIFFYLITE AIRKRAFT BAGS JIFFY PADDED BAGS

Superlight bubble lined postal bag. The original protective postal bag.
White. Price per 1000. Price per 1000.
REF Bags/Case Internal size PRICE REF Bags/Case Internal size PRICE
JL000 150 90x145 £81.16 PBAG00 200 107x235 £138.14
JL00 100 115x195 £96.02 PBAG0 200 132x235 £148.92
JL0 100 140x195 £104.73 PBAG1 100 164x285 £198.35
JL1 100 170x245 £135.52 PBAG2 100 196x285 £226.42
JL2 100 205x245 £154.60 PBAG3 100 196x350 £269.16
JL3 50 205x320 £183.52 PBAG4 100 221x350 £297.65
JL4 50 230x320 £20.77 PBAG5 100 247x387 £384.57
JL5 50 260x345 £264.93 PBAG6 50 298x464 £515.27
JL6 50 290x445 £356.86 PBAG7 50 336x489 £605.34
JL7 50 340x445 £413.45 PBAG8 50 437x665 £1065.39
BUBBLE WRAP COUNTER ROLL HOLDERS

CRHS500 Counter roll holder 500mm wide £67.73
CRHSSTB Stacking bracket - 2 needed (3 for 1000mm) £19.69
CRHSWB Wall bracket (pack of 3) £2.52
Bubble wrap has a multitude of uses in protecting articles to be packed for

transport or postage. MG PURE RIBBED KRAFT PAPER
REF Description - Width x Length Roll per pack PRICE
SB/750 750mm x 75m. Standard small cell 1 £17.29
MB/600 600mm x 100m. Standard small cell 2 £36.89
MB/1200 1200mm x 100m. Standard small cell 1 £37.71 REF Width x Weight Roll length m PRICE
LMB/600 600mm x 50m. Standard large cell 2 £30.49 PKP03 450mm x 70gsm 285 £16.62
LMB/1200 1200mm x 50m. Standard large cell 1 £30.49 PKP04 500mm x 70gsm 285 £18.43
MB/750AS 750mm x 100m. Colour pink 2 £86.07 PKP05 600mm x 70gsm 285 £22.10
anti-static small cell PKP06 750mm x 70gsm 285 £27.71
MB/1500AS 1500mm x 100m. Colour pink 1 £86.07 PKP07 900mm x 70gsm 285 £33.74
anti-static small cell PKP08 900mm x 88gsm 225 £33.74

VINYL SELF ADHESIVE TAPES BONUS TAPE
• 35 micron vinyl. • Extra long rolls - 200m to
• Buff/Clear/Colours. save money and waste.
• Choice of 5 widths • 50mm tape width.
x 66m roll length. • Choice of 28 micron solvent
adhesive or 25 micron
hotmelt adhesive.
Price per Carton

Width of Tape 9mm 12mm 25mm 48mm 75mm
Colour REF PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE REF Colour Type PRICE
+ suffix /9 /12 /25 /48 /75
CBON/1 Clear Solvent adhesive £128.52 • 50mm x 200m -
Buff BVT - - £52.63 £48.35 £51.82 BBON/1 Buff Solvent adhesive £128.52
Clear CVT £84.86 £70.99 £52.63 £48.35 £51.82 price per carton.
CBON/2 Clear Hotmelt adhesive £95.47
White WVT £84.86 £70.99 £52.63 £48.35 £51.82 BBON/2 Buff Hotmelt adhesive £95.47
Red RVT £107.71 £95.47 £78.34 £72.22 -
Blue BLVT £104.45 £93.02 £75.89 £68.54 -
Yellow YVT £104.45 £93.02 £75.89 £68.54 -
Green GVT £104.45 £93.02 £75.89 £68.54 -
Orange OVT - - - £68.54 - TRANS TEXT WARNING
Black BKVT - - £78.34 £71.60 - MESSAGE TAPE
Rolls per Carton 192 144 72 36 24
• 50mm x 66m rolls.
• 36 rolls per carton.
• Price per carton.
POLYPROPYLENE ADHESIVE TAPES
• 28 micron polyprop.
• Buff or clear.
• 48mm wide x 66m rolls.
REF Colour PRICE
BSP/48 Buff £33.66
CSP/48 Clear £33.66
LOW NOISE POLYPROP ADHESIVE TAPES REF Message printed Tape type PRICE
• 28 micron polyprop. FRVT Fragile Vinyl £85.07
• Premium quality acrylic adhesive. FRLNP(TW60FRA) Fragile Polyprop £43.45
• 50mm tape width. CCSS(TW60CON) Contents Checked Security Sealed Polyprop £47.74
• Buff or clear. GHWC(TW60GLA) Glass Handle With Care Polyprop £47.74
• 36 rolls CPMT(TW60CAU) Caution Polyprop £47.74
per carton. REF Colour Length PRICE REJT(TW60REJ) Reject Polyprop £47.74
BLN50 Buff 66m £31.82 TW60AWI Awaiting Inspection Polyprop £47.74
BLN48132 Buff 132m £58.75 TW60HAN Handle With Care Polyprop £47.74
CLN50 Clear 66m £31.82 TW60QCH Q.C. Hold Polyprop £47.74
CLN48132 Clear 132m £58.75 TW60QCI Q.C. Inspected Polyprop £47.74
TW60QCR Q.C. Rejected Polyprop £47.74
TW60QUA Quarantine Polyprop £47.74
TW60TWU This Way Up Polyprop £47.74
COLOURED POLYPROP ADHESIVE TAPES TW60SEC Security Polyprop £47.74
TW60CHE Checked Polyprop £47.74
• 28 micron polyprop.
• Acrylic adhesive.
• 50mm tape width x 66m long.
• Choice of 5 colours.
• 36 rolls per carton. PRINTED ADHESIVE TAPE
REF Colour PRICE
WSP50 White £30.60
RCP50 Red £37.94
BLCP50 Blue £37.94
GCP50 Green £37.94
YCP50 Yellow £37.94
CLEAR STATIONERY ADHESIVE TAPE

• Rubber adhesive.
• Easy tear.
• 25mm tape width x 66m long.
REF PRICE REF Description PRICE

CST25 £90.58 DP4T/OM Printed with own logo POA

BROWN ADHESIVE TAPE & DISPENSER KITS CLEAR ADHESIVE TAPE & DISPENSER KITS
Two kits both containing 50mm x 66m rolls of brown polypropylene self Two kits both containing 50mm x 66m rolls of clear polypropylene self
adhesive sealing tape plus a safety trigger tape dispenser with brake. adhesive sealing tape plus a safety trigger tape dispenser with brake.
REF Kit Contains PRICE REF Kit Contains PRICE

AHKIT12 12 rolls brown tape plus dispenser £14.68 AHKIT12C 12 rolls clear tape plus dispenser £15.73
AHKIT13 36 rolls brown tape plus dispenser £37.36 AHKIT13C 36 rolls clear tape plus dispenser £40.51
PG50 Replacement dispenser £3.82 PG50 Replacement dispenser £3.82
SELF ADHESIVE TAPE DISPENSERS

• A great range of dispensers for use with vinyl and polypropylene tapes.
D2-25/38/50
BPD PG50
PG52-HD
B20-NOVA
WTD-3 MTD-4
B3-TC
PD-332/750
PG50 Pistol gripper 50mm tape. Removable blade protector. Adjustable tension. £3.82
BPD Pistol gripper 50mm tape. Spring loaded blade protector. Adjustable tension. £4.70
PG52-HD Heavy duty pistol grip for 50mm tape. Adjustable tape tension. £7.98
MTD-4 Multi tape dispenser for 4 x 25mm tape. £46.50
WTD-3 Cuts preset lengths of 1 x 38mm or 3 x 12mm wide tape. £14.06
B3-TC Bench dispenser with clamp for 1 x 50mm or 2 x 25mm wide tape. £11.40
D2-25 Metal dispenser for 25mm wide tape. £10.38
B20-NOVA Bench dispenser + pen holder for up to 25mm wide tape. £5.82
PD-332 Heavy duty bench dispenser for up to 50mm wide tape. £16.02
BNS12 PD-750 Heavy duty bench dispenser for up to 75mm wide tape. £17.36
BNS12 Bag neck sealer + trimmer for tape up to 12mm wide. £8.72

REFUSE SACKS SWING BIN/SQUARE BIN/PEDAL BIN LINERS
Choose from
• Price per refuse sack,
1000. Suitable for office and
wheelie bin liner or blue warehouse bins.
aggregate sacks.
• Price per 1000.
REF Size mm Qty PRICE

RS002 455x735x990x180g 200/bx £110.13
RS003 400x635x990x300g 100/bx £225.51
RS005 455x735x990x120g 200/bx £80.93
WBL049 560x915x1245x17mv 250/bx £147.39
ARG2030 REF505x760x480gType 100/bx £238.37
Size mm PRICE
RS002 Refuse sack 455x735x990x180g £110.13 REF Size mm PRICE
RS003 Refuse sack 400x635x990x300g £225.51 330x585x735 swing bin liners
RS005 Refuse sack 455x735x990x120g £80.93 WSBL White high density £18.45
WBL049 Wheelie bin liner 560x915x1245x17mv £147.39 SBL/1 380x610x610x7mu square bin liners £15.21
ARG2030 Blue aggregate sack 505x760x480g £238.37 PBL/1 280x430x460x7mu square bin liners £11.58
STRING AND TWINE
Pack PRICE
REF Description qty per pack
CS-104 Cotton string 125g x 80m break strain 6Kg approx 12 £16.32
CS-5S Cotton string 250g x 110m break strain 18Kg approx 6 £15.00
CS-3S Cotton string 500g x 109m break strain 28Kg approx 6 £23.40
700BALL Plied polypropylene twine 1575m break strain 50Kg approx 1 £13.12
STRETCH PALLET BANDS RUBBER PALLET BANDS

• Low cost. • Designed to stabilise palletised loads.
• Simple to use. • Quick and easy to apply, grips load firmly without damage to load,
• Holds stacked cartons on pallets and prevents slipping. from resilient rubberised webbing.
• Ideal to hold edge protectors in place. • Standard to suit 1200 x 1000 perimeter load. Other sizes to order.
• Incredibly strong with non slip grip.
• Okay to use and re-use.
• Supplied in boxes for dispensing.
• No expensive machinery.
• Secures the pallet load insitu.
• Minimises stock damage and speeds up productivity.
REF Size mm Qty per box PRICE REF Type PRICE per 100
SPB/100 1000 x 1200 100 £26.70 FO2 Standard £190.29

CARTON TOP STAPLER TREADLE STAPLER
Easy to operate with four different depth Carton bottom stapler for assembling from flat pack.
penetration settings. Precision built for long life Heavy duty construction.
and light to handle. High production rate with Post height 1170mm
minimum operator fatigue. Eliminates time Throat width 305mm
taken gluing, taping or banding. Supplied with Capacity 250 staples
free staple remover.
REF Item PRICE

PBS Stapler £494.06
32/15 Staples 15mm
£48.80
REF Item PRICE per 20,000
PTS Stapler £99.66
32/15 Staples 15mm per 20,000 £48.80
32/18 Staples 18mm per 20,000 £65.20
PNEUMATIC STAPLER
RAPID STAPLING TOOLS Designed for fast efficient stapling.
This stapler is air operated for high
A small, handy stapling plier for use speed work. It uses either 15mm or
with small-size staples. 18mm staples. The shaped staple
Easy to operate with a comfortable clinches and depth settings ensure
grip it is designed for general use in that goods are not damaged.
the office or workroom.
Loading
Capacity: 200 staples
Staple type: Rapid 21-4mm
Weight: 190g
Throat: 42mm
REF Item PRICE
REF PRICE PTS/A Pneumatic carton stapler £211.05
R/51 £15.34 32/15 Staples 15mm for 20000 £48.80
32/18 Staples 18mm for 20000 £65.20
A powerful, sturdy staple gun with
bottom loading and recoilless action.
The adjustable high impact force
Designed for professional use, this
gives perfect stapling of both thick
well balanced hammer tacker is
and thin materials.
ideally suited for fastening lining
paper, vapour barriers, carpets and
Loading
insulation material.
Capacity: 156 fine wire staples
Staple type: Rapid Fineline
13-6,8,10,14mm
Weight: 820g Loading
Capacity: 168 fine wire staples
Staple type: Rapid Proline
REF PRICE 140 - 6,8,10mm REF PRICE
R/33 £53.64 Weight: 960g R/11 £46.17
A robust, heavy-duty stapling plier

with an ergonomic design including Universal use. Electric gun for brads or
a finger stop for comfort. staples. High speed. High impact force.
Three interchangeable anvils make it Well balanced. Practically no recoil.
ideal for sealing Jiffy bags, small 3.5m supply cord. Easily adjustable for
cartons and bag neck sealing. multitude job use.
Loading Loading
Capacity: 84 staples Capacity: 120 staples or 100 brads
Staple type: 73-8,10,12mm Type: 12-25mm staples
Weight: 475g 16-25mm brads
Throat: 65mm Weight: 1.6kg
REF PRICE REF PRICE

R/31 £43.23 R/606/KIT £232.16
STAPLES
To suit R606. Staples (1200, 960 & 4000 per
Staples to suit all hand tools are supplied and priced per box of 5,000 staples
box respectively). Brads 880 per box
To suit Rapid 31 Rapid 51 Rapid 33 Rapid 11 Staple R/606/12 £6.18 Brad Ref
Staple 73/6 £10.20 21/4 £2.84 13/6 £5.52 140/6 £6.78 Ref X R/606/18 £6.70 R/300/15 £6.58
Ref X 73/8 £8.34 - - 13/8 £6.24 140/8 £7.32 Size R/606/25 £29.51 R/300/20 £7.18
Size mm 73/10 £9.18 - - 13/10 £6.00 140/10 £8.40 mm R/300/25 £7.78
Length 73/12 £9.36 - - 13/14 £7.20 - - Length

Index
Access Ladders 235,280 Cabins 413 Digital Locks 312 Flame Resistant Cupboards 389, Hearing Protection 318
Access Ramps 286,287 Cad Workstations 344 Disability Lockers 364 402-407 Heat Sealers 506
Access Safety Platform 40,41, Cages 57,59,61-64,186-190,262,411 Disabled Ramps 286 Flammable Storage Units 400,402, Heaters 311
210-218,241-248 Cam Buckles 95 Display Bins 192,436-443 407 Heavy Duty Trailers 126,128,130,132
Access Towers 241-247 Canopies 252-255 Dock Levellers 282-284 Flatbed Trucks 119-129,132-136,141-143 High Lifting Pallet Truck 9,11
Acid & Alkali Storage Units 402-409 Canteen Seating 342,343 Dock Loading 280-287 Flexible Barriers 264-266,268, High Viz Clothing 319
Ackerman Turntable Trucks 127,131 Canteen Trolleys 146-149 Dock Seals 280 270-275 Hoardings 256-258
Acoustic Screens 484 Cantilever Racking 474,475 Dock Shelters 280 Flexible Conveyor 84,85 Hoists 16,86-88,90,321
Adhesive Tapes 269,504,508,509 Car Park Barriers 259-262 Dock Boards 282-284 Floor Cleaning 37-39,173-185 Hot Melt Guns & Adhesive 507
Adjustable Board Trolley 142 Car Parking Equipment 259-262 Dock Plates 282-284 Floor Cones 266,267 Hotel Trucks 154,155,167-177
Adjustable Height Bench 355 Card Holders 63,480,481 Dollies 47,70,104,105,144 Floor Marking 269,333 Housekeepers Trolleys 171
Adjustable Shelving 435,441,451-473 Carousel Storage 445,447 Doors 487 Floor Matting & Coverings 288,289, Hygienic Shelving 468,469-472
Aerial Work Platforms 40,41,241-248 Carpet Booms 43 Dosing Tanks 428 291,294 IBC Containment 52,48
Agrochemical Units 400,404-407 Carpet Trolley 144 Double Sided Steps 210,230 Floor Scrubbers 38,39,173,174, Impulse Sealers 506
Air Conditioning Units 310 Carry Case 151 Drawer Cabinets 376-381,384, 177,188-184 Insect Killers 309
Air Heaters 310 Carton Opener 506 445-447,450 Floor Sweepers 38,39,182-184 Inverters 11
Aluminium Box Trucks 79,143 Cartons 504 Drum Carrier 44-50,54,57 Flow Storage 479 Jacks 89,103
Aluminium Containers 384 Cash & Carry Trucks 132-135,140-142 Drum Covers 191 Fly Killers 309 Janitorial Trolleys 167-169,172-177
Aluminium Folding Trolley 111,115,119 Castors 193,195-205 Drum Dispenser 60 Foam Protection 510 Jibs 42,86-88,91
Aluminium Platform Truck 119,126 CCTV Cameras 312 Drum Dolly 47-49 Folding Access Platform 40 Jib Cranes 86-88,91
Aluminium Sack Trucks 106,107,111, Ceilings 484,485 Drum Cages 57 Folding Boxes 430,431,443,444 Keg Carrier 58
114,115 Chain Barriers 275 Drum Grips 44-49 Folding Container Trucks 160 Key Cabinets 399
Aluminium Steps & Ladders 216,217, Chain Blocks 91-93 Drum Handling Equipment 38-57 Folding Steps 211,219-234,238,239 Kiksteps 207
219-237 Chain Slings 100 Drum Heaters 55 Folding Tables 342,343 Kraft Paper 507
Aluminium Towers 241-245 Chair Mats 292 Drum Lifters 38-49 Folding Trolley 106,112-115,119,121, Labelling Systems 325-327,480,481
Aluminium Trucks 71,106,107,111,114, Chairs 334-341,343 Drum Pallet 49-53,67 152,160,171-173 Ladders 231-237
115,118,119,121,126,143 Chemical Spill Kits 312-315 Drum Racks 48-50 Food Preparation Containers168,415, Ladder Accessories 237
Aluminium Turntable Trucks 126 Chemical Storage 50-54,56,57, Drum Stands 48-50,67 416,424,429 Landing Covers 278
Anti Slip Treads 269,278,279,288 400-412 Drum Tines 32 Food Quality Trucks 148,149,168,429 Large Size Rollcontainers 190
Ash Bins 295-300,303 Chrome Shelving 470,471 Drum Tongs 46 Foremans Desk 145,359,360 Lashings 96-99
Archive Storage Boxes 428,443, Cigarette Shelters 252-255 Drum Trucks 47-50 Fork Extensions 32 Laundry Trucks 71,167-171
467,468 Cigarette Bins 253,300,303 Drum Upender 47 Fork Fender 43 Leisure Lockers 367,368,370,372,373
Automatic Doors 487 Cleaning Trolleys 170-176 Drum Weighing 49 Fork Lift Cage 40,41 Lettering System 325-327
Balanced Trucks 139,142,161,163 Clinical Waste Bins 297,305 Drum Vaults 51,56,57,405-412 Fork Lift Stackers 14-31 Lever Lift 95
Ball Tables 81,83 Cloakroom Equipment 374-375 Dustbins 296 Fork Lift Truck Attachments 32-46 Lift Tables 8-12,71-75
Ball Units 81,83 Clothes Lockers 361-373 Dust Masks 318 Fork Lifted Waste Bins 33-37,43,163 Lifting Attachments 32-46,94,95,101
Bar Cradles 50,63 Coat Racks 375 Ear Protection 318 Fork Mounted Hooks 42 Lifting Clamps 44-46,94,95,101,102
Bar Lifting 94,95 Collapsible Net Trolley 141 Electric Heaters 310 Fork Mounted Jib 42 Lifting Slings 97
Bar Racks 474,475 Combination Ladders 231-234,413 Electric Pallet Trucks 8,9,10,12,13 Fork Mounted Shovel 36,37 Line Marking System 269
Barriers 256-266,268,270-279 Computer Workstations 344,345 Electric Platform Truck 129 Fork Sleeves 32 Liquid Tanks 428
Barrows 162,163 Cones 266,267 Electric Powered Trucks 8-13,17-19, Forks 32 Litter Bins 295-308
Batten Staging 230 Constant Height Truck 71 21-31,129 Fragrance Machines 309 Live Storage 479
Beam Dolly 145 Constructors Strong Box 406,407, Electric Stair Climber Truck 117,118 Furniture Trolley 14,104,105,110,144 Load Restraints 96-99
Beam Scales 492 409-412 Electro Static Benches 354,355 Galvanised Bins 403 Loading Bay Ladders 280
Beam Trolley 145 Container Cabinets 435,445-447 Elevating Conveyor 77-79 Galvanised Pallet Truck 6 Loading Dock Equipment 280-287
Belt Barriers 270-273 Container Trolleys161,164,165,167-169 Environmental Kits 3,312-315 Galvanised Tipping Skips 34 Loading Docks 281
Belt Conveyors 77,79 Container Truck 134,139,141, Ergo Trucks 10,11 Gantries 90,91 Lockers 361-373
Benches 342-344,346-360, 161,167-169 Escape Ladders 221 Garden Centre Trolley 162,163 Locks 312
374,375,493-495 Converters 505 Evacuation Chairs 319 Garment Rails 144 Longspan Shelving 462-468
Bespoke Products 1 Conveyors 77-85 Extension Ladders 231-237,240 Gas Vaults 57,59,408,409 Louvered Panels 432,434,438-441
Bike Stands & Lockers 249-252 COSHH Cabinets 404 Eye Wash Station 323 Gates And Barriers 256-276,279 Low Profile Pallet Trucks 6
Bin Trolleys 162 Counter Roll Holders 507 Eye Wear 316 General Purpose Trucks 119-125, Machine Skates 103,104
Bin Units 432-451 Counterbalanced Cranes 87 Fabrication Facility 1,2 132-135,146 Magnetic Floor Sweepers 38,184
Bins 295-308,414-451 Counterbalanced Stackers 31 Fans 310 Genie Lifts 16,17 Magnetic Labels 326,327,480,481
Bird Control Equipment 324 Counters 489-492 Fencing 256-258,276 Girder Clamps 94,95 Magnetic Lifting 101
Blow Heaters 310 Crane Forks 95 Fibreboard Containers 151,444 Girder Trolleys 93,95 Mailing Boxes 369,504
Board Signs 267 Crane Weigher 488 Fibreboard Trolleys 151 Glass Fibre Ladders & Steps 238,239 Mailroom Trolleys 144,145
Board Trolley 142,143 Cranes 86-88,90,91 Fibreboard Trucks 151 Glass Trolley 142 Maintenance Barriers 264-266,268,
Bogies 104,105,144 Crash Doors 487 Fibreglass Handrailing 279 Goggles 316 271-275
Bollards 259-261,266-268 Crowd Barriers 259,265,266,268 Fibreglass Ladders 239,240 Goods Lift 41,76 Maintenance Contracts 3,312
Book Trolley 145 Cupboards 380-383,387-395,400-406 Fibreglass Safety Flooring 278,279 Grating 279 Maintenance Platforms 40,41,
Bottle Jacks 89 Curtainsider Straps 99 Fibreglass Steps 238,240 Gravity Conveyor 80-85 210-219,224-227,241-247
Bottom Empty Skips 36,37 Cutter & Stand 494,495 Filing Boxes 443,444,467,468 Grit Bins 304 Maintenance Trolleys159,379,380,409
Box Pallets 61-65,68,430,431 Cycle Racks 249-252 Filing Cabinets 395 Guard Rails 262,263,276,277,279 Mandatory Signs 328-333
Box Van Restraints 99 Cylinder Cage 59,60 Fire Blankets 322 Gummed Paper Tape 504 Manhole Cover Lifters 89
Bubble Film 507 Cylinder Dolly 58,145 Fire Escape Ladders 221 Hand Dryers 309 Masks 318
Buckets 173,174 Cylinder Pallet Cage 59,60 Fire Extinguishers 322 Hand Pallet Trucks 3-10,12,13 Materials Lifters 16,17
Bulk Storage Containers 61-65,67,68, Cylinder Rack 59,60 Fire Point Trolley 322 Handling Aids 102-104 Matting 288-294
428,430,431,441 Cylinder Storage 57-60 Fire Protection Cabinets 395,400, Handrailing 276,277,279 Medical Bins 297,305
Bulk Warehouse Trucks 113,139 Cylinder Trolley 58 402-407 Harnesses 320,321 Medical Cabinets 323,389,401
Bumpers 261,281 D.I.Y. Trolleys 142-142 Fire Retardant Bins 296-298 Hats 317 Medical Kits 323
Bunded Pallets 50-54 Decking 278,279 Fire Safes 395-397 Hazard Tapes 269 Mesh Cladding 262
Cabinets 359,360,376-383, Demountable Rollcontainers 186-191 First Aid Equipment 323,401 Hazardous Substance Storage 42-45, Mesh Lockers 372,373
387-395,398-406 Desks 145,344,345,359,360 59,400,402-412 Mesh Pallets 62,64,65,188,189
512
Index
Mesh Partitioning 482,483 Pesticide Storage Units 402-406 Roll Pallet Covers 191 Small Parts Storage 414-451 Tipping Skips 33-37,167
Mezzanine Conveyors 77,79 Petroleum Storage Units 402-407 Roll Pallets 186-190 Smoking Shelters 252-255 Tool Case 159,384-386
Mezzanine Floors 485 Piano Truck 144 Roller Conveyor 80-85 Snow Plough 37 Tool Cupboards/Cabinets 159,
Mirrors 311 Pigeon Hole Storage 450,451 Roller Crowbar 103 Speed Ramps 261 376-388,393,40-412
Mobile Desk 145,150 Pipe Lifting 95 Roller Shutter Cabinets 393 Spill Response Kit 312-315 Tool Lockers 387
Mobile Drum Stands 48,50,54,60 Planners 325 Roof Ladders 236 Spillage Control 3,312-315 Tote Pan Racks 488
Mobile Jib Cranes 87 Planning Boards 325 Rope 510 Stackers 14-31 Tote Pans 448,449
Mobile Safety Steps 208-219,223,225 Plastic Based Trucks 119,141,152-158, Rope Barriers 384 Stacking Chairs 334,335 Toxic Cabinets 389,402,404,406
Modular Docks 281 167-169,187 Rough Terrain Trucks8,108,113,122-125 Stacking Containers 414-427 Traffic Control 259-261
Modular Packing Room System Plastic Bins 167-170,414-443,445-447 Rubber Bumpers 281 Stainless Steel Benches 348 Trailers 124-126,128,130,131
353,494,495 Plastic Chain 275 Runways 90,91 Stainless Steel Cabinets 387 Transit Case 69,151
Modular Workbenches 344-347, Plastic Containers 167-170,414-443, Sack Trucks 109-118 Stainless Steel Drum Grab 44,45 Tray Clearing
349-357 445-447 Sack Holders 298 Stainless Steel Lockers 387 Rack Trolleys 148,164,165
Mole Posts 260,261 Plastic Conveyor 84,85 Safes 395-397 Stainless Steel Pallet Truck 7,13 Tray Trolleys 146-148,173
Mopping Buckets 173-176 Plastic Deck Trolleys 119,121,141, Safety Barriers 256-259,263-266, Stainless Steel Racks 149 Trays 415,418,442
Mopping Trolleys 173-176 152-158,167-169 268,270-279 Stainless Steel Steps 215 Trestles 230
Mops 174-176 Plastic Lockers 370 Safety Bollards 259-261 Stainless Steel Tables 348 Tripods 321
Multi Direction Trucks 7,14 Plastic Pallets 65-68 Safety Cones 266,267 Stainless Steel Tipping Skips 34 Trolley Buffers 207
Narrow Aisle Trucks 141 Plastic Platform Trucks 119,121,141, Safety Flooring 278,279,288-294 Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys 149 Trucks 104-136,138-143,158,
Nestable Rollcontainers 186-190 152-158 Safety Goggles 316 Stainless Steel Trolley 149 160-170,186-190
Nesting Cash & Carry Trucks 141 Plastic Shelving 469,473 Safety Guards 259,261-266,268, Stainless Steel Workbenches 348 Tubeclamps 276,277
Nesting Trucks 141,160,161 Plastic Trays 414-427,433,442 270-279 Stairclimber Trucks 116-118 Tubing 276,277,279
Netting 96 Plate Carriers 94,95,102,104,142,143 Safety Harnesses 320,321 Stair Treads 269,278 Turntable Trucks 122-126,128,130,131
Non Slip Tread 288-289 Plate Racks 474 Safety Hats 317 Staple Guns 511 Turntables 70
Nosing 278 Plate Trolley 104,142,143 Safety Matting 288-294 Staple Remover 486 Vacuum Cleaners 178-181
Numbering System 325-327,480,481 Platform Scales 448-492 Safety Mirrors 311 Steel Bin Units 450,451 Vehicle Lashings 98,99
Nursery Barrows 162 Platform Trailers 122-131 Safety Platforms 40,41,210-218, Steel Cupboards 370-373,387-394, Vehicle Jibs 86
Nursery Trucks 162 Platform Trucks 119-136 241-248 398-406,450,451 Vehicle Loaders 75,77-79,86
Office Furniture 334-341,344,345 Podium Steps 226,227 Safety Signs 267,328-333 Steel Deck Trailers 128,130,131 Vehicle Restraints 98,99,261
Office Partitions 260,413,482-484 Polyboard Boxes 444 Safety Steps 208-230,238,239 Steel Fabrications 1 Vertical Access Ladders 247
Oil Heaters 310 Polythene Trucks 167-169,429 Safety Treads 269,278,279,288-294 Steel Pallets 61-65 Visors 317
Oil Spill Kits 312-315 Portable Cases 384-386 Safety Vaults 51,57,405-412 Steel Wire Containers 64,65,442 Vista Bins 432-442,448,449
Order Picking Steps 137,207-215, Portable Heaters 310 Safety Wear 316-321 Step Trolley 137,207 Walkramps 278,279,285-287
220-237 Posters 333 Salt Bins 304,319 Stepladders 206,207,220-233,238,239 Wall Mounted Cylinder Rack 59
Order Picking Trolleys 137,146,151,161 Post Boxes 369 Scaffold Towers 241-245 Stillages 61-65,160 Wall Planners 325
Packaging Equipment 493-511 Post Distribution Trolley 144,145 Scaffolding 276,277 Stock Trolley 146-161,164,165 Warehouse Steps 207-230,238
Packing Benches 346,347,353,493-495 Post Pallets 61-63 Scaffolding Nets & Cladding 96 Stools 206,207,334-337 Warning Signs 326-333
Padded Covers 191 Posts 260,261,270-273 Scales 488-492 Storage Bins 414-451 Waste Bins 167-169,172,295-308
Padlocks 398 Powered Conveyor 77,78 Scissor Lifts 72-75,246,248 Storage Cabinets 370-373,387-406, Waste Converters 505
Padlock Storage 399 Powered Stairclimbers 117,118 Screens 484,487 450,451 Waste Skips 33-37,167,305
Paldisc Turntable 70 Ppe Cabinets 363,364,401 Seating 334-343 Storage Cages57,59,61-65,262,408,412 Webbing Slings 97
Pallet Bands 510 Printed Tape 508 Security Cages 51,56,57,59,262,411,484 Storage Chests 384,405,406 Weighing Scales 8,488-492
Pallet Beam Racking 476-478 Project Management 2 Security Cupboards 369,371,390-395, Storage Racks 474,475,479 Welders Trolley 58
Pallet Boxes 68,69,430,431 Propane Heaters 310 397-399,407-411 Storage Sheds 412,413 Welding Facility 1
Pallet Cages 61-65,68,69,186-190 Propane Trolley 58 Security Equipment 311,312 Storage Vaults51,52,55,57,396,405-412 Welding Screens 487
Pallet Collars 69 Protective Covers 191 Security Mirrors 311 Strapping 496,497-501 Wheel Chocks 261
Pallet Converters 64,69,70 Protective Safety Clothing 316-321 Security Roll Pallets 186-191 Strapping Tools 496,497-501 Wheel Risers 261
Pallet Covers 191 Pvc Screens 486,487 Security Trucks 138,188,193 Straps 98,99,510 Wheelbarrows 166
Pallet Feet 63 Pvc Shelving 469-473 Self Levelling Trucks 71 Stretch Film 503 Wheelchair Ramps 286,287
Pallet Grabber 95 Pvc Strip Doors 486,487 Self Tipping Skips 33-37,167 Strip Curtains 486,487 Wheeled Bin
Pallet Invertors 12,73 Racking 474-479 Semi Automatic Suction Grips 102 Refuse Containers 167-169
Pallet Lifting Forks 94 Racking Guards 262,263,478 Strapping Machine 495,496,497 Sump Pallets 50-54,67 Wheeled Bin Lifting Attachments 43
Pallet Racking 476-478 Racks 474,475 Semi Mobile Stillages 161 Supermarket Trolleys 134,140-142, Wheels 193-205
Pallet Rack Protection 478 Raised Storage Platforms 485 Service Trolleys 152-157 186 -192 Wide Span Shelving 462-466
Pallet Scales 492 Ramps 282-287 Servicing 3,5 Surveyors Ladders 236 Winch Stacker 14-18
Pallet Stacking 8,70 Ram Raid Posts 260 Sheds 252,253,412,413 Sweepers 36-39,174-185 Window Bars/Grilles 265
Pallet Tilters 12,73 Ratchet Jack 88,89 Shelf Ladders 236 Swing Jibs 91 Wire Baskets 192,442,448
Pallet Truck Weigh Scales 8,492 Ratchet Lashings 98,99 Shelf Trolleys 146-15,152-160,164, Swinging Gates 259 Wire Mesh Lockers 372,373
Pallet Trucks 3-9,11,13 Rectangular Dolly 104,105,144 165,175,190 System Planning 325 Wire Shelving 192,442,470,471
Pallet Turntables 70,71 Recycled Pallets 65,68 Shelters 251-255,412,413 Tables 342-344 Wooden Benches 342-345,358,
Pallet Wrap 503 Recycling Containers 259,306-309 Shelving 435-437,441,442,451-473 Tambour Cupboards 393 361,374,375
Pallets 61-70,43,431 Refuse Containers 172,295-308 Shoot Bolts 63 Tape Dispensers 506 Wooden Sack Trucks 107
Palring Turntable 70 Refuse Sacks 510 Shopping Baskets 192,416 Tapes 269,504,509 Workmans Huts 413
Parcel Scales 488-492 Repair Contracts 3,5,312 Shopping Trolleys 192 Tarpaulins 96 Work Pans 448
Parking Posts 259-261 Respiration Protection 318 Shrinkfilm Systems 501-503 Tea Trolleys 146 -149 Work Platforms 4,41,210-219,226,
Partitioning 262,413,482-484 Restaurant Seating 342,343 Shrinkwrap System 501-503 Telescopic Conveyor 84,85 227,241-247
Pedal Bins 295-298 Restraint Systems 98,99 Sign Holders 273 Telescopic Parking Posts 260,261 Workbenches 342-360,493-495
Pedestrian Barriers 256-259,263-266, Retail Shelving 192,441,442,452, Signs 328-333 Three Way Workshop Crane 87,88,90,91
268,270-277,279 453,464 -472 Site Boxes 406-412 Convertible Trolleys 113,114,160 Workshop Trolleys 132-135,138-139,
Pedestrian Shelters 252-255 Retail Trolleys 140-142,155,164, Site Work 2 Three Way Sack Truck 114 146-163,379,380
Pedestrian Stackers 14-31 165,186-190 Skates 14,104,105,144 Tilting Tables 71 Workstations 359,360
Personnel Platforms 40,41,210-218, Retention Units 61-65,68,69 Skips 33-37 Tilting Trucks 71,167 Wrap Film 503
226,227,241-247 Re-Usable Covers 191 Sleeping Policeman 261 Timber Benches 358 Yard Ramps 285,287
Pest Control 324 Roll Holders 510 Slings 97,100 Timber Trailers 126
513

Megarax 2011 Catalogue

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Megarax 2011 Catalogue

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

STEEL FABRICATION

Our facilities include:

Storage pallet Heavy duty motorbike pallet Automotive industry trailers

PLEASE CALL US FOR OUR ASSISTANCE.

SITE WORK PROJECT MANAGEMENT

• A project can include the co-ordination of a

• Steel structural work incorporating

2 PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

• All makes of materials handling equipment from pallet trucks,

ARE YOU AWARE THAT YOUR COMPANY

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1998 (PUWER)

SPILL MANAGEMENT SERVICES

• EMERGENCY SPILL RESPONSE

• SPILL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

• POLLUTION INCIDENT RESPONSE PLANNING

• BUND INSPECTION, CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

• SPILL TRAINING COURSES

• How can you deal with a major spill or pollution

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 3

2000KG HAND PALLET TRUCK

REF Fork size options W x L mm PRICE

2500KG HAND PALLET TRUCK

• Rubber ‘soft comfort touch’ handle.

REF Fork size options W x L mm PRICE

OPTIONAL PALLET TRUCK BRAKES Deadmans Handle

REF Type of brake PRICE

4 PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

Gold Service Silver Service Bronze OTHER SERVICE CONTRACTS

HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS • Choice of 2500 or 3000Kg capacity.

REF Cap Kg PRICE

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

• Range of fork sizes.

REF Cap Kg Fork size options WxL mm Wheels PRICE

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 5

LOW PROFILE HAND PALLET TRUCK

REF Cap Kg Closed Height PRICE

QUICK LIFT HAND PALLET TRUCK

• Normal capacity 2000Kg.

SPECIAL FORK SIZES AND WHEEL OPTIONS

6 PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

REF Fork size L x W mm PRICE

TRAVERSE PALLET TRUCK

• Load capacity 2000Kg in normal mode and 1000Kg in traverse mode.

REF Fork size mm PRICE

ADJUSTABLE FORKS PALLET TRUCK

• 2500Kg capacity. Narrow setting Wide setting

REF Description PRICE

FOLDING HAND PALLET TRUCK

REF MX0608 MX0610

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 7

REF Specifications PRICE

ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK

WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK

Capacity Min/Max Fork size mm

• Use for the stacking and unstacking of pallets.

REF Operation Capacity Kg/pallets PRICE

8 PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100

REF JL5210 JL6810 JL5215 JL6815

ELECTRIC HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK

REF JE5210 JE6810 JE5215 JE6815

HEAVY DUTY HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK

Type of lift Fork size W x L mm REF PRICE

PRICES INCLUDE DELIVERY ON ORDERS OVER £100 9

STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC HIGH LIFTER